Imexport - Termostatos Elétricos de Bulbo Página 1 de 1

Nº: 068
Termostato Rainbow
TS 120SB de 0º a 120º 16A

Aplicação

TERMOSTATOS RAINBOW, DESENVOLVIDOS PARA CONTROLE DE TEMPERATURA EM APLICAÇÕES COMO FORNOS ELÉTRICOS,
SANDUICHEIRAS, CAFETEIRAS, ESTERILIZADORES, CHAPAS, SÁRTENS, TACHOS, FRITADEIRAS, BALCÕES TÉRMICOS,
AQUECEDORES DE ÁGUA DE ACUMULAÇÃO RESIDENCIAIS ELÉTRICOS, CALDEIRAS, GERADORAS DE CALOR, SISTEMA DE APOIO
ELÉTRICO PARA AQUECEDORES SOLARES, CAMARAS FRIGORÍFICAS, BALCÕES TÉRMICOS, DERRETEDEIRAS, ENTRE OUTRAS
APLICAÇÕES QUE NECESSITEM DE CONTROLE DE TEMPERATURA.

TERMOSTATOS RAINBOW "S.P.D.T. - SINGLE-POLE/DOUBLE-THROW'', 03 TERMINAIS 16 AMPERES.

BULBO EM AÇO INOX 304.
"N.A." NORMALMENTE ABERTO.
"N.F.'' NORMALMENTE FECHADO.
MODELOS PARA AQUECIMENTO E REFRIGERAÇÃO.
MODELOS TS080SBC E TS120SBC COM STUFFING BOX M14

Modelo Temperatura Diferencial Contatos Amp./volt. Capilar Bulbo

5,8mm x
TS 030 SB - 30°C a + 30°C ± 3°C S.P.D.T. 16A / 220V Inox 1000mm 142mm
5,8mm x
TS 040 SB 0°C a + 40°C ± 3°C S.P.D.T. 16A / 220V Inox 1000mm 125mm
5,8mm x
TS 080 SBC 0°C a + 80°C ± 4°C S.P.D.T. 16A / 220V Inox 1000mm 120mm
5,0mm x
TS 120 SB 0°C a + 120°C ± 4°C S.P.D.T. 16A / 220V Inox 1000mm 102mm
5,0mm x
TS 120 SBC 0°C a + 120°C ± 4°C S.P.D.T. 16A / 220V Inox 1000mm 102mm
3,0mm x
TS 320 SB 50°C A + 320°C ± 6°C S.P.D.T. 16A / 220V Inox 1000mm 172mm

CUIDADOS ESPECIAIS COM OS TERMOSTATOS:

A) SUA UTILIZAÇÃO NÃO ACEITA AMPERAGEM SUPERIOR A 16 A.
B) JAMAIS PODEM SER SOLDADOS OS CHICOTES OU FIOS AOS TERMINAIS ELÉTRICOS DOS TERMOSTATOS. DEVE-SE UTILIZAR
TERMINAIS FÊMEAS, QUE SEJAM DE BOA QUALIDADE CONDUTIVA E QUE SUPORTEM UMA FORÇA DE PRESSÃO DE NO MÍNIMO 7KG
FORÇA.
C) O TERMINAL DO MEIO OU LATERAL, QUANDO NÃO UTILIZADO, DEVE SER ISOLADO COM UM SPAGUETE DE TEFLON. OS
TERMINAIS ELÉTRICOS NÃO PODEM SER DOBRADOS DE MANEIRA ALGUMA.
D) AO FIXAR O TERMOSTATO NO PAINEL OU NA MÁQUINA, DEVEM SER UTILIZADOS 2 PARAFUSOS M4.0 X 6 DE FORMA QUE A
PONTA DOS PARAFUSOS NÃO TOQUE O CORPO DO TERMOSTATO.
E) O TERMOSTATO JAMAIS DEVE SER ABERTO OU MOVER O PARAFUSO DE CALIBRAÇÃO DO MESMO.
F) JAMAIS DOBRAR O CAPILAR DE FORMA QUE ESTRANGULE SUA CARGA DE ÓLEO E GÁS, BEM COMO JAMAIS CURVAR O BULBO A
UM ÂNGULO SUPERIOR A 15 ANGULARES.
G) OS TERMOSTATOS NÃO PODEM SOFRER CHOQUES FÍSICOS COMO QUEDAS, POR EXEMPLO.
H) OS TERMOSTATOS NÃO PODEM SER EXPOSTOS A TEMPERATURAS DE AMBIENTE SUPERIORES A 65°C.
I) OS TERMOSTATOS NÃO PODEM SER EXPOSTOS OU IMERSOS A AMBIENTES OU A LÍQUIDOS DE CORROSÃO, OU DE OXIDAÇÃO.
J) O BULBO DO TERMOSTATO AO SER INSTALADO, NÃO DEVE ESTAR EXPOSTO A CORRENTES DE AR OU OUTROS AGENTES
EXTERNOS GERADORES DE CALOR OU FRIO, QUE POSSAM PREJUDICAR O CONTROLE DE TEMPERATURA.
OBS: PARA MAIORES INFORMAÇÕES, FAVOR CONSULTAR-NOS.

Fechar

Copyright © 2001 IMEXPORT TRADING S/A. Todos os direitos reservados.

http://www.imexport.com.br/vis_zoom_term_rainbow.asp 25/10/2006
 POWER SYSTEMS IND., COM. E REP. LTDA
PWS-319662-AQ-CT-00
Rua dos Coqueiros, 144 – Santo André / SP
CEP: 09080-010 Rev.: 0
Tel: (11) 4428-2100 - Fax: (11) 4428-2101
Data: 30/10/2006
vendapws@powersystems.com.br

Ref.: Proposta Técnica e Comercial de Aquecedor Elétrico Tipo Baioneta Folha: 1 / 4

Para : SIEMENS – Jundiaí/SP

At. : Eng. Rodrigo V. Roveri e-mail : rodrigo.roveri@siemens.com
Tel. : (11) 4585-1148 Fax : (11) 4585-1236
De : Felippe Immezi e-mail : felippe@powersystems.com.br
Tel. : (11) 4428-2100 Fax : (11) 4428-2101

Senhores,
Atendendo sua solicitação submetemos à apreciação de nossa Proposta Técnico Comercial para fornecimento dos
equipamentos em referência no item 01.

Proposta Técnica e Comercial

1 DOCUMENTOS DE REFERÊNCIA

• E-mail enviado em 25/10/06 pelo Sr. Rodrigo V. Roveri com folha de dados;

2 ANEXOS

• Desenho dimensional PWS-319662-AQ-DE-01 revisão 0;

• Catálogo técnico do termostato sugerido para uso neste aquecedor;
• Manual de manutenção e operação do aquecedor PWS-319662-AQ-MI-00 revisão 0;
• Plano de inspeção e testes PWS-319662-AQ-PI-01 revisão 0.

3 DESCRIÇÃO

• Três aquecedores elétricos tipo baioneta, flange 6” 150# x 1340mm – 1,2 kW x 460 V trifásico, para
aquecimento de óleo para área ordinária, construído todo em AISI 304, com elementos soldados no espelhos;

4 CÓDIGOS E NORMAS

• Código ASME SEÇCAO VIII Div. 1 / TEMA Classe R;

• NR 13;
• NBR 5410;

5 DADOS DE PROJETO

− Fluído Óleo Vg G 46;

− Modelo Aquecedor elétrico flangeado 6” 150 # em AISI 316;
− Temperatura de projeto 100 °C;
− Temperatura de operação 35 a 40 °C;
− Comprimento útil da resistência 1340 mm;
− Posição de trabalho Horizontal;
− Zona fria 760 mm;
− Número de elementos resistivos 3 (três);
− Diâmetro dos elementos resistivos 11 mm;
− Potência total 1,2 kW;
− Potência por elemento resistivo 400 W;
− Densidade de potência 1 W/cm2;
− Tensão de alimentação 460 V trifásico 60 Hz;
− Tensão de alimentação por elemento resistivo 460 V;
− Conexão ao processo 6” 150#;
− Luva de conexão elétrica 1/2 ”;
− Termostato (instalado interno a caixa) com atuação entre 30 e 35 °C ( a confirmar );
− Grau de proteção do aquecedor IP 65
 POWER SYSTEMS IND., COM. E REP. LTDA
PWS-319662-AQ-CT-00
Rua dos Coqueiros, 144 – Santo André / SP
CEP: 09080-010 Rev.: 0
Tel: (11) 4428-2100 - Fax: (11) 4428-2101
Data: 30/10/2006
vendapws@powersystems.com.br

Ref.: Proposta Técnica e Comercial de Aquecedor Elétrico Tipo Baioneta Folha: 2 / 4

OBS: Será obrigatório o uso de contatora no painel de proteção dos aquecedores para receber o contato
seco do termostato.

6 TESTES E ENSAIOS APLICADOS

• Teste pneumático na caixa de ligação : 5 Bar;

• Líquido penetrante : Nas soldas;
• Tensão aplicada c/ High-Pot : 1000V + 2 x Tensão nominal durante 1 minuto, com fuga < 2,5 mA;
• Megôhmetro : Isolação > 60 MΩ;
• Resistência ôhmica : Va\riação de ± 10%;
• Dimensional e Visual : As built.

7 ESCOPO DE FORNECIMENTO POWER SYSTEMS

• Desenhos de Fabricação;
• Consumíveis de Soldagem;
• Líquido Penetrante nas Soldas;
• Decapagem a Apassivação nas Soldas;
• Limpeza Mecânica Manual;
• Teste Pneumático;
• Embalagem (Berço de Madeira);
• Resistências Elétricas;
• Caixa de Interligações das Resistências;
• Materiais Mecânicos;
• Placa de identificação;
• Termostato;
• Jumper.

8 NÃO PREVISTO NO ESCOPO DE FORNECIMENTO

• Inspeção com inspetor qualificado;

• Acessórios;
• Unidade seladora;
• Alívio de Tensões;
• Ultra-som;
• Partículas Magnéticas;
• Radiografia;
• Transporte e Seguro;
• Painel de Comando;
• Qualquer outro item não claramente especificado na proposta.

9 LISTA DE SOBRESSALENTES PARA 2 ANOS

• Não aplicável para este equipamento;

10 ESQUEMA DE LIGAÇÃO ELÉTRICA

• Os elementos resistivos serão interligados internamente à caixa de ligação em ∆ (delta), com 1 elemento por
fase.

11 EMBALAGENS

• Os aquecedores são acondicionados em engradados de madeira nas seguintes medidas e pesos (estimados):
Engradado de pinus 1500 mm de comprimento, 350 mm de largura e 350 mm de altura;
Peso de 42 kg/aquecedor + engradado de madeira.
 POWER SYSTEMS IND., COM. E REP. LTDA
PWS-319662-AQ-CT-00
Rua dos Coqueiros, 144 – Santo André / SP
CEP: 09080-010 Rev.: 0
Tel: (11) 4428-2100 - Fax: (11) 4428-2101
Data: 30/10/2006
vendapws@powersystems.com.br

Ref.: Proposta Técnica e Comercial de Aquecedor Elétrico Tipo Baioneta Folha: 3 / 4

12 LISTA DE ACESSÓRIOS

• O único acessório aplicável a este aquecedor é o termostato, os demais materiais são produtos fundamentais
para o funcionamento.

13 CONDIÇÕES COMERCIAIS

ÍTEM QTD. DESCRIÇÃO UNITÁRIO (R$) IPI TOTAL (R$)

Aquecedor Elétrico Tipo Baioneta 1,2 kW,
01 3 6.294,00 0% 18.882,00
460 V IP 65, em AISI 304

13.1 PRAZOS
• Desenhos para aprovação: 5 dias;
• Fabricação dos equipamentos: 25 dias, após aprovação dos desenhos;

13.2 IMPOSTOS
• Classificação fiscal: 8419.50.90;
• ICMS: 12% (com redução na base de cálculo) já incluso;
• IPI: 0% não incluso e destacado na nota-fiscal.

Obs: Qualquer alteração na Legislação até o efetivo faturamento será repassada ao CLIENTE

13.3 CONDIÇÕES DE PAGAMENTO

• 100% a 28 ddl.

13.4 VALIDADE DA PROPOSTA

• 20/11/2006.

14 INSPEÇÃO E TESTE

O CLIENTE ou sua Representante terá livre acesso a nossa fábrica ou à terceiros, em qualquer fase da fabricação.
Se for requerida em seu pedido de compra a necessidade da inspeção final, será solicitada a sua presença para
acompanhamento da mesma, e com antecedência enviaremos fax comunicando a solicitação da visita, em não
havendo manifestações por parte do CLIENTE em 48 horas após recebimento do comunicado, consideraremos o
equipamento liberado para envio.

15 GARANTIA

A POWER SYSTEMS garante os equipamentos em referência contra defeitos de fabricação por um período de 24
(doze) meses.

16 LOCAL DE ENTREGA

FOB - À retirar em nossa fábrica em Santo André.

Atenciosamente,

Felippe Immezi
 POWER SYSTEMS IND., COM. E REP. LTDA
PWS-319662-AQ-CT-00
Rua dos Coqueiros, 144 – Santo André / SP
CEP: 09080-010 Rev.: 0
Tel: (11) 4428-2100 - Fax: (11) 4428-2101
Data: 30/10/2006
vendapws@powersystems.com.br

Ref.: Proposta Técnica e Comercial de Aquecedor Elétrico Tipo Baioneta Folha: 4 / 4

 LISTA DE DOCUMENTOS Nº. PWS-319662-AQ-LD-00
CLIENTE OU USUÁRIO FOLHA
CIMENTOS DEL VALE 01 de 01
PROGRAMA OU PROJETO

ÁREA OU UNIDADE

TÍTULO
RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE Ø6'' - 1,2 kW X 460V
CONTRATO:
COORDENADOR DO PROJETO : N° CREA:
Felippe Valveson Immezi 5060707565
N° ELETRÔNICO: PWS-319662-AQ-LD-00=0.xls

ÍNDICE DE REVISÕES
DESCRIÇÃO DO DOCUMENTO
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PWS-319662-AQ-CT-00 PROPOSTA TÉCNICA E COMERCIAL X
PWS-319662-AQ-DE-01 DESENHO DIMENSIONAL PRELIMINAR X
PWS-319662-AQ-MI-00 MANUAL DE INST. E MANUTENÇÃO X
PWS-319662-AQ-CG-00 CATÁLOGO TÉCNICO TERMOSTATO X
PWS-319662-AQ-PI-01 PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO E TESTE X

ORIGINAL REVIS.A REVIS.B REVIS.C REVIS.D REVIS.E REVIS.F REVIS.G REVIS.H

DATA 30/10/2006
PROJETO FVI
EXECUCÃO APM
VERIFICAÇÃO RR
APROVAÇÃO LCR
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADE DA POWER,SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZAÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDADE.
 POWER SYSTEMS INDÚSTRIA COMÉRCIO E REPRESENTAÇÕES LTDA.
Rua dos Coqueiros, 144 – Bairro Campestre – Santo André -SP
Tel: (011) 4428-2100 - Fax: (011) 4428-2101
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MANUAL DE INSTALAÇÃO E MANUTENÇÃO

N° DOC: PWS-319662-AQ-MI-00 REV. : 0 (para comentários)

CLIENTE FINAL: SIEMENS Brasil 2005

ÁREA OU UNIDADE: CIMENTOS DEL VALE

TÍTULO: RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ∅6”

N° DE DESENHO: PWS-319661-AQ-DE-001

TAG: a definir

FABRICAÇÃO: MARÇO / 2006

1
 POWER SYSTEMS INDÚSTRIA COMÉRCIO E REPRESENTAÇÕES LTDA.
Rua dos Coqueiros, 144 – Bairro Campestre – Santo André -SP
Tel: (011) 4428-2100 - Fax: (011) 4428-2101
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. DADOS DE PROJETO

2. ESPECIFICAÇÃO

3. INSTALAÇÃO DO EQUIPAMENTO

3.1 AQUECEDOR ELÉTRICO

4. JUMPEAMENTO DAS RESISTÊNCIAS

5. CONTATOS COM DEPARTAMENTO DE ENGENHARIA POWER SYSTEMS

2
 POWER SYSTEMS INDÚSTRIA COMÉRCIO E REPRESENTAÇÕES LTDA.
Rua dos Coqueiros, 144 – Bairro Campestre – Santo André -SP
Tel: (011) 4428-2100 - Fax: (011) 4428-2101
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. DADOS DE PROJETO

• Fluido: Óleo Vg G 46;

• Potência: 1.200W;
• Tensão: 460V - 3∅ - 60 Hz;
• Temperatura de operação: 30 a 35 °C;
• Temperatura de projeto: 100 °C;
• Pressão de operação: atmosférico;
• Ligação: Delta;
• Corrente nominal total: 1,5A.
• Desenhos: PWS-319662-AQ-DE-001;

2. ESPECIFICAÇÃO

• Resistência elétrica tipo flange em aço inox 304, comprimento útil 1340 mm, para
aquecimento de óleo conforme desenho n° PWS-319662-AQ-DE-001; Composto
por 3 elementos resistivos tipo tubular soldados no espelho;
• Caixa de interligação, das resistências, e alimentação do aquecedor conforme
desenho PWS-319662-AQ-DE-001;

3. INSTALAÇÃO DO EQUIPAMENTO

• Para substituição do termostato, o qual o mesmo encontra-se em poço e fixado

internamente na caixa de ligação do aquecedor;
• As conexões elétricas de jumper das resistências elétricas e alimentação estão
disponíveis na caixa da resistência;

4. JUMPEAMENTO DAS RESISTÊNCIAS

• O equipamento é composto por 6 elementos resistivos de 529 Ω com 400 W em

460 V para serem interligados numa ligação Delta (triângulo);

5. CONTATOS COM DEPARTAMENTO DE ENGENHARIA POWER SYSTEMS

POWER SYSTEMS (11) 4428-2100

Eng.° Felippe Valveson Immezi
felippe@powersystems.com.br
Gerencia da Engenharia

3
 PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO E TESTE Nº. PWS-319662-AQ-PI-01
CLIENTE OU USUÁRIO FOLHA
SIEMENS 01 de 02
PROGRAMA OU PROJETO
Cimentos Del Vale
ÁREA OU UNIDADE

TÍTULO
RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ØN.6”
CONTRATO:
RESPONSÁVEL TÉCNICO:
Felippe Valveson Immezi

PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO
E TESTE

ORIGINAL REV.A REV.B REV.C REV.D REV.E REV.F REV.G REV.H

DATA 30/10/2006
PROJETO SRJ
EXECUCÃO APM
VERIFICAÇÃO FSF
APROVAÇÃO FVI
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADE DA POWER,SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZAÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDADE.
 CA NORMAS DE
ITENS DE INSPEÇÃO C.I. FASE OBSERVAÇÕES
PP VF VD VM REFERENCIAS
01. IDENTIFICAÇÃO DE MATÉRIA PRIMA A 1 APRESENTAÇÃO DOS CERTIFICADOS
02. PROCEDIMENTO SOLDAGEM/RQPS E QUALIFICAÇÃO SOLDADOR A 1 ASME SEC.IX / N-133 VER CERTIFICADO
03. DIMENSIONAL DO FEIXE TUBULAR MONTADO A/D 2 VER DESENHO PWS-319662-AQ-DE-001
04. MONTAGEM DO FEIXE NO CASCO A/D 2 VER DESENHO PWS-319662-AQ-DE-001
05. TESTE HIDROSTÁTICO A/D 3 ASME SEC. VIII DIV.1 RELAT. (1,3x) DA PRESSÃO DE PROJETO
06. DIMENSIONAL DAS RESISTÊNCIAS A/D 3 VER DESENHO PWS-319662-AQ-DE-001
07. TESTES ELÉTRICOS A/D 3 VER RELATÓRIO
08. LÍQUIDO PENETRANTE A/D 2 P0WER
09. VISUAL DO EQUIPAMENTO/PLACA DE IDENTIFICAÇÃO A/D 3 VER DESENHO PWS-319662-AQ-DE-001
10. VISUAL DA EMBALAGEM A/B 3 BERÇO DE MADEIRA
11. DATA BOOK A 3 APÓS A LIBERAÇÃO DO EQUIPAMENTO

A - FABRICANTE INTERNA PP- PARADA NA PRODUÇÃO 1 ANTES DO INICIO DA FABRICAÇÃO

CÓDIGOS ENSAIOS NÃO DESTRUTÍVEIS,
CÓDIGO DE B - NO FORNECEDOR
DE AÇÃO
VF-VERIFICAR NO FORECEDOR 2 DURANTE A FABRICAÇÃO
FASES PROFISSIONAIS QUALIFICADOS
INSPEÇÃO C.I. C - NO FABRICANTE VD-VERIFICAÇÃO DE DOC. 3 APÓS A FABRICAÇÃO
(CA) CONFORME NORMAS APLICÁVEIS
D - NO MONTADOR VM-VERIFICAR NO MONTADOR

PIT - PLANO DE INSPEÇAO E TESTE Nº. PWS-319662-AQ-PI-01

CLIENTE OU USUARIO FOLHA
SIEMENS 02 de 02
ORIGINAL REV. A REV.B REV.C REV.D PROGRAMA OU PROJETO
DATA 30/10/2006 Cimentos Del Vale
PROJETO SRJ ÁREA OU UNIDADE
EXECUÇÃO APM 0
VERIFICAÇÃO FSF TITULO
APROVAÇÃO FVI RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ØN.6”
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADES DA POWER, SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZACÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDAE
 PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO E TESTE Nº. PWS-206615-AQ-PI-03
CLIENTE OU USUÁRIO FOLHA
SIEMENS 01 de 02
PROGRAMA OU PROJETO
PROJETO 921 - CEMENTOS DEL VALE
ÁREA OU UNIDADE
JUNDIAÍ - SP
TÍTULO
RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ØN.6” - N° 150000357429
CONTRATO: O.C.: 4500897843
RESPONSÁVEL TÉCNICO: N° CREA:
Felippe Valveson Immezi 5060707565

PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO
E TESTE

ORIGINAL REV.A REV.B REV.C REV.D REV.E REV.F REV.G REV.H

DATA 30/11/2006
PROJETO SRJ
EXECUCÃO APM
VERIFICAÇÃO FSF
APROVAÇÃO FVI
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADE DA POWER,SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZAÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDADE.
 CA NORMAS DE
ITENS DE INSPEÇÃO C.I. FASE OBSERVAÇÕES
PP VF VD VM REFERENCIAS
01. IDENTIFICAÇÃO DE MATÉRIA PRIMA A 1 APRESENTAÇÃO DOS CERTIFICADOS
02. PROCEDIMENTO SOLDAGEM/RQPS E QUALIFICAÇÃO SOLDADOR A 1 ASME SEC.IX / N-133 VER CERTIFICADO
03. DIMENSIONAL DO FEIXE TUBULAR MONTADO A/D 2 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-003
04. MONTAGEM DO FEIXE NO CASCO A/D 2 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-003
05. TESTE PNEUMÁTICO (CAIXA DE LIGAÇÃO E TUBOS DO FEIXE) A/D 3 ASME SEC. VIII DIV.1 RELAT. (1,3x) DA PRESSÃO DE PROJETO
06. DIMENSIONAL DAS RESISTÊNCIAS A/D 3 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-003 - TESTEMUNHO SIEMENS
07. TESTES ELÉTRICOS (RESIST. ÔHMICA, RESIST. ISOL. E TENSÃO APLIC.) A/D 3 VER RELATÓRIO - TESTEMUNHO SIEMENS
08. LÍQUIDO PENETRANTE NAS SOLDAS A/D 2 P0WER
09. PINTURA A/D 3 PLPI 921/922/923
10. VISUAL DO EQUIPAMENTO A/D 3 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-003
11. VISUAL DA EMBALAGEM A/B 3 CAIXA DE MADEIRA
12. DATA BOOK A 3 VERFICAÇÃO DE RELATÓRIOS, CERTIFIC. E OUTROS

A - FABRICANTE INTERNA PP- PARADA NA PRODUÇÃO 1 ANTES DO INICIO DA FABRICAÇÃO

CÓDIGOS ENSAIOS NÃO DESTRUTÍVEIS,
CÓDIGO DE B - NO FORNECEDOR
DE AÇÃO
VF-VERIFICAR NO FORECEDOR FASES
2 DURANTE A FABRICAÇÃO
PROFISSIONAIS QUALIFICADOS
INSPEÇÃO C.I. C - NO FABRICANTE VD-VERIFICAÇÃO DE DOC. 3 APÓS A FABRICAÇÃO
(CA) CONFORME NORMAS APLICÁVEIS
D - NO MONTADOR VM-VERIFICAR NO MONTADOR

PIT - PLANO DE INSPEÇAO E TESTE Nº. PWS-206615-AQ-PI-03

CLIENTE OU USUARIO FOLHA
SIEMENS 02 de 02
ORIGINAL REV. A REV.B REV.C REV.D PROGRAMA OU PROJETO
DATA 30/11/2006 PROJETO 921 - CEMENTOS DEL VALE
PROJETO SRJ ÁREA OU UNIDADE
EXECUÇÃO APM JUNDIAÍ - SP
VERIFICAÇÃO FSF TITULO
APROVAÇÃO FVI RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ØN.6” - N° 150000357429
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADES DA POWER, SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZACÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDAE
 PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO E TESTE Nº. PWS-206615-AQ-PI-04
CLIENTE OU USUÁRIO FOLHA
SIEMENS 01 de 02
PROGRAMA OU PROJETO
PROJETO 922 - CEMENTOS RIO CLARO
ÁREA OU UNIDADE
JUNDIAÍ - SP
TÍTULO
RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ØN.6” - N° 150000357585
CONTRATO: O.C.: 4500897843
RESPONSÁVEL TÉCNICO: N° CREA:
Felippe Valveson Immezi 5060707565

PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO
E TESTE

ORIGINAL REV.A REV.B REV.C REV.D REV.E REV.F REV.G REV.H

DATA 30/11/2006
PROJETO SRJ
EXECUCÃO APM
VERIFICAÇÃO FSF
APROVAÇÃO FVI
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADE DA POWER,SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZAÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDADE.
 CA NORMAS DE
ITENS DE INSPEÇÃO C.I. FASE OBSERVAÇÕES
PP VF VD VM REFERENCIAS
01. IDENTIFICAÇÃO DE MATÉRIA PRIMA A 1 APRESENTAÇÃO DOS CERTIFICADOS
02. PROCEDIMENTO SOLDAGEM/RQPS E QUALIFICAÇÃO SOLDADOR A 1 ASME SEC.IX / N-133 VER CERTIFICADO
03. DIMENSIONAL DO FEIXE TUBULAR MONTADO A/D 2 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-004
04. MONTAGEM DO FEIXE NO CASCO A/D 2 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-004
05. TESTE PNEUMÁTICO (CAIXA DE LIGAÇÃO E TUBOS DO FEIXE) A/D 3 ASME SEC. VIII DIV.1 RELAT. (1,3x) DA PRESSÃO DE PROJETO
06. DIMENSIONAL DAS RESISTÊNCIAS A/D 3 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-004 - TESTEMUNHO SIEMENS
07. TESTES ELÉTRICOS (RESIST. ÔHMICA, RESIST. ISOL. E TENSÃO APLIC.) A/D 3 VER RELATÓRIO - TESTEMUNHO SIEMENS
08. LÍQUIDO PENETRANTE NAS SOLDAS A/D 2 P0WER
09. PINTURA A/D 3 PLPI 921/922/923
10. VISUAL DO EQUIPAMENTO A/D 3 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-004
11. VISUAL DA EMBALAGEM A/B 3 CAIXA DE MADEIRA
12. DATA BOOK A 3 VERFICAÇÃO DE RELATÓRIOS, CERTIFIC. E OUTROS

A - FABRICANTE INTERNA PP- PARADA NA PRODUÇÃO 1 ANTES DO INICIO DA FABRICAÇÃO

CÓDIGOS ENSAIOS NÃO DESTRUTÍVEIS,
CÓDIGO DE B - NO FORNECEDOR
DE AÇÃO
VF-VERIFICAR NO FORECEDOR FASES
2 DURANTE A FABRICAÇÃO
PROFISSIONAIS QUALIFICADOS
INSPEÇÃO C.I. C - NO FABRICANTE VD-VERIFICAÇÃO DE DOC. 3 APÓS A FABRICAÇÃO
(CA) CONFORME NORMAS APLICÁVEIS
D - NO MONTADOR VM-VERIFICAR NO MONTADOR

PIT - PLANO DE INSPEÇAO E TESTE Nº. PWS-206615-AQ-PI-04

CLIENTE OU USUARIO FOLHA
SIEMENS 02 de 02
ORIGINAL REV. A REV.B REV.C REV.D PROGRAMA OU PROJETO
DATA 30/11/2006 PROJETO 922 - CEMENTOS RIO CLARO
PROJETO SRJ ÁREA OU UNIDADE
EXECUÇÃO APM JUNDIAÍ - SP
VERIFICAÇÃO FSF TITULO
APROVAÇÃO FVI RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ØN.6” - N° 150000357585
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADES DA POWER, SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZACÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDAE
 PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO E TESTE Nº. PWS-206615-AQ-PI-05
CLIENTE OU USUÁRIO FOLHA
SIEMENS 01 de 02
PROGRAMA OU PROJETO
PROJETO 923 - CEMENTOS DEL RIO
ÁREA OU UNIDADE
JUNDIAÍ - SP
TÍTULO
RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ØN.6” - N° 150000357695
CONTRATO: O.C.: 4500897843
RESPONSÁVEL TÉCNICO: N° CREA:
Felippe Valveson Immezi 5060707565

PLANO DE INSPEÇÃO
E TESTE

ORIGINAL REV.A REV.B REV.C REV.D REV.E REV.F REV.G REV.H

DATA 30/11/2006
PROJETO SRJ
EXECUCÃO APM
VERIFICAÇÃO FSF
APROVAÇÃO FVI
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADE DA POWER,SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZAÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDADE.
 CA NORMAS DE
ITENS DE INSPEÇÃO C.I. FASE OBSERVAÇÕES
PP VF VD VM REFERENCIAS
01. IDENTIFICAÇÃO DE MATÉRIA PRIMA A 1 APRESENTAÇÃO DOS CERTIFICADOS
02. PROCEDIMENTO SOLDAGEM/RQPS E QUALIFICAÇÃO SOLDADOR A 1 ASME SEC.IX / N-133 VER CERTIFICADO
03. DIMENSIONAL DO FEIXE TUBULAR MONTADO A/D 2 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-005
04. MONTAGEM DO FEIXE NO CASCO A/D 2 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-005
05. TESTE PNEUMÁTICO (CAIXA DE LIGAÇÃO E TUBOS DO FEIXE) A/D 3 ASME SEC. VIII DIV.1 RELAT. (1,3x) DA PRESSÃO DE PROJETO
06. DIMENSIONAL DAS RESISTÊNCIAS A/D 3 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-005 - TESTEMUNHO SIEMENS
07. TESTES ELÉTRICOS (RESIST. ÔHMICA, RESIST. ISOL. E TENSÃO APLIC.) A/D 3 VER RELATÓRIO - TESTEMUNHO SIEMENS
08. LÍQUIDO PENETRANTE NAS SOLDAS A/D 2 P0WER
09. PINTURA A/D 3 PLPI 921/922/923
10. VISUAL DO EQUIPAMENTO A/D 3 PWS-206615-AQ-DE-005
11. VISUAL DA EMBALAGEM A/B 3 CAIXA DE MADEIRA
12. DATA BOOK A 3 VERFICAÇÃO DE RELATÓRIOS, CERTIFIC. E OUTROS

A - FABRICANTE INTERNA PP- PARADA NA PRODUÇÃO 1 ANTES DO INICIO DA FABRICAÇÃO

CÓDIGOS ENSAIOS NÃO DESTRUTÍVEIS,
CÓDIGO DE B - NO FORNECEDOR
DE AÇÃO
VF-VERIFICAR NO FORECEDOR FASES
2 DURANTE A FABRICAÇÃO
PROFISSIONAIS QUALIFICADOS
INSPEÇÃO C.I. C - NO FABRICANTE VD-VERIFICAÇÃO DE DOC. 3 APÓS A FABRICAÇÃO
(CA) CONFORME NORMAS APLICÁVEIS
D - NO MONTADOR VM-VERIFICAR NO MONTADOR

PIT - PLANO DE INSPEÇAO E TESTE Nº. PWS-206615-AQ-PI-05

CLIENTE OU USUARIO FOLHA
SIEMENS 02 de 02
ORIGINAL REV. A REV.B REV.C REV.D PROGRAMA OU PROJETO
DATA 30/11/2006 PROJETO 923 - CEMENTOS DEL RIO
PROJETO SRJ ÁREA OU UNIDADE
EXECUÇÃO APM JUNDIAÍ - SP
VERIFICAÇÃO FSF TITULO
APROVAÇÃO FVI RESISTÊNCIA ELÉTRICA TIPO FLANGE ØN.6” - N° 150000357695
AS INFORMAÇÕES DESTE DOC. SÃO DE PROPRIEDADES DA POWER, SENDO PROIBIDA A UTILIZACÇÃO FORA DA SUA FINALIDAE
SITRANS L
Level instruments

5/2 Product overview 5/166 Flow-through switch - Capacitance

5/166 SITRANS PD 500
5/6 Point level measurement
5/6 Pointek ULS 200 5/170 Continuous measurement - Open
5/9 Milltronics Tilt Switch channel flow
5/14 Pointek CLS 100 5/170 OCM III
5/18 Pointek CLS 200
5/173 Communications
5/27 Pointek CLS 300
5/173 SmartLinx modules
5/35 Pointek CLS flanges
5/175 Dolphin Plus software
5/39 Pointek CLS 500
5/46 SITRANS LPS200
5/50 SITRANS LVS200

5/54 Continuous measurement

Level transmitters
5/54 SITRANS Probe LR
5/58 SITRANS Probe LU
5/62 The Probe
5/65 Ultrasonic controllers
5/68 HydroRanger 200
5/72 MultiRanger 100/200
5/75 HydroRanger Plus
5/79 SITRANS LUC500
5/83 SITRANS LU 01 and LU 02
5/87 SITRANS LU 10
5/90 SITRANS LU SAM
5/92 SITRANS LU AO
5/94 Ultrasonic transducers
5/95 ST-H
5/97 Echomax XRS-5
5/100 Echomax XPS and XCT
5/109 Echomax XLT
5/111 Accessories for ultrasonic
5/111 EA aiming devices
5/113 Split flanges
5/114 FMS mounting brackets
5/115 TS-3 temperature sensor
5/117 Radar
5/120 SITRANS LR 200
5/129 SITRANS LR 300
5/136 Accessories for SITRANS LR 200
and SITRANS LR 300
5/140 SITRANS LR 400
Capacitance
5/147 SITRANS LC 300
5/153 SITRANS LC 500
Hydrostatic You can download all instructions, cata-
Sec. 2 via SITRANS P logs and certificates for SITRANS L free
of charge at the following Internet
address:
www.siemens.com/level

Siemens FI 01 · 2006
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Product overview
■ Overview
Application
Point level measurement
Ultrasonic non-contacting
switch with two switch points
for level detection of bulk
solids, liquids and slurries in
a wide variety of industries
Tilt switch point level detector Tilt Switches
for use with switch isolators or • Rugged switches offer optional float probe type
separately
Powerful level switch at a
5 competitive price
Reliable rotating and vibrating SITRANS LPS200/LVS200
point level switches for bulk
solids at a competitive price
5/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Device description Page Programming
Software
Pointek ULS 200 5/6 –
• Rugged design, no moving parts and virtually main-
tenance-free
• Transducer available in ETFE or PVDF copolymer
and therefore inert to most chemicals
5/9 –
Pointek CLS 100/CLS 200/CLS 300/CLS 500
• CLS 100: compact 2-wire inverse frequency shift
capacitance switch for level detection in constricted
5/14 –
spaces, interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and foam
• CLS 200: versatile inverse frequency shift capaci- 5/18 SIMATIC PDM
tance switch with a high level of chemical resistance;
ideal for level detection of interfaces, solids, liquids,
slurries and foam, and for simple pump control;
digital (with optional PROFIBUS PA) and analog ver-
sions
• CLS 300: for detecting interfaces, solids, liquids, 5/27 SIMATIC PDM
slurries and viscous materials in demanding condi-
tions of low/high pressure, high temperatures and
corrosive and abrasive materials; digital (with option-
al PROFIBUS PA) and analog versions
• CLS 500: for detecting interfaces, solids, liquids, 5/39 –
slurries and viscous materials in critical conditions of
extreme temperature and extreme pressure
• LPS200: rotating level switch that detects high and 5/46 –
low conditions for bulk solids
• LVS200: vibrating level switch with unique robust tine 5/50 –
design, for use on bulk solids
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Product overview

Application Device description Page Programming

Software
Continuous measurement - Level Transmitters
2-wire loop powered, 5.8 GHz SITRANS Probe LR 5/54 SIMATIC PDM
(6.3 GHz in North America) • Uni-Construction polypropylene rod antenna stan-
radar transmitter for level and dard
volume monitoring of liquids
and slurries in storage and • Patented Sonic Intelligence signal processing
process vessels • Auto False-Echo Suppression of false echoes

2-wire loop powered ultra- SITRANS Probe LU 5/58 SIMATIC PDM

sonic transmitter for level, vol-
ume and flow monitoring of
liquids in storage vessels and
simple process vessels, as
well as in open channels
• Continuous level measurement up to 12 m (40 ft)
range
• Patented Sonic Intelligence signal processing
• Extremely high signal-to-noise ratio

Compact level transmitter with The Probe 5/62 –

integrated transducer for
accurate level measurement
for liquid applications
• Simple, compact and competitively priced ultrasonic
level transmitter in several versions for maximum ver-
satility:
- Three-wire system with 5 m model 24 V DC
5
- Two-wire system with current loop

Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic Controllers

Ultrasonic level controller for HydroRanger 200 5/68 SIMATIC PDM
up to six pumps - control, dif- • An economical, low-maintenance solution delivering
ferential control and open control efficiency and productivity needed to meet
channel flow monitoring today’s exacting standards

Versatile short- to medium- MultiRanger 100/200 5/72 SIMATIC PDM

range ultrasonic single- and • Using non-contacting ultrasonic technology, the con-
multi-vessel level controller for troller measures the level in short to medium range
virtually any application in a applications up to 15 m (50 ft) of solids, liquids or
wide range of industries slurries.

Non-contacting, cost-effec- HydroRanger Plus 5/75 Dolphin Plus

tive solution for reliable con- • Available as 19" rack, for panel mounting or in wall
trol of level and flow enclosure
measurements in water and
wastewater applications • Compatible with Echomax® ultrasonic transducers

Complete ultrasonic level SITRANS LUC500 5/79 Dolphin Plus

controller for monitoring and
control of water distribution
and wastewater collection
systems, with energy-saving
algorithms
• Monitoring and control in one device
• Integral telemetry interface (Modbus® RTU/ASCII)
• Wide range of applications as result of medium-
independent level measurement

Ultrasonic long-range level SITRANS LU 01/LU 02/LU 10 5/83, Dolphin Plus

monitoring system for liquids • Automatic conversion of level into volume for stan- 5/87
and solids dard or custom tank shapes
• Easy to install and program
• Optional fieldbus card, e.g. PROFIBUS DP

Output modules for SITRANS LU SAM/SITRANS LU AO

SITRANS LU 10 • SITRANS LU SAM satellite alarm module provides up 5/90 –
to 20 relay contacts for the measurement points con-
nected to a SITRANS LU 10
• SITRANS LU AO analog output module provides re- 5/92 –
mote analog outputs for the measurement points of
the SITRANS LU 10 transceiver

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/3

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Product overview

Application Device description Page Programming

Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic Transducers
ST-H: ETFE transducer for
chemicals
XRS-5: Standard transducer
for applications to 8 m (26 ft)
Software
ST-H/Echomax XRS-5
• The narrow design of the ST-H allows the sensor to 5/95 –
be mounted using a 2" connection.
• XRS-5: narrow beam angle of only 10°, measuring 5/97 –
range maximum 8 m (26 ft) for measurement of
liquids, solids and slurries

Transducers for liquids and Echomax XPS and XCT/XLT

bulk solids.
XPS and XCT series: Hermeti-
cally sealed PVDF enclosure
for chemical immunity.
XLT: Designed for high tem-
perature and long range
applications.
Continuous measurement - Radar
5 2-wire loop powered pulse
radar level instrument for
liquid bulk storage or process
vessels
Non-contacting radar mea-
surement for liquids and slur- • Cost-effective level measurements with powerful
ries in agitated process
vessels or reactors
Long-range FMCW radar level
instrument available in Liq-
uids version for use in liquid
bulk storage vessels and in
Solids version with integral
Easy Aimer ball for use on sol-
ids applications; for use in
storage vessels up to 50 m
(164 ft); ideal for conditions of
extreme dust or on low dielec-
tric liquids
Continuous level – Capacitance
For liquids and solids, high
accuracy applications such
as food and beverages, pet
food and bulk solids; ideal for
challenging processes
involving vapour and dust
• XPS series offers versions for various distances up to 5/100 –
40 m (130 ft) and up to a max. temperature of 95 °C
(203 °F)
• XCT series for applications at high temperatures, for –
measurement of levels at distances up to 12 m (40 ft)
and temperatures of max. 145 °C (293 °F)
• XLT: measuring ranges from 0.9 to 60 m (1.8 to 200 ft) 5/109 –
and temperatures up to 150 °C (302 °F). Beam angle
of just 5° provides accurate readings in deep, narrow
tanks.
SITRANS LR 200 5/120 SIMATIC PDM
• Easy to install and set up using as few as two param-
eters and no echo profile needed
• Program without opening the lid, even in hazardous
areas, using patented infrared IS handheld program-
mer
• Special Uni-Construction hermetically sealed
polypropylene rod antenna has integrated threaded
connection
• Built-in alphanumeric display with support in four
languages
SITRANS LR 300 5/129 SIMATIC PDM
radar measuring system for process and tank control
in extremely difficult processes and atmospheres
• Reliable level measurements in liquids and slurries
up to 20 m (65 ft)
SITRANS LR 400 5/140 SIMATIC PDM
• Minimum maintenance requirements and wear as
result of non-contacting measuring principle
• High long-term stability resulting from self-calibration
with highly stable internal reference
• High measuring accuracy and repeatability as result
of 24 GHz; narrow beam angle for tall, narrow vessels
SITRANS LC 300 5/147 –
• Sophisticated, but easy-to-adjust microprocessor
combined with field-proven Pointek CLS 300 probes
• Patented active shield technology ensures measure-
ments are unaffected by vapors, product deposits,
dust and condensation

Level and interface moni- SITRANS LC 500 5/153 SIMATIC PDM

tor/controller for extreme and • Equipped with the HART Smart protocol for remote
critical process conditions, setup and calibration
such as oil and liquid natural
gas (LNG), toxic and aggres- • Patented active shield technology ensures measure-
sive chemicals and vapours ments are unaffected by vapors, product deposits,
dust and condensation

5/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Product overview

Application Device description Page Programming

Software
Flow-Through Switch - Capacitance
2-wire switch for interface and SITRANS PD 500 5/166 –
product presence detection, • Equipped with the HART Smart protocol for remote
even in extreme and critical setup and calibration
process conditions; suitable
for use on any ferrous or non- • Highly sensitive for accurate measurement of small
ferrous piping system changes

Continuous level - Open channel flow

High accuracy ultrasonic flow OCM III 5/170 –
monitor for open channels to • High accuracy on unique or non-standard weirs and
complete system studies flumes
• AC and DC operation
• Automatically switches to battery operation for unin-
terrupted power
• Low power remote monitoring
Communications
SmartLinx Module, Dolphin Plus software
• Optional communication modules, SmartLinx, 5/173 –
provide direct digital connection to popular industrial
fieldbus systems and telephone lines
5
• Dolphin Plus for quick and easy configuring, 5/175 –
monitoring, tuning and diagnostics of Siemens
Milltronics devices

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/5

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek ULS 200

■ Overview
Mounting and Interconnection
The Pointek ULS 200 is available in three thread types: 2" NPT,
2" BSP or PF2 and can be fitted with the optional 75 mm (3")
flange adapter for mating to 3" ANSI, DN 65, PN10 and JIS 10K
3B sized flanges.
Separate cables and conduit may be required to conform to
standard instrumentation wiring or electrical codes.

■ Configuration

The Pointek ULS 200 is an ultrasonic non-contacting switch with

5 two switch points for level detection of bulk solids, liquids and
slurries in a wide variety of industries.

■ Benefits
• 2 switch outputs for high-high, high, low and low-low level
alarms or pump up/pump down control
• Integral temperature compensation
• AC or DC power supply
• Electronics provided with fail-safe function
• Threaded process connections
• Polycarbonate or aluminum enclosures, Type 6/NEMA 6/IP67
• Easy, two-button programming

■ Application
The measuring range for bulk solids is max. 3 m (9.8 ft) and 5 m
(16.4 ft) for liquids and slurries. Unlike invasive contacting de-
vices, there is no material buildup on the sensor.
The level switch has a rugged design, combining the transducer
and electronics in one durable device. It has no moving parts
and is virtually maintenance-free.
The transducer, available in PVDF copolymer, is inert to most
chemicals. This means the device can be used in the chemical,
petrochemical, water and wastewater industries. The Pointek
ULS 200 delivers superior performance while reducing mainte-
nance, downtime and equipment replacement costs.
• Key Applications: liquids, slurries, fluid materials, plugged
chute detection, chemical industry

■ Design
Installation
The Pointek ULS 200 should be mounted in an area that is within Pointek ULS 200 Mounting
the temperature range specified and that is suitable to the enclo-
sure rating and materials of construction. The cover should be
accessible to allow programming, wiring and display viewing.
It is advisable to keep the Pointek ULS 200 away from high volt-
age or current runs, contactors and SCR control drives.
Locate the Pointek ULS 200 so that it has a clear sound path per-
pendicular to the material surface. The sound path should not in-
tersect the fill path, rough walls, seams, rungs etc.

5/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


■ Technical specifications
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Measuring range
Measuring range in liquids
Measuring range in bulk solids
Output
AC Version (relay)
DC Version (relay)
DC Version (transistor)
Accuracy
AC/DC version
- Resolution
- Repeatibility
Rated operation conditions
Installation conditions
- Location
- Beam angle
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- If mounted in metal threads
Medium conditions
• Process pressure
Design
Material
Weight
Transducer material
Threaded mounting
- Optional flange adapter
Power supply
AC version
DC version
Displays and controls
Display
Memory
Programming
Electronics/enclosure
Degree of protection
Cable inlet
Certificates and approvals
SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek ULS 200
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek ULS 200 C) 7 M L 1 5 1 0 -
Ultrasonic non-contacting switch with two switch
777 0 7
Ultrasonic level switch points for level detection of bulk solids, liquids and
slurries in a wide variety of industries
Power supply
0.25 to 5 m (0.8 to 16.4 ft) 24 V DC, relay output 1
0.25 to 3 m (0.8 to 9.8 ft) 24 V DC, transistor output 2
100 to 230 V AC, relay output 3
2 SPDT Form C contacts rated Approvals
5 A at 250 V AC, resistive load CE, ATEX II 2G EEx md IIC T5, SAA1) C
CE, CSA Class I Div. 1, Class II Div. 1, Class III2) F
2 SPDT Form C contacts rated
5 A at 48 V DC CE, FM Class I Div. 1, Class II Div. 1, Class III2) G
2 switches, rated max. 100 mA, CE, CSANRTL/C, FM H
48 V DC CE, CSA Class I Div. 2, Class II Div. 23) J
Process connection
ETFE, 2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A
EFTE, 2" BSPT (EN 10226-1) B
3 mm (0.1“) EFTE, PF2 (JIS B 0202) C
0.25 % of measuring range PVDF copolymer, 2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) E
PVDF copolymer, 2" BSPT (EN 10226-1)
PVDF copolymer, PF2 (JIS B 0202)
F
G 5
Enclosure/cable inlet
Indoors/outdoors
Polycarbonate
12° • Cable inlet PG 13.5 1
• Cable inlet ½" NPT 2
-40 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F) Aluminum
• Cable inlet PG 13.5 3
-20 to +60 °C (-5 to +140 °F)
• Cable inlet ½" NPT 4
Instruction manual
0.5 bar (7.25 psi) max. English C) 7ML1998-1AS01
French C) 7ML1998-1AS11
Spanish C) 7ML1998-1AS21
Polycarbonate or epoxy-coated
aluminum with gasket German C) 7ML1998-1AS31
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
Approx. 1.5 kg a separate line item on the order.
PVDF copolymer Accessories
2“ NPT, 2“ BSP or PF 2 Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
text line, suitable for enclosures
For 3“ ANSI, DN 65, PN10
Universal Box Bracket Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK
and JIS 10 K3B
3” ANSI, DN 65, PN10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange 7ML1830-1BT
adapter for 2” NPT
100 to 230 V AC, ± 15%, 3” ANSI, DN 65, PN10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange 7ML1830-1BU
50/60 Hz, max. 12 VA, 5 W adapter for 2” BSP
18 to 30 V DC, 3 W 2" BSP Locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DQ
1) Available only with Enclosure/cable inlet 4.
LCD, three digits, 9 mm (0.35“) 2) Available only with Enclosure/cable inlet 4 and Process connection
high, for display of distance options A and E.
between sensor face and mate- 3) Available only with Enclosure/cable inlet 2 and 4.
rial, multisegment graphic for
operating state C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
EEPROM, non-volatile
2 keys
Connection: terminal block, max.
2.5 mm2 (14 AWG) solid/1.5 mm2
(16 AWG) stranded
IP67/Type 6/NEMA 6
2 x ½“ NPT or 2 x PG 13.5
• CE (EMC certificate available on
request), CSANRTL/C, FM
• CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups
A, B, C, D; Class II; Groups E, F,
G; Class III
• ATEX II 2G EEx md II C T5
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/7
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek ULS 200

■ Options ■ Schematics

Pointek ULS 200 Optional Flange Adapter

■ Dimensional drawings

ULS 200 connections

ULS 200 dimensions

5/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Tilt Switch

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Mode of operation
Measuring principle Tilting of encapsulated mercury
switch
Typical application • High or low level alarm on bulk
solids
• High or low level alarm for liq-
uids (when used with float op-
tion)
Features
Number of points Single point detection
Output • Single N.C. contact
• 2 A @ 24 V DC
Sensor Encapsulated tilt angle-sensitive
mercury switch
Probe Characteristics • Resolution: nominal 17° from
vertical
• Switch: totally encapsulated
mercury switch rated at 1.7 A @

Design
115 V AC max., non-inductive
5
Enclosure 3/4” Schedule 80, 304 stainless
steel pipe (20 mm, 3.91 mm wall
thickness, 1.4301) with ½” NPT
The Milltronics Tilt Switch probe is an electro-mechanical tilt mounting for extensions
switch for point level detection, plugged chute detection, belt
tracking alarm and feed loss detection on conveyor belts. Material type 304 Stainless steel (1.4301):
• low temperature: -40 to +90 °C
(-40 to +194 °F)
■ Benefits • high temperature: -40 to
+230 °C (-40 to +450 °F)
• High or low alarm
Shipping Weight 2 kg (4.4 lbs)
• Easy installation and operation
Approvals CE
• Low cost
Options Extensions: stainless steel wear,
• Customised options cross paddle, flat paddle or float

■ Application
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Tilt switches also provide simple high and low alarm for both dry C) 7 M H 7 1 4 3 -
Tilt Switch Probe
bulk solids and liquids.
Electro-mechanical tilt switch for point level detec- 7777 0
The rugged, stainless steel encapsulated probe is suspended tion, plug chute detection, belt tracking and feed
vertically over a bin or belt and the potted switch inside the loss detection on conveyor belts
probe provides a signal when material tilts it through an angle of Model
more than 17° from vertical in any direction. Additional assembly Standard CE 3
options are available including replaceable wear extensions (for
coarse and abrasive materials), flat or cross paddles (for me- Sensor construction
dium bulk density materials) and floats (for liquids or light den- Stainless steel A
sity bulk materials). The probes are also available for high or low Temperature rating
temperature applications. Low temperature with 6 m (20 ft) of cable A
Using a variable alarm delay in the associated switch isolator or High temperature with 1.5 m (5 ft) of cable B
PLC is recommended for most accurate results. Probe extension
• Key Applications: plugged chute or feed loss detection None 1
Wear extension, stainless steel 3
Cross paddle extension, stainless steel 5
Flat paddle extension, stainless steel 7
Float, stainless steel 8
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5FL01
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate item on the order.
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/9

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Tilt Switch

■ Dimensional drawings

Tilt Switch dimensions

5/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


■ Overview
Introduction
Inverse frequency shift capacitance point level and continuous
level switches are designed to withstand the harsh environments
of high pressure and high temperature applications.
Inverse Frequency Technology
Siemens Milltronics inverse frequency shift capacitance instru-
ments incorporate a unique frequency-based approach to level
measurement. The capacitance units monitor the effect of cap-
acitance based on frequency change. The relationship between
capacitance and frequency is inverse. Because small level
changes result in a large frequency change, the result is excel-
lent resolution and accuracy.
Principle of Operation
Inverse frequency shift capacitance instruments require two
components: a reference electrode of a variable capacitor and
the measurement electrode. In capacitive level measurement,
the environment (typically the vessel wall) acts as the reference
electrode, while the probe supplies the measurement electrode.
The dielectric is composed of the vessel contents and, if the
measurement electrode is insulated, the insulating layer.
Inverse frequency shift capacitance operation
Capacitance is affected by the surface area of the electrodes,
the separation distance between the electrodes and the dielec-
tric constant of the vessel contents. The dielectric constant is the
measure of a material’s ability to store energy. The relative di-
electric constant of air (vacuum) is 1; all other materials have a
higher value.
SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Capacitance
■ Mode of operation
Common Terms
Capacitance
The property of a system of conductors and dielectrics that per-
mit the storage of electricity when a potential difference exists
between the conductors. Its value is expressed as the ratio of a
quantity of electricity to a potential difference and the unit is a
Farad.
Capacitor
A device in a circuit that has the potential to store an electric
charge. Typically a capacitor has 2 conductors or electrodes
separated by a layer of a nonconducting material called a di-
electric. With the conductors on opposite sites of the dielectric
layer oppositely charged by a source of voltage, the electrical
energy of the charged system is stored in the polarized dielec-
tric.
Dielectric constant
The ability of a dielectric to store electrical potential energy un-
der the influence of an electric field. This is measured by a ratio
which compares the capacitance of a condenser with the mate-
rial as dielectric to its capacitance with a vacuum/dry air as di-
5
electric: the dielectric constant of air is 1.
Active shield
The portion of the probe isolated from the active measurement
section. The sensor signal is connected to the active shield por-
tion of the probe, eliminating the electrical potential difference
between the shield and the measurement section. So, the shield
portion of the probe near the process connection is not affected
by changes in vapour concentration, material build-up, dust or
condensation.
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/11
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Capacitance

■ Technical specifications
Point Level Measurement Continuous Level/Interface Product Detec-
Measurement tion/Interface
Measurement
Criteria Pointek CLS 100 Pointek CLS 200 Pointek CLS 300 Pointek CLS 500 SITRANS SITRANS SITRANS
LC 300 LC 500 PD 500
Typical applica- liquids, slurries, liquids, slurries, liquids, slurries, water in oil level, conductive or water in oil, foam high tempera-
tions powders, gran- powders, gran- powders, gran- foam or liquid/ non-conductive or liquid/foam ture/high pres-
ules, food and ules, relatively ules, relatively foam level, glycol liquids, foam or level, high-pres- sure and highly
pharmaceuti- high pressure high pressure regnerators, liquid/foam lev- sure coalescers, toxic and
cals, petrochemi- and tempera- and tempera- high-pressure els, water in oil LNG (Liquified aggressive
cals ture, hazardous ture, hazardous coalescers levels Natural Gas) chemical envi-
areas areas ronments, off-
shore and FPSO
vessels
Max. length 100 mm (4”) Rod: 5.5 m (18 ft) Rod: 1 m (40“) Rod: 1 m (40”) Rod: 5.5 m (18 ft) Rod: 5.5 m (18 ft) Fitting length:
including sensor Cable: up to Cable: 25 m Cable: 25 m Cable: 35 m 55 mm (2.1”)
35 m (115 ft) (82 ft) (82 ft) (115 ft)
Process -40 to +100 °C • -40 to +85 °C • -40 to +200 °C • -50 to +200 °C -20 to +200 °C • -40 to +200 °C • -40 to +200 °C
Temperature (-40 to +212 °F) (-40 to +185 °F) (-40 to +392 °F) (-58 to +392 °F) (-4 to +392 °F) (-40 to +392 °F) (-40 to +392 °F)
• With temp. ext.: • HT version: • HT version: • Optional from • Optional from

5 -40 to +125 °C -40 to +400 °C -40 to +400 °C

(-40 to +257 °F) (-40 to +752 °F) (-40 to +752 °F)
-200 to +400 °C -200 to +400 °C
(-328 to
+752 °F)
(-328 to
+752 °F)
Process Up to 10 bar g • Rod and ext. Up to 35 bar g • Up to 50 bar g Up to 35 bar g • Up to 200 bar • Up to 50 bar
Pressure (146 psi g) versions: Up to (511 psi g) (725 psi g) (511 psi g) (2920 psi) (725 psi)
25 bar g • HP version: Up • Option: up to • Option: up to
(365 psi g) to 525 bar g 525 bar 200 bar
• Cable version: (7665 psi g) (7665 psi) (2920 psi)
Up to 10 bar g
(150 psi g)
Output • 4 to 20/20 to CLS 200 Ana- CLS 300 Ana- • 4 to 20/20 to 4 to 20/20 to • 4 to 20/20 to • 4 to 20/20 to
4 mA 2-wire log: 1 Form C log: 1 Form C 4 mA 2-wire 4 mA 2-wire cur- 4 mA 2-wire 4 mA 2-wire
current loop (SPDT) relay, (SPDT) relay, current loop rent loop current loop current loop
• Solid state out- solid-state switch solid-state switch • Solid state • Solid state • Solid state
put (stainless CLS 200 Digital: CLS 300 Digital: switch switch switch
steel cable or relay optional, relay optional,
enclosure ver- solid-state switch solid-state switch
sion) included included
• Relay output
(fully-synthetic
version)
Communications • CLS 200 Ana- CLS 300 Digital: HART, SIMATIC HART HART
log: 3 LED indi- PROFIBUS PA PDM compatible
cators optional
• CLS 200 Digi- SIMATIC PDM
tal: PROFIBUS compatible
PA optional
• SIMATIC PDM
compatible
Power • Standard: • CLS 200 Ana- • CLS 300 Ana- • 12 to 33 V DC 9 to 32 V DC any • 12 to 33 V DC • 12 to 33 V DC
Specifications 12 to 33 V DC log: 12 to log: 12 to (30 V DC for IS) polarity, 2-wire (30 V DC for IS) (30 V DC for IS)
• IS: 250 V AC/DC, 250 V AC/DC, at 3.6 mA, 9.5 current loop cir- at 3.6 mA, 9.5 at 3.6 mA, 9.5
10 to 30 V DC 50/60 Hz, 2 VA/ 50/60 Hz, 2 VA/ to 33 V DC, cuit (9 V at to 33 V DC to 33 V DC
2 W max. 2W max. (30 V DC for IS) 22 mA) (30 V DC) at (30 V DC) at
• CLS 200 Digi- • CLS 300 Digi- at 22 mA 22 mA 22 mA
tal: tal: • 3.6 to 22 mA/ • 3.6 to 22 mA/ • 3.6 to 22 mA/
- bus voltage: 9 - bus voltage: 9 22 to 3.6 mA 22 to 3.6 mA 22 to 3.6 mA
to 32 V DC, IS to 32 V DC, IS (2-wire current (2-wire current (2-wire current
version 9 to version 9 to loop) loop loop
24 V DC 24 V DC
- current con- - current con-
sumption: sumption:
12.5 mA 12.5 mA
Approvals CE, CSA, FM, CE, CSA, FM, CE, CSA, FM, CE, CSANRTL/C, CE, CSANRTL/C, CE, CSANRTL/C, CE, CSANRTL/C,
ATEX, Lloyd’s ATEX, 3A, Lloyd’s ATEX, Lloyd’s FM, ATEX, FM, ATEX, FM, ATEX, FM, ATEX,
Register, WHG Register, WHG Register, WHG Lloyd’s Register, Lloyd’s Register, Lloyd’s Register, Lloyd’s Register,
WHG WHG WHG WHG
Current Signal- Current Signal- Current Signal- Current Signal-
ling according to ling according to ling according to ling according to
NAMUR NE 43 NAMUR NE 43 NAMUR NE 43 NAMUR NE 43

5/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Capacitance

Capacitance Application Questionnaire

Customer information
Contact: Prepared By:
Company: Date:
Address: Notes on the Application:
City: Country:
Zip/Postal Code: Phone: ( )

E-mail: Fax: ( )

Tank/Vessel Information (Supply sketch where possible) Sketch attached

Type: Storage Tank construction: Dimensions:

5
Process Material: Height: m/ft

Separator Pressure: Width/Diameter: m/ft

Normal:
FPSO Critical Information
Relief:
Nozzle Length: cm/in
Tank top: Open Tank bottom: Sloped Mounting: Top Mount Nozzle Diameter: cm/in
Flat Flat Side Mount
Conical Conical Pipe Mount
Parabolic Parabolic

Material
Material being measured: Liquid Solid

Material temperature: Norm: C/F Max: C/F

Measurement type: Point level Continuous level Interface level

Constant dielectric: Yes No

Coating build-up: Yes No

Installation (indicate all that apply)

Power available:

Outputs required: Communications

4-20 mA HART ®

Solid state PROFIBUS PA

Relay

Products recommended:
© Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Inc. www.siemens.com/processautomation Form# 2-770R2

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/13

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 100

■ Overview ■ Configuration

The Pointek CLS 100 is a compact 2-wire inverse frequency shift

5 capacitance switch for level detection in constricted spaces, in-

terfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and foam.

■ Benefits
• Easy installation with verification by built-in LED
• Low maintenance with no moving parts
• Sensitivity adjustment
• Integrated cable or PBT (VALOX®) enclosure versions avail-
able
• Intrinsically safe, dust-ignition-proof and general purpose
options available
®
Valox is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company.

■ Application Pointek CLS 100 installation

Pointek CLS 100’s short insertion length of 100 mm (4") and ver-
satility in various applications and in vessels or pipes makes it a
■ Technical specification
good replacement for traditional capacitance sensors. Mode of operation
Its advanced tip-sensing technology provides accurate, repeat- Measuring principle Capacitive level detection
able switchpoint performance. The PPS (Polyphenylene sulfide) Input
probe (optional PVDF [Polyvinylidene Fluoride]) is chemically re-
sistant with an effective process operating temperature range Measured variable High and low
from -40 to +100 °C (-40 to +212 °F). The fully potted design en- Sensor length 100 mm (4”)
sures reliability in a vibrating environment such as agitated tanks
Rated operating conditions
up to 4 g. When used with a SensGuard protection cover, the
CLS 100 is protected from shearing, impact and abrasion in Installation conditions
tough primary processes. • Location Indoor/outdoor
The Pointek CLS 100 is available in three versions. The inte- Ambient conditions
grated cable version has a stainless steel process connection
• Ambient temperature -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F)
and probe options of PPS or PVDF. The fully synthetic version
has a thermoplastic polyester enclosure with a PPS process • Installation category II
connection combined with a PPS probe. The standard enclosure • Pollution degree 4
version has a thermoplastic polyester enclosure with a stainless
steel process connection in combination with a PPS or PVDF Medium conditions Liquids, bulk solids, slurries and
probe. inferfaces

• Key Applications: liquids, slurries, powders, granules, food • Dielectric contant εr
and pharmaceuticals, petrochemicals, relatively high pres- • Temperature
sure and temperature, hazardous areas
• Pressure (vessel)
• Degree of protection
- enclosure version
- cable version
• Cable inlet
Power supply
• Standard
• Intrinsically-safe
Min. 1.5
-40 to +100 °C (-40 to +212 °F)
-1 to 10 bar g (146 psi g), nominal
IP68/Type 4X/NEMA 4X
IP65/Type 4X/NEMA 4X
½" NPT (M20x1.5 optional)
10 to 33 V DC
10 to 30 V DC

5/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 100

Stainless steel process connection (cable or Synthetic process connection (fully synthetic
enclosure version) enclosure version only)
Output
Output signal
• Alarm output 4/20 mA loop or 20/4 mA 2-wire loop 4/20 mA loop or 20/4 mA 2-wire loop
• Transistor output
- Standard Solid state: 40 V DC/28 V AC, max. 100 mA, Relay: 30 V DC, 2A; 125 V AC, 0.5 A; 110 V DC,
max. 2 VA 0.5 A
- Intrinsically-safe 30 V DC Not applicable
• Failsafe mode Min. or max. Min. or max.
Accuracy
Repeatability 2 mm (0.08") 2 mm (0.08")
Design
Process connection material of probe/wetted Connection: 316 stainless steel (1.4404); Pro- PPS process connection and PPS sensor
parts cess seal: FPM (optional FFKM); Sensor: PPS (Uni-Construction)
(optional PVDF)
Construction Cable version
Material (body) 316 stainless steel (1.4404)
• Process connection ¾" NPT or 1" BSPT 5
• Connection 4 conductors, 1 m (3.3 ft), 0.5 mm² (22 AWG),
shielded, polyester jacket
Enclosure version Fully synthetic version
• Material
- Body Impact-proof thermoplastic polyester (VALOX) Impact-proof PBT (VALOX)
- Lid Transparent thermoplastic polyester (VALOX) Transparent thermoplastic polyester (VALOX)
• Connection Internal 5-point terminal block, ½" NPT wiring Removable internal 5-point terminal block,
entrance, M20 x 1.5 optional ½" NPT wiring entrance, M20 x 1.5 optional
Certificates and approvals CE, FM and CSA Class I, II, III, Div 1, Groups A CE, FM and CSA Class I, II, III, Div 1, Groups A
to G, T4; ATEX II 1/2 GD T107C; WHG overfill to G, T4; ATEX II 1/3 D 107C; WHG overfill pro-
protection (Germany); Lloyd’s Register of Ship- tection (Germany); Lloyd’s Register of Shipping,
ping, Categories ENV1, ENV2, and ENV5 Categories ENV1, ENV2 and ENV5

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/15

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 100

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 100, stainless steel process con- 7ML 5 5 0 1 - Pointek CLS 100, 7ML 5 6 1 0 -
nection PPS Process connection
0 7 7 77 0 7 7 77
Compact 2-wire inverse frequency shift capaci- Compact 2-wire inverse frequency shift capaci-
tance switch for level detection in constricted tance switch for level detection in constricted
spaces, interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and spaces, interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and
foam using inverse frequency technology foam using inverse frequency technology
Process connection Process connection
¾" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A ¾" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) (PPS probe body) A
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) E 1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) (PPS probe body) B
Approvals Approvals
General Purpose A General Purpose A
ATEX II 1/2 GD T107C / FM and CSA Class II and B ATEX II 1/3 D 107C / FM and CSA Class II and III, B
III, Div 1, Groups E, F and G T41) Div.1, Groups E, F and G, T4
ATEX II 1 GD T107C / FM and CSA Class I, II, III, C Versions/Options
Div 1, Groups A to D
Enclosure version, PPS process connection, 1
Device version ½" NPT cable inlet
Cable version (PPS probe) 1 Enclosure version, PPS process connection, 2
Enclosure version (PPS probe), ½” NPT cable inlet 3 M20 x 1.5 adapter
Enclosure version (PPS probe), M20x1.5 cable inlet 7 Overfill protection
(adapter) Not required 0
5 Cable version with PVDF probe body
Enclosure version with PVDF probe body (½” NPT)
5
6
WHG, German overfill protection
Instruction manual
1

Enclosure version with PVDF probe body, 8 Quick start manual, multi-language 7ML1998-5QJ81
M20 x 1.5 cable inlet (adapter) Note: due to ATEX regulations one Quick start man-
Overfill protection ual is included with every product
Not required 0 Optional equipment
WHG, German overfill protection 1 Sensguard, 3/4" NPT (PPS) 7ML1830-1DL
Further designs Only available for CLS 100 with 3/4" NPT thread
Sensguard, 1" BSPT (PPS) 7ML1830-1DM
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Only available for CLS 100 with 3/4" NPT thread
code(s). Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
FFPM seal O-ring A22 text line, suitable for enclosures
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
Instruction manual
Quick start manual, multi-language 7ML1998-5QJ81 ■ Options
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick start
manual is included with every product
Optional equipment
Sensguard, 3/4" NPT (PPS) 7ML1830-1DL
Only available for CLS 100 with 3/4" NPT thread
Sensguard, 1" BSPT (PPS) 7ML1830-1DM
Only available for CLS 100 with 3/4" NPT thread
Tag, Stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
text line, suitable for enclosure

1) available for the cable version only, versions 1 and 5

Optional Sensguard dimensions

5/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 100

■ Dimensional drawings

Pointek CLS 100 dimensions

■ Schematics
Integrated Cable version - Non Intrinsically Safe
LOW/HIGH Alarm

4/20 mA Loop Alarm

Solid State Switch Version

Enclosure and Fully Synthetic Version

terminal operations cable equivalent

Pointek CLS 100 connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/17

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 200

■ Overview ■ Configuration

The Pointek CLS 200 is a inverse frequency shift capacitance

5 switch with a high level of chemical resistance. It is ideal for level

detection of interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and foam and for
simple pump control.

■ Benefits
• Potted construction protects signal circuit from shock, vibra-
tion, humidity and/or condensation
• High chemical resistance
• Level detection independent of tank wall/pipe
• High/low gain switch covers wide range of applications/mate-
rials
• Analog version: 3 LED indicators for adjustment control,
output status and power
• Digital version: integral LCD display and optional
PROFIBUS PA communication
• Rigid, cable and sanitary versions available
• Easy installation and maintenance
• High frequency oscillation (5.5 MHz)

■ Application
The Pointek CLS 200 is offered in analog and digital versions.
The analog version has 3 LED indicators with basic relay or
solid-state switch alarms.
The digital version provides an integral LCD display for stand-
alone use, and provides PROFIBUS PA communication (profile
version 3.0, Class B) when required.
Pointek CLS 200 installation
The power supply is galvanically isolated and accepts a wide
range of voltages (12 to 250 V AC/DC for analog version and 9
to 32 V DC for digital version). The stainless steel and PPS (PVDF
optional) materials used in the probe construction provides a
temperature rating up to 125 °C (257 °F) on the process wetted
portion of the probe. The switch responds to any material with a
dielectric constant of 1.5 or more by detecting a change in oscil-
lating frequency, and it can be set to detect before contact or on
contact with the probe.The CLS 200 operates independently of
the tank wall or pipe so it does not require an external reference
electrode for level detection in a non-conductive vessel such as
concrete or plastic.
Modular design and construction provide a wide choice of con-
figurations, including rod, cable and sanitary versions. When
used with a SensGuard protection cover, the CLS 200 is pro-
tected from shearing, impact and abrasion in tough primary pro-
cesses.
• Key Applications: liquids, slurries, powders, granules, rela-
tively high pressure and temperature, hazardous areas

5/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


■ Technical specifications
(Note: all specifications listed below apply to Analog and Digital versions
unless otherwise noted)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Measurement frequency
Input
Measured variable
Output
Output signal (CLS 200 Analog)
• Relay output
• Transistor output
• Time delay (ON and/or OFF)
• Failsafe mode
Output signal (CLS 200 Digital)
Relay output
Transistor output
Time delay (ON and/or OFF)
Failsafe mode
Accuracy
• Repeatability
• Hysteresis (CLS 200 Analog)
• Hysteresis (CLS 200 Digital)
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
• Location
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
• Installation category
• Pollution degree
Medium conditions
• Dielectric constant εr
• Temperature at process connec-
tion
- standard
- standard with temp. extension
- slide coupling
• Pressure (standard version and
versions with extension)
(Pressure rating of process seal is
temperature dependent. Contact
Siemens Milltronics for derating
curves.)
• Pressure (cable version)
• Pressure (optional sliding coupling
version)
Capacitive level detection
5.5 MHz
High and low
1 Form C (SPDT) contact, rated
8 A at 250 V AC/5 A at 30 V DC,
resistive load
250 V AC/300 V DC @100 mA or
2 VA max.
1 to 60 s
Min. or max.
Optional with added pcb board
(standalone digital version only)
28 V AC/40 V DC, 100 mA or 2 VA
max.
Controlled by software
Min. or max.
± 1% of measurement
max. 2 mm (0.08") @ εr = 1.5
100% adjustable, in 1 count incre-
ments on display
Indoor/outdoor
-40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185°F)
II
4 ATEX II 1/2 GD / FM and CSA
Liquids, bulk solids, slurries and
interfaces
Min. 1.5
-40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F)
-40 to +125 °C (-40 to +257 °F)
ambient temperature
0 to 25 bar g/365 psi g (nominal)
0 to 10 bar g/150 psi g (nominal)
ambient pressure
SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Design
• Material
- Enclosure
- Optional thermal isolator
• Connection
• Degree of protection
• Cable inlet
Power supply (CLS 200 Analog)
Power supply (CLS 200 Digital)
• bus voltage
• current consumption
Certificates and approvals
(CLS 200 Analog)
Certificates and approvals
(CLS 200 Digital)
Communication (CLS 200 Digital)
Pointek CLS 200
Epoxy-coated aluminum with gas-
ket
316 stainless steel (1.4401)
Removable terminal block, max.
2.5 mm2
IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4 (optional
IP68)
2 x M20 x 1.5 thread (option: 2 x
½” NPT conduit entry including
1 plugged entry), digital version
has optional PROFIBUS connec-
tor
12 to 250 V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz
max. 2 VA/2 W
standard: 9 to 32 V DC, max.
2 VA/2 W
Intrinsically Safe: 9 to 24 V DC,
max. 2 VA/2 W
12.5 mA 5
CE, CSANRTL/C, FM
FM/CSA Class II and III, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G T4
FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D T4
ATEX II 1/2 D T100 °C
ATEX II 1/2 G EExd [ia] IIC T6 to
T4
WHG overfill protection (Ger-
many)
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Cat-
egories ENV1, ENV2 and ENV5
CE, CSANRTL/C, FM
ATEX II 3G 2D / FM and CSA
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T4, Class II and III, Div. 1, Groups
E, F, G T4
ATEX II 1G 1/2 D / FM and CSA
Class I and II, Div. 1, Groups A, B,
C, D T4
Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D
T4
WHG overfill protection
(Germany)
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Cat-
egories ENV1, ENV2 and ENV5
• PROFIBUS PA (IEC 61158 CPF3
CP3/2)
• Bus physical layer: IEC 61158-2
MBP (IS)
• Device profile: PROFIBUS PA
profile for Process Control
Devices Version 3.0, Class B
• FISCO field device
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/19
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 200

Standard version Sanitary version Cable version

Max. length 5.5 m (18 ft) 5.5 m (18 ft) 35 m (114.8 ft) liquids and slurries
5 m (16.4 ft) solids (under loads)
Process ¾”, 1", 1¼”, 1½” BSPT/NPT/JIS 1½”/2” sanitary fitting clamp ¾”, 1", 1¼”, 1½” BSPT/NPT/JIS 316
Connection 316 stainless steel (1.4404) stainless steel (1.4404)
Extension material 316 stainless steel (1.4404) 316 stainless steel (1.4404) Cable (stainless steel) with FEP
coating
Sensor PPS (optional PVDF) PPS (optional PVDF) PPS (optional PVDF)
Thermal isolator yes yes yes
Extension yes yes Cable extension
Extension length tolerance Insertion length < 3 m: ± 10 mm Insertion length < 3 m: ± 10 mm Insertion length < 3 m: ± 10 mm
Insertion length 3 to 5.5 m: ± 20 mm Insertion length 3 to 5.5 m: ± 20 mm Insertion length 3 to 10 m: ± 20 mm
Insertion length > 10 m: ± 30 mm

5/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 200, threaded version 7ML 5 5 0 2 - Pointek CLS 200, threaded version 7ML 5 5 0 2 -
With a high level of chemical resistance, Pointek 77 7 77 - 0 777 With a high level of chemical resistance, Pointek 77 7 77 - 0 777
CLS 200 is ideal for level detection of interfaces, CLS 200 is ideal for level detection of interfaces,
solids, liquids, slurries and foam. solids, liquids, slurries and foam.
Note: To select Analog or Digital CLS 200 (with ATEX II 1/2 GD / FM and CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups 0
PROFIBUS PA option), see final place holder A, B, C and D T46)
under Electronics/output. Enclosure
Probe version Aluminum epoxy coated
compact (120 mm)1) 0X • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP65 0
extended rod, length 250 mm2) 1A • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP65 1
extended rod, length 350 mm2) 1B • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP68 2
extended rod, length 500 mm2) 1C • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP68 3
extended rod, length 750 mm2) 1D Additional options
extended rod, length 1000 mm2) 1E standard version A
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion with thermal isolator B
length ... mm” with PVDF probe body C
- extended rod, length 200 to 999 mm3) 1F with thermal isolator and PVDF probe body D
- extended rod, length 1001 to 2000 mm2) 1G with sliding coupling E
- extended rod, length 2001 to 3000 mm2) * 1H with thermal isolator and slide coupling F
- extended rod, length 3001 to 4000 mm2) 1J with sliding coupling and PVDF probe body G
- extended rod, length 4001 to 5000 mm2) 1K with thermal isolator, slide coupling and PVDF H
- extended rod, length 5001 to 5500 mm2)
extended cable, length 3000 mm, length adjust-
1L
2A
probe body
WHG approval, German overfill protection
5
able by customer not required A
extended cable, length 6000 mm, length adjust- 2B required (only available for electronics version 0) B
able by customer1) Electronics/output
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion standard analog version without display, 0
length ... mm” 12 to 230 V AC/DC, solid-state and relay output
- extended cable, length 500 to 4999 mm1) 2C digital version with display, 24 V DC, solid-state 1
- extended cable, length 5000 to 9999 mm1) 2D output and PROFIBUS PA7)
- extended cable, length 10000 to 14999 mm1) 2E Further designs
- extended cable, length 15000 to 19999 mm1) 2F Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
- extended cable, length 20000 to 24999 mm1) 2G code(s).
- extended cable, length 25000 to 29999 mm1) 2H Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length Y01
in plain text description
sanitary compact (120 mm)1) 3A
Stainless steel tag (69 x 38 mm [2.7 x 1.5"]): enter Y15
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion the tag information in plain text description
length ... mm”
Electrical connection/cable inlet: PROFIBUS con- A01
- Sanitary extended, length 110 to 999 mm1) 3B nector M12 (IP67)
- Sanitary extended, length 1001 to 2000 mm1) 3C
Optional output (only in combination with Electron-
- Sanitary extended, length 2001 to 3000 mm1) 3D ics version 2 and Approval option 1).
- Sanitary extended, length 3001 to 4000 mm1) 3E • Relays output PCB (8A at 250 V AC/5A at 30 V DC) A02
- Sanitary extended, length 4001 to 5000 mm1) 3F • Current output PCB (4/20 mA or NAMUR 0.6 to A03
1)
- Sanitary extended, length 5001 to 5500 mm 3G 1.0/2.1 to 2.8 mA)
Process connection Optional enclosure lid: Lid with glass window A04
¾” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A instead of closed lid without window8)
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) B O-ring seal material (not FPM): FFPM A22
1½” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) C
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
¾” BSPT (EN 10226-1) D
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) E Remote Electronics
1½” BSPT (EN 10226-1) F • Remote mounted electronics with 2 m (79”) cable A05
• Remote mounted electronics with 5 m (197”) cable A06
¾” JIS (B 0202) G • Mounting bracket (including mounting kit) for re- A09
1" JIS (B 0202) H mote electronics
1½” JIS (B 0202) J
Instruction manual See page 5/24
1¼” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) K
1" sanitary flange4) R Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
1½” sanitary flange4) S a separate line on the order.

2" sanitary flange4) T Accessories See page 5/24

2½” sanitary flange4)
3" sanitary flange4)
Approvals
General Purpose
CSA/FM Class II and III Div. 1, Groups E, F, G T45)
FM Class I Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D T45)
CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D T45)
ATEX II 1/2 D T 100 °C 5)
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6-T45)
ATEX II 3G 2D / FM and CSA Class I, Div 2, Groups
A, B, C, and D T4; Class II, III, Div 1, Groups E, F
and G T46)
ATEX II 1G 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1,
Groups A, B, C, D T46)
V 1) available with additional options A to D only, not 3A certified
W 2) available with additional options as A to H
3) lengths <350 mm available with additional options A to D only
1 4) available with version 3A to 3G only.
2 5) available with electronics option 0 only.
3 6) available with electronics option 1 only.
7) an M12 PROFIBUS connector can be selected separately with wildcard
4 option (A01).
5 8) Version with electronics option 0 has a standard closed lid without win-
6 dow; version with electronics option 1 has a standard lid with glass win-
7 dow.
* Lengths above 2.4 m (94.5”) require custom shipping methods. Contact
factory for more details.
8

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/21

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 200, welded flange 7ML 5 5 0 4 - Pointek CLS 200, welded flange 7ML 5 5 0 4 -
With a high level of chemical resistance, Pointek 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 With a high level of chemical resistance, Pointek 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
CLS 200 is ideal for level detection of interfaces, CLS 200 is ideal for level detection of interfaces,
solids, liquids, slurries and foam. solids, liquids, slurries and foam.
Note: To select Analog or Digital CLS 200 (with ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6-T45) 6
PROFIBUS PA option), see final place holder ATEX II 3G 2D / FM and CSA Class I, Div 2, Groups 7
under Electronics/output. A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III, Div 1, Groups E, F
Probe version and G T46)
compact (120 mm)1) 0X ATEX II 1G 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I,II, Div 1, 8
extended rod, length 250 mm2) 1A Groups A, B, C, D T46)
extended rod, length 350 mm2) 1B ATEX II 1/2 GD / FM and CSA Class I Div I, Groups 0
A, B, C and D T46)
extended rod, length 500 mm2) 1C Enclosure
extended rod, length 750 mm2) 1D
2) Aluminum epoxy coated
extended rod, length 1000 mm 1E
• 2 x ½” NPT via adapter - cable inlet, IP65 0
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP65 1
length ... mm”
- extended rod, length 200 to 999 mm3) 1F • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter - cable inlet, IP68 2
- extended rod, length 1001 to 2000 mm2) 1G • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP68 3
- extended rod, length 2001 to 3000 mm2) * Additional options
1H standard version A
- extended rod, length 3001 to 4000 mm2) 1J with thermal isolator B
- extended rod, length 4001 to 5000 mm2) 1K with PVDF probe body C
- extended rod, length 5001 to 5500 mm2)
5 extended cable, length 3000 mm, length adjust-
1L
2A
with thermal isolator and PVDF probe body
with sliding coupling
D
E
able by customer1)
with thermal isolator and slide coupling F
extended cable, length 6000 mm, length adjust- 2B
able by customer1) with sliding coupling and PVDF probe body G
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion with thermal isolator, slide coupling and PVDF H
length ... mm” probe body
- extended cable, length 500 to 4999 mm1) 2C WHG approval, German overfill protection
- extended cable, length 5000 to 9999 mm1) 2D not required A
- extended cable, length 10000 to 14999 mm1) 2E required (only available for electronics version 0) B
- extended cable, length 15000 to 19999 mm1) 2F Electronics/output
- extended cable, length 20000 to 24999 mm1) 2G standard analog version without display, 0
- extended cable, length 25000 to 29999 mm1) 2H 12 to 230 V AC/DC, solid-state and relay output
digital version with display, 24 V DC, solid-state 1
Process connection output and PROFIBUS PA7)
AISI 316L stainless steel
1" ANSI, 150 lb A1 Further designs
1" ANSI, 300 lb A2 Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
1" ANSI, 600 lb A3
Total insertion length: enter the total Y01
1½” ANSI, 150 lb B1 insertion length in plain text description
1½” ANSI, 300 lb B2 Stainless steel tag (69 x 38 mm [2.7 x 1.5"]): enter Y15
1½” ANSI, 600 lb B3 the tag information in plain text description
2" ANSI, 150 lb C1 Electrical connection/cable inlet: PROFIBUS con- A01
2" ANSI, 300 lb C2 nector M12 (IP67)
2" ANSI, 600 lb C3
Optional output
3" ANSI, 150 lb D1 • Relays output PCB (8A at 250 V AC/5A at 30 V DC) A02
3" ANSI, 300 lb D2 • Current output PCB (4/20 mA or NAMUR 0.6 to A03
3" ANSI, 600 lb D3 1.0/2.1 to 2.8 mA)
4" ANSI, 150 lb E1 Optional enclosure lid: Lid with glass window A04
4" ANSI, 300 lb E2 instead of closed lid without window8)
4" ANSI, 600 lb E3 O-ring seal (not FPM): FFPM A22
Welded, AISI 316L stainless steel
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
DN 25, PN 16 J4
DN 25, PN 40 J6 Remote Electronics
• Remote mounted electronics with 2 m (79”) cable A05
DN 40, PN 16 K4 • Remote mounted electronics with 5 m (197”) cable A06
DN 40, PN 40 K6 • Mounting bracket (including mounting kit) for re- A09
DN 50, PN 16 L4 mote electronics
DN 50, PN 40 L6 Instruction manual See page 5/24
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
DN 80, PN 16 M4
a separate line on the order.
DN 80, PN 40 M6
Accessories See page 5/24
DN 100, PN 16 N4 1) available with additional options A to D only.
DN 100, PN 40 N6 2) available with additional options as A to H.
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- 3) lengths <350 mm available with additional options A to D only.
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5, 5) available with electronics option 0 only.
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) 6) available with electronics option 1 only.
7) an M12 PROFIBUS connector can be selected separately with wildcard
Approvals option (A01).
General Purpose 1 8) Version with electronics option 0 has a standard closed lid without win-
FM and CSA Class II and III, Div 1, Groups E, F, G 2 dow; version with electronics option 1 has a standard lid with glass win-
T45) dow.
FM Class I, Div 1, Groups A,B,C,D T45) 3 * Lengths above 2.4 m (94.5”) require custom shipping methods. Contact
factory for more details.
CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C, D T45) 4
ATEX II 1/2 D T 100 °C5) 5

5/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 200, welded flange, PFA coated 7ML 5 5 0 5 - Pointek CLS 200, welded flange, PFA coated 7ML 5 5 0 5 -
With a high level of chemical resistance, Pointek 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 With a high level of chemical resistance, Pointek 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
CLS 200 is ideal for level detection of interfaces, CLS 200 is ideal for level detection of interfaces,
solids, liquids, slurries and foam. solids, liquids, slurries and foam.
Note: To select Analog or Digital CLS 200 (with Enclosure
PROFIBUS PA option), see final place holder Aluminum epoxy coated
under Electronics/output. • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter - cable inlet, IP65 0
Probe version • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP65 1
compact (120 mm)1) 0X • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter - cable inlet, IP68 2
extended rod, length 250 mm2) 1A • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP68 3
extended rod, length 350 mm2) 1B
Additional options
extended rod, length 500 mm2) 1C
standard version A
extended rod, length 750 mm2) 1D
with thermal isolator B
extended rod, length 1000 mm2) 1E
with PVDF probe body C
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion
with thermal isolator and PVDF probe body D
length ... mm”
with sliding coupling E
- extended rod, length 200 to 999 mm3) 1F
with thermal isolator and slide coupling F
- extended rod, length 1001 to 2000 mm2) 1G
- extended rod, length 2001 to 3000 mm2) * 1H with sliding coupling and PVDF probe body G
- extended rod, length 3001 to 4000 mm2) 1J with thermal isolator, slide coupling and PVDF H
- extended rod, length 4001 to 5000 mm2)
- extended rod, length 5001 to 5500 mm2)
1K
1L
probe body
WHG approval, German overfill protection
5
not required A
Process connection
required (only available for electronics version 0) B
AISI 316L stainless steel
1" ANSI, 150 lb A1 Electronics/output
1" ANSI, 300 lb A2 standard analog version without display, 12 to 0
1" ANSI, 600 lb A3 230 V AC/DC, solid-state and relay output
digital version with display, 24 V DC, solid-state 1
1½” ANSI, 150 lb B1
output and PROFIBUS PA7)
1½” ANSI, 300 lb B2
1½” ANSI, 600 lb B3 Further designs
2" ANSI, 150 lb C1 Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
2" ANSI, 300 lb C2
2" ANSI, 600 lb C3 Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length Y01
in plain text description
3" ANSI, 150 lb D1
3" ANSI, 300 lb D2 Stainless steel tag (69 x 38 mm [2.7 x 1.5"]): enter Y15
3" ANSI, 600 lb D3 the tag information in plain text description
4" ANSI, 150 lb E1 Electrical connection/cable inlet: PROFIBUS con- A01
4" ANSI, 300 lb E2 nector M12 (IP67)
4" ANSI, 600 lb E3 Optional output
Welded, AISI 316L stainless steel • Relays output PCB (8A at 250 V AC/5A at 30 V DC) A02
DN 25, PN 16 J4
DN 25, PN 40 J6 • Current output PCB (4/20 mA or NAMUR 0.6 to A03
1.0/2.1 to 2.8 mA)
DN 40, PN 16 K4
DN 40, PN 40 K6 Optional enclosure lid: Lid with glass window A04
instead of closed lid without window8)
DN 50, PN 16 L4
DN 50, PN 40 L6 O-ring seal (not FPM): FFPM A22
DN 80, PN 16 M4 Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
DN 80, PN 40 M6 Remote Electronics
DN 100, PN 16 N4 • Remote mounted electronics with 2 m (79”) cable A05
DN 100, PN 40 N6 • Remote mounted electronics with 5 m (197”) cable A06
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- • Mounting bracket (including mounting kit) for re- A09
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5 mote electronics
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)
Instruction manual See page 5/24
Approvals Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
General Purpose 1 a separate line on the order.
FM and CSA Class II and III, Div 1, Groups E, F, G 2 Accessories See page 5/24
T45)
FM Class I, Div 1, Groups A,B,C,D T45) 3 1) available with additional options A to D only
2) available with additional options as A to H
CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C, D T45) 4 3) lengths <350 mm available with additional options A to D only
ATEX II 1/2 D T 100 °C5) 5 5) available with electronics option 0 only.
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6-T45) 6 6) available with electronics option 1 only.
7) an M12 PROFIBUS connector can be selected separately with wildcard
ATEX II 3G 2D / FM and CSA Class I, Div 2, Groups 7 option (A01).
A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III, Div 1, Groups E, F
8) Version with electronics option 0 has a standard closed lid without win-
and G T46) dow; version with electronics option 1 has a standard lid with glass win-
ATEX II 1G 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I,II, Div 1, 8 dow.
Groups A, B, C, D T46) * Lengths above 2.4 m (94.5”) require custom shipping methods. Contact
ATEX II 1/2 GD / FM and CSA Class I Div I, Groups 0 factory for more details.
A, B, C and D T46)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/23

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. ■ Characteristic curves

Instruction manual
English 7ML1998-5AR02
French 7ML1998-5AR11 Compact and Extended Rod Version
German 7ML1998-5AR32
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order.
25
Additional instruction manual
Quick Start manual, multi-language 7ML1998-5QE81

pressure (bar, absolute)

Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick Start
manual is included with every product.
Instruction manual for optional PCB boards (for 7ML1998-5HW61
additional info. option A02/A03)
Accessories
Sensguard 3/4” NPT (PPS) 7ML1830-1DL
Only available for CLS 200 with 3/4" NPT thread
Sensguard 1" BSPT (PPS) 7ML1830-1DM
Only available for CLS 200 with 3/4" NPT thread 1
½” Cable gland ATEX 1D, fits cable diameter 6.1 to 7ML1830-1JA
15.9 mm (General Purpose and Dust ignition proof) -40 50 100
½” Cable gland ATEX 1G, fits cable diameter 6.1 to 7ML1830-1JB process temperature (°C)

5 15.9 mm (Explosion Proof)

M20 x 1.5 Cable gland ATEX 1D, fits cable diame- 7ML1830-1JC
ter 6.1 to 15.9 mm (General Purpose and Dust igni-
tion proof)
M20 x 1.5 Cable gland ATEX 1G, fits cable diame- 7ML1830-1JD Slide Coupling Version
ter 6.1 to 15.9 mm (Explosion Proof)
Spare parts 10
Test magnet 7ML1830-1JE
pressure (bar, absolute)

Amplifier / Power Supply, Analog version 7ML1830-1DJ

Amplifier / Power Supply, Digital version 7ML1830-1JF
LCD display 7ML1830-1JK

■ Options
1

-40 100 125

process temperature (°C)

Extended Cable Version

10
pressure (bar, absolute)

Optional Sensguard dimensions

-40 50 100 125

process temperature (°C)

Pointek CLS 200 Derating curves

5/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 200

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

Wiring: Pointek CLS 200 Analog

black
white
red
P2
trip
point
switch bank
P1 S1 K1
ON
GND
K4
delay sensor
L1 L3
sensor power
L2 status on
output power supply
status 12 to 250 V AC/DC

NC NO NO

relay contact:
8A - 250 V AC
K2 K3
solid state switch:
40 V DC / 28 V AC,
5
5 A - 30 V DC 100 mA max.,
2 VA max.

Notes:
- Identification label is on underside of lid. Switch and Potentiometer settings are for
illustration purposes only (Refer to Operation/Setup in manual).
- All field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
- Relay contact terminals are for use with equipment having no accessible live parts and
wiring having insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
- Maximum working voltage between adjacent relay contacts shall be 250 V.
- Refer to the Instruction Manual or contact a Siemens Milltronics representative for
detailed wiring information.

Wiring: Pointek CLS 200 Digital

alarm output reed

solid-state switch test contact
white *
input
white

red (+)
)
sensor black (-
(f)
orange

PROFIBUS PA

PA + PA -
Pointek CLS 200 dimensions

Connect the power cable

to the + and - terminals
(labelled PA+ and PA-).
Notes:
- All field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
- Relay contact terminals are for use with equipment having no accessible
live parts and wiring having insulation suitable for at least 250 V.
- Maximum working voltage between adjacent relay contacts shall be 250 V.
- Refer to the Instruction Manual or contact a Siemens Milltronics representative
for detailed wiring information.

*Magnet Activated Sensor Test

A magnet can be used to test the sensor without opening the lid of the Pointek CLS 200
Digital version. Bring the magnet close to the test area indicated on
the enclosure. The sensor test starts and finishes automatically after
10 seconds. The Auxiliary reading will display either SENSOR TEST
SUCCESSFUL or SENSOR TEST FAILED as rolling text.

Pointek CLS 200 connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/25

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 200

Pointek CLS 200 optional PCB connections

5/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

■ Overview ■ Configuration

The Pointek CLS 300 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance

level switch for detecting interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and
viscous materials in demanding conditions of low/high pressure,
high temperatures and corrosive and abrasive materials.
5
■ Benefits
• Patented Active-Shield technology
• Integrated local display
• Analog version: 3 LED indicators for adjustment control, out-
put status and power
• Digital version: integral LCD display and PROFIBUS PA com-
munication
• Push-button calibration
• Full-function diagnostics
• Unaffected by material buildup
• Multiple outputs

■ Application
The Pointek CLS 300 is offered in analog and digital versions.
The analog version has 3 LED indicators with basic relay or
solid-state switch alarms.
The digital version provides an integral LCD display for stand-
alone use, with PROFIBUS PA communication (Profile version
3.0, Class B) when required. Solid state switch alarm is stan-
dard, with relay or current output options.
The fully potted electronics are unaffected by condensation,
dust or vibration. Pointek CLS 300 installation
All wetted parts are made of stainless steel with a PFA shield for
high chemical resistance. For higher temperature applications,
ceramics can be supplied. Materials with low or high dielectric
constants can be accurately detected. The unique active shield
suppresses interference from material buildup.
The unique modular design of the Pointek CLS 300 provides a
wide range of configurations, process connections, extensions
and approvals to meet the temperature and pressure require-
ments of specific applications. The modular design makes or-
dering easier and reduces stocking requirements. A wide range
of probe configurations is available, including rod and cable ver-
sions.
• Key Applications: liquids, slurries, powders, granules, rela-
tively high pressure and temperature, hazardous areas

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/27

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300
■ Technical specifications
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Measurement frequency
(CLS 300 Analog)
Measurement frequency
(CLS 300 Digital)
Input
Measured variable
Output
Output signal (CLS 300 Analog)
• Relay output
- Max. contact load
- Max. switching capacity
- Min. contact load
- Time delay (ON and/or OFF)
5 • Transistor output (with failure de-
tection)
- Output
- Protection
- Max. load
- Max. switching voltage
- Max. load current
- Voltage drop
- Time delay (ON and/or OFF)
Output signal (CLS 300 Digital)
• Transistor output (with failure de-
tection) (CLS 300 Digital)
- Output
- Protection
- Max. load
- Max. switching voltage
- Max. load current
- Voltage drop
- Time delay (ON and/or OFF)
• Relay output (CLS 300 Digital)
• mA signal (CLS 300 Digital)
• Time delay (ON and/or OFF)
(CLS 300 Digital)
• Two-wire switch
• Failsafe mode
• Connection
5/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Capacitive level detection
600 kHz max.
4.4 MHz max.
High and low
Relay with failure detection
Changeover contact (selectable
NC or NO contact)
30 V DC, 5 A/250 V AC, 8 A
150 W/2000 VA
10 mA/5 V DC
1 to 60 s
Galvanically isolated
Against reversed polarity
2W
250 V AC/300 V DC
100 mA
< 1 V, typical at 50 mA
1 to 60 s
Galvanically isolated
Against reversed polarity
2W
28 V AC/40 V DC
100 mA, 2 VA max.
< 1 V, typical at 50 mA
1 to 60 s
optional with added pcb board
(standalone digital version only)
max. 8 A at 230 V AC
optional with added pcb board
4 or 20 mA / NAMUR output:
0.6 mA to 1.0 mA; or 2.1 mA to
2.8 mA
controlled by software
With customer-supplied external
trip devices
Min. or max.
removable terminal block,
max. 2.5 mm² (0.09")
Accuracy
Repeatability
Resolution
- Min. sensitivity (pF)
- Max. temperature error
• Hysteresis (CLS 300 Analog)
• Hysteresis (CLS 300 Digital)
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
Location
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
• Max. tensile force (cable version)
• Pressure range (probe)1)
Medium conditions
• Dielectric constant εr
• Temperature range (probe)
- Standard version
- High-temperature version
Design
• Material (enclosure)
• Degree of Protection
• Cable inlet
Controls and displays (CLS 300
Analog)
• Displays
• Potentiometers
• Switches
Controls and displays (CLS 300
Digital)
• Local display
• Configuration
Power supply (CLS 300 Analog)
• Supply
• Current consumption
Power supply (CLS 300 Digital)
• Bus voltage
• Current consumption
1) Pressure rating of process seal is temperature dependent.
Contact Siemens Milltronics for derating curves.
± 1% of measurement
1% change in actual capacitance
0.2% of actual capacitance value
max. 2 mm (0.8”) @ εr =1.5
100% adjustable, in 1 count incre-
ments on display
Indoor/outdoor
-40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F)
1900 kg (4188 lbs.)
-1 to 35 bar (-14.6 to 511 psi)
Liquids, bulk solids, slurries and
interfaces and applications with
viscous materials
Min. 1.5
-40 to +200 °C (-40 to +392 °F)
-40 to +400 °C (-40 to +752 °F)
Available in rod, cable/rope and
high-temperature versions
powder-coated aluminum with
gasket
standard: IP65/NEMA 4/Type 4
optional: IP68/NEMA 4/Type 4
2 x M20 x 1.5 thread (option: 2 x
½” NPT conduit entry including
1 plugged entry), digital version
has optional PROFIBUS connec-
tor
3 LEDs, for adjustment control,
output status and power supply
2 potentiometers for time delay
and sensitivity
5 DIP switches for delay on/off,
fail-safe high/low, time delay
test/adjust, high/low sensitivity
LCD
• locally, using 3 button keypad
(for standalone operation)
• remotely, using SIMATIC PDM
(for installation on a network)
12 to 250 V AC/DC, galvanically
isolated
2 VA/2 W
• standard: 9 to 32 V DC,
max. 2 VA/2 W
• intrinsically safe: 9 to 24 V DC,
max. 2 VA/2 W
12.5 mA
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300
Certificates and approvals CE, CSANRTL/C, FM
CSA/FM Class II and III, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G T4
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D T4
ATEX II 1/2D T 100 ºC
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to
T1
ATEX II 2D / FM and CSA Class
I,II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G T4
WHG Overfill protection (Ger-
many)
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Cat-
egories ENV1, ENV2, and ENV5
Communication (CLS 300 Digital) • PROFIBUS PA (IEC 61158 CPF3
CP3/2)
• Bus physical layer: IEC 61158-2
MBP-(IS)
• Device profile: PROFIBUS PA
profile for Process Control De-
vices Version 3.0, Class B
• FISCO field device
5
Design: Probe
Standard version High Temperature version Cable version
Length Min. 350 mm (14"), Min. 350 mm (14"), Min. 1000 mm (40"),
max. 1000 mm (40") max. 1000 mm (40") max. 25000 mm (984")
Process ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" NPT ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" NPT 1¼", 1½" NPT
Connection ¾", 1", 1½" BSPT ¾", 1", 1½" BSPT 1½" BSPT
1", 1½" JIS 1", 1½" JIS 316 stainless steel (1.4404)
316 stainless steel (1.4404) 316 stainless steel (1.4404)
Sensor PFA (no insulation on active probe) ceramic (no insulation on active 316 stainless steel (1.4404),
probe) optional PFA
Thermal isolator yes yes yes
Extension yes yes Cable extension
Extension length tolerance Insertion length < 3 m: ± 10 mm Insertion length < 3 m: ± 10 mm Insertion length < 3 m: ± 10 mm
Insertion length 3 to 10 m: ± 20 mm
Insertion length > 10 m: ± 30 mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/29

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 300, threaded version 7ML 5 5 1 0 - Pointek CLS 300, threaded version 7ML 5 5 1 0 -
Capacitance level switch for detecting interfaces, 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 7 Capacitance level switch for detecting interfaces, 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 7
solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials in solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials in
demanding conditions of low/high pressure, high demanding conditions of low/high pressure, high
temperatures and corrosive and abrasive materials temperatures and corrosive and abrasive materials
Note: To select Analog or Digital CLS 300 (with Enclosure
PROFIBUS PA option), see final place holder Aluminum epoxy coated
under Electronics/output. • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP65 1
Probe version • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP65 2
standard version, rod 350 mm (14") 0X • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP68 3
extended rod, length 500 mm 1A • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP68 4
extended rod, length 750 mm 1B
Additional options
extended rod, length 1000 mm 1C standard version A
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion with thermal isolator B
length ... mm” Electronics/output
- extended rod, length 350 to 999 mm 1D standard analog version without display, 0
- extended cable, length 3000 mm, length adjust- 2A 12 to 230 V AC/DC, solid-state and relay output
able by customer digital version with display, 24 V DC, solid-state 1
- extended cable, length 6000 mm, length adjust- 2B output and PROFIBUS PA5)
able by customer
Further designs
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion
5 length ... mm”
- extended cable, length 100 to 4999 mm 2C
Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).

- extended cable, length 5000 to 9999 mm 2D Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length Y01
in plain text description
- extended cable, length 10000 to 14999 mm 2E
Stainless steel tag (69 x 38 mm (2.7 x 1.5")): enter Y15
- extended cable, length 15000 to 19999 mm 2F
the tag information in plain text description
- extended cable, length 20000 to 25000 mm 2G
- extended PFA cable, length 3000 mm, length Electrical connection/cable inlet: PROFIBUS con- A01
3A nector M12 (IP67)
adjustable by customer1)
- extended PFA cable, length 6000 mm, length 3B Optional output (only in combination with Electron-
adjustable by customer1) ics version 1 and Approval option 1).
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion • Current output PCB (4/20 mA or NAMUR 0.6 to A03
length ... mm” 1.0/2.1 to 2.8 mA)
- extended PFA cable, length 100 to 4999 mm1) 3C Optional enclosure lid: Lid with glass window A04
- extended PFA cable, length 5000 to 9999 mm1) 3D instead of closed lid without window6)
- extended PFA cable, length 10000 to 3E O-ring seal material (not FPM): FFPM A22
14999 mm1)
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
- extended PFA cable, length 15000 to 3F
19999 mm1) Remote Electronics
- extended PFA cable, length 20000 to 3G • Remote mounted electronics with 2 m (79”) cable A05
25000 mm1) • Remote mounted electronics with 5 m (197”) cable A06
Process connection • Mounting bracket (including mounting kit) for re- A09
mote electronics
¾” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1)2) A
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1)2) B Extended Active Shield (standard length is
1½” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) C 125 mm)
• Active Shield length: 250 mm A07
¾” BSPT (EN 10226-1)2) D
• Active Shield length: 400 mm A08
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1)2) E
1½” BSPT (EN 10226-1) F Instruction manual See page 5/35
¾” JIS (B 0202) 2)
G Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order.
1" JIS (B 0202) H
Accessories See page 5/35
1½” JIS (B 0202) J
1¼” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) K 1) Do not select PFA cable version if process temperature exceeds 200 °C.
2) available with Probe versions 0X, 1A to 1D only.
Approvals
General Purpose 1 3) available with electronics option 0 only.
CSA/FM Class II and III Div. 1, Groups E, F, G T43) 2 4) available with electronics option 1 only.
FM/CSA Class I Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D T43) 3 5) an M12 PROFIBUS connector can be selected separately with wildcard
option A01.
ATEX II 1/2 D T 100 °C 3) 4
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6-T13) 5 6) Version with electronics option 0 has a standard closed lid without win-
dow; version with electronics option 1 has a standard lid with glass win-
ATEX II 2D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1, 6 dow.
Groups E, F and G T44)
ATEX II 1G 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1, 7
Groups A, B, C, D T44)
ATEX II 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, Div 1, 8
Groups A, B, C and D T44)
WHG approval, German overfill protection
not required 0
required 3) 1

5/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 300, welded flange 7ML 5 5 0 6 - Pointek CLS 300, welded flange 7ML 5 5 0 6 -
Capacitance level switch for detecting interfaces, 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Capacitance level switch for detecting interfaces, 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials in solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials in
demanding conditions of low/high pressure, high demanding conditions of low/high pressure, high
temperatures and corrosive and abrasive materials temperatures and corrosive and abrasive materials
Note: To select Analog or Digital CLS 300 (with Approvals
PROFIBUS PA option), see final place holder General Purpose 1
under Electronics/output. CSA/FM Class II and III Div. 1, Groups E, F, G T42) 2
Probe version FM/CSA Class I Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D T42) 3
standard version, rod 350 mm 0X ATEX II 1/2 D T 100 °C 2) 4
extended rod, length 500 mm 1A ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6-T12) 5
extended rod, length 750 mm 1B ATEX II 2D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1, Groups 6
extended rod, length 1000 mm 1C E, F and G T43)
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion ATEX II 1G 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1, 7
length ... mm” Groups A, B, C, D T43)
- extended rod, length 350 to 999 mm 1D ATEX II 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups 8
- extended cable, length 3000 mm, length adjust- 2A A, B, C and D T43)
able by customer WHG approval, German overfill protection
- extended cable, length 6000 mm, length adjust- 2B not required 0
able by customer required 3) 1
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion Additional options
length ... mm” standard version A
- extended cable, length 100 to 4999 mm
- extended cable, length 5000 to 9999 mm
2C
2D
with thermal isolator
Enclosure
B 5
- extended cable, length 10000 to 14999 mm 2E Aluminum epoxy coated
- extended cable, length 15000 to 19999 mm 2F • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP65 A
- extended cable, length 20000 to 25000 mm 2G • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP65 B
- extended PFA cable, length 3000 mm, length 3A • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP68 C
adjustable by customer • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP68 D
- extended PFA cable, length 6000 mm, length 3B
adjustable by customer Electronics/output
standard analog version without display, 0
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion 12 to 230 V AC/DC, solid-state and relay output
length ... mm” digital version with display, 24 V DC, solid-state 1
- extended PFA cable, length 100 to 4999 mm1) 3C output and PROFIBUS PA4)
- extended PFA cable, length 5000 to 9999 mm1) 3D
- extended PFA cable, length 10000 to 3E 1) Do not select PFA cable version if process temperature exceeds 200 °C
(392 °F).
14999 mm1)
- extended PFA cable, length 15000 to 3F 2) available with electronics option 0 only.
19999 mm1) 3) available with electronics option 1 only.
- extended PFA cable, length 20000 to 3G 4) an M12 PROFIBUS connector can be selected separately with wildcard
25000 mm1) option A01
Process connection
AISI 316L stainless steel
1" ANSI, 150 lb A1
1" ANSI, 300 lb A2
1" ANSI, 600 lb A3
1½" ANSI, 150 lb B1
1½" ANSI, 300 lb B2
1½" ANSI, 600 lb B3
2" ANSI, 150 lb C1
2" ANSI, 300 lb C2
2" ANSI, 600 lb C3
3" ANSI, 150 lb D1
3" ANSI, 300 lb D2
3" ANSI, 600 lb D3
4" ANSI, 150 lb E1
4" ANSI, 300 lb E2
4" ANSI, 600 lb E3
DIN flange welded,AISI 316 stainless steel
DN 25, PN 16 J4
DN 25, PN 40 J6
DN 40, PN 16 K4
DN 40, PN 40 K6
DN 50, PN 16 L4
DN 50, PN 40 L6
DN 80, PN 16 M4
DN 80, PN 40 M6
DN 100, PN 16 N4
DN 100, PN 40 N6
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5
or EN 1092-1 or JIS B 2238 standard.)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/31

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Further designs
Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length Y01
in plain text description
Stainless steel tag (69 x 38 mm (2.7 x 1.5")): enter Y15
the tag information in plain text description
Electrical connection/cable inlet: PROFIBUS con- A01
nector M12 (IP67)
Optional output (only in combination with Electron-
ics version 1 and Approval option 1).
• Current output PCB (4/20 mA or NAMUR 0.6 to A03
1.0/2.1 to 2.8 mA)
Optional enclosure lid: Lid with glass window A04
instead of closed lid without window1)
O-ring seal material (not FPM): FFPM A22
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
Remote Electronics
• Remote mounted electronics with 2 m (79”) cable A05
• Remote mounted electronics with 5 m (197”) cable A06
• Mounting bracket (including mounting kit) for re- A09
5 mote electronics
Extended Active Shield (standard length is 125 mm)
• Active Shield length: 250 mm A07
• Active Shield length: 400 mm A08
Instruction manual See page 5/35
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order.
Accessories See page 5/35
1) Version with electronics option 0 has a standard closed lid without win-
dow; version with electronics option 1 has a standard lid with glass win-
dow.

5/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 300, high temperature 7ML 5 5 0 7 - Further designs
Capacitance level switch for detecting interfaces, 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 7 Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials in code(s).
demanding conditions of low/high pressure, high Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length Y01
temperatures and corrosive and abrasive materials in plain text description
Note: To select Analog or Digital CLS 300 (with Stainless steel tag (69 x 38 mm [2.7 x 1.5"]): enter Y15
PROFIBUS PA option), see final place holder the tag information in plain text description
under Electronics/output. Electrical connection/cable inlet: PROFIBUS con- A01
Version nector M12 (IP67)
Standard version, 350 mm rod 0X Optional output (only in combination with Electron-
Extended rod, length 500 mm 1A ics version 1 and Approval option 1).
Extended rod, length 750 mm 1B • Current output PCB (4/20 mA or NAMUR 0.6 to A03
1.0/2.1 to 2.8 mA)
Extended rod, length 1000 mm (40") 1C
Extended rod, customer specified length (min. 1D Optional enclosure lid: Lid with glass window A04
350 mm length, max. 999 mm length) instead of closed lid without window4)
Add order code Y01 and plain text: "Insertion O-ring seal material (not FPM): FFPM A22
length ...mm"
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
Process connection
AISI 316L stainless steel Remote Electronics
¾" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A • Remote mounted electronics with 2 m (79”) cable A05
• Remote mounted electronics with 5 m (197”) cable A06
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1)
1½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1)
B
C • Mounting bracket (including mounting kit) for re-
mote electronics
A09 5
¾" BSPT (EN 10226-1) D
Extended Active Shield (standard length is
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) E 125 mm)
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) F • Active Shield length: 250 mm A07
¾" JIS (B 0202) G • Active Shield length: 400 mm A08
1" JIS (B 0202) H Instruction manual See page 5/35
1½" JIS (B 0202) J
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
1¼" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) K a separate line on the order.
Approvals Accessories See page 5/35
General Purpose 1 1) available with electronics option 0 only.
CSA/FM Class II and III Div. 1, Groups E, F, G T41) 2 2) available with electronics option 1 only.
FM/CSA Class I Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D T41) 3 3) an M12 PROFIBUS connector can be selected separately with wildcard
ATEX II 1/2 D T 100 °C 1) 4 option A01.
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6-T11) 5 4) Version with electronics option 0 has a standard closed lid without win-
dow; version with electronics option 1 has a standard lid with glass win-
ATEX II 2D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1, 6 dow.
Groups E, F and G T42)
ATEX II 1G 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1, 7
Groups A, B, C, D T42)
ATEX II 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, Div 1, 8
Groups A, B, C and D T42)
WHG approval, German overfill protection
not required 0
required 3) 1
Enclosure
Aluminum epoxy coated
• 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP65 0
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP65 1
• 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP68 2
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP68 3
Additional options
standard version A
with thermal isolator B
Electronics/output
standard analog version without display, 0
12 to 230 V AC/DC, solid-state and relay output
digital version with display, 24 V DC, solid-state 1
output and PROFIBUS PA3)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/33

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 300, high temperature, welded 7ML 5 5 0 8 - Pointek CLS 300, high temperature, welded 7ML 5 5 0 8 -
flange 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
flange 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Capacitance level switch for detecting interfaces, Capacitance level switch for detecting interfaces,
solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials in solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials in
demanding conditions of low/high pressure, high demanding conditions of low/high pressure, high
temperatures and corrosive and abrasive materials temperatures and corrosive and abrasive materials
Note: To select Analog or Digital CLS 300 (with Enclosure
PROFIBUS PA option), see final place holder Aluminum epoxy coated
under Electronics/output. • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP65 A
Version • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP65 B
Standard version, 350 mm (14") rod 0X • 2 x ½” NPT via adapter, cable inlet, IP68 C
Extended rod, length 500 mm (20") 1A • 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable inlet, IP68 D
Extended rod, length 750 mm (30") 1B Electronics/output
Extended rod, length 1000 mm (40") 1C standard analog version without display, 0
Extended rod, customer specified length (min. 1D 12 to 230 V AC/DC, solid-state and relay output
350 mm length, max. 1000 mm length) digital version with display, 24 V DC, solid-state 1
Add order code Y01 and plain text: "Insertion output and PROFIBUS PA3)
length ...mm" Further designs
Process connection Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
AISI 316L stainless steel
Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length Y01
1" ANSI, 150 lb A1
5 1" ANSI, 300 lb
1" ANSI, 600 lb
A2
A3
in plain text description
Stainless steel tag (69 x 38 mm [2.7 x 1.5"]): enter
the tag information in plain text description
Y15

1½" ANSI, 150 lb B1 Electrical connection/cable inlet: PROFIBUS con- A01

1½" ANSI, 300 lb B2 nector M12 (IP67)
1½" ANSI, 600 lb B3
Optional output (only in combination with Electron-
2" ANSI, 150 lb C1 ics version 1 and Approval option 1).
2" ANSI, 300 lb C2 • Current output PCB (4/20 mA or NAMUR 0.6 to A03
2" ANSI, 600 lb C3 1.0/2.1 to 2.8 mA)
3" ANSI, 150 lb D1 Optional enclosure lid: Lid with glass window A04
3" ANSI, 300 lb D2 instead of closed lid without window4)
3" ANSI, 600 lb D3 O-ring seal material (not FPM): FFPM A22
4" ANSI, 150 lb E1 Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
4" ANSI, 300 lb E2
Remote Electronics
4" ANSI, 600 lb E3
• Remote mounted electronics with 2 m (79”) cable A05
DIN flange welded, AISI 316 stainless steel • Remote mounted electronics with 5 m (197”) cable A06
DN 25, PN 16 J4 • Mounting bracket (including mounting kit) for re- A09
DN 25, PN 40 J6 mote electronics
DN 40, PN 16 K4 Extended Active Shield (standard length is 125 mm)
DN 40, PN 40 K6 • Active Shield length: 250 mm A07
DN 50, PN 16 L4 • Active Shield length: 400 mm A08
DN 50, PN 40 L6 Instruction manual See page 5/35
DN 80, PN 16 M4 Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
DN 80, PN 40 M6 a separate line on the order.
DN 100, PN 16 N4 Accessories See page 5/35
DN 100, PN 40 N6 1) available with electronics option 0 only.
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- 2) available with electronics option 1 only.
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) 3) an M12 PROFIBUS connector can be selected separately with wildcard
option (A01).
Approvals 4) Version with electronics option 0 has a standard closed lid without win-
General Purpose 1 dow; version with electronics option 1 has a standard lid with glass win-
CSA/FM Class II and III Div. 1, Groups E, F, G T41) 2 dow.
FM/CSA Class I Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D T41) 3
ATEX II 1/2 D T 100 °C1) 4
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6-T11) 5
ATEX II 2D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1, Groups 6
E, F and G T42)
ATEX II 1G 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, II, Div 1, 7
Groups A, B, C, D T42)
ATEX II 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups 8
A, B, C and D T42)
WHG approval, German overfill protection
not required 0
required 1) 1
Additional options
standard version A
with thermal isolator B

5/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
C) 7 M L 1 5 0 0 -
Instruction manual Pointek CLS flanges
English 7ML1998-5CK04 0 77 0
German 7ML1998-5CK34 Process connection
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as Stainless steel, 316L, ¾ " NPT (ANSI/ASME
a separate line on the order. B1.20.1)
Additional instruction manual 1" ANSI, 150 lb AA
Quick Start manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QF81 1" ANSI, 300 lb AB
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick Start 1" ANSI, 600 lb AC
manual is included with every product.
1½" ANSI, 150 lb BA
Instruction manual for optional PCB boards (for C) 7ML1998-5HW61
additional info. option A02/A03) 1½" ANS, 300 lb BB
1½" ANSI, 600 lb BC
Accessories
½” Cable gland ATEX 1D (General Purpose and 7ML1830-1JA 2" ANSI, 150 lb CA
Dust ignition proof) 2" ANSI, 300 lb CB
½” Cable gland ATEX 1G (Explosion Proof) 7ML1830-1JB 2" ANSI, 600 lb CC
M20 x 1.5 Cable gland ATEX 1D (General Purpose 7ML1830-1JC 3" ANSI, 150 lb DA
and Dust ignition proof) 3" ANSI, 300 lb DB
M20 x 1.5 Cable gland ATEX 1G (Explosion Proof) 7ML1830-1JD 3" ANSI, 600 lb DC
Spare parts 4" ANSI, 150 lb EA
Test magnet 7ML1830-1JE
Amplifier / Power Supply, Analog version
Amplifier / Power Supply, Digital version
7ML1830-1DJ
7ML1830-1JF
4" ANSI, 300 lb
4" ANSI, 600 lb
EB
EC 5
DN 25, PN 16 KK
LC display 7ML1830-1JK DN 25, PN 40 KM
Mounting bracket (including mounting kit) for 7ML1830-1JT
remote electronics DN 40, PN 16 LK
Current output PCB (4/20 mA or NAMUR 0.6 to 7ML1830-1JS DN 40, PN 40 LM
1.0/2.1 to 2.8 mA) DN 50, PN 16 MK
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99. DN 50, PN 40 MM
DN 80, PN 16 NK
DN 80, PN 40 NM
DN 100, PN 16 PK
DN 100, PN 40 PM
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings
dimensionally correspond to the applicable ASME
B16.5 or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/35

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

■ Characteristic curves
Standard Version
35/511

30/438

25/365
pressure (bar, psi gauge)

20/292
+10 bar/146 psi gauge
15/219 -1 bar/-14 psi gauge

10/146

5/73

-40/-40 0/32 50/122 100/212 150/302 200/392

High Temperature Version

35/511
5 30/438

25/365
pressure (bar, psi gauge)

20/292
+10 bar/146 psi gauge
15/219 -1 bar/-14 psi gauge

10/146

5/73

-40/-40 0/32 100/212 200/392 300/572 400/752

Pointek CLS 300 Derating curves

5/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

■ Dimensional drawings

Standard Version (7ML5510, 7ML5506) High Temperature Version (7ML5507, 7ML5508) Cable Version (7ML5510, 7ML5506)

lid lid lid

lid clip lid clip lid clip

electronics/ electronics/ electronics/ ± 142 mm

± 142 mm enclosure
enclosure (5.59”) enclosure (5.59”)
± 236 mm
(9.29”)
thermal
insulator

shield shield
length length
total length min. =
shield length +
225 mm (8.86”)
shield total length min. =
probe ceramic length 1000 mm (39.37”)
insulator cable
active
length active max. length =
length 25000 mm
(984.3”)
5
total length min. =
probe shield length + cable
max. length = 225 mm (8.86”) weight
1000 mm
(39.37”) max. length =
active
length 1000 mm
(39.37”)

Ø19 mm
(0.75”)
Ø30 mm
(1.18”)

Ø19 mm
(0.75”)

Lid without window Lid with window Shield Lengths:

26.1 mm 125 mm (4.92”)
(1.1”) 39.5 mm 250 mm (9.84”)
(1.6”) 400 mm (15.75”)

120 mm 120 mm
(4.7”) (4.7”)
76 mm 76 mm
(3”) (3”)

59 mm 59 mm
(2.3”) (2.3”)

Pointek CLS 300 dimensions

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/37

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 300

■ Schematics

Pointek CLS 300 optional PCB connections

Pointek CLS 300 connections

5/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 500

■ Overview ■ Configuration

5
Pointek CLS 500 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance point
level switch for detecting interfaces, solids, liquids, slurries and
viscous materials in critical conditions of extreme temperatures
up to 400 °C (752 °F) and pressures up to 525 bar (7665 psi).

■ Benefits
• 2-wire loop powered with solid-state switch or 4 to 20/20 to
4 mA output
• Simple push-button calibration and integrated local display
• Patented Active-Shield technology
• Full function diagnostics
• Unique inverse frequency approach provides high resolution

■ Application
The CLS 500 features HART® communications for remote com-
missioning and inspection. Its microprocessor-based electron-
ics provide one-point calibration, making setup possible without
shutting down your production process.
Patented Active-Shield technology ensures that measurement is
unaffected by vapours, product deposits, dust and condensa-
tion. The unique mechanical probe design coupled with a high
performance transmitter gives superior performance in a wide
range of level detection applications. Pointek CLS 500 installation
• Key Applications: water in oil level, foam or liquid/foam level,
glycol regenerators, high-pressure coalescers.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/39

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 500
■ Technical specifications
Input
Measuring range
Span
Measurement frequency
Measurement current signalling
Output
Solid state switch
Current loop
Accuracy
Temperature stability
Non-linearity and repeatability
5 Accuracy
Rated operating conditions
Pressure range (Pressure rating of
process seal is temperature depen-
dent. Contact Siemens Milltronics
for derating curves of high-tempera-
ture configurations.)
• Standard
• As option
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature (transmitter)
• Process temperature (probe)
- Standard
- With thermal isolator
• Installation category
• Pollution degree
Installation conditions
• Location
• Dielectric constant εr
Design
Material
• Wetted parts material
- Standard
- Optional
• Probe isolation
Probe diameter
• Standard rod version
• High temperature rod version
Probe length
• Standard rod version
• High temperature rod version
5/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
0 to 330 pF
Min. 1 pF
420 kHz
NAMUR NE 43
40 V DC/28 V AC/100 m A at 2 VA
max
4 to 20 mA/20 to 4 mA
22 to 3.6 mA (2-wire current loop)
0.15 pF (0 pF) or < 0.25%
(typical < 0.1%) of actual mea-
surement value, whichever is
greater over the full temperature
range
0.1% of full scale and actual mea-
surement respectively
deviation < 0.1% of measured
value
-1 to 50 bar (725 psi)
-1 to 525 bar (7665 psi)
-40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185°F)
ATEX Ex protection:
-40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F) for
T6,
-40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F) for
T5 to T1
-50 to +200 °C (-58 to +392 °F)
-200 to +400 °C (-328 to +752 °F)
II
4 • FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1,
Indoor/outdoor
Min. 1.5
AISI 316 L
C 22.8 N, Monel 400, Hastelloy
C22, Duplex
PFA, enamel
16 mm (0.63")
19 mm (0.75")
Max. 1000 mm (216") with 16 mm
diameter probe
Max. active length 750 mm (29.5")
with 19 mm diameter probe
Process connection of probe
• Threaded mounting
• Flat-faced flange mounting
Enclosure
• Material
• Cable inlet
• Degree of protection
Power supply
Features
Safety
• Diagnostics with fault alarm when
• Function rotary switch
• Smart communication
Certificates and approvals
NPT, BSPT, JIS
ANSI, DIN
Aluminium, epoxy-coated
2 x ½” NPT
Type 4X/NEMA4X/IP65
Max. 33 V DC (30 V DC with intrin-
sically safe operation),
min. 12 V DC @ 3.6 mA,
min. 9.5 V DC @ 22 mA
• Probe input ESD protected to
55 kV
• Inputs/outputs fully galvanically
isolated
• Polarity-insensitive current loop
• Fully potted
• Integrated safety barrier
Primary variable (PV) out of limits,
system failure in measurement
circuit, deviation between A/D
and D/A converter, check sum,
watch dog and self-checking
facility
positions 0 to 9, A to F
Conforming to HART Communi-
cation Foundation (HCF)
• CE: Complies with EMC Direc-
tive 89/336/EEC, as per
EN 55011 and EN 61326
• ATEX II 3GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T4 to
T6
• FM/CSA Class I, Div. 2,
Groups A,B,C,D T4
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G T4
Class III, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G T4
• ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4 to T6
• FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1,
Groups A,B,C,D T4
• ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6
to T1
Groups A,B,C,D T4
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping:
Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3,
ENV5
• European Pressure:
PED 97/23/EC
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 500
Standard Combinations
Pointek CLS 500 Standard
probe version
Process connection S series HT Series
types
Threaded Available as Standard Available as Standard
Flange Available as Standard Available as Standard
Process connection
materials
Stainless steel AISI Available as Standard Available as Standard
316L
Duplex steel – –
Hastelloy1) B2 or C22 – –
Monel 400 – –

Probe insulation
PFA Available as Standard –
Enamel Available as Standard Available as Standard
Length parameters
Max. rod length 1000/39 1000/39
5
(mm/inch)
Process condtitions
Max. pressure 200/2900 525/7665
(bar/psi)2)
Max. temperature 200/3924) 400/752
(°C/°F)3)
– Not available as standard
1) Flange made of AISI 316L stainless steel with a 5 mm welded Hastelloy
plate
2) Depends on temperature range
3) Depends on pressure range
4) Up to 400 °C (752 °F) with enamel probe insulation

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/41

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 500, S-series, threaded 7ML 5 6 0 1 - Pointek CLS 500, S-series, welded flange 7ML 5 6 0 2 -
Capacitance point level switch for detecting inter- 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0 Capacitance point level switch for detecting inter- 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
faces, solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials faces, solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials
in critical conditions including extreme temperature in critical conditions including extreme temperature
and extreme pressure and extreme pressure
Electronic transmitter Electronic transmitter
None 0 None 0
MSP2002-1 (330 pF) 1 MSP2002-1 (330 pF) 1
Process connection Process connection and pressure rating
¾" A 2" ANSI, 150 lb AA
1" B 2" ANSI, 300 lb AB
1¼" C 3" ANSI, 150 lb BA
1½" D 3" ANSI, 300 lb BB
2" E 4" ANSI, 150 lb CA
Connection type and rating 4" ANSI, 300 lb CB
Threaded NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A 6" ANSI, 150 lb DA
Threaded BSPT (EN 10226-1) B 6" ANSI, 300 lb DB
Threaded JIS (B 0202) C DN 50 PN16 EC
Probe insulation/material of process connection DN 80 PN16 FC
5 PFA insulation/316L stainless steel
Approvals
1 DN 100 PN16
DN 125 PN16
GC
HC
General Purpose 1 (Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA 2 sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III or EN 1092-1 or JIS B 2238 standard.)
Div. 1, Groups E, F and G T4 For other flange sizes or pressure ratings, please
call for availability and pricing.
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, 3
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 Probe insulation/material of process connection
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 4 PFA insulation/316L stainless steel 1
FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 5 Approvals
Probe/electrode diameter General Purpose 1
16 mm rigid rod, maximum length 1000 mm 1 ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA 2
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III
Thermal isolator/remote version Div. 1, Groups E, F and G T4
rigid thermal isolator A ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, 3
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 4
code(s). FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 5
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01 Probe/electrode diameter
Y01: ... mm 16 mm rigid rod, maximum length 1000 mm 1
Active Shield length - minimum length is Y02 Thermal isolator/remote version
50 mm.Y02: ... mm rigid thermal isolator A
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15 Further designs
Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
plain text: Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
Instruction manual Y01: ... mm
English 7ML1998-5GG01
German 7ML1998-5GG31 Active Shield length - minimum length is Y02
50 mm.Y02: ... mm
Dutch 7ML1998-5GG41 Y15
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm),
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
a separate line on the order. plain text:
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12

Instruction manual
English 7ML1998-5GG01
German 7ML1998-5GG31
Dutch 7ML1998-5GG41
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order.

5/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Pointek CLS 500, S-series, single piece flange 7ML 5 6 0 3 -
Capacitance point level switch for detecting inter- 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
faces, solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials
in critical conditions including extreme temperature
and extreme pressure
Electronic transmitter
None 0
MSP2002-1 (330 pF) 1
Process connection and pressure rating
2" ANSI, 150 lb AA
2" ANSI, 300 lb AB
3" ANSI, 150 lb BA
3" ANSI, 300 lb BB
4" ANSI, 150 lb CA
4" ANSI, 300 lb CB
6" ANSI, 150 lb DA
6" ANSI, 300 lb DB
DN 50 PN16 EC
DN 80 PN16 FC
DN 100 PN16 GC 5
DN 125 PN16 HC
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5
or EN 1092-1 or JIS B 2238 standard.)
For other flange sizes or pressure ratings, please
call for availability and pricing.
Probe insulation/material of process connection
PFA insulation/316L stainless steel 1
Approvals
General Purpose 1
ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA 2
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III
Div. 1, Groups E, F and G T4
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, 3
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 4
FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 5
Probe/electrode diameter
16 mm rigid rod, maximum length 1000 mm 1
Thermal isolator/remote version
rigid thermal isolator A
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
Y01: ... mm
Active Shield length - minimum length is Y02
50 mm.Y02: ... mm
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
plain text:
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
Instruction manual
English 7ML1998-5GG01
German 7ML1998-5GG31
Dutch 7ML1998-5GG41
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/43

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Pointek CLS 500 HT, S-series, single piece 7ML 5 6 0 4 - Pointek CLS 500 HT, S-series, single piece 7ML 5 6 0 4 -
flange flange
7 A 7 77 - 7777 7 A 7 77 - 7777
Capacitance point level switch for detecting inter- Capacitance point level switch for detecting inter-
faces, solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials faces, solids, liquids, slurries and viscous materials
in critical conditions including extreme temperature in critical conditions including extreme temperature
and extreme pressure and extreme pressure
Electronic transmitter Approvals
None 0 General Purpose A
MSP2002-1 (330 pF) 1 ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA B
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III
Process connection and pressure rating Div. 1, Groups E, F and G T4
2" ANSI, 150 lb A1 ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, C
2" ANSI, 300 lb A2 Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4
2" ANSI, 600 lb A3
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 D
2" ANSI, 900 lb A4
FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C E
3" ANSI, 150 lb B1 and D, T4
3" ANSI, 300 lb B2 Probe/electrode diameter
3" ANSI, 600 lb B3 16 mm rigid rod, maximum length 1000 mm A
3" ANSI, 900 lb B4
Thermal isolator/remote version
4" ANSI, 150 lb C1 rigid thermal isolator 1
4" ANSI, 300 lb C2
5 4" ANSI, 600 lb
4" ANSI, 900 lb
C3
C4
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
6" ANSI, 150 lb D1
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
6" ANSI, 300 lb D2 Y01: ... mm
6" ANSI, 600 lb D3
Active Shield length - minimum length is Y02
6" ANSI, 900 lb D4
50 mm.Y02: ... mm
DN 50 PN16 E1
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
DN 50 PN40 E3 Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
DN 50 PN64 E4 plain text:
DN 80 PN16 F1 Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
DN 80 PN40 F3
Instruction manual
DN 80 PN64 F4
English 7ML1998-5GG01
DN 100 PN16 G1 German 7ML1998-5GG31
DN 100 PN40 G3 Dutch 7ML1998-5GG41
DN 100 PN64 G4 Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order.
DN 125 PN16 H1
DN 125 PN40 H3 Maximum insertion length 1000 mm, maximum shield length 750 mm
DN 125 PN64 H4
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5
■ Characteristic curves
or EN 1092-1 or JIS B 2238 standard.)
For other flange sizes or pressure ratings, please
call for availability and pricing. Standard PFA-insulated Probe consult factory when
pressure or
Probe insulation/material of process connection Pressure temperatures fall
no insulation/316L stainless steel (probe electrode 1 in this area
diameter option B only)
Enamel insulation/316L stainless steel (probe elec- 2
trode diameter option A only)
Ceramic insulation/316L stainless steel, (probe 3 150 bar (2190 psi)
electrode diameter option A only)1)
Stilling well 100 bar (1460 psi)
no stilling well 0 70 bar (1022 psi)
48 mm, 316 stainless steel, available for process 1 50 bar (725 psi)
connections 2" or DN 50 or larger -1 bar
70 mm, 316 stainless steel, available for process 2 (-14.6 psi)
connections 3" or DN 80 or larger
Temperature
-100 °C -50 °C 0 °C 50 °C 100 °C 150 °C 200 °C
(-148 °F) (-58 °F) (32 °F) (122 °F) (212 °F) (302 °F) (392 °F)

Note: reference product: water

Pointek CLS 500 Derating curves

5/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
Pointek CLS 500

■ Dimensional drawings

Probe configurations

■ Schematics
ground lug

protective
label

solid state
switch relay
(any polarity)

instrument 4-20 mA current

system loop connection
ground (any polarity)
Type:
Ser.:
Date:
Rev.:
measuring Tampering voids warranty

signal
(mini-
coaxial
cable)

ground connection point

for instrument system

Pointek CLS 500 connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/45

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
SITRANS LPS200

■ Overview Output
Output signal
• Alarm output microswitch 5 A at 250 V AC, non
inductive
microswitch SPDT contact 4 A at
30 V DC, non-inductive
• Pickup delay standard (1 rpm model): approx
1.3 seconds
optional process applications
(5 rpm model): approx. 0.26 sec-
onds
Sensitivity adjustable via reset force of
spring or geometry of measuring
vane
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
• Location indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions
The SITRANS LPS200 is an electro-mechanical rotary paddle • Ambient temperature -20 to +60 °C (-4 to +140 °F)

5 switch for level detection of powder and granular solids. • Installation catagory III

■ Benefits
• Pollution degree 2
Medium conditions Bulk solids
• Proven paddle switch technology for bulk solids
• Temperature
• High integrity mechanical seal
- standard -20 to +80 °C (-4 to +176 °F)
• Switch selectable power supply
- optional -20 to +220 °C (-4 to +428 °F)
• Unique friction clutch mechanism
• Pressure (vessel)
• Stainless steel 1¼” NPT or 1½ “ BSP threaded connection
- standard max. 0.5 bar (7.25 psi)
• Rotatable enclosure
- optional max. 10 bar (145 psi)
• Hinged paddle optional for use with low density materials
• Simple installation through process connection • Minimum material density

• High temperature model and optional extension kit available - standard measuring vane • 100 g/l (6.25 lb/ft3) when vane
and shaft covered by 10 cm (4")
of material
■ Application • 200 g/l (12.4 lb/ft3) when vane
and shaft covered by more than
The paddle switch technology detects full, empty or demand 10 cm (4") of material
conditions on materials such as grain, feed, cement, plastic
granulate and wood chips. The paddle switch can handle bulk - hinged measuring vane • 35 g/l (2.19 lb/ft3) when vane
densities as low as 35 g/l (2.19 lb/ft3) with the optional hinged and shaft covered by 10 cm (4”)
of material
vane or 100 g/l (6.25 lb/ft3) with the standard measuring vane.
• 70 g/l (4.69 lb/ft3) when vane
A low revolution geared motor with slip clutch drives a rotating and shaft covered by more than
measuring vane which senses the presence of material at the 10 cm (4") of material
mounted level of the LPS200. As material comes into contact Design
with the rotating paddle, rotation stops, which changes the
microswitch state. When the paddle is no longer covered by • Material
material, rotation resumes and the relay reverts to its normal con- - Enclosure Epoxy coated aluminum
dition.
- process connection, measuring Stainless steel
The LPS200 has a rugged design for use in harsh conditions in shaft and vane
the solids industry. The sensitivity of the paddle can be adjusted • Process connection thread 1¼" NPT, 1½" BSP
for varying material properties like buildup on the vane.
• Degree of protection IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4
The LPS200 comes in a variety of configurations including com-
pact, extended and cable extension. The LPS200 is equipped • Conduit entry 2 x M20 x 1.5 or 2 x ½" NPT
with a standard vane which is effective in most applications, but Power supply
can be configured with a hinged vane for increased sensitivity • Jumper selectable • 115 V AC, ± 15%, 50 to 60 Hz,
for light materials. 4 VA or 230 V AC, ± 15%, 50 Hz,
• Key Applications: bulk solids such as grain, feed, cement, 6 VA
plastic granulate, wood chips • or 24 V DC, ± 15%, 2.5 W
Certificates and approvals CSA/FM Class II, Div. 2,
■ Technical specifications Groups E, F, G
Mode of operation ATEX II 1/2 D
CE
Measuring principle Rotating point level switch
Input
Measured variable High and low

5/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
SITRANS LPS200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LPS200, compact 7ML 5 7 1 0 - Rod Extension Kit (for use with SITRANS 7ML 5 7 1 1 -
Electro-mechanical rotary paddle switch for level LPS200 Compact, 7ML5710)
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0 7AA
detection of powder and granular solids Includes spring coupling, rigid tube extension and
– Compact design for side or top mounted applica- required pins)
tions – Compact design for side or top mounted applica-
tions
Input voltage
switch selectable - 1 rev/min. 1 Extension length
switch selectable - 5 rev/min.1) 2 Extension: 500 mm, 400 mm, 300 mm 0
Process temperature Extension: 1000 mm, 900 mm, 800 mm, 700 mm, 1
600 mm
up to 80 °C (176 °F) A
Extension: 1500 mm, 1400 mm, 1300 mm, 2
up to 220 °C (428 °F)1) B
1200 mm, 1100 mm
Process pressure
up to 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) (Process temperature A
option A only)
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
up to 10 bar (145 psi)1) B
SITRANS LPS200, extended 7ML 5 7 1 2 -
Process connection Electro-mechanical rotary paddle switch for level
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 2 detection of powder and granular solids
1¼" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 3 – Extended design for side or top mounted applica-
tions
Process connection material
stainless steel 1 Input voltage
Extension length
standard, 165 mm (6.51”) 1
switch selectable - 1 rev/min.
switch selectable - 5 rev/min.1)
1
2 5
Process temperature
Measuring vane
boot shaped, 35 x 106 mm (1.38 x 4.17”) A up to 80 °C (176 °F) A
hinged vane, 65 x 210 mm (2.56 x 8.27”) B up to 220 °C (428 °F)1) B

Approvals Process pressure

CSA/FM Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III, A up to 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) (Process temperature A
ATEX II 1/2 D option A only)
up to 10 bar (145 psi)1) B
Additional instruction manual
Multi-language 7ML1998-5FS61 Process connection
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one instruction 1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 2
manual is shipped with every product. 1¼" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 3
Spare parts Process connection material
Motor gear /PLC-multivoltage 7ML1830-1KG stainless steel 1
replacement vane, boot shape, 35 x 106 mm 7ML1830-1KH
(1.38 x 4.17”) Extension length
hinged vane, 65 x 210 mm (2.56 x 8.27”) 7ML1830-1KJ standard, 215 mm (8.46”) 1
Measuring vane
1) Non-standard item with longer lead time to delivery.
boot shaped, 35 x 106 mm (1.38 x 4.17”) A
hinged vane, 65 x 210 mm (2.56 x 8.27”) B
Approvals
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III, A
ATEX II 1/2 D
Additional instruction manual
Multi-language 7ML1998-5FS61
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one instruction
manual is shipped with every product.
Spare parts
Motor gear /PLC-multivoltage 7ML1830-1KG
replacement vane, boot shape, 35 x 106 mm 7ML1830-1KH
(1.38 x 4.17”)
hinged vane, 65 x 210 mm (2.56 x 8.27”) 7ML1830-1KJ

1) Non-standard item with longer lead time to delivery.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/47

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
SITRANS LPS200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. ■ Schematics

SITRANS LPS200, cable extension 7ML 5 7 1 4 -
Electro-mechanical rotary paddle switch for level 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0
detection of powder and granular solids
– Cable extension for increased length in top-
mounted applications
Input voltage
switch selectable - 1 rev/min. 1
switch selectable - 5 rev/min.1) 2
Process temperature
up to 80 °C (176 °F) A
up to 220 °C (428 °F)1) B
Process pressure
up to 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) (Process temperature A
option A only)
up to 10 bar (145 psi)1) B
Process connection
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 2
1¼" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 3
Process connection material
stainless steel 1

5 Measuring vane
boot shaped, 35 x 106 mm (1.38 x 4.17”) 1
hinged vane, 65 x 210 mm (2.56 x 8.27”) 2
Extension length
standard, 2000 mm A SITRANS LPS200 connections
Cable length
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion
length ... mm”
• 1000 to 2000 mm B
• 2050 to 3000 mm C
• 3050 to 4000 mm D
• 4050 to 5000 mm E
• 5050 to 6000 mm F
• 6050 to 7000 mm G
• 7050 to 10000 mm H
Approvals
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III, A
ATEX II 1/2 D
Further designs
Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Total insertion length: enter the total insertion length Y01
in plain text description (in 50 mm (2”) increments)
Additional instruction manual
Multi-language 7ML1998-5FS61
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one instruction
manual is shipped with every product.
Spare parts
motor gear /PLC-multivoltage 7ML1830-1KG
replacement vane, boot shape, 35 x 106 mm 7ML1830-1KH
(1.38 x 4.17”)
hinged vane, 65 x 210 mm (2.56 x 8.27”) 7ML1830-1KJ
cable extension kit, 2 m (78.74”) 7ML1830-1KK
1) Non-standard item with longer lead time to delivery.

5/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
SITRANS LPS200

■ Dimensional drawings

Standard model: compact version

conduit connection M20 or ½“ NPT

60 mm (2.36”)

60 mm (2.36”)
75 mm (2.95”)

120 mm
ambient temperature (4.72”)
–20 to 60 °C extended option rope option
(–4 to 140 °C)
Measuring Vanes
123 mm (4.84”)
Zone 21
(Cat. 2)
rope Standard
Zone 20
(Cat. 1) fixing
optional 106 mm

process temperature
–20 to 80 °C
thread length
BSP: 20.5 mm (0.81”)
NPT: 24 mm (0.94”)
165 mm
(6.50”)
process
flange 215 mm
(8.46”)
(4.17”)
5
(–4 to 176 °C) 2000 mm
(78.74”)
standard; 35 mm
can be (1.38”)
measuring vane shortened by
the customer

High Temperature Model: compact version

Hinged

ambient temperature 340 mm (13.4”)

thread
–20 to 60 °C length
(–4 to 140 °C) BSP: 20.5 mm fold
(0.81”) extended option together
NPT: 24 mm
rope option to lead min. 37 mm
Zone 21 (0.94”) into (1.46”)
(Cat. 2) mounting
hole
Zone 20 rope
(Cat. 1) fixing

3)
165 mm
process temperature (6.50”) 215 mm
–20 to 220 °C (8.46”)
(–4 to 428 °C)
2000 mm 65 mm
(78.74”) (2.56”)
standard;
can be 210 mm
shortened by (8.27”)
the customer
Notes
1. For heavy material, only top mounting of paddle switch is recommended.
2. Compact LPS 200 is recommended for side mounting on bins for
low or intermediate material levels.
3. For use with all approval options except CSA Class II. See manual for more details.

SITRANS LPS200 dimensions

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/49

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
SITRANS LVS200

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Mode of operation
Measuring principle Vibrating point level switch
Input
Measured variable High and low
Measuring frequency
• standard 125 Hz
• liquid/solid interface version 350 Hz
Output
Output signal
• Relay delay • approx. 1 sec from loss of
vibration
• 1 to 2 sec from resumption of
vibration
• Signal delay probe uncovered to covered:
approx. 1 second
probe covered to uncovered:
The SITRANS LVS200 is an electro-mechanical vibratory switch approx. 1 to 2 seconds
5 for level detection of powder and granular solids.
• Relay failsafe high or low, switch selectable
■ Benefits • Alarm output relay 8 A at 250 V AC, non-induc-
tive
• High resistance to mechanical forces
relay 5 A at 30 V DC, non-induc-
• Strong vibration resistance to high bulk material loads tive
• Rotatable enclosure Sensitivity high or low, switch selectable
• Stainless steel 1½” NPT or 1½” BSP threaded connection Rated operating conditions
• Suitable for low density material: standard version, 20 g/l Installation conditions
(1.3 lb/ft3); liquid/solid interface version, 50 g/l (3 lb/ft3)
• Location indoor/outdoor
• Customer desired extensions up to 4000 mm (157”)
Ambient conditions
■ Application • Ambient temperature -40 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F)
• Installation catagory III
The standard LVS200 detects high or low levels of dry bulk solids
in bins, silos or hoppers. The liquid/solid interface version can • Pollution degree 2
also detect settled solids within liquids or solids within confined Medium conditions
spaces such as feed pipes. It is designed to ignore liquids in
order to detect the interface between a solid and a liquid. • Process temperature all except CSA Class II, Group G:
-40 to 150 °C (-40 to 302 °F)
A pipe extension version is available with either the standard or CSA Class II, Group G:
liquid/solid interface electronics and fork, separated by a cus- -40 to +140 °C (-40 to +284 °F),
tomer supplied 1” pipe. CSA temperature code T3B
The LVS200 has a compact design and can be top or side • Max. threaded bushing tempera- 80 °C (176 °F)
mounted. The vibrating fork design ensures the tines are kept ture
clean. The unique design of the fork and crystal assembly elim- • Max. enclosure surface tempera- 90 °C (194 °F)
inates false high level readings. ture(Category 2D)
A signal from the electronic circuit excites a crystal in the probe • Max. extension surface tempera- 150 °C (302 °F)
causing the fork to vibrate. If the fork is covered by material, the ture (Category 1D)
change in vibration is detected by the electronic circuitry which • Pressure (vessel) max.10 bar (145 psi) European
causes the relay to change state after a one second delay. When Pressure Directive 97/23/EC:
the fork is free from material pressure, full vibration resumes and Category 1
the relay reverts to its normal condition. • Minimum material density standard version: approx. 20 g/l
• Key Applications: dry bulk solids in bins, silos, hoppers or set- (1.2 lb/ft3)
tled solids within liquids (interface version) liquid/solid interface version:
approx. 50 g/l (3 lb/ft3)

5/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
SITRANS LVS200
Design Selection and Ordering data Order No.
• Material SITRANS LVS200, standard 7ML 5 7 2 0 -
Vibrating point level switch for high or low levels of
- Enclosure Epoxy coated aluminum 77 7 77 - 0 7 A 0
bulk solids
• Process connection thread 1½” NPT, 1½” BSP Input voltage
optional sliding bushing with 19 to 253 V AC, 19 to 55 V DC 1
2” NPT or BSP thread
Process temperature
thread material: stainless steel
up to 150 °C (302 °F) A
303 (1.4305)
Process connection
• Tine material stainless steel 316Ti (1.4571),
PTFE-coated tines are available 1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) A
upon special request 1½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) B
• Degree of protection IP65/Type 4/NEMA 4 2" BSPT (EN 10226-1) thread, sliding sleeve C
(min. length 500 mm)
• Conduit entry 2 x M20 x 1.5 or 2 x ½" NPT 2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), sliding sleeve D
• Weight standard version, no extensions: (min. length 500 mm)
approx 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs) Extension length
solids/liquids version, no exten- standard length, 230 mm 11
sions: approx. 1.9 kg (4.2 lbs) Customer Specified Extension length
Power supply 19 to 230 V AC, +10%, Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion
50 to 60 Hz, 8 VA length ... mm”1)
• 300 to 500 mm 12
19 to 55 V DC, +10%, 1.5 W
Certificates and approvals
• 550 to 750 mm
• 750 to 1000 mm
13
14
5
• Standard Construction CSA/FM Class II, Div. 2, Groups • 1050 to 1250 mm 15
E, F, G
• 1300 to 1500 mm 16
ATEX II 1/2 D • 1550 to 1750 mm 17
CE
• 1800 to 2000 mm 18
• Pipe Extension Models CE • 2050 to 2250 mm 21
• 2300 to 2500 mm 22
• 2550 to 2750 mm 23
• 2800 to 3000 mm 24
• 3050 to 3250 mm 25
• 3300 to 3500 mm 26
• 3550 to 3750 mm 27
• 3800 to 4000 mm 28
Approvals
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III, A
ATEX II 1/2 D
Further designs
Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Total insertion length (in 50 mm increments): enter Y01
the total insertion length in plain text description
Instruction manual
Multi-language 7ML1998-5FT61
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one instruction
manual is shipped with every product.
Spare parts
Replacement Electronics Module (125 Hz) 7ML1830-1KL
Sliding sleeve, 2” BSP 7ML1830-1JM
Sliding sleeve, 2” NPT 7ML1830-1JN

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/51

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
SITRANS LVS200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LVS200, liquids/solids interface 7ML 5 7 2 2 - SITRANS LVS200, pipe extension 7ML 5 7 2 4 -
Vibrating point level switch for interface applica- Vibrating point level switch for high or low levels of
77 7 77 - 0 7 A 0 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 0
tions bulk solids or interface applications
Extended using 1” pipe extension (customer sup-
Input voltage plied)
19 to 253 V AC, 19 to 55 V DC 1
Input voltage
Process temperature 19 to 253 V AC, 19 to 55 V DC 1
up to 150 °C (302 °F) A
Process temperature
Process connection up to 150 °C (302 °F) A
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) A
1½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) B Process connection
2" BSPT (EN 10226-1), sliding sleeve (min. length C 1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) A
500 mm) 1½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) B
2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), sliding sleeve D Process connection material
(min. length 500 mm) Stainless steel 1
Extension length Extension length
standard length, 160 mm 11 No extension (customer supplied) 1
Customer Specified Extension length
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion Application type
length ... mm”1) Dry bulk solids (125 Hz) 1
• 250 to 500 mm 12 Liquids/Solids interface (350 Hz)1) 2
5 • 500 to 750 mm
• 750 to 1000 mm
13
14
Approvals
CE A
• 1050 to 1250 mm 15 Instruction manual
• 1300 to 1500 mm 16 Multi-language 7ML1998-5FT61
• 1550 to 1750 mm 17 Note: One instruction manual is shipped with this
• 1800 to 2000 mm 18 product.
• 2050 to 2250 mm 21 Spare parts
• 2300 to 2500 mm 22 Replacement Electronics Module (125 Hz) 7ML1830-1KL
• 2550 to 2750 mm 23 Replacement Electronics Module (350 Hz) 7ML1830-1KM
• 2800 to 3000 mm 24 1) Non-standard item with longer lead time to delivery.
• 3050 to 3250 mm 25
• 3300 to 3500 mm 26
• 3550 to 3750 mm 27
• 3800 to 4000 mm 28
Approvals
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III, A
ATEX II 1/2 D
Further designs
Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Total insertion length (in 50 mm increments): enter Y01
the total insertion length in plain text description
Instruction manual
Multi-language 7ML1998-5FT61
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one instruction
manual is shipped with every product.
Spare parts
Replacement Electronics Module (350 Hz) 7ML1830-1KM
Sliding sleeve, 2” BSP 7ML1830-1JM
Sliding sleeve, 2” NPT 7ML1830-1JN

5/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Point level measurement
SITRANS LVS200

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

5
SITRANS LVS200 connections
SITRANS LVS200 dimensions

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/53

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
SITRANS Probe LR

■ Overview ■ Configuration

5
SITRANS Probe LR is a 2-wire, loop powered, 5.8 GHz (6.3 GHz
in North America) radar transmitter for level and volume monitor-
ing of liquids and slurries in storage and process vessels.

■ Benefits
• Uni-Construction polypropylene rod antenna standard
• Easy installation and simple startup
• Programming using infrared intrinsically safe handheld pro-
grammer, SIMATIC PDM or HART handheld communicator
• Communication using HART
• Patented Sonic Intelligence signal processing
• Extremely high signal-to-noise ratio
• Auto False-Echo Suppression of false echoes

■ Application
The Probe LR is ideal for applications with chemical vapours,
temperature gradients, vacuum or pressure, such as tank farms,
chemical storage, digesters and long-range applications.
SITRANS Probe LR has a range of 0.3 to 20 m (1 to 65 ft).
Probe LR is designed for safe and simple programming using
the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer without having to
open the instrument’s lid. It has a standard Uni-Construction
polypropylene rod antenna that offers excellent chemical resis-
tance and is hermetically sealed. The Uni-Construction antenna
includes an internal, integrated shield that eliminates vessel noz-
zle interference. SITRANS Probe LR incorporates Sonic Intelli-
gence® signal processing. The Probe LR also has a high signal-
to-noise ratio leading to improved reliability. SITRANS Probe LR installation
Start-up is easy with as few as two parameters for basic opera-
tion. Programming is simple using SIMATIC PDM, HART® hand-
held communicator or the Intrinsically Safe handheld program-
mer.
• Key Applications: tank farms, chemical storage, digesters

5/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
SITRANS Probe LR

■ Technical specifications Certificates and approvals

General CSAUS/C, CE, FM
Mode of operation
Marine • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
Measuring principle Radar level measurement
• ABS Type Approval
Frequency 5.8 GHz (North America 6.3 GHz)
Radio FCC, Industry Canada and Euro-
Measuring range 0.3 to 20 m (1.0 to 65 ft) pean (R&TTE)
Output Hazardous
Analog output 4 to 20 mA • Europe ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T4
Accuracy ± 0.02 mA • USA Intrinsically safe barrier required
Span proportional or inversely propor- FM Class I, Div.1, Groups
tional A,B,C,D; Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E,F, G; Class III
Communications HART
• Canada Intrinsically safe barrier required
Performance CSA Class I, Div.1, Groups
A,B,C,D; Class II, Div. 1, Group G;
Accuracy ± the greater of 0.1% of range or Class III
10 mm (0.4")
Programming
Influence of ambient temperature 0.006%/K
Intrinsically safe Siemens Milltronics Infrared receiver
Repeatability ± 5 mm (2”) handheld programmer (optional)
Fail-safe mA signal programmable as high, Handheld communicator HART

Rated operating conditions

low or hold (LOE)
PC SIMATIC PDM 5
Approvals (handheld programmer) ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4
• Installation conditions
CSA and FM Class I, Div.1,
- Location indoor/outdoor Groups A,B,C,D, T6 @ max. ambi-
• Ambient conditions (enclosure) ent

- Ambient temperature
- Installation category
- Pollution degree
Medium conditions
Dielectric constant εr
Vessel temperature
Vessel pressure
Design
• Enclosure
- Body construction
- Lid construction
- Cable inlet
• Degree of protection
• Weight
• Antenna
- Material
- Dimensions
Process connections
• Process connections
Power supply
-40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F) Display (local) multi-segment alphanumeric liq-
uid crystal with bar graph (repre-
I senting level) available in four
languages
4
εr > 1.6 (for εr < 3, use stillpipe)
-40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)
3 bar g (43.5 psi g)
PBT (Polybutylene Terephthalate)
PEI (Polyether Imide)
2 x M20 x 1.5 or 2 x ½" NPT with
adapter
Type 4X/NEMA 4X, Type 6/
NEMA 6, IP67, IP68
1.97 kg (4.35 lb)
polypropylene rod, hermetically
sealed construction
standard 100 mm (4”) shield for
maximum 100 mm (4”) nozzle or
optional 250 mm (10”) long shield
1½” NPT, BSP, or
G BS EN ISO 228-1
• nominal 24 V DC with max.
550 Ω
• maximum 30 V DC
• 4 to 20 mA

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/55

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
SITRANS Probe LR

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS Probe LR C) 7 M L 5 4 3 0 - Further designs
2-wire, loop powered, 5.8 GHz (6.3 GHz in North Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
America) radar transmitter for level and volume code(s).
7777 0
monitoring of liquids and slurries in storage and Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
process vessels. fication (max. 16 characters)
Max. 3 Bar pressure and 80 °C Instruction manual
Enclosure English C) 7ML1998-5HR01
Plastic, (PBT), Qty 2 x ½" NPT 1 German C) 7ML1998-5HR31
Plastic, (PBT), Qty 2 x M20x1.5 (plastic strain reliefs 2 Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
provided) a separate item on the order.

Antenna type / Material - (max. 3 Bar and 80 °C) Additional quick start manual
Multi-language Quick start manual C) 7ML1998-5QP81
Polyproylene Antenna Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick start
1-½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), c/w integral A manual is included with every product.
100 mm shield
Optional equipment
1-½" BSPT (EN 10226-1), c/w integral 100 mm B
shield Handheld programmer, Intrinsically Safe, EEx ia 7ML5830-2AH
HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and A) 7MF4997-1DA
1-½" G (EN ISO 228-1), c/w integral 100 mm shield C SIMATIC PDM)
1-½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), c/w integral D HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and A) 7MF4997-1DB
250 mm shield SIMATIC PDM)
1-½" BSPT (EN 10226-1), c/w integral 250 mm E
5 shield
1-½" G (EN ISO 228-1), c/w integral 250 mm shield F
Siemens Intrinsically Safe Barrier,
ATEX II 1 G, EEx ia
7NG4122-1AA10

Plastic lid 7ML1830-1KB

Approvals
General Purpose, CE1) A 1) Includes European Radio approvals (R&TTE), 5.8 GHz
General Purpose, FM, CSAUS/C2) B 2) Includes FCC Radio approvals, 6.3 GHz for North America only
CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups A to D, Class II, Div. 1 C
Group G, Class III, Intrinsically Safe with suitable A) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H
barrier2) C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99
FM, Class I, II and III, Div 1, Groups A to G, Intrinsi- D
cally Safe with suitable barrier2)
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4, Intrinsically Safe with suit- E
able barrier1)
Communication / Output
4 to 20 mA, HART 1

■ Dimensional drawings
½” NPT cable entry
(or alternatively M20x1.5 with
1 plastic strain relief provided)
lid

lid screws

129 mm 139 mm
(5.1”) (5.5”)

enclosure /
electronics
134 mm
(5.3”) locking collar 103.5 mm
(4”)
mounting thread
1½” NPT, BSP,
G BS EN ISO 228-1 23 mm (0.9”)
std.: 273 mm (10.8”) min.
option: 423 mm (16.7”) max. shield length (internal) std. 139 mm (4.47”)
standard: 100 mm (4”) [optional 289 mm (11.38”)]
optional: 250 mm (10”)

polypropylene
std.: 552 mm (21.7”) min. rod antenna
option: 702 mm (27.6”) max.

SITRANS Probe LR dimensions

5/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
SITRANS Probe LR

■ Schematics

Connect the wires

to the terminals as
shown: the polarity
is identified on the
terminal block.

strain
relief
(or NPT
cable entry)
Notes
- DC terminal shall be supplied from an SELV source in accordance with IEC-1010-1 Annex H.
- All field wiring must have insulation suitable for rated input voltages.
- Use shielded twisted pair cable (wire gauge 14-22)
- Separate cables and conduit may be required to conform to standard instrumentation wiring practices or electrical codes.
5
SITRANS Probe LR connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/57

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
SITRANS Probe LU

■ Overview ■ Configuration

SITRANS Probe LU is a 2-wire loop powered ultrasonic transmit-

5 ter for level, volume and flow monitoring of liquids in storage ves-
sels and simple process vessels, as well as in open channels.

■ Benefits
• Continuous level measurement up to 12 m (40 ft) range
• Easy installation and simple startup
• Programming using infrared intrinsically safe handheld pro-
grammer, SIMATIC PDM or HART® Communicator
• Communication using HART or PROFIBUS PA
• ETFE or PVDF transducers for chemical compatibility
• Patented Sonic Intelligence signal processing
• Extremely high signal-to-noise ratio
• Auto False-Echo Suppression for fixed obstruction avoidance

■ Application
The SITRANS Probe LU is ideal for level monitoring in the water
and wastewater industry and chemical storage vessels.
The range of SITRANS Probe LU is 6 or 12 meters (20 or 40 feet).
Using Auto False-Echo Suppression for fixed obstruction avoid-
ance, as well as an improved signal-to-noise ratio and improved
accuracy of 0.15% of range or 6 mm (0.25”), the Probe LU
provides unmatched reliability.
SITRANS Probe LU includes Sonic Intelligence® signal process-
ing from the field-proven Milltronics Probe and incorporates new SITRANS Probe LU mounting
echo processing features and the latest micro-processor and
communications technology. The Probe LU offers two communi-
cations options: HART or PROFIBUS PA (Profile version 3.0,
Class B).
The transducer on the Probe LU is available as ETFE or PVDF to
suit the chemical conditions of your application. As well, for ap-
plications with varying material and process temperatures, the
Probe LU incorporates an internal temperature sensor to com-
pensate for temperature changes.
• Key Applications: chemical storage vessels, filter beds, liquid
storage vessels

5/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
SITRANS Probe LU

■ Technical specifications Display and Controls

Interface HART: standard, integral to ana-
Mode of operation log output
Measuring principle Ultrasonic level measurement Configuration Using Siemens SIMATIC PDM
Typical application level measurement in storage (PC) or HART handheld commu-
vessels and simple process ves- nicator or Siemens Milltronics
sels infrared handheld programmer
Inputs Memory non-volatile EEPROM, no battery
required
Measuring range
Power supply
• 6 m (20 ft) model 0.25 to 6 m (10” to 20 ft)
4 to 20 mA/HART nominal 24 V DC with 550 Ω
• 12 m (40 ft) model 0.25 to 12 m (10” to 40 ft) maximum; maximum 30 V DC
Frequency 54 KHz 4 to 20 mA

Outputs PROFIBUS PA 12, 13, 15, or 20 mA depending

on programming (General Pur-
mA/HART pose or Intrinsically Safe version)
• range 4 to 20 mA per IEC 61158-2
• accuracy ± 0.02 mA Certificates and Approvals
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3, Class B General CSAUS/C, FM, CE
Performance Marine (only applies to HART com- • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
Resolution ≤ 3 mm (0.12”)
munication option) • ABS Type Approval 5
Accuracy ± the greater of 0.15% of range or Hazardous
6 mm (0.24”) • Intrinsically Safe (Europe) ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T4
Repeatability ≤ 3 mm (0.12”) • Intrinsically Safe (USA/Canada) FM/CSA (barrier required) T4,
Blanking distance 0.25 m (10") Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D ;
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G;
Update time ≤ 5 seconds Class III
• 4/20 mA/HART version ≤ 5 seconds at 4 mA • Non-incendive (USA) FM (no barrier required) T5: Class
• PROFIBUS version ≤ 4 seconds at 15 mA current I, Div. 2, Groups A,B,C and D
loop Programming
Temperature compensation built-in to compensate over tem- • Intrinsically safe Siemens Milltron- Infrared receiver
perature range ics handheld programmer
Beam angle 10° - Approvals for handheld pro- IS model with ATEX EEx ia IIC T4
Rated operating conditions grammer FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D
• Ambient conditions
• ambient temperature -20 to +40 °C (-5 to +104 °F)
- Location Indoor/outdoor
• interface proprietary infrared pulse signal
- Ambient temperature -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)
• power 3 V lithium battery (non-replace-
- Relative humidity/ingress protec- Suitable for outdoor
able)
tion
- Installation category I
- Pollution degree 4
• Medium conditions
- Temperature at flange or threads -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F)
- Pressure (vessel) 0.5 bar (7.25 psi)
Design
Material (enclosure) PBT (Polybutylene Terephthalate)
Degree of Protection Type 4X/NEMA 4X, Type 6/
NEMA 6/IP67/IP68 enclosure
Weight 2.1 kg (4.6 lbs)
Cable inlet 2 x M20 x 1.5 conduit gland or
2 x ½” NPT thread
Transducer (2 options) ETFE (Ethylene Tetrafluoroethyl-
ene) or PVDF (Polyvinylidene Flu-
oride)
Process connection
• threaded connection 2” NPT, BSP or G/PF
• flange connection 3” (80 mm) universal flange
• other connection FMS 200 mounting bracket (see
page 5/114) or customer sup-
plied mount

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/59

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
SITRANS Probe LU

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS Probe LU C) 7 M L 5 2 2 1 - Further designs
2-wire loop powered ultrasonic transmitter for level, 7 7 7 77 Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
volume and flow monitoring of liquids code(s).
Enclosure Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
Plastic (PBT), Qty 2 x M20 x 1.5 1 fication (max. 16 characters)
Plastic (PBT), Qty 2 x 1/2” NPT 2 Instruction manual for HART/mA device
Range / Sensor material English C) 7ML1998-5HT01
6 meter (20 ft), ETFE A French C) 7ML1998-5HT11
6 meter (20 ft), PVDF Copolymer B German C) 7ML1998-5HT31
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
12 meter (40 ft), ETFE C a separate item on the order.
12 meter (40 ft), PVDF Copolymer D Additional Multi-language Quick start manual C) 7ML1998-5QR81
Process connection Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick start
2” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A manual is included with every product.
2” BSPT (EN 10226-1) B Instruction manual for PROFIBUS PA
2” G (EN ISO 228-1) / PF2 (JIS B 0202) C English C) 7ML1998-5JB01
Communication / Output German C) 7ML1998-5JB31
4 to 20 mA, HART 1 Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate item on the order.
PROFIBUS PA 2
Additional Multi-language Quick start manual C) 7ML1998-5QV81
Approvals Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick start
General Purpose, FM, CSA, CE 1 manual is included with every product.

5 Intrinsically Safe, FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B,

C, D (barrier required); Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F,
G; Class III; ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T4 (HART model
2 Optional equipment
Handheld programmer, Intrinsically Safe, EEx ia 7ML5830-2AH
only) Handheld programmer, General Purpose approvals 7ML1830-2AN
Intrinsically Safe, CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, 3
C, D (barrier required); Class II, Div. 1, Group G; Handheld programmer, PROFIBUS PA C) 7ML5830-2AJ
Class III (HART model only) A)
HART modem/RS-232 (for use with PC and 7MF4997-1DA
FM, Class l, Div. 2 (Enclosure option 2 only) 4 SIMATIC PDM)
Intrinsically Safe, FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, 5 HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and SIMATIC A) 7MF4997-1DB
B, C, D (barrier required); Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, PDM)
F, G; Class III (PROFIBUS PA model only) Siemens Intrinsically Safe Barrier (DC powered), 7NG4122-1AA10
Intrinsically Safe, ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T4 (PROFI- 6 ATEX II 1 G EEx ia
BUS PA model only)
2" NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DT
2" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DQ
3” ANSI, DIN 65 PN10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange 7ML1830-1BT
adapter for 2” NPT
3” ANSI, DIN 65 PN10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange 7ML1830-1BU
adapter for 2” BSP
Plastic lid C) 7ML1830-1KB
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99

■ Options

SITRANS Probe LU Optional Flange Adapter

SITRANS Probe LU with Optional Mounting Bracket

5/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
SITRANS Probe LU

■ Dimensional drawings

SITRANS Probe LU dimensions

■ Schematics
Connect the
wires to the
terminals as
shown: the
lid screws polarity is
identified on
terminals for the terminal block.
loop current

cable

watertight gland

Notes:
- Model above is shown with M20 conduit glands. ½” NPT threaded connection is also available.
- DC terminal shall be supplied from an SELV source in accordance with IEC-1010-1 Annex H.
- All field wiring must have insulation suitable for rated input voltages.
- Use shielded twisted pair cables (wire gauge 14-22)
- Separate cables and conduit may be required to conform to standard instrumentation wiring practices or electrical codes.

SITRANS Probe LU connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/61

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
The Probe

■ Overview ■ Configuration

The Probe is a short-range integrated ultrasonic level transmitter,

5 ideal for liquids and slurries in open or closed vessels.

■ Benefits
• Easy to install, program and maintain
• Accurate and reliable
• PVDF copolymer or ETFE transducers available
• Patented Sonic Intelligence® echo processing
• Integral temperature compensation

■ Application
The transducer is available in ETFE or PVDF copolymer, making
the device suitable for use in a wide variety of applications. The
Probe is easy to install and maintain.
The reliability of the level data is based on the Sonic Intelligence
echo processing algorithms. A filter discriminates between the
true echo and false echoes from acoustic or electrical noises
and agitator blades in motion. The ultrasonic pulse propagation
time to the material and back is temperature-compensated and
converted into distance for display, analog output and relay ac-
tuation.
• Key Applications: chemical storage vessels, filter beds, mud
pits, liquid storage vessels

The Probe mounting

5/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
The Probe

■ Technical specifications Selection and Ordering data Order No.

The Probe C) 7 M L 1 2 0 1 -
Three-wire version Two-wire version
(standard) Short-range integrated ultrasonic level transmitter, 777 0 0
ideal for liquids and slurries in open or closed ves-
Mode of operation sels
Measuring principle Ultrasonic level mea- Ultrasonic level mea- Measuring range
surement surement 5m 1
Input Transducer
Measuring range 0.25 to 5 m 0.25 to 5 m ETFE, 2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A
(0.8 to 16.4 ft) (0.8 to 16.4 ft) ETFE, 2" BSPT (EN 10226-1) B
Output ETFE, PF2 (JIS B 0202) C
• mA 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA PVDF copolymer, 2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) E
- Span Proportional/ Proportional/ PVDF copolymer, 2" BSPT (EN 10226-1) F
inversely proportional inversely proportional PVDF copolymer, PF2 (JIS B 0202) G
- Max. load 750 Ω at 24 V DC 600 Ω in the loop at Model/Approval
DC 24 V 3 Wire, 24 V DC, CSA, CE, FM E
• Relay For level alarm or fault No 2 Wire, 24 V DC, CE F

Power supply Additional instruction manual

3 Wire, 24 V model, Multi-language manual C) 7ML1998-1GD61
• Supply voltage 18 to 30 V DC, max. 12 to 28 V DC, 0.1 A 2 Wire model, Multi-language manual

• Max. power con-

0.2 A
5 W (200 mA at
surge
0.75 W (25 mA at
(One instruction manual is included with the
Probe.)
C) 7ML1998-1GC61
5
sumption 24 V DC) 24 V DC) Accessories
Certificates and CE; CSANRTL/C , FM CE; CSANRTL/C ,FM Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
approvals text line suitable for enclosures
Universal Box Bracket Mounting kit 7ML1830-1BK
3” ANSI, DIN 65 PN10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange 7ML1830-1BT
Accuracy adapter for 2” NPT
• Error in measurement 0.25% of measuring range (in air) 3” ANSI, DIN 65 PN10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange 7ML1830-1BU
adapter for 2” BSP
• Resolution 3 mm (0.125")
Power Supply, 24 V DC, 200 mA for 2 probes C) PBD-24900034
• Temperature compensation Built in (105 to 125 V AC input)
• Echo processing Sonic Intelligence Power Supply, 24 V DC, 100 mA for 1 probe C) PBD-24900016
(105 to 125 V AC input)
Rated operation conditions
2" NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DT
• Beam angle 12°
2" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DQ
• Ambient temperature
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
- Standard -40 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F)
- Metallic mounting -20 to +60 °C (-5 to +140 °F) ■ Options
• Max. static operating pressure Normal atmospheric pressure
• Degree of protection IP65
Design
• Weight
- Without flange adapter 1.5 kg (3.3 lb.)
- with flange adapter 1.7 kg (3.7 lb.)
• Material
- Electronics enclosure PVC
- Transducer ETFE or PVDF copolymer
• Degree of protection IP65
• Process connection 2" NPT or 2" BSP or PF2 The Probe Optional Flange Adapter
• Flange adapter 3“ Universal, (fits DN 65, PN 10
and 3“ ANSI)
• Cable inlet 2 inlets for PG 13.5 or ½“ NPT
cable glands

The Probe with Optional Mounting Bracket

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/63

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Level transmitters
The Probe

■ Dimensional drawings

5
The Probe dimensions

■ Schematics

The Probe connections

5/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
■ Overview
Introduction
Ultrasonic measurement is based on the speed of sound. Sound
can be used as a measurement tool because there is a measur-
able time lapse between sound generation and the "hearing" of
the sound. This time lapse is then converted into usable informa-
tion. Ultrasonic sensing equipment generates a sound above
20 000 Hz and then interprets the time lapse of the returned
echo. The transducer creates the sound and senses the echo
and then a transceiver interprets the sound and converts it into
information.
Siemens Milltronics ultrasonic units include Sonic Intelligence, a
patented signal processing technology. Using unique algo-
rithms, Sonic Intelligence differentiates between true echoes
from the material and false echoes from obstructions or electri-
cal noise, providing intelligent processing of echo profiles.
Typical System
Ultrasonic level measurement requires two components: one to
generate the sound and catch the echo (transducer) and one to
interpret the data and derive a measurement (transceiver). Even
though some ultrasonic instruments combine the components in
one unit, the individual functionality remains distinct. The mea-
surement output is communicated to the unit, PLCs or PCs for
process control.
Principle of Operation
A piezoelectric crystal inside the transducer converts an electri-
cal signal into sound energy, firing a burst into the air which trav-
els to the target and then is reflected back to the transducer. The
transducer then acts as a receiving device and converts the
sonic energy back into an electrical signal. An electronic signal
processor analyzes the return echo and calculates the distance
between the transducer and the target. The time lapse between
firing the sound burst and receiving the return echo is directly
proportional to the distance between the transducer and the ma-
terial in the vessel. This basic principle lies at the heart of the ul-
trasonic measurement technology and is illustrated in the equa-
tion: Distance = (Velocity of Sound x Time) / 2.
SITRANS L Level instruments
Overview Ultrasonic controllers
■ Mode of operation
Common Terms
Attenuation
Denotes a decrease in signal magnitude in transmission from
one point to another. Attenuation may be expressed as a scalar
ratio of the input magnitude to the output magnitude or in deci-
bels.
Beam angle
The diameter of a conical boundary centered around the axis of
transmission when the power (radiating perpendicular to the
transducer face on the axis of transmission) is reduced by half
(-3 dB).
Blanking distance
Specified zone extending downward from the transducer face in
which received echoes are ignored by the transceiver. Blanking
distance ignores echoes from ringing.
Echo confidence
The recognition of the validity of the echo as industry level. A
measure of echo reliability. 5
Ringing
The inherent nature of the transducer to continue vibrating after
the transmit pulse has ceased; the decay of the transmit pulse.
Transducer/Transceiver
A transducer provides the initial ultrasonic pulse and receives its
echo. An ultrasonic transducer amplifies the sound wave cre-
ated by the piezoelectric crystal and transmits that sound wave
to the face of the transducer while at the same time dampening
the sound wave from the other sides of the crystal.
Transceivers analyze the echo from the transducer to determine
the required measurement.
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/65
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
Overview Ultrasonic controllers

■ Ultrasonics Controller Selection Guide

Criteria SITRANS HydroRanger MultiRanger SITRANS LUC500 SITRANS LU OCM III
Probe LU 200 100/200
Range 6 m (20 ft) or 15 m (50 ft) trans- 15 m (50 ft) trans- 15 m (50 ft) trans- 60 m (200 ft) trans- 3 m (10 ft)
12 m (40 ft) ducer and applica- ducer and applica- ducer and applica- ducer and applica-
tion dependent tion dependent tion dependent tion dependent
Typical applications chemical storage wet wells, wet wells, wet well/lift station chemical storage, open channel mea-
vessels, filter beds, flumes/weirs, bar flumes/weirs, bar control, liquid storage, bulk surement
liquid storage ves- screen control screen control, hop- weirs/flumes, open solids storage
sels pers, chemical stor- channels (sugar, flour bins,
age, liquid storage, grains, cereals),
crusher bins, dry plastic pellets
solids storage
Output HART model: 4 to 6 relays standard, 3 relays standard 5 relays, 4 to 20 mA 4 relays (LU 01, 3 relays, 4 to 20 mA
20 mA/HART two 4 to 20 mA out- 6 relays (option) (option) LU 02)
PROFIBUS PA puts (isolated) Up to 40 relays
model: PROFIBUS Two 4 to 20 mA out-
puts (isolated) (LU 10)
4 to 20 mA isolated
Communications HART or PROFIBUS Built-in Modbus Built-in Modbus Telemetry capability Dolphin, Via RS-232
PA RTU/ASCII via RTU or ASCII via with Modbus RS-232/RS-485 Options:
Options: RS-485 RS-485 RTU/ASCII via (LU 01, LU 02)
• Flow Reporter
5 • SIMATIC PDM for
remote configura-
Options:
• SIMATIC PDM
Options:
• SIMATIC PDM
RS-232/RS-485
Options:
Dolphin via infrared
(LU 10)
software

tion and diagnos- • SmartLinx • Smartlinx • SIMATIC PDM Options:

tics (PROFIBUS DP, (PROFIBUS DP, • SmartLinx • SmartLinx
Allen-Bradley Re- Allen-Bradley Re- (PROFIBUS DP, (PROFIBUS DP,
mote I/O, mote I/O, Allen-Bradley Re- Allen-Bradley Re-
DeviceNet) DeviceNet) mote I/O, mote I/O,
DeviceNet) DeviceNet)
• ECT EnviroRanger
Tool software
Power Specifica- HART: 4 to 20 mA, AC version: 100 to AC version: 100 to AC version: 100 to LU 01, LU 02: 100/115/200/230 V
tions 24 V DC nominal, 230 V AC ± 15%, 230 V AC ± 15%, 230 V AC ± 15%, AC version: AC, ± 15%,
max. 550 Ω, 50/60 Hz, 50/60 Hz, 50/60 Hz, 100/115/200/ 50/60 Hz, 15 VA
30 V DC max. 36 VA/17 W 36 VA/17 W 30 VA/17 W 230 V AC and/or
PROFIBUS PA: 12, DC version: 12 to DC version: 12 to DC version: 12 to DC version: 18 to 9 to 30 V DC, 8 W
13, 15 or 20 mA, 30 V DC, 20 W 30 V DC, 20 W 30 V DC, 20 W 30 V DC, 25 W
dependent on pro-
gramming LU 10:
100/115/200/
230 V AC
Approvals CE, CSANRTL/C, FM, CE, CSANRTL/C, CE, CSANRTL/C, CE, CSANRTL/C, CE, CSANRTL/C, FM, CE, CSANRTL/C, FM
ATEX, FCC, R&TTE, UL Listed, FM UL Listed, FM UL Listed Lloyd’s Register
Industry Canada

Handheld Programmer Selection Guide

5/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
Overview Ultrasonic controllers

Ultrasonic Level Application Questionnaire

Customer information
Contact: Prepared By:
Company: Date:
Address: Notes on the Application:
City: Country:
Zip/Postal Code: Phone: ( )

E-mail: Fax: ( )

Tanks/Vessel information (Supply sketch where possible) Sketch attached

Type: Storage Dimensions: Critical Information

5
Process Height: m/ft Nozzle Length: cm/in

Pump station Width/Diameter: m/ft Nozzle Diameter: cm/in

Open channel

Tank top: Open Tank bottom: Sloped Internal equipment No

and/or obstructions:
Flat Flat Yes Please list

Conical Conical

Parabolic Parabolic

Measurement type: Point Level Continuous Level Volume Flow

Area safety classification:

Material
Material being measured: Liquid Solid

Material temperature: Norm: C/F Max: C/F

Atmosphere: Air Other Homogenous: Yes No

Dust: None Light Heavy

Installation (indicate all that apply)

Power available: Communications:

Inputs required: Outputs required:
HART ® AB Remote I/O
4-20 mA 4-20 mA PROFIBUS PA DeviceNet
Pump Interlocks (#): Relays (#): PROFIBUS DP
None
Modbus RTU/ASCII

Products recommended:
© Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Inc. www.siemens.com/processautomation Form# 2-769R2

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/67

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
HydroRanger 200

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Mode of Operation
Measuring principle Ultrasonic level measurement
Measuring range 0.3 to 15 m (1 to 50 ft)
Input
Analog 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA, from
alternate device, scaleable
Discrete 10 to 50 V DC switching level
Logical 0 = < 0.5 V DC
Logical 1 = 10 to 50 V DC
Max. 3 mA
Output
Echomax® Transducer 44 kHz
Ultrasonic transducer Compatible transducers: ST-H
and Echomax series XPS-10/10F,
XPS 15/15F, XCT-8, XCT-12 and
XRS-5
Relays 6 relays, rating 5 A at 250 V AC,
non-inductive

5 mA output
4 Form A SPST/ 2 Form C SPDT
0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA
- Max. load 750 Ω, isolated
- Resolution 0.1% of range
HydroRanger 200 is an ultrasonic level controller for up to six
pumps and provides control, differential control and open chan- Accuracy
nel flow monitoring. Error in measurement 0.25% of range or 6 mm (0.24"),
whichever is greater
■ Benefits Resolution 0.1% of measuring range1) or
2 mm (0.08"), whichever is
• Monitors wet wells, weirs and flumes greater
• Digital communications with built-in Modbus RTU via RS-485 Temperature compensation • -50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
• Compatible with SmartLinx system and SIMATIC PDM config- • Integral temperature sensor in
uration software transducer
• Single or dual point level monitoring • External TS-3 temperature sen-
• 6 relays standard sor
• Programmable fixed tempera-
• Auto False-Echo Suppression for fixed obstruction avoidance ture values
• Anti-grease ring / tide mark buildup
Rated operating conditions
• Differential amplifier transceiver for common mode noise re-
Installation conditions
jection and improved signal-to-noise ratio
• Wall and panel mounting options Location Indoor / outdoor
Installation category II
■ Application Pollution degree 4
For water authorities, municipal water and wastewater plants, Ambient conditions
HydroRanger 200 is an economical, low-maintenance solution Ambient temperature (enclosure) -20 to +50 °C (-5 to +122 °F)
delivering control efficiency and productivity needed to meet to-
Design
day’s exacting standards. It offers single- or dual-point monitor-
ing with 6 relays standard, as well as digital communications Weight
with built-in Modbus RTU via RS-485. • wall mount 1.37 kg (3.02 lbs)
HydroRanger 200 will monitor open channel flow and features • panel mount 1.50 kg (3.31 lbs)
more advanced relay alarming and pump control functions as
well as volume conversion. It is compatible with SIMATIC PDM, Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
allowing for PC configuration and setup. Sonic Intelligence® ad- Degree of protection (enclosure)
vanced echo-processing software provides increased reading • wall mount IP65 / Type 4X / NEMA 4X
reliability.
• panel mount IP54 / Type 3 / NEMA 3
HydroRanger 200 uses proven continuous ultrasonic echo rang-
ing technology to monitor water and wastewater of any consis- Cable
tency up to 15 m (50 ft) in depth. Achievable resolution is 0.1% Transducer and mA output signal 2-core copper conductor, twisted,
with accuracy to 0.25% of range. Unlike contacting devices, shielded, 0.5 to 0.75 mm² (22 to
HydroRanger 200 is immune to problems caused by suspended 18 AWG), Belden® 8760 or equiv-
solids, harsh corrosives, grease or silt in the effluent, reducing alent is acceptable
downtime. Max. separation between trans- 365 m (1200 ft)
ducer and transceiver
The HydroRanger 200 is available in wall or panel mounting ver-
sions. 1) Program range is defined as the empty distance to the face of the trans-
ducer plus any range extension.
• Key Applications: wet wells, flumes/weirs, bar screen control

5/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
HydroRanger 200
Displays and controls 100 x 40 mm (4 x 1.5") multi-block
LCD with backlighting
Programming Programming using handheld
programmer or via PC with
SIMATIC PDM software
Power supply
AC version 100 to 230 V AC ± 15%,
50/60 Hz, 36 VA (17 W)
DC version 12 to 30 V DC (20 W)
Certificates and approvals CE1)
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, ABS
Type Approval
FM, CSANRTL/C, UL listed
CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B,
C and D, Class II, Div. 2,
Groups F and G, Class III (wall
mount only)
MCERTS Class 1 approved for
Open Channel Flow
Communication • RS-232 with Modbus RTU or
ASCII via RJ-11 connector
• RS-485 with Modbus RTU or
ASCII via terminal strips
• Optional: SmartLinx® cards
5
1) EMC performance available upon request.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/69

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
HydroRanger 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Milltronics HydroRanger 200 C) 7 M L 1 0 3 4 - Siemens HydroRanger 200 C) 7 M L 5 0 3 4 -
Ultrasonic level controller for up to six pumps that Ultrasonic level controller for up to six pumps that
77 7 77 77 7 77
provides control, differential control and open provides control, differential control and open
channel flow monitoring channel flow monitoring
Mounting Mounting
Wall mount 1 Wall mount 1
Wall mount, 4 entries, M20 2 Wall mount, 4 entries, M20 2
Panel mount (CE, CSAUS/C, FM, UL) 3 Panel mount (CE, CSAUS/C, FM, UL) 3
Power supply Power supply
100 to 230 V AC A 100 to 230 V AC A
12 to 30 V DC B 12 to 30 V DC B
Communication (SmartLinx) Number of measurement points
Without module A Single point version A
SmartLinx® Allen-Bradley® Remote I/O module B Dual point version B
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module C Communication (SmartLinx)
SmartLinx DeviceNetTM module D Without module 0
See SmartLinx product page on page SmartLinx® Allen-Bradley® Remote I/O module 1
5/173 for more information. SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module 2
Approvals SmartLinx DeviceNetTM module 3
5 General Purpose CE, FM, CSAUS/C, UL listed
CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II,
Div 2, Groups F and G; Class III (for wall mount
1
2
See SmartLinx product page on page
5/173 for more information.

applications only) Approvals

General Purpose CE, FM, CSAUS/C, UL listed 1
Number of measurement points CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, 2
Single point version 1 Div 2, Groups F and G; Class III (for wall mount
Dual point version 2 applications only)
Instruction manual Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-1FC04 English C) 7ML1998-5FC01
German C) 7ML1998-1FC34 German C) 7ML1998-5FC31
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order. a separate line on the order.
Other instruction manuals Other instruction manuals
SmartLinx Allen-Bradley Remote I/O, English C) 7ML1998-1AP03 SmartLinx Allen-Bradley Remote I/O, English C) 7ML1998-1AP03
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, English C) 7ML1998-1AQ03 SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, English C) 7ML1998-1AQ03
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, German C) 7ML1998-1AQ32 SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, German C) 7ML1998-1AQ32

SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, French C) 7ML1998-1AQ12 SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, French C) 7ML1998-1AQ12
SmartLinx DeviceNet, English C) 7ML1998-1BH02 SmartLinx DeviceNet, English C) 7ML1998-1BH02
Note: The appropriate SmartLinx instruction manual Note: The appropriate SmartLinx instruction manual
should be ordered as a seperate line on the order. should be ordered as a seperate line on the order.
Accessories Accessories
Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AK Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AK

Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one C) PBD-45000486 Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one C) PBD-45000486
text line, suitable for enclosure text line, suitable for enclosure

M20 cable gland kit (6 M20 cable glands, 6 M20 7ML1830-1GM M20 cable gland kit (6 M20 cable glands, 6 M20 7ML1830-1GM
nuts, 3 stop plugs) nuts, 3 stop plugs)

TS-3 Temperature Sensor - see TS-3 on page 5/115 TS-3 Temperature Sensor - see TS-3 on page 5/115

Spare parts Spare parts

Power Supply Board (100 to 230 V AC) C) PBD-51035590 Power Supply Board (100 to 230 V AC) C) PBD-51035590

Power Supply Board (12 to 30 V DC) C) PBD-51035592 Power Supply Board (12 to 30 V DC) C) PBD-51035592

Display Board C) PBD-51035606 Display Board C) PBD-51035606

®Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.

®
Belden is a registered trademark of Belden Wire and Cable Company.
®
Allen-Bradley is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation.
TMDeviceNet is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA)

C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
HydroRanger 200

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

See note 1

DC version

DISCRETE
INPUTS

Relays shown in released state

5
Notes
1. Use 2-core copper wire, twisted, with shield, for expansion up to 365 m (1200 ft.).
Route cable in grounded metal conduit, separate from other cables.
2. Verify that all system components are installed in accordance with instructions.
3. Connect all cable shields to the HydroRanger 200 Shield Connections. Avoid differential
ground potentials by not connecting cable shields to ground (earth) anywhere else.
4. Keep exposed conductors on shielded cables as short as possible to reduce noise
on the line caused by stray transmissions and noise pickup.

HydroRanger 200 connections

HydroRanger 200 dimensions

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/71

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
MultiRanger 100/200

■ Overview ■ Design
The MultiRanger is available in wall or panel mounting options.

■ Technical specifications
Mode of Operation
Measuring principle Ultrasonic level measurement
Measuring range 0.3 to 15 m (1 to 50 ft)
Input
• Analog (only MultiRanger 200) 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA, from
alternate device, scaleable
• Digital 10 to 50 V DC switching level
Logical 0 =< 0.5 V DC
Logical 1 = 10 to 50 V DC
Max. 3 mA
Output
• Echomax® Transducer 44 kHz
• Ultrasonic transducer Compatible transducers: ST-H
MultiRanger is a versatile short to medium-range ultrasonic sin- and Echomax series XPS-10/10F,

5 gle and multi-vessel level monitor/controller for virtually any ap-

plication in a wide range of industries.
XPS 15/15F, XCT-8, XCT-12 and
XRS-5
• Relays Rating 5 A at 250 V AC, non-
■ Benefits inductive
• Digital input for back-up level overide from point level device - Version with 3 relays 2 Form A SPST/ 1 Form C SPDT
• Communication using built-in Modbus RTU via RS-485 - Version with 6 relays 4 Form A SPST/ 2 Form C SPDT
• Compatible with SmartLinx system and SIMATIC PDM config- • mA output 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA
uration software - Max. load 750 Ω, isolated
• Single or dual point level monitoring - Resolution 0.1% of range
• Auto False-Echo Suppression for fixed obstruction avoidance
Accuracy
• Differential amplifier transceiver for common mode noise re-
• Error in measurement 0.25% of range
duction and improved signal-to-noise ratio or 6 mm (0.24"), whichever is
• MultiRanger 100: level measurements, simple pump control greater
and level alarm functions • Resolution 0.1% of measuring range1)
• MultiRanger 200: level, volume and flow measurements in or 2 mm (0.08"), whichever is
open channels, differential control, extended pump control greater
and alarm functions • Temperature compensation • -50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
• Wall and panel mounting options • Integral temperature sensor
• External TS-3 temperature sen-
■ Application sor
• Programmable fixed tempera-
MultiRanger can be used on different materials, including fuel ture values
oil, municipal waste, acids, woodchips or on materials with high
angles of repose. MultiRanger offers true dual point monitoring, Rated operating conditions
digital communications with built-in Modbus® RTU via RS-485, Installation conditions
as well as compatibility with SIMATIC PDM, allowing PC config-
• Location Indoor/outdoor
uration and setup. MultiRanger features Sonic Intelligence® ad-
vanced echo-processing software for increased reading reliabil- • Installation category II
ity. • Pollution degree 4
MultiRanger 100 offers cost-effective level alarming, as well as Ambient conditions
on/off and alternating pump control. MultiRanger 200 will monitor
• Ambient temperature (housing) -20 to +50 °C (-58 to +122 °F)
open channel flow and features more advanced relay alarming
and pump control functions as well as volume conversion. Design
It is compatible with chemical-resistant Echomax® transducers • Weight
that can be used in hostile environments at temperatures as high - Wall mount 1.37 kg (3.02 lbs.)
as 145 °C (293 °F).
- Panel mount 1.50 kg (3.31 lbs.)
• Key Applications: wet wells, flumes/weirs, bar screen control,
hoppers, chemical storage, liquid storage, crusher bins, dry • Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
solids storage • Degree of protection (enclosure)
- Wall mount IP65 / Type 4X / NEMA 4X
- Panel mount IP54 / Type 3 / NEMA 3
1) Program range is defined as the empty distance to the face of the trans-
ducer plus any range extension.

5/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


Electrical connection
• Transducer and mA output signal
• Max. separation between trans-
ducer and transceiver
Displays and controls
• Programming
Power supply
• AC version
• DC version
Certificates and approvals
Communication
1) EMC performance available on request.
SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
MultiRanger 100/200
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
2-core copper conductor, twisted, MultiRanger 100/200 C) 7 M L 5 0 3 3 -
shielded, 0.5 to 0.75 mm² (22 to Versatile short to medium-range ultrasonic single
7 7 7 77 - 77
18 AWG), Belden® 8760 or equiv- and multi-vessel level monitor/controller for virtually
alent is acceptable any application in a wide range of industries
365 m (1200 ft) Versions
MultiRanger 100, level measurement only 1
100 x 40 mm (4 x 1.5") multi-block MultiRanger 200, level, volume, flow and differential 2
LCD with backlighting measurements
Programming using hand-held Mounting, enclosure design
programmer, SIMATIC PDM or via Wall mount A
PC with Dolphin Plus software Wall mount, 4 entries, M20 B
Panel mount (CE, CSAUS/C, FM, UL) C
100 to 230 V AC ± 15%, Power supply
50/60 Hz, 36 VA (17 W) 100 to 230 V AC A
12 to 30 V DC B
12 to 30 V DC (20 W)
Number of measurement points
• CE1)
Single point version 0
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping,
ABS Type Approval Dual point version 1
FM, CSANRTL/C, UL listed Communication (SmartLinx)
CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, Without module 0
C and D, Class II, Div.2, Groups
F and G, Class III (wall mount SmartLinx® Allen-Bradley® Remote I/O
module
1 5
only)
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module 2
• RS-232 with Modbus RTU or
ASCII via RJ-11 connector SmartLinx DeviceNetTM module 3
See SmartLinx product page on page
• RS-485 with Modbus RTU or 5/173 for more information.
ASCII via terminal strips
• Optional: SmartLinx® cards Output relays
3 relays, 2 Form A, 1 Form ‘C’, 250 V AC 1
6 relays, 4 Form A, 2 Form ‘C’, 250 V AC 2
Approvals
General Purpose CE, FM, CSAUS/C, UL listed A
CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, B
Div 2, Groups F and G; Class III (for wall mount
applications only)
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5FB04
French C) 7ML1998-5FB13
Spanish C) 7ML1998-5FB23
German C) 7ML1998-5FB34
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order.
Other instruction manuals
SmartLinx Allen-Bradley Remote I/O, English C) 7ML1998-1AP03
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, English C) 7ML1998-1AQ03
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, German C) 7ML1998-1AQ32
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP, French C) 7ML1998-1AQ12
SmartLinx DeviceNet, English C) 7ML1998-1BH02
Note: The appropriate SmartLinx instruction manual
should be ordered as a seperate line on the order.
Accessories
Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AK
Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
text line, suitable for enclosure
M20 cable gland kit (6 M20 cable glands, 6 M20 7ML1830-1GM
nuts, 3 stop plugs)
TS-3 Temperature Sensor - see TS-3 on page 5/115
Spare parts
Power Supply Board (100 to 230 V AC) C) PBD-51035590
Power Supply Board (12 to 30 V DC) C) PBD-51035592
Display Board C) PBD-51035606
®
Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.
®Belden is a registered trademark of Belden Wire and Cable Company.
®
Allen-Bradley is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation.
TM
DeviceNet is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA)
C)Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/73
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
MultiRanger 100/200

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

See note 1

DC version

DISCRETE
INPUTS

5 Relays shown in released state

Notes
1. Use 2-core copper wire, twisted, with shield, for expansion up to 365 m (1200 ft.).
Route cable in grounded metal conduit, separate from other cables.
2. Verify that all system components are installed in accordance with instructions.
3. Connect all cable shields to the MultiRanger Shield Connections. Avoid differential
ground potentials by not connecting cable shields to ground (earth) anywhere else.
4. Keep exposed conductors on shielded cables as short as possible to reduce noise
on the line caused by stray transmissions and noise pickup.

MultiRanger connection diagram

MultiRanger dimensions

5/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
HydroRanger Plus

■ Overview Output
• Ultrasonic transducer
• Relays
• mA output
- Max. load
- Resolution
Accuracy
• Error in measurement
• Resolution
• Temperature compensation
HydroRanger Plus is an ultrasonic level controller for control of
wet wells and reservoir pump operations, differential control and
open channel flow monitoring, using energy-saving algorithms. Rated operating conditions
Ambient conditions
■ Benefits • Ambient temperature for enclosure
• Outputs for alarms, chart recorders, controllers and integra- Design
tion of existing systems • Rack mount
• Monitors wet wells, weirs and flumes
• Energy-saving function with built-in real-time clock
• Panel mount
• Special control mode to reduce grease rings and other depos-
its
• Integral temperature compensation • Degree of protection (wall mount)
• Pump performance monitoring
Weight (rack and panel mount)
• Energy management
Weight (wall mount)
• System monitoring and network analysis
Material (enclosure)
44 kHz
5 alarm/control relays, 1 change-
over contact per relay, rated 5 A
at 250 V AC, resistive load
0/4 to 20 mA, optically isolated
1 kΩ
0.1% of 20 mA
0.25 % of range or 6 mm (0.24“),
whichever is greater
0.1 % of measuring range1) or
2 mm (0.08“), whichever is
greater
-50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
• Integral temperature sensor
• External TS-3 temperature
sensor or
• Programmable fixed tempera-
ture
5
-20 to +50 °C (-5 to +122 °F)
DIN 3 HU/14 pitch, 4 rail plug-in
unit suitable for standard 84 pitch
(19“) rack
Suitable for standard panel cutout
DIN 43700, 72 x 144 mm, 100 mm
center height
IP65/NEMA 4X/Type 4X
0.87 kg (1.9 lbs)
1.5 kg (3.3 lbs)
Polyester/polycarbonate alloy

■ Application Electrical connection Commercially available copper

conductor according to local
The system is effective in wet wells, weirs and flumes where requirements, rated 250 V/5 A
foam and turbulence are typical operating conditions. It can be • Ultrasonic transducer cable exten- RG 62-A/U coaxial cable with low
customized to meet your specific application needs – from mea- sion capacitance
suring flow rate in a narrow flume to volume in a ferric chloride • mA output signal 2-core copper conductor, twisted,
storage bank. shielded, 0.5 to 0.75 mm² (22 to
The system consists of the electronics housed in a wall-mounted 18 AWG), Belden® 8760 or
equivalent is acceptable
enclosure and a hermetically sealed, corrosion-resistant
Echomax® transducer. These components can be separated by Power supply 100/115/200/230 V AC, ± 15%,
up to 365 m (1200 ft). 50/60 Hz, 15 VA and/or
9 to 30 V DC, 8 W
Optional submergence shields ensure consistent operation in
• Ultrasonic transducer Compatible transducers: ST-H
wet wells where the transducer may be submerged during flood- and Echomax series XPS-10/10F,
ing from rainfall or a power outage. Siemens Milltronics patented XPS 15/15F, XCT-8, XCT-12 and
detection software can differentiate between a submerged con- XRS-5
dition and a high level.
Displays and controls
• Key Applications: wet wells, weirs, flumes
Rack and panel mount 75 x 20 mm (3 x 0.8“) LCD
(selectable backlighting)
Wall mount 100 x 40 mm (4 x 1.5“) multifield
LCD, backlit
■ Technical specifications Programming removable programmer or
optional Dolphin Plus
Mode of operation
Memory EEPROM (non-volatile),
Measuring principle Ultrasonic level measurement no backup battery required
Measuring range 0.3 to 15 m (1 to 50 ft.) Certificates and approvals CE 2), FM, CSANRTL/C
1) The measuring range corresponds to the distance from the zero point to
the sensor face, plus any range extension.
2) EMC certificate available on request

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/75

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
HydroRanger Plus

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
HydroRanger Plus, rack and panel mount C) 7 M L 1 0 2 5 - HydroRanger Plus, wall mount C) 7 M L 1 0 2 8 -
Measuring range: 0.3 m to 15 m (1 to 50 ft) 777 0 7 Measuring range: 0.3 m to 15 m (1 to 50 ft) 7A77 0
Mounting/device version Input voltage
Version for 19" rack (requires terminal block; see 1 100 V AC, 9 to 30 V DC 1
accessories) 115 V AC, 9 to 30 V DC 2
Version for panel 2
200 V AC, 9 to 30 V DC 3
Approvals 230 V AC, 9 to 30 V DC 4
CE (EN 61326), CSANRTL/C, FM C
Approvals
Input voltage CE (EN 61326), CSANRTL/C, FM B
100 V AC, 9 to 30 V DC A CE; FM General Purpose; CSA Class I, Div. 2 C
115 V AC, 9 to 30 V DC B
Mounting/enclosure version
200 V AC, 9 to 30 V DC C Standard enclosure 1
230 V AC, 9 to 30 V DC D Standard enclosure prepared for five M20 cable 3
Backlighting glands
Yes 1 Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-1AC02
Instruction manual
French C) 7ML1998-1AC12
English C) 7ML1998-1AC02
German C) 7ML1998-1AC32
French C) 7ML1998-1AC12
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
5 German
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
C) 7ML1998-1AC32 a separate line item on the order.
a separate line item on the order. Accessories
Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AK
Accessories
Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AC text line suitable for enclosures
Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786 M20 cable gland kit (6 M20 cable glands, 6 M20 7ML1830-1GM
text line suitable for enclosures nuts, 3 stop plugs)
Terminal block for Rack mount 7ML1830-1JL
TS-3 Temperature Sensor - see TS-3 on page 5/115
Subrack, Holds up to 6 units PBD-12300240
Blanking plate PBD-12300241 Spare parts
TS-3 Temperature Sensor - see TS-3 on page 5/115 Card, mother main C) PBD-51034092
Card, daughter C) PBD-51034093
Spare parts Card, display C) PBD-51034068
Card, Analog HydroRanger Plus Rack/Panel C) PBD-51033921
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Card, daughter PBD-51033922
Card, display, backlit C) PBD-51034094

C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
HydroRanger Plus

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

HydroRanger Plus dimensions HydroRanger Plus connection diagram, rack and panel mount

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/77

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
HydroRanger Plus

5 HydroRanger Plus connection diagram, wall mount

5/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LUC500

■ Overview Application of accessories

The SITRANS LUC500 is a complete, cost-effective system for
monitoring and control in water distribution and wastewater col-
lection systems.
■ Benefits
• Monitoring and control in one device
• Integral telemetry interface (Modbus RTU/ASCII)
• Patented algorithm for calculation of pumped volume within
5% accuracy
• Logging of pump runtime and number of pump starts
• Expandable with I/Os, RAM for data logging, dual point,
SmartLinx communications and RS-485 interface
• Simple system configuration and diagnostics with Siemens
Milltronics Dolphin Plus Windows®-based software
• AC or DC power supply
• SITRANS LUC500 is available for rack mount, panel mount or
wall mount
The SITRANS LUC500 can be expanded to meet the require-
ments of a variety of applications.
Auxiliary I/O cards, RAM and data logging, dual-channel func-
tion and SmartLinx communications.
• Input/output cards
A single auxiliary I/O card can be installed in the
SITRANS LUC500. The following I/O cards are available:
- 2 analog inputs / 2 analog outputs
- 4 analog inputs
- 4 analog outputs
- 8 digital inputs
- 8 digital inputs / 2 analog inputs / 2 analog outputs (wall
mount only)
• Expanded memory card
The available RAM can be increased using this card. The data
logging function is then available.
• Two-channel function
A second measuring point is provided on the
SITRANS LUC500 to permit dual-channel measurements. This
function is made available by ordering a software access
code. Please contact your Siemens Milltronics representative
for details.
5
• Communications
The SITRANS LUC500 is offered with MODBUS RTU/ASCII as
a standard feature. Further industrial communications proto-
cols are available with the addition of an optional SmartLinx
card. The following protocols are currently available:
- PROFIBUS DP
- Allen Bradley® Remote I/O
- DeviceNet™
®
Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric
®Allen-Bradley is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation.
TM
DeviceNet is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA)
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp.

■ Application
It combines non-contacting ultrasonic technology, patented
echo-processing techniques and proven application software to
provide accurate level monitoring in liquids up to 15 m (50 ft). It
also effectively monitors flow in flumes, weirs and open chan-
nels. Five relays control any combination of pumps, gate valves
and alarms. Further advantages include fault signalling and data
logging for trend analysis. It can log the time, date and volume
of up to 20 occurrences of combined sewer overflows (CSO).
The basic device has 8 digital inputs, 5 digital outputs, 1 analog
input, 1 ultrasonic level point, differential/average capability and
one RS-232 interface with Modbus® RTU/ASCII protocol. The
device can be expanded by additional I/Os, more RAM, two
channels, RS-485 or SmartLinx communications models as your
needs grow.
It integrates seamlessly with SCADA or DCS systems or a PLC
system to provide remote access to all system parameters
(pumped volume, pump runtime, pump status etc.). The integral
telemetry interface (Modbus RTU/ASCII) allows remote control in
real time.
The device is easy to install and configure, with fast startup, re-
liable performance and low maintenance.
• Key Applications: wet well/lift station control, weirs/flumes,
open channels

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/79

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LUC500

■ Technical specifications Selection and Ordering data Order No.

SITRANS LUC500 C) 7 M L 5 0 0 1 -
Mode of operation For control and monitoring of water distribution and
wastewater collection systems 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 7
Measuring principle Ultrasonic level measurement
Measuring range 0.3 to 15 m (1 to 50 ft.) Mounting
Panel mount version 1
Measuring points 1 or 2
Rack mount version for 19" rack 2
Output Wall mount, standard enclosure 3
• Ultrasonic transducer 44 kHz Wall, 4 entry, M20 (valid with approval option 3 only) 5
• Relays 5 Form C, SPDT relays, rated 5 A Input voltage
at 250 V AC, resistive load 100 to 230 V AC A
Accuracy 12 to 30 V DC B
Error in measurement 0.25% of range or 6 mm (0.24“), Feature software (level points)
whichever is greater Single point continuous level with standard feature A
Resolution 0.1% of measuring range1) or set
2 mm (0.08“), whichever is Dual point continuous level with standard feature B
greater set
Note: standard feature set includes pump routines,
Temperature compensation -50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F) rake and gate control and open channel monitoring
• integral temperature sensor, software
• external TS-3 temperature sen- Data communications

5 sor or
• programmable fixed tempera-
SmartLinx ready, no module
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module
0
1
ture SmartLinx Allen-Bradley Remote I/0 module 2
Rated operating conditions SmartLinx DeviceNet module 3
Ambient conditions Protocol
Ambient temperature for enclosure -20 to +50°C (-5 to +122 °F) Modbus RTU/ASCII 1

Design Auxilliary memory

None 0
- Rack mount DIN 3 HU/21 pitch, 4-rail plug-in 1 Mbyte static RAM, including data logging module 1
unit suitable for standard 3 HU/84
pitch (19“) rack Auxilliary I/O
- Panel mount Suitable for standard panel cutout None A
DIN 43700 72 x 144 mm, 110 mm 2 analog inputs and 2 analog outputs B
(4.33“) center height 4 analog inputs C
Weight (rack and panel mount) 1.5 kg (3.3 lbs.) 4 analog outputs D
Weight (wall mount) 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs.) 8 digital inputs E
8 digital inputs, 2 analog inputs and 2 analog out- F
Communications puts (only for wall mount)
- RS-232 Siemens Milltronics Dolphin pro- Approvals
tocol, MODBUS RTU and ASCII CSANRTL/C, CE, UL (not available with mounting 2
- Option SmartLinx compatible, RS-485 option 5)
CE 3
Power supply 100 to 230 V AC ± 15%, 50/60 Hz,
36 VA (17 W) or 12 to 30 V DC, C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
20 W
Ultrasonic transducer Compatible transducers: ST-H
and Echomax series XPS-10/10F,
XPS 15/15F, XCT-8, XCT-12 and
XRS-5 Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Instruction manual
mA output signal 2-core copper conductor, twisted,
English C) 7ML1998-5GL01
shielded, 0.5 to 0.75 mm² (22 to
18 AWG), Belden® 8760 or equiv- French C) 7ML1998-5GL11
alent is acceptable German C) 7ML1998-5GL31
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
Displays and controls a separate line on the order
- Rack and panel mount 75 x 20 mm (3 x 0.8“) LCD Other Instruction manual
(selectable backlighting) Smartlinx Allen-Bradley Remote I/O, English C) 7ML1998-1AP03
- Wall mount 100 x 40 mm (4 x 1.5“) multfield Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, English C) 7ML1998-1AQ03
LCD, backlit Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, German C) 7ML1998-1AQ32
Programming Using removable handheld pro- Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, French C) 7ML1998-1AQ12
grammer (option) or Dophin Plus Smartlinx Devicenet, English C) 7ML1998-1BH02
software (option) Note: The appropriate Smartlinx instruction manual
Memory 1 Mbyte RAM (static) with should be ordered as a separate line on the order
battery, 1 Mbyte flash EPROM
Certificates and approvals CE, FM, CSANRTL/C
1) The measuring range corresponds to the distance from the zero point to
the sensor face, plus any range extension (P801).

5/80 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LUC500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimensional drawings

Accessories
Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AK
M20 cable gland kit (6 M20 cable glands, 6 M20 7ML1830-1GM
nuts, 3 stop plugs)
SITRANS LUC500 Configuration Tool Software, CD, C) PBD-51035226
cable kit and license
SITRANS LUC500 Configuration Tool Software, C) PBD-51035225
License only
SITRANS LUC500 Configuration Tool, demo CD C) PBD-24194462
only
Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
text line, suitable for enclosures
TS-3 Temperature Sensor - see TS-3 on page 5/115
Auxilliary cards, access code required1)
1 MB static RAM extended Memory C) PBD-51034040

2 analog input/2 analog output for Rack and Panel C) PBD-51034039

mount version
2 analog input/2 analog output for Wall mount ver- C) PBD-51034044
sion
8 Digital Input for Rack and Panel mount version C) PBD-51034042
5
8 Digital input for Wall mount version C) PBD-51034043

4 Analog Input for Rack and Panel mount version C) PBD-51034045

4 Analog Input for Wall mount version C) PBD-51034046

4 Analog Output for Rack and Panel mount version C) PBD-51034047

4 Analog Output for Wall mount version C) PBD-51034048

8 Digital inputs, 2 Analog inputs, 2 Analog outputs, C) PBD-51034272

Wall mount
Access Code, Dual Point capability C) 7ML1830-1KA

1) Values of parameters P345 and P346 must be obtained from the customer
in order to generate the order for the access code
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

SITRANS LUC500 dimensions

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/81

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LUC500

■ Schematics

Rack and Panel Mount

Notes
See Note 2 1. Transducer uses 2 wire twisted pair
AC Version with shield only.
2. Terminals 49-64 are for use with
optional expansion I/O cards.

DC Version

5
See Note 1

Wall Mount

Optional mA Input card shown. Other

expansion cards I/O available - see
SITRANS LUC500 options list.

27 43 -

!
1
28 44 +
AC Version 29 45 -
2 !
SL1 1 14 30 46 +
10 7
SL2 2 15 31 47
11 SL3 3 16 32 48 -
8
L2/N 12 SL4 4 17 33 49 +
SMARTLINX 18 DCD
SL5 5 34 50
L1 13
SL6 6 19 RXD 35 51 +
TS-3
SL7 7 20 TXD 36 52 -
SL8 8 21 DTR 37 53
10 RS232
SL9 9 22 SG 38 54
1
11 SYNC 10 23 DSR 39 55
6 2
11 24 RTS 40 56
12 5 3
12 25 CTS 41 57
4
13 13 26 24V 24V 42 58

TB3 TB4 TB1 TB2

DC Version

SITRANS LUC500 connection diagram

5/82 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
■ Overview
The SITRANS LU 01 is an ultrasonic long-range level monitor for
liquids and solids in a single vessel up to 60 m (200 ft).
Hand Programmer shown is an accessory and must be ordered separately.
■ Benefits
• Single point, long-range level monitoring
• Easy to install and easy to program using removable infrared
keypad (optional)
• Compatible with all Echomax® transducers
• Backlit LCD display with reading in standard engineering units
• Automatic level-to-volume conversion for standard or custom
tank shapes
• Dolphin Plus and SmartLinx compatible
• High/low alarm
■ Application
The system consists of a SITRANS LU 01 monitor linked to a non-
contacting ultrasonic transducer that can be mounted up to
365 m (1200 ft) away. The SITRANS LU 01 will measure dis-
tance, level or volume, and it features patented Sonic Intelli-
gence® echo processing software for superior reliability.
Readings are displayed in user-selectable linear engineering
units on the backlit LCD.
An on-board communications port automatically configures for
RS-232, RS-485 or bi-polar current loop. The SITRANS LU 01 will
connect to a DCS or PLC using Siemens Milltronics SmartLinx®
interface modules, giving you remote 2-way communication and
full parameter access. Modules for popular industrial buses can
be factory installed or added later to meet changing needs. No
external gateway is required, reducing hardware and cabling
costs.
• Key Applications: chemical storage, liquid storage, bulk sol-
ids storage (gravel, flour bins, grains, cereals), plastic pellets
SITRANS L Level instruments
SITRANS LU 01 and LU 02
■ Overview
The SITRANS LU 02 is a dual point ultrasonic long-range level
monitor for liquids and solids.
Hand Programmer shown is an accessory and must be ordered separately. 5
■ Benefits
• Dual point, long-range level monitoring
• Easy to install; easy to program using removable infrared key-
pad (optional)
• Compatible with all Echomax® transducers
• Backlit LCD display with reading in standard engineering units
• Automatic level-to-volume conversion for standard or custom
tank shapes
• Dolphin Plus or SmartLinx compatible
• High/low alarm
■ Application
It will scan liquids, solids or a combination of both in one or two
vessels of different sizes, shapes and configurations up to 60 m
(200 ft).
The system uses ultrasonic technology to measure level, space,
distance, volume or average/differential. It features patented
Sonic Intelligence® echo processing software for superior reli-
ability. Transducers can be mounted up to 365 m (1200 ft) from
the monitor. Readings are displayed in user-selectable linear en-
gineering units on the backlit LCD.
It features an onboard communications port that automatically
configures for RS-232, RS-485 or bi-polar current loop. It will
connect to a DCS or PLC using Siemens Milltronics SmartLinx®
interface modules, giving you remote 2-way communication and
full parameter access. Modules for popular industrial buses can
be factory installed or added later to meet changing needs. No
external gateway is required, reducing hardware and cabling
costs.
• Key Applications: chemical storage, liquid storage, bulk sol-
ids storage (gravel, flour bins, grains, cereals), plastic pellets
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/83
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU 01 and LU 02

■ Technical specifications Certificates and approvals CE, CSANRTL/C, FM

SITRANS LU 02 only:
Mode of operation Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
• Measuring principle Ultrasonic Level Measurement (Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3
and ENV5)
• Measuring range 0.3 to 60 m (1 to 200 ft)
Options
• Measuring points
• External temperature sensor TS-3
- SITRANS LU 01 Max. one point
• Communications • SmartLinx: protocol-specific
- SITRANS LU 02 Max. two points modules as interface for popular
industrial fieldbus systems
Output signal
• Dolphin Plus: Siemens
• Ultrasonic transducer Echomax series, ST-H transduc- Milltronics Windows®-compati-
ers ble interface and ComVerter link
• Relays 4 Form C SPDT relays, rated at (infrared)
5 A at 250 V AC, resistive load
• mA output 0/4 to 20 mA, optically isolated
- Max. load 750 Ω, isolated, 30 V
- Resolution 0.1% of range
- Outputs LU 01 Max. one mA output
- Outputs LU 02 Max. two mA outputs
5 Accuracy
• Error in measurement 0.25% of range or 6 mm (0.24"),
whichever is greater
• Resolution 0.1% of measuring range or 2 mm
(0.8"), whichever is greater
• Temperature compensation • -50 to 150 ºC (-58 to 302 ºF)
• Integral temperature sensor
• External TS-3 temperature sen-
sor (optional)
• Programmable fixed tempera-
ture
Rated operating conditions
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature for enclosure -20 to +50 ºC (-5 to +122 ºF)
Design
Weight 2.7 kg (6 lbs.)
Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
Degree of protection (wall mount) IP65
Electrical connection
• Ultrasonic transducer cable exten- RG62-A/U coaxial cable with low
sion capacitance
• mA output signal 2-core copper conductor, twisted,
shielded, 0.5 to 0.75 mm² (22 to
18 AWG), Belden® 8760 or equiv-
alent is acceptable
• Electrical connection and relay Copper conductor according to
connection local requirements, rated 250 V
5A
• Synchronization Up to 16 LU01/LU 02 units can be
synchronized together
Power supply
AC model 100/115/200/230 V AC ± 15%,
50/60 Hz, 31 VA
DC model 18 to 30 V DC, 25 W
Displays and controls 51 x 127 mm (2 x 5") graphics
LCD with backlighting
• Memory EEPROM (non-volatile), no
backup battery required
• Programming Using removable programmer
(ordered separately) or Dolphin
Plus (option)

5/84 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU 01 and LU 02

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LU 01/LU 02 C) 7 M L 5 0 0 4 - Instruction manual
Single or dual point ultrasonic long-range level 7 7 7 77 - 77 SITRANS LU 02, English C) 7ML1998-5BD02
monitoring system for liquids and solids SITRANS LU 02, French C) 7ML1998-5BD12

Number of measuring points SITRANS LU 02, German C) 7ML1998-5BD32

LU 01 version, 1 point 1 SITRANS LU 01, English C) 7ML1998-5BE02

LU 02 version, 2 points 2 SITRANS LU 01, French C) 7ML1998-5BE12

Input voltage SITRANS LU 01, German C) 7ML1998-5BD32

Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
100/115/200/230 V AC, voltage selector switch A a separate line item.
18 to 30 V DC B
Accessories
Feature software Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AN
Standard A Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
Application software text line, suitable for enclosures
Standard 1 M20 cable gland kit (6 M20 cable glands, 6 M20 7ML1830-1GM
nuts, 3 stop plugs)
Data communications
No module (SmartLinx ready) 0 Spare parts
SmartLinx Allen-Bradley® Remote 1 SmartLinx A-B RIO module C) 7ML1830-1CP
I/O module
SmartLinx A-B Data Disk C) 7ML1830-1CK
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module 2
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module 7ML1830-1CQ
SmartLinx Modbus® RTU module 3
SmartLinx DeviceNetTM module
SmartLinx modem module
4
5
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP Data Disk
SmartLinx Modbus RTU module
C) 7ML1830-1CL

7ML1830-1CR
5
(for European countries only)
SmartLinx DeviceNet module 7ML1830-1CT
SmartLinx modem module 6
(for Canada, USA only) SmartLinx DeviceNet Data Disk C) 7ML1830-1CM

Enclosure SmartLinx Modem (Europe) C) 7ML1830-1HM

Wall mount 1 SmartLinx Modem (Canada/USA) C) 7ML1830-1HN
Wall mount, drilled, 6 x M20x1.5 3
Card, LU 01 Mother main, comm ready C) PBD-51034706
Approvals
Card, LU 02 mother main, comm ready C) PBD-51034381
CE, CSANRTL/C, FM, for use with enclosure option 1 A
only Card, daughter, comm ready PBD-51033908
CE, for use with enclosure option 3 only B Card, display C) PBD-51033909

C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

®
Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric
®
Allen-Bradley is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation.
TM
DeviceNet is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA)

■ Dimensional drawings

285 mm 106 mm 285 mm 106 mm

(11.2”) (4.2”) (11.2”) (4.2”)
267 mm 92 mm 267 mm 92 mm
(10.5”) (3.6”) (10.5”) (3.6”)

100 100
% %

209 mm 1 2 3 4
209 mm 1 2 3 4

(8.2”)
0 0

(8.2”)
11 22 33 44 11 22 33 44

55 66 77 88 55 66 77 88
mA
mA mA
mA

172 mm 99 00
PP PPX X X
172 mm 99 00
PP PPX X X

(6.8”) C
C %%
(6.8”) C
C %%

SITRANS LU 01 SITRANS LU 02

Mounting hole 4.3 mm Mounting hole 4.3 mm

Suitable location for conduit entrances. (0.17”) diameter Suitable location for conduit entrances. (0.17”) diameter
Use water tight conduit hubs to maintain access under lid Use water tight conduit hubs to maintain access under lid
enclosure rating. (4 places) enclosure rating. (4 places)

Dimensional drawings for SITRANS LU 01 (left) and SITRANS LU 02 (right)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/85

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU 01 and LU 02

■ Schematics

5
SITRANS LU 01 connections

SITRANS LU 02 connections

5/86 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Measuring range
Measuring points
Output signal
• Ultrasonic transducer
• Relays
• mA output
- Max. load
- Resolution
Accuracy
SITRANS LU 10 is an ultrasonic long-range level monitor for liq-
• Error in measurement
uids and solids, offering 10-point monitoring in a single unit.
Hand Programmer shown is an accessory and must be ordered separately.
• Resolution
■ Benefits • Temperature compensation
• Ten point, long-range level monitoring
• Automatic level-to-volume conversion for standard or custom
tank shapes
• Dolphin Plus and SmartLinx® compatible
• Backlit LCD display with reading in standard engineering units
• Easy to install, easy to program using removable infrared key-
pad (optional) Rated operating conditions
Ambient conditions
■ Application • Ambient temperature for enclosure
It can be used in a wide range of applications to scan liquids, Design
solids or a combination of both contained in vessels of differing • Weight
size, shape and configuration up to 60 m (200 ft).
• Material (enclosure)
The SITRANS LU 10 uses ultrasonic technology to measure • Degree of protection (wall mount)
level, space, distance, volume or average/differential. Transduc-
ers can be mounted up to 365 m (1200 ft) from the monitor. The Electrical connection
SITRANS LU 10 features patented Sonic Intelligence® echo pro- • Ultrasonic transducer
cessing software for superior reliability. Readings are displayed
in user-selectable linear engineering units on the LCD.
• Signal transmission
SITRANS LU 10 will connect to a DCS or PLC using Siemens
Milltronics SmartLinx® interface modules, giving you remote
2-way communication and full parameter access. Modules for
popular industrial buses can be factory installed or added later • Electrical connection and relay
to meet changing needs. No external gateway is required, re- connection
ducing hardware and cabling costs.
• Key Applications: chemical storage, liquid storage, bulk sol- • Synchronization
ids storage (sugar, flour bins, grains, cereals), plastic pellets,
tank farms Power supply
Displays and controls
• Memory
• Programming
Certificates and approvals
SITRANS LU 10
Ultrasonic level measurement
Max. 0.3 to 60 m (1 to 200 ft.)
Max. 10
Echomax series, ST-H transduc-
ers
• SITRANS LU SAM module (op-
tion): 20 alarm/control relays
• Form C SPDT relays, rated 5 A at
250 V AC, resistive load
SITRANS LU A0 module (option):
0/4 to 20 mA, optically isolated
750 Ω, isolated
0.1% of range
0.25% of range or 6 mm (0.24“),
whichever is greater
0.1% of measuring range or 2 mm
5
(0.08“), whichever is greater
• -50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
• Integral temperature sensor
• External TS-3 temperature sen-
sor (expandable to 10 inputs
with optional TIB-9 card)
• Programmable fixed tempera-
ture
-20 to +50°C (-5 to +122°F)
2.7 kg (6 lbs.)
Polycarbonate
IP65 / Type 4X / NEMA 4X
RG62-A/U coaxial cable with low
capacitance
2-core copper conductor, twisted,
shielded, 0.5 to 0.75 mm² (22 to
18 AWG), Belden® 8760 or equiv-
alent is acceptable
Copper conductor according to
local requirements, rated 250 V
5A
Up to 16 LU10 units can be syn-
chronized together
100/115/200/230 V AC ± 15%,
50/60 Hz, 15 VA
51 x 127 mm (2 x 5") graphics
LCD with backlighting
EEPROM (non-volatile), no
backup battery required
Using removable programmer
(option ordered separately) or
Dolphin Plus (option)
CE, FM, CSA NRTL/C
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
(Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3
and ENV5)
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/87
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU 10
Options Selection and Ordering data Order No.
• Expansion card TIB-9, increases the number of SITRANS LU 10 C) 7 M L 5 0 0 7 -
TS-3 inputs from 1 to 10 Ten point ultrasonic long-range level monitoring 7 7 7 7 7 - 77
• External temperature sensor TS-3 system for liquids and solids
Input voltage
• Communications • SmartLinx: protocol-specific
modules as interface for popular 100/115, 200/230 V AC, selectable 1
industrial fieldbus systems Feature software
• Dolphin Plus: Siemens Standard A
Milltronics Windows®-compati- Application software
ble interface and ComVerter link Standard A
(infrared)
Data communications
• I/O devices • Max. 3 I/O devices per No module (SmartLinx ready) 0
SITRANS LU 10 SmartLInx Allen-Bradley® Remote I/O module 1
• SITRANS LU AO analog output SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module 2
module (max. 1) SmartLinx Modbus® RTU module 3
• SITRANS LU SAM, satellite SmartLinx DeviceNetTM module 4
alarm module (max. 2) SmartLinx Modem (Europe) module 5
®
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. SmartLinx Modem (Canada/USA) module 6
TIB-9 temperature card
None 0
With TIB-9 card 1

5 Enclosure
Wall mount 1
Wall mount, drilled (12 x M20x1.5 for cable glands) 2
Approvals
CE, CSANRTL/C, FM A
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5AN02
French C) 7ML1998-5AN12
German C) 7ML1998-5AN32
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item on the order.
Accessories
Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AN
Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
text line, suitable for enclosures
Temperature Card (TIB-9) C) 7ML1830-1CN
M20 cable gland kit (6 M20 cable glands, 6 M20 7ML1830-1GM
nuts, 3 stop plugs)
Spare parts
Card, mother main, comm ready C) PBD-51034734
Card, daughter, comm ready C) PBD-51034437
Card, display PBD-51033419
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
®
Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric
®
Allen-Bradley is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation.
TM
DeviceNet is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association
(ODVA)

5/88 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU 10

■ Dimensional drawings
106 mm
285 mm (4.2”)
267 mm (11.2") 92 mm
(10.5") (3.6”)

100
%

209 mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0

(8.2") 11
0 0 0
2 3 4

172 mm 55
mA
mA
66 7 8

(6.8") 99 00
P PX X X

C %

SITRANS LU 10

Suitable location for conduit entrances. Use Mounting hole

water-tight conduit hubs to maintain enclosure rating. 4.3 mm (0.17") diameter
access under lid
(4 places)

SITRANS LU 10 dimensions

■ Schematics 5
WHT/SHLD
WHT/SHLD

WHT/SHLD

WHT/SHLD
BLK
BLK

BLK

BLK
WHT/SHLD

WHT/SHLD
WHT/SHLD

BLK

BLK
WHT/SHLD

BLK

BLK

WHT/SHLD
BLK

Peripheral Position SW1 for

Temp. Communication 100/115/200/230
Sensor Vac operation
Note 3 (50/60 Hz 15 VA)
Transducers
Note 1 Note 2
To transducers (10 max.) RG62-A/U
coax, 365 m / transducer max.
Notes:
1. Transducer cables must be run in a grounded metal conduit separate from other wiring (except TS-3 temperature sensor wiring, if applicable).
2. Optional TIB-9 card for multiple temperature sensors. Do not jump the terminals if TS-3s are not used.
3. The SITRANS LU 10 is compatible with the following Siemens Milltronics peripherals:
- SITRANS LU SAM - relay satellite alarm module
- SITRANS LU AO - analog output module

SITRANS LU 10 connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/89

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU SAM

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Mode of operation
Mode of operation Satellite alarm module
Input
Communications Data from SITRANS LU 10
• Transmission rate 4800 bits/s
• Voltage ± 20 mA bipolar current loop
Output
• Relays 20 multi-purpose relays, program-
mable from SITRANS LU 10
Form C SPDT relays, rated 5 A at
250 V AC, resistive load
• ± 20 mA bipolar current loop Input and transmission
- Max. load 1 receiving unit
Rated operation conditions
Ambient conditions
SITRANS LU SAM Satellite Alarm Module provides up to 20 relay • Ambient temperature -20 to +50 °C (-5 to +122 °F)
5 outputs for the measurement points of the SITRANS LU 10 level
monitor. • Location Indoor/outdoor
• Installation category II
■ Benefits • Pollution degree 4
• Relay outputs can be up to 1500 m (5000 ft) from the Design
SITRANS LU 10 • Weight 3 kg (6.6 lbs.)
• Relay outputs can be assigned to any point on the
• Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
SITRANS LU 10
• Degree of protection Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65
■ Application • Cable connection 2 copper conductors, twisted,
with foil shield/drain wire, 300 V
The operation of the SITRANS LU SAM is programmed via the 0.5 to 0.75 mm² (22 to 18 AWG)
SITRANS LU 10. The only on-board settings are for bank selec- • Electrical connection and relay Copper conductor according to
tion and output testing. connection local requirements, rated 250 V
Using a SITRANS LU SAM, you can have two relay outputs for all 5A
ten measurement points, all 20 for a single measurement point Power supply 100/115/200/230 V AC ± 15%,
or any combination between the two. 50/60 Hz, 20 VA
All relays are Form C to allow NO or NC wiring. Displays and controls 1 LED for display of voltage/com-
munications state, 20 LEDs for
display of relay states
Certificates and approvals CE, FM, CSANRTL/C

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

SITRANS LU SAM C) 7 ML 5 8 1 1 - 1 A
Satellite alarm module provides up to 20 relay out-
pus for the measurement points of the
SITRANS LU 10 level monitor.
Approvals: CSANRTL/C, FM, CE
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5CF02
German C) 7ML1998-5CF32
Note: Instruction manuals should be ordered as a
separate line item on the order.

C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/90 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU SAM

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

16 mm 209 mm
(0.6”) (8.2”)
172 mm lid screws 91 mm receiver spare
(6 places) Note 3 100/115/
(6.8”) (3.6”) 200/230 Vac
1
2
11
12 Note 1 50/60 Hz select
3
4
13
14
voltage via switch
5 15
6
7
16
17
receiver
8 18
9 19
10 20
spare Switch is shown in OFF position.
Select appropriate voltage.
285 mm
(11.2”)

267 mm
SITRANS LU SAM (10.5”)

suitable location for lid

mounting holes conduit entrances enclosure
(accessed under lid)
4.3 mm (0.17”) diameter
4 places
mounting screw (by customer) 5
SITRANS LU SAM dimensions Note 2

Notes:
1. SITRANS LU SAM receiver is polarized.
2. Refer to associated application device instruction manual for wiring detail. Check
that the communication parameter P740 (SITRANS LU 10) is 'ON'.
3. If SITRANS LU SAM is unpowered, transmitter ceases communication to all
downstream peripherals.
4. Relay contact Form 'C' SPDT, 5A at 250 V AC non-inductive (typical of up to 20 per
SITRANS LU SAM).

SITRANS LU SAM connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/91

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU AO

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Mode of operation
Mode of operation Output module
Input
Communications Data from SITRANS LU 10
• Transmission rate 4800 bits/s
• Voltage ± 20 mA bipolar current loop
• Polarization Non-polarized
• Max. load 1 receiving unit
Output
• Analog outputs 10 analog outputs, programmable
from SITRANS LU 10
0 or 4 to 20 mA, isolated
• ± 20 mA bipolar current loop Input and transmission
- Max. load 750 Ω
- Resolution 0.1%
The SITRANS LU AO Analog Output Module provides remote an- Rated operating conditions
5 alog output for the measurement points of the SITRANS LU 10
level monitor. Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature for enclosure -20 to +50 °C (-5 to +122 °F)
■ Benefits • Location Indoor/outdoor
• Analog outputs can be up to 1500 m (5000 ft) from the • Installation category II
SITRANS LU 10
• Pollution degree 4
• Analog outputs can be per transducer and/or average of 2 or
more Design
Weight 2 kg (4.4 lbs.)
■ Application Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
The operation of the SITRANS LU AO is programmed via the Degree of protection Type 4X / NEMA 4X / IP65
SITRANS LU 10. The only on-board settings are for bank selec- • Cable connection 2 copper conductors, twisted,
tion and output testing. with foil shield/drain wire, 300 V
0.5 to 0.75 mm² (22 to 18 AWG)
The SITRANS LU AO can provide up to 10 analog outputs (each
sharing a common negative bus which is electrically isolated • Electrical connection and relay Copper conductor according to
from ground). connection local requirements, rated 250 V
5A
Power supply 100/115/200/230 V AC ± 15%,
50/60 Hz, 15 VA
Displays and controls 1 LED for display of voltage/com-
munications state
Certificates and approvals CE, FM, CSANRTL/C

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

SITRANS LU AO C) 7 ML 5 8 1 0 - 1 A
Provides remote analog outpus for the measure-
ment points of the SITRANS LU 10 level monitor.
Approvals: CSANRTL/C, FM, CE
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5CE01
German C) 7ML1998-5CE31
Note: Instruction manuals should be ordered as a
separate line item on the order.
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/92 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic controllers
SITRANS LU AO

■ Dimensional drawings
16 mm 209 mm
(0.6”) (8.2”)
172 mm lid screws 91 mm
(6.8”) (6 places) (3.6”)

285 mm
(11.2”)

267 mm
SITRANS LU AO (10.5”)

suitable location for lid

mounting holes conduit entrances enclosure
(accessed under lid)
4.3 mm (0.17”) diameter
4 places
mounting screw (by customer) 5
SITRANS LU AO dimensions

■ Schematics
Switch is shown in OFF position.
Select appropriate voltage.

See Note 1 See Note 2

bi-polar mA mA mA mA mA
receiver output output output output output
spare

See Note 3

isolated 0/4 to 20 mA out, 100/115/200/230 V AC

750 ? load max. (typical of 10) 50/60 Hz select
Notes: voltage via switch
1. SITRANS LU AO receiver input is non-polarized.
2. Refer to associated application device instruction manual for wiring detail. Check that the communication parameter P740 (SITRANS LU 10) is ON.
3. SITRANS LU AO interconnecting cable shield should be grounded at SITRANS LU 10 only. Insulate shields at junctions to prevent inadvertant grounding.
Maximum individual loop length is 3000 m (10, 000 ft).

SITRANS LU AO connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/93

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Overview Ultrasonic Transducers

■ Overview
Ultrasonic Transducers
Ultrasonic measuring systems are the cost-effective choice for
monitoring and control in short- to long-range applications for
liquids, slurries, and solids in a wide range of industries. Trans-
ducers are impervious to dust, moisture, corrosion, vibration,
flooding and extreme temperature. They are easy to install and
virtually maintenance free. Choose from a wide selection of mo-
dels designed for short or long range applications on liquids or
solids.

■ Technical data
Echomax Tranducers
Liquids Liquids and Solids Solids Liquids
Standard High Temperature High Temperature
XRS-5 XPS-10 XPS-15 XPS-30 XPS-40 XCT-8 XCT-12 XLT-30 XLT-60 ST-H
Max. Range 8m 10 m 15 m 30 m 40 m 8m 12 m 30 m 60 m 10 mm
5 Min. Range
(26 ft)
0.3 m
(33 ft)
0.3 m
(50 ft)
0.3 m
(100 ft)
0.6 m
(130 ft)
0.9 m
(26 ft)
0.6 m
(40 ft)
0.6 m
(100 ft)
0.9 m
(200 ft)
1.8 m
(33 ft)
0.3 m
(1 ft) (1 ft) (1 ft) (2 ft) (3 ft) (2 ft) (2 ft) (3 ft) (6 ft) (1 ft)
Max. Temperature 65 °C 95 °C 95 °C 95 °C 95 °C 145 °C 145 °C 150 °C 150 °C 73 °C
(149 °F) (203 °F) (203 °F) (203 °F) (203 °F) (293 °F) (293 °F) (300 °F) (300 °F) (164 °F)
Min. Temperature -20 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
(-4 °F) (-40 °F) (-40 °F) (-40 °F) (-40 °F) (-40 °F) (-40 °F) (-40 °F) (-40 °F) (-40 °F)
Typical Wet wells Dusty solids Deep wet Powders, Powders, Hot acids Hot acids Clinker Clinker Chemical
Applications and open and slurries wells and pellets and pellets and and slur- and slur- storage
channels solids solids solids ries ries and liquid
tanks
Frequency 44 KHz 44 KHz 44 KHz 30 KHz 22 KHz 44 KHz 44 KHz 22 KHz 13 KHz 44 KHz
Beam angle 10° 12° 6° 6° 6° 12° 6° 5° 5° 12°
(-3dB)
Thread size 1” 1” BSP/NPT 1” BSP/NPT 1.5” 1.5” 1” 1” 1” NPT 1” NPT 1” and 2”
BSP/NPT Universal Universal BSP/NPT BSP/NPT NPT
thread thread
(BSP/NPT) (BSP/NPT)
Enclosure • PVDF • PVDF • PVDF • PVDF • PVDF • PVDF • PVDF • Alumi- • Alumi- ETFE
Copoly- • Option: • Option: • Option: • Option: • Option: • Option: num num
mer Foam Foam Foam Foam Flange Flange • 304 • 304
• CSM facing facing facing facing with PTFE with PTFE Stainless Stainless
• Option: • Flange • Flange • Flange facing facing steel steel
Flange with PTFE with PTFE with PTFE • Polyester • Polyester
with PTFE facing facing facing • Silicone • Silicone
facing
Compatible with:
SITRANS LU • • • • • • • • • •
SITRANS LUC500 • • • • • •
HydroRanger 200 • • • • • •
MultiRanger • • • • • •
100/200
OCM III •

5/94 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
ST-H

■ Overview Design
Weight 1) 1.4 kg (3 lbs)
Material (enclosure) Base and lid made of ETFE
(epoxy fitted joint)2)
Process connection 2" NPT, 2" BSP or PF2
Degree of protection IP68
Cable connection 2-core shielded/twisted, 0.5 mm²
(20 AWG), PVC sheath
Cable (max. length) 365 m (1200 ft.) with RG 62 A/U
coaxial cable
Options
• Flange adapter 3" Universal (fits DN 65, PN 10
and 3" ANSI)
• Submergence coupling For maintaining high level read-
ings while the transducer is sub-
merged
Certificates and approvals CE 3), CSA, FM Class 1, Div. 1,
ATEX II 2G
ST-H transducers use ultrasonic technology to measure level in 1) Approximate shipping weight of transducer with standard cable length.
chemical storage and liquid tanks.
2) When measuring chemicals, check compatibility of ETFE and epoxy or
mount joint external to process.
5
■ Benefits 3) EMC certificate available on request.
• Can be mounted on a 2" standpipe
• Immune to corrosive and harsh environments Selection and Ordering data Order No.
• Integral temperature sensor Echomax ST-H ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 0 0 -
Level measurement in chemical storage and liquid
■ Application
77A 7 0
tanks, measuring range: min. 0.3 m, max. 10 m

The narrow design of the ST-H allows the transducer to be Process connection
mounted on a 2" standpipe. When mounted correctly, it is com- 2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 0
pletely protected from the process and can even be used in 2" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 1
harsh, corrosive environments. PF 2(JIS B 0202) 2

During operation, the ultrasonic transducer emits acoustic Cable length

pulses in a narrow beam perpendicular1) to the transducer face. 5m A
The level transceiver measures the propagation time between 10 m B
pulse emission and reception of the echo to calculate the dis- 30 m C
tance from the transducer to the material. Variations in sound ve- 50 m D
locity due to changes in temperature within the permissible 100 m E
range are automatically compensated by the integral tempera-
ture sensor. Approvals
FM Class I, Div. 1 (only with 2" NPT process con- 2
• Key Applications: chemical storage, liquid tanks nection)
1) Definition of beam width: twice the angle at which the off-axis trans- ATEX II 2G, CSA 3
mission is 3 dB less than the acoustic pressure level of the transmission
axis (as measured equidistant from the sensor face) Instruction manual
Quick Start Manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QK81
■ Technical specifications Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick start
manual is included with every transducer.
Mode of operation Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61
Measuring principle Ultrasonic transducer Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
Input ordered as a separate line item on the order.

Measuring range 0.3 to 10 m (1 to 33 ft.) Accessories

Output ST-H Universal Submergence Shield 7ML1830-1CF

Frequency 44 kHz Universal Box Bracket, Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK

Beam angle 12° 3” ANSI, DIN 65 PN10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange 7ML1830-1BT
adapter for 2” NPT
Accuracy
3” ANSI, DIN 65 PN10, JIS 10K 3B ETFE Flange 7ML1830-1BU
Temperature compensation Compensated by integral temper- adapter for 2” BSP
ature sensor
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Rated operating conditions
Pressure Normal atmospheric pressure
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 to +60 °C (-5 to +140 °F)
(ATEX approved model)
-40 to +73 °C (-40 to +163 °C)
(CSA and FM approved model)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/95

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
ST-H

■ Dimensional drawings

5 ST-H ultrasonic transducer dimensions

■ Schematics

ST-H ultrasonic transducer connections

5/96 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XRS-5

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Mode of operation
Measuring principle Ultrasonic transducer
Input
Measuring range 0.3 to 8 m (1 to 26 ft), dependent
on application
Output
Frequency 44 kHz
Beam angle 10°
Accuracy
Temperature error Compensated by integral temper-
ature sensor
Rated operating conditions
Vessel pressure Normal atmospheric pressure
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 to +65 °C (-5 to +149° F)
Echomax® XRS-5 ultrasonic transducer provides reliable, con- Design
tinuous level monitoring of liquids and slurries in narrow lift sta-
tions/wet wells, flumes, weirs and filter beds using a beam angle
of just 10° and a CSM rubber face.
Weight (Approximate shipping
weight of sensor with standard
1.2 kg (2.6 lbs) 5
cable length.)

■ Benefits Material (enclosure) PVDF copolymer enclosure and

CSM face
• Narrow beam angle of only 10°
Process Connection 1" NPT or 1" BSP
• Chemically resistant PVDF copolymer enclosure and CSM
Degree of protection IP68
rubber face
• Measuring range: 8 m (26 ft) for measurement of liquids and Cable connection 2-core shielded/twisted, 0.5 mm²
(20 AWG), PVC sheath
slurries.
• Fully submersible: IP68 degree of protection Cable (max. length) • 365 m (1200 ft) with RG 62 A/U
coaxial cable
• Easy installation with 1" NPT or 1" BSP connection • 365 m (1200 ft) with 2-core twist-
ed pair, foil shield, 0.5 mm2
■ Application (20 AWG), PVC sheath, only for
SITRANS LUC500,
It is non-contacting with a measuring range from 0.3 to 8 m (1 to MultiRanger 100/200
26 ft). Advanced echo processing ensures reliable data even in Options
conditions with obstructions, turbulence and foam.
Flange version Factory flange with PTFE face for
The pre-molded, hermetically sealed rubber face and the PVDF ANSI, DIN or JIS configuration
copolymer enclosure are designed for maximum resistance to Flange adapter Split flange (field mounting) for
methane, salt water, caustics and harsh chemicals common to ANSI, DIN or JIS configuration
wastewater installations. With an IP68 degree of protection, this
rugged sensor is fully submersible in the event of flood condi- Submergence shield For applications with flooding
possible
tions. Use a submergence shield if full submergence is possible
in the application. A submergence shield will maintain a high Certificates and approvals CE (EMC certificate available on
level reading output during submerged conditions. request), CSA Class I Div. 2, FM
Class I, CENELEC, ATEX II 2G,
The low-cost XRS-5 transducer is compatible with a full range of SAA Ex s Class I and Practice A
Siemens Milltronics transceivers, from a basic system for
high/low alarm or dual pump control, up to advanced control
systems with communications, telemetry and SCADA integration
capabilities.
• Key Applications: wet wells, flumes, weirs, filter beds

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/97

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XRS-5

Selection and Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimensional drawings

Echomax XRS-5 transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 0 6 -
Provides reliable, continuous level monitoring of 7777 0 - 0 7
liquids and slurries in narrow lift stations/wet wells,
flumes, weirs and filter beds
measuring range: min. 0.3 m, max. 8 m
Process connection
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 1
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 2
Cable length
5m A
10 m B
30 m C
Facing
Standard A
PTFE (flange versions) B
Approvals
FM Class I, ATEX II 2G, CSA Class I Div. 2, SAA 2
Class I
Mounting flange (flush mount)
None A
3" ANSI, 150 lbs B
5 4" ANSI, 150 lbs
6" ANSI, 150 lbs
C
D
DN 80, PN 10/16 J
DN 100, PN 10/16 K
DN 150, PN 10/16 L
JIS10K 3B style Q
JIS10K 4B style R
JIS10K 6B style S
Instruction manual
Quick Start Manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QT81
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick Start
Manual is included with every transducer.
C) 7ML1998-5HV61
Applications Guidelines, multi-language
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
ordered as a separate line item on the order.
Accessories
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
Submergence shield kit 7ML1830-1BH
Easy Aimer II, NPT with 3/4" x 1" PVC coupling 7ML1830-1AQ
Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
Easy Aimer 304, with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 1½" 7ML1830-1GN
BSP 304 SS couplings
FMS-200 Universal Box Bracket, Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK
FMS-210 Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BL
FMS-220 Extended Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BM
FMS-310 Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BN
FMS-320 Extended Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BP
FMS-350 Bridge Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BQ
(See Mounting Brackets on page 5/114 for more
information)
1” NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DS
1" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DR
Split flanges
3", Aluminum 7ML1830-1AV
3", 304 Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1AW
Gasket Kit 3" PBD-61007151
4", Aluminum C) 7ML1830-1BA
4", 304 Stainless Steel C) 7ML1830-1BB
Gasket Kit 4" PBD-61007152
6", Aluminum 7ML1830-1BC
6", 304 Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1BD
Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153
Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

XRS-5 ultrasonic transducer dimensions

5/98 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XRS-5

■ Schematics

XRS-5 ultrasonic transducer connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/99

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

■ Overview

Echomax XPS/XCT transducers use ultrasonic technology to

5 measure level in a wide range of liquids and solids.

■ Benefits
• Integral temperature compensation
• Low ringing effect reduces blanking distance
• Foam facing for dusty applications
• Self-cleaning and low-maintenance
• Connect using only 2 wires
• Chemically resistant
• Hermetically sealed

■ Application
The transducers can be fully immersed, are resistant to steam
and corrosive chemicals and can be installed without flanges.
The XPS series offers versions for various measuring ranges up
to 40 m (130 ft) and up to a max. temperature of 95 °C (203 °F).
The XCT series can be used in applications at higher tempera-
tures to measure level up to a distance of 12 m (40 ft) and at a
max. temperature of 145 °C (293 °F).
During operation, the Echomax transducers emit acoustic
pulses in a narrow beam. The level monitor measures the prop-
agation time between pulse emission and its reflection (echo) to
calculate the distance.

5/100 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

■ Technical specifications
Input XPS-10 (standard XPS-15 (standard XPS-30 XPS-40 XCT-8 (standard XCT-12
and F models) and F models) and sanitary mod-
els)
Measuring range 0.3 to 10 m Standard: 0.6 to 30 m 0.9 to 40 m 0.6 to 8 m 0.6 to 12 m
(1 to 33 ft) 0.3 to 15 m (2 to 100 ft) (3 to 130 ft) (2 to 26 ft) (2 to 40 ft)
(1 to 50 ft)
F: 0.45 to 15 m
(1.5 to 50 ft)
Output
Frequency 44 kHz 44 kHz 30 kHz 22 kHz 44 kHz 44 kHz
Beam angle 12° 6° 6° 6° 12° 6°
Environmental
Location Indoors/outdoors
Ambient tempera- -40 to +95 °C (-40 to +203 °F) standard: -40 to +145 °C
ture -40 to +145 °C (-40 to +293 °F)
(-40 to +293 °F)
sanitary:
-40 to +125 °C

Pollution degree 4
(-40 to +260 °F)
5
Pressure 8 bar (120 psi) 8 bar (120 psi) 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) 4 bar (60 psi): -40 to +138 °C
(-40 to +280 °F)
8 bar (120 psi): -40 to +95 °C
(-40 to +203 °F
Sanitary XCT-8: 0.5 bar (7.25 psi)
Design
Weight 0.8 kg 1.3 kg (2.8 lbs) 4.3 kg 8 kg 0.8 kg 1.3 kg
(1.8 lbs) F: 2 kg (4.4 lbs) (9.5 lbs) (18 lbs) (1.7 lbs) (2.8 lbs)
Power supply Operation of transducer only with approved Siemens Milltronics controllers
Material Standard, F: PVDF Standard, F: PVDF PVDF PVDF Standard: PVDF
Option: PTFE face Option: PTFE face Option: PTFE face Option: PTFE face with universal flange
with flange with flange with flange
Color Standard: blue Standard: blue blue blue white
F: gray F: gray
Process Standard: 1" NPT or Standard: 1" NPT or 1.5" universal thread (NPT or BSP) 1" NPT or 1" BSP
connection 1" BSP, F: 1" NPT 1" BSP, F: 1" NPT

Cable 2 wire twisted pair/braided and foil shielded 0.5 mm² (20 AWG) PVC jacket 2 wire twisted pair/braided and foil
shielded 0.5 mm² (20 AWG) silicone
jacket
Separation Max. 365 m (1200 ft)
Certificates and Standard: CE, CSA, Standard: CE, CSA, CE, CSA, FM, CE, CSA, FM, ATEX Standard: CE, CSA, CE, CSA, FM, ATEX
approvals FM, ATEX II 2G FM, ATEX II 2G ATEX II 2G 1D II 2G 1D FM, ATEX II 2G II 2G
F: FM Class I, Div 1, F: FM Class I, Div 1, Sanitary: CSA, 3A
Groups A, B, C and Groups A, B, C and
D, Class II Div 1, D, Class II Div 1,
Groups E, F and G, Groups E, F and G,
Class III Class III

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/101

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Echomax XPS-10 ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 1 5 - Instruction manual
Two-wire connection (hardware), integral tempera- 7777 0 Quick Start Manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QM82
ture sensor, measuring range: min.0.30 m, Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick Start
max.10 m Manual is included with every transducer.
Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61
Mounting thread and facing Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 0 ordered as a separate line item on the order.
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) with foam facing, 1
not available with flanged versions Accessories
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) with PTFE facing, 2 Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
available for flanged versions only 1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
Submergence shield kit 7ML1830-1BH
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 3 Easy Aimer II, NPT with 3/4" x 1" PVC coupling 7ML1830-1AQ
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) with foam facing, not avail- 4
able with flanged versions Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) with PTFE facing, available 5 and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
for flanged versions only Easy Aimer 304, with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 7ML1830-1GN
Cable length 1½" BSP 304 SS couplings
5m B
10 m C Universal Box Bracket, Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK
30 m E Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BL
Extended Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BM
50 m F
5 100 m
Mounting flange
K Channel Bracket, Floor Mount
Extended Channel Bracket, Floor Mount
7ML1830-1BN
7ML1830-1BP
Bridge Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BQ
None A (See Mounting Brackets on page 5/114 for more
3" ANSI, 150 lbs C information)
4" ANSI, 150 lbs D 1” NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DS
6" ANSI, 150 lbs E 1" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DR
8" ANSI, 150 lbs F Split flanges
DN 80, PN 10/16 G 3", Aluminum 7ML1830-1AV
DN 100, PN 10/16 J 3", 304 Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1AW
DN 150, PN 10/16 L Gasket Kit 3" PBD-61007151
JIS10K3B Style M 4", Aluminum C) 7ML1830-1BA
JIS10K4B Style P 4", 304 Stainless Steel C) 7ML1830-1BB
JIS10K6B Style R Gasket Kit 4" PBD-61007152
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5 6", Aluminum 7ML1830-1BC
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) 6", 304 Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1BD
Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153
Approvals
ATEX II 2 GD, FM Class I Div. 2, SAA Class I 3 Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01
Zone 1
1) Valid with mounting thread and facing options 0, 1 and 2 only.
CSA Class I Div. 11) 4
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/102 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

Ordering data Order No.

Echomax XPS-10F ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 7 0 -
Two-wire connection (hardware), integral tempera- 7777 0
ture sensor, measuring range: min.0.30 m,
max.10 m
Mounting thread and facing
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 1
Cable length
5m B
10 m C
30 m D
50 m E
100 m F
Mounting flange, flush mount
None A
3" ANSI, 150 lbs B
4" ANSI, 150 lbs C
6" ANSI, 150 lbs D
8" ANSI , 150 lbs E
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) 5
Approvals
FM Class I Div. 1 1
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-1DU01
Note: The Instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item on the order.
Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
ordered as a separate line item on the order.
Accessories
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
Submergence shield kit 7ML1830-1BH
Easy Aimer II, NPT with 3/4" x 1" PVC coupling 7ML1830-1AQ
Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
Easy Aimer 304, with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 7ML1830-1GN
1½" BSP 304 SS couplings
Universal Box Bracket, Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK
Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BL
Extended Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BM
Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BN
Extended Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BP
Bridge Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BQ
(See Mounting Brackets on page 5/114 for more
information)
1” NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DS
1" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DR
Split flanges
3", Aluminum 7ML1830-1AV
3", 304 Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1AW
Gasket Kit 3" PBD-61007151
4", Aluminum C) 7ML1830-1BA
4", 304 Stainless Steel C) 7ML1830-1BB
Gasket Kit 4" PBD-61007152
6", Aluminum 7ML1830-1BC
6", 304 Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1BD
Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153
Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/103

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Echomax XPS-15 ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 1 8 - Echomax XPS-15F ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 7 1 -
Two-wire connection (hardware), integral tempera- Two-wire connection (hardware), integral tempera-
7777 0 7777 0
ture sensor, measuring range: min 0.3 m, ture sensor, measuring range: min. 0.3 m,
max. 15 m max. 15 m
Mounting thread and facing Mounting thread and facing
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 0 1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 1
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) with foam facing, 1 Cable length
not available with flanged versions
5m B
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) with PTFE facing, 2
available for flanged versions only 10 m C
30 m D
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 3
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) with foam facing, not avail- 4 50 m E
able with flanged versions 100 m F
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) with PTFE facing, available 5 Mounting flange, flush mount
for flanged versions only None A
Cable length 6" ANSI, 150lb B
5m B 8" ANSI, 150lb C
10 m C (Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
30 m E sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5,
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)
50 m F
Approvals
5 100 m
Mounting flange
K
FM Class I Div. 1 1
None A Instruction manual
6" ANSI, 150lb D English C) 7ML1998-1DU01
8" ANSI, 150lb E Note: The Instruction manual should be ordered
as a separate line item on the order.
DN 150, PN 10/16 J Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61
DN 200, PN 10/16 K Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
JIS10K 6B N ordered as a separate line item on the order.
JIS10K 8B P Accessories
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5 1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) Submergence Shield Kit 7ML1830-1BJ
Approvals Universal Box Bracket, Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK
ATEX II 2 GD, FM Class I Div. 2, SAA Class I Zone 1 3 Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BL
CSA Class I Div. 1 4 Extended Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BM
Instruction manual Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BN
Quick Start Manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QM82 Extended Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BP
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick Start Bridge Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BQ
Manual is included with every transducer. (See Mounting Brackets on page 5/114 for more
Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61 information)
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be 1” NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DS
ordered as a separate line item on the order.
1" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DR
Accessories
Easy Aimer II, with PVC coupling 7ML1830-1AQ
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
Submergence Shield Kit 7ML1830-1BJ
Universal Box Bracket, Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK Easy Aimer 304 with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 7ML1830-1GN
Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BL 1½" BSP 304 SS couplings
Extended Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BM Split Flanges 6" Aluminum 7ML1830-1BE
Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BN
Split Flanges 6" Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1BF
Extended Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BP Split Flanges Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153
Bridge Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BQ Split Flanges Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01
(See Mounting Brackets on page 5/114 for more
information) C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
1” NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DS
1" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DR
Easy Aimer II, with PVC coupling 7ML1830-1AQ
Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
Easy Aimer 304 with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 7ML1830-1GN
1½" BSP 304 SS couplings
Split flanges
Split Flanges 6" Aluminum 7ML1830-1BE
Split Flanges 6" Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1BF
Split Flanges Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153
Split Flanges Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01

5/104 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Echomax XPS-30 ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 2 3 - Echomax XPS-40 ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 2 7 -
Two-wire connection (hardware), integral tempera- Two-wire connection (hardware), integral tempera- 7777 0
7777 0
ture sensor, measuring range: min. 0.6 m, ture sensor, measuring range: min. 0.9 m,
max. 30 m max. 40 m
Mounting thread and facing Mounting thread and facing
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1)/NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 0 1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1)/NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 0
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1)/NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), 1 1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1)/NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), 1
foam facing, not available with flanged versions foam facing
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1)/NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), 2 Cable length
PTFE facing, available for flanged versions only 5m B
Cable length 10 m C
5m B 30 m E
10 m C 50 m F
100 m K
30 m E
50 m F Mounting flange
100 m K None A

Mounting flange Approvals

ATEX II 2G 1D, FM Class I Div 2, SAA 5
None A
Flange 6" ANSI D Instruction manual
Flange 8" ANSI E Quick Start Manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QM82

Flange DN 150, PN 10/16 J

Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick Start
Manual is included with every transducer. 5
Flange DN 200, PN 10/16 K Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
Flange JIS10K 6B N
ordered as a separate line item on the order.
Flange JIS10K 8B P
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- Accessories
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5 Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) 1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
1½" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DP
Approvals
Easy Aimer II NPT 1½" Galvanized 7ML1830-1AN
ATEX II 2G 1D, FM Class I Div 2, SAA 5
Easy Aimer II NPT 1½" with Stainless Steel coupling 7ML1830-1AT
Instruction manual Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
Quick Start Manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QM82 and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick Start Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 7ML1830-1GN
Manual is included with every transducer. 1½" BSP 304 SS couplings
Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
ordered as a separate line item on the order.
Accessories
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
1½" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DP
Easy Aimer II NPT 1½" Galvanized 7ML1830-1AN
Easy Aimer II NPT 1½" with Stainless Steel coupling 7ML1830-1AT
Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 7ML1830-1GN
1½" BSP 304 SS couplings
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/105

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Echomax XCT-8 ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 3 2 - Instruction manual
Two-wire connection (hardware), integral tempera- Quick start manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QM82
7777 0
ture sensor, measuring range: min. 0.45 m, Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick start
max. 8 m manual is included with every transducer.
Mounting thread and facing XCT-8 with Sanitary Flange, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HX61
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 0 Note: This manual should be ordered as a separate
line item with Mounting Option V.
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), PTFE facing (only for 1
flange versions S, T, U and V) Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 2 ordered as a separate line item on the order.
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1), PTFE facing (only for flange 3 Accessories
versions S, T, U and V)
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
Cable length 1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
1m A Submersible Hood 7ML1830-1BH
5m B Universal Box Bracket, Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK
10 m C Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BL
30 m E Extended Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BM
50 m F Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BN
100 m K Extended Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BP
Mounting flange Bridge Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BQ
None A (See Mounting Brackets on page 5/114 for more
5 3" ANSI, 150lb
4" ANSI, 150lb
C
D
information)
1” NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DS
6" ANSI, 150lb E 1" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DR
DN 80, PN 10/16 G Easy Aimer 304 with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU
DN 100, PN 10/16 J Sanitary, 4" mounting clamp 7ML1830-1BR
DN 150, PN 10/16 L Sanitary, isolating gasket 7ML1830-1KC

JIS10K 3B M Split flanges

JIS10K 6B P 3", Aluminum 7ML1830-1AV
JIS10K 4B R 3", 304 Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1AW
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- Gasket Kit 3" PBD-61007151
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5 4", Aluminum C) 7ML1830-1BA
or EN 1092-1 or JIS B 2238 standard.)
4", 304 Stainless Steel C) 7ML1830-1BB
3" universal1) S
Gasket Kit 4" PBD-61007152
4" universal2) T
6", Aluminum 7ML1830-1BC
6" universal3) U
6", 304 Stainless Steel 7ML1830-1BD
4” sanitary flange V
Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153
Approvals
Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01
ATEX II 2G, FM Class I, Div. 2, SAA 4
CSA Class I Div. 1, available with mounting thread 5 C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
and facing option 0 1) Universal fits 3" ANSI, DN80, JIS 10K3B style
3A Sanitary (only with 4” sanitary flange, option V) 6 2) Universal fits 4" ANSI, DN100, JIS 10K4B style
3) Universal fits 6" ANSI, DN150, JIS 10K6B style

5/106 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

Selection and Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimensional drawings

Echomax XCT-12 ultrasonic transducer C) 7 M L 1 1 3 6 -
Two-wire connection (hardware), integral tempera-
7777 0
ture sensor, measuring range: min. 0.45 m,
max.12 m
Mounting thread and facing
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) 0
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), PTFE facing, avail- 1
able for flange options U only
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) 2
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1), PTFE facing, available for 3
flange options U only
Cable length
1m A
5m B
10 m C
30 m E
50 m F
100 m K
Mounting flange
None
6" ANSI, 150 lbs
A
D 5
8" ANSI, 150 lbs E
DN 150, PN 10/16 J
DN 200, PN 10/16 K
JIS10K 6B N
JIS10K 8B P
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5
or EN 1092-1 or JIS B 2238 standard.)
6" universal for 6" ANSI, DIN 150 or JIS 10K6B style U
Approvals
ATEX II 2G, FM Class I, Div. 2, SAA 3
CSA Class I, Div. 1, available with process connec- 4
tion and facing option 0 or 2 only XPS and XCT ultrasonic transducer dimensions
Instruction manual Version
Quick Start Manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QM82
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick Start Dimen. XPS-10 XPS-15 XPS-30 XPS-40
Manual is included with every transducer. A 88 mm 121 mm 175 mm 206 mm
Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61 (3.464") (4.764") (6.890“) (8.110")
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
ordered as a separate line item on the order. B 122 mm 132 mm 198 mm 229 mm
(4.803") (5.197") (7.795") (9.016")
Accessories
C According to ANSI, DIN and JIS n/a
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors D 128 mm 138 mm 204 mm n/a
Submergence Shield Kit 7ML1830-1BJ (5.039") (5.433") (8.031")
Universal Box Bracket, Mounting Kit 7ML1830-1BK E 124 mm 158 mm n/a n/a
(4.882") (6.220")
Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BL
Extended Channel Bracket, Wall Mount 7ML1830-1BM F 152 mm 198 mm n/a n/a
Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BN (5.984") (7.795")

Extended Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BP J 28 mm (1.1") 28 mm (1.1") 28 mm (1.1") 28 mm (1.1")
Bridge Channel Bracket, Floor Mount 7ML1830-1BQ
(See Mounting Brackets on page 5/114 for more Version
information)
Dimen. XCT-8 XCT-12
1” NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DS
A 88 mm(3.464") 121 mm (4.764")
1" BSP locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DR
Easy Aimer 304 with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU B 122 mm (4.803") 132 mm (5.197")
Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX C According to ANSI, DIN and JIS
and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
D 128 mm (5.039") 138 mm(5.433")
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 7ML1830-1GN
1½" BSP 304 SS couplings E n/a n/a
Split Flanges 6" Aluminum 7ML1830-1BE F n/a n/a
Split Flanges 6" Stainless Steel C) 7ML1830-1BF
G sanitary version: n/a
Split Flanges Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153 119 mm (4.68”)
Split Flanges Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01 H sanitary version: n/a
122 mm (4.8”)
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Refer to page 5/113 for split flanges for XCT-12/XPS-15 trans- J 28 mm (1.1") 28 mm (1.1")
ducers.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/107

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT

■ Schematics

XPS and XCT ultrasonic sensor connections

5/108 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XLT

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Mode of operation
Measuring principle Ultrasonic transducer
Input
Measuring range
• XLT-30 0.9 to 30 m (1.8 to 60 ft)
• XLT-60 1.8 to 60 m (6 to 200 ft)
Output
• Frequency
- XLT-30 22 kHz
- XLT-60 13 kHz
• Beam angle 1) 5°
Accuracy
Temperature error Compensated by transducers
internal temperature sensor
Rated operating conditions
Echomax® XLT transducers use ultrasonic technology to mea-
sure level in a wide range of bulk solids. Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
5
■ Benefits - XLT-30 and XLT-60 -40 to +150 °C (-40 to +300 °F)
• Sealed aluminum face Design
• Integral temperature sensor • Weight
• Self-cleaning and low maintenance
- XLT-30 4.3 kg (9.5 lbs)
• Connect using only two wires
- XLT-60 6.6 kg (14.5 lbs)
• Easy to install
• Material (enclosure) Aluminium, 304 stainless steel,
polyester and silicone
■ Application • Color
XLT transducers operate with a Siemens Milltronics transceiver - XLT-30 and XLT-60 Red
in measuring ranges from 0.9 to 60 m (1.8 to 200 ft) and temper-
atures up to 150 °C (300 °F). A beam angle of just 5° provides Mounting 1" NPT
accurate readings in deep, narrow tanks. • Cable connection 2-core shielded/twisted, 0.5 mm2
(20 AWG), silicone sheath
With increased signal sensitivity, the XLT transducers from
Siemens Milltronics can operate in difficult applications such as • Cable (max. length) 365 m (1200 ft) with RG 62 AU
limestone, cement clinker and hot stone. All models have a coaxial cable
sealed aluminum face to withstand very harsh environments. • Certificates and approvals CE (EMC certificate available on
request), CSANRTL/C, FM, ATEX II
During operation, Echomax transducers emit acoustic pulses in 2G 1D T5
a narrow beam. The level transceiver measures the propagation
time between pulse emission and reception of the echo to calcu- 1) Definition of beam width: twice the angle at which the off-axis transmis-
late the distance from the transducer to the material. Tempera- sion is 3 dB less than the acoustic pressure level of the transmission axis
(as measured equidistant from the sensor face).
ture variations are automatically compensated by the integral
temperature sensor.
• Key Applications: bulk solids including limestone, cement
clinker, hot stone and coal bunkers

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/109

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XLT

Selection and Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimensional drawings

Echomax XLT-30, XLT-60, ultrasonic transducer
Two-wire connection, integral temperature sensor,
measuring range: min. 0.90 m, max. 30 m
XLT-30: C) 7 M L 1 1 4 1 -
XLT-60: C) 7 M L 1 1 4 5 -
77 E7 0
Facing (standard)
XLT-301) 0
XLT-60 1
XLT-30, nylon2) 2
XLT-60, nylon 3
Cable length
1m A
5m B
10 m C
20 m D
30 m E
50 m F
5 70 m
80 m
G
H
90 m J
100 m K
Approvals
ATEX II 2G 1D, CSA Class I Div. 1, FM Class I 3
Div. 2, CE 97
Instruction manual
Quick start manual, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QS81
Note: Due to ATEX regulations, one Quick start
manual is included with every transducer.
Applications Guidelines, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HV61
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
ordered as a separate line item on the order.
Accessories
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x PBD-45000787
1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
Easy Aimer II, NPT 1" Galvanized 7ML1830-1AP
Easy Aimer 304 with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer II, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings

1) 1" with XLT-60, XLT-30

2) 3" with XLT-60
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99

XLT ultrasonic transducer dimensions

■ Schematics

XLT ultrasonic transducer connections

5/110 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Accessories for ultrasonic
EA aiming devices

■ Application
EA 304 aiming device
The Easy Aimer 304 flange is a stainless steel aiming device for
alignment of Siemens Milltronics ultrasonic transducers used for
level measurement of bulk solids.
The sensor must be mounted aimed towards the low level draw
point in the silo. The sensor can be rotated through 360° and an-
gled at 0 to 27° off vertical. It must be mounted using an access
plate with welded studs or a flange in order to isolate the mount-
ing holes from the pressurized environment. When installed
properly, the EA 304 aiming device is capable of withstanding
pressures up to 0.5 bar (Europe) or 15 psi (North America). It
can even be used in corrosive and aggressive environments.
■ Application
EA - 2 aiming device
The Easy Aimer-2 flange is a cast aluminum aiming device for
alignment of Siemens Milltronics ultrasonic transducers.
The flange has graduated adjustments and an adjustable inser-
tion length. When used for applications with bulk solids, the sen-
sor is mounted so that it is aimed towards the lower level draw
point in the silo. The sensor can be rotated through 360° and an-
gled at 0 to 20° off vertical. It must be mounted using an access
plate with welded studs or a flange in order to isolate the mount-
ing holes from the pressurized environment. When installed
properly, the EA-2 aiming device is capable of withstanding
pressures up to 0.5 bar (Europe) or 15 psi (North America). It
can even be used in corrosive and aggressive environments.

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Dimensional drawings

1” NPT or BSP

3/4” NPT or BSP conduit x

300 mm (12”) long
5
170 mm clamping plate locknut
(6.7”) (upper socket)
mounting block angle block
(lower socket) conduit gland
10 mm
(0.38”)
customer gasket
(as required) sighting block
76 mm (3”)
nominal
127 mm 16 mm
(5”) Ø customer mounting (0.63”) mounting block
135 mm plate (as required)
(5.3”) typical
nominal customer gasket
(as required)
coupling/adapter

customer mounting
127 mm (5”) plate (as required)
Siemens Milltronics Ø typical
transducer (typical)

coupling /
adapter

Siemens Milltronics
transducer (typical)
max. 27°
max 20°

mounting hole - 3 places

11 mm (7/16”) on 157 mm mounting hole - 3 places
(6.2” ) bolt center diameter to suit M8 or 3/8”,
clamping screw (3 places) 120° apart on 157 mm
(6.2”) bolt center diameter

ground screw angle block binding

screw and clamp
sighting block binding
screw and clamp

178 mm
(7”)
ground screw
178 mm
(7.0”)

EA 304 aiming device dimensions EA-2 aiming device dimensions

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/111

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Accessories for ultrasonic
EA aiming devices

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Easy aimer
Easy Aimer-2, Aluminum, BSP conduit 7ML1830-1AL
Easy Aimer-2, Aluminum, without conduit 7ML1830-1AM
Easy Aimer-2, Aluminum, NPT with 1½" galvanized 7ML1830-1AN
coupling 1)
Easy Aimer-2, Aluminum, NPT with 1" galvanized 7ML1830-1AP
coupling
Easy Aimer-2, Aluminum, NPT with 3/4" x 1" PVC 7ML1830-1AQ
coupling
Easy Aimer-2, Aluminum with M20 adapter and 1" 7ML1830-1AX
and 1½" BSP aluminum couplings
Easy Aimer 304, BSP conduit 7ML1830-1AS
Easy Aimer 304, NPT with 1½" coupling 1) 7ML1830-1AT
Easy Aimer 304, NPT with 1" coupling 7ML1830-1AU
Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and 7ML1830-1GN
1½" BSP 304 SS couplings
Easy Aimer 2 and 304 Instruction manual, Multi-lan- 7ML1998-5HG62
guage
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item on the order.

5 1) For use with XPS-30 or XPS-40 transducers only.

5/112 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Accessories for ultrasonic
Split flanges

■ Application Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Split flange for XPS-10/XCT-8 sensors
The split flanges are available in aluminum or stainless steel for
For standard size DN 80/PN 10, 3" ANSI,
mounting Siemens Milltronics Echomax transducers on a JIS 10K 3B
flanged standpipe. The split flanges are available in three sizes
• Aluminum 7ML1830-1AV
matched to ANSI, DIN and JIS standard dimensions.
• Stainless steel 7ML1830-1AW

■ Technical specifications
• Gasket Kit 3" PBD-61007151
For standard size DN 100, PN 10/16, 4" ANSI,
Nominal size 75 mm 100 mm 150 mm JIS 10K 4B
• Aluminum 7ML1830-1BA
Mating dimensions
• Stainless steel 7ML1830-1BB
ANSI 3" ANSI 4" ANSI 6" ANSI • Gasket Kit 4" PBD-61007152
DIN DN 80 to PN 10 DN 100 to DN 150 to For standard size DN 150, PN 10/16, 6" ANSI,
PN 10/16 PN 10/16 JIS 10K 6B
JIS 10K-3B 10K-4B 10K-6B • Aluminum 7ML1830-1BC
Ext. diameter 200 mm (7.87") 230 mm (9.06") 280 mm • Stainless steel 7ML1830-1BD
(assembly) (11.02") • Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153
Transducer XCT-8, XPS-10, XCT-8, XPS-10, XCT-8, XPS- Split Flanges Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01
XRS-5 XRS-5 10/10F, XCT-12, Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
XPS-15/15F, as a separate line item on the order.
XRS-5
Bolt circle diam- 155 mm (6.10")
eter
175 mm (6.89") 241 mm (9.49")
Split flange for XCT-12/XPS-15 sensors
For standard size DN 150, PN 10/16, 6" ANSI,
JIS 10K 6B
5
Bolt hole 22 x 27 mm 22 x 35 mm 22 mm (0.87") • Aluminum 7ML1830-1BE
(0.87 x 1.06") (0.87 x 1.38") • Stainless steel 7ML1830-1BF
Pressure 0.5 bar (Europe), 15 psi (North America) • Split Flanges Gasket Kit 6" PBD-61007153
Temperature Dependent on sensor limits Split Flanges Instruction manual 7ML1998-1EP01
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item on the order.

■ Dimensional drawings
bolt circle diameter

O-ring

20 mm (0.79")

split
flange

customer
standpipe
and gasket

Split flange

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/113

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Accessories for ultrasonic
FMS mounting brackets

■ Application ■ Integration
Siemens Milltronics mounting brackets permit simple, fast instal-
lation of ultrasonic transducers. These rugged, high quality
mounting brackets are constructed of 304 (1.4301) stainless FMS-200
steel and are suitable for use indoors and outdoors. They adjust Universal Box Bracket
to fit almost any application, saving you the time and expense of
building custom brackets. Each kit includes all mounting parts.
FMS-200
universal box bracket system
Mounting of units with 1" or 2" threaded connection.
Distance from sensor to wall or beam: 20 to 31 cm (8 to 12").
The unique box design also acts as a sun shield for transducers
with 1" threaded connections.
FMS-210
wall mounting set FMS-210
Channel Bracket,
Mounting of transducers with 1" threaded connection. Wall Mount

Distance from transducer to wall or beam: 12 to 48 cm (5 to 19").

5 FMS-220
extended wall mounting set
Mounting of transducers with 1" threaded connection.
Distance from transducer to wall or beam: 32 to 98 cm (13 to
39"). FMS-220
FMS-310 Extended Channel Bracket,
Wall Mount
floor mounting set
Mounting of transducers with 1" threaded connection.
Distance from transducer to floor: 20 to 48 cm (8 to 19").
Distance from mounting support: 5 to 57 cm (2 to 22").
FMS-320
extended floor mounting set
Mounting of transducers with 1" threaded connection. FMS-310
Channel Bracket,
Distance from transducer to floor: 20 to 48 cm (8 to 19").
Floor Mount
Distance from mounting support: 41 to 108 cm (16 to 43").
FMS-350
floor mounting set, bridge
Mounting of transducers with 1" threaded connection.
Distance from transducer to floor: 20 to 48 cm (8 to 19"), any-
where along the complete width of the bridge (166 cm/65").
This kit is particularly suitable for measurements on open chan-
nels (OCM) by providing a very stable mount for the transducer FMS-320
above a flume or weir. Extended Channel Bracket,
Floor Mount
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Mounting brackets for XPS-10/XCT-8 sensors
FMS-200 universal box bracket set 7ML1830-1BK
FMS-210 wall mounting set 7ML1830-1BL
FMS-220 extended wall mounting set 7ML1830-1BM
FMS-310 floor mounting set 7ML1830-1BN
FMS-320 extended floor mounting set 7ML1830-1BP
FMS-350 floor mounting set, bridge 7ML1830-1BQ
Additional instruction manual
FMS-200 7ML1998-1BK61 FMS-350
FMS-210 7ML1998-1BL61 Bridge Channel Bracket,
FMS-220 7ML1998-1BM61 Floor Mount
FMS-310 7ML1998-1BN61
FMS-320 7ML1998-1BP61
FMS-350 7ML1998-1BQ61
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item on the order. FMS mounting brackets

5/114 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Accessories for ultrasonic
TS-3 temperature sensor

■ Overview ■ Design

Clearance

conduit (supplied by others)

coupling (supplied by others)

TS-3
The TS-3 temperature sensor provides an input signal for tem-
perature compensation of specific Siemens Milltronics ultrasonic
level controllers. plate or wall

■ Benefits
• Chemically resistant ETFE enclosure
• Fast response time locknut (supplied by others)
• Approved for use in potentially explosive atmospheres Note: Clearance Hole /
5
Locknut Installation
■ Application method is not suitable
for pressure applications.
Temperature compensation is essential in applications where
temperature variations of the sound medium are expected.
By installing the temperature sensor close to the sound path of
the associated ultrasonic transducer, a signal representative of Tapped
the sound medium’s ambient temperature is obtained. The tem-
perature sensor should not be mounted in direct sunlight.
The TS-3 is used in conjunction with ultrasonic transducers that
do not have an integral temperature sensor. It is also recom-
mended in cases where the integral temperature sensor of the
transducer cannot be used.
The following conditions are typical for use of the TS-3 sensor:
where a fast reaction to temperature variations is required, where
a flanged ultrasonic transducer is used, or where high tempera-
tures are encountered.
The TS-3 is not compatible with devices using the TS-2 or LTS-1 flange or wall
temperature sensors. Refer to the associated transceiver man-
ual for more details.
• Key Applications: For use in applications where temperature
sensor measurement from transducer does not accurately
represent vessel temperature. Used for applications requiring
quick temperature response (open channel monitoring).

TS-3 temperature sensor

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/115

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Accessories for ultrasonic
TS-3 temperature sensor

■ Technical specifications ■ Dimensional drawings

Mode of operation
Measuring principle Temperature sensor
Siemens Milltronics instrument
Input
Measuring range -40 to +150 °C (-40 to + 302 °F)
Output cable
Response time
• Forced circulation (temperature 55 seconds
variation: 63%) connect direct or via customer junction box
• Flange, forced circulation 90 seconds 136 mm
• Natural convection 150 seconds 15 mm 20 mm 15 mm (5.4”)
(0.6”) (0.8”) (0.6”) 76 mm
Rated operating conditions (3.0”)
• Installation instructions Mounted indoors/outdoors, but
not exposed to direct sunlight
• Pressure Max. 4 bar (60 psi/400 kPa)
3/4” NPT or BSP
Design (2 places)
hex hub
Material (enclosure) ETFE1)
5 Cable connection 2-core, 0.5 mm² (20 AWG),
shielded, silicone sheath
27 mm (1 1/16”)

Process connection ¾“ NPT or ¾“ BSP, totally encap-

sulated TS-3 temperature sensor dimensions
Certificates and approvals CE, FM, CSA, ATEX
1) ETFE is a fluoropolymer inert to most chemicals. For exposure to specific
environments, check the chemical compatibility charts before installing
the TS-3 in your application.

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

TS-3 temperature sensor C) 7 M L 1 8 1 3 -
Provides an input signal for temperature compen- 77B7
sation of specific Siemens Milltronics ultrasonic
level controllers
Cable length
1m 1
5m 2
10 m 3
30 m 4
50 m 5
70 m 6
90 m 7
Process connection
¾" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A
¾" BSPT (EN 10226-1) B
Approvals
ATEX, CSA, FM, SAA 2
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-1EM01
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item on the order.
Optional equipment
¾” NPT locknut, aluminum C) PBD-22850022
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm PBD-45000787
(0.47 x 1.77") for fastening on sensors
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/116 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


■ Overview
Introduction
Radar measurement technology is non-contacting and low
maintenance. Because microwaves require no carrier medium,
they are virtually unaffected by the process atmosphere (vapour,
pressure, dust or temperature extremes). Siemens Milltronics
offers a choice of models to meet the specific needs of your ap-
plication.
SITRANS Probe LR is a 2-wire loop powered compact radar level
transmitter for level/volume monitoring of liquids and slurries in
storage and simple process vessels.
SITRANS LR 200 is a 2-wire loop powered pulse radar level
transmitter for liquid bulk storage or process vessels.
SITRANS LR 300 is a four-wire pulse radar level transmitter for
measurement of liquds and slurries in process vessels and
extreme or hazardous process conditions.
SITRANS LR 400 is a long-range FMCW radar level transmitter
for solids and liquids storage. It is ideal for measuring through
extreme dust or low dielectric liquids.
Auto False-Echo Suppression
SITRANS LR instruments offer the unique advantage of patented
Sonic Intelligence signal processing technology. This in-depth
knowledge and experience is built into the software’s advanced
algorithms to provide intelligent processing of echo profiles. The
result is repeatable, fast and reliable measurement.
A special feature of SITRANS radar devices is Auto False-Echo
Suppression, an echo-processing technique that automatically
detects and suppresses false echoes from vessel obstructions.
You can implement this feature using two parameters on the lo-
cal interface or SIMATIC PDM communicating over HART or
PROFIBUS PA.
SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
Introduction Radar
■ Mode of operation
Principle of Operation
Radar measurement technology measures the time of flight from
the transmitted signal to the return signal. From this time, dis-
tance measurement and level are determined.
Unlike ultrasonic measurement, radar technology does not re-
quire a carrier medium and travels at the speed of light
(300 000 000 m/s). Most industrial radar devices operate from
6 to 26 GHz.
Siemens Milltronics offers pulse radar transmitters
(SITRANS Probe LR, SITRANS LR 200, SITRANS LR 300) and an
FMCW (Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave) radar transmit-
ter (SITRANS LR 400).
Pulse radar emits a microwave pulse from the antenna at a fixed
repetition rate that reflects off the interface between the two
materials with different dielectric constants (the atmosphere and
the material being monitored). The echo is detected by a
receiver and the transmit time is used to calculate level.
Reflected echoes are digitally converted to an echo profile. The
profile is analyzed to determine the distance from the material
surface to the reference point on the instrument. 5
FMCW (Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave) radar devices
send microwaves to the surface of the material. The wave freq-
uency is modulated continuously. At the same time, the receiver
is also receiving continuously and the difference in frequency
between the transmitter and the receiver is directly proportional
to the distance to the material.
Radar operation
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/117
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
Introduction Radar

■ Radar Selection Guide

Criteria SITRANS Probe LR SITRANS LR 200 SITRANS LR 300 SITRANS LR 400
Typical industries Chemicals Chemicals, petrochemicals Chemicals, petrochemicals Cement, chemicals, coal,
food processing, mineral
processing, mining
Typical applications Liquids, storage vessels Liquids, storage and pro- Process vessels Liquids and solids storage
cess vessels vessels
Range 0.3 to 20 m (1 to 65 ft) 0.3 to 20 m (1 to 65 ft) 0.4 to 20 m (1.3 to 65 ft) 0.35 to 50 m (1.14 to 164 ft)
Frequency 5.8 GHz 5.8 GHz 5.8 GHz 24 to 25 GHz FMCW
(North America 6.3 GHz) (North America 6.3 GHz) (USA 6.3 GHz)
Output/Communications • 4 to 20 mA/HART • 4 to 20 mA/HART • 4 to 20 mA/HART • 4 to 20 mA/HART
• SIMATIC PDM for remote • PROFIBUS PA • PROFIBUS PA • PROFIBUS PA
configuration and diagnos- • SIMATIC PDM for remote • Modbus ASCII/RTU • SIMATIC PDM for remote
tics configuration and diagnos- configuration and diagnos-
• SIMATIC PDM for remote
tics configuration and diagnos- tics
tics
Power • 4 to 20 mA, 24 V DC nomi- • 4 to 20 mA loop, 24 V DC • Universal AC/DC • 120 to 230 V AC, ± 15%,
nal, 30 V DC max. nominal, 30 V DC max. • 24 to 230 V AC, ± 15%, 50/60 Hz, 12 VA/6 W
• Minimum voltage depends • Minimum voltage depends 40 to 70 Hz, 28 VA/11 W • 24 V DC, +25/-20%, 6 W
on total loop resistance on total loop resistance (optional)
5 • 24 to 230 V DC, ± 15%,
9W
Approvals CE, CSAUS/C, FM, Lloyd’s CE, CSAUS/C, FM, Lloyd’s CE, CSANRTL/C, FM, Lloyd’s CE, CSAUS/C, FM, Lloyd’s
Register of Shipping, ABS, Register of Shipping, ABS, Register of Shipping, ABS, Register of Shipping, ABS,
FCC, Industry Canada, FCC, Industry Canada, FCC, Industry Canada, FCC, Industry Canada,
R&TTE, ATEX, PED R&TTE, ATEX, PED R&TTE, ATEX, 3A, PED R&TTE, ATEX, PED

Handheld programmer selection guide

5/118 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
Introduction Radar

Radar Application Questionnaire

Customer information
Contact: Prepared By:
Company: Date:
Address: Notes on the Application:
City: Country:
Zip/Postal Code: Phone: ( )
E-mail: Fax: ( )

Vessel Information (supply sketch where possible) Sketch attached

5
Storage Storage Process Reactor
Solids Liquids

Area safety classification:

Height: m/ft Diameter: m/ft Filling method:

Top: Atmosphere: (indicate all that apply) Pressure:
Flat Foam Steam Norm:
Parabolic Dust Deposit (build-up) Relief:
Conical Vapor
Mounting connection (specify type)

Critical Information
Distance to sidewall: cm/in
Mounting connection maximum temperature: C/F Nozzle Length: cm/in
Max. temperature at electronics: C/F Nozzle Diameter: cm/in
Stilling well diameter: cm/in
Material

Material being measured: Liquid Solid Liquified gas

Material temperature: Norm: C/F Max: C/F

Material surface: Flat Turbulent Agitated Vortex

Dielectric constant: er < 3 er > 3

Installation (indicate all that apply) Available voltage: Communications:
Separation Manhole 100 230 V ac HART ®
Side 115 24 V dc PROFIBUS PA
Centre 200 None

Products recommended:
© Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Inc. www.siemens.com/processautomation Form# 2-763R4

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/119

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200

■ Overview

SITRANS LR 200 is a 2-wire loop powered pulse radar level in-

5 strument for liquid bulk storage or process vessels.

■ Benefits
• Uni-Construction polypropylene rod antenna standard
• Easy installation and simple startup
• Programming using infrared intrinsically safe handheld pro-
grammer or SIMATIC PDM
• Communication using HART® or PROFIBUS PA
• Patented Sonic Intelligence® signal processing
• Extremely high signal-to-noise ratio
• Auto False-Echo Suppression of fixed obstructions
• Various flanges, horn and waveguide antenna options avail-
able

■ Application
SITRANS LR 200’s unique design allows safe and simple pro-
gramming using the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer
without having to open the instrument’s lid. It also features a
built-in alphanumeric display in four languages.
The SITRANS LR 200 has a standard Uni-Construction polypro-
pylene rod antenna that offers excellent chemical resistance and
is hermetically sealed. With other instruments, you may need to
consider compatibility of multiple materials including the seal
between the materials. The Uni-Construction antenna features
an internal, integrated shield that eliminates vessel nozzle inter-
ference.
Start-up is easy with as few as two parameters for basic oper-
ation. Installation is simplified as the electronics are mounted on
a rotating head that swivels, allowing the instrument to line up
with conduit or wiring connections or simply to adjust the posi-
tion for easy viewing. SITRANS LR 200 features patented Sonic
Intelligence signal-processing technology for superior reliability.
• Key Applications: liquid bulk storage tanks, process vessels
with agitators, vaporous liquids, high temperatures

5/120 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200

■ Configuration

SITRANS LR 200 installation

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/121

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200
■ Technical specifications
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Radar level measurement
Frequency 5.8 GHz (North America 6.3 GHz)
Measuring range 0.3 to 20 m (1.0 to 65 ft)
Output
• Analog output 4 to 20 mA
• Accuracy ± 0.02 mA
• Span proportional or inversely propor-
tional
• Communications HART®
optional: PROFIBUS PA (Profile
3.0, Class B)
• Fail-safe programmable as high, low or
hold (Loss of Echo)
Measurement accuracy
• Blanking distance 0.3 m (from reference point plus
any shield length)
5 • Accuracy ± the greater of 0.1% of range or
10 mm
• Influence of ambient temperature 0.006% / K
• Non-repeatibility ± 5 mm
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
• Location Indoor/outdoor
Ambient conditions (enclosure)
• Ambient temperature -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F)
• Installation category I - Intrinsically safe (Europe)
• Pollution degree 4 - Intrinsically safe (USA/Canada)
Medium conditions
• Dielectric constant εr εr > 1.6 (for εr < 3, use
waveguide antenna or stillpipe))
• Vessel temperature and pressure Varies with connection type; see
derating curves for more informa-
tion
Design
• Enclosure
- Material Aluminium, polyester powder
coated
- Cable inlet 2 M20 x 1.5 or 2 x ½" NPT with
adapter
• Degree of protection Type 4X/NEMA 4X,
Type 6/NEMA 6, IP67
• Weight < 2 kg (polypropylene rod
antenna)
• Display (local) multi-segment alphanumeric liq-
uid crystal with bar graph (repre-
senting level) available in four
languages
• Antenna
- Material polypropylene rod, hermetically
sealed construction, optional
PTFE
- Dimensions standard 100 mm (4”) shield for
maximum 100 mm (4”) nozzle, or
optional 250 mm (10”) long shield
- Optional rods, horn and See Radar Accessories
waveguides SITRANS LR 200/LR 300
5/122 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Process connections
• Process connection 1½” NPT, BSP, or G BS EN ISO
228-1 (polypropylene rod
antenna)
• Flange connection Refer to Radar accessories
SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 for more
connections
Power supply
4 to 20 mA/HART
- General Purpose, Non-incen- nominal 24 V DC (max. 30 V DC)
dive, Intrinsically safe with max. 550 Ω
- Flameproof, Increased safety, nominal 24 V DC (max. 30 V DC)
Explosion-proof with max. 250 Ω
PROFIBUS PA • 10.5 mA
• per IEC 61158-2
Certificates and approvals
• General CSAUS/C, CE, FM
• Marine • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
• ABS Type Approval
• Radio FCC, Industry Canada and Euro-
pean (R&TTE)
• Hazardous
- Flameproof (Europe) ATEX II 1/2 G EEx dm ia IIC T4
- Increased safety (Europe) ATEX II 1/2 G EEx em ia IIC T4
- Explosion proof (USA/Canada) FM/CSA (barrier not required) T4,
Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D;
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G;
Class III,
- Non-incendive (USA) FM (barrier not required) T5,
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4
FM/CSA (barrier required) T4,
Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D;
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G;
Class III
- Intrinsically safe (Australia) ANZEX Ex ia IIC T4
(Tamb = -40 to +80 °C) IP67
- Intrinsically safe (International) IECEX TSA 04.0020X T4
Programming
• Intrinsically safe Siemens Milltron- Infrared receiver
ics handheld programmer
- Approvals for handheld pro- IS model with ATEX EEx ia IIC T4,
grammer FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, D
• Handheld communicator HART®
• PC SIMATIC PDM
• Display (local) multi-segment alphanumeric liq-
uid crystal with bar graph (repre-
senting level) available in four
languages
HART is a registered trademark of the Hart Communications Foundation.
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 200, Uni-Contruction C) 7 M L 5 4 2 2 - Further designs
polypropylene rod antenna version Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
7777 0
2-wire loop powered pulse radar level instrument code(s).
for liquid bulk storage or simple process vessels up Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
to 20 m (65 ft) (max. 80 °C, 3 bar). fication (max. 16 characters)
Enclosure/Cable inlet Test certificate: Manufacturer's test certificate M to C11
Aluminum, Epoxy painted DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9000
2 x ½" NPT 0 Instruction manual for HART/mA device
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 English C) 7ML1998-5FN03
Polypropylene antenna type - (Max. 3 Bar pres- French C) 7ML1998-5FN11
sure and 80 °C) German C) 7ML1998-5FN33
1½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), c/w integral A Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
100 mm shield as a separate line item on the order.
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1), c/w integral 100 mm B C)
Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX 7ML1998-5QL83
shield regulations, one Quick start manual is included
1½" G (EN ISO 228-1), c/w integral 100 mm shield C with every product.)
1½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1), c/w integral D Instruction manual for PROFIBUS device
250 mm shield English C) 7ML1998-5HP01
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1), c/w integral 250 mm E French C) 7ML1998-5HP11
shield German C) 7ML1998-5HP31
1½" G (EN ISO 228-1), c/w integral 250 mm shield F Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
Approvals as a separate line item on the order.
Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QG81
5
General Purpose, CE1) A
regulations, one Quick start manual is included
General Purpose, CSAUS/C, FM, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for B with every product.)
North America only2)
CSA Class I and II, Div. I, Groups A to D, G, 6.3 C Accessories
GHz, for North America only, Intrinsically Safe with Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia (for 7ML5830-2AH
suitable barrier2) HART device)
FM, Class I and II, Div. I, Groups A to G, FCC, D Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia (for C) 7ML5830-2AJ
6.3 GHz, for North America only, Intrinsically Safe PROFIBUS PA device)
with suitable barrier2) SIEMENS Barrier, ATEX II 1 G, EEx ia 7NG4122-1AA10
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4, Intrinsically Safe with suit- E B)
HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and 7MF4997-1DA
able barrier 1) SIMATIC PDM)
FM, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A to D, FCC 6.3 GHz, for F HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and SIMATIC B) 7MF4997-1DB
North America only (no barrier required) 4) PDM)
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx em ia IIC T4 (no barrier G
required)1, 3 and 5) 1) includes European Radio approval (R&TTE), 5.8 GHz
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx dm ia IIC T4 (no barrier H 2) includes Radio Approval FCC, 6.3 GHz
required)1 and 5) 3) not available with enclosure option 0
CSA/FM Class I, II and III, Div. 1, Groups A to G J 4) not available with enclosure option 1
(no barrier required)2, 4 and 5) 5) not available with communication option 2
Communication/Output B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
4 to 20 mA, HART 1 C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
PROFIBUS PA 2

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/123

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 200, Flange Adapter, Sanitary C) 7 M L 5 4 2 4 - Further designs
Version Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
2-wire loop powered pulse radar level instrument code(s).
for liquid bulk storage or simple process vessels up Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's test C11
to 20 m (65 ft) certificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9000
Antenna material (uses antenna adapter) Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
PTFE, one piece rod antenna 0 Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
UHMW-PE, one piece rod antenna 1 fication (max. 16 characters)
Process connection Instruction manual for HART/mA device
Sanitary fitting clamp A English C) 7ML1998-5FN03
Configuration/Connection size French C) 7ML1998-5FN11
2" connection, rod antenna only A German C) 7ML1998-5FN33
3" connection, rod antenna only B Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
as a separate line item on the order.
4" connection, rod antenna only C
Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QL83
Antenna extension regulations, one Quick start manual is included with
No extension 0 every product.)
Mounting Clamp Instruction manual for PROFIBUS device
No mounting clamp 0 English C) 7ML1998-5HP01
Mounting clamp included, not available with Pres- 1 French C) 7ML1998-5HP11
5 sure rating option 0
Enclosure/Cable inlet
German
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
C) 7ML1998-5HP31

Aluminum, Epoxy painted as a separate line item on the order.

2 x ½" NPT 0 Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QG81
regulations, one Quick start manual is included with
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 every product.)
Communication/Output Accessories
4 to 20 mA, HART A Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia 7ML5830-2AH
PROFIBUS PA B (for HART device)
Approvals Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia C) 7ML5830-2AJ
General Purpose, CE1) A (for PROFIBUS PA device)
General Purpose, CSAUS/C, FM, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for B HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DA
North America only SIMATIC PDM)
CSA Class I and II, Div. I, Groups A to D, G, 6.3 C HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DB
GHz, for North America only, Intrinsically Safe with SIMATIC PDM)
suitable barrier SIEMENS Barrier, ATEX II 1 G EEx ia 7NG4122-1AA10
FM, Class I and II, Div. I, Groups A to G, FCC, D Sanitary fitting clamps
6.3 GHz, for North America only, Intrinsically Safe 2", 304 stainless steel 7ML1830-1HD
with suitable barrier
3", 304 stainless steel 7ML1830-1HE
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4, Intrinsically Safe with suit- E
able barrier1) 4", 304 stainless steel 7ML1830-1HF
FM, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A to D, FCC 6.3 GHz, for F 1) includes European Radio approval (R&TTE), 5.8 GHz
North America only (no barrier required) 4) 2) includes Radio Approval FCC, 6.3 GHz
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx em ia IIC T4 (no barrier G 3) not available with enclosure option 0
required)1, 3 and 5)
4) not available with enclosure option 1
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx dm ia IIC T4 (no barrier H
5) not available with communication option B
required)1 and 5)
CSA/FM Class I, II and III, Div. 1, Groups A to G J B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
(no barrier required)2, 4 and 5) C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Pressure rating
rating per pressure/temperature curves in Manual 0
0.5 bar (7.25 psi) maximum 1

5/124 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 200, Flange Adapter/Rod Antenna C) 7 M L 5 4 2 3 - SITRANS LR 200, Flange Adapter/Rod Antenna C) 7ML 5 4 2 3 -
Version 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Version 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
2-wire loop powered pulse radar level instrument 2-wire loop powered pulse radar level instrument
for liquid bulk storage or simple process vessels up for liquid bulk storage or simple process vessels up
to 20 m (65 ft) to 20 m (65 ft)
Antenna material (uses antenna adapter) Approvals
PTFE, uses antenna adapter and additional pro- 1 General Purpose, CE2) A
cess connection below General Purpose, CSAUS/C, FM, FCC, 6.3GHz, for B
Process connection (refer to pressure derating North America only3)
curves in Instruction manual) CSA Class I and II, Div. I, Groups A to D, G, 6.3 C
Flat Faced Flanges (316 stainless steel) GHz, for North America only, Intrinsically Safe with
DN 50 PN 16 AA suitable barrier3)
DN 80 PN 16 BA FM, Class I and II, Div. I, Groups A to G, FCC, D
DN 100 PN 16 CA 6.3GHz, for North America only, Intrinsically Safe
DN 150 PN 16 DA with suitable barrier3)
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4, Intrinsically Safe with suit- E
2" ANSI 150 lb FB able barrier2)
3" ANSI 150 lb GB FM, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A to D, FCC 6.3 GHz, for F
4" ANSI 150 lb HB North America only (no barrier required) 4)
6" ANSI 150 lb JB ATEX II 1/2 G EEx em ia IIC T4 (no barrier G
required)1, 3 and 5)
DN 50 PN 40 AC
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx dm ia IIC T4 (no barrier H
DN 80 PN 40 BC
required)1 and 5)
DN 100 PN 40
DN 150 PN 40
CC
DC
CSA/FM Class I, II and III, Div. 1, Groups A to G (no
barrier required)2, 4 and 5)
J
5
2" ANSI 300 lb FD Pressure rating
3" ANSI 300 lb GD rating per pressure/temperature curves in Manual 0
4" ANSI 300 lb HD 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) maximum 1
6" ANSI 300 lb JD Further designs
JIS DN50 10K AE Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
JIS DN80 10K BE code(s).
JIS DN100 10K CE Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's test C11
JIS DN150 10K DE certificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9000
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5, Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) fication (max. 16 characters)
Threaded connection (316 stainless steel) Instruction manual for HART/mA device
1-½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) LA English C) 7ML1998-5FN03
2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) MA French C) 7ML1998-5FN11
1-½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) LC German C) 7ML1998-5FN33
2" BSPT (EN 10226-1) MC Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
1-½" G (EN ISO 228-1) LE as a separate line item on the order.
2" G (EN ISO 228-1) ME Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QL83
regulations, one Quick start manual is included
Antenna extensions or Inactive shield length with every product.)
No antenna extension 0
50 mm extension, PTFE 1 Instruction manual for PROFIBUS device
100 mm extension, PTFE 2 English C) 7ML1998-5HP01
French C) 7ML1998-5HP11
100 mm extension, 316 stainless steel shield6) 3 German C) 7ML1998-5HP31
150 mm extension, 316 stainless steel shield6) 4 Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
200 mm extension, 316 stainless steel shield6) 5 as a separate line item on the order.
250 mm extension, 316 stainless steel shield6) 6 Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QG81
Process Seal/Gasket regulations, one Quick start manual is included
Integral Gasket, for flat-faced flange process con- 0 with every product.)
nections only, not for Antenna extension options 3 Accessories
to 6 Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia 7ML5830-2AH
FKM O-ring, for threaded process connections, not 1 (for HART device)
available for flat-faced flanges or Antenna exten- Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia C) 7ML5830-2AJ
sion options 0, 1 or 2 (for PROFIBUS PA device)
Enclosure/Cable inlet HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DA
Aluminum, Epoxy painted SIMATIC PDM)
2 x ½" NPT 0 HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DB
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 SIMATIC PDM)
Communication/Output SIEMENS Barrier, ATEX II 1 G EEx ia 7NG4122-1AA10
4 to 20 mA, HART A Antenna, rod, PTFE 7ML1830-1HC
PROFIBUS PA B Antenna extension, 50 mm (2") PTFE 7ML1830-1CG
Antenna extension, 100 mm (4") PTFE 7ML1830-1CH
1) includes European Radio approval (R&TTE), 5.8 GHz
2) includes Radio Approval FCC, 6.3 GHz
3) not available with enclosure option 0
4) not available with enclosure option 1
5) not available with communication option B
6) available for all process connection options except AA, FB, AC, FD, AE,
LA, LC and LE
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/125

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 200, Flange Adapter/Horn Antenna C) 7 M L 5 4 2 5 - SITRANS LR 200, Flange Adapter/Horn Antenna C) 7 M L 5 4 2 5 -
Version 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Version 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
2-wire loop powered pulse radar level instrument 2-wire loop powered pulse radar level instrument
for liquid bulk storage or simple process vessels up for liquid bulk storage or simple process vessels up
to 20 m (65 ft). to 20 m (65 ft).
Antenna Material (uses antenna adapter) Approvals
316L stainless steel with PTFE cone emitter 0 General Purpose, CE4) A
316L stainless steel with PTFE cone emitter and 1 General Purpose, CSAUS/C, FM, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for B
1/8” NPT connection inlet to purge option2) North America only4)
Sliding waveguide system with 1000 mm 2 CSA Class I and II, Div. I, Groups A to D, G, C
waveguide1) and 2) 6.3 GHz, for North America only, Intrinsically Safe
Process connection (refer to pressure derating with suitable barrier4)
curves on specification sheets) FM, Class I and II, Div. I, Groups A to G, FCC, D
Flat Faced Flanges (316L stainless steel) 6.3 GHz, for North America only, Intrinsically Safe
DN 50 PN 162) AA with suitable barrier4)
DN 80 PN 16 BA ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4, Intrinsically Safe with suit- E
able barrier4)
DN 100 PN 16 CA
FM, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A to D, FCC 6.3 GHz, for F
DN 150 PN 16 DA
North America only (no barrier required) 5)
DN 200 PN 16 EA
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx em ia IIC T4 (no barrier G
2" ANSI 150 lb2) FB required)1, 4 and 6)
3" ANSI 150 lb GB ATEX II 1/2 G EEx dm ia IIC T4 (no barrier H
4" ANSI 150 lb HB required)1 and 6)
5 6" ANSI 150 lb
8" ANSI 150 lb
JB
KB
CSA/FM Class I, II and III, Div. 1, Groups A to G (no
barrier required)2, 5 and 6)
J

DN 50 PN 402) AC Pressure rating

DN 80 PN 40 BC rating per pressure/temperature curves in Manual 0
0.5 bar (7.25 psi) maximum 1
DN 100 PN 40 CC
DN 150 PN 40 DC Further designs
DN 200 PN 40 EC Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
2" ANSI 300 lb2) FD
3" ANSI 300 lb GD Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's test C11
certificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9000
4" ANSI 300 lb HD C12
6" ANSI 300 lb JD Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204
8" ANSI 300 lb KD Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
fication (max. 16 characters)
JIS DN 50 10K2) AE
JIS DN 80 10K BE Instruction manual for HART/mA device
JIS DN 100 10K CE English C) 7ML1998-5FN03
French C) 7ML1998-5FN11
JIS DN 150 10K DE German C) 7ML1998-5FN33
JIS DN 200 10K EE Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- as a separate line item on the order.
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5, C)
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX 7ML1998-5QL83
regulations, one Quick start manual is included
Communication/Output with every product.)
4 to 20 mA, HART 0
PROFIBUS PA 1 Instruction manual for PROFIBUS device
English C) 7ML1998-5HP01
Process Seal/Gasket French C) 7ML1998-5HP11
FKM (-40 to +200 °C) 0 German C) 7ML1998-5HP31
Nitrile (-40 to +100 °C), sliding waveguide sytems 1 Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
only as a separate line item on the order.
FFKM (-35 to +200 °C) 2 Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QG81
Enclosure/Cable inlet regulations, one Quick start manual is included
Aluminum, Epoxy painted with every product.)
2 x ½" NPT 0 Accessories
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia 7ML5830-2AH
Horn size/Waveguide options (for HART device)
Waveguide only - order 7ML1410 separately A Handheld programmer, Intrinsically safe, EEx ia C) 7ML5830-2AJ
80 mm horn3) B (for PROFIBUS PA device)
100 mm horn3) C SIEMENS Barrier, ATEX II 1 G EEx ia 7NG4122-1AA10
B)
150 mm horn D HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and 7MF4997-1DA
200 mm horn E SIMATIC PDM)
100 mm horn with 100 mm waveguide extension3) F HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM)
100 mm horn with 150 mm waveguide extension3) G
100 mm horn with 200 mm waveguide extension3) H 1) includes European Radio approval (R&TTE), 5.8 GHz
100 mm horn with 250 mm waveguide extension3) J 2) includes Radio Approval FCC, 6.3 GHz
150 mm horn with 100 mm waveguide extension K 3) for stillpipe applications only
150 mm horn with 150 mm waveguide extension L 4) not available with enclosure option 0
150 mm horn with 200 mm waveguide extension M 5) not available with enclosure option 1
150 mm horn with 250 mm waveguide extension N 6) not available with communication option 1
200 mm horn with 100 mm waveguide extension P B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
200 mm horn with 150 mm waveguide extension Q C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
200 mm horn with 200 mm waveguide extension R
200 mm horn with 250 mm waveguide extension S

5/126 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200

■ Dimensional drawings

SITRANS LR 200 dimensions

See Accessories for SITRANS LR 200 and LR 300 on page 5/136

for more information about SITRANS LR 200 antenna options.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/127

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 200

■ Schematics

SITRANS LR 200 connections

5/128 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 300

■ Overview

5
SITRANS LR 300 is a pulse radar level instrument for liquids and
slurries in process vessels and extreme or hazardous process
conditions to a maximum range of 20 m (65 ft).

■ Benefits
• Auto False-Echo Suppression
• Infrared intrinsically safe handheld or remote programming
• 5.8 GHz (U.S.A. 6.3 GHz)
• Built-in diagnostics
• Various flanges, horn and waveguide antenna options avail-
able
• Extremely high signal-to-noise ratio

■ Application
The SITRANS LR 300 is available both for standard applications
and for applications that require explosion proof protection.
The SITRANS LR 300 features a compact design and robust
construction and is available with an epoxy-coated aluminum or
stainless steel enclosure. Operating at low frequency and high
signal transmission speed, it is virtually unaffected by atmo-
spheric or temperature conditions. It provides reliable measure-
ment in environments with harsh chemicals, steam, dust, en-
crustation, turbulence and agitation.
The high resistance PTFE rod antenna is chemically immune and
resistant to material buildup. The SITRANS LR 300 can commu-
nicate using the following protocols: Modbus®, HART® or op-
tional PROFIBUS PA.
When using the flange or threaded antenna options, the
SITRANS LR 300 is easily installed by positioning the unit on a
standpipe, bolting or threading it in place and connecting it to
the power supply. There’s no need to fill or empty the vessel for
calibration or commissioning.
• Key Applications: liquid bulk storage tanks, agitated process
vessels

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/129

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 300

■ Configuration

SITRANS LR 300 installation

5/130 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 300

■ Technical specifications Power supply

• Universal power supply unit 24 to 230 V AC ± 15%,
Mode of operation 40 to 70 Hz, 28 VA (11 W)
Measuring principle Radar level measurement 24 to 230 V DC ± 15%, 9 W
Frequency 5.8 GHz (U.S.A. 6.3 GHz) Certificates and approvals
Input • Safety CSANRTL/C, CE, FM
Measuring range 0.4 to 20 m (1.3 to 65 ft) • Marine • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
Output • ABS Type Approval

Output signal • Radio Europe, Industry Canada, FCC

• Analog output Optically isolated, 4 to 20 mA • Explosion Proof • ATEX II 1/2G EEx de IIC T6
• ATEX II 1/2G EEx de [ia] IIC T6
- Load Max. 450 Ω
• CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B,
- Accuracy 0.02 mA C, D, E, F, G
• Communications Modbus/RS-485 connection, • FM Class I, Div.1, Groups A, B,
HART or optional PROFIBUS PA C, D, E, F and G
Accuracy • Sanitary 3A Sanitary
• Error in measurement at 20°C ± 15 mm from 0.4 to 10 m Communication
± 0.15% from 10 to 20 m
• Intrinsically safe Siemens Milltron- Infrared receiver, Dolphin/RS-485-
- Temperature drift < ± 0.25% of range, ics handheld programmer link

- Repeatability
- Fail-safe
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
• Location
Ambient conditions (enclosure)
• Ambient temperature
• Installation category
• Pollution degree
Medium conditions
• Dielectric constant εr
• Temperature
• Pressure (vessel)
Design
• Enclosure
- Material
- Cable inlet
• Degree of protection
• Weight
• Dielectric rod antennas
- Material
- Dimensions
Process connections
• Flange
• Other connections
-40 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F)
± 2 mm, up to 3 m
- Approvals for handheld pro-
grammer
IS model with ATEX EEx ia IIC T4,
FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
5
± 3 mm, from 3 m to 5 m B, C, D
± 5 mm, from 5 m to 10 m
± 10 mm, from 10 m to 20 m • Programmer (remote keypad) Modbus, HART or optional
PROFIBUS PA;
mA signal programmable as high, upgradable Flash via RS-485
low or hold (Loss of Echo)
• PC SIMATIC PDM
• Display (local) alphanumeric and multi-graphic
liquid crystal for readout and
entry
indoor/outdoor
-40 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F)
II
4
εr > 1.6 (For εr < 3, use
waveguide antenna or stillpipe)
-40 to +200 °C (-40 to +392 °F)
Dependent on process connec-
tion and temperature (refer to der-
ating curves)
Aluminium, epoxy coated or
optional stainless steel
2 x ½" NPT or M20 x 1.5
Type 4X/NEMA 4X,
Type 6/NEMA 6, IP67
6.5 kg (14.3 lbs) with 2"/150 psi
flange; weight varies depending
on flange size and pressure rating
PTFE
41 cm (16.3") long including inte-
gral gasket (other antenna types
available)
Flat-faced flanges: 316 stainless
steel, 50, 80, 100, 150, 200 mm
(2, 3, 4, 6, 8"),bolt hole pattern to
ANSI, DIN and JIS sizes
Available

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/131

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 300, horn antenna version C) 7 M L 5 4 1 1 - SITRANS LR 300, horn antenna version C) 7 M L 5 4 1 1 -
Pulse radar level instrument for liquids and slurries 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Pulse radar level instrument for liquids and slurries 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
in process vessels and extreme or hazardous pro- in process vessels and extreme or hazardous pro-
cess conditions cess conditions
Antenna version 150 mm horn with 100 mm waveguide extension K
Stainless steel 316L with PTFE emitter 0 150 mm horn with 150 mm waveguide extension L
Stainless steel 316L with PTFE emitter and purging 1 150 mm horn with 200 mm waveguide extension M
kit, available only with pressure rating option 1
150 mm horn with 250 mm waveguide extension N
Sliding waveguide system 1000 mm long, only for 2
horn size option C, D or E and pressure rating 200 mm horn with 100 mm waveguide extension P
option 1 200 mm horn with 150 mm waveguide extension Q
Flange design (Flat-faced, 316 Stainless Steel) 200 mm horn with 200 mm waveguide extension R
DN 50 PN 162) AA 200 mm horn with 250 mm waveguide extension S
DN 80 PN 16 BA Approvals
DN 100 PN 16 CA General Purpose, CE, CSAUS/C 1) A
DN 150 PN 16 DA CSA Class I, Div I, Groups A to G, CE 1) D
DN 200 PN 16 EA ATEX II 1/2G EEx de IIC T6, CE 1) E
2" ANSI, 150 lb2) FB FM Class I, Div I, Groups A to G, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for F
3" ANSI, 150 lb GB U.S.A. only
4" ANSI, 150 lb HB General Purpose, FM, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for U.S.A. G
5 6" ANSI, 150 lb JB
only
ATEX II 1/2G EEx de [ia] IIC T6 J
8" ANSI, 150 lb KB
Pressure rating
DN 50 PN 402) AC
rating per pressure/temperature curves in manual 0
DN 80 PN 40 BC
0.5 bar (7.25 psi maximum) 1
DN 100 PN 40 CC
Further designs
DN 150 PN 40 DC
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
DN 200 PN 40 EC code(s).
2" ANSI, 300 lb2) FD Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's test C11
3" ANSI, 300 lb GD certificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9000
4" ANSI, 300 lb HD C12
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204
6" ANSI, 300 lb JD Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
8" ANSI, 300 lb KD fication (max. 16 characters)
JIS DN 50 10K2) AE Instruction manual
JIS DN 80 10K BE English C) 7ML1998-5CL04
JIS DN 100 10K CE French C) 7ML1998-5CL14
JIS DN 150 10K DE German C) 7ML1998-5CL34
EE Note: Instruction manual should be ordered as a
JIS DN 200 10K separate line item on the order.
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5, Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QA84
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) regulations, one Quick start manual is included
with every product.)
Communication/output
4 to 20 mA, HART, Modbus 0 Accessories
PROFIBUS PA, Modbus 1 Handheld programmer for SITRANS LR 300
Process seal/Gasket Intrinsically safe, EEx ia 7ML5830-2AH
FKM 0 Enclosure wrench 7ML1830-1HB
Nitrile, only for sliding waveguide systems 1
HART modem
FFKM (-35 to +200 °C (-31 to +392 °F)) 2
HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DA
Enclosure/Cable inlet SIMATIC PDM)
Aluminum, Epoxy painted HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DB
2 x ½" NPT 0 SIMATIC PDM)
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 RS 485 - RS 232 converter,
Stainless steel 316 not isolated, port powered C) 7ML1830-1HA
2 x ½" NPT 2 1) Includes European Radio and Industry Canada approvals, 5.8 GHz
2 x M20 x 1.5 3
2) available only with pressure rating option1
Horn size/waveguide options 3) for stilling well applications only
Waveguide only - order 7ML1410 separately A
80 mm horn3) B B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
100 mm horn3) C C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
150 mm horn D
200 mm horn E
100 mm horn with 100 mm waveguide extension3) F
100 mm horn with 150 mm waveguide extension3) G
100 mm horn with 200 mm waveguide extension3) H
100 mm horn with 250 mm waveguide extension3) J

5/132 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 300, sanitary version C) 7 M L 5 4 1 2 - Further designs
Pulse radar level instrument for liquids and slurries 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
in process vessels and extreme or hazardous pro- code(s).
cess conditions Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's test C11
Antenna version certificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9000
PTFE, one piece rod antenna 0 Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
UHMW-PE, one piece rod antenna 1 Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
Process connection fication (max. 16 characters)
Sanitary fitting clamp A Instruction manual
Configuration/connection size English C) 7ML1998-5CL04
Only for rod antenna French C) 7ML1998-5CL14
• 2" connection A
• 3" connection B German C) 7ML1998-5CL34
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
• 4" connection C as a separate line item on the order.
Antenna extension Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QA84
Without antenna extension 0 regulations, one Quick start manual is included
Mounting Clamp with every product.)
No mounting clamp 0 Accessories
Mounting clamp included, not available with Pres- 1 Handheld programmer for SITRANS LR 300
sure rating option 0
Enclosure/cable inlet
Intrinsically safe, EEx ia 7ML5830-2AH 5
Sanitary fitting clamp, stainless steel
Aluminum, epoxy coated
2” 7ML1830-1HD
• 2 x ½" NPT 0
3” 7ML1830-1HE
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 1
4” 7ML1830-1HF
Stainless steel 316
Enclosure wrench 7ML1830-1HB
• 2 x ½" NPT 2
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 3 HART modem
HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DA
Communication/output SIMATIC PDM)
4 to 20 mA, HART, Modbus A HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DB
PROFIBUS PA, Modbus B SIMATIC PDM)
Approvals RS 485 - RS 232 converter,
General Purpose, CE, CSAUS/C 1) A not isolated, port powered C) 7ML1830-1HA
CSA Class I, Div I, Groups A to G, CE 1) D
ATEX II 1/2G EEx de IIC T6, CE 1) E 1) Includes European Radio and Industry Canada approvals, 5.8 GHz
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
FM Class I, Div I, Groups A to G, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for F
U.S.A. only C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
General Purpose, FM, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for U.S.A. G
only
ATEX II 1/2G EEx de [ia] IIC T6 J
Pressure rating
rating per pressure/temperature curves in manual 0
0.5 bar (7.25 psi maximum) 1

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/133

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 300, rod antenna version C) 7 M L 5 4 1 3 - SITRANS LR 300, rod antenna version C) 7 M L 5 4 1 3 -
Pulse radar level instrument for liquids and slurries 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Pulse radar level instrument for liquids and slurries 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
in process vessels and extreme or hazardous pro- in process vessels and extreme or hazardous pro-
cess conditions cess conditions
Antenna version Approvals
PTFE 0 General Purpose, CE, CSAUS/C 2) A
Process connection CSA Class I, Div I, Groups A to G, CE 1) D
Flange version (Flat-faced, 316L Stainless Steel) ATEX II 1/2G EEx de IIC T6, CE 1) E
DN 50 PN 16 AA FM Class I, Div I, Groups A to G, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for F
DN 80 PN 16 BA U.S.A. only
General Purpose, FM, FCC, 6.3 GHz, for U.S.A. G
DN 100 PN 16 CA only
DN 150 PN 16 DA ATEX II 1/2G EEx de [ia] IIC T6 J
2" ANSI, 150 lb FB Pressure rating
3" ANSI, 150 lb GB rating per pressure/temperature curves in manual 0
4" ANSI, 150 lb HB 0.5 bar (7.25 psi maximum) 1
6" ANSI, 150 lb JB Further designs
DN 50 PN 40 AC Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
DN 80 PN 40 BC code(s).
DN 100 PN 40 CC Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's test C11
5 DN 150 PN 40 DC certificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9000

2" ANSI, 300 lb FD Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
3" ANSI, 300 lb GD Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15
fication (max. 16 characters)
4" ANSI, 300 lb HD
Instruction manual
6" ANSI, 300 lb JD
English C) 7ML1998-5CL04
JIS DN 50 10K AE French C)
7ML1998-5CL14
JIS DN 80 10K BE
German C)
7ML1998-5CL34
JIS DN 100 10K CE Note: Instruction manual should be ordered as a
JIS DN 150 10K DE separate line item on the order.
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- C)
Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX 7ML1998-5QA84
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5,
regulations, one Quick start manual is included
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)
with every product.)
Threaded version (316L Stainless Steel)
Accessories
1½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) thread LA
2" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) thread MA Handheld programmer for SITRANS LR 300
Intrinsically safe, EEx ia 7ML5830-2AH
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) thread LC
2" BSPT (EN 10226-1) thread MC Enclosure wrench 7ML1830-1HB

1½" G (EN ISO 228-1) thread LE HART modem

2" G (EN ISO 228-1) thread ME HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DA
SIMATIC PDM)
Antenna extension, or inactive shield length HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DB
Without antenna extension 0 SIMATIC PDM)
PTFE extension
RS 485 - RS 232 converter,
50 mm 1
not isolated, port powered C) 7ML1830-1HA
100 mm 2
Stainless steel 316 extension 1) 1) For use with all process connection options except AA, FB, AC, FD, AE,
100 mm 3 LA, LC and LE.
150 mm 4 2) Includes European Radio and Industry Canada approvals, 5.8 GHz
200 mm 5
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
250 mm 6
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Gasket
Integral gasket, only for flat-faced flange connec- 0 Selection and Ordering data Order No.
tions and antenna extension option 2 SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 waveguide C) 7ML1410 - 0AA00
FKM O-ring, only for threaded connections or 1 Stainless steel, ASTM 316L per ASTM specification
antenna extension options 3 to 6 A269
Enclosure/Cable inlet Additional information
Aluminum, Epoxy painted Please add „-Z“ to Order-No. and specify Order
2 x ½" NPT 0 code(s) and plain text.
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 Total insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
316 Stainless steel Y01: Total insertion length ... mm
2 x ½" NPT 2 Min. length: 100 mm,
2 x M20 x 1.5 3 max. length: 3000 mm
(Maximum of 2 waveguide lengths may be joined
Communication/output together - total length not to exceed 3000 mm. For
4 to 20 mA, HART, Modbus A longer lengths, please consult factory.)
PROFIBUS PA, Modbus B C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/134 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 300

■ Dimensional drawings

SITRANS LR 300 dimensions

■ Schematics
shield
shield (installed only on
(installed only on Intrinsically Safe
Intrinsically Safe version)
version)
HART/mA or
PROFIBUS-PA

RS-485
Modbus or Dolphin
protocol

supply voltage
AC or DC

Notes Wiring requirements

• recommended torque on terminal clamping screws, 0.5 to 0.6 Nm • Increased safety, EEx e version
• ground shields at one end only - solid 4
- flexible stranded 2.5
• all field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250 V • General safety or hazardous EEx d version
• the equipment must be protected by a 15 A fuse or circuit breaker in the building installaton - rigid 0.2 to 4
• a circuit breaker or switch in the building installation, marked as the disconnect switch, - flexible stranded 0.2 to 2.5
shall be in close proximity to the equipment and within easy reach of the operator - AWG 24 to 12

SITRANS LR 300 connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/135

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
Accessories for
SITRANS LR 200 and SITRANS LR 300

■ Integration

Antenna configurations for SITRANS LR 200 and LR 300

■ Technical specifications
Antenna Types Flat Faced Flange Shielded Rod Sanitary Rod Horn (4", 6", 8" sizes Waveguide
with Rod (1 piece construction) available)
Connection Type flat face flange 2" threaded NPT, BSP, Sanitary fitting clamp flat faced flange flat face flange
nominal pipe sizes 50, G or flat face flange 2", 3", 4" sizes nominal pipe sizes 50, nominal pipe sizes 50,
80, 100, 150 mm (2, 3, nominal pipe sizes 80, 80, 100, 150 mm (2, 3, 80, 100, 150 mm (2, 3,
4, 6") 100 mm (3", 4") 4, 6") 4, 6")
Wetted Parts PTFE PTFE, 316 stainless UHME-PE or PTFE 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel
steel, FKM o-ring PTFE, FKM o-ring PTFE, FKM o-ring
Extensions 50 or 100 mm (2" or 4") 100, 150, 200 or N/A use waveguide for two sections (max.)
PTFE or UHMW-PE 250 mm (4, 6, 8 or 10") extensions to 6 m can be connected
standard shield length (20 ft) long together
Max. overall length:
3 m (9.8 ft)
Dielectric Constant >3 >3 >3 >3 > 1.6
Insertion Length 41 cm (16.3") variable 41 cm (16.3") variable with extension variable
(max.)
Purging Option (Liq- No No No Yes Yes
uid or Gas)
Sliding Waveguide Yes No No Yes N/A
Option for Digesters 2)
Weight 3) 6.5 kg (14.3 lb) 5,0 kg (11 lb) 5.0 kg (11 lb) 7.5 kg (16.5 lb) 8.0 kg (17.6 lb)
(1 m length)
1) 1) 1) 1)
Approvals 3A
1) Please see a Siemens Milltronics representative for a list of safety and radio approvals
2) Maximum pressure 0.5 bar at 60 °C (7.25 psi at 140 °F)
3) Not including extensions. Includes SITRANS LR 200 or SITRANS LR 300 and smallest process connection.

5/136 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
Accessories for
SITRANS LR 200 and SITRANS LR 300

■ Selection and Ordering data SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036535
stack, 6.3 GHz, NPT cable inlet, approval option
SITRANS LR 200 and SITRANS LR 300 Specials C, with HART communication, no process con-
nection
SITRANS LR 300 Aluminum Enclosure Kit
with Electronics and Covers (7ML5411, SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036536
7ML5412, 7ML5413) Calibrated for use with stack, 5.8 GHz, NPT cable inlet, approval option
standard rod antenna E, with HART communication, no process con-
nection
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036537
stack, 5.8 GHz, NPT cable inlet, approval option
A, with PROFIBUS PA communication, no pro-
SITRANS LR 300 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51035860 cess connection
stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option A, with
HART communication, no process connection SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036538
stack, 6.3 GHz, NPT cable inlet, approval option
SITRANS LR 300 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51035377 C, with PROFIBUS PA communication, no pro-
stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option E, with cess connection
HART communication, no process connection
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036539
SITRANS LR 300 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51035336 stack, 5.8 GHz, NPT cable inlet, approval option
stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option G, with E, with PROFIBUS PA communication, no pro-
HART communication, no process connection cess connection
SITRANS LR 300 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51035566 SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 Horn Antenna Kits
stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option J, with with mounting screws (no emitter supplied)
HART communication, no process connection
SITRANS LR 300 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036053
stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option A, with
5
PROFIBUS PA communication, no process con-
nection
SITRANS LR 300 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036054 80 mm horn antenna kit PBD-25500K02A
stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option E, with
PROFIBUS PA communication, no process con- 100 mm horn antenna kit PBD-25500K03A
nection 150 mm horn antenna kit PBD-25500K05A
SITRANS LR 300 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036055 200 mm horn antenna kit PBD-25500K07A
stack, NPT cable inlet, approval option G, with
PROFIBUS PA communication, no process con- SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 Flanged Rod
nection Antenna Kit with 316 SS flat faced flanges
SITRANS LR 300 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036056
stack, M20 cable inlet, approval option J, with
PROFIBUS PA communication, no process con-
nection
SITRANS LR 200 Aluminum Enclosure Kit
with Electronics and Covers (7ML5422, Flanged PTFE rod antenna kit, 2" ANSI, 150 lb. PBD-
7ML5423, 7ML5424, 7ML5425) Calibrated for See drawing 51003 on 51003K020AAAA
use with standard rod antenna http://www.siemens.com/radar
See notes 1 and 6
Flanged PTFE rod antenna kit, 2" ANSI, 150 lb. PBD-
See drawing 51003 on 51003K050AJAA
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036169 http://www.siemens.com/radar
stack, 5.8 GHz, M20 cable inlet, approval option See notes 1 and 6
A, with HART communication, no process con-
nection Flanged PTFE rod antenna kit, JIS 10K DN50. PBD-
See drawing 51003 on 51003K050AOAA
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036236 http://www.siemens.com/radar
stack, 5.8 GHz, M20 cable inlet, approval option See notes 1 and 6
E, with HART communication, no process con-
nection SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 PTFE Rod Antenna
Kit with 316 SS 1½" pipe thread process con-
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036530 nection
stack, 6.3 GHz, M20 cable inlet, approval option
C, with HART communication, no process con-
nection
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036531
stack, 5.8 GHz, M20 cable inlet, approval option
E, with PROFIBUS PA communication, no pro- PTFE rod antenna kit, 1½" NPT 316 SS Process PBD-51004K1AAA
cess connection Connection, FKM O-ring; See drawing
51004 on
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036532 http://www.siemens.com/radar
stack, 5.8 GHz, M20 cable inlet, approval option
See note 6
A, with PROFIBUS PA communication, no pro-
cess connection PTFE rod antenna kit, 1½" BSP 316 SS Process PBD-51004K2AAA
Connection, FKM O-ring; See drawing
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036533
51004 on
stack, 6.3 GHz, M20 cable inlet, approval option
http://www.siemens.com/radar
C, with PROFIBUS PA communication, no pro-
cess connection See note 6
SITRANS LR 200 aluminum enclosure with board PBD-51036534 PTFE rod antenna kit, 1½" G 316 SS Process PBD-51004K3AAA
stack, 5.8 GHz, NPT cable inlet, approval option Connection, FKM O-ring; See drawing 51004 on
A, with HART communication, no process con- http://www.siemens.com/radar
nection See note 6

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/137

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
Accessories for
SITRANS LR 200 and SITRANS LR 300
SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 PTFE Rod Antenna SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 Sanitary Rod Antenna
Kit with 316 SS 2" pipe thread process con- with Sanitary Fitting Clamp Flange mounting
nection and bushing - see drawing 51010 on
http://www.siemens.com/radar
(Sanitary Fitting Clamps not included)

PTFE rod antenna kit, 2" NPT 316 SS Process PBD-51005K1AAA PTFE sanitary rod antenna kit, 2" mounting con- PBD-51010K1AA
Connection, FKM O-ring; See drawing 51005 on nection,. See note 6
http://www.siemens.com/radar
PTFE sanitary rod antenna kit, 3" mounting con- PBD-51010K2AA
See note 6 nection. See note 6
PTFE rod antenna kit, 2" BSP 316 SS Process PBD-51005K2AAA PTFE sanitary rod antenna kit, 4" mounting con- PBD-51010K3AA
Connection, FKM O-ring; See drawing 51005 on nection. See note 6
http://www.siemens.com/radar
UHMW-PE sanitary rod antenna kit, 2" mounting PBD-51010K1AB
See note 6 connection. See note 6
PTFE rod antenna kit, 2" G 316 SS Process Con- PBD-51005K3AAA UHMW-PE sanitary rod antenna kit, 3" mounting PBD-51010K2AB
nection, FKM O-ring; See drawing 51005 on connection. See note 6
http://www.siemens.com/radar
See note 6 UHMW-PE sanitary rod antenna kit, 4" mounting PBD-51010K3AB
connection). See note 6
SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 PTFE Rod Antenna
Kit (100 mm shield) with 316 SS 2" pipe thread SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 PTFE Flanged Rod
process connection Antenna Kit with 316 SS shield and 316 SS flat

5 faced flange

PTFE rod antenna shielded kit, 2" NPT 316 SS PBD-

Process Connection, FKM O-ring, 100 mm 316 51002K0100AAA PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged, 3" ANSI PBD-
SS shield. See drawing 51002 on 150 lb 316 SS flange, 100 mm 316 SS shield. 51014K0100AAA
http://www.siemens.com/radar See notes 1 and 6
See notes 3 and 6 PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged, DN80 PBD-
PN16 316 SS flange, 100 mm 316 SS shield. 51014K0100EJA
PTFE rod antenna shielded kit, 2" BSP 316 SS PBD- See notes 1 and 6
Process Connection, FKM O-ring, 100 mm 316 51002K0100BAA
SS shield. See drawing 51002 on PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged, 3" ANSI PBD-
http://www.siemens.com/radar 150 lb 316 SS flange, 150 mm 316 SS shield. 51014K0150AAA
See notes 1 and 6
See notes 3 and 6
PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged, DN80 PBD-
PTFE rod antenna shielded kit, 2" G 316 SS Pro- PBD- PN16 316 SS flange, 150 mm 316 SS shield. 51014K0150EJA
cess Connection, FKM O-ring, 100 mm 316 SS 51002K0100CAA See notes 1 and 6
shield. See drawing 51002 on
http://www.siemens.com/radar PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged, 3" ANSI PBD-
See notes 3 and 6 150 lb 316 SS flange, 200 mm 316 SS shield. 51014K200AAA
See notes 1 and 6
SITRANS LR 200/LR 300 Horn Antenna Kit
with 316 SS flat faced flange, with PTFE emit- PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged, DN80 PBD-
ter (without waveguide) PN16 316 SS flange, 200 mm 316 SS shield. See 51014K200EJA
notes 1 and 6
PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged, 3" ANSI PBD-
150 lb 316 SS flange, 250 mm 316 SS shield. 51014K250AAA
See notes 1 and 6
Horn antenna kit, 2" ANSI 316 SS flange 3" horn, PBD- PTFE shielded rod antenna kit, flanged, DN80 PBD-
PTFE emitter; See notes 1 and 6 51006K020AAAA PN16 316 SS flange, 250 mm 316 SS shield. See 51014K250EJA
notes 1 and 6
Horn antenna kit, 2" ANSI 316 SS flange 4" horn, PBD-
PTFE emitter; See notes 1 and 2 51006K020AABA PTFE paste
Horn antenna kit, 2" ANSI 316 SS flange 6" horn, PBD- Kit, PTFE paste, Tube, 250 mL PBD-51036065
PTFE emitter; See notes 1 and 2 51006K020AACA
Note 1: Available in flange sizes including ANSI, DIN and JIS:
Horn antenna kit, 2" ANSI 316 SS flange 8" horn, PBD- please contact nacc.smpi@siemens.com
PTFE emitter; See notes 1 and 2 51006K020AADA
Note 2: Available with no pressure rating
Horn antenna kit, DN50 PN16 316 SS flange PBD-
80 mm horn, PTFE emitter; See notes 1 and 2 51006K050AJAA Note 3: Available in other shield lengths: please contact
Horn antenna kit, DN50 PN16 316 SS flange PBD- nacc.smpi@siemens.com
100 mm horn, PTFE emitter; 51006K050AJBA
See notes 1 and 2
Note 4: Available with no pressure rating and with General Pur-
pose Approvals only
Horn antenna kit, DN50 PN16 316 SS flange PBD-
150 mm horn, PTFE emitter; 51006K050AJCA Note 5: Please contact nacc.smpi@siemens.com for pricing and
See notes 1 and 2 part number. Submit completed Application Questionnaire
Horn antenna kit, DN50 PN16 316 SS flange PBD-
found on page 5/119
200 mm horn, PTFE emitter; 51006K050AJDA Note 6: Available with Pressure rating; serial number of original
See notes 1 and 2. unit required with completed Application Questionnaire found on
page 5/119
Please contact nacc.smpi@siemens.com for special requests.

5/138 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
Accessories for
SITRANS LR 200 and SITRANS LR 300

■ Characteristic curves

PTFE ROD ANTENNA WITH INTEGRAL GASKET 150# AND PN 16 SIZES

FLANGE SERIES 22452, 316 STAINLESS STEEL, FLAT FACE
16.0

(A) 22452
14.0
(A) 50mm/2''
NOM.
(B)
12.0
Pressure (bar, gauge)

10.0
(C)
(B) 22452
8.0 80mm/3''
NOM.

6.0

4.0

(C) 22452
2.0 100mm/4''
NOM.

5
0.0
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

Temperature (°C)

HORN ANTTENA AND/OR WAVEGUIDE WITH PTFE EMITTER 150# AND PN 16 SIZES
FLANGE SERIES 22452, 316 STAINLESS STEEL, FLAT FACE

16.0

(D) 22452
14.0
80mm/3in NOM.
(E) (D)

12.0
Pressure (bar, gauge)

(E) 22452
10.0 100mm/4in
NOM.
(F)
8.0

(F) 22452
6.0
(G) 150mm/6in
NOM.
4.0

2.0 (G) 22452

200mm/8in
NOM.
0.0
-50 0 50 100 150 200

Temperature (°C)

THREADED PROCESS AND SANITARY PROCESS CONNECTIONS

1.5" & 2" NPT, BSP, &G SANITARY TRI-CLAMP 2", 3", & 4"
40.0

(H) 1.5in & 2in

35.0
THREAD
CONNECTION
UHMW-PE IS LIMITED TO 80°C, IT CAN BE
30.0
USED TO 120°C FOR SHORT (3 hrs)
DURATIONS AT AMBIENT PRESSURE, NO
Pressure (bar, gauge)

STRESS APPLIED TO THE ANTENNA

25.0

(I) UHMW-PE
20.0 (H) SANITARY
ANTENNA

15.0

10.0
(I) (J)
(J) PTFE
SANITARY
5.0 ANTENNA

0.0
-50 0 50 100 150 200

Temperature (°C)

Derating curves

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/139

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 400

■ Overview
The SITRANS LR 400 is a long-range FMCW radar level transmit-
5 ter. It is available as a Liquids version for use in liquid bulk stor-
age vessels and as a Solids version with an integral Easy Aimer
ball for use on solids applications.
■ Application
It provides excellent results even during conditions of extreme
dust or on low dielectric liquids. The integral Easy Aimer in-
cluded on all SITRANS LR 400 Solids versions allows for easy
positioning for optimum measurement on solids.
SITRANS LR 400 is available for standard applications and for
applications that require explosion proof protection.
SITRANS LR 400 features robust enclosure, flange and horn
components. It is virtually unaffected by atmospheric or temper-
ature conditions within the vessel.
Safe on-site local programming is simple using the intrinsically
safe handheld programmer. SIMATIC PDM can be used for easy
remote programming.
The characteristics of 24 GHz and high signal-to-noise ratio con-
tribute to exceptional signal reflection, regardless of the dielec-
tric value of the medium. It also features advanced echo pro-
cessing algorithms for reliable operation on difficult solids
applications.
• Key applications: long-range dusty applications, cement pow-
der, fly-ash, coal, flour, grain, plastics

■ Benefits
• Easy installation and commissioning, low maintenance
• Self-calibration with internal reference
• Built-in diagnostics
• Auto-False Echo Suppression and advanced echo processing
• 24 GHz and high signal-to-noise ratio
• Communication using HART® or PROFIBUS PA
• Programming using infrared intrinsically safe handheld pro-
grammer or with SIMATIC PDM or HART handheld device

■ Configuration

SITRANS LR 400 installation

5/140 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 400

■ Technical specifications Programming

Intrinsically safe Siemens Milltronics Infrared receiver
Mode of operation handheld programmer
Measuring principle FMCW radar level measurement (ordered separately)
Frequency 24 to 25 GHz FMCW - Approvals for handheld pro- IS model with ATEX EEx ia IIC T4,
grammer FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
Measuring range 0.35 to 50 m (1.15 to 164 ft)
B, C, D T6 @ max. ambient tem-
Output perature of 40 °C (104 °F)
Analog output (HART) Handheld communicator HART
• Signal range Optically isolated 4 to 20 mA PC SIMATIC PDM
• Load Max. 600 Ω Display (local) Alphanumeric LCD for readout
and entry
Communication HART, optional PROFIBUS PA
Power supply 120 to 230 V AC ± 15%
Digital output Relay, NC or NO function, (50/60 Hz), 6 W (12 VA)
max. DC 50 V, max. 200 mA, or
rating 5 W 24 V DC +25/-20%, 6 W (optional)
PROFIBUS PA protocol Layer 1 and 2, Class A, Profile 3.0 Certificates and approvals
Performance (Liquids Version)
• Dead band 0 to 350 mm from bottom edge of • Safety CSAUS/C, CE, FM
flange • Shipping • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
• Error in measurement at 25°C ≤ 5 mm from 2 to 10 m
≤ 15 mm from 10 to 50 m
• Radio
• ABS
Europe (R&TTE, CETECOM),
5
- Repeatability ≤ 1 mm Industry Canada, FCC
- Fail-safe mA signal programmable as high, • Hazardous areas ATEX II 1/2G EEx dem [ia] IIC T6
low or hold (LOE)
ATEX II 1/2G EEx dem IIC T6
Rated operating conditions CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups B,
• Amb. temperature for enclosure -40 to +65 °C (-40 to +149 °F) C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F,
G; Class III T6
• Location Indoor/outdoor
Certificates and approvals
• Installation category II (Solids Version)
• Pollution degree 4 • Safety CSAUS/C, CE, FM
Medium conditions • Radio European Radio (R&TTE),
Dielectric constant εr>1.4 Industry Canada, FCC

Process temperature range • Hazardous Areas FM/CSA Class II, Div. 1,

Groups E, F and G, Class III
• Standard -40 to +200 °C (-40 to +392 °F) ATEX II 1/2 D T6
-20 to +200 °C (-4 to +392 °F) for
SITRANS LR 400 with ATEX rating Optional equipment

• With optional temperature exten-
sion (Liquids Version only)
Vessel Pressure (Liquids Version)
Vessel Pressure (Solids Version)
Design
Weight (Liquids Version)
Weight (Solids Version)
Materials
• Enclosure
• Degree of protection
• Cable inlet
Process connections
• Flat-faced flanges (Liquids Version
only)
• Raised faced flanges (Liquids Ver- 316 stainless steel, 3", 4", 6", bolt
sion only) holes matching ANSI B 16.5
• Universal flanges, stainless steel,
flat faced, with integral Easy Aimer
(Solids Version only)
-40 to +250 °C (-40 to +482 °F) - Liquids Version Purging (self-cleaning) system
PTFE dust cover (liquids version)
up to 40 bar (process connection - Solids Version PTFE dust cover (solids version)
dependent)
0.5 bar (7.25 psi) maximum
approx. 12.2 kg (26.8 lbs) with 3"
150 psi flange
approx. 6.1 kg (13.4 lbs) with 3”
universal flange
Die-cast aluminum, painted
IP67/Type 4X/NEMA 4X,
Type 6/NEMA 6
M20 x 1.5 or ½" NPT (QTY 2)
316 stainless steel, 80, 100,
150 mm, bolt holes matching
DIN 2527 and JIS B 2238
2”/50 mm, 3"/80 mm, 4"/100 mm,
6"/150 mm (mates with flange
DIN 2527, ANSI B16.5, or JIS
B2238 bolt pattern), 0.5 bar
(7.25 psi) max. pressure

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/141

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 400

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 400 Liquids Version C) 7 M L 5 4 2 1 - SITRANS LR 400 Liquids Version C) 7 M L 5 4 2 1 -
Long-range FMCW radar level transmitter for use in 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Long-range FMCW radar level transmitter for use in 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
liquids storage vessels up to 50 m (164 ft). liquids storage vessels up to 50 m (164 ft).
Order handheld programmer separately! Order handheld programmer separately!
Process temperature range Area classification
-40 °C to +200 °C (-40 to +392 °F), standard 0 General purpose, CE, CETECOM2) A
-40 °C to +250 °C (-40 to +482 °F), high tempera- 1 General purpose, CSAUS/C, Industry Canada, FCC, B
ture extension CE and R&TTE
Process connection ATEX II 2G EEx d IIC T6; CE, R&TTE E
Universal, flat-faced, 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) maximum ATEX II 2G EEx dem IIC T6; CE, R&TTE F
3"/80 mm1) A ATEX II 2G EEx dem [ia] IIC T6; CE, R&TTE 3) G
4"/100 mm1) B ATEX II 1/2G D EEx d IIC T6; CE, R&TTE4) J
6"/150 mm1) D ATEX II 1/2G D EEx dem IIC T6; CE, R&TTE4) K
Flat-faced ATEX II 1/2G D EEx dem [ia] IIC T6; CE, L
DN 80, PN 16 S R&TTE1) and 3)
DN 80, PN 40 C ATEX II 2G EEx d IIC T6; CE, CETECOM3) M
DN 100, PN 16 T ATEX II 2G EEx dem IIC T6; CE, CETECOM3) N
DN 100, PN 40 G ATEX II 2G EEx dem [ia] IIC T6; CE, P
DN 150, PN 16 U CETECOM 2) and 3)
ATEX II 1/2G D EEx d IIC T6; CE, CETECOM3) and 4)
5 Raised faced
3" ANSI, 150 lb class E ATEX II 1/2G D EEx dem IIC T6; CE,
Q
R
CETECOM3) and 4)
3" ANSI, 300 lb class F
ATEX II 1/2G D EEx dem [ia] IIC T6; CE, S
4" ANSI, 150 lb class J CETECOM2), 3) and 4)
4" ANSI, 300 lb class K FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, D; Class II/III, T
6" ANSI, 150 lb class N Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; FCC4)
Flat-faced CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, D; Class II/III, U
JIS, DN 80 10K Q Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; FCC4)
JIS, DN 100 10K R Local operation
JIS, DN 150 10K V Local Display Only. Handheld programmer not 2
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen- included (order programmer separately)
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5,
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.) Further designs
Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
Antenna code(s).
Horn antenna, long 93 mm (3.66") diam. for D
100 mm or 4" nozzles Manufacturer’s test certificate M to DIN 55350, C11
Part 18 and to ISO 9000
Horn antenna, short 74 mm (2.91") diam. for 80 mm K
or 3" nozzles Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12

Antenna purging system Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point number/identi- Y15

fication (max. 16 characters)
none 0
purging system 1 Instruction manual
Note: only available with process connections A, B English C) 7ML1998-5FH05
or D, and only available for Area Classifications A German C) 7ML1998-5FH35
or B French C) 7ML1998-5FH15
Process seal/gasket Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QN83
PTFE for -40 to +250 °C (-40 to 482 °F) flange tem- 1 regulations, one Quick start manual is included
peratures with every product.)
FKM for -20 to +200 °C (-4 to +392 °F) flange 3 Accessories
temperatures3) Handheld programmer Intrinsically Safe, EEx ia C) 7ML5830-2AJ
Output/Communication Long horn dust cover, PTFE PBD-51035222
4 to 20 mA, HART 0 Short horn dust cover, PTFE PBD-51035221
PROFIBUS PA 1 HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DA
SIMATIC PDM)
Power supply/cable inlet
HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DB
120 to 230 V AC SIMATIC PDM)
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 B
• 2 x ½“ NPT C 1) Must order Antenna purging system option 1.
24 V DC 2) available only with power supply option E or F
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 E 3) Germany and Belgium end customers only
• 2 x ½“ NPT F 4) not available with process temperature range option 1

B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.

C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/142 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 400

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LR 400 Solids Version C) 7 M L 5 4 2 0 - Further designs
Long-range FMCW radar level transmitter for use 7 7 7 0 0 - 77 7 7 Please add “-Z” to Order No. and specify Order
on solids up to 50 m (164 ft). Includes integral Easy code(s).
Aimer ball. Manufacturer’s test certificate M to DIN 55350, C11
Order handheld programmer separately! Part 18 and to ISO 9000
Process temperature range Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
-40 °C to +200 °C (-40 to +392 °F), standard 0 Stainless steel tag: Measuring-point/identification Y15
(max. 27 characters)
Process connection
Universal, flat-faced, 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) maximum Instruction manual
with integral Easy Aimer ball English C) 7ML1998-5JC01
2"/50 mm A German C) 7ML1998-5JC31
3"/80 mm B Multi-language Quick start manual (Due to ATEX C) 7ML1998-5QN83
4"/100 mm C regulations, one Quick start manual is included
6"/150 mm D with every product.)

Antenna Accessories
2” Horn antenna, fits 50 mm or 2” nozzles B Handheld programmer Intrinsically Safe, EEx ia C) 7ML5830-2AJ

3” Horn antenna, fits 80 mm or 3” nozzles C Dust cover, PTFE, for 2”/50 mm horn 7ML1830-1KD
4” Horn antenna, fits 100 mm or 4” nozzles D Dust cover, PTFE, for 3”/80 mm horn 7ML1830-1KE
Dust cover, PTFE, for 4”/100 mm horn 7ML1830-1KF
2” Horn antenna with 100 mm extension E
HART modem/RS-232 (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DA
2” Horn antenna with 200 mm extension
3” Horn antenna with 100 mm extension
F
G
SIMATIC PDM)
HART modem/USB (for use with a PC and B) 7MF4997-1DB
5
3” Horn antenna with 200 mm extension H SIMATIC PDM)
4” Horn antenna with 100 mm extension J 1) Germany and Belgium end customers only
4” Horn antenna with 200 mm extension K
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Output/Communication
4 to 20 mA, HART 0 C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
PROFIBUS PA 1
Power supply/cable inlet
120 to 230 V AC
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 B
• 2 x ½“ NPT C
24 V DC
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 E
• 2 x ½“ NPT F
Area classification
General purpose, CE, CETECOM1) A
General purpose, CSAUS/C, Industry Canada, FCC, B
CE and R&TTE
CSA Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, and G, Class III C
ATEX II 1/2D T6, CE, R&TTE D
ATEX II 1/2D T6, CE, CETECOM1) E
Local operation
Local Display Only. Handheld programmer not 2
included (order programmer separately)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/143

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 400
■ Selection and Ordering data
SITRANS LR 400, Liquids Version, Specials (7ML5421)
3"/80 mm Universal Flange ,
without horn or hub.
See note 1
4"/100 mm Universal Flange ,
without horn or hub.
See note 1
6"/150 mm Universal Flange ,
without horn or hub.
See note 1
8"/200 mm Universal Flange ,
without horn or hub.
See note 1
Purging kit with Easy Aimer
ball, no flange, no horn.
See note 1
Purging kit with Easy Aimer
ball with 4"/100 mm flange, no
horn. See note 1
5 Purging kit with Easy Aimer
ball with 6"/150 mm flange, no
horn. See note 1
Purging Kit with Easy Aimer
ball with 8"/200 mm flange, no
horn. See note 1
Short horn antenna, no emitter PBD-22475K1A
supplied
Long horn antenna, no emitter PBD-22475K2A
supplied
Short horn antenna, purged,
no emitter supplied
Long horn antenna, purged,
no emitter supplied
Replacement display module,
SITRANS LR 400 Liquids and
Solids versions
4" Horn antenna extension kit
with General Purpose approv-
als
8" Horn antenna extension kit
with General Purpose approv-
als
8" Horn antenna extension kit
for hazardous units
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51036479
enclosure with AC power,
M20 cable inlet, HART commu-
nication, and GP, CE, and
CETECOM approvals
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51036480
enclosure with AC power, M20
cable inlet, PROFIBUS PA
communication and GP, CE,
and CETECOM approvals
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum
enclosure with AC power, M20
cable inlet, HART communica-
tion and GP, CE, CSA, Industry
Canada, FCC and R&TTE
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51035871
enclosure with AC power, M20
cable inlet, PROFIBUS PA
communication and GP, CE,
CSA, Industry Canada, FCC
and R&TTE
5/144 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum
enclosure with AC power, M20
PBD-51035872
cable inlet, HART communica-
tion and ATEX II 1/2 G D EEx d
PBD-51035813 IIC T6, CE and R&TTE approv-
als
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51035873
PBD-51035814 enclosure with AC power, M20
cable inlet, PROFIBUS PA
communication and ATEX II
PBD-51035815 1/2 G D EEx d IIC T6, CE and
R&TTE approvals
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51036481
PBD-51035816 enclosure with DC power,
M20 cable inlet, HART commu-
nication and and GP, CE and
CETECOM approvals
PBD-51036110
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51036482
enclosure with DC power, M20
cable inlet, PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51035810 communication and GP, CE
and CETECOM approvals
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51036483
PBD-51035811 enclosure with DC power, M20
cable inlet, HART communica-
tion and GP, CE, CSA, Industry
Canada, FCC and R&TTE
PBD-51035812
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51036484
enclosure with DC power, M20
cable inlet, PROFIBUS PA
communication and GP, CE,
CSA, Industry Canada, FCC
and R&TTE
SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51036485
PBD-22475K3A enclosure with DC power, M20
cable inlet, HART communica-
tion and ATEX II 1/2 G D EEx d
PBD-22475K4A IIC T6, CE and R&TTE approv-
als
PBD-51035410 SITRANS LR 400 Aluminum PBD-51036486
enclosure with DC power, M20
cable inlet, PROFIBUS PA
PBD-51035474 communication and ATEX II
1/2 G D EEx d IIC T6, CE and
R&TTE approvals
PBD-51035473 SITRANS LR 400, Solids Version, Specials (7ML5420)
2" Horn Antenna, no emitter PBD-51110KC2
3" Horn Antenna, no emitter PBD-51110KC3
PBD-51036180
4" Horn Antenna, no emitter PBD-51110KC4
Note 1: Available with no pressure rating and with General Pur-
pose Approvals only
Please contact nacc.smpi@siemens.com for special requests.
PBD-51035867
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 400

■ Dimensional drawings
SITRANS LR 400 Liquids Version (7ML5421) SITRANS LR 400 Liquids SITRANS LR 400 Liquids Version
Version (with temperature
extension)

standard
optional temperature extension

Check Instruction manual or website for

pressure/temperature derating curves.

SITRANS LR 400 Solids Version (7ML5420) SITRANS LR 400 Solids Version

SITRANS LR 400 dimensions

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/145

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Radar
SITRANS LR 400

■ Schematics
AC version
HART PROFIBUS-PA
cable clamp earth terminal cable clamp earth terminal

3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
Rated temperature of L1 L2 Rated temperature of L1 L2
connection cables must connection cables must
mA N
PROFI-
exceed maximum ambient N
exceed maximum ambient BUS PA
temperature by at least 15 K temperature by at least 15 K

DC version
HART PROFIBUS-PA
cable clamp earth terminal cable clamp earth terminal

5
3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
Rated temperature of Rated temperature of
connection cables must connection cables must
mA 19-30 V PROFI- 19-30 V
exceed maximum ambient BUS PA exceed maximum ambient
temperature by at least 15 K temperature by at least 15 K

Notes
• recommended torque on terminal clamping screws, 0.5 - 0.6 Nm
• 4-20 mA, Profibus-PA, DC input circuits, 14-20 AWG, shielded copper wire
• AC input circuit, min 14 AWG copper wire
• all field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250 V
• the equipment must be protected by a 15A fuse or circuit breaker in the building installation

SITRANS LR 400 connections

5/146 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 300

■ Overview ■ Configuration

SITRANS LC 300 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance level

transmitter for liquids and solids, particularly high accuracy ap-
plications such as food and beverages, pet foods and bulk
solids.
5
■ Benefits
• Patented Active-Shield technology
• High-sensitivity probe
• Integrated local LCD display
• 2-wire (4 to 20 mA) current loop design
• Current signalling according to NAMUR NE 43
• Push-button calibration or programming using SIMATIC PDM

■ Application
It is ideal for challenging processes involving vapour and dust.
SITRANS LC 300 is a 2-wire level measurement instrument com-
bining a sophisticated, yet easy-to-adjust, microprocessor with
field-proven Pointek CLS 300 probes. It is available in two ver-
sions: rod and cable.
All wetted parts are made of stainless steel with a PFA insulator
for high chemical resistance. Materials with low or high dielectric
properties are accurately measured and patented Active-Shield
technology helps in ignoring the effects of buildup.
• Key Applications: conductive or non-conductive liquids, foam
SITRANS LC 300 installation
or liquid/foam levels, water in oil levels

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/147

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 300

■ Technical specifications Enclosure

• Material Aluminium, epoxy-coated
Input
• Cable inlet 2 x ½" NPT
Measuring range 0 to 3300 pF
Power supply 9 to 32 V DC any polarity, 2-wire
Span Min. 3.3 pF current loop circuit (9 V @ 22 mA)
Frequency 600 kHz max. User Interface
Measurement current signalling According to NAMUR NE 43, Display Local LCD, 4 digit, each 0 to 9
signal 3.8 to 20.5 mA, fault ≤ 3.6 and limited alpha characters
or ≥ 21 mA (22 mA)
Certificates and approvals CE, CSANRTL/C, FM
Wiring connections Max. 2.5 mm2
FM/CSA Class II, III, Div 1,
Output Groups E, F and G T4
Loop current Continuous signal 4 to 20 mA / FM/CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups A,
20 to 4 mA B, C and D T6 to T1 T=100°C
Accuracy ATEX II 3 G 2D (EEx nC IIC T6 to
T4)
Temperature stability 0.25% of actual capacitance
value ATEX II 1/2 GD (EEx d [ia] IIC T6
to T1)
Non-linearity and repeatability < 0.4% of full scale and actual Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, cat-
measurement value egories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3 and
Accuracy Deviation < 0.5% of actual mea- ENV5

5 ESD Probe Protection (kV)

surement value
Protected to 55 kV continuous
PED 97/23/EC
1) Pressure rating of process seal is temperature dependent. Contact Sie-
discharge mens Milltronics for derating curves.
Rated operating conditions
Pressure range
• Standard -1 to 35 barg (-14.6 to 511 psig)1)
Process temperature (probe) -20 to +200 ºC (-4 to +392 ºF) 1)
Min. dielectric constant 1.5
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature (transmitter) -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F)
• Installation category II
• Pollution degree 4
• Ingress protection Type 4/NEMA 4/IP65
Installation conditions
• Location Indoor/outdoor
Design
Material
• Wetted parts material AISI 316L/PFA/PEEK
Probe diameter
• Rod design 19 mm (0.75") with or without PFA
jacket
• Cable design 9 mm (0.35”) with PFA jacket,
6 mm (0.24”) without PFA jacket
Active shield length
• Rod design 100 mm (3.94“)
• Cable design 125 mm (4.92“)
Probe length
• Rod design Min. 300 mm (14“),
Max. 5000 mm (40“)
• Cable design Min. 500 mm (20“),
Max. 25000 mm (985“)
• Cable extension length tolerance Insertion length < 3 m: ± 10 mm
Insertion length 3 to 10 m:
± 20 mm
Insertion length > 10 m: ± 30 mm
Maximum tensile force 1900 kg (4188 lbs)
Maximum horizontal tensile force 30 Nm (rod version)
Process connection of probe
• Threaded mounting ¾”-1"-1 ¼"- 1 ½"-NPT/BSPT/JIS
• Flat-faced flange mounting 1-4” ANSI, DIN DN25-DN100

5/148 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LC 300, threaded 7ML 5 6 2 5 - SITRANS LC 300, threaded 7ML 5 6 2 5 -
Capacitance level instrument for liquids and solids, 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 7 Capacitance level instrument for liquids and solids, 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 7
including high accuracy applications; ideal for including high accuracy applications; ideal for
challenging processes involving vapour and dust challenging processes involving vapour and dust
Version Thermal isolator/remote version
Rod, PFA insulated none A
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion with Thermal isolator B
length ... mm” with Mounting eye3) C
- 300 to 1000 mm 0A With Thermal isolator and Mounting eye3) D
- 1001 to 2000 mm 1A
- 2001 to 3000 mm4) 2A Electronic transmitter
- 3001 to 4000 mm 3A Without 0
- 4001 to 5000 mm 4A 3300 pF range 1
Rod, PFA insulated with stilling well Further designs
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
length ... mm” code(s).
- 300 to 1000 mm1) 0B
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
- 1001 to 2000 mm1) 1B Y01: ... mm
- 2001 to 3000 mm1)4) 2B Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
- 3001 to 4000 mm1) 3B Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
- 4001 to 5000 mm1) 4B plain text:
Cable, PFA insulated, weighted
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12 5
length ... mm” Instruction manual
- 1000 to 2000 mm1) 0E English 7ML1998-5HE01
- 2001 to 4000 mm1) 1E French 7ML1998-5HE11
- 4001 to 6000 mm1) 2E German 7ML1998-5HE31
- 6001 to 8000 mm1) 3E Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item on the order.
- 8001 to 10000 mm1) 4E
Cable, non-insulated, weighted 1) For process connections 1-1/4" and larger
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion 2) Available for rod versions only
length ... mm”
3) Available for cable versions only
- 1000 to 2000 mm1) 0F
- 2001 to 4000 mm1) 1F 4) Lengths above 2.4 m (94.5”) require custom shipping methods. Contact
factory for more details.
- 4001 to 6000 mm1) 2F
- 6001 to 8000 mm1) 3F
- 8001 to 10000 mm1) 4F
Lengths up to 25000 mm are possible. Please con-
sult factory for more details.
Process connection
3/4" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) thread2) A0
1" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) thread2) B0
1-½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) thread C0
3/4" BSPT (EN 10226-1) thread2) D0
1" BSPT (EN 10226-1) thread2) E0
1-½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) thread F0
3/4" JIS (B 0202) thread2) G0
1" JIS (B 0202) thread2) H0
1-½" JIS (B 0202) thread J0
1-1/4" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) thread K0
Approvals
General purpose 1
ATEX II 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class II and III, Div. 1, 2
Groups E, F and G T4
ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6..T1 3
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D T4 4
Enclosure
Aluminum, epoxy-coated
Cable entry 2 x ½” NPT, IP65 0
Cable entry 2 x M20 x 1.5, IP65 1
Cable entry 2 x ½” NPT, IP68 2
Cable entry 2 x M20 x 1.5, IP68 3

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/149

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 300

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LC 300, welded flange 7ML 5 6 2 6 - SITRANS LC 300, welded flange 7ML 5 6 2 6 -
Capacitance level instrument for liquids and solids, 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 7 Capacitance level instrument for liquids and solids, 7 7 7 77 - 77 A 7
including high accuracy applications; ideal for including high accuracy applications; ideal for
challenging processes involving vapour and dust challenging processes involving vapour and dust
Version DN 50, PN 16 L4
Rod, PFA insulated DN 50, PN 40 L6
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion
length ... mm” DN 80, PN 16 M4
- 300 to 1000 mm 0A DN 80, PN 40 M6
- 1001 to 2000 mm 1A DN 100, PN 16 N4
- 2001 to 3000 mm4) 2A DN 100, PN 40 N6
- 3001 to 4000 mm 3A (Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
- 4001 to 5000 mm 4A sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5,
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)
Rod, PFA insulated with stilling well
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion Approvals
length ... mm” General purpose 1
- 300 to 1000 mm1) 0B ATEX II 1/2 D / FM and CSA Class II and III, Div. 1, 2
- 1001 to 2000 mm1) 1B Groups E, F and G T42)
- 2001 to 3000 mm1) 4) 2B ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d [ia] IIC T6..T12) 3
- 3001 to 4000 mm1) 3B CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D T4 4
- 4001 to 5000 mm1) 4B Enclosure
5 Cable, PFA insulated, weighted
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion
Aluminum, epoxy-coated
- Cable entry 2 x ½” NPT, IP65 0
length ... mm”
- Cable entry 2 x M20 x 1.5, IP65 1
- 1000 to 2000 mm1) 0E
- Cable entry 2 x ½” NPT, IP68 2
- 2001 to 4000 mm1) 1E
- Cable entry 2 x M20 x 1.5, IP68 3
- 4001 to 6000 mm1) 2E
- 6001 to 8000 mm1) 3E Thermal isolator/remote version
- 8001 to 10000 mm1) 4E none A
Cable, non-insulated, weighted with Thermal isolator B
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion with Mounting eye3) C
length ... mm” With Thermal isolator and Mounting eye3) D
- 1000 to 2000 mm1) 0F
Electronic transmitter
- 2001 to 4000 mm1) 1F
Without 0
- 4001 to 6000 mm1) 2F
3300 pF range 1
- 6001 to 8000 mm1) 3F
- 8001 to 10000 mm1) 4F Further designs
Greater lengths are possible. Please consult fac- Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
tory for more details. code(s).

Process connection Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01

Y01: ... mm
AISI 316L stainless steel
1” ANSI 150 lb A1 Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
1” ANSI 300 lb A2 Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
plain text:
1” ANSI 600 lb A3
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
1½” ANSI 150 lb B1
1½” ANSI 300 lb B2 Instruction manual
1½” ANSI 600 lb B3 English 7ML1998-5HE01
French 7ML1998-5HE11
2” ANSI 150 lb C1
German 7ML1998-5HE31
2” ANSI 300 lb C2 Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
2” ANSI 600 lb C3 a separate line item on the order.
3” ANSI 150 lb D1 1) For process connections 1-1/4" and larger
3” ANSI 300 lb D2
2) Available for electronic transmitter option 1 only
3” ANSI 600 lb D3
3) Available for cable versions only
4” ANSI 150 lb E1 4) Lengths above 2.4 m (94.5”) require custom shipping methods. Contact
4” ANSI 300 lb E2 factory for more details.
4” ANSI 600 lb E3
DN 25, PN 16 J4
DN 25, PN 40 J6
DN 40, PN 16 K4
DN 40, PN 40 K6

5/150 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 300

■ Characteristic curves
Standard Version

35/511

30/438

25/365
pressure (bar, psi gauge)

20/292
+10 bar/146 psi gauge
15/219 -1 bar/-14 psi gauge

10/146

5/73

-40/-40 0/32 50/122 100/212 150/302 200/392

SITRANS LC 300 Derating curve

■ Schematics 5
ZLWKVDIHW\EDUULHU ZLWKRXWVDIHW\EDUULHU
ZKLWH6 RUDQJH6
EODFN2 EODFN2
UHG UHG

P$ZLUHFXUUHQWORRS

PHDVXUHPHQWVLJQDO
IRUIDFWRU\VRIWZDUH
XSGDWHXVHRQO\

PHQXIXQFWLRQVHOHFWRU GRZQEXWWRQ
XSEXWWRQ

SITRANS LC 300 connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/151

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 300

■ Dimensional drawings
Rod Version (7ML5625) Rod Version with Welded Flange Cable Version Rod Version with Stilling Well
(7ML5626) (7ML5625, 7ML5626) (7ML5625, 7ML5626)
lid lid lid
lid clip lid lid clip lid clip
lid clip
± 142 mm
± 142 mm (5.59”) ± 142 mm
(5.59”) (5.59”)

electronics/ electronics/ electronics/ electronics/

enclosure enclosure enclosure enclosure

shield shield
length length
shield
total length min. = length
shield length + shield
225 mm (8.86”) length
total length total length min. = stilling
min. = shield 1000 mm (39.37”) well
length +
active 225 mm cable max. length =
length (8.86”) active 25000 mm
probe
length (984.3”)

5 max. length =
5000 mm
(196.85”)
probe

active
max.
length =
5000 mm
355 mm
length (196.85”) (14.0”) probe max.
(PFA lined) length =
cable 5000 mm
weight (196.85”)

active
Ø19 mm length
(0.75”)
Ø19 mm Ø30 mm
(0.75”) (1.18”)

Ø19 mm (0.75”)
Ø35 mm (1.38”)
Lid without window Lid with window
26.1 mm
(1.1”) 39.5 mm
(1.6”)

Shield Lengths:
120 mm 120 mm
(4.7”) (4.7”) 125 mm (4.92”)
76 mm 76 mm 250 mm (9.84”)
(3”) (3”) 400 mm (15.75”)

59 mm 59 mm
(2.3”) (2.3”)

SITRANS LC 300 dimensions

5/152 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

■ Overview ■ Configuration

5
SITRANS LC 500 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance level
and interface monitor/controller for extreme and critical process
conditions, such as oil and liquified natural gas (LNG) as well as
toxic and aggressive chemicals and vapours.

■ Benefits
• Patented Active-Shield technology
• Simple push-button calibration and integrated local display
• inverse frequency approach provides high resolution
• 2-wire loop powered 4 to 20/4 to 20 mA measurement signal
• Pre-detection alarm and full function diagnostics
• High temperature and pressure resistant (optional)
• Full-function diagnostics comply with NAMUR NE 43

■ Application
The SITRANS LC 500 performs accurately and reliably in ex-
treme process conditions with temperatures from -200 to
+400 °C (-328 to +752 °F) and pressures from full vacuum (FV)
to over 525 bar (7665 psi).
SITRANS LC 500’s advanced electronics provide one-step,
push-button calibration and local display for easy on-site instal- SITRANS LC 500 installation
lation and setup. The unique mechanical probe design coupled
with a high performance transmitter gives superior performance
in toxic and aggressive chemicals, acids, caustics, adhesives
and in viscous conductive and non-conductive materials.The
smart 2-wire transmitter has HART® communications for remote
commissioning and inspection. The SITRANS LC 500 achieves
reliable, stable measurement performance over a wide range of
application conditions including very hazardous environments.
• Key Applications: water in oil, foam or liquid/foam level, high-
pressure coalescers, LNG (Liquified Natural Gas)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/153

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

■ Technical specifications Process connection of probe

• Threaded mounting NPT, BSP, JIS
Input
• Flat-faced flange mounting ANSI, DIN
Measuring range 0 to 3300 pF
Power supply Max. 33 V DC (30 V DC with intrin-
Span Min. 3.3 pF sically safe operation),
Measurement current signalling NAMUR NE 43 min. 12 V DC @ 3.6 mA,
min. 9.5 V DC @ 22 mA
Output
Features
Loop current 3.6 to 22 mA/22 to 3.6 mA
(2-wire current loop) Safety Probe input ESD protected to
55 kV
Accuracy Inputs/outputs fully galvanically
Temperature stability 0.15 pF (0 pF) or < 0.25% (typi- isolated
cally < 0.1%) of actual measured Polarity-insensitive current loop
value, whichever is greater over Fully potted
the full temperature range Integrated safety barrier

Non-linearity and repeatability < 0.1% of range and actual mea- • Diagnostics with fault alarm when: Primary variable (PV) out of limits,
sured value respectively system failure in measurement
circuit, deviation between A/D
Accuracy Deviation < 0.1% of measured and D/A converter, check sum,
value watch dog and self-checking
facility
Rated operating conditions
• Function rotary switch Positions 0 to 9, A to F
5 Pressure range1)
• Standard -1 to 200 bar (2920 psi)
• Smart communication Conforming to HART Communi-
cation Foundation (HCF)
• As option -1 to 525 bar (7665 psi) Certificates and approvals CE (complies with E.C.C. require-
Ambient conditions ments of EN 55011 and
EN 61326)
• Ambient temperature (transmitter)
ATEX EEx ia IIC T6-T4, EEx ia IIB
- Without thermal isolator -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F) T6-T4 (intrinsically safe), EEx d
ATEX Ex protection: [ia] IIC T6-T4, Ex nC IIC T4
-40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F) for
FM/CSA Class I, II and III, Div. 1
T6, -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F)
Groups A, B, C and D (intrinsi-
for T5 to T1
cally safe), Class I, Div. 2, Class
- With thermal isolator Depending on probe tempera- II, Div. 2, Class III, Div. 1 and 2
ture range FM Class I, II and III, Div. 1
• Process temperature (probe) Groups A, B, C and D
ATEX II1GD EEx ia IIC T6..T4;
- Standard -200 to +200 °C (-328 to +392 °F)
II 1/2 GD EExd [ia] IIC T6..T1;
- With thermal isolator -200 to +400 °C (-328 to +752 °F) II3G 2D EEx nC IIC T6..T4
• Installation category II Lloyd’s Register of Shipping,
Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3
• Pollution degree 4 and ENV5
• Ingress protection Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65 PED 97/23/EC
Installation conditions 1) Pressure rating of process seal is temperature dependent.
Contact Siemens Milltronics for derating curves.
• Location Indoor/outdoor
Design
Material
• Wetted parts material
- Standard AISI 316 L
- Optional C22.8 N, Monel 400, Hastelloy
C22, Duplex
• Probe insulation PFA, enamel
Probe diameter
• Rod design 16 mm (0.63") or 24 mm (0.95")
• Cable design 9 mm (0.35")
Probe length
• Rod design Max. 3.5 m (138“), (16 mm rod)
Max. 5.5 m (216“), (24 mm rod)
• Cable design Max. 35 m (1378“)
• Cable extension length tolerance Insertion length < 3 m: ± 10 mm
Insertion length 3 to 10 m:
± 20 mm
Insertion length > 10 m: ± 30 mm

5/154 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LC 500, Threaded or Welded Flange 7ML 5 5 1 3 - SITRANS LC 500, Threaded or Welded Flange 7ML 5 5 1 3 -
with Cable Sensor 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 with Cable Sensor 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and inter- Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and inter-
face monitor/controller for extreme and critical pro- face monitor/controller for extreme and critical pro-
cess conditions. cess conditions.
Version1) Approvals
Cable, PFA insulated, weighted General Purpose 1
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion
length ... mm ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA 2
- 1000 to 2000 mm2) 0E Class I, Div.2, Group A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III
- 2001 to 4000 mm2) 5) 1E Div. 1, Group E, F and G T4
- 4001 to 6000 mm2) 2E ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, 3
- 6001 to 8000 mm2) 3E Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4
- 8001 to 10 000 mm2) 4E
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 4
Longer lengths possible to a max. of 35 000 mm.
Consult factory for order information. FM/CSA Class I, Div.1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 5
Cable, non-insulated, weighted Enclosure/Cable inlet
Add order code Y01 and plain text: “Insertion Aluminum epoxy coated
length ... mm 2 x ½" NPT, IP65 1
- 1000 to 2000 mm2) and 3) 0F 2 x M20 x 1.5 (IP65, adapter) 2
- 2001 to 4000 mm2) 3) 5) 1F
- 4001 to 6000 mm2) and 3) 2F Options
- 6001 to 8000 mm2) and 3) 3F None A
- 8001 to 10 000 mm2) and 3) 4F With mounting eye B
Longer lengths possible to a max. of 35 000 mm.
Consult factory for order information.
Thermal isolator/remote version4)
Without thermal isolator or remote electronics A
5
Process connection (AISI 316 L) Isolator, only for use when temperature range is B
Threaded connection outside of -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F), XP
1½" NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) C0 approval -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)
1½" BSPT (EN 10226-1) F0 Remote electronics with mounting bracket and
1½" JIS (B 0202) J0 cable4)
1¼” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) K0 C
• Length: 2 m (79")
Flanges, welded construction • Length: 3 m (118") D
1½", ANSI, 150 Ib B1 • Length: 4 m (158") E
1½", ANSI, 300 Ib B2 • Length: 5 m (197") F
1½", ANSI, 600 Ib B3
Electronic output
2", ANSI, 150 Ib C1 none (no transmitter) 0
2", ANSI, 300 Ib C2 2-wire loop current 4 to 20 mA 1
2", ANSI, 600 Ib C3 (transmitter MSP2002-2 _3300 pF)
3", ANSI, 150 Ib D1 Further designs
3", ANSI, 300 Ib D2 Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
3", ANSI, 600 Ib D3 code(s).
4", ANSI, 150 Ib E1 Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
4", ANSI, 300 Ib E2 Y01: ... mm
4", ANSI, 600 Ib E3 Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
6", ANSI, 150 Ib F1 Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
6", ANSI, 300 Ib F2 plain text:
6", ANSI, 600 Ib F3 Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
DN 40, PN 16 K4 Instruction manual See page 5/161
DN 40, PN 40 K5
Accessories See page 5/161
DN 50, PN 16 L4
DN 50, PN 40 L5 1) A minimum span of 3 pF must be maintained
DN 80, PN 16 M4 2) For process connections 1¼” and larger.
DN 80, PN 40 M5 3) For non-conductive media only.
DN 100, PN 16 N4 4) Approval options D and E do not apply for remote mounted electronics
DN 100, PN 40 N5
5) Lengths above 2.4 m require custom shipping methods. Contact factory
DN 125, PN 16 P4 for more details.
DN 125, PN 40 P5
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5,
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/155

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LC 500, Threaded or Welded Flange, 7ML 5 5 1 5 - SITRANS LC 500, Threaded or Welded Flange, 7ML 5 5 1 5 -
with Rod Sensor 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 with Rod Sensor 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and inter- Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and inter-
face monitor/controller for extreme and critical pro- face monitor/controller for extreme and critical pro-
cess conditions. cess conditions.
Version Flanges, welded construction
Rod, 16 mm, PFA insulated 1½", ANSI, 150 Ib B1
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- 1½", ANSI, 300 Ib B2
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” 1½", ANSI, 600 Ib B3
- 100 to 1000 mm1) 0A 2", ANSI, 150 Ib C1
- 1001 to 2000 mm 1A 2", ANSI, 300 Ib C2
- 2001 to 3000 mm6) 2A 2", ANSI, 600 Ib C3
- 3001 to 3500 mm 3A
3", ANSI, 150 Ib D1
Rod, 16 mm, PFA insulated with 36 mm stilling well 3", ANSI, 300 Ib D2
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- 3", ANSI, 600 Ib D3
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm”
- 100 to 1000 mm1) and 2) 0B 4", ANSI, 150 Ib E1
- 1001 to 2000 mm2) 1B 4", ANSI, 300 Ib E2
- 2001 to 3000 mm2) 6) 2B 4", ANSI, 600 Ib E3
- 3001 to 3500 mm2) 3B 6", ANSI, 150 Ib F1
Rod, 24 mm, PFA insulated 6", ANSI, 300 Ib F2
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- 6", ANSI, 600 Ib F3
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” DN 40, PN 16 K4
5 - 100 to 1000 mm3)
- 1001 to 2000 mm3)
0C
1C
DN 40, PN 40
DN 50, PN 16
K5
L4
- 2001 to 3000 mm3) 6) 2C
DN 50, PN 40 L5
- 3001 to 4000 mm3) 3C
- 4001 to 5000 mm3) 4C DN 80, PN 16 M4
- 5001 to 5500 mm3) 5C DN 80, PN 40 M5
Rod, 24 mm, PFA insulated with 48 mm stilling well DN 100, PN 16 N4
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- DN 100, PN 40 N5
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” DN 125, PN 16 P4
- 100 to 1000 mm4) 0D DN 125, PN 40 P5
- 1001 to 2000 mm4) 1D (Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
- 2001 to 3000 mm4) 6) 2D sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5,
- 3001 to 4000 mm4) 3D or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)
- 4001 to 5000 mm4) 4D
- 5001 to 5500 mm4) 5D Approvals
General Purpose 1
Rod, 16 mm, Glassteel Enamel insulated ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA 2
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- Class I, Div.2, Group A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” Div. 1, Group E, F and G T4
- 100 to 1500 mm4) 0E ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, 3
Rod, 16 mm, Glassteel Enamel insulated, with Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4
36 mm stilling well ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 4
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- FM/CSA Class I, Div.1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 5
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” Enclosure/Cable inlet
- 100 to 1500 mm4) 0F Aluminum epoxy coated
Process connection (AISI 316 L) 2 x ½" NPT, IP65 1
Threaded connection 2 x M20 x 1.5 (IP65, adapter) 2
3/4” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A0 Options
1” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) B0 None A
1½” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) C0 Slotted holes instead of standard vent holes in still- B
2” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) D0 ing well (refer to manual for dimensions)
3/4” BSPT (EN 10226-1) E0 Thermal isolator/remote version5)
1” BSPT (EN 10226-1) F0 Without thermal isolator or remote electronics A
1½” BSPT (EN 10226-1) J0 Isolator, only for use when temperature range is B
2” BSPT (EN 10226-1) K0 outside of -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F), XP
1½” JIS (B 0202) L0 approval -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)
2” JIS (B 0202) M0 Remote electronics with mounting bracket and
1¼” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) N0 cable5)
• Length: 2 m (79") C
• Length: 3 m (118") D
• Length: 4 m (158") E
• Length: 5 m (197") F
Electronic output
none (no transmitter) 0
2-wire loop current 4 to 20 mA 1
(transmitter MSP2002-2 _3300 pF)
1) A minimum span of 3 pF must be maintained
2) For process connection 1½” or larger.
3) For process connection 1” or larger.
4) For process connection 2” or larger.
5) Approval options D and E do not apply for remote mounted electronics.
6) Lengths above 2.4 m require custom shipping methods. Contact factory
for more details.

5/156 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
Y01: ... mm
Active shield length, specify in plain text [min. Y02
length is 50 mm (2”)]: Y02:... mm
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
plain text:
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
Instruction manual See page 5/161
Accessories See page 5/161

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/157

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LC 500, Single Piece Flanged with Rod 7ML 5 5 1 7 - SITRANS LC 500, Single Piece Flanged with Rod 7ML 5 5 1 7 -
Sensor 77 7 77 - 7777 Sensor 77 7 77 - 7777
Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and inter- Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and inter-
face monitor/controller for extreme and critical pro- face monitor/controller for extreme and critical pro-
cess conditions. cess conditions.
Version DN 100, PN 40 N5
Rod, 16 mm, PFA insulated DN 125, PN 16 P4
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser-
DN 125, PN 40 P5
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm”
- 100 to 1000 mm1) 0A Flanges, single piece construction with PTFE flange
- 1001 to 2000 mm 1A facing (not applicable with stilling well)
- 2001 to 3000 mm5) 2A 1½", ANSI, 150 Ib B4
- 3001 to 3500 mm 3A 1½", ANSI, 300 Ib B5
1½", ANSI, 600 Ib B6
Rod, 16 mm, PFA insulated with 36 mm stilling well
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- 2", ANSI, 150 Ib C4
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” 2", ANSI, 300 Ib C5
- 100 to 1000 mm2) 0B 2", ANSI, 600 Ib C6
- 1001 to 2000 mm2) 1B 3", ANSI, 150 Ib D4
- 2001 to 3000 mm2) 5) 2B 3", ANSI, 300 Ib D5
- 3001 to 3500 mm2) 3B 3", ANSI, 600 Ib D6
Rod, 24 mm, PFA insulated 4", ANSI, 150 Ib E4
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser-
5 tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm”
- 100 to 1000 mm3) 0C
4", ANSI, 300 Ib
4", ANSI, 600 Ib
E5
E6
- 1001 to 2000 mm 1C 6", ANSI, 150 Ib F4
- 2001 to 3000 mm5) 2C 6", ANSI, 300 Ib F5
- 3001 to 4000 mm 3C 6", ANSI, 600 Ib F6
- 4001 to 5000 mm 4C DN 40, PN 16 K6
- 5001 to 5500 mm 5C DN 40, PN 40 K7
Rod, 24 mm, PFA insulated with 48 mm stilling well DN 50, PN 16 L6
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- DN 50, PN 40 L7
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm”
- 100 to 1000 mm4) 0D DN 80, PN 16 M6
- 1001 to 2000 mm4) 1D DN 80, PN 40 M7
- 2001 to 3000 mm4) 5) 2D DN 100, PN 16 N6
- 3001 to 4000 mm4) 3D DN 100, PN 40 N7
- 4001 to 5000 mm4) 4D DN 125, PN 16 P6
- 5001 to 5500 mm4) 5D DN 125, PN 40 P7
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
Rod, 16 mm, Glassteel Enamel insulated
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5,
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser-
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm”
- 100 to 1500 mm4) 0E Approvals
General Purpose 1
Rod, 16 mm, Glassteel Enamel insulated, with 36
mm stilling well ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA 2
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- Class I, Div.2, Group A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” Div. 1, Group E, F and G T4
- 100 to 1500 mm4) 0F ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, 3
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4
Process connection (AISI 316 L) ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 4
Flange, single piece construction FM/CSA Class I, Div.1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 5
1½", ANSI, 150 Ib B1
1½", ANSI, 300 Ib B2 Enclosure/Cable inlet
Aluminum epoxy coated
1½", ANSI, 600 Ib B3
2 x ½" NPT, IP65 1
2", ANSI, 150 Ib C1 2 x M20 x 1.5 (IP65, adapter) 2
2", ANSI, 300 Ib C2
Options
2", ANSI, 600 Ib C3
None A
3", ANSI, 150 Ib D1 Slotted holes instead of standard vent holes in still- B
3", ANSI, 300 Ib D2 ing well (refer to manual for dimensions)
3", ANSI, 600 Ib D3
1) A minimum span of 3 pF must be maintained
4", ANSI, 150 Ib E1
4", ANSI, 300 Ib E2 2) For process connection 1½” or larger.
4", ANSI, 600 Ib E3 3) For process connection 1” or larger.
6", ANSI, 150 Ib F1 4) For process connection 2” or larger.
6", ANSI, 300 Ib F2 5) Lengths above 2.4 m require custom shipping methods. Contact factory
6", ANSI, 600 Ib F3 for more details.
DN 40, PN 16 K4
DN 40, PN 40 K5
DN 50, PN 16 L4
DN 50, PN 40 L5
DN 80, PN 16 M4
DN 80, PN 40 M5
DN 100, PN 16 N4

5/158 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

SITRANS LC 500, Single Piece Flanged with Rod 7ML 5 5 1 7 -
Sensor 77 7 77 - 7777
Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and inter-
face monitor/controller for extreme and critical pro-
cess conditions.
Thermal isolator/remote version1)
Without thermal isolator or remote electronics A
Isolator, only for use when temperature range is B
outside of -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F), XP
approval -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)
Remote electronics with mounting bracket and
cable5)
• Length: 2 m (79") C
• Length: 3 m (118") D
• Length: 4 m (158") E
• Length: 5 m (197") F
Electronic output
none (no transmitter) 0
2-wire loop current 4 to 20 mA 1
(transmitter MSP2002-2 _3300 pF)
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
5
Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
Y01: ... mm
Active shield length, specify in plain text [min. Y02
length is 50 mm (2”)]: Y02:... mm
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
plain text:
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
Instruction manual See page 5/161
Accessories See page 5/161
1) Approval options D and E do not apply for remote mounted electronics.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/159

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LC 500, Long Range Interface Version, 7ML 5 5 2 3 - SITRANS LC 500, Long Range Interface Version, 7ML 5 5 2 3 -
Threaded or Welded Flange, with Rod Sensor 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Threaded or Welded Flange, with Rod Sensor 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7
Inverse frequency shift capacitance long shot inter- Inverse frequency shift capacitance long shot inter-
face monitor/controller for storage vessels face monitor/controller for storage vessels
Version Approvals
Rod, 16 mm, PFA insulated, length 500 to 3500 General Purpose 1
mm; specify AISI 316L flexible extension tube ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA 2
length: Class I, Div.2, Group A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Total Div. 1, Group E,F and G T4
insertion length ... mm and active sensor length ... ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, 3
mm” Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4
- 5000 to 10 000 mm1)3) 0A ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 4
- 10 000 to 15 000 mm 1A FM/CSA Class I, Div.1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 5
- 15 000 to 20 000 mm 2A Enclosure/Cable inlet
- 20 000 to 25 000 mm 3A Aluminum epoxy coated
- 25 000 to 30 000 mm 4A 2 x ½" NPT, IP65 1
- 30 000 to 35 000 mm 5A 2 x M20 x 1.5 (IP65, adapter) 2
Rod, 24 mm, PFA insulated, length 3500 to Options
5500 mm; specify AISI 316L flexible extension tube None A
length: With mounting eye B
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Total Thermal isolator/remote version2)
insertion length ... mm and active sensor length ... Without thermal isolator or remote electronics A
mm” Isolator, only for use when temperature range is B
5 - 5000 to 10 000 mm3)
- 10 000 to 15 000 mm
0B
1B
outside of -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F), XP
approval -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)
- 15 000 to 20 000 mm 2B
Remote electronics with mounting bracket and
- 20 000 to 25 000 mm 3B cable2)
- 25 000 to 30 000 mm 4B C
- 30 000 to 35 000 mm 5B • Length: 2 m (79")
• Length: 3 m (118") D
Process connection (AISI 316 L) • Length: 4 m (158") E
Threaded connection • Length: 5 m (197") F
2” NPT (ANSI/ASME B1.20.1) A0 Electronic output
2” BSPT (EN 10226-1) B0 none (no transmitter) 0
2” JIS (B 0202) C0 2-wire loop current 4 to 20 mA 1
(transmitter MSP2002-2 _3300 pF)
Flanges, welded construction
Further designs
2", ANSI, 150 Ib C1 Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
2", ANSI, 300 Ib C2 code(s).
3", ANSI, 150 Ib D1 Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
3", ANSI, 300 Ib D2 Y01: ... mm
4", ANSI, 150 Ib E1 Active shield length, specify in plain text [min. Y02
4", ANSI, 300 Ib E2 length is 50 mm (2”)]: Y02:... mm
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
6", ANSI, 150 Ib F1
Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
6", ANSI, 300 Ib F2
plain text:
DN 50, PN 16 L4
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
DN 50, PN 40 L5
Instruction manual See page 5/161
DN 80, PN 16 M4
DN 80, PN 40 M5 Accessories See page 5/161
DN 100, PN 16 N4 1) A minimum span of 3 pF must be maintained
DN 100, PN 40 N5
2) Approval options D and E do not apply for remote mounted electronics
DN 125, PN 16 P4
3) Lengths above 2.4 m require custom shipping methods. Contact factory
DN 125, PN 40 P5 for more details.
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimen-
sionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5,
or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2238 standard.)

5/160 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS LC 500, Threaded or Sanitary Fitting 7ML 5 5 2 1 - Further designs
Clamp Connection with Rod Sensor 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 7 Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
Inverse frequency shift capacitance level and inter- code(s).
face monitor/controller for extreme and critical pro- Insertion length, specify in plain text: Y01
cess conditions. Y01: ... mm
Version Active shield length, specify in plain text [min. Y02
Rod, 16 mm, PFA insulated length is 50 mm (2”)]: Y02:... mm
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
plain text:
- 100 to 1000 mm1) 0A
- 1001 to 2000 mm 1A Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
- 2001 to 3000 mm* 2A Instruction manual See page 5/161
- 3001 to 3500 mm 3A Accessories See page 5/161
Rod, 24 mm, PFA insulated
Add order code Y01 and Y02 and plain text: “Inser- 1) A minimum span of 3 pF must be maintained
tion length ... mm and active shield length ... mm” 2) Approval options D and E do not apply for remote mounted electronics
- 100 to 1000 mm1) 0B * Lengths above 2.4 m require custom shipping methods. Contact factory
- 1001 to 2000 mm 1B for more details.
- 2001 to 3000 mm* 2B
- 3001 to 4000 mm 3B Selection and Ordering data Order No.
- 4001 to 5000 mm 4B
Instruction manual for SITRANS LC 500
- 5001 to 5500 mm 5B
Process connection (AISI 316 L)
Threaded connection
English
French
7ML1998-5GE01
7ML1998-5GE11 5
DN 80 threaded sanitary connection A0 German 7ML1998-5GE31
DN 100 threaded sanitary connection B0 Accessories
DN 125 threaded sanitary connection C0 Transmitter, MSP 2002-1, 330 PF 7ML1830-1JP
Sanitary fitting clamp connection Transmitter, MSP 2002-2, 3300 PF 7ML1830-1JQ
DN 50 sanitary fitting clamp A1 Transmitter, MSP 2002-3, 6600 PF 7ML1830-1JR
2” O.D. sanitary fitting clamp B1
3” O.D. sanitary fitting clamp C1
4” O.D. sanitary fitting clamp D1
Approvals
General Purpose 1
ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA 2
Class I, Div.2, Group A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III
Div. 1, Group E, F and G T4
ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T6 to T4; FM/CSA Class I, 3
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to T1 4
FM/CSA Class I, Div.1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 5
Enclosure/Cable inlet
Aluminum epoxy coated
2 x ½" NPT, IP65 1
2 x M20 x 1.5 (IP65, adapter) 2
Options
None A
Thermal isolator/remote version2)
Without thermal isolator or remote electronics A
Isolator, only for use when temperature range is B
outside of -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F), XP
approval -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)
Remote electronics with mounting bracket and
cable2)
• Length: 2 m (79") C
• Length: 3 m (118") D
• Length: 4 m (158") E
• Length: 5 m (197") F
Electronic output
none (no transmitter) 0
2-wire loop current 4 to 20 mA 1
(transmitter MSP2002-2 _3300 pF)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/161

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

■ Characteristic curves

5 SITRANS LC 500 Derating Curves

5/162 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

■ Dimensional drawings

Probe configurations

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/163

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

Standard Probe / Thermal Isolator (7ML5515) Long shot Interface Version ø160 mm
(6.3”)
for Storage Vessel (7ML5523)
transmitter
ø160 mm enclosure
(6.3”)

transmitter 185 mm
enclosure Seal gland
(7.28”)
process
120 mm connection:
(4.72”) adjustable flange
dependent on
extension extension or
length part thread
thermal isolator

seal gland
85 mm flexible active
(3.35”) flange tube shield
process
connection
active øk insertion
shield øD length
35 m
(115 ft)
5 insertion
length
max.

probe
measuring
range
length probe

inactive
tip measuring
ø16 mm (0.63”) range max. 3.5 m
ø 16 mm (0.63”) or length* for 16 mm rod
or ø 24 mm (0.94”) 5.5 m for
ø 24 mm (0.94”) 24 mm rod
40 mm
(1.57”) 100 mm (3.9”)
inactive tip

Sanitary Thread Coupling (7ML5521) Sanitary Fitting Clamp (7ML5521)

ø 160 mm
(6.3”) ø 160 mm
(6.3”) transmitter
transmitter
enclosure enclosure

118 mm 118 mm
(4.65”) (4.65”)

seal gland seal gland

IDF nut tri-clamp

connection

active
active shield
shield

insertion insertion
length length probe
+ 175 mm
measuring probe (6.9”)measuring
range 40 mm range 40 mm
length (1.57”) length (1.57”)

inactive tip inactive tip

ø 16 mm (0.63”) ø 16 mm (0.63”)
or or
ø 24 mm (0.94”) ø 24 mm (0.94”)

Probe configurations

5/164 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Capacitance
SITRANS LC 500

SITRANS LC 500 probe Standard Long Range Interface Sanitary

version for Storage Vessels
Process connection types Threaded or Welded Flange Single Piece Flanged Threaded or Welded Flange S series
Threaded Available as standard – Available as standard –
Flange Available as standard Available as standard Available as standard –
Sanitary fitting clamp – – – Available as standard

Sanitary thread – – – Available as standard

Process connection materials

Stainless steel AISI 316L Available as standard Available as standard Available as standard Available as standard
Carbon steel C22.8N – – – –
Duplex steel – – – –

Hastelloy1) B2 or C22 Available as standard Available as standard – –

Monel 400 - – – –
Probe insulation
PFA Available as standard Available as standard Available as standard Available as standard
Enamel Available as standard – – – 5
Length and Process parameters
Max. rod length (mm/inch) 5500/216 5500/216 – 5500/216
Max. cable length (mm/inch) 35000/1378 35000/1378 35000/1378 –
Max. pressure (bar/psi)2) 200/2900 150/2175 5/73 10/145
Max. temperature (°C/°F)3) 200/3924) 200/392 100/212 200/392
- Not available as standard
1) Flange made of AISI 316L stainless steel with a 5 mm welded Hastelloy plate
2) Depends on temperature range
3) Depends on pressure range
4) Up to 400°C (752°F) with enamel probe insulation

■ Schematics
ground lug

protective
label
solid state
switch relay
(any polarity)
instrument
system 4-20 mA
ground current loop
connection
Type:
(any polarity)
measuring Ser.:
Date:
signal Rev.:
Tampering voids warranty

(mini-coaxial
cable)

ground connection point

for instrument system

SITRANS LC 500 connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/165

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Flow-through switch - Capacitance
SITRANS PD 500

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Input
Measuring range 0 to 330 pF
Span Min. 1 pF
Measurement frequency 420 kHz @ Cx = 0 pF
Measurement current signalling NAMUR NE 43
Output
Loop current 3.6 to 22 mA / 22 to 3.6 mA
(2-wire current loop)
Accuracy
Temperature stability 0.15 pF (0 pF) or < 0.25% (typi-
cal < 0.1%) of actual measure-
ment value, whichever is greater
over the full temperature range
Non-linearity and repeatability 0.1% of full scale and actual mea-
surement respectively
Accuracy deviation < 0.1% of measured
The SITRANS PD 500 is an inverse frequency shift capacitance value

5 2-wire switch for interface and product presence detection, even

in extreme and critical process conditions.
Rated operating conditions
Pressure rating max. 50 bar (710 psi)

■ Benefits Ambient conditions

• Ambient temperature (transmitter) -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F)
• Flange and sandwich mounting according to ANSI and DIN ATEX Ex protection:
standards -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F) T6,
• No need for an external counter electrode -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F) T5
to T1
• Integrated local display
• Process temperature -40 to +200 °C (-40 to +392 °F)
• Full function diagnostics
• High temperature and pressure resistant • Installation category II

• Unaffected by turbulence inside a pipe • Pollution degree 4

• Stainless steel AISI 316L process connection (optional: Installation conditions

Carbon Steel C35) • Location Indoor/outdoor

■ Application
Design
Material
It is suitable for use on any ferrous or non-ferrous piping system. • Wetted parts AISI 316L or carbon steel C 35
For example, the percentage of water in a hydrocarbon mixture
can be detected. The SITRANS PD 500 provides accurate, reli- • Insulation PTFE (1 mm thick)
able measurement, even in high temperature and high pressure Fitting length
conditions.
• FTS Series (sandwich) 55 mm (2.1“)
The PTFE-lined electrode detects changes in the dielectric con- • FTF Series (flange) 100 mm (3.9“)
stant of the material flowing through the pipe. The PTFE lining
prevents the material from coming in contact with metal parts on Process connection
the PD 500, allowing for a high degree of chemical resistance. • FTS Series (sandwich) ANSI, DIN
The flow diameter of the electrode is equal to the internal diam- • FTF Series (flange) ANSI, DIN
eter of the piping in which the electrode is positioned. Therefore, Enclosure
the flow-through electrode does not form an obstacle for the
product flowing through the pipe. This eliminates turbulence and • Material Aluminum, epoxy-coated, diame-
ensures accurate measurements. ter 160 mm (6.3")
• Cable inlet 2 x ½” NPT, M20 x 1.5 optional
The smart 2- wire switch has HART® communications for remote
commissioning. Its advanced electronics provide one-point cal- • Degree of protection Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65
ibration and an integrated local display. Power supply Max. 33 V DC (30 V DC with intrin-
• Key Applications: high temperature/high pressure, high tem- sically-safe operation),
perature/low pressure and highly toxic and agressive chemi- min. 12 V DC @ 3.6 mA,
cal environments, off-shore and FPSO vessels min. 9.5 V DC @ 22 mA

5/166 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


Features
• Safety
• Diagnostics with fault alarm when:
• Function rotary switch
• Communication
Certificates and Approvals
HART® is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation
SITRANS L Level instruments
Flow-through switch - Capacitance
SITRANS PD 500
• Probe input ESD protected to
55 kV
• Inputs/outputs fully galvanically
isolated
• Polarity-insensitive current loop
• Fully potted
• Integrated safety barrier
• primary variable (PV) out of lim-
its, system failure in measure-
ment circuit,
• deviation between A/D and D/A
converter, check sum, watch
dog and self-checking facility
positions 0 to 9, A to F
Conforming to HART Communi-
cation Foundation (HCF)
CE (complies with E.C.C. require-
ments of EN 55011 and
EN 61326)
ATEX II 3GD (EEx nA [ib] IIC T4 to
T6
FM/CSA Class I, Div 2, Groups A,
5
B, C, D, T4, Class II, Div 1,
Groups E, F, G, T4, Class III,
Div 1, Groups E, F, G, T4
ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T4 to T6
FM/CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, T4
ATEX II 1/2 GD EEx d [ia] IIC T6 to
T1
FM/CSA Class I, Div 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, T4
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping,
Categories ENV1, ENV2, ENV3
and ENV5
PED 97/23/EC
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/167
 SITRANS L Level instruments
Flow-Through Switch - Capacitance
SITRANS PD 500

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS PD 500, S-series 7ML 5 5 4 2 - Further designs
Capacitance 2-wire switch for interface and pro- 7 7 7 77 - 77 7 0 Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
duce presence detection, even in extreme and crit- code(s).
ical process conditions; suitable for use on any Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 38 mm), Y15
ferrous or non-ferrous piping system Tag information (max 20 characters), specify in
Electronic transmitter plain text:
Without 0 Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
MSP2002-1 (330 pF) 1
Instruction manual
Process connection English 7ML1998-5GF01
2" ANSI flange, 150 lb AA German 7ML1998-5GF01
2" ANSI flange, 300 lb AB Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item on the order.
3" ANSI flange, 150 lb BA
3" ANSI flange, 300 lb BB 1) Approvals D and E do not apply for remote mounted electronics
4" ANSI flange, 150 lb CA
4" ANSI flange, 300 lb CB
6" ANSI flange, 150 lb DA ■ Characteristic curves
6" ANSI flange, 300 lb DB
8" ANSI flange, 150 lb EA Standard PFA-insulated Probe consult factory when
8" ANSI flange, 300 lb EB pressure or
5 DN 50 PN16 flange HC
Pressure temperatures fall
in this area
DN 50 PN25 flange HD
DN 80 PN16 flange JC
DN 80 PN25 flange JD
150 bar (2190 psi)
DN 100 PN16 flange KC
DN 100 PN25 flange KD
100 bar (1460 psi)
DN 125 PN16 flange LC
DN 125 PN25 flange LD 70 bar (1022 psi)
50 bar (725 psi)
DN 150 PN16 flange MC -1 bar
DN 150 PN25 flange MD (-14.6 psi)

DN 200 PN16 flange NC Temperature

-100 °C -50 °C 0 °C 50 °C 100 °C 150 °C 200 °C
DN 200 PN25 flange ND (-148 °F) (-58 °F) (32 °F) (122 °F) (212 °F) (302 °F) (392 °F)
Probe insulation
PTFE 1 Note: reference product: water
Probe/Process connection Material
SITRANS PD 500 Derating Curves
AISI 316 L 1
Process connection Version
Sandwich 1
■ Schematics
Flange 2
ground lug
Approvals
General Purpose A
ATEX II 3 GD EEx nA [ib] IIC T6.. T4; FM/CSA Class B
I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D T4; Class II, III Div. protective
1, Groups E, F and G T4 label
ATEX II 1 G (EEx ia IIC T6..T4); FM/CSA Class I, C solid state
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 switch relay
(any polarity)
ATEX II 1/2 GD (EEx d [ia] IIC T6..T1) D
instrument
FM/CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 E system 4-20 mA
Thermal isolator/remote version1) ground current loop
connection
Without thermal isolator or remote electronics A (any polarity)
Type:
Isolator, For use beyond temperature range -40 to B measuring Ser.:
Date:
+85°C (-40 to +185°F), XP approval -40 to +70°C signal Rev.:
Tampering voids warranty

(-40 to +158°F) (mini-coaxial

cable)
Remote electronics with mounting bracket and
cable
• Length: 2 m (79") C
• Length: 3 m (118") D
• Length: 4 m (158") E
• Length: 5 m (197") F ground connection point
for instrument system

SITRANS PD 500, connections

5/168 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Flow-Through Switch - Capacitance
SITRANS PD 500

■ Dimensional drawings
FTS Series (sandwich type) FTF Series (flange type)
ø 160 mm
(6.3”) ø 160 mm
transmitter enclosure (6.3”)
transmitter enclosure
2x ½”NPT 2 X ½” NPT
125mm 125mm cable entry
(4.9”) cable entry (4.9”)
200mm 180 mm electrode housing (the
(7.9”) electrode housing (7”) length of the housing
180 mm changes to accomodate
Y + 200 mm (7”) + D flange diameter)
(7.9”) bolt hole
sandwich connection flange connection
PTFE lining
PTFE
lining

øX
øD 55 mm øX
(2.1”) øD 100 mm
Note: (3.9”)
In applications that exceed 80°C (185°F) or 70°C (158°F) in Ex zones, a thermopart should be used to further
separate the transmitter housing and the electrode housing.

SITRANS PD 500 dimensions

Flanges
5
Flanges according to ANSI Standards in inches (mm)
Class 150 lbs 300 lbs 600 lbs (Only available upon request.
Please contact factory for more details.)
nom. size D X Y D X Y D X Y
2” 6.0 (152.4) 2.1 (52.6) 4.0 (101.6) 6.5 (165.1) 2.1 (52.6) 4.3 (108.0) 6.5 (165.1) 1.9 (49.3) 4.3 (108.0)
3” 7.5 (190.5) 3.1 (78.0) 5.3 (133.4) 8.3 (209.6) 3.1 (78.0) 5.8 (146.1) 8.3 (209.6) 2.9 (73.7) 5.8 (146.1)
4” 9.0 (228.6) 4.0 (102.4) 6.8 (171.5) 10.0 (254.0) 4.0 (102.4) 7.0 (177.8) 10.8 (273.1) 3.8 (97.3) 7.5 (190.5)
6” 11.0 (279.4) 6.1 (154.2) 8.6 (219.1) 12.5 (317.5) 6.1 (154.2) 9.8 (247.7) 14.0 (355.6) 5.8 (146.3) 10.4 (263.5)
8” 13.5 (342.9) 8.0 (202.7) 10.9 (276.2) 15.0 (381.0) 8.0 (202.7) 12.0 (304.8) 16.5 (419.1) 7.6 (193.8) 12.5 (317.5)

Flanges according to DIN Standards in mm (inches)

Class PN16 PN25 PN40 (Only available upon request.
Please contact factory for more details.)
nom. size D X Y D X Y D X Y
DN 50 165 (6.5) 54.5 (2.1) 107 (4.2) 165 (6.5) 54.5 (2.1) 107 (4.2) 165 (6.5) 54.5 (2.1) 107 (4.2)
DN 80 200 (7.9) 82.5 (3.2) 142 (5.6) 200 (7.9) 82.5 (3.2) 142 (5.6) 200 (7.9) 82.5 (3.2) 142 (5.6)
DN 100 220 (8.7) 107.1 (4.2) 162 (6.4) 235 (9.3) 107.1 (4.2) 167 (6.6) 235 (9.3) 107.1 (4.2) 167 (6.6)
DN 125 250 (9.8) 131.7 (5.2) 192 (7.6) 270 (10.6) 131.7 (5.2) 193 (7.6) 270 (10.6) 131.7 (5.2) 193 (7.6)
DN 150 285 (11.2) 159.3 (6.3) 217 (8.5) 300 (11.8) 159.3 (6.3) 223 (8.8) 300 (11.8) 159.3 (6.3) 223 (8.8)
DN 200 340 (13.4) 211.9 (8.3) 272 (10.7) 360 (14.2) 206.5 (8.1) 283 (11.1) 375 (14.8) 206.5 (8.1) 290 (11.4)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/169

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Open channel flow
OCM III

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Mode of Operation
Measuring range 0.3 to 1.2 m (1 to 4 ft) or
0.6 to 3 m (2 to 10 ft)
Output
Transducer Echomax® XRS-5, 44 kHz
Relays 3 alarm/control relays, 1 Form C
SPDT contact per relay, rated 5 A
at 250 V AC non-inductive or 30 V
DC
mA output 0/4 to 20 mA, isolated
- Max. load 1 KΩ max. load
- Resolution 5 uA
- Isolation 300 V AC continuous
- DC output +24 V DC, 20 mA average to
200 mA at 1/10 duty cycle max.0
to 20
The OCM III is a high accuracy ultrasonic flow monitor for open Accuracy

5 channels to complete system studies. Error in measurement ± 1 mm/m, calculated error less
than 0.02%
■ Benefits Resolution 0.2 mm (0.007")
• Influent and effluent monitor Rated operating conditions
• BS 3680 calculations provide exceptional accuracy in Installation conditions
measuring flow
Location Indoor / outdoor
• 1 to 24 months data log, subject to logging rate
Installation category II
• Extensive serial communication, including RS-232
Pollution degree 4
• High accuracy on unique or non-standard weirs and flumes
Ambient conditions
• AC and DC operation. Automatically switches to battery oper-
ation for uninterrupted power. Ambient temperature (enclosure) -20 to +50 °C (-5 to +122 °F)
• Dual power input Design
• Low power remote monitoring Weight 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs)
• Flow Reporter software available for remote monitoring, con- Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
figuration and data retrieval Degree of protection (enclosure) IP65 / Type 4X / NEMA 4X

■ Application Cable
Transducer and mA output signal • transducer: co-axial to be
In addition to monitoring flowrate in sewage works, the OCM III RG62-A/U low capacitance
can monitor industrial discharge, rainfall/storm water studies, in- • mA output signal to be 2 copper
flow/infiltration studies and sewer system evaluations. The pro- conductors, twisted, with foil
grammable head versus flow curve (up to 16 points) accurately shield/drain wire, 300 V 0.5 to
defines flow rate on unique or non-standard weirs and flumes. 0.75 mm² (22 to 18 AWG)
The OCM III has data logging and is adjustable from once per • relay/power to be copper con-
ductors per local requirements
minute to once a day. It records the average flow rate for that to meet 250 V 5 A contact rating
time period. Daily, it records min/max of temperature and flow
rates, and the time they occurred, as well as the daily total. Ad- Max. separation between trans- 365 m (1200 ft)
vanced functions include variable rate logging. It can be pre- ducer and transceiver
programmed to log at a higher rate when needed. Under steady Displays and controls LCD 5 x 7 dot matrix display with
conditions, the OCM III automatically logs less frequently to con- 2 lines of 40 characters each
serve data log space. Programming via removable programmer and
The OCM III has two-way communication via RS-232 with a mo- communication link
dem or a bi-polar current loop with a current-to-voltage commu- Memory 3 V battery (NEDA 5003LC or
nication converter. Data logs can be downloaded to a file that equivalent), operating life 1 year,
can be manipulated into a spreadsheet or ASCII format. SuperCap capacitor for back-up
during battery replacement
Power supply
AC version 100/115/200/230 V AC ± 15%,
50/60 Hz, 20 VA max.
DC version 9 to 30 V DC, 8 W max.
Certificates and approvals CE2), FM, CSANRTL/C, MCert
Communication RS-232 or ± 20 mA bipolar current
loop, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800,
9600, 19200 baud

5/170 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Open channel flow
OCM III
Options Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Temperature Sensor TS-2 OCM III C) 7 M L 1 0 0 2 -
High accuracy ultrasonic flow monitor for open
Remote Monitoring Flow Reporter, a Windows®- channels to complete system studies 7A7 07
based configuration software and
data extractor Input voltage
AC, voltage selector switch 0
Velocity Sensor Consult with factory
Enclosure
1) Program range is defined as the empty distance to the face of the trans-
Standard, N4 A
ducer plus any range extension.
6 entries, M20 (approval option 6 only) B
2) EMC performance available upon request.
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Approvals
CSANRTL/C, FM, CE (EN61326) 5
CE (for use with enclosure option B only) 6
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5AB01
French C) 7ML1998-5AB11
Spanish C) 7ML1998-5AB21

German C) 7ML1998-5AB31
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line on the order.
Required equipment
TS-2 Temperature Sensor
TS-2, 1 m cable C) 7ML1812-1AA1
5
TS-2, 5 m cable C) 7ML1812-2AA1

TS-2, 10 m cable C) 7ML1812-3AA1

TS-2, 30 m cable C) 7ML1812-4AA1
TS-2, 50 m cable C) 7ML1812-5AA1

TS-2, 70 m cable C) 7ML1812-6AA1

TS-2, 90 m cable C) 7ML1812-7AA1
TS-2 Instruction manual C) 7ML1998-1EW01
Note: The TS-2 instruction manual should be
ordered as a separate line item on the order.
Accessories
Handheld programmer 7ML1830-2AA
Tag, stainless steel, 12 x 45 mm (0.47 x 1.77"), one PBD-45000786
text line, suitable for enclosure
M20 cable gland kit (6 M20 cable glands, 6 M20 7ML1830-1GM
nuts, 3 stop plugs)
Flow Reporter software license C) PBD-51034499

Flow Reporter Kit (includes disk, authorization code C) PBD-51035195

and cable)
Spare parts
Card, Mother, main PBD-51033263
Card, daughter/display C) PBD-51034009

Card, LCD PBD-51033961

Eprom PBD-45000739
Battery PBD-20200020
OCM III Lid overlay PBD-24250561
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/171

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Continuous measurement - Open channel flow
OCM III

■ Dimensional drawings

16 mm 209 mm
(0.6”) (8.2”) 106 mm
lid screws (4.2”)
172 mm (6 places) 91 mm
(6.8”) (3.6”)

programmer
285 mm
(11.2”)

267 mm
(10.5”)
1 2 3 4

5
5 6 7 8

9 A
0

D F

P U
C

lid
Suitable location for conduit entrances. mounting holes
Siemens Milltronics recommends using a punch (accessed under enclosure
for making holes in enclosure. lid) 4.3 mm (0.17”)
dia. / 4 places
customer
mounting screw

OCM III dimensions

■ Schematics
SHLD
SHLD

SHLD

SHLD
COM

COM
WHT
BLK
Hot

Vel Aux
Input Input
Position SW1
Transducer Current O/P Bipolar I/O RS-232 I/O Temp Sensor P 24 V Output Input Power for 100/115/
max. load 200/230 V AC
average 20 mA operation
Pulse 200 mA (50/60 Hz,
1/10 duty 20 VA)
Notes:
1. Use RG62-A/U Coaxial (or equivalent) for extensions up to 183 m (600 ft). Run in grounded metal conduit, separate from other wiring.
2. Each relay has 1 set of form ‘C’ (SPDT) contacts, relay rated at 5A, 250 V AC, non-inductive, when equal or lower rated limiting fuses are installed.
Relay de-energized when in alarm conditions and energized for pump control.

OCM III connections

5/172 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Communications
SmartLinx module

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Module type Allen Bradley Remote I/O
• Interface RIO
• Transmission rate 57.6, 115.2 or 230.4 Kbaud
• Rack address 1 to 73, ¼ to full rack
• Connection RIO slave
• SmartLinx module compatibility • SITRANS LU 01
• SITRANS LU 02
• SITRANS LU 10
• SITRANS LUC500
• MultiRanger 100/200
• HydroRanger 200

Module type PROFIBUS DP

• Interface RS-485 (PROFIBUS standard)
® • Transmission rate All valid PROFIBUS DP rates from
SmartLinx modules provide direct digital connection to popular 9600 Kbps to 12 Mbps
industrial communications buses and telephone lines with true
plug-and-play compatibility with products manufactured by
Siemens Milltronics.
• Rack address 0 to 99 5
• Connection Slave

■ Benefits • SmartLinx module compatibility • SITRANS LU 01

• SITRANS LU 02
• Fast, easy installation • SITRANS LU 10
• Direct connection: no additional installation required • SITRANS LUC500
• Scaleable application layer allows for optimized network • MultiRanger 100/200
bandwidth and memory requirements • HydroRanger 200
• Modules available for PROFIBUS DP, Allen-Bradley® Remote
I/O and DeviceNetTM
Module type MODBUS RTU
® • Interface RS-232 or RS-485
Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric
® • Transmission rate in bps 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200,
Allen-Bradley is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation
TM 38400
DeviceNet is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association
• Rack address 1 to 247
■ Application • Connection Slave
Many Siemens Milltronics products include HART, PROFIBUS PA • SmartLinx module compatibility • SITRANS LU 01
and Modbus communications. For additional communication • SITRANS LU 02
modules, SmartLinx cards are the answer.
• SITRANS LU 10
They’re fast and easy to install, and can be added at any time. Included with product:
The module simply plugs into the socket on any SmartLinx-en-
• SITRANS LUC500
abled product. They require no secondary private buses or gate-
ways and no separate wiring. There are no extra boxes to con- • MultiRanger 100/200
nect to your network so there’s a minimum load on engineering • HydroRanger 200
and maintenance staff.
SmartLinx provides all data from the instrument, including mea-
Module type DeviceNet
surement and status, and allows changes to operation parame-
ters to be done over the bus or telemetry link. The user can se- • Interface DeviceNet physical layer
lect which data in the application layer to transfer over the bus. • Transmission rate in kbps 125, 250, 500
This selection saves bandwidth and memory and optimizes data
throughput and speeds up the network, enabling you to connect • Rack address 0 to 63
more instruments to your network. • Connection Slave (group 2)
• SmartLinx module compatibility • SITRANS LU 01
• SITRANS LU 02
• SITRANS LU 10
• SITRANS LUC500
• MultiRanger 100/200
• HydroRanger 200

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/173

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Communications
SmartLinx modules

Module type Modem - MODBUS RTU

• Interface RJ-11 to phone line
• Transmission rate in bps 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 14400
• Rack address 1 to 247
• Connection Slave
• SmartLinx module compatibility • SITRANS LU 01
• SITRANS LU 02
• SITRANS LU 10

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

SmartLinx module for SITRANS LU 01, LU 02,
LU 10
Allen-Bradley Remote I/O module C) 7ML1830-1CP
PROFIBUS DP module 7ML1830-1CQ
Modbus-RTU module 7ML1830-1CR
DeviceNet module 7ML1830-1CT
Smartlinx modem (Europe) C) 7ML1830-1HM
Smartlinx modem (Canada, USA) C) 7ML1830-1HN

5 SmartLinx module for SITRANS LUC500 Rack

and Panel Mount models
Allen-Bradley Remote I/O module C) 7ML1830-1HP
PROFIBUS DP module C) 7ML1830-1CS
DeviceNet module 7ML1830-1HQ
SmartLinx module for SITRANS LUC500 Wall
Mount model, MultiRanger 100/200,
HydroRanger 200
Allen-Bradley Remote I/O module C) 7ML1830-1HS
PROFIBUS DP module C) 7ML1830-1HR
DeviceNet module 7ML1830-1HT
Instruction manuals
Allen-Bradley Remote I/O communications module, C) 7ML1998-1AP03
English
PROFIBUS communications module
• English C) 7ML1998-1AQ03

• French C) 7ML1998-1AQ12
• German C) 7ML1998-1AQ32
Modbus-RTU communications module, English C) 7ML1998-1BF01

Modbus-RTU communications module, German C) 7ML1998-1BF31

SmartLinx modem, English C) 7ML1998-1BG01
DeviceNet, English C) 7ML1998-1BH02

Spare SmartLinx software

Allen-Bradley data diskette C) 7ML1830-1CK
PROFIBUS DP data diskette C) 7ML1830-1CL
DeviceNet data diskette C) 7ML1830-1CM

C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

5/174 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS L Level instruments
Communications
Dolphin Plus Software

■ Overview ■ Application
Dolphin Plus is easy to install and use. Just load the software
from the CD. In minutes, you’re ready to set up or modify com-
plete parameter configurations for one or more devices.
Following configuration, you can alter parameters, upload and
download parameter sets to and from disk, and use parameter
sets saved from other instruments. Reading of echo profiles per-
mits fine tuning without the need for special instruments. Built-in
quick start wizards and help functions guide you through the en-
tire process.

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Dolphin Plus C) 7 M L 1 8 4 1 -
Software to monitor, configure, tune and diagnose 7AA 0 7
most Siemens Milltronics instruments remotely at
your desktop or laptop
RS-485 to RS-232 converter
No 0
Dolphin Plus is instrument configuration software that allows you Yes 1
to quickly and easily configure, monitor, tune and diagnose most
Siemens Milltronics devices using your desktop PC or con-
nected directly in the field using a laptop.
Comverter
No 0
5
Yes 1

■ Benefits Instruction manual

• Connection manual, English:
• Real-time monitoring and adjustment of parameters Included on Dolphin Plus CD and available at
• On-screen visualization of process values www.siemens.com/processautomation
• Saving and visualization of echo profiles for a wide range of Spare parts
Siemens Milltronics level meters Converter, RS 485 to RS 232 (D-Sub) C) 7ML1830-1HA
• Copying of data for programming several devices Kit containing one 9-pin D-Sub to RJ11 Adapter PBD-51033959
and one 2.1 meter telephone cable with two male
• Fast setup and commissioning of device jacks
• Generation of configuration reports within seconds Comverter, Infrared link PBD-51034011
Note: C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99

The Dolphin Plus software is only available in English.

7
Compatibility
Dolphin Plus works with a wide range of Siemens Milltronics
products, including:
• SITRANS LUC500
• MiniRanger Plus
• HydroRanger Plus
• SITRANS LU 10
• SITRANS LU 02
• SITRANS LU 01
Connection to a Siemens Milltronics instrument may be a direct
RS-232 serial connection or via an RS-485 converter or Siemens
Milltronics infrared ComVerter, depending on the instrument be-
ing configured.
Meets VDE 2187 user interface requirements.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 5/175

 SITRANS L Level instruments

5/176 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

SITRANS P
measuring instruments
for pressure

2/2 Product overview 2/128 Remote seals for transmitters

and pressure gages
2/4 Transmitters for gage pressure and 2/128 Technical description
absolute pressure
2/136 Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
2/4 Z series
2/139 Diaphragm seals of flange design
2/11 ZD series
2/148 Quick-release diaphragm seals
2/14 Transmitters for food, pharma- 2/151 Miniature diaphragm seal
ceuticals and biotechnology 2/152 Flushing rings
2/14 SITRANS P Compact 2/154 Clamp-on seals of flange design
2/157 Quick-release clamp-on seals
2/21 Transmitters for gage pressure
2/160 Measuring setups
2/21 MK II series
2/165 Questionnaire
2/25 Transmitters for gage pressure and
2/168 Fittings
absolute pressure
2/168 Technical description
2/25 SITRANS P300
2/170 Multiway cocks PN 100 for differen-
2/38 Transmitters for gage pressure for tial pressure transmitters
paper industry 2/174 Valve manifolds
SITRANS P300 and DS III series with 2/197 Oval flange for absolute and differential
PMC connection pressure transmitters
2/38 Technical description 2/198 Shut-off valves for pressure gages and
Technical specifications, Ordering pressure transmitters
data, dimensional drawings 2/201 Mounting set, instrument bracket
2/43 - DS III series 2/202 Adapters, connection glands
2/49 - SITRANS P300 2/203 Connection parts G½
2/204 Water traps
2/54 Transmitters for gage pressure, ab-
2/205 Primary shut-off valves
solute pressure, differential pres-
2/207 Compensation vessels
sure, flow and level
2/208 Connection parts
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
2/54 Technical description
Technical specifications, Ordering
data, dimensional drawings
2/70 - for gage pressure
2/70 - for gage pressure with front-flush
diaphragm
2/76 - for absolute pressure (from gage
pressure series)
2/85 - for absolute pressure (from
differential pressure series)
2/94 - for differential pressure and flow
2/109 - for level

2/118 SITRANS P accessories

2/118 Supplementary electronics for 4-wire
connection
2/120 Accessories/spare parts for SITRANS P
MK II, P300 and DS III series You can download all instructions, cata-
logs and certificates for SITRANS P free
2/125 Transmitters for hydrostatic level
of charge at the following Internet
2/125 MPS series (submersible sensor)
address:
www.siemens.com/sitransp

Siemens FI 01 · 2006
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure

Product overview

■ Overview
2 Application Description Page Software for
Parameterization
SITRANS P – measuring instruments for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pressure, flow and level
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P, Z series 2/4 –
suring gage and absolute pres- Compact single-range transmitters
sure
Analog electronics, available ex stock

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P, ZD series 2/11 –

suring gage and absolute pres- Range adjustment: 5 : 1
sure
Digital display
Charger

Transmitters for gage and abso- SITRANS P Compact 2/14 –

lute pressure for food, pharma- Single-range transmitters in 2-wire system
ceuticals and biotechnology
Hygiene-based design with various aseptic connec-
tions according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP recom-
mendations.

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P, MK II series 2/21 –

suring gage pressure Range adjustment: 4.5 : 1

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P300 2/25 SIMATIC PDM

suring gage and absolute pres- • Measuring range adjustment 1 : 100
sure
• Hygiene-based design with various aseptic con-
nections according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP rec-
ommendations
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and HART or
PROFIBUS PA
• Process connection G½, ½-NPT and flange con-
nection available
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P300 and DS III series with PMC con- 2/38 SIMATIC PDM
suring gage pressure nection for the paper industry
• Measuring range adjustment 1 : 100
• Process connections for the paper industry
• Paramter assignment over 3 buttons and HART,
PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P, DS III series 2/54 SIMATIC PDM
suring: SITRANS P, DS III PA series SIMATIC PDM
• Gage pressure, SITRANS P, DS III FF series
• Absolute pressure Range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Differential pressure and Parameterization using:
• Flow or • 3 keys and HART for DS III series
• Level • 3 keys and PROFIBUS-PA for DS III PA series
• 3 buttons and Foundation Fieldbus for DS III FF se-
ries
• Available ex stock
Supplementary electronics for Output: 0 or 4 to 20 mA 2/118 –
adaptation of two-wire transmit- Power supply: 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC
ters for four-wire connections

2/2 Siemens FI 01· 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure

Product overview

2
Application Description Page Software for
Parameterization
2-wire transmitter for measuing SITRANS P, MPS series (submersible sensor) 2/125 –
hydrostatic levels For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.

Remote seals for measuring
viscous, corrosive or fibrous
media (as well as media at
extreme temperatures)
Remote seals in sandwich and flange designs 2/128 –
Quick-release remote seals for the food industry
Wide range of diaphragm materials and filling liq-
uids available

Shutting off the lines for the
medium and differential pres-
sure
Mounting of transmitter on valve
manifold or shut-off fitting
Shut-off fittings and valve manifolds available in 2/168 –
steel, brass or stainless steel
Valve manifolds available for the various process
connections of the SITRANS P transmitters

Siemens FI 01· 2006 2/3

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure
Z series for gage pressure

■ Overview ■ Design
2 The main components of the pressure transmitter are:
• Brass housing with silicon measuring cell and electronics
plate
• Process connection
• Electrical connection
The silicon measuring cell has a thin-film strain gauge which is
mounted on a ceramic diaphragm. The ceramic diaphragm can
also be used for aggressive media.
The process connection to DIN EN 837-1 is made of brass and
has a male thread G½B or a female thread G1/8B.
The electrical connection is made using a plug to DIN 43650
with a M16x1.5 cable inlet.

■ Function
The pressure transmitters of the Z series for gage pressure mea-
sure the pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive gases, liq-
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for gage pressure uids and vapors.
(7MF1562-...)
The measuring cell is temperature-compensated.
The SITRANS P pressure transmitter, Z series (7MF1562-...),
measures the gage pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive Mode of operation
gases, liquids and vapors.

■ Benefits U
const.
• High measuring accuracy
• Sturdy brass housing U I0, UB
p I
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapor
• Temperature-compensated measuring cell
• Compact design

■ Application SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1562-...), functional dia-

gram
The pressure transmitter of the Z series for gage pressure The thin-film measuring cell has a thin-film resistance bridge at
(7MF1562-...) is used above all in the following industrial areas: which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
• Power engineering diaphragm.
• Mechanical engineering The measuring cell output voltage is fed to an amplifier and con-
• Shipbuilding verted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. The output current
is linearly proportional to the input pressure.
• Water supply etc.
A concrete application example is the measurement of com-
pressed air containing oil in compressors or compressor sta-
tions.

2/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure
Z series for gage pressure

■ Technical specifications
2
Design
Weight ≈ 0.2 kg (≈ 0.44 lb)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter, Z series for gage pressure
Wetted parts materials
Mode of operation
• Measuring cell Al2O3 - 96%
Measuring principle Thin-film strain gauge
• Process connection Brass, mat. No. 2.0402
Input
• Gasket Viton
Measured variable Realtive pressure
Process connection Male thread G½B
Measured range 0 to 16 bar g (0 to 232 psi g) or female thread G1/8B
0 to 25 bar g (0 to 363 psi g)
Power supply
Output
Terminal voltage on pressure trans-
Current output signal 4 ... 20 mA mitter
Measuring accuracy • For current output 10 to 36 V DC
Error in measurement (at 25 °C 0.5% of full-scale value - typical Certificate and approvals
(77 °F), including conformity error,
hysteresis and repeatability) Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid 1; complies with
Response time T99 < 0.1 s (DRGL 97/23/EC) requirements of article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering prac-
Long-term drift tice)
• Start of scale 0.3% of full-scale value/year - typ-
ical

■ Dimensional drawings
• Measured span 0.3% of full-scale value/year - typ-
ical
Influence of ambient temperature
• Start of scale 0.3%/10 K (0.3%/10 K) of full- 

scale value - typical 
• Measured span 0.3%/10 K (0.3%/10 K) of full-

GLDP
scale value - typical

ෘ
Rated conditions



Medium conditions
G / 8 B

*%

• Process temperature -30 ... +120 °C (-22 ... +248 °F)

6: 0[
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65
Ambient conditions
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1562-...), dimensions in
• Ambient temperature -25 ... 85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) mm (inch)
• Storage temperature -50 ... 100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F)
■ Schematics

I0 Output current
1+ + UB Power supply
I0 UB
2- RL Load
Signal RL Connections:
1 (+UB)
2 (-UB)

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1562-...), connection di-

agram

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order Code

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for pressure 7 MF 1 5 6 2 - 777 0 0
2-wire system, characteristic rising
Measured range Max. working pressure
0 ... 16 bar g (0 ... 232 psi g) 32 bar g (464 psi g) 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar g (0 ... 363 psi g) 64 bar g (928 psi g) 3 CD
Other version for measuring range ≥ 1 bar g (≥ 14.5 psi g), add Order Code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... to ... bar g (psi g)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/5

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
Z series for gage and absolute pressure
Measuring range ≥1 bar (≥14.5 psi)
■ Overview
2 Main components:
• Stainless steel housing with ceramic measuring cell and elec-
tronics module. The temperature-compensated ceramic mea-
suring cell has a thin-film strain gauge which is mounted on a
ceramic diaphragm. The ceramic diaphragm can also be
used for aggressive media.
• Process connection made of stainless steel in diverse designs
(see Selection and ordering data)
• Electrical connection made using a plug to DIN 43650 with the
cable inlet M16 x 1.5, ½-14 NPT or round plug connector M12.
The pressure transmitters with a nominal range ≥ 1 bar g
(≥ 14.5 psi g) are optionally available with or without explosion
protection.

■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gage and absolute pres-
sure as well as the level of liquids and gases.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for pressure and absolute Mode of operation
pressure (7MF1564-...)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1564-...), mea-
sure the gage and absolute pressure as well as the level of liq- U
uids and gases. const.

■ Benefits p
U
I
I0, UB

• High measuring accuracy

• Sturdy stainless steel housing
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapor
• Temperature-compensated measuring cell SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1564-...), functional dia-
gram
• Compact design
The mode of operation of the pressure transmitter is dependent
■ Application on the measuring range.
Measuring range <1 bar (<14.5 psi)
The pressure transmitter of the Z series for gage pressure and
absolute pressure (7MF1564-...) is used above all in the follow- The silicon measuring cell of the pressure transmitter has a
ing industrial areas: piezo-resistive bridge to which the operating pressure is trans-
mitted through silicone oil and a stainless steel diaphragm.
• Chemical industry
• Pharmaceutical industry The measuring cell output voltage is fed to an amplifier and con-
verted into an output current 4 ... 20 mA. The output current is
• Food industry linearly proportional to the input pressure
• Mechanical engineering
Measuring range ≥1 bar (≥14.5 psi)
• Shipbuilding
The thin-film measuring cell has a thin-film resistance bridge to
• Water supply which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
diaphragm.
■ Design The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
The design of the pressure transmitter is dependent on the mea- amplifier into an output current 4 ... 20 mA or an output voltage
suring range. of 0 ... 10 V DC.
Measuring range <1 bar (<14.5 psi) The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
put pressure
Main components:
• Stainless steel housing with piezo-resistive silicon measuring
cell (with stainless steel diaphragm, temperature-compen-
sated) and electronics module
• Process connection made of stainless steel in diverse designs
(see Selection and ordering data)
• Electrical connection made using a plug to DIN 43650 with the
cable inlet M16 x 1.5, ½-14 NPT or round plug connector M12.
The pressure transmitters with a nominal range < 1 bar g
(< 14.5 psi g) are optionally available with or without explosion
protection.

2/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
Z series for gage and absolute pressure

■ Technical specifications
2
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on pressure trans-
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for gage pressure, abso- mitter
lute pressure and level
• For current output 10 ... 36 V DC
Mode of operation
• For voltage output signal (only 15 ... 36 V DC
• Measuring range <1 bar Piezo-resistive measuring range ≥ 1 bar
(<14.5 psi) (14.5 psi))
• Measuring range ≥1 bar Thin-film strain gauge Certificate and approvals
(≥14.5 psi)
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Input equipment directive uids of fluid 1; complies with
Measured variable Gage and absolute pressure (DRGL 97/23/EC) requirements of article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering prac-
Measured range tice)
• Pressure Explosion protection
- Metric 0 ... 400 bar g (0 ... 5802 psi g) • Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current TÜV 02 ATEX 1953X
- US measuring range 0 ... 6000 psi g output)

• Absolute pressure - Identification Ex II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4

- Metric 0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi a) • Intrinsic safety "T.I.I.S." (only with applied
current output)
- US measuring range 0 ... 300 psi a
Lloyds Register of Shipping Certificate No. 03/30003
Output
Output signal
• Current output signal 4 ... 20 mA
■ Dimensional drawings
• Voltage output signal (only mea- 0 ... 10 V DC
suring range ≥ 1 bar (14.5 psi))
Accuracy ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ
  ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ
Error in measurement (at 25 °C 0.25% of full-scale value – typical
(77 °F), including conformity error,  
hysteresis and repeatability)

GLDP
Response time T99 < 0.1 s
*%

š 

Long-term drift



• Start of scale 0.25% of full scale value/year
• Full-scale value 0.25% of full scale value/year
Influence of ambient temperature 6:
• Start of scale 0.25%/10 K (0.25%/10 K) of full- 1) Length on version for voltage 0[
scale value output 0 ... 10 V: 106 (4.2) RU
137
• Full-scale value 0.25%/10 K (0.25%/10 K) of full-
scale value Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection G½" male, di-
Rated operating conditions mensions in mm (inch)
Process temperature -30 °C ... +120 °C
(-22 … +248 °F)
ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ
Ambient temperature -25 °C ... +85 °C (-13 … +185 °F) ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ

Storage temperature -50 °C ... +100 °C

(-58 … +212 °F)
GLDP

Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65

*%

š 

Design


≈ 0.25 kg (≈ 0.55 lb)



Weight
Wetted parts materials
• Measuring cell
6:
- Measuring range <1 bar Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti 1) Length on version for voltage 0[
(<14.5 psi) output 0 ... 10 V: 96 (3.8) RU
137
- Measuring range ≥1 bar Al2O3 – 96%
(≥14.5 psi)
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection G¼" male, di-
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. mensions in mm (inch)
1.4571/316Ti
• Gasket Viton
Process connection See Selection and ordering data

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/7

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
Z series for gage and absolute pressure

2 ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

81)

 ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ

 


GLDP

137

GLDP
š

š 






6: 6:
0[ 1) Length on version for voltage 0[
1) Length on version for voltage RU
output 0 ... 10 V: 97 (3.8) 137 output 0 ... 10 V: 100 (4) RU
137

Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection 7/16-20 UNF Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ½"-14 NPT
male, dimensions in mm (inch) male, dimensions in mm (inch)

ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ
137

ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ


 

137
GLDP

GLDP
š

š





6: 6:
0[ 0[
1) Length on version for voltage 1) Length on version for voltage RU
RU output 0 ... 10 V: 98 (3.9)
output 0 ... 10 V: 101 (4) 137 137

Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ¼"-18 NPT Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ½"-14 NPT
male, dimensions in mm (inch) female, dimensions in mm (inch)

ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

■ Schematics
ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ

I0 Output current

1+ UB Power supply
+
I0 UB RL Load
2-
137

GLDP

Signal RL Connections:
š

1 (+UB)
2 (-UB)



U0 Output voltage
6: UB Power supply
0[ 1+ +
1) Length on version for voltage RU UB RL Load
output 0 ... 10 V: 98 (3.9) 137 3+
Signal U0 RL Connections:
2- 1 (+UB)
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ¼"-18 NPT 2 (-UB)
female, dimensions in mm (inch) 3 (U0)

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1564-...), connection

diagram, with current output (top) and voltage output (bottom)

2/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
Z series for gage and absolute pressure

■ Selection and ordering data

2
Order No. Order code
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, series Z for gage and absolute pressure C) 7 M F 1 5 6 4 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 1 777
2 or 3-wire system, rising characteristic curve
Measuring range perm. working pressure Burst pressure
Min. Max.
For gage pressure
0 ... 100 mbar g (0 ... 1.45 psi g) -0,6 bar g (-8.7 psi g) 0,6 bar g (8.7 psi g) 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) } 3 AA 0
0 ... 160 mbar g (0 ... 2.32 psi g) -0,6 bar g (-8.7 psi g) 0,6 bar g (8.7 psi g) 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) } 3 AB 0
0 ... 250 mbar g (0 ... 3.63 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) 1.7 bar g (25 psi g) } 3 AC 0
0 ... 400 mbar g (0 ... 5.80 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) 1.7 bar g (25 psi g) } 3 AD 0
0 ... 600 mbar g (0 ... 8.70 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 3 bar g (43.5 psi g) 5 bar g (72 psi g) } 3 AG 0
Other version for measuring range < 1 bar (< 14.5 psi g), add Order Code and plain text: 9 AC 0 H1Y
measuring range: ... up to ... mbar g (psi g)1)
0 ... 1 bar g (0 ... 14.5 psi g) -0,4 bar g (-5.8 psi g) 2 bar g (30 psi g) 5 bar g (72 psi g) } 3 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar g (0 ... 23.2 psi g) -0,4 bar g (-5.8 psi g) 3,2 bar g (45 psi g) 5 bar g (72 psi g) } 3 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar g (0 ... 36.3 psi g) -0,8 bar g (-11.6 psi g) 5 bar g (72 psi g) 12 bar g (175 psi g) } 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar g (0 ... 58.0 psi g) -0,8 bar g (-11.6 psi g) 8 bar g (115 psi g) 12 bar g (175 psi g) } 3BE
0 ... 6 bar g (0 ... 87.0 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 12 bar g (175 psi g) 25 bar g (360 psi g) } 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar g (0 ... 145 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 20 bar g (290 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) } 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar g (0 ... 232 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 32 bar g (460 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) } 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar g (0 ... 363 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) 120 bar g (1750 psi g) } 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar g (0 ... 580 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 80 bar g (1150 psi g) 120 bar g (1750 psi g) } 3CE
0 ... 60 bar g (0 ... 870 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 120 bar g (1750 psi g) 250 bar g (3600 psi g) } 3 CG
0 ... 100 bar g (0 ... 1450 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 200 bar g (2900 psi g) 450 bar g (6525 psi g) } 3 DA
0 ... 160 bar g (0 ... 2320 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 320 bar g (4640 psi g) 450 bar g (6525 psi g) } 3 DB
0 ... 250 bar g (0 ... 3626 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 500 bar g (7250 psi g) 650 bar g (9425 psi g) } 3 DD
0 ... 400 bar g (0 ... 5802 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 600 bar g (8700 psi g) 650 bar g (9425 psi g) } 3DE
Other version for measuring range ≥ 1 bar g (≥ 14.5 psi g), add Order Code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi g)1)
For absolute pressure
0 ... 600 mbar a (0 ... 8.7 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 3 bar a (43.5 psi a) 5 bar a (72 psi a) } 5 AG 0
0 ... 1 bar a (0 ... 14.5 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 2 bar a (30 psi a) 5 bar a (72 psi a) } 5 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23.2 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 3,2 bar a (45 psi a) 5 bar a (72 psi a) } 5 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar a (0 ... 36.3 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 5 bar a (72 psi a) 12 bar a (175 psi a) } 5 BD
0 ... 4 bar a (0 ... 58.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 8 bar a (115 psi a) 12 bar a (175 psi a) } 5BE
0 ... 6 bar a (0 ... 87.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 12 bar a (175 psi a) 25 bar a (360 psi a) } 5 BG
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 20 bar a (290 psi a) 50 bar a (725 psi a) } 5 CA
0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 32 bar a (460 psi a) 50 bar a (725 psi a) } 5 CB
Other version for measuring range < 1 bar (< 14.5 psi a), add Order Code and plain text: 9 AB 0 H1Y
measuring range: ... up to ... mbar a (psi a)
Measuring ranges for gage pressure (only for US market)
(0 ... 10 psi g) (-3 psi g) (20 psi g) (60 psi g) 4 BA
(0 ... 15 psi g) (-6 psi g) (30 psi g) (72 psi g) 4 BB
(3 ... 15 psi g) (-6 psi g) (30 psi g) (72 psi g) 4 BC
(0 ... 20 psi g) (-6 psi g) (40 psi g) (72 psi g) 4 BD
(0 ... 30 psi g) (-6 psi g) (60 psi g) (72 psi g) 4BE
(0 ... 60 psi g) (-11.5 psi g) (120 psi g) (175 psi g) 4BF
(0 ... 100 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (200 psi g) (360 psi g) 4 BG
(0 ... 150 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (300 psi g) (725 psi g) 4 CA
(0 ... 200 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (400 psi g) (725 psi g) 4 CB
(0 ... 300 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (600 psi g) (1750 psi g) 4 CD
(0 ... 500 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (1000 psi g) (1750 psi g) 4CE
(0 ... 750 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (1500 psi g) (3600 psi g) 4CF
(0 ... 1000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (2000 psi g) (3600 psi g) 4 CG
(0 ... 1500 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (3000 psi g) (6525 psi g) 4 DA
(0 ... 2000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (4000 psi g) (6525 psi g) 4 DB
(0 ... 3000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (6000 psi g) (9425 psi g) 4 DD
(0 ... 5000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (8700 psi g) (9425 psi g) 4DE
(0 ... 6000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (8700 psi g) (9425 psi g) 4DF
Other version, add Order Code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi g 9 BA H1Y
} Available ex stock C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

1) The transmitters can also be ordered with special measuring ranges, e.g. transmitters with a 1-bar measuring cell (14.5 psi measuring cell):
-0.2 ... +0.8 bar g (-2.9 ... +11.6 psi g) or
-0.4 ... +0.6 bar g (-5.8 ... +8.7 psi g) or ...

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/9

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
Z series for gage and absolute pressure

■ Selection and ordering data

2
Order No. Order code
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, series Z for pressure and absolute pressure 7 M F 1 5 6 4 - 77777 - 777 1 777
2 or 3-wire system, rising characteristic curve
Measuring range Perm. working pressure Burst pressure
min. max.
Measuring ranges for absolute pressure (only for US market)
(0 ... 10 psi a) (0 psi a) (20 psi a) (60 psi a) 6 AG
(0 ... 15 psi a) (0 psi a) (30 psi a) (72 psi a) 6 BA
(0 ... 20 psi a) (0 psi a) (40 psi a) (72 psi a) 6 BB
(0 ... 30 psi a) (0 psi a) (60 psi a) (72 psi a) 6 BD
(0 ... 60 psi a) (0 psi a) (120 psi a) (175 psi a) 6BE
(0 ... 100 psi a) (0 psi a) (200 psi a) (360 psi a) 6 BG
(0 ... 150 psi a) (0 psi a) (300 psi a) (725 psi a) 6 CA
(0 ... 200 psi a) (0 psi a) (400 psi a) (725 psi a) 6 CB
(0 ... 300 psi a) (0 psi a) (600 psi a) (1725 psi a) 6 CC
Other version, add Order Code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi a 9 BB H1Y
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA; 2-wire system; power supply 10 ... 36 V DC } 0
0 ... 10 V; 3-wire system; power supply 15 ... 36 V DC } 10
Explosion protection
Without } 0
With explosion protection EEx ia IIC T4 } 1
With explosion protection "Intrinsic safety T.I.I.S." (available soon) 2
Electrical connection
Plug to DIN 43650, Form A, cable inlet M16 x 1.5 } 1
Round connector M12 (available soon) 2
Plug to DIN 43650, cable inlet ½-14 NPT 3
Special version (specify Order Code and plain text) 9 N1Y
Process connection
G½" male to EN 837-1 (½" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar) } A
G½" male thread and G1/8" female thread B
G¼“ male to EN837-1 (¼“ BSP male) C
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
RC ½" male to JIS B 7505 K
G1" male M
Special version (specify Order Code and plain text) Z P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and housing
Viton (standard) } A
Neoprene B
Perbunan C
Special version (specify Order Code and plain text) Z Q1Y
Further designs
Manufacturer’s test certificate M to DIN 55340, Part 18 and ISO 8402 (calibration certificate), C11
add "-Z" to Order No. and Order Code.
Oxygen version, oil and grease-free cleaning (only if the sealing material between sensor and housing is E10
Viton and only for measuring ranges ≥ 1 bar g (≥ 14.5 psi g)
and ≥ 1 bar a (≥ 14.5 psi a)
Manufacturer’s test certificate M to DIN 55340, Part 18 and ISO 8402 (calibration certificate) supplied, 7MF1564-8CC11
specify factory no. of transmitter.
} Available ex stock

2/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
ZD series for gage and absolute pressure

■ Overview At the rear of the housing is the electrical connection for the volt-
age supply using a current loop 4 ... 20 mA. The connection is
made with a plug connector. 2
At the front of the housing is the 5-digit display behind a glass
cover. Underneath the display are the 3 keys for parameterizing
the pressure transmitter. Above the display are a green and a red
LED for indicating the operating status.
The ZD pressure transmitter is available in two versions (see "Di-
mension drawing"):
In the radial version (type A) the display is fitted in parallel with
the process connection. The display can be rotated by up to
±120° relative to the process connection.
In the axial version (type B) the display is at right angles to the
process connection. The display can be rotated by 360° relative
to the process connection.

■ Function
Green LED Red LED
U ref LCD

600.00
P µC mbar
A/D

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, are for measuring

the gage pressure, absolute pressure and level of liquids and 3 keys
gases. EEP RO M
UK
EMC +
They are used to indicate and monitor the pressure measured at D/A UA U I 4 ... 20 mA UH, IA
the point of installation. ZD pressure transmitters are available in
-
an axial and a radial version.
3 keys Configuring of parameters

■ Benefits A/D
D/A
EEPROM
Analog-to-digital converter
Digital-to-analog converter
Memory for all parameters
• Robust stainless steel housing with 2 connection versions EMC Output stage with protective components
IA Output current
• Integrated display with status messages Uref Reference voltage
LCD Display of measured values with dimensions
• Thin-film measuring cell with ceramic diaphragm Green LED Display of normal mode
Red LED Display of error messages or limit violation
• 2-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA P Ceramic measuring cell
UH Power supply
• Parameterizable using keys underneath the housing cover µC Microcontroller for computing functions and monitoring
• Range adjustment 1:5 (max. 1:10)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, mode of operation
• Measuring accuracy < 0.25% (typical)
Mode of operation
■ Application The ZD pressure transmitter has a thin-film strain gauge which is
The ZD is a configurable pressure transmitter for measuring the mounted on a ceramic diaphragm.
gage and absolute pressure of gases, liquids and vapor. The measuring cell is temperature-compensated.
It is equipped with a display for indicating the pressure value at Functions
the point of installation.
The ZD pressure transmitter has a 5-digit display behind a glass
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, are used in the fol- cover. The following data are shown on the display:
lowing industrial areas for example:
• Measured pressure
• Chemical industry
• Technical pressure dimension (default setting: bar)
• Mechanical engineering
• Limit violation in upward or downward direction, indicated by
• Food industry LED and arrow symbols in the display
• Pharmaceutical industry
The pressure transmitter is set using the 3 input keys behind the
• Shipbuilding glass cover underneath the display.
• Water supply The key "M" is used to select the operating mode. Following
modes of operation are available:
■ Design • Measured value
The pressure transmitter is comprised of a thin-film measuring • Password
cell with a ceramic diaphragm, an electronics board and a digi- • Dimension
tal indicator.
• Start and end of scale
All parts are accommodated in a stainless steel field housing
• Upper and lower limit value
(∅ 80 mm) with a glass cover and stainless steel process con-
nection. • Zero adjustment

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/11

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
ZD series for gage and absolute pressure
• Upper and lower current saturation limit
2
Rated conditions
• Electrical damping Ambient conditions
The other two keys are used to set the values in the individual op- • Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
erating modes.
• Temperature for best readability -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
Two LED indicators are fitted above the display to monitor the set • Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
range and the status.
Medium conditions
The green LED signals that the measured pressure lies within the
set limits. The red LED lights up when the measured pressure • Process temperature -30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F)
lies outside the set limits and when there is an error. Degree of protection IP65 to EN 60529
Electromagnetic compatibility
■ Technical specifications • Emitted interference and noise im- To EN 61 326/A1 appendix A
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series munity (1998)
Mode of operation Displays and controls
Measuring principle Thin-film strain gauge Display LCD, max. 5 digits, digit height
9 mm
Input
Decimal point Freely parameterizable
Measured variable Gage and absolute pressure
Limit values Freely parameterizable
Measured range Resolution
Limit violation display Red LED and message on LCD
0 ... 2 bar (0 ... 29 psi) 0.6 mbar (0.008 psi) (â symbol /â“ symbol in case of
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) 3 mbar (0.044 psi) limit violation in upward / down-
ward direction)
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi) 15 mbar (0.218 psi)
Parameterization With 3 keys
0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi) 60 mbar (0.9 psi)
Units mA or % or physical variable
0 ... 400 bar (0 ... 5800 psi) 120 mbar (1.8 psi) (default setting: bar)
Measured range Overload limit Other dimensions: mbar, kPa,
MPa, mmH20, mH20, psi, inH20,
0 ... 2 bar (0 ... 29 psi) 5 bar (72.5 psi) mmHg, kg/cm², torr, atm
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) 25 bar (363 psi) Damping Between 0.1 and 100 s
(increment: 0.1 s) freely parame-
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi) 120 bar (1740 psi) terizable
0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi) 500 bar (7250 psi) Design
0 ... 400 bar (0 ... 5800 psi) 600 bar (8700 psi) Weight ≈0.6 kg (≈1.32 lb)
Range adjustment (turndown) 5:1 (max. 10:1) Electrical connection Using 2-pole plug connector with
Output M16x1.5-Cable inlet to
EN 175301-803A, plastic
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Process connection • Male thread G½B and female
Lower current limit min. 3.6 mA thread G1/8B
Upper current limit max. 23 mA • G½B to EN 837-1
Output protected against Reversed polarity, overvoltage • Female thread: ½-14 NPT
and short-circuiting Version of housing/process connec- • Radial (type A), can be swiveled
Max. load R B = (UH - 12 V) / 0.023 A tion by max. ±120° (α)
Voltage measurement Linear rising • Axial (type B), can be swiveled
by max. ±360°
Measuring accuracy
Material
Error in measurement (including < 0.25% of full-scale value (typi-
non-linearity, hysteresis and repeat- cal), max. 0.5% Non-wetted parts materials
ability, at 25 °C (77 °F)) • Field housing Ø 80 mm (3.15 inch), stainless
Adjustment time < 100 ms steel mat. No. 1.4016
Long-term drift 0.25% of full scale value/year • Cover Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4016
with glass
Influence of ambient temperature
Wetted parts materials
• Range adjustment 1:5 < ±0.25%/10 K (< ±0.25%/10 K)
of full-scale value • Measuring cell Al2O3
• Range adjustment 1:10 ±0.5%/10 K (±0.5%/10 K) of full- • Gasket Viton
scale value • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No.
Vibration influence 0.05%/g to 500 Hz in all directions 1.4571/316Ti
(to IEC 68-2-64) Power supply
Power supply effect < ±0.01%/V of full-scale value Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 12 ... 30 V DC
mitter (UH)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive 97/23/EC uids of fluid 1; complies with
requirements of article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering prac-
tice)

2/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
ZD series for gage and absolute pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
Ø 82 (3.23)
2
Ø 82 (3.23)
45 (1.77) 48,5 (1.91)

48,5 (1.91)
s

Ø 82 (3.23)

45 (1.77)
M16x1,5
M or
½-NPT M16x1,5

152 (5.98)
or
½-NPT
SW 27
a

G½B
½-14 NPT G½B G1/8B
EN 837-1

Type A Type B

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)

■ Schematics Selection and ordering data Order No.

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD 7 MF 1 5 8 0 - 7777 0
series for gage and absolute pressure
1 (+) Conformity error 0.25%, range adjustment
1 : 5 (max. 1 : 10), housing and process
1 I0 + connection made of stainless steel,
UB membrane made of ceramic, 2-wire system,
2 (-) RL
output 4 ... 20 mA
2
Input variable
Gage pressure } 1
Absolute pressure } 2
UB Power supply Measured range Span
RL Load 0 ... 2 bar 0 ... 0.4 / 2 bar } D
I0 Output current (0 ... 29 psi) (0 ... 5.8 / 29 psi)
0 ... 10 bar 0 ... 2 / 10 bar } E
(0 ... 145 psi) (0 ... 5.8 / 145 psi)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, connection diagram
0 ... 50 bar 0 ... 10 / 50 bar } F
(0 ... 725 psi) (0 ... 145 / 725 psi)
0 ... 200 bar 0 ... 40 / 200 bar } G
(0 ... 2900 psi) (0 ... 580 / 2900 psi)
0 ... 400 bar 0 ... 80 / 400 bar } H
(0 ... 5800 psi) (0 ... 1160 / 5800 psi)
Process connection
G½B male thread and G1/8B female thread } A
G½B to EN 837-1 B
Female thread ½-14 NPT C
Design
Process connection vertically downwards, } 1
thread in connector M16x1.5
Process connection horizontally to rear, 2
thread in connector M16x1.5
Process connection vertically downwards, } 3
thread in connector ½"-14 NPT
Process connection horizontally to rear, 4
thread in connector ½"-14 NPT
}Available ex stock

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/13

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
for gage and absolute pressure
■ Overview
2 The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations.
Particular value has been placed on a high surface quality. It is
therefore possible, for example, to guarantee roughness values
down to Ra = 0.4 µm (1.57 ⋅ 10-5 inch) in the wetted area
(welded seam area Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15 ⋅ 10-5 inch)). The system
can be electropolished in addition.
A further important feature is the hygiene-based design of the
process connection by means of various aseptic connections.
The completely welded stainless steel housing can be designed
up to degree of protection IP67.
Using appropriate thermal decouplers, the SITRANS P Compact
pressure transmitter can be used for process temperatures up to
200 °C (392 °F).
■ Benefits
• Measuring ranges from 0 to 160 mbar (0 to 2.32 psi) to 0 to
40 bar (0 to 580 psi)
• Linearity error including hysteresis < +0.2% of full-scale value
• Piezo-resistive measurement system, vacuum-proof and over-
load-proof
• Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP
recommendations
• Material and surface quality according to hygiene require-
ments
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel; completely welded
• Signal output 4 to 20 mA (0 to 20 mA as option)
• Stainless steel housing with degree of protection IP65 (IP67 as
option)
• Process temperature up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Explosion protection II 2G EEx [ib] IIC T6 to ATEX
• Easy and safe to clean
2/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
■ Application
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations.
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is available in
many versions. Exact adaptation of the pressure transmitter to
conditions at the place of use is thus possible
■ Design
The electronics is potted to protect it against moisture, corrosive
atmospheres and vibration.
Notes on operating the pressure transmitter
Compensation of internal atmospheric pressure
Compensation of the internal atmospheric pressure of the
SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters is performed as fol-
lows:
• in the plug versions by means of the screwed gland (IP65)
• in the field housings by means of an integral sintered filter
(IP65) or a vented cable (IP67)
• in versions with cable outlet by means of a vented cable (IP67)
In the absolute pressure range there is no need for compensa-
tion with respect to atmospheric pressure.
Note: These degrees of protection are only achieved under the
following conditions:
• if the pressure transmitter is installed correctly
• if the screwed glands are securely tightened
• if the cable diameters agree with the nominal diameters of the
gaskets in the housing
Note: The integral EMC measures are only effective if the earth
connection is made correctly.
CE marking
The CE marking of the pressure transmitter certifies compliance
with the guidelines of the European Council (9/336/EC), the EMC
law (13.11.1992), as well as the applicable generic standards.
Interference-free operation in systems and plants is achieved
only if the specifications for shielding, earthing, cable routing
and electrical isolation are observed during installation and as-
sembly.
Hazardous areas
Note: Electrical equipment in hazardous areas must only be in-
stalled and operated by trained personnel.
Modifications to units and connections result in cancellation of
the explosion protection and guarantee.
With intrinsically-safe circuits, make sure that equipotential
bonding exists throughout the complete cabling inside and out-
side of the hazardous area. The limits specified in the ATEX ap-
proval must be observed.
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
for gage and absolute pressure

■ Function
2
Rated conditions
Installation conditions
The process pressure acts on a piezo-resistive semiconductor
measuring bridge through a remote seal and a transmission liq- • Mounting position Any, vertical as standard
uid. The pressure transmitter converts the pressure values into a Ambient conditions
load-independent current.
• Ambient temperature -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
A compensation network makes the output signal largely inde- • Storage temperature -10 ... +90 °C (14 ... 194 °F)
pendent of the ambient temperature. As a result of a specially
adapted remote seal connection with minimized volume, the in- • Process temperature Max. 200 °C (392 °F), depends
fluence of the process temperature on the output signal is on design
greatly reduced compared to a conventional screw connection. • Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, optional IP67
The pressure transmitters can be powered with a non-regulated • Electromagnetic compatibility
DC voltage of 10 to 30 V. Output signals common to measuring - Emitted interference To EN 50081 Part 1, issue 1993
technology are available. (residential and industrial areas).
The unit has no own emissions.
■ Technical specifications - Noise immunity to EN 50082 Part 2, issue March
1995 (industrial areas)
Pressure transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Design
Mode of operation
Weight (without remote seal)
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
• Field housing ≈ 460 g (≈ 1.01 lb)
Input
• Housing with plug ≈ 200 g (≈ 0.44 lb)
Measured variable Gage or absolute pressure
Housing
Measured range 0 ... 160 mbar (0 ... 2.32 psi)
... • Designs • Field housing IP65 or IP67, with
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) screwed gland
Output • Angled plug DIN 43650, IP65
Output signal • Cable connection, IP67
• Round plug connector M12,
• Two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA IP65
• Three-wire system 0 ... 20 mA • Material Stainless steel, mat.
Measuring accuracy No. 1.4404/1.4305
Linearity error including hysteresis ≤ 0.2% of full-scale value Material of union nut Polyamide (with electrical con-
(reference point adjustment) nection using plug or cable)
Adjustment accuracy ≤ ±0.2% of full-scale value Electronics unit potted with sili-
cone
Adjustment time < 20 ms Internal ventilation for measuring
Influence of ambient temperature ranges < 16 bar (< 232 psi),
through housing thread or con-
Housing nection cable depending on
• Zero < 0.2%/10 K of full-scale value design

• Measured span < 0.2%/10 K of full-scale value Process connection

Process connection (remote seal) Zero error (depends on design) • Versions See Ordering data

• Flange remote seal • Material of coupling Stainless steel, mat.

No. 1.4404/316L
- DN 25 / 1" 4.8 mbar/10 K (0.070 psi/10 K)
Power supply
- DN 32 / 1¼” 2.3 mbar/10 K (0.033 psi/10 K)
Terminal voltage on transmitter 24 V DC
- DN 40 / 1½” 1.6 mbar/10 K (0.023 psi/10 K) (standard design)
- DN 50 / 2" 0.6 mbar/10 K (0.009 psi/10 K) Functional range 10 to 30 V DC
• Clamp-on seal Max. permissible operating voltage 30 V DC
- DN 25 / 1" 9.5 mbar/10 K (0.138 psi/10 K) Certificate and approvals
- DN 32 / 1¼” 4.1 mbar/10 K (0.060 psi/10 K) Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 40 / 1½” 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.057 psi/10 K) (DRGL 97/23/EC) with the requirements of article 3,
- DN 50 / 2" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.057 psi/10 K) paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, confor-
The zero error specified for the process connection should be consid- mity evaluation module H by the
ered as a guideline for a standard design. We will produce a detailed TÜV Nord
system calculation on request. Systems with reduced remote seal errors
are available on request. Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2099 X
- Identification Ex II 2G EEx ib IIC T6

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/15

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
for gage and absolute pressure

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F) (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
with quick-release clamp with aseptic connection
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1,
slotted union nut form A,
• DN 25 AD with slotted union nut
• DN 32 AE • 1 inch PM
• DN 40 AF • 1½ inch PN
• DN 50 AG • 2 inch PP
• DN 65 AH • 2½ inch PQ
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with Aseptic screwed gland to
threaded socket DIN 11864-1, form A
• DN 25 BD with threaded socket
• DN 32 BE • 1 inch QM
• DN 40 BF • 1½ inch QN
• DN 50 BG • 2 inch QP
• DN 65 BH • 2½ inch QQ
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 Aseptic screwed NEUMO
with slotted union nut 1)
• DN 25 CD
• DN 25 RD
• DN 40 CF
• DN 32 RE
• DN 50 CG
• DN 40 RF
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
• DN 50 RG
• 1 inch DM
Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1½ inch DN with threaded socket 1)
• 2 inch DP • DN 25 SD
• 2½ inch DQ • DN 32 SE
IDF standard with slotted union nut • DN 40 SF
• 1 inch EM • DN 50 SG
• 1½ inch EN Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 2 inch EP with clamp connection, form R 1)
IDF standard with threaded socket • DN 25 TD
• 1 inch FM • DN 32 TE
• 1½ inch FN • DN 40 TF
• 2 inch FP • DN 50 TG
SMS standard with slotted union nut Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1 inch GM with clamp connection, form V 1)
• 1½ inch GN • DN 25 UD
• 2 inch GP • DN 32 UE
SMS standard with threaded socket • DN 40 UF
• 1 inch HM • DN 50 UG
• 1½ inch HN Special version ZA J1Y
• 2 inch HP (add Order code and plain text)
DRD flange, without welding-type flange Filling liquid
• DN 50, PN 40 JH Vegetable oil 1
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen)
medicinal white oil 2
• D = 50, for Varivent housing DN 25 and KF
1 inch Food oil, FDA-listed 3
• D = 68, for Varivent housing KL Special version 9 L1Y
DN 40 ... DN 125 and 1½ ... 6 inch (add Order code and plain text)
Special version ZA J1Y
(add Order code and plain text) Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Filling liquid
Vegetable oil 1 Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)
medicinal white oil 2
1) Please specify as well:
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03,
Special version 9 L1Y see table "Further designs" on next page
(add Order code and plain text)
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)

2/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
for gage and absolute pressure

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F) (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pres-
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection sure
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1 (continued)
IP65 -1 ... 0 bar g 10 bar g FA
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 2 (-14.5 ... 0 psi g) (145 psi g)
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 0.6 bar g 10 bar g FB
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi g) (145 psi g)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 3 -1 ... 1.5 bar g 16 bar g FC
union nut made of stainless steel (-14.5 ... 21.8 psi g) (232 psi g)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4 -1 ... 3 bar g 16 bar g FD
cable gland, IP65 (-14.5 ... 43.5 psi g) (232 psi g)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 -1 ... 5 bar g 30 bar g FE
cable gland, IP67 (-14.5 ... 72.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges -1 ... 9 bar g 30 bar g GA
< 10 bar (< 145 psi) (-14.5 ... 130.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
Measured range Overload pressure -1 ... 15 bar g 50 bar g GB
0 ... 160 mbar g 2 bar g BB (-14.5 ... 217.6 psi g) (725 psi g)
(0 ... 2.32 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a HA
0 ... 250 mbar g 2 bar g BC (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (145 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a HB
0 ... 400 mbar g 6 bar g BD (0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi a)
(0 ... 5.8 psi g) (87 psi g) 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a HC
0 ... 600 mbar g 6 bar g BE (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (232 psi a)
(0 ... 8.7 psi g) (87 psi g) 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a HD
0 ... 1 bar g 10 bar g CA (0 ... 58 psi a) (232 psi a)
(0 ... 14.5 psi g) (145 psi g) 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a HE
0 ... 1.6 bar g 10 bar g CB (0 ... 87 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 23.2 psi g) (145 psi g) 0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a JA
0 ... 2.5 bar g 16 bar g CC (0 ... 145 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 36.3 psi g) (232 psi g)
Special version ZA P1Y
0 ... 4 bar g 16 bar g CD (add Order code and plain text)
(0 ... 58 psi g) (232 psi g)
0 ... 6 bar g 30 bar g CE Explosion protection
(0 ... 87 psi g) (435 psi g) without 1
0 ... 10 bar g 30 bar g DA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, EEx ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 145 psi g) (435 psi g)
0 ... 16 bar g 50 bar g DB Further designs Order code
(0 ... 232 psi g) (725 psi g) Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
0 ... 25 bar g 50 bar g DC Order code
(0 ... 363 psi g) (725 psi g)
Hygiene version P01
0 ... 40 bar g 70 bar g DD
(0 ... 580 psi g) (1015 psi g) Roughness of process connection:
Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
-160 ... 0 mbar g 2 bar g EB Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(-2.32 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) (5.9·10-8 inch)
-250 ... 0 bar g 2 bar g EC
Integral cooling element K01
(-3.73 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g)
Process temperature max. 200 °C
-400 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g ED
(392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(-5.8 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g)
-600 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g EE Connections for pipe
(-8.7 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g) Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
ISO pipes to DIN 2463 R02
Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
Certificates
Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling liq- C17
uids certified by factory certificate to
EN 10204-2.2
Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
certified by factory certificate to
EN 10204-3.1B
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
seals with aseptic screwed gland
to DIN 11864

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/17

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
for gage and absolute pressure

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F) (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland Clamp-on seal
at both ends) with aseptic connection
with quick-release clamps Aseptic screwed gland to
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with DIN 11864-1, form A
threaded socket with threaded socket
• DN 25 AD • 1 inch QM
• DN 32 AE • 1½ inch QN
• DN 40 AF • 2 inch QP
• DN 50 AG Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 65 AH with threaded socket 1)
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 25 SD
• DN 25 CD • DN 32 SE
• DN 32 CE • DN 40 SF
• DN 40 CF • DN 50 SG
• DN 50 CG • DN 65 SH
• DN 65 CH Aseptic screwed NEUMO
Clamp connection to ISO 2852 / with clamp connection, form R 1)
DIN 32676 • DN 25 TD
• 1 inch DM • DN 32 TE
• 1½ inch DN • DN 40 TF
• 2 inch DP • DN 50 TG
• 2½ inch DQ Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
Special version ZA J1Y with threaded socket W 501
(add Order code and plain text) • 1 inch VM
• 1½ inch VN
Filling liquid
• 2 inch VP
Vegetable oil 1
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
Medicinal white oil 2 with clamp connection W 601
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 • 1 inch WM
• 1½ inch WN
Special version 9 L1Y
• 2 inch WP
(add Order code and plain text)
Special version ZA J1Y
Output signal (add Order code and plain text)
4 ... 20 mA 1
Filling liquid
Special version 9 M1 Y Vegetable oil 1
(add Order code and plain text)
medicinal white oil 2
Food oil, FDA-listed 3
Special version 9 L1Y
(add Order code and plain text)
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)

1) Please specify as well:

Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03,
see table "Further designs" on next page

2/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
for gage and absolute pressure

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F) (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pressure
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection (continued)
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1 -1 ... 0 bar g 10 bar g FA
IP65, union nut made of polyamide (-14.5 ... 0 psi g) (145 psi g)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 2 -1 ... 0.6 bar g 10 bar g FB
union nut made of polyamide (-14.5 ... 8.7 psi g) (145 psi g)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 3 -1 ... 1.5 bar g 16 bar g FC
union nut made of stainless steel (-14.5 ... 21.8 psi g) (232 psi g)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4 -1 ... 3 bar g 16 bar g FD
cable gland, IP65 (-14.5 ... 43.5 psi g) (232 psi g)
-1 ... 5 bar g 30 bar g FE
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 (-14.5 ... 72.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
cable gland, IP67
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges -1 ... 9 bar g 30 bar g GA
< 10 bar (< 145 psi) (-14.5 ... 130.5 psi g)(435 psi g)
Measured range Overload pressure -1 ... 15 bar g 50 bar g GB
(-14.5 ... 217.6 psi g)(725 psi g)
0 ... 160 mbar g 2 bar g BB
(0 ... 2.32 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a HA
0 ... 250 mbar g 2 bar g BC (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (145 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a HB
0 ... 400 mbar g 6 bar g BD (0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi a)
(0 ... 5.8 psi g) (87 psi g) 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a HC
0 ... 600 mbar g 6 bar g BE (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (232 psi a)
(0 ... 8.7 psi g) (87 psi g) 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a HD
(0 ... 58 psi a) (232 psi a)
0 ... 1 bar g 10 bar g CA
(0 ... 14.5 psi g) (145 psi g) 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a HE
(0 ... 87 psi a) (435 psi a)
0 ... 1.6 bar g 10 bar g CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi g) (145 psi g) 0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a JA
0 ... 2.5 bar g 16 bar g CC (0 ... 145 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 36.3 psi g) (232 psi g) Special version ZA P1Y
0 ... 4 bar g 16 bar g CD (add Order code and plain text)
(0 ... 58 psi g) (232 psi g)
0 ... 6 bar g 30 bar g CE Explosion protection
(0 ... 87 psi g) (435 psi g) without 1
with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, EEx ib IIC T6 2
0 ... 10 bar g 30 bar g DA
(0 ... 145 psi g) (435 psi g)
0 ... 16 bar g 50 bar g DB Further designs Order code
(0 ... 232 psi g) (725 psi g) Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
0 ... 25 bar g 50 bar g DC Order code
(0 ... 363 psi g) (725 psi g) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 40 bar g 70 bar g DD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 580 psi g) (1015 psi g) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
-160 ... 0 mbar g 2 bar g EB Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(-2.32 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) (5.9·10-8 inch)
-250 ... 0 bar g 2 bar g EC Integral cooling element K01
(-3.73 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) Process temperature max. 200 °C
-400 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g ED (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(-5.8 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g)
-600 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g EE Connections for pipe
(-8.7 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g) Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
ISO pipes to DIN 2463 R02
Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
Certificates
Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling liq- C17
uids certified by factory certificate
to EN 10204-2.2
Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
certified by factory certificate
to EN 10204-3.1B
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
seals with aseptic screwed gland
to DIN 11864

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/19

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
for gage and absolute pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
2
Housing

Fieldhousing Angled plug to Cable connection Round plug with

stainless steel DIN 43 650 Degree of protection IP67 screw connection M12
Degree of protection IP65 Degree of protection IP65 (cable ventilation) Degree of protection IP65
IP67 as alternative

» 8 (0.3)
39 (1.53) For cable diam.
ø 50 For cable diam.
4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39) 4 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
(diam. 1.97)
» 50 (1.97)

38,5 (1.52)
9 (0.35)

(0.9)
22,5

107,5 (4.23)
124,5 (4.9)

» 132 (5.2)

30 (1.18)
94 (3.7)
74,5 (2.93)
74,5 (2.93)
74,5 (2.93)

74,5 (2.93)
Thermal decoupler
for process temperature
up to 200 °C (392 °F)

Process connections
Standard

Food screwed gland Clamp connection Pipe-screwed gland Pipe clamp connection
Union nut to DIN 32 676 (food) to DIN 32 676
to DIN 11 851 ISO 2852 Round thread DN 25 ... 100
DN 25 ... 65 DN 25 ... 65 to DIN 11 851 to ISO 2853
1” ... 2½” DN 25 ... 65 1” ... 2½”

Aseptic

Aseptic screwed gland Clamp connection Pipe screwed gland (aseptic) Pipe clamp connection
Round thread Neumo, Südmo, Guth Round thread Neumo, Südmo, Guth
Neumo, Südmo, Guth DN 25 ... 50 DIN 11 864-1 DN 25 ... 65
DIN 11 864-1 1” ... 2” Neumo, Südmo, Guth 1” ... 2”
DN 25 ... 65 DN 25 ... 65
1” ... 2” 1” ... 2”

SITRANS P, dimensions in mm (inch)

■ Schematics
Field housing Angled plug Cable connection Round plug
0V 4 black
0V brown
Two-wire system yellow
24 V green
1 brown 2 white
24 V

SITRANS P Compact, connection diagram

2/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure
MK II series

■ Overview ■ Design
2

SITRANS P pressure transmitter, MK II series, with built-in analog indica- SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, front view
tor
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, measure the the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
gage pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors mation. The components described below are the same for all
and liquids. transmitters.
They are precise and robust pressure transmitters with an ex- The rating plate (3, Figure "Front view") with the Order No. is lo-
tremely compact design. cated on the side of the housing. The specified number together
These pressure transmitters are available in numerous versions with the ordering information provide details on the optional de-
and with a wide range of accessories. sign details and on the possible measuring range (physical
properties of built-in sensor element).
■ Benefits The approval label is located on the opposite side.
• Robust and compact design The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
cision casting. A round cover (5) is screwed on at the front and
• High measuring accuracy
rear of the housing. The pressure transmitter can be optionally
• Conformity error ≤ 0.25% equipped with an analog indicator (6). The inlet (4) for the elec-
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L trical connection is located either on the left or right side. The un-
used opening on the opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug.
• Measuring range 0.23 ... 160 bar g (3.34 ... 2320 psi g)
The protective earth connection is located on the rear of the
• Ex protection to ATEX and FM/CSA housing.

■ Application The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, are used mainly housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
in the following branches: (1). The measuring cell is protected from rotating by a locking
screw.
• Chemical industry
• Petrochemical industry ■ Function
• Power engineering
Mode of operation
• Pharmaceutical industry
The pressure is applied through the seal diaphragm (2, Figure
Transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety" may be
"Functional diagram") and the filling liquid (3) to the silicon pres-
installed within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1). The
sure sensor (4) whose measuring diaphragm is then flexed. This
conformity certificate corresponds to the European standard
changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the di-
(ATEX).
aphragm in a bridge circuit.
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage pro-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
portional to the absolute pressure, which is amplified in the in-
highly viscous substances.
strument amplifier and converted directly into an output current
4 ... 20 mA.
The pressure transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar g (≤ 914 psi g)
measure the input pressure compared to atmospheric
The pressure transmitters with span 160 bar g (2320 psi g) mea-
sure the input pressure compared to vacuum

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/21

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure
MK II series

2
Measuring accuracy
6 7 Reference conditions Increasing characteristic
Start-of-scale value 0 bar
Stainless steel seal diaphragm
Silicone oil filling, Limit setting
5 r: Span ratio
(r = max. span / set span)
IA, UH
Error in measurement (including ≤ 0,25%
hysteresis and repeatability)
Long-term drift ≤ 0.2% in 12 months with max.
span
Influence of ambient temperature
4 pe Pressure as input variable Temperature range:
3 IA Output signal
UH Power supply • -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.6⋅r + 0.6)%
2 1 Process connection With 1 bar (14.5 psi) cell:
2 Seal diaphragm ≤ (1.2⋅r + 0.6)%
3 Filling liquid
4 Silicon pressure sensor • -40 ... -10 °C (-40 ... +14 °F) and ≤ (0.2⋅r + 0.15)% / 10 K
5 Instrument amplifier 60 ... 85 °C (140 ... 185 °F)
6 Potentiometer and plug-in jumpers for Rated conditions
parameterization
7 Analog indicator (option, Ambient conditions
not DS series with PROFIBUS-PA)
1 Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
pe Climatic class
• Condensation Permissible
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, functional diagram Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Parameterization Electromagnetic compatibility

The transmitter parameters are set using potentiometers and • Emitted interference To EN 50081-1
plug-in jumpers (6, Figure "Functional diagram"). • Interference immunity To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
The following parameters can be set and displayed: Process temperature -30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F)
• Start-of-scale and full-scale values with application of a pres- Design
sure Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
• Damping
Wetted parts materials

■ Technical specifications • Connection shank Stainless steel, mat.

No. 1.4404/316L
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series • Seal diaphr. Stainless steel, mat.
Mode of operation No. 1.4404/316L

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive Measuring cell filling Silicone oil

Input Process connection Connection shank G½B to

DIN EN 837-1, female thread
Measured variable Gage pressure ½ -14 NPT
Measured range Electrical connection Screw terminals, cable inlet
through screwed gland Pg 13.5
Measured span Maximum perm. test pressure
(adapter), M20x 1.5 or ½-14 NPT,
0.23 ... 1 bar g (3.34 ... 14.5 psi g) 6 bar g (87 psi g) or Han 7D / Han 8U plug
0.89 ... 4 bar g (12.9 ... 58 psi g) 10 bar g (145 psi g) Power supply U H
3.55 ... 16 bar g (51.5 ... 232 psi g) 32 bar g (464 psi g) Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 10.5 ... 45 V DC
mitter 10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-
14.0 ... 63 bar g (203 ... 914 psi g) 100 bar g (1450 psi g) safe mode
35.6 ... 160 bar g 250 bar g (3626 psi g) Certificate and approvals
(516 ... 2320 psi g)
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
• Lower measuring limit equipment directive (DGRL uids of fluid group 1; complies
- Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a (0.435 psi a) 97/23/EC): with requirements of article 3,
filling paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Explosion protection
• Start-of-scale (cont. adjustable) +20 ... -13% of max. span
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 98 ATEX 2003
Output
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIC T4
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
- Perm. ambient temperature -30 ... +80 °C (-22 ... +176 °F)
• Lower limit 3.84 mA
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe cir-
• Upper limit 22 mA cuits with maximum values:
Load RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V) / 0.023 A in Ω, Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
UH : Power supply in V Pi = 750 mW
Voltage measurement Linear rising - Effective internal inductance/ca- L i = 0.75 mH, Ci = 21 nF
pacitance

2/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure
MK II series

2
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160 • Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance
3008490
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4; CL II,
- Permissible ambient tempera- -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F) (NI) DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I,
ture temperature class T4; ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4; CL I, DIV 2,
-30 ... +60 °C (-22 ... +140 °F) GP ABCD T4; CL II, DIV 2,
temperature class T6 GP FG; CL III
- Connection To circuits with values: • Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC 2000.1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4; CL II,
DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC
T4; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4;
CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Further designs Order code
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for pressure 7MF 4 0 1 0 - Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
MK II series
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket
2-wire system, Instruction Manual (in same 77777 - 1 777 made of:
language as rating plate; see "Further designs") • Steel A01
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Stainless steel A02
cleaning Plug
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Han 7D (metal, gray) A30
Measured span • Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31
0.23 ... 1 bar g (3.34 ... 14.5 psi g) B Rating plate inscription
0.89 ... 4 bar g (12.9 ... 58 psi g) C (instead of German)
3.55 ... 16 bar g (51.5 ... 232 psi g) D • English B11
14.0 ... 63 bar g (203 ... 914 psi g) E • French B12
35.6 ... 160 bar g (516 ... 2320 psi g) F • Spanish B13
Wetted parts materials • Italian B14
Seal diaphragm Connection shank English rating plate B21
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Pressure units in H2O or psi
Version for diaphragm seal Y0 Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
(calibration certificate)
Process connection
to DIN 55350, Part 18 4.2.2 and to ISO 9001
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 Factory certificate C14
to DIN 50049-2.2/EN 10204-2.2
Non-wetted parts materials
Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 use at zone 0 E02
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
Explosion protection (EEx ia)")
• without A
• with ATEX, Type of protection: Additional data
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B Measuring range to be set Y01
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 1) D specify in plain text:
Y01: ... to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 2) Measuring point number/identification Y15
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d + Y15: ...........................................
zone 1D/2D)" 2) Measuring point text Y16
• with FM + CSA, Type of protection: max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)" 1) Y16: ...........................................
NC
Only the settings for "Y01" can be made in the factory
Electrical connection / cable inlet
• Screwed gland Pg 13.5 (adapter) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B Ordering example
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C Item line: 7MF4010-1EA00-1AA5-Z
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D B line: A01 + Y01 + Y20
connector C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
Display C line: Y20: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
• without 1
• Housing cover with analog indicator, scale 3
0 ... 100%, linear divisions
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and input isola-
tors".
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation

1) Without cable gland, with blanking plug

2) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/23

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure
MK II series

■ Dimensional drawings
2
15 144 (5.9) 55 100 (3.94)
(0.6) (0.6) ca. 30 (1.2) 3)
74 51 28 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80

117 (4.6)
3 3

171 (6.7)
1)

237 (9.3)
1) 4
5

68 (2.7)

120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)

123 (4.8)
min. 77 (3.0) 2)
7

105 (4.1)
1 Process connection:
- ½-14 NPT or
- connection shank G½B
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter) 4),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D / Han 8U plug 4)
4 Terminal side, analog indicator as option 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
5 Electronics side 2) Minimum distance for rotation
6 Protective cover over keys 3) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
7 Mounting bracket (option) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MK II series, dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
■ Overview
The SITRANS P300 is a digital pressure transmitter for gage and
absolute pressure All conventional thread versions are available
as process connections. In addition, various hygiene-based
connections and flange connections with front-flush diaphragms
meet the requirements of a dead space free process connec-
tion.
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to
20 mA or a PROFIBUS PA signal, which is linearly proportional to
the input pressure. Communication is over HART protocol or
over PROFIBUS PA interface. Convenient buttons for easy local
operation of the basic settings of the pressure transmitter.
The SITRANS P300 has a single-chamber stainless steel casing.
The pressure transmitter is approved with "intrinsically safe" type
of protection It can be used in zone 1 or zone 0.
■ Benefits
• High quality and long life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Minimum conformity error
• Small long-term drift
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (such as stainless
steel, Hastelloy)
• Measuring range 8 mbar ... 400 bar
• High measuring accuracy
• Parameterization over control keys and HART communication
or PROFIBUS PA communication
■ Application
The pressure transmitter is available in versions for gage pres-
sure and for absolute pressure. The output signal is always a
load-independent direct current from 4 to 20 mA or a
PROFIBUS PA signal, which is linearly proportional to the input
pressure. The pressure transmitter measures aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, as well as vapors and liquids.
SITRANS P300
2
It can be used for the following measurement types:
• Gage pressure
• Absolute pressure
With appropriate parameter settings, it can also be used for the
following additional measurement types:
• Level
• Volume
• Mass
The "intrinsically-safe" EEx version of the transmitter can be in-
stalled in hazardous areas (zone 1). The transmitters are pro-
vided with an EC type examination certificate and comply with
the respective harmonized European standards of ATEX.
Gage pressure
This variant measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-
ous gases, vapors and liquids.
The smallest measuring span is 10 mbar g, the largest 400 bar g.
Level
With appropriate parameter settings, the gage pressure variant
measures the level of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-
ous liquids.
For measuring the level in an open container you require one de-
vice; for measuring the level in a closed container, you require
two devices and a process control system.
Absolute pressure
This variant measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
The smallest measuring span is 8 mbar a, the largest 30 bar a.
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/25
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

■ Design ■ Function
2 The device comprises: Operation of the electronics with HART communication
• Electronics
• Housing 9
8
• Measuring cell 0 0 00 0
M 00

10
2 3 4 5
mC IA, UH

7
HART interface

EEPROM
6

Electronics
1 6

EEPROM
Sensor

Pe
Measuring cell

1 Measuring cell sensor

Perspective view of the SITRANS P300
The housing has a screw-on cover (3), with or without an inspec-
tion window depending on the version. The electrical terminal
housing, the buttons for operation of the device and, depending
on the version, the digital display are located under this cover.
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in
the terminal housing. The cable gland is on the side of the hous-
ing. The measuring cell with the process connection (5) is lo-
cated on the underside of the housing. Depending on the ver-
sion of the device, the measuring cell with the process
connection may differ from the one shown in the diagram.
2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter
4 Microcontroller
5 Digital-to-analog converter
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and electronics
7 HART interface
8 Three input keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable
The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
and digitalized in an analog to digital converter (3). The digital
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected with re-
gard to linearity and thermal characteristics. In a digital to ana-
log converter (5) it is then converted into the output current of 4
to 20 mA. A diode circuit provides reverse voltage protection.
You can make an uninterrupted current measurement with a low-
ohm ammeter at the connection (10). The data specific to the
measuring cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are
stored in two non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is
linked with the measuring cell, the second with the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so-
called modes. If you have a device with a digital display (9), you
can use this to track mode settings and other messages. The ba-
sic mode settings can be changed with a computer via the HART
modem (7).

2/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300
Operation of the electronics with PROFIBUS PA communica- Measuring cell for gage pressure
tion
2
9 1
8
0 0 00 0
M 00 6

2 3 4 5 7 5
mC PA 2
interface 4
Power supply
10

PROFIBUS-PA
Power

PROFIBUS-DP
EEPROM supply
6 unit
Coup-
ler

Electronics 1 Reference pressure

11 3 2 Measuring cell
Bus-
1 6 Master
12 3 Process connection
4 Seal diaphragm
EEPROM

5 Filling liquid
Sensor
6 Relative pressure sensor
pe
pe Pressure as input variable
pe
Measuring cell
Measuring cell for gage pressure, function chart

1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys

The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gage pressure sen-
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance
each in the measuring cell causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres-
and electronics pe Input variable sure.
7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
The transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar measure the input pressure
against atmosphere, those with spans ≥ 160 bar against
vacuum.
The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
and digitalized in an analog to digital converter (3). The digital Measuring cell for absolute pressure
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected with re-
gard to linearity and thermal characteristics. It is then made
available at the PROFIBUS PA over an electrically isolated
PROFIBUS PA interface (7) The data specific to the measuring
cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in two
non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked with the 1
5
measuring cell, the second with the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so- 4
called modes. If you have a device with a digital display (9), you
can use this to track mode settings and other messages. The ba- 3
sic mode settings can be changed with a computer over the bus
master (12).

Mode of operation of the measuring cells

The process connections available include the following:
• G½ 2 1 Measuring cell
• ½-14 NPT 2 Process connection
3 Seal diaphragm
• Front-flush diaphragm: 4 Filling liquid
- Flanges to EN 5 Relative pressure sensor
- Flanges to ASME pe pe Pressure as input variable
- NuG and pharmaceutical connections
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, function chart
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/27

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300
Measuring cell for gage pressure, front-flush diaphragm The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure
2 sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
1
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.
6
Parameterization of SITRANS P300
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
2 rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
the parameters.
Parameterization using the input keys (local operation)
With the input keys you can easily set the most important param-
5 eters without any additional equipment.
Parameterization using HART communication
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with
a HART communicator or a PC.
1 Reference pressure
2 Measuring cell
3 Process connection 3 +
4 Seal diaphragm
5 Filling liquid
4
6 Relative pressure sensor SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 W Power supply
pe Pressure as input variable transmitter
SH
HART
communicator
Measuring cell for gage pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function chart
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gage pressure sen-
sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis- Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure transmit-
placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes ter
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec-
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres- tion is made directly to the 2-wire system.
sure.
The transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar measure the input pressure
against atmosphere, those with spans ≥ 160 bar against vac-
uum. SITRANS P 230 ... 500 W Power supply
transmitter
PC or
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm HART laptop
modem

RS 232

HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure

5 transmitter
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through
a HART modem.
1
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.

1 Measuring cell
3 Process connection
4 Seal diaphragm 2
5 Filling liquid
6 Relative pressure sensor
3
pe Pressure as input variable

SH

Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function

chart

2/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300
Adjustable parameters on SITRANS P300 with HART communi- Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
cation
Parameters Input keys HART com-
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the SITRANS
2
munication P300 PROFIBUS PA to a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC
Start of scale x x PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially explo-
sive environment.
Full-scale value x x
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
Electrical damping x x
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
Start-of-scale value without application x x
of a pressure ("Blind setting") Adjustable parameters on SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA
Full-scale value without application of a x x Parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA
pressure ("Blind setting") communication
Zero adjustment x x Electrical damping x x
Current transmitter x x Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
tion)
Fault current x x
Key and/or function disabling x x
Disabling of keys, write protection x x 1)
Source of measured-value display x x
Type of dimension and actual dimension x x
Physical dimension of display x x
Input of characteristic x
Position of decimal point x x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Bus address x x
Diagnostics functions x
Adjustment of characteristic x x
1) Cancel apart from write protection
Input of characteristic x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with HART communica- Diagnostics functions x
tion
• Zero correction display
• Event counter Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 PROFIBUS PA
• Limit transmitter • Event counter
• Saturation alarm • Slave pointer
• Slave pointer • Maintenance timer
• Simulation functions • Simulation functions
• Maintenance timer • Display of zero correction
• Limit transmitter
Available physical units of display for SITRANS P300 with HART
communication • Saturation alarm
Physical variable Physical dimensions Physical dimensions available for the display
Pressure (setting can also be made Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, torr, Physical variable Physical dimensions
in the factory) atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O,
Pressure (setting can also be made MPa, hPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr,
inH2O (4 °C), mmH2O, ftH2O,
in the factory) atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O,
inHg, mmHg
mmH2O (4 °C), inH2O, inH20
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in (4 °C), ftH2O, mmHg, inHg
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gal- Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
lon, lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel,
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gal-
barrel liquid
lon, lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel,
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz barrel liquid
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R Mass g, kg, t, lb, STon, LTon, oz
Miscellaneous %, mA Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/29

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

■ Technical specifications
2 SITRANS P300 for gage pressure and absolute pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA
Gage pressure input
Measured variable Gage pressure (flush-mounted)
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.3 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
0.6 ... 63 bar g 100 bar g 63 bar g 100 bar g
(9.1 ... 914 psi g) (1450 psi g) (914 psi g) (1450 psi g)
1.6 ... 160 bar g 250 bar g 160 bar g 250 bar g
(23.2 ... 2321 psi g) (3626 psi g) (2321 psi g) (3626 psi g)
4.0 ... 400 bar g 500 bar g 400 bar g 500 bar g
(58 ... 5802 psi g) (7252 psi g) (5802 psi g) (7252 psi g)
Depending on the process connection, the span
may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a)
Upper measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Absolute pressure input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
8 ... 250 mbar a 6 bar a 250 mbar a 6 bar a
(0.12 ... 3.6 psi a) (87 psi a) (3.6 psi a) (87 psi a)
0.043 ... 1.30 bar a 10 bar a 1.30 bar a 10 bar a
(0.62 ... 19 psi a) (145 psi a) (19 psi a) (145 psi a)
0.16 ... 5 bar a 30 bar a 5 bar a 30 bar a
(2.3 ... 73 psi a) (435 psi a) (73 psi a) (435 psi a)
1 ... 30 bar a 100 bar a 30 bar a 100 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psi a) (1450 psi a) (435 psi a) (1450 psi a)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 0 mbar a (0 psi a)
Upper measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Input of gage pressure, with front-flush
diaphragm
Measured variable Gage pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
8 ... 250 mbar g 6 bar g 250 mbar g 6 bar g
(0.12 ... 3.6 psi g) (87 psi g) (3.6 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.3 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
0.6 ... 63 bar g 100 bar g 63 bar g 100 bar g
(9.1 ... 914 psi g) (1450 psi g) (914 psi g) (1450 psi g)
Depending on the process connection, the span
may differ from these values

2/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 01/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure and absolute pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a)
Upper measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection No Yes
Electrical damping T63 (step width 0.1 s) Set to 0.1 s (0 ... 100 s)
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, measuring cell
with silicone oil, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F), span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Measurement deviation with cut-off point set-
ting, including hysteresis and repeatability.
Gage pressure Absolute pressure Gage pressure Absolute pressure
Linear characteristic curve ≤ 0,075% ≤ 0,075%
• r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)% ≤ 0,1%
• 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)% ≤ 0,2%
• 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)% -
Settling time T63 without electrical damping Approx. 0.2 s
Long-term drift at ±30 °C (±54 °F) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)%/5 years ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.25%/5 years ≤ 0.1%/year
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)% / 10 K ≤ 0.25%/ 10 K
(-40 ... 14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of the medium temperature (only
with front-flush diaphragm)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
temperature and ambient temperature
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with medical whiteoil (with -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid (not with -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
front-flush diaphragm)
• Digital display -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
Climatic class
Condensation Permissible
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65, IP68, NEMA X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150° C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic compatibility
• Emitted interference and noise immunity To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front- -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with medical whiteoil Weißöl -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
(with front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temper- -25 ... +200 °C (-13 ... +392 °F)
ature isolator (only with front-flush dia-
phragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid (not with -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
front-flush diaphragm)

Modification 01/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/31

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure and absolute pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA
Design (standard version)
Weight (without options) Approx. 800 g (1.8 lb)
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
Process connection • G½B to DIN EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) with fastening thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518
- M10 as per DIN 19213
Design (version with front-flush dia-
phragm)
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 ... 13 kg (2.2 ... 29 lb)
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
• FDA compliant fill fluid
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC Supplied through bus
for intrinsically safe operation: 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without EEx - 9 ... 32 V
• For intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) - Available
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Water, waste water Available soon
Explosion protection
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T4, T5, T6
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Temperature class T5 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Temperature class T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi-
mum values: mum values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective inner inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li ≤ 7 µH

2/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 01/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure and absolute pressure
HART communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω;
Protocol HART Version 5.x
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with 4
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using configuration tool
Local operation
(standard setting Address 126)
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte One measuring value: 5 bytes
Two measuring values: 10 bytes
• Input byte Register operating mode: 1 bytes
Reset function due to metering.
1 bytes
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B
Function blocks 2
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Linearly rising or falling character-
ic process variables istic
- Electrical damping T63 0 ... 100 s adjustable
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset and preset
Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the register
output
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Specification of a container Max. 31 nodes
characteristic with
- Characteristic Linear
- Simulation function available
• Transducer block "Electronic
temperature"
- Simulation function available

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/33

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage
and absolute pressure, single-chamber measur- and absolute pressure with front-flush
ing housing, rating plate inscription in English membrane, single-chamber measuring housing,
rating plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 -
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
77777 - 7777
77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1 Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 Silicone oil Standard 1
DIN 25410 Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3
DIN 25410
max. span
FDA compliant fill fluid Standard 6
1 bar g (14.5 psi g) B (medical whiteoil)
4 bar g (58 psi g) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D max. span
63 bar g (914 psi g) E 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) B
160 bar g (2320 psi g) F 4 bar g (58 psi g) C
400 bar g (5800 psi g) G 16 bar g (232 psi g) D
0.25 bar a (3.63 psi a) Q 63 bar g (914 psi g) E
1.3 bar a (18.9 psi a) S Wetted parts materials
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) T Seal diaphragm Measuring cell
30 bar a (435 psi a) U Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Wetted parts materials Process connection
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell • Flange version with Order Code M.. or N.. 7
Stainless steel Stainless steel A (see "Further designs")
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Non-wetted parts materials
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4
Version for diaphragm seal Y0 polished

Process connection Version

• G½B to EN 837-1 0 • Standard version 1
• ½-14 NPT 1 Explosion protection
• Oval flange made of stainless steel, • Without A
max. span 160 bar g (2320 psi g) • With ATEX, Type of protection:
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 - "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 - "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned) M
Non-wetted parts materials Electrical connection / cable entry
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 • Screwed gland M20x1.5 (plastic)1) A
polished • Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
Version • M12 connector (without cable socket)2) F
• Standard version 1 Display
Explosion protection • Without display, with keys, closed lid1) 1
• Without A • With display and keys, closed lid 2
• With ATEX, Type of protection: 6
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
(setting on HART devices: mA,
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: on PROFIBUS devices: pressure units)
- "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned) M 7
• With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order
Electrical connection / cable entry Code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pane
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (plastic)1) A Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B amplifiers".
• M12 connector (without cable socket)2) F
1) Only together with HART electronics.
Display 2) Only together with PROFIBUS PA.
• Without display, with keys, closed lid1) 1
• With display and keys, closed lid 2

• With display and keys, lid with glass pane 6

(setting on HART devices: mA,
on PROFIBUS devices: pressure units)
• With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
Code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pane
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers".

1) Only together with HART electronics.

2) Only together with PROFIBUS PA.

2/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 01/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

2
Further designs Order Code Additional data Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
Mounting bracket A02 9 9 Measuring range to be set Y01 9
made completely of stainless steel, for wall or pipe Specify in plain text:
mounting Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Cable socket for M12 plug A50 9 Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9
Rating plate inscription Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
(instead of English) Y15: ...........................................

• German B10 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9

• French B12 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
• Spanish B13 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 Entry of HART TAG Y17 9
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
English rating plate B21 9 9 Y17: ...........................................
Pressure units in inH20 or psi
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21 9 9
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA): Y21:
(calibration certificate) mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
Acceptance test certificate B C12 9 9 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG,
to EN 10204-3.1 inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mA, Torr,
ATM or %
Factory certificate C14 9 9 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
to EN 10204-2.2
Setting of pressure indicator in Y22 + 9
non-pressure units Y01
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9
Specify in plain text:
Flange to EN1092-1 Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
• DN 50, PN 16 M04 9 9 (specification of measuring range in pressure units
• DN 80, PN 16 M06 9 9 "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
• DN 25, PN 40 M11 9 9 Preset bus address Y25 9
• DN 40, PN 40 M13 9 9 Specify in plain text:
• DN 50, PN 40 M14 9 9 Y25: .....................
• DN 80, PN 40 M16 9 9 Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
• DN 25, PN 100 M21 9 9
9 = available
• DN 40, PN 100 M23 9 9
Ordering example
Flanges to ASME B16.5
Item line: 7MF8023-1DB24-1AB7-Z
• 1", class 150 M40 9 9
B line: A02 + Y01 + Y21
• 1½", class 150 M41 9 9
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
• 2", class 150 M42 9 9
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
• 3", class 150 M43 9 9
• 4", class 150 M44 9 9
• 1", class 300 M45 9 9
• 1½", class 300 M46 9 9
• 2", class 300 M47 9 9
• 3", class 300 M48 9 9
• 4", class 300 M49 9 9
Sanitary process connection according
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection)
• DN 50, PN 25 N04 9 9
• DN 80, PN 25 N05 9 9
Tri-Clamp connection according DIN 32676
• DN 50, PN 16 N14 9 9
• DN 65, PN 16 N15 9 9
Varivent connection
• Type D = 68 for Varivent housing N28 9 9
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
Bio-Control (Neumo) sanitary connection
• DN 50, PN16 Q53 9 9
• DN 65, PN16 Q54 9 9

Modification 01/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/35

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

■ Dimensional drawings
2

ෘ
DSSUR[

DSSUR[

DSSUR[
+ DSSUR[
+ DSSUR[

SITRANS P300, with oval flange, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300

ෘ

2




+ DSSUR[



+ DSSUR[

r


SITRANS P300, front-flush, dimensions in mm (inch)

The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a NuG and pharmaceutical flange
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2. Connections to DIN
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section DIN 11851 (Dairy connection)
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section DN PN ∅D H2

Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges. 50 25 92 mm (3.6“) Approx.
+

52 mm (2“)
80 25 127 mm (5.0“)

Flanges to EN and ASME

'
Flanges to EN
EN 1092-1 Tri-Clamp according DIN 32676
DN PN ∅D H2 DN PN ∅D H2
25 40 115 mm (4.5“) Approx. 50 16 64 mm (2.5“) Approx.
+

52 mm (2“)
+

25 100 140 mm (5.5“) 52 mm (2“) 65 16 91 mm (3.6“)

40 40 150 mm (5.9“)
'
40 100 170 mm (6.7“)
50 16 165 mm (6.5“) '
50 40 165 mm (6.5“)
Other connections
80 16 200 mm (7.9“)
80 40 200 mm (7.9“) Varivent connection
DN PN ∅D H2

Flanges to ASME 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx.

+

(3.3“) 52 mm (2“)
ASME B16.5
DN class ∅D H2 '
1“ 150 110 mm (4.3“) Approx.
+

1“ 300 125 mm (4.9“) 52 mm (2“)

1½“ 150 130 mm (5.1“) Bio-Control connections
'
1½“ 300 155 mm (6.1“)
Bio-Control connection
2“ 150 150 mm (5.9“)
2“ 300 165 mm (6.5“) DN PN ∅D H2
3“ 150 190 mm (7.5“) 50 16 90 mm (3.5“) Approx.
+

3“ 300 210 mm (8.1“) 52 mm (2“)

65 16 120 mm (4.7“)
4“ 150 230 mm (9.1“)
4“ 300 255 mm (10.0“)
'

Modification 01/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/37

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 and DS III with PMC connection
Technical description
■ Overview
2 • Wetted parts made of Hastelloy
■ Application
The SITRANS P300 and DS III pressure transmitters have been
fitted with special process connections for the paper industry.
With the two process connection threads 1½" and 1" flush at the
front, the SITRANS P300 and DS III transmitters can be used for
all processes in the paper industry.
SITRANS P300 and DS III series pressure transmitters are digital
pressure transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and
high accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control
keys, over HART communication, PROFIBUS PA or Foundation
Fieldbus interface (DS III only).
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre-
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
Various versions of the pressure transmitters are available for
measuring:
• Gage pressure
• Filling level
• Volume level
• Mass level
■ Benefits
• High quality and long life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads, e.g. abrasion.
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Minimum conformity error
2/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
• Small long-term drift
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 30 mbar g to 16 mbar g for
DS III with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 mbar g to 16 mbar g for
DS III with PROFIBUS PA and Foundation Fieldbus interface
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 30 mbar g to 16 mbar g for
SITRANS P300 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar g to 16 bar g for
SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA interface
• High measuring accuracy
• Parameterization over control keys and HART communication,
or over PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus interface (DS III
only).
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz ... 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
keys or programmed externally over HART communication or
over PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus interface (only
DS III).
SITRANS P, DS III series
Measured variable: Gage pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable)
For DS III HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar g (0.433 ... 232 psi g)
Nominal measuring range
For DS III PA and FF: 1 ... 16 bar g (14.5 ... 232 psi g)
SITRANS P300
Span (infinitely adjustable)
For DS III HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar g (0.433 ... 232 psi g)
Nominal measuring range
For DS III PA: 1 ... 16 bar g (14.5 ... 232 psi g)
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 and DS III with PMC connection
Technical description

■ Design SITRANS P300

SITRANS P, DS III series

The device comprises: 2
• Electronics
• Housing
• Measuring cell

Device front view, SITRANS P DS III

The transmitter comprises a range of different components, de-
pending on the order specifications. The various options are Perspective view of the SITRANS P300
listed in the ordering information. The components described
below are the same for all transmitters. The housing has a screwable cover (3), with or without an in-
spection window depending on the version. The electrical termi-
The rating plate (3, Figure "Front view") with the Order No. is lo- nal housing, the buttons for operation of the device and, de-
cated on the side of the housing. The specified number together pending on the version, the digital display are located under this
with the ordering information provide details on the optional de- cover. The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield
sign details and on the possible measuring range (physical are in the terminal housing. The cable gland is on the side of the
properties of built-in sensor element). housing. The measuring cell with the process connection (5) is
The approval label is located on the opposite side. located on the underside of the housing. Depending on the ver-
sion of the device, the measuring cell with the process connec-
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre- tion may differ from the one shown in the diagram.
cision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and rear
of the housing. The front cover (6) can be fitted with a viewing
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the
digital display. The inlet (4) for the electrical connection is lo-
cated either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the
opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth
connection is located on the rear of the housing.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
(1). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (8). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (5), which hides the
input keys.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/39

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 and DS III with PMC connection
Technical description

■ Function Mode of operation of the DS III PA electronics

2 Mode of operation of the DS III HART electronics 9
8
0 0 00 0
M 00
9
8
0 0 00 0
M 00 2 3 4 5 7
mC PA
10 interface
2 3 4 5 Power supply
10
mC

PROFIBUS-PA
IA, UH
Power

PROFIBUS-DP
7 EEPROM supply
6 unit
HART interface Coup-
ler

Electronics
EEPROM 11
6 Bus-
1 6 Master
12
Electronics

EEPROM
1 6 Sensor
EEPROM

Sensor pe
Measuring cell

Pe
Measuring cell 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
1 Measuring cell sensor 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
2 Instrument amplifier 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
3 Analog-to-digital converter 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
4 Microcontroller each in the measuring cell
5 Digital-to-analog converter and electronics pe Input variable
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and electronics 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
7 HART interface
8 Three input keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current Function diagram of electronics
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
Function diagram of electronics earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface (7).
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linear- (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the sec-
ity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a dig- ond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
ital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
from one another.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
each other. ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
quired for this.
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar g measure the in-
put pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
≥ 160 bar g compared to vacuum.

2/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 and DS III with PMC connection
Technical description
Mode of operation of the DS III FF electronics Mode of operation of the measuring cell

9
Measuring cell for gage pressure with front-flush diaphragm 2
8
0 0 00 0
M 00

2 3 4 5 7
5
mC FF
interface 4
Power supply
10 1 1 Measuring cell
2 Process connection
Power 3 Seal diaphragm
EEPROM supply
6 unit 4 Filling liquid
Coup- 5 Silicon pressure sensor
ler pe Pressure as input variable
Electronics
2
1 6 3
p
e
EEPROM

Sensor

Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, function

pe diagram
Measuring cell
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection
(2, Figure "Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush di-
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys aphragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
5 Electrical isolation icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
each in the measuring cell ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
and electronics
7 FF interface tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.

Function diagram of electronics Parameterization

The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). the parameters.
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the Parameterization using the input keys (local operation)
Foundation Fieldbus through an electrically isolated Foundation With the input keys you can easily set the most important param-
Fieldbus Interface (7). eters without any additional equipment.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Parameterization using HART communication
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other Parameterization using HART communication is performed with
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- a HART communicator or a PC.
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other. +
Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 W Power supply
transmitter
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- HART
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the Foundation Fieldbus. communicator
Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by
acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National In-
struments Configurator is required for this. Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure
transmitter
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec-
tion is made directly to the 2-wire system.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/41

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 and DS III with PMC connection
Technical description
Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
2 Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS puts the DS III PA is in
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 W Power supply connection with a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7.
transmitter Communication is possible even in a potentially explosive envi-
PC or ronment.
HART laptop
modem For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
RS 232 Parameterization through Foundation Fieldbus Interface
Fully digital communication through Foundation Fieldbus is par-
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure ticularly user-friendly. Through the Foundation Fieldbus the DS III
transmitter FF is connected to a process control system. Communication is
possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through
a HART modem. For parameterization through the Foundation Fieldbus you need
suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- Adjustable parameters for DS III PA and FF and P300 PA
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. Adjustable parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA and
Adjustable parameter DS III HART and P300 HART Foundation Fieldbus
interface
Parameters Input keys HART com-
Electrical damping x x
munication
Zero adjustment (correction of x x
Start of scale x x
position)
Full-scale value x x
Key and/or function disabling x x
Electrical damping x x
Source of measured-value dis- x x
Start-of-scale value without application x x play
of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Physical dimension of display x x
Full-scale value without application of a x x
Position of decimal point x x
pressure ("Blind setting")
Bus address x x
Zero adjustment x x
Adjustment of characteristic x x
Current transmitter x x
Input of characteristic x
Fault current x x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Disabling of keys, write protection x x 1)
Diagnostic functions x
Type of dimension and actual dimension x x
Characteristic (linear) x x
Input of characteristic x Diagnostic functions for DS III PA and FF and P300 PA
Freely-programmable LCD x • Event counter
Diagnostics functions x • Slave pointer
• Maintenance timer
1) Cancel apart from write protection
• Simulation functions
Diagnostic functions for DS III HART and P300 HART
• Display of zero correction
• Zero correction display
• Limit transmitter
• Event counter
• Limit transmitter • Saturation alarm
• Saturation alarm Physical dimensions available for the display
• Slave pointer Physical variable Physical dimensions
• Simulation functions Pressure (setting can also be MPa, hPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr,
• Maintenance timer made in the factory) atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O,
mmH2O (4 °C), inH2O, inH20
Available physical units of display for DS III HART and P300 (4 °C), ftH2O, mmHg, inHg
HART
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, torr,
made in the factory) atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
inH2O (4 °C), mmH2O, ftH2O, lmp, gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
inHg, mmHg liquid

Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in Temperature K, °C, °F, °R

Volume 3 3 3 3 3
m , dm , hl, yd , ft , in , US gallon, Miscellaneous %
lmp, gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
liquid
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %, mA

2/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
DS III with PMC connection

■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Gage pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.145 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.23 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus sig-
nal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of medium temperature
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
temperature and ambient temperature
Influence of mounting position ≤ 0.1 mbar g (0.00145 psi g) per 10° inclination
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/43

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
DS III with PMC connection

2
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference To EN 50081-1
- Interference immunity To EN 61236 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel
• Gasket (standard) PTFE flat gasket
• O-ring (minibolt) FPM (Viton) or optionally: FFPM or NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection (standard) Front-flush, 1½", PMC Standard design
Process connection (minibolt) Front-flush, 1", minibolt design
Power supply U H Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail- - Yes
able
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)

2/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection
for the paper industry
HART communication
HART communication
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with 4
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature
SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
DS III with PMC connection
2
Communication Foundation Fieldbus
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input, 1
function block PID
230 ...1100 Ω • Analog input
HART Version 5.x - Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables acteristic
SIMATIC PDM
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able
- Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
the device with a bridge)
Configuration tool or local opera- - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
tion (standard setting address value, substitute value, incorrect
126) value)
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
5 (one measuring value) or tively
10 (two measuring values)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode for flow measurement
and reset function for metering)
• PID Standard FF function block
• Physical block 1 Resource block
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0, Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
Class B calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
acteristic
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parameter-
pressure value, sensor temper- izable ramp function
Input /Output ature and electronics tempera-
ture
Can be parameterized (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
Can be parameterized (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with incor-
rect value)
One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
1
2
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/45
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
DS III with PMC connection

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 7MF 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitter for gage
pressure, with PMC connection pressure, with PMC connection
77777 - 7777
series DS III HART
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 1 3 4 -
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 1 3 5 -
Silicone oil Standard 1 77777 - 7777
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
Span cleaning
0.01 ... 1 bar g1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g)1) B Silicone oil Standard 1
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C Inert liquid Grease-free 3
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D Nominal measuring range
Wetted parts materials 1 bar g1) (14.5 psi g)1) B
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 4 bar g (58 psi g) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Wetted parts materials
Process connection
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
• Standard: Thread 1½" 2
• Mini bolt: 1" front-flush (not with span - 3 Hastelloy Stainless steel B
version "B") Process connection
Non-wetted parts materials • Standard: front-flush 1½" 2
• Housing made of die-cast aluminum 0 • Mini bolt: front-flush 1" (not with span - 3
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 version "B")
Version Non-wetted parts materials
• Standard version 1 • Housing made of die-cast aluminum 0
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 • Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
documentation in 5 languages on CD Version
Explosion protection • Standard version 1
• None A • International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Female thread M20x1.5 B Explosion protection
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C • None A
Display Electrical connection / cable inlet
• Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1 • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
6 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• With visible digital indication, setting: mA
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector F
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
as specified, Order Code "Y21" or "Y22" Display
required) • Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital display 6
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers". • With customer-specific digital display (setting as 7
specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello) The device is delivered together with brief instructions (Leporello) and
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation a CD-ROM containing detailed documentation.

1) Only with "Standard" process connection 1) Only with "Standard" process connection

2/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
DS III with PMC connection

2
Further designs Order Code Additional data Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
O-ring for PMC mini bolt made of Measuring range to be set Y01 9
• FFPM (Kalrez) A22 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Rating plate inscription Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9 9
(instead of German) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
• English B11 9 9 9
• French B12 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
• Italian B14 9 9 9
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Pressure units in inH20 or psi Y17: ...........................................
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
(calibration certificate) units
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Acceptance test certificate B C12 9 9 9 Note:
To EN 10204-3.1.B The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
To EN 10204-2.2 kg/cm2, mA, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Output signal can be set to upper limit of D05 9 9 9
22.0 mA Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
non-pressure units Y01
Mounting Specify in plain text:
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" threaded P01 9 9 9 Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
connection, supplied packing made of PTFE (specification of measuring range in pressure
• Weldable socket for mini bolt connection 1", P02 9 9 9 units "Y01" is essential, unit with
supplied packing made of Viton max. 5 characters)
Preset bus address Y25 9 9
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y25: ...........
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
9 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/47

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
DS III with PMC connection

■ Dimensional drawings
2
15
(0.6) 144 (567) 100 (3.94)
approx. 30 (1.18)
51 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50

H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

(3.15)
Ø 80

3
4 1)

Space for rotation

5 1) 77 (3)2)

os housing

H2
1

1 Process connection: PMC standard

2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing srew with valve (option)
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure, 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
not shown in the drawing) 2) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gage pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a
PMC Style standard
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
DN PN ∅D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P DS III up to a defined cross-sec-
tion 40.4 mm (1.6") Approx.
36.8 mm
+

H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section (1.4’’)

Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.

š '

š



š

PMC Style minibolt




DN PN ∅D H2
š
š 26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
+



'

2ULQJVXUIDFH
ERUHKROHšPPಯZLWKRXWEXUU

PMC Style standard (left) and PMC Style minibolt (right) weldable sock-
ets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L

2/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 01/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 with PMC connection

■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
2
HART PROFIBUS PA
Input
Measured variable Gage pressure (flush-mounted)
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.3 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
Depending on the process connection, the span Depending on the process connection, the nomi-
may differ from these values nal measuring range may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a)
Upper measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection No Yes
Electrical damping T63 (step width 0.1 s) Set to 0.1 s (0 ... 100 s)
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, measuring cell
with silicone oil, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F), span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Measurement deviation with cut-off point set-
ting, including hysteresis and repeatability.
Linear characteristic curve ≤ 0,075%
• r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
• 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
• 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Settling time T63 without electrical damping Approx. 0.2 s
Long-term drift at ±30 °C (±54 °F) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)%/5 years ≤ 0.25%/5 years
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... 14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of the medium temperature (only
with front-flush diaphragm)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
temperature and ambient temperature
Rated operating conditions
Installation conditions
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Digital display -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
Climatic class
Condensation Permissible
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65, IP68, NEMA X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150° C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic compatibility
• Emitted interference and noise immunity To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/49

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 with PMC connection

2
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA
Design
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Seal diaphragm Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC Supplied through bus
for intrinsically safe operation: 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without EEx - 9 ... 32 V
• For intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) - Available
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T4, T5, T6
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Temperature class T5 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Temperature class T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi-
mum values: mum values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective inner inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li ≤ 7 µH

2/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the
paper industry
HART communication
HART communication
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with 4
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Linearly rising or falling character-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping T63
- Simulation function
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Characteristic
- Simulation function
• Transducer block "Electronic
temperature"
- Simulation function
SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 with PMC connection
2
230 ... 1100 Ω
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM
configuration tool
Local operation
(standard setting Address 126)
One measuring value: 5 bytes
Two measuring values: 10 bytes
Register operating mode: 1 bytes
Reset function due to metering.
1 bytes
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B
2
istic
0 ... 100 s adjustable
Input /Output
One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
Can be reset and preset
Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the register
output
One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
1
2
Yes
Max. 31 nodes
Linear
Available
Available
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/51
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 with PMC connection

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Further designs Order Code
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA
connection, single-chamber measuring housing, specify Order Code.
rating plate inscription in English
Cable socket for M12 plug A50 9
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
O-rings for PMC mini bolt
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - • made of FFPM (Kalrez) A22 9 9
77777 - 7777 • made of NBR A23 9 9
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Rating plate inscription
Silicone oil Standard 1 (instead of English)
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • German B10 9 9
DIN 25410 • French B12 9 9
Span • Spanish B13 9 9
1 bar g (14.5 psi g) B • Italian B14 9 9
4 bar g (58 psi g) C English rating plate B21 9 9
16 bar g (232 psi g) D Pressure units in inH2O or psi
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9
(calibration certificate)
Hastelloy Stainless steel A To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402
Process connection
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9
• PMC Style Standard 2
To EN 10204-3.1
• PMC Style Mini bolt 3
Non-wetted parts materials Factory certificate C14 9 9
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 To EN 10204-2.2
polished Set output signal to upper limit of 22.0 mA D05 9 9
Version Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9
• Standard version 1
Mounting
Explosion protection • Weldable sockets for standard 1½" threaded P01 9 9
• None A connection, supplied packing made of PTFE
• With ATEX, Type of protection: • Weldable socket for mini bolt connection 1", P02 9 9
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B supplied packing made of Viton
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned) M Additional data Order Code
Electrical connection / cable entry Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (plastic)1) A specify Order Code.
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B Measuring range to be set Y01 9
• M12 connector (without cable socket)2) F Specify in plain text:
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Display
• Without display, with keys, closed lid1) 1 Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9
2 Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text: Y15: ......
• With display and keys, closed lid
6 Measuring point text Y16 9 9
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane
(setting on HART devices: mA, Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text: Y16: ......
on PROFIBUS devices: pressure unit) Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
• With display (setting acc. to specifications, 7 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Order Code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with Y17: ...........................................
glass pane Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21 9 9
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA): Y21:
amplifiers". mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units can be selected:
1) Only together with HART electronics.
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG,
2) Only together with PROFIBUS PA. inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mA, Torr,
ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure Y22 + 9
units Y01
Specify in plain text:
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m , m, USg, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units
"Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Preset bus address Y25 9
Specify in plain text:
Y25: .....................
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
9 = available

2/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 01/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
P300 with PMC connection

■ Dimensional drawings
2
ෘ





+ DSSUR[



+ DSSUR[

r


SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
PMC Style Standard
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
DN PN ∅D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
40.4 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section 36.8 mm
+

(1.4’’)
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.

š
š '



š



PMC Style Minibolt



š DN PN ∅D H2
š
26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
33.1 mm
 (1.3’’)
+

'

2ULQJVXUIDFH
ERUHKROHšPPಯZLWKRXWEXUU

PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable sock-
ets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/53

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
Technical description

■ Overview
2

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series, are digital pres-
sure transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high
accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control keys,
over HART communication, PROFIBUS-PA or Foundation Field-
bus interface.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
■ Application
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre-
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available
for measuring:
• Gage pressure
• Absolute pressure
• For differential pressure transmitters
• Filling level
• Mass level
• Volume level
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Benefits
• High quality and long life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics with-
out recalibration
• Minimum conformity error
• Small long-term drift
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless
steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
• Infinitely adjustable span from 0.01 mbar to 400 mbar for
DS III with HART communication
• Nominal measuring range from 1° to°400°bar for DS III PA
(PROFIBUS PA) and FF (Foundation Fieldbus)
• High measuring accuracy
• Parameterization over control keys and HART communication,
PROFIBUS PA communication or Foundation Fieldbus inter-
face.
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
keys or programmed externally over HART communication or
over PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus interface.

2/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
Technical description
Pressure transmitter for gage pressure
■ Design
• Measured variable: Gage pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
2
• Span (infinitely adjustable)
for DS III HART: 0.01 ... 400 bar g (0.145 ... 5802 psi g)
• Nominal measuring range
for DS III PA and FF: 1 ... 400 bar g (14.5 ... 5802 psi g)
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
• Measured variable: Absolute pressure of aggressive and non-
aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
• Span (infinitely adjustable)
for DS III HART: 8.3 mbar a... 100 bar a (0.12 ... 1450 psi a)
• Nominal measuring range
for DS III PA and FF: 250 mbar a... 100 bar a
(3.63 ... 1450 psi a)
• There are two series:
- Gage pressure series
- Differential pressure series
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
• Measured variables:
- Differential pressure
- Small positive or negative pressure
- Flow q ~ √∆p (together with a primary differential pressure
device (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
• Span (infinitely adjustable) Front view
for DS III HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
• Nominal measuring range the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
for DS III PA and FF: 20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi) mation. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters.
Pressure transmitters for level
• Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive The rating plate (3,Figure "Front view") with the Order No. is lo-
liquids in open and closed vessels. cated on the side of the housing. The specified number together
with the ordering information provide details on the optional de-
• Span (infinitely adjustable) sign details and on the possible measuring range (physical
for DS III HART: 25 mbar ... 5 bar (0.363 ... 72.5 psi) properties of built-in sensor element).
• Nominal measuring range
for DS III PA and FF: 250 mbar ... 5 bar (3.63 ... 72.5 psi) The approval label is located on the opposite side.
• Nominal diameter of the mounting flange The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
- DN 80 or DN 100 cision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and rear
- 3 inch or 4 inch of the housing. The front cover (6) can be fitted with a viewing
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the
In the case of level measurements in open containers, the low- digital display. The inlet (4) for the electrical connection is lo-
pressure connection of the measuring cell remains open (mea- cated either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the
surement "compared to atmospheric"). opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth
In the case of measurements in closed containers, the lower- connection is located on the rear of the housing.
pressure connection has to be connected to the container in or- The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
der to compensate the static pressure. accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend- housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required. (1). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (8). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (5), which hides the
input keys.

■ Function
Mode of operation of the DS III HART electronics

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/55

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
Technical description
Mode of operation of the DS III PA electronics
2 8
9
0 0 00 0 9
M 00 8
0 0 00 0
M 00
10
2 3 4 5
mC IA, UH 2 3 4 5 7
mC PA
7 interface
Power supply
HART interface 10

PROFIBUS-PA
Power

PROFIBUS-DP
EEPROM EEPROM supply
6 6 unit
Coup-
Electronics ler

1 6 Electronics
11
Bus-
1 6
EEPROM

12 Master
Sensor

EEPROM
Sensor
Pe
Measuring cell
pe
Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor
2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
4 Microcontroller 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
5 Digital-to-analog converter 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and electronics 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
7 HART interface 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
8 Three input keys (local operation) 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
9 Digital display each in the measuring cell
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter and electronics pe Input variable
IA Output current 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable

Function diagram of the electronics

Function diagram of the electronics
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the instru-
ment amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter
(3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its
linearity and temperature response corrected, and converted in
a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to
20 mA.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other.
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar measure the input
pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
≥ 160 bar compared to vacuum.
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the instru-
ment amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter
(3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its
linearity and temperature response corrected, and provided on
the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface
(7).
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the sec-
ond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
from one another.
Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
quired for this.

2/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
Technical description
Mode of operation of the DS III FF electronics Mode of operation of the measuring cells

9
Measuring cell for gage pressure 2
8
0 0 00 0
M 00

2 3 4 5 7
5
mC FF
interface 4
Power supply 3
10 1 1 Measuring cell
2 Process connection
Power 3 Seal diaphragm
EEPROM supply
6 unit 4 Filling liquid
Coup- 5 Silicon pressure sensor
ler pe Pressure as input variable
Electronics
2
1 6
p
e
EEPROM

Sensor

Measuring cell for gage pressure, function diagram

pe
Measuring cell The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gage pressure, function diagram) to
the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
5 Electrical isolation tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the in-
and electronics put pressure.
7 FF interface

Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for

paper industry
Function diagram of electronics
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the instru-
ment amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter
(3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its
linearity and temperature response corrected, and provided on
the Foundation Fieldbus through an electrically isolated Founda- 5
tion Fieldbus Interface (7). 4

The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and 1 1 Measuring cell
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories 2 Process connection
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other 3 Seal diaphragm
4 Filling liquid
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
5 Silicon pressure sensor
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from pe Pressure as input variable
each other.
Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure 2
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys 3
p
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- e
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper in-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the Foundation Fieldbus. dustry, function diagram
Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by
acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National In- The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
struments Configurator is required for this. Figure "Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush dia-
phragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/57

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
Technical description
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from gage pressure series Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow
2
2 3 4

1 Seal diaphragm
2 O-ring
5
3 Overload diaphragm
4 4 Silicon pressure sensor
1 - + 1 5 Process flange
3
5 6 Body of measuring cell
1 7 Filling liquid
1 Measuring cell
2 Process connection
3 Seal diaphragm 7 6
4 Filling liquid
5 Silicon absolute pressure sensor
pe Absolute pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
2
pe The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
pressure sensor (4).
The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the pressure series, function pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
diagram fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
The absolute pressure pe is transmitted through the seal dia- tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
phragm (3, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the lute pressure.
gage pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (4) An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
to the silicon absolute pressure sensor (5) whose measuring di- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm is then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure
change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage propor- sensor from overloads.
tional to the input pressure.
Measuring cell for level
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure
series
3 4 5 6 7

2
2 3 4 1 Reference vacuum 8
2 Overload diaphragm
+
3 Silicon pressure sensor -
4 O-ring
5 5 Process flange
6 Seal diaphragm 1 10
1 pe 7 Body of measuring cell 9
6 8 Filling liquid
pe Absolute pressure as
input variable 1 Flange with tube 6 Silicon pressure sensor
8 7 2 Seal diaphragm on 7 O-ring
mounting flange 8 Process flange
3 Seal diaphragm 9 Filling liquid
4 Body of measuring cell 10 Capillary with filling liquid
5 Overload diaphragm of mounting flange

Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure series,

function diagram
The input pressure pe is transmitted through the seal diaphragm
(6, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential
pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (8) to the
silicon pressure sensor (3).
The difference in pressure between the input pressure pe and
the reference vacuum (1) on the low-pressure side of the mea-
suring cell flexes the measuring diaphragm. The resistance of
the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit
thus changes. This change in resistance results in a bridge out-
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure.
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure
sensor from overloads.
Measuring cell for level, function diagram
The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically on
the measuring cell through the seal diaphragm on the mounting
flange (2, Figure "Measuring cell for level, function diagram").
This differential pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the measuring cell (3) and the filling liquid (9) to the sil-
icon pressure sensor (6) whose measuring diaphragm is then
flexed.
This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in
the diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage pro-
portional to the differential pressure.
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure
sensor from overloads.

2/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
Technical description
Parameterization DS III Diagnostic functions for DS III HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
• Zero correction display
• Event counter
2
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input keys (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input keys you can easily set the most important param- • Slave pointer
eters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART communication • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with Available physical units of display for DS III HART
a HART communicator or a PC.
Table style: Technical specifications 2
Physical variable Physical dimensions
+
Pressure (setting can also Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,
be made in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 W Power supply mmH2O, ftH2O, inHg, mmHg
transmitter
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
HART Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
communicator gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure transm.
ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec- Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s, g/d,
tion is made directly to the 2-wire system. g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %, mA
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 W Power supply Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
transmitter
PC or Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
HART laptop particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS puts the DS III PA is in
modem connection with a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7.
Communication is possible even in a potentially explosive envi-
RS 232 ronment.
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
transmitter Parameterization through Foundation Fieldbus Interface
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Fully digital communication through Foundation Fieldbus is par-
a HART modem. ticularly user-friendly. Through the Foundation Fieldbus the DS III
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the FF is connected to a process control system. Communication is
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. For parameterization through the Foundation Fieldbus you need
Adjustable parameters, DS III HART suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Parameters Input keys HART com- Adjustable parameters for DS III PA and FF
(DS III HART) munication Parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA and
Start of scale x x (DS III HART) Foundation Fieldbus
interface
Full-scale value x x
Electrical damping x x
Electrical damping x x
Start-of-scale value without application x x Zero adjustment (correction of x x
of a pressure ("Blind setting") position)
Full-scale value without application of a x x Key and/or function disabling x x
pressure ("Blind setting") Source of measured-value dis- x x
Zero adjustment x x play
Current transmitter x x Physical dimension of display x x
Fault current x x Position of decimal point x x
Disabling of keys, write protection x x 1) Bus address x x
Type of dimension and actual dimension x x
Adjustment of characteristic x x
Characteristic (linear / square-rooted) x 2) x 2)
Input of characteristic x
Input of characteristic x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostics functions x Diagnostics functions x

1) Cancel apart from write protection Diagnostic functions for DS III PA and FF
2) Only differential pressure • Event counter

Modification 01/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/59

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
Technical description
• Slave pointer
2 •
•
Maintenance timer
Simulation functions
• Display of zero correction
• Limit transmitter
• Saturation alarm
Physical dimensions available for the display
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also MPa, hPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,
be made in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O
(4 °C), inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O, mmHg,
inHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %

2/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure

■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Gage pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.145 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.23 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
0.6 ... 63 bar g 100 bar g 63 bar g 100 bar g
(9.14 ... 914 psi g) (1450 psi g) (914 psi g) (1450 psi g)
1.6 ... 160 bar g 250 bar g 160 bar g 250 bar g
(23.2 ... 2320 psi g) (3626 psi g) (2320 psi g) (3626 psi g)
4.0 ... 400 bar g 600 bar g 400 bar g 600 bar g
(58 ... 5802 psi g) (8700 psi g) (5802 psi g) (8700 psi g)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a (0.435 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span (max. 160 bar g (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement and inert liquid)
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus sig-
nal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/61

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure

2
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec- -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference To EN 50081-1
- Interference immunity To EN 61236 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Wetted parts materials
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange (PN 160
(MWP 2320 psi g)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Power supply U H Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail- - Yes
able

2/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Max.surface temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22
- Identification
- Connection
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2)
- Identification
• Explosion protection to FM
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI)
• Explosion protection to CSA
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
DS III series
for gage pressure
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
PTB 99 ATEX 2122
Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
Certificate of Compliance 3008490
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Certificate of Compliance 1153651
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/63
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure

2
HART communication Communication Foundation Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic

Simultaneous communication with 4 - Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s

master class 2 (max.) able

The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera-
tion (standard setting address
126)
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values)
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode
and reset function for metering)
Internal preprocessing
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
• PID
• Physical block
Output/input (can be locked within
the device with a bridge)
Can be parameterized (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
Yes
Standard FF function block
1 Resource block

Function blocks 2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with

calibration, 1 transducer block
• Analog input LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char- • Pressure transducer block
ic process variables acteristic
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s two pressures
able
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parameter-
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good pressure value, sensor temper- izable ramp function
value, substitute value, incorrect ature and electronics tempera-
value) ture
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with incor-
rect value)
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature

2/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 7MF 4 0 3 3 - 2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
pressure, series DS III HART 3) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
77777 - 7777 4) Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning
Silicone oil Standard } 1
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3
Span
0.01 ... 1 bar g (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) } B
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) } C
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) } D
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) } E
1.6 ... 160 bar g (23.2 ... 2320 psi g) } F
4.0 ... 400 bar g (58.0 ... 5802 psi g) } G
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version as diaphragm seal Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 } 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel,
max. span 160 bar g (2320 psi g)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium } 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, } 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 2) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure } P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 3)
- "n (Zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)" 3)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 2)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.5 (adapter) 4) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 } B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector 4)
Display
• Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) } 1
• With visible digital indicator, setting: mA 6

• with customer-specific digital indicator 7

(setting as specified, Order Code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
}Available ex stock
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers".
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/65

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
pressure 3) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
4) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 0 3 4 - and explosion-proof"
DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 0 3 5 -
77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3
Nominal measuring range
1 bar g (14.5 psi g) B
4 bar g (58 psi g) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D
63 bar g (914 psi g) E
160 bar g (2320 psi g) F
400 bar g (5802 psi g) G
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version as diaphragm seal Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel,
max. span 160 bar g (2320 psi g)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 2) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 3)
- "n (Zone 2)" (planned) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)" 3) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 2)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector 4) F
Display
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital indicator 6
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
The device is delivered together with brief instructions (Leporello) and a
CD-ROM containing detailed documentation.

2/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure

2
Further designs Order Code Additional data Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Measuring range to be set Y01 9
bracket made of: Specify in plain text:
• Steel A01 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9 9
Plug Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Y15: ...........................................
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Rating plate inscription Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
(instead of German) Y16: ...........................................

• English B11 9 9 9 Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9

• French B12 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
• Spanish B13 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
(calibration certificate)
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, mA, Torr, ATM oder %
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
To EN 10204-3.1
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 non-pressure units Y01
To EN 10204-2.2 Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 (specification of measuring range in
pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 max. 5 characters)
22.0 mA
Preset bus address Y25 9
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9
Specify in plain text:
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 Y25: .....................
(not together with 7D/ Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
Han 8U plug, cable gland Pg 13.5)
9 = available
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9
(only together with the devices 7MF4033- Ordering example
....0-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01) Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of oval flange C line: Y21: bar (psi)
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Oxygen application E10 9 9 9
(max. 160 bar g (2320 psi g) for oxygen
measurement and inert liquid)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E55 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/67

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
2
15 55 4)
144 (5.67) (0.6) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
74 51 28 approx. 96 (3.78) 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80

3 3

117 (4.6)

171 (6.7)
1) 8

237 (9.3)
1) 4
5

68 (2.7)

120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)

(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
7
min. 77 (3.0) 5)
105 (4.1)

1 Process connection:
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½B or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter)2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
6 Protective cover over keys 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
7 Mounting bracket (option) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
8 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 4) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 5) Minimum distance for rotation

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for gage pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure

15 144 (5.67)
55
(0.6) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
2
(0.6)
74 51 28 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80

117 (4.6)

171 (6.7)
1) 8

237 (9.3)
1) 4
5

68 (2.7)

120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)

(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
7
min. 77 (3.0) 2)
105 (4.1)

1 Process connection:
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½B or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
7 Mounting bracket (option) 2) Minimum distance for rotating
8 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure, 3) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure".
not shown in the drawing) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA".

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for gage pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/69

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm

■ Technical specifications
2 SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Gage pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.145 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
0.04 ... 4 bar g 10 bar g 4 bar g 10 bar g
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
0.16 ... 16 bar g 32 bar g 16 bar g 32 bar g
(2.23 ... 232 psi g) (464 psi g) (232 psi g) (464 psi g)
0.6 ... 63 bar g 100 bar g 63 bar g 100 bar g
(9.14 ... 914 psi g) (1450 psi g) (914 psi g) (1450 psi g)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally -
set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil fill-
ing, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of mounting position 0.1 mbar g (0.00145 psi g) per 10° inclination
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range

2/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm

2
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference To EN 50081-1
- Interference immunity To EN 61236 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Power supply U H Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3,
directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/71

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm

2
HART communication Communication Foundation Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic

Simultaneous communication with 4 - Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s

master class 2 (max.) able

The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera-
tion (standard setting address
126)
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values)
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode
and reset function for metering)
Internal preprocessing
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
• PID
• Physical block
Output/input (can be locked within
the device with a bridge)
Can be parameterized (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
Yes
Standard FF function block
1 Resource block

Function blocks 2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with

calibration, 1 transducer block
• Analog input LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char- • Pressure transducer block
ic process variables acteristic
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s two pressures
able
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parameter-
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good pressure value, sensor temper- izable ramp function
value, substitute value, incorrect ature and electronics tempera-
value) ture
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with incor-
rect value)
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature

2/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 7MF 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage
pressure, front-flush membrane, pressure, front-flush membrane
77777 - 7777
series DS III HART
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 1 3 4 -
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 1 3 5 -
Silicone oil Standard 1 77777 - 7777
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
Span cleaning
0.01 ... 1 bar g1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g)1) B Silicone oil Standard 1
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C Inert liquid Grease-free 3
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D Nominal measuring range
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) E 1 bar g1) (14.5 psi g)1) B
Wetted parts materials 4 bar g (58 psi g) C
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 16 bar g (232 psi g) D
63 bar g (914 psi g) E
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Wetted parts materials
Process connection
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
• Flange version with Order Code M.. or N.. 7
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 Process connection
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 • Flange version with Order Code M.. or N.. 7
Version Non-wetted parts materials
• Standard version 1 • Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 • Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
documentation in 5 languages on CD Version
Explosion protection • Standard version 1
• Without A • International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Inner thread M20x1.5 B Explosion protection
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C • Without A
Display Electrical connection / cable entry
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1 • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
6 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• with visible digital indication, setting: mA
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector 2) F
• with customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
as specified, Order Code "Y21" or "Y22" Display
required) • Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital display 6
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers". • With customer-specific digital display (setting as 7
specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello) The device is delivered together with brief instructions (Leporello) and a
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation CD-ROM containing detailed documentation.

1) Only with "Standard" process connection

1) Only with "Standard" process connection 2) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
and explosion-proof"

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/73

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm

2
Further designs Order Code Additional data Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
Rating plate inscription Measuring range to be set Y01 9
(instead of German) Specify in plain text:
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• English B11 9 9 9
• French B12 9 9 9 Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Y15: ...........................................

English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9

Pressure units in inH2O or psi Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9
(calibration certificate) units
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 Note:
To EN 10204-3.1 The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
To EN 10204-2.2 kg/cm2, mA, Torr, ATM oder %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Flanges to EN1092-1
• DN 25, PN 40 M11 9 9 9 Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
• DN 25, PN 100 M21 9 9 9 9 = available
• DN 40, PN 40 M13 9 9 9 Ordering example
• DN 40, PN 100 M23 9 9 9 Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
• DN 50, PN 16 M04 9 9 9 B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
• DN 50, PN 40 M14 9 9 9 C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
• DN 80, PN 16 M06 9 9 9 C line: Y21: bar (psi)
• DN 80, PN 40 M16 9 9 9
Flanges to ASME B16.5
• Stainless steel flange 2" class 150 M42 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 2" class 300 M47 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 3" class 150 M43 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 3" class 300 M48 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 4" class 150 M44 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 4" class 300 M49 9 9 9
Sanitary process connection according
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection)
• DN 50, PN 25 N04 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 25 N05 9 9 9
Tri-Clamp connection according DIN 32676
• DN 50, PN 16 N14 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN 16 N15 9 9 9
Varivent connection
• Type D = 68 for Varivent housing N28 9 9 9
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
Bio-Control (Neumo) sanitary connection
• DN 50, PN16 Q53 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN16 Q54 9 9 9

2/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 02/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm

■ Dimensional drawings
2
15
(0.6) 144 (567) 100 (3.94)
approx. 30 (1.18)
51 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50

H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

(3.15)
Ø 80

3
4 1)

Space for rotation

5 1) 77 (3)2)

os housing
1

H2
1 Process connection: PMC standard
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure, 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
not shown in the drawing) 2) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)

The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a NuG and pharmaceutical flange
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2. Connections to DIN
H1 = Height of the SITRANS DS III up to a defined cross-section DIN 11851 (Dairy connection)
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section DN PN ∅D H2

Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges. 50 25 92 mm (3.6“) Approx.
+

52 mm (2“)
80 25 127 mm (5.0“)

Flanges to EN and ASME

'
Flanges to EN
EN 1092-1 Tri-Clamp according DIN 32676
DN PN ∅D H2 DN PN ∅D H2
25 40 115 mm (4.5“) Approx. 50 16 64 mm (2.5“) Approx.
+

52 mm (2“)
+

25 100 140 mm (5.5“) 52 mm (2“) 65 16 91 mm (3.6“)

40 40 150 mm (5.9“)
'
40 100 170 mm (6.7“)
50 16 165 mm (6.5“) '
50 40 165 mm (6.5“)
Other connections
80 16 200 mm (7.9“)
80 40 200 mm (7.9“) Varivent connection
DN PN ∅D H2

Flanges to ASME 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx.

+

(3.3“) 52 mm (2“)
ASME B16.5
DN class ∅D H2 '
1“ 150 110 mm (4.3“) Approx.
+

1“ 300 125 mm (4.9“) 52 mm (2“) Bio-Control connections

1½“ 150 130 mm (5.1“) Bio-Control connection
'
1½“ 300 155 mm (6.1“) DN PN ∅D H2
2“ 150 150 mm (5.9“)
2“ 300 165 mm (6.5“) 50 16 90 mm (3.5“) Approx.
+

52 mm (2“)
3“ 150 190 mm (7.5“) 65 16 120 mm (4.7“)
3“ 300 210 mm (8.1“)
4“ 150 230 mm (9.1“) '
4“ 300 255 mm (10.0“)

Modification 02/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/75

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)

■ Technical specifications
2 SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gage pressure series)
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 6 bar a 250 mbar a 6 bar a
(0.12 ... 3.6 psi a) (87 psi a) (3.6 psi a) (87 psi a)
43 ... 1300 mbar a 10 bar a 1300 mbar a 10 bar a
(0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) (145 psi a) (18.9 psi a) (145 psi a)
160 ... 5000 mbar a 30 bar a 5 bar a 30 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) (435 psi a) (72.5 psi a) (435 psi a)
1 ... 30 bar a 100 bar a 30 bar a 100 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psi a) (1450 psi a) (435 psi a) (1450 psi a)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a (0 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus sig-
nal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0.075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.1%/year
(±54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range

2/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)

2
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gage pressure series)
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec- -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference To EN 50081-1
- Interference immunity To EN 61236 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Wetted parts materials
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar a (2320 psi a) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange (PN 160
(MWP 2320 psi a)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Power supply U H Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail- - Yes
able

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/77

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)

2
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gage pressure series)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Max.surface temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22
- Identification
- Connection
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2)
- Identification
• Explosion protection to FM
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI)
• Explosion protection to CSA
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
PTB 99 ATEX 2122
Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
Certificate of Compliance 3008490
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Certificate of Compliance 1153651
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

2/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
HART communication
HART communication
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with 4
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature
SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)
2
Communication Foundation Fieldbus
230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables acteristic
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
• Pressure transducer block
acteristic
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
Input /Output
- Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parameter-
Can be parameterized (last good pressure value, sensor temper- izable ramp function
value, substitute value, incorrect ature and electronics tempera-
value) ture
Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
Can be parameterized (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with incor-
rect value)
One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
1
2
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/79
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute 7MF 4 2 3 3 - 2) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a)
pressure, from the pressure series DS III HART 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
77777 - 7777 4) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell 5) Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
cleaning E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
Silicone oil Standard 1
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3
Span
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) E) D
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) E) F
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) E) G
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel E) B
Hastelloy Hastelloy E) C
Version for diaphragm seal 2) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel,
max. span 160 bar g (2320 psi a)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 3) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 4)
- "n (Zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)" 4)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 3)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.5 5) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector 5)
Display
• Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
• With visible digital indicator 6
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers".
The device is delivered together with brief instructions (Leporello) and a
CD-ROM containing detailed documentation.

2/80 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute 2) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
pressure (from the gage pressure series) 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
4) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 2 3 4 - 5) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 2 3 5 - and explosion-proof"
E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
77777 - 7777 regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3
Nominal measuring range
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) E) D
1300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) E) F
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) E) G
30 bar a (435 psi a) H
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel E) B
Hastelloy Hastelloy E) C
Version as diaphragm seal 2) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel,
max. span 160 bar g (2320 psi a)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 3) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 4)
- "n (Zone 2)" (planned) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)" 4) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 3)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector 5) F
Display
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital indicator 6
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
The device is delivered together with brief instructions (Leporello) and
a CD-ROM containing detailed documentation.

Modification 02/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/81

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)

2
Further designs Order Code Further designs Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Additional data
bracket made of:
Measuring range to be set Y01 9
• Steel A01 9 9 9
Specify in plain text:
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Plug Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9 9
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Y15: ...........................................
Rating plate inscription Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
(instead of German) Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
• English B11 9 9 9 Y16: ...........................................
• French B12 9 9 9 Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Y17: ...........................................
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH2O or psi units
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
(calibration certificate) Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
To EN 10204-3.1 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 kg/cm2, mA, Torr, ATM oder %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
To EN 10204-2.2
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9 9 9
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 non-pressure units Y01
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 Specify in plain text:
22.0 mA Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 units "Y01" is essential, unit with
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 max. 5 characters)
(not together with Han 7D / Han 8U plug, Preset bus address Y25 9
Pg 13.5 screwed gland) Specify in plain text:
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 Y25: .....................
(only together with the devices 7MF4233- Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
....0-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01).
9 = available
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of oval flange
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic
safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic
safety (EEx ia)")
Oxygen application E10 9 9 9
(max. 160 bar a (2320 psi a) with oxygen
measurement and inert liquid)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55 9 9 9
(China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)

2/82 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)

■ Dimensional drawings
2
15 55 4)
144 (5.67) (0.6) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
74 51 28 approx. 96 (3.78) 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80

3 3

117 (4.6)

171 (6.7)
1) 8

237 (9.3)
1) 4
5

68 (2.7)

120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)

(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
7
min. 77 (3.0) 5)
105 (4.1)

1 Process connection:
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½B or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter)2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
6 Protective cover over keys 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
7 Mounting bracket (option) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
8 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 4) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 5) Minimum distance for rotation

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/83

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)

2 15 144 (5.67)
55
(0.6) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
74 51 28 6 2
(2.9) (2.0) (1.1)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80

117 (4.6)

171 (6.7)
1) 8

237 (9.3)
1) 4
5

68 (2.7)

120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)

(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
7
min. 77 (3.0) 2)
105 (4.1)

1 Process connection:
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½B or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
7 Mounting bracket (option) 2) Minimum distance for rotating
8 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure, 3) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure".
not shown in the drawing) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA".

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/84 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)

■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working pres- Nominal measuring Maximum working pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible working pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 32 bar a 250 mbar a 32 bar a
(0.12 ... 3.6 psi a) (464 psi a) (3.6 psi a) (464 psi a)
43 ... 1300 mbar a 32 bar a 1300 bar a 32 bar a
(0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) (464 psi a) (18.9 psi a) (464 psi a)
160 ... 5000 mbar a 32 bar a 5 bar a 32 bar a
(2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) (464 psi a) (72.5 psi a) (464 psi a)
1 ... 30 bar a 160 bar a 30 bar a 160 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psi a) (2320 psi a) (435 psi a) (2320 psi a)
5.3 ... 100 bar a 160 bar a 100 bar a 160 bar a
(14.5 ... 435 psi a) (2320 psi a) (1450 psi a) (2320 psi a)
(for connection thread (for connection thread
7
M10 and /16-20 UNF in M10 and 7/16-20 UNF in
the process flanges) the process flanges)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a (0 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus sig-
nal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0.075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.1%/year
(±54 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0.3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/85

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)

2
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec- -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference To EN 50081-1
- Interference immunity To EN 61236 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 4.5 kg (≈ 9.9 lb)
Wetted parts materials
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360,
tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 or Monel, mat. No. 2.4360
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi a) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection ¼-18 NPT and flange connection to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7
/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Power supply U H Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail- - Yes
able

2/86 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)

SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Max.surface temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22
- Identification
- Connection
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2)
- Identification
• Explosion protection to FM
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI)
• Explosion protection to CSA
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
PTB 99 ATEX 2122
Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
Certificate of Compliance 3008490
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Certificate of Compliance 1153651
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/87

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)
2
HART communication
HART communication
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with 4
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables acteristic
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature
2/88 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Communication Foundation Fieldbus
230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables acteristic
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
Input /Output
- Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parameter-
Can be parameterized (last good pressure value, sensor temper- izable ramp function
value, substitute value, incorrect ature and electronics tempera-
value) ture
Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
Can be parameterized (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with incor-
rect value)
One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
1
2
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute 7MF 4 3 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute 7MF 4 3 3 3 -
pressure, from the differential pressure, pressure, from the differential pressure,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
series DS III HART series DS III HART
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Display
cleaning • Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
Silicone oil Standard 1 • With visible digital indicator 6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
Span as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) E) D Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) E) F amplifiers".
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) E) G Included in delivery of the device:
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H • Brief instructions (Leporello)
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 1) For oxygen applications, add Order code E10.
2) Version 7MF4333-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 3) Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a)"
Hastelloy Stainless steel E) B 4) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Hastelloy Hastelloy E) C 5) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
Tantalum Tantalum E 6) Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
Monel Monel E) H E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
Gold Gold L regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
Version for diaphragm seal 2) Y
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
• Vent on side of process flange 3)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 4) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 5)
- "n (Zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)" 5)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 4)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.5 6) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector 6)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/89

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute
pressure (from the differential pressure series) pressure (from the differential pressure series)
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 3 3 4 - DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 3 3 4 -
DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 3 3 5 - DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 3 3 5 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Display
cleaning • Without (digital display hidden) 1
Silicone oil Standard 1 • With visible digital indicator 6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
Nominal measuring range as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) E) D Included in delivery of the device:
1300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) E) F • Brief instructions (Leporello)
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) E) G • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
30 bar a (435 psi a) H
100 bar a (1450 psi a) KE 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Wetted parts materials 2) Version 7MF4334-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
3) Not for nominal measuring range 100 bar a (1450 psi a).
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
4) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 5) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
Hastelloy Stainless steel E) B 6) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety
and explosion-proof"
Hastelloy Hastelloy E) C
E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
Tantalum Tantalum E regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
Monel Monel E) H
Gold Gold L
Version as diaphragm seal 2) Y
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
• Vent on side of process flange 3)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 4) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 5)
- "n (Zone 2)" (planned) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)" 5) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 4)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector 6) F

2/90 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 02/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)

2
Further designs Order Code Further designs Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55 9 9 9
bracket made of: (China)
• Steel A01 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
O-rings for process flanges NEPSI (China)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
Plug Vent on side for gas measurements H02 9 9 9
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Process flange
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 • Hastelloy K01 9 9 9
Sealing screws A40 9 9 9 • Monel K02 9 9 9
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 9 9 9
flanges max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi),
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
Rating plate inscription
(instead of German)
Additional data
• English B11 9 9 9
• French B12 9 9 9 Measuring range to be set Y01 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi

English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9 9

Pressure units in inH2O or psi Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9
(calibration certificate) Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
To EN 10204-3.1
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Y17: ...........................................
To EN 10204-2.2
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
22.0 mA
Note:
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
(only together with seal diaphragm made of bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Hastelloy and stainless steel) mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 kg/cm2, mA, Torr, ATM oder %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
(not together with Han 7D/Han 8U plug,
cable gland PG 13.5) Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
non-pressure units Y01
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9
Specify in plain text:
(only together with the devices 7MF4333- 3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
....2-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01)
(specification of measuring range in pressure
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9 units "Y01" is essential, unit with
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread max. 5 characters)
of process flange Preset bus address Y25 9
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic Y25: .....................
safety (EEx ia)") Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9 9 = available
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic
safety (EEx ia)")
Oxygen application E10 9 9 9
(max. 160 bar a (2320 psi a) with oxygen
measurement and inert liquid)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)

Modification 01/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/91

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)

■ Dimensional drawings
2
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) approx. 30 (1.2) 5) 100 (3.94)
51 6 2
(2.0)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80

117 (4.6)
3

198 (7.8)

approx. 261 (10.3)

1)
4
69 (2.7)
5 1) 77 (3) 4) 9
10
Space for rotation

8
1
of housing
134 (5.27)

96 (3.8)
11
ca. 96 (3.78) 52 (2.05)

72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter) 2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
9 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement 4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 5) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/92 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series for absolute pressure
(from differential pressure series)

15
(0.6) 144 (5.67)
51
approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94) 2
6 2
(2.0)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80

117 (4.6)
3

198 (7.8)

approx. 261 (10.3)

1)
4
69 (2.7)
5 1) 77 (3) 2) 9
10

Space for rotation 8

1 of housing
134 (5.27)

96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)

72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronic side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
9 Screw cover – safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure,
not shown in the drawing) 2) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement 3) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA"

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/93

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

■ Technical specifications
2 SITRANS P, DS III series, for differential pressure and flow
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working pres- Nominal measuring Maximum working pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible working pressure
1 ... 20 mbar 32 bar 20 mbar g 32 bar
(0.4015 ... 8.031 inH2O) (464 psi) (8.031 inH2O) (464 psi)
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 60 mbar 160 bar
(0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) (2320 psi) (24.09 inH2O) (2320 psi)
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar
(1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) (100.4 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
(2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) (240.9 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
(6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) (642.4 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar 5 bar
(20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) (2008 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi) (435 psi)
2.5 ... 250 mbar 420 bar 250 mbar 420 bar
(1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) (6091 psi) (100.4 inH2O) (6091 psi)
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
(2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) (240.9 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
(6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) (642.4 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar 5 bar
(20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) (2008 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi) (435 psi)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. span (-33% with 30 bar (435 psi) measuring cell or 30 mbar a (0.44 psi))
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span (for oxygen version and inert filling liquid; max. 160 bar g (2320 psi g))
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
• Square-root characteristic (flow > 50%) ≤ 0,1%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0,1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0,2%

2/94 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
SITRANS P, DS III series, for differential pressure and flow
• Square-root characteristic (flow 25 ... 50%)
- r ≤ 10
- 10 < r ≤ 30
Long-term drift (temperature change ± 30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years
(±54 °F))
• 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point
- 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell
• on the span
- 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell
Measured Value Resolution
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529)
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec-
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators
• Storage temperature
• Climatic class
- Condensation
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference
- Interference immunity
Design
Weight (without options)
Wetted parts materials
• Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell filling
Process connection
Power supply U H
Terminal voltage on transmitter
Separate 24 V power supply necessary
Bus voltage
• Not Ex
• With intrinsically-safe operation
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.)
• Startup current ≤ basic current
• Max. current in event of fault
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail-
able
SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
≤ 0,2
≤ 0,2%
≤ 0,4%
≤ (0.25% every 5 years
static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g)
≤ (0.2 ⋅ r) per year ≤ 0.2 per year
≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(Twice the value with 20-mbar (0.29 psi) measur-
ing cell)
≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per 100 bar (1450 psi) ≤ 0.15% je 100 bar (1450 psi)
≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per 32 bar (464 psi) ≤ 0.15% je 32 bar (464 psi)
≤ 0.2% je 100 bar (1450 psi)
≤ 0.2% je 32 bar (464 psi)
- 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
IP65
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
-30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
Permissible
To EN 50081-1
To EN 61236 and NAMUR NE 21
≈ 4.5 kg (≈ 9.9 lb)
Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360,
tantalum or gold
Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement)
Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7
/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Supplied through bus
10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
- No
- 9 ...32 V
- 9 ...24 V
- 12.5 mA
- Yes
- 15.5 mA
- Yes
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/95
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

2
SITRANS P, DS III series, for differential pressure and flow
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equip-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC)
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi)
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Max.surface temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22
- Identification
- Connection
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2)
- Identification
• Explosion protection to FM
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI)
• Explosion protection to CSA
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with basic safety requirements of
Article 3, paragraph 1 (appendix 1); assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord.
PTB 99 ATEX 2122
Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
Certificate of Compliance 3008490
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Certificate of Compliance 1153651
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

2/96 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
HART communication
HART communication
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with 4
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature
SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow
2
Communication Foundation Fieldbus
230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
ic process variables acteristic
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s
able
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
• Pressure transducer block
acteristic
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
Input /Output
- Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parameter-
Can be parameterized (last good pressure value, sensor temper- izable ramp function
value, substitute value, incorrect ature and electronics tempera-
value) ture
Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
Can be parameterized (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with incor-
rect value)
One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
1
2
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/97
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 4 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 4 3 3 -
tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi)
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Display
cleaning • without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) } 1
Silicone oil Standard } 1 • With visible digital indication 6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
Span as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
PN 32 (MWP 464 psi) } Available ex stock
1 ... 20 mbar2) (0.4015 ... 8.03 inH2O) } B Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) amplifiers".
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) } C Included in delivery of the device:
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) } D • Brief instructions (Leporello)
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) } E • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) } F • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) } G 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) } H 2) Not suitable for connection of remote seal
Wetted parts materials 3) Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(100.4, 240.9, 2008 inH2O and 435 psi)
(stainless steel process flanges) 4) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 5) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A 6) Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Tantalum3) Tantalum E
Monel3) Monel H
Gold3) Gold L
Version for diaphragm seal Y
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 } 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
• Vent on side of process flange 2)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium } 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, } 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"4) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure } P
(EEx ia + EEx d)"5)
- "n (Zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"5)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)"4)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.56) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 } B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector6)

2/98 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters SITRANS P pressure transmitters
for differential pressure and flow for differential pressure and flow
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi)
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 4 3 4 - DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 4 3 4 -
DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 4 3 5 - DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 4 3 5 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Electrical connection / cable entry
cleaning • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • Plug M12 incl. mating connector6) F
Nominal measuring range Display
PN 32 (MWP 464 psi) • Without (digital display hidden) 1
20 mbar2) (8.03 inH2O) B • With visible digital indication 6
PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) • With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
60 mbar (24.09 inH2O) C as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D Included in delivery of the device:
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E • Brief instructions (Leporello)
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Wetted parts materials 2) Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
3) Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(stainless steel process flanges) (100.4, 240.9, 2008 inH2O and 435 psi).
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 4) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 5) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
6) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
and explosion-proof"
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Tantalum3) Tantalum E
Monel2) Monel H
Gold2) Gold L
Version as diaphragm seal Y
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
• Venting on side of process flanges2)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"4) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)"5)
- "n (Zone 2)" (planned) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"5) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)"4)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/99

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

2
Further designs Order Code Further designs Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
bracket made of: INMETRO (Brazil)
• Steel A01 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55 9 9 9
O-rings for process flanges (China)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 NEPSI (China)
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
Plug (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9
Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9
Vent on side for gas measurements H02 9 9 9
Sealing screws
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process A40 9 9 9 Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03 9 9 9
flanges differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)1)
Rating plate inscription
(instead of German) Process flange
• English B11 9 9 9 • Hastelloy K01 9 9 9
• French B12 9 9 9 • Monel K02 9 9 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi),
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
English rating plate (calibration certificate) B21 9 9 9
Additional data
Pressure units in inH2O or psi
Measuring range to be set
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9
Specify in plain text:
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402
• With linear characteristic: Y01 9
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
To EN 10 204-3.1 • With square-rooted characteristic: Y02 9
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9
To EN 10 204-2.2 Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9 9
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9
Y15: ...........................................
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
22.0 mA
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 Y16: ...........................................
(only together with seal diaphragm made of
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
Hastelloy and stainless steel)
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 Y17: ...........................................
(not together with 7D/
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9
Han 8U plug, cable gland Pg 13.5)
units
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
(only together with the devices 7MF4433- Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
....2-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01) Note:
Process flange screws made of Monel D34 9 9 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
(max. nominal pressure PN20) bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Supplied with oval flange set D37 9 9 9 kg/cm2, mA, Torr, ATM oder %
(2 items), PTFE packings and screws in *) ref. temperature 20 °C
thread of process flanges
Setting of pressure indicator in Y22 9
2)+
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9 non-pressure units
(only together with type of protection Specify in plain text: Y01 or
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)") Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
(specification of measuring range in pressure
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9 units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
(only together with type of protection max. 5 characters)
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Preset bus address Y25 9
TÜV approval to AD/TRD E06 9 Specify in plain text:
Overfilling safety device for flammable E08 9 9 9 Y25: .....................
and non-flammable liquids Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
(max. PN 32 (MVWP 464 psi), basic device
with type of protection "Intrinsic safety 9 = available
(EEx ia)", to WHG and VbF, not together with
measuring cell filling "inert liquid") 1) Not suitable for connection of remote seal
2) Not together with over-filling safety device for flammable and
Oxygen application E10 9 9 9 non-flammable liquids (Order Code "E08")
(max. 160 bar (2320 psi) with oxygen
measurement and inert liquid)

2/100 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 01/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. 1) Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 5 3 3 - 2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART 3) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
77777 - 7777
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) 4) Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1

Span
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Gold1) Gold L
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 3
• Venting on side of process flanges
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 7
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"2) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)"3)
- "n (Zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"3)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)"2), max PN 360
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.54) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector4)
Display
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
• With visible digital indication 6
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers".
Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual
is extra ordering item)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/101

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow
2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. 3) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 4) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety
tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART and explosion-proof"
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi)
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 5 3 4 -
DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 5 3 5 -
1 7777 - 7777
Nominal measuring range
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Gold1) Gold L
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 3
• Venting on side of process flanges
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 7
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection
• Without A
• With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"2) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)"3)
- "n (Zone 2)" (planned) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"3) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)"2), max PN 360
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector 4) F
Display
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital indicator 6
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
Included in delivery of the device:
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)

1) Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)

2/102 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

2
Further designs Order Code Further designs Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
bracket made of: (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• Steel A01 9 9 9
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
O-rings for process flanges Stainless steel process flanges for H03 9 9 9
(instead of FPM (Viton)) vertical differential pressure lines
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Additional data
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 Measuring range to be set
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 • With linear characteristic: Y01 9 9
Plug Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 • With square-rooted characteristic: Y02 9 9
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9
Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9 9
Sealing screws A40 9 9 9
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process
Y15: ...........................................
flanges
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Rating plate inscription
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
(instead of German)
Y16: ...........................................
• English B11 9 9 9
• French B12 9 9 9 Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
• Italian B14 9 9 9
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 units
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
(calibration certificate) Note:
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 The following pressure units can be selected:
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
To EN 10204-3.1
kg/cm2, mA, Torr, ATM or %
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
To EN 10204-2.2 Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 non-pressure units Y01 or
Specify in plain text: Y02
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
22.0 mA (specification of measuring range in pressure
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
(only together with seal diaphragm made of
Hastelloy and stainless steel) Preset bus address Y25 9
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
Y25: .....................
(not together with Han 7D / Han 8U plug,
Pg 13.5 screwed gland) Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 9 = available
(only together with the devices 7MF4533-
....2-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01)
Supplied with oval flange set D37 9 9 9
(2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
thread of process flanges
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E55 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/103

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

■ Dimensional drawings
2
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) approx. 30 (1.2) 5) 100 (3.94)
51 6 2
(2.0)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80

117 (4.6)
3

198 (7.8)

approx. 261 (10.3)

1)
4
69 (2.7)
5 1) 77 (3) 4) 9
10
Space for rotation

8
1
of housing
134 (5.27)

96 (3.8)
11
ca. 96 (3.78) 52 (2.05)

72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter) 2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
9 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement 4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 5) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/104 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

15
(0.6) 144 (5.67)
51
approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94) 2
6 2
(2.0)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80

117 (4.6)
3

198 (7.8)

approx. 261 (10.3)

1)
4
69 (2.7)
5 1) 77 (3) 2) 9
10

Space for rotation 8

1 of housing
134 (5.27)

96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)

72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronic side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
9 Screw cover – safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure,
not shown in the drawing) 2) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement 3) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA"

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/105

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

2 15
(0.6) 144 (5.67)
approx. 30 (1.18)8)
100 (3.94)
51 approx. 96 (3.78) 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80

3 3
4 1)

approx. 217 (8.54)7)

9

Space for rotation

5 1) 77 (3)4)

of housing

approx. 85
(3.35)6)
+ 8
8

67 (2.64)5) approx. 84,6 (3.33)

1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)

2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter) 2) 3),
- screwed gland M20x1,5 3),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
4 Terminal side 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
6 Protective cover over keys 4) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
7 Mounting bracket (option) 5) 74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 6) 91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
9 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 7) 219 mm (8.62 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 8) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, di-
mensions in mm (inch)

2/106 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

15
(0.6) 144 (5.67)
approx 30 (1.18)6)
100 (3.94)
2
51 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)

(0.8)
20

(1.97)
50
diam. 80
(3.15)

3
4 1)

approx. 217 (8.54)5)

9

Space for rotation

5 1) 77 (3)2)

of housing

85 (3.35)4)
approx.
+
8 8

3) approx.
67 (2.64)
84,6 (3.33)

1 Process connection ¼-18 NPT (EN 61 518) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
2 Blanking plug 2) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation
3 Electrical connection: without indicator
screwed gland M20x1.5, 3) 74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 4) 91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
PROFIBUS plug M12 5) 219 mm (8.62 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
4 Terminal side 6) Approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch) for Pg 13.5 with adapter
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure,
not shown in the drawing)

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines,
dimensions in mm (inch)

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for differential pressure

and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/107

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for differential pressure and flow

2 7
4 6

183 (7.2)
115 (4.5) 1

77
(3.0)

2
193 (7.6)

TERMINALS
FIELD 1 Process connection, ¼-18 NPT (EN 61 518)
2 Terminal side, analog indicator (optional)
3 External digital indicator (optional)
4 Sealing plug
5 Fixing screw
6 Blanking plug
7 Protective cover for keys
3 8 Electrical connection

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III FF series for differential pressure and flow, with digital indicator beside control keys, dimensions in mm (inch)

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for differential pressure

and flow, with digital indicator beside control keys

2/108 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for level

■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for level
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Input
Measured variable Level
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working Nominal measuring Maximum working
nominal measuring range and pressure range pressure
max. pemissible working pressure
25 ... 250 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 250 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(0.36 ... 3.63 psi g) (3.63 psi g)
25 ... 600 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 600 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(0.36 ... 8.7 psi g) (8.7 psi g)
53 ... 1600 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 1600 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(0.77 ... 23.2 psi g) (23.2 psi g)
160 ... 5000 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 5000 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(2.32 ... 72.5 psi g) (72.5 psi g)
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. span or 30 mbar (0.435 psi a), depending on mounting flange
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally -
set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0,023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Accuracy
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil fill-
ing, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0,15%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0,3%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.0075 ⋅ r + 0.075)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ (0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g)
Influence of ambient temperature
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
- 250-mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.5 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ 0,7%
(0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 30)
- 600-mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.3 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ 0,5%
(0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 30)
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r + 0.2)% (0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 0,45%
measuring cells ≤ 30)
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
- 250-mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.4%/10 K
double values with 10 < r ≤ 30
- 600-mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.3%/10 K
double values with 10 < r ≤ 30
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.12 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.27%/10 K
measuring cells double values with 10 < r ≤ 30

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/109

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for level

2
SITRANS P, DS III series for level
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point
- 250-mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.3 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.3% per nominal pressure
- 600-mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.15% per nominal pressure
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.1% per nominal pressure
measuring cells
• on the span ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.1% per nominal pressure
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature Note: Always take into account assignment of max. permissible working temperature to max. per-
missible working pressure of the respective flange connection!
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- High-pressure side pabs ≥ 1bar: -40 ... +175 °C (-40 ... +347 °F)
pabs ≥ 1bar: -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Low-pressure side -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) in conjunction with dust explosion protection
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference To EN 50081-1
- Interference immunity To EN 61236 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options)
• To EN (pressure transmitter with mounting ≈ 11 ... 13 kg (≈ 24.2 ... 28.7 lb)
flange, without tube)
• To ASME (pressure transmitter with mounting ≈ 11 ... 18 kg (≈ 24.2 ... 39.7 lb)
flange, without tube)
Wetted parts materials
High-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm of mounting flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360, Hastelloy B2, mat. No. 2.4617,
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610, tantalum, PTFE, ECTFE
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7
/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Power supply U H Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

2/110 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
SITRANS P, DS III series for level
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3,
directive (DRGL 97/23/EC)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Explosion-proof "d"
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20
- Identification
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Max.surface temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22
- Identification
- Connection
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2)
- Identification
• Explosion protection to FM
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI)
• Explosion protection to CSA
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
DS III series
for level
2
HART PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
PTB 99 ATEX 2122
Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 99 ATEX 1160
Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 µH, Ci = 1.1 nF
PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
Certificate of Compliance 3008490
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Certificate of Compliance 1153651
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/111
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for level

2
HART communication Communication Foundation Fieldbus
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char-
PROFIBUS PA communication ic process variables acteristic

Simultaneous communication with 4 - Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s

master class 2 (max.) able

The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera-
tion (standard setting address
126)
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values)
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode
and reset function for metering)
Internal preprocessing
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
• PID
• Physical block
Output/input (can be locked within
the device with a bridge)
Can be parameterized (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
Yes
Standard FF function block
1 Resource block

Function blocks 2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with

calibration, 1 transducer block
• Analog input LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling char- • Pressure transducer block
ic process variables acteristic
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
- Electrical damping T63 , adjust- 0 ... 100 s two pressures
able
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parameter-
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good pressure value, sensor temper- izable ramp function
value, substitute value, incorrect ature and electronics tempera-
value) ture
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional Mounting flange
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output Nom. diam. Nom. press.
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (summation • To EN 1092-1
with last good value, continuous - DN 80 PN 40
summation, summation with incor-
rect value) - DN 100 PN16, PN40
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit • To ASME B16.5
and one alarm limit respectively - 3 inch Class 150, class 300
• Physical block 1 - 4 inch Class 150, class 300
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parameter-
sured pressure value and sen- izable ramp function
sor temperature

2/112 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for level

2
Selection and ordering data Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for level 7MF 4 6 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitter
series DS III HART for level
77 Y77 - 7777
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 6 3 4 -
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning DS III FF series (Foundation Fieldbus) 7MF 4 6 3 5 -
Silicone oil Standard 1 1 7Y 77 - 7777
Span Nominal measuring range
25 ... 250 mbar (0.363 ... 3.63 psi) D 250 mbar (3.63 psi) D
25 ... 600 mbar (0.363 ... 8.70 psi) E 600 mbar (8.70 psi) E
53 ... 1600 mbar (0.77 ... 23.2 psi) F 1600 mbar (23.2 psi) F
0.16 ... 5 bar (2.32 ... 72.5 psi) G 5 bar (72.5 psi) G
Process connection of low-pressure side Process connection of low-pressure side
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 • Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 • Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
Non-wetted parts materials Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2 Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting casting
Version Version
• Standard version 1 • Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 • International version, English label inscriptions, 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD documentation in 5 languages on CD
Explosion protection Explosion protection
• Without A • Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection: • With CENELEC, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B - "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"1) D - "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"1) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P - "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)"2) (EEx ia + EEx d)"2)
- "n (Zone 2)" E - "n (Zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d + dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)"2) Zone 1D/2D)"2) (not for DS III FF)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC - "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)"1) (is + xp)"1)
Electrical connection / cable entry Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland Pg 13.5 3) A • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C • Plug M12 incl. mating connector3) F
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector3) Display
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
Display
• With visible digital indication 6
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
• With visible digital indication 6 as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required)
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
as specified, Order Code "Y21" or required) Ordering information:
1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4634-...
Ordering information: 2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-...
1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4633-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-3... Ordering example:
Item line 1: 7MF4634-1EY20-1AA1
Ordering example: Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Item line 1: 7MF4633-1EY20-1AA1-Z
B line: Y01 Included in delivery of the device:
C line: Y01: 80 to 143 mbar (1.16 to 2.1 psi) • Brief instructions (Leporello)
Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01 • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers". 1) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Included in delivery of the device: 2) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
• Brief instructions (Leporello) 3) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation and explosion-proof"
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)

1) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.

2) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
3) Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof".

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/113

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for level

2
Further designs Order Code Further designs Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA FF
specify Order Code. specify Order Code.
O-rings for process flanges on Additional data
low-pressure side
Measuring range to be set Y01 9
(instead of FPM (Viton))
Specify in plain text:
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9 Measuring point number/identification Y15 9 9 9
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Plug
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Y16: ...........................................
Sealing screws Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process A40 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
flanges Y17: ...........................................
Rating plate inscription Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9
(instead of German) units
• English B11 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
• French B12 9 9 9 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Note:
• Italian B14 9 9 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
English rating plate B21 9 9 9
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Pressure units in inH2O or psi kg/cm2, mA, Torr, ATM or %
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9 9 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402 Setting of pressure indicator in Y22 9
non-pressure units 1)+
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9
Y01
To EN 10 204-3.1
Specify in plain text:
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
To EN 10 204-2.2 (specification of measuring range in
pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 max. 5 characters)
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 Preset bus address Y25 9
22.0 mA Specify in plain text (standard setting: 126)
Y25: ...........................................
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9
(not together with PROFIBUS plug M12) Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
9 = available
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread 1) Not together with over-filling safety device for flammable and
of process flange non-flammable liquids (Order Code "E08")
Use on zone 1D / 2D E01 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Overfilling safety device for flammable E08 9 9
and non-flammable liquids
(max. PN 32 (MVWP 464 psi), basic device
with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
(EEx ia)")
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E25 9 9 9
INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E55 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)

Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9

2/114 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for level

2
Selection and ordering data Order No.Ord. Code Further designs Order Code
Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2 - Add "-Z" to Order No. and HART PA and
specify Order Code. FF
Directly mounted on the 3 7777 777
SITRANS P pressure transmitter (converter part) Flame flashover lock-out A01 9 9
for level, for DS III series For mounting on zone 0 (including documen-
Connection acc. to EN 1092-1 tation)
Nom. diam. Nom. press. Manufacturer's test certificate M C11 9 9
DN 80 PN 40 D To DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 8402
DN 100 PN 16 G Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9
PN 40 H To EN 10 204-3.1
Connection acc. to ASME B16.5 Vacuum-proof design V04 9 9
Nom. diam. Nom. press. (for use in low-pressure range)
3 inch Class 150 Q
Class 300 R Calculation of span of associated Y05 9 9
pressure transmitter
4 inch Class 150 T
(enclose filled-in questionnaire with order)
Class 300 U
Note:
Other version, add Z J1Y suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter!
Order Code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... 9 = available
Wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel 316L1) A
- Coated with PFA D
- Coated with PTFE E0
- Coated with ECTFE F
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy B2, mat. No. 2.4617 H
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U
• Tantalum K
Other version, add Z K1Y
Order Code and plain text:
material of parts in contact with the medium: ...
Sealing face, see "Technical specifications"
Tube length
• Without 0
• 50 mm (1.97 inch) 1
• 100 mm (3.94 inch) 2
• 150 mm (5.90 inch) 3
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) 4
Other version: add 9 L1Y
Order Code and plain text:
Tube length: ...
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for O2 measurements) 4
• Glycerin / water2) 6
• Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
Other version, add 9 M1 Y
Order Code and plain text:
filling liquid: ...

1) For vacuum on request

2) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/115

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for level

■ Dimensional drawings
2
approx. 30 (1.18)5)
185
15
100 (3.94) 144 (5.67) (0.6)
6 51
(2.0) 74 (2.9)

2
3
51)

165 (6.5)
L 77 (3)4)
9

d4
d5

D
k
3 1 54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)

Space for rotation

of housing
nxd 2
b
approx. 96 (3.78)
f

1 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (EN 61 518)

2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
screwed gland Pg 13.5 (adapter) 2) 3), 6
screwed gland M20x1.5, screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 51)
Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3) 41)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure",
not shown in the drawing)

1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition

2) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation without indicator
5) Approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch) for Pg 13.5 with adapter

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 72 1) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
DN 100 PN 40 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8 150 or 200
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
Connection to ASME B16.5
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
lb/sq.in. inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
3 inch 150 0.94 7.5 0.75 5 3 2.81 1) 0.06 6 4 0, 2, 3.94, 5.94 or 7.87
(23.8) (190.5) (19.0) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (152.4) (0, 50, 100, 150 or 200)
300 1.12 8.25 0.87 5 3 2.81 1) 0.06 6.69 8
(28.6) (209.5) (22.2) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (168.3)
4 inch 150 0.94 9 0.75 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.5 8
(23.8) (228.5) (19.0) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (190.5)
300 1.25 10 0.87 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.88 8
(31.7) (254) (22.2) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (200)
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690 1) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0.
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

2/116 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
for level

ca. 30 (1.18)
185 2
15
100 (3.94) 144 (5.67) (0.6)
6 51
(2.0) 74 (2.9)

2
3
51)

165 (6.5)
L 77 (3)4)
9

d4
d5

D
k
1 54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)

Space for rotation

of housing
nxd 2
b
f
1 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed connection M20x1,5 3),
- screwed connection ½-14 NPT or 6
- PROFIBUS plug M12 2) 3) 51)
4 Terminal side 41)
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for "explosion-proof enclosure",
not shown in the drawing)

1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition

2) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 72 1) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
DN 100 PN 40 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Connection to ASME B16.5

Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
lb/sq.in. inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
3 inch 150 0.94 7.5 0.75 5 3 2.81 1) 0.06 6 4 0, 2, 3.94, 5.94 or 7.87
(23.8) (190.5) (19.0) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (152.4) (0, 50, 100, 150 or 200)
300 1.12 8.25 0.87 5 3 2.81 1) 0.06 6.69 8
(28.6) (209.5) (22.2) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (168.3)
4 inch 150 0.94 9 0.75 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.5 8
(23.8) (228.5) (19.0) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (190.5)
300 1.25 10 0.87 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.88 8
(31.7) (254) (22.2) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (200)
1)
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0.
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/117

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
SITRANS P Accessories
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection

■ Overview
2
Structural design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 120 x 60 (3.15 x 4.72 x 2.36)
(inch)
Electrical connection Screw terminals (Pg 13.5 cable
inlet) or Han 7D / Han 8U plug
Power supply
Supply voltage 230 V AC (-10 ... +6%,
47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 6 VA) or
24 V AC/DC (24 V AC ± 10%,
47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 3 VA)
Permissible ripple (within the speci- Approx. 2.5 Vpp
fied limits)

■ Dimensional drawings

SITRANS P pressure transmitter with supplementary electronics for 4-

wire connection
Direct connection of the supplementary electronics to a
SITRANS P pressure transmitter from the DS III HART series pro-
duces a transmitter for four-wire connection.
The supplementary electronics cannot be attached to explosion-
protected pressure transmitters. The supplementary electronics
is fitted in a light metal housing which is mounted on the left side
of the pressure transmitter.
Note on ordering:
The supplementary electronics has to be be ordered through the
supplementary options of the pressure transmitter in question.

■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection SITRANS P pressure transmitters with supplementary electronics for four-
wire connection, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
Output
Output signal 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA ■ Schematics
Load Max. 750 Ω
Voltage measurement Linear (square-rooting in transmit- 1 2 3 4 5 6
ter if necessary) Terminals
+ -
Electrical isolation Between power supply and input/ I U SL
a H
output
Measuring accuracy 6 7 SL
1 HAN 8U/7D plug
Conformity error (in addition to ≤ 0.15% of set span 5 1 2
transmitter) 4 3
Influence of ambient temperature ≤ 0.1% per 10 K
Power supply effect ≤ 0.1% per 10% change in volt- + Ia - UH
age or frequency
6 7 6 7 SL
Load effect ≤ 0.1% per 100% change
2 plugs 5 1 2 5 1 2
Rated conditions
4 3 4 3
Ambient temperature -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F)
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) + Ia - UH

Degree of protection IP54 to EN 60529 AC 230 V Han 7D Han 7D

UC 24 V Han 7D Han 8U
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 50081, EN 50082
(EMC) Ia Output current SL Protective earth conductor UH Power supply

Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection, connection diagram

2/118 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
SITRANS P Accessories
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection

2
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire V77
connection
Order No. of the transmitter
7MF4.33-.....-1AA. add "-Z" and Order code.
Power supply Electrical connection
24 V AC/DC Terminals; 2 Pg screwed 1
glands, to left
2 Han 7D/Han 8U plugs 3
incl. mating connector, to left
1 Han 7D plug incl. mating 5
connector, angled
Terminals; 1 Pg screwed 6
gland, downwards
1 Han 8U plug incl. mating 9
connector, downwards
(observe arrangement of
plug and differential pressure
line)
230 V AC Terminals; 2 Pg screwed 7
glands, to left
2 Han 7D plugs incl. mating 8
connector, to left
Output current
0 to 20 mA 0
4 to 20 mA 1

Accessories Order No.

Instruction Manual A5E00322799

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/119

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
SITRANS P Accessories
Accessories / spare parts for SITRANS P
MKII, P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Replacement measuring cell for pressure 7MF 4 9 9 0 - Replacement measuring cell for absolute 7MF 4 9 9 2 -
for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series pressure (from the pressure series)
7777 0 - 0 DC 0 7777 0 - 0 DC 0
for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1 Silicone oil Standard 1
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Inert liquid Grease-free 3
Measured span Measured span
0.01 ... 1 bar g (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) B 8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) E) D
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C 43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) E) F
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D 0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) E) G
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) E 1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
1.6 ... 160 bar g (23.2 ... 2320 psi g) F
4.0 ... 400 bar g (58.0 ... 5802 psi g) G Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel E) B
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Hastelloy Hastelloy E) C
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
Process connection • Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 • Oval flange made of stainless steel,
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
• Oval flange made of stainless steel, - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
max. span 160 bar (2320 psi) - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 Further designs

Further designs Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify

Order code.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code. Acceptance test certificate B C12
to EN 10204-3.1.B
Acceptance test certificate B C12
to EN 10204-3.1.B E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.

2/120 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
SITRANS P Accessories
Accessories / spare parts for SITRANS P
MKII, P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series

2
Spare parts / Accessories Order No. Spare parts / Accessories Order No.
Replacement measuring cell for absolute pres- 7MF 4 9 9 3 - Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 4 -
sure (from the differential pressure series) for pressure and PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1 Silicone oil Standard 1
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Inert liquid Grease-free 3
Measured span Measured span
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) E) D PN 32 (MWP 464 psi)
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) E) F 1 ... 20 mbar 1) (0.4015 ... 8.03 inH2O) B
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) E) G PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi)
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H 1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) C
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE 2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
Wetted parts materials 6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
Hastelloy Stainless steel E) B 0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Hastelloy Hastelloy E) C Wetted parts materials
Tantalum Tantalum E (stainless steel process flanges)
Monel Monel E) H Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Gold Gold L
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Process connection Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Hastelloy Hastelloy C
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Tantalum 2) Tantalum E
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 Monel 2) Monel H
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 Gold 2) Gold L
• Vent on side of process flange 1)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6 Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
Non-wetted parts materials - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
Further designs • Vent on side of process flange
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
Order code. - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
O-rings for process flanges Non-wetted parts materials
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Stainless steel process flange screws 2
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 Further designs
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 Order code.
• NBR (Buna N) A23
O-rings for process flanges
Acceptance test certificate B C12 (instead of FPM (Viton))
to EN 10204-3.1.B • PTFE (Teflon) A20
Process connection G½A D16 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
Remote seal flanges D20 • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22
(not together with K01, K02 and K04) • NBR (Buna N) A23

Vent on side for gas measurements H02 Acceptance test certificate B C12
to EN 10204-3.1.B
Process flanges
• without K00 Remote seal flanges D20
• with process flange made of (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
- Hastelloy K01 Vent on side for gas measurements H02
- Monel K02 Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 differential pressure lines
max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi) (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
Process flanges
1) Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar (76.9 ... 1450 psi)" • without K00
E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export • with process flange made of
regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
- Hastelloy K01
- Monel K02
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04
max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)

1) Not suitable for connection of remote seal

2) Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(3.63, 23.2, 72.5 and 435 psi).

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/121

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
SITRANS P Accessories
Accessories / spare parts for SITRANS P
MKII, P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series

2
Spare parts / Accessories Order No. Spare parts / Accessories Order No.
Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 5 - Replacement measuring cell for level 7MF 4 9 9 6 -
pressure and PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) for for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
DS III FF series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Silicone oil Standard 1
Silicone oil Standard 1
Rated measuring range
Measured span 250 mbar (3.63 psi) D
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D 600 mbar (8.70 psi) E
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E 1600 mbar (23.2 psi) F
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F 5 bar (72.5 psi) G
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
Wetted parts materials
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
(stainless steel process flanges)
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
(stainless steel process flanges)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Process connection of low-pressure side
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange
Hastelloy Stainless steel B connection
Gold 1) Gold L • Sealing screw opposite process connection
Process connection - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Non-wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1
7
- Mounting thread /16-20 UNF to EN 61518 3 Further designs
• Vent on side of process flange Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5 code.

- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 7 O-rings for process flanges

(instead of FPM (Viton))
Non-wetted parts materials • PTFE (Teflon) A20
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
Further designs • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order • NBR (Buna N) A23
code. Acceptance test certificate B C12
O-rings for process flanges to EN 10 204-3.1 B
(instead of FPM (Viton)) without process flanges K00
• PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22
• NBR (Buna N) A23
Acceptance test certificate B C12
to EN 10204-3.1.B
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical dif- H03
ferential pressure lines
without process flanges K00

1) Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)

2/122 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
SITRANS P Accessories
Accessories / spare parts for SITRANS P
MKII, P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series

2
Spare parts / Accessories Order No. Spare parts / Accessories Order No.
Mounting bracket and mounting parts Sealing screws
for pressure transmitters (1 set = 2 off) for process flange
MKII series (7MF4010-.....-1.C.) • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
(7MF403.-.....-..C.)
for absolute pressure transmitters Vent valves complete (1 set = 2 off)
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1CP
(7MF423.-.....-..C.) • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AH Electronics
• for DS III series 7MF4997-1DK
Mounting bracket and mounting parts • for DS III PA series 7MF4997-1DL
for pressure transmitters • for DS III FF series 7MF4997-1DM
MKII series (7MF4010-.....-1.A., -1.B. and -1.D.)
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series Connection board
(7MF403.-.....-..A., -..B. and -..D.) • for DS III series 7MF4997-1DN
for absolute pressure transmitters • for DS III PA and DS III FF series 7MF4997-1DP
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
(7MF423.-.....-..A., -..B. and -..D.) O-rings for process flanges made of
• Made of steel 7MF4997-1AC • FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
• Made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1AJ • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
Mounting bracket and mounting parts • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
for differential pressure transmitters with flange • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) 7MF4997-2DD
thread M10 • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series Mounting bracket and mounting parts
(7MF433.-... and 7MF443.-...) for P300
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD • Made of stainless steel 7MF8997-1AA
• made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1AK
Lid without window for P300
Mounting bracket and mounting parts • Gasket not included 7MF8997-1BA
for differential pressure transmitters with flange
thread M12 Lid with glass window for P300
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • Gasket not included 7MF8997-1BD
(7MF453.-...)
NBR housing gasket for P300 7MF8997-1BG
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AL Measuring point label for P300
• Unlabeled 7MF8997-1CA
Mounting bracket and mounting parts
for differential and absolute pressure trans- Cable gland for P300
mitters with flange thread 7/16-20 UNF • Metal 7MF8997-1EA
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • Plastic (blue) 7MF8997-1EB
(7MF433.-..., 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF
} Available ex stock
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AM
Cover
Made of die-cast aluminium, including gasket,
for MK II, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
• without window 7MF4997-1BB
• with window } 7MF4997-1BE
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket,
for DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF
Analog indicator
• Scale 0 ... 100% 7MF4997-1BN
• Customer-specific scale divisions as specified 7MF4997-1BP-Z
in plain text Y20: ................
Digital indicator
Including mounting material 7MF4997-1BR
for DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
Measuring-point label
• without inscription (5 off) 7MF4997-1CA
• with inscription (1 off) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15 and Y16 Y..: ................
(see "SITRANS P pressure transmitters")
Mounting screws 7MF4997-1CD
for measuring-point label, earthing and connec-
tion terminals or for digital indicator (50 off)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/123

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
SITRANS P Accessories
Accessories / spare parts for SITRANS P
MKII, P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series

2
Spare parts / Accessories Order No.
Instruction Manual 1)
• for MK II series
- German, English C73000-B5674-C100
- French, Spanish, Italian C73000-B5650-C100
• for P300 series with HART communication
- German A5E00359580
- English A5E00359579
- French A5E00359578
- Spanish A5E00359576
- Italian A5E00359577
- Leporello German/English A5E00359581
• for P300 series with PROFIBUS PA communica-
tion
- German A5E00414587
- English A5E00414588
- French A5E00414589
- Spanish A5E00414590
- Italian A5E00414591
- Leporello German/English A5E00414592
• for DS III series
- German A5E00047090
- English A5E00047092
- French A5E00053218
- Spanish A5E00053219
- Italian A5E00053220
• for DS III PA series
- German A5E00053275
- English A5E00053276
- French A5E00053277
- Spanish A5E00053278
- Italian A5E00053279
• for DS III FF series
- German A5E00279627
- English (planned) A5E00279629
- French (planned) A5E00279630
- Spanish (planned) A5E00279632
- Italian (planned) A5E00279631
Brief instructions (Leporello)
• for DS III series, German, English A5E00047093
• for DS III PA series, German, English A5E00053274
• for DS III FF series, German, English A5E00282355
CD with documentation A5E00090345
for MK II, P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF
series
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish
Instruction Manual
for replacement of electronics, measuring cell
and connection board
• German/English A5E00078060
HART modem
• with RS232 interface } 7MF4997-1DA D)
• with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB D)
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection see page 2/106
} Available ex stock
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and input isola-
tors".

1) You can download the Instruction Manuals free-of-charge from the Internet
site www.siemens.com/sitransp.
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.

2/124 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 01/2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for hydrostatic level
MPS series (submersible sensor)

■ Overview
2
Sensor

U
const.
Diaphragm
U EM +2 (brown) I , U
p I -1 (blue) 0 B

Vent pipe
Screen

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, mode of operation and

wiring diagram
On one side of the sensor, the diaphragm is exposed to the hy-
drostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series (submersible sensor)
depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, are submersible Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe in the
sensors for hydrostatic level measurements. connection cable.
The pressure transmitters of the MPS series are available for var- The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the sensor
ious measuring ranges and with explosion protection as an op- diaphragm, and transmits the pressure to the piezo-resistive
tion. bridge in the sensor.
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
for simple installation. cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
The cable of the 7MF1570 transmitter must always be connected
■ Benefits in the supplied junction box. The junction box has to be installed
• Compact design near the measuring point.
• Simple installation If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmit-
• Small error in measurement (0.3 %)
ter.
• Degree of protection IP 68
■ Integration
■ Application
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, are used in the
following branches for example:
• Oil and gas industries
• Shipbuilding
• Water supply

■ Design
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, have a flush-
mounted piezo-resistive sensor with stainless steel diaphragm.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing.
The cable also contains a strength cord and vent pipe.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
protective cap.
The sensor, electronic circuit and cable are sealed in a common Junction box 7MF1570-8AA, opened
housing of small dimensions.
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.

■ Function
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, are for measuring
the liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels and dams.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/125

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for hydrostatic level
MPS series (submersible sensor)
2
Measuring point setup, in principle
■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle
Input
Measured variable
Measuring range
• 0 ... 2 mH2O (0 ... 6 ftH2O)
• 0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O)
• 0 ... 6 mH2O (0 ... 18 ftH2O)
• 0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O)
• 0 ... 20 mH2O (0 ... 60 ftH2O)
Output
Output signal
Accuracy
Error in measurement (including
non-linearity, hysteresis and repeat-
ability, at 25 °C (77 °F))
Influence of ambient temperature
Zero and span
• 1 ... 6 mH2O (3 ... 18 ftH2O)
• ≥ 6 mH2O (≥ 18 ftH2O)
2/126 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Long-term stability
Zero and span
• 1 ... 6 mH2O (3 ...18 ftH2O) 0,25% of full-scale value
• ≥ 6 mH2O (≥ 18 ftH2O) 0.2% of full-scale value
Rated operating conditions
Ambient conditions
• Operating temperature -10 ... +80 °C (+14 ... +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
Degree of protection to DIN EN IP68
60529
Design
Weight
• Pressure transmitters ≈ 0.4 kg (≈ 0.88 lb)
• Cable 0.08 kg/m (≈ 0.054 lb/ft)
Electrical connection Cable with 2 conductors with
screen and vent pipe, strength
cord (max. 300 N (67.44 lbf)
Material
• Sensor Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316 Ti
• Casing Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316 Ti
• Gasket Viton
• Connecting cable PE/HFFR sheath (non-halogen)
Power supply
Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 10 ... 36 V DC
mitter (UB)
Certificate and approvals
The transmitter is not subject to the pressure equipment directive
(DGRL 97/23/EC)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2004X
Piezo-resistive - Identification Ex II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4
Hydrostatic level Junction box
Maximum working pressure Application For connecting the transmitter
cable
• 1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds
to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O)) Design
• 1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O))
Electrical connection 2x 3-way (28 ... 18 AWG)
• 3.0 bar (43.5 psi) (corresponds
to 30 mH2O (90 ftH2O)) Cable entry 2x M20x1.5
• 3.0 bar (43.5 psi) (corresponds Enclosure material Polycarbonate
to 30 mH2O (90 ftH2O)) Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
• 6.0 bar (87.0 psi) (corresponds Screw for cable strength cord
to 60 mH2O (180 ftH2O))
Rated operating conditions
Degree of protection to DIN EN IP54
4 ... 20 mA 60529
0.3% of full-scale value (typical)
Cable hanger
Application For mounting the transmitter
Design
Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
0.45%/10 K of full-scale value Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
0.3%/10 K of full-scale value
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Transmitters for hydrostatic level
MPS series (submersible sensor)

■ Dimensional drawings
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters 7MF 1 5 7 0 - 1 7A 0 7
for pressure, MPS series (submersible
sensor) Protective cap Cable sheath + (brown)
2-wire system
Vent pipe
Note: Junction box and cable hanger included

diam.)
Ø 27
(1.1
in delivery Strength
Measured range Cable length L cord (white)
0 ... 5 mH2O 25 m } B - (blue)
158 (6.2) L
0 ... 2 mH2O 10 m } C
Screen
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m } D
0 ... 6 mH2O 25 m } E Cable sheath 8.3 (0.33) diam. (black or blue, PE/HFFR)
0 ... 10 mH2O 25 m } F Flexible cable with 0.5 mm2 (0.00078 inch2) cross-section
Vent pipe 1 (0.04) diam. (inner diameter)
0 ... 20 mH2O 25 m } G Protective cap with 4 x 3 diam. (4 x 0.12 diam.) holes (black, PA)
0 ... 6 ftH2O 32 ft K
0 ... 12 ftH2O 32 ft L SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, dimensions in mm (inch)
0 ... 18 ftH2O 82 ft M
0 ... 30 ftH2O 82 ft N 50 (1.97) 57 (2.25)
0 ... 60 ftH2O 82 ft P 22
Special measuring range/Special cable X (0.87)
M20x1.5
length 1)

(1.2)
30
Specify measuring range and cable length in
plain text Mounting
hole
Explosion protection
• without 1
• with, type of protection "Intrinsic safety" 2 Venting
79 (3.1)

94 (3.7)
(EEx ia IIC T4) valve

Accessories (as spare parts)

Junction box 7MF1570-8AA
for connecting the transmitter cable

Cable hanger 7MF1570-8AB

(1.2)
30
for mounting the pressure transmitter M20x1.5
22
} Available ex stock 65 (2.56) (0.87)
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and input isola-
tors".
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch)
1) Special measuring ranges between 0 ... 1 mH2O (0 ... 3 ftH2O)
and 0 ... 170 mH2O (0 ... 510 ftH2O) and special cable lengths up to
200 m (600 ft) are possible. With Ex versions the max.
special cable length is 50 m (150 ft).

Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/127

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
Technical description

■ Overview The remote seal can be optionally equipped with a projecting di-
2 In many cases the pressure transmitter and the measured me-
aphragm (tube).
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted with a dummy
dium have to be physically separated. It is then necessary to use flange.
a remote seal.
Designs
The remote seals can be used with the following SITRANS P
pressure transmitter series: Diaphragm seal
• Pressure (MK II, P300, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
• Absolute pressure (P300, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
• Differential pressure and flow (DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
Note
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa-
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re-
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.

■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions
• Sandwich design
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry
• Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
■ Application ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.

Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between

the measured medium and the measuring instrument is essential
or appropriate.
Examples of such cases:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
block the measuring chambers of the pressure transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line. Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting dia-
phragm (tube)
• The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous. • Flange design
• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization. • Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces- ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning.
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in
a batch process.

■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal (di-
rect mounting or by means of capillary)
The volume in contact with the measured medium is terminated Quick-release diaphragm seal
by a flat elastic diaphragm lying in a bed. Between the dia- • Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11 851, SMS stan-
phragm and the pressure transmitter is the filling liquid. dard, IDF standard, APV RJT standard, clamp connection,
etc.
In many cases, a capillary has to be connected between the re- - Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order e.g. to minimize tapped holes
temperature effects on the latter when hot media are involved. - Remote seals with customer-specific process connections
However, the capillary influences the response time and the tem-
perature response of the complete remote seal system. Two
capillaries of equal length must always be used to connect a re-
mote seal to a pressure transmitter for differential pressure.

2/128 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
■ Function
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front
• Miniature diaphragm seals
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in-
dustry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for
cleaning.
Clamp-on seal
Clamp-on seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting
With clamp-on seals, the pressure is first measured using a cy-
lindrical diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to
the pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
The clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing media. It con-
sists of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is em-
bedded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no
turbulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow oc-
cur. Furthermore, the clamp-on seal can be cleaned by a pig.
The following types of clamp-on seals exist:
• Quick-release clamp-on seals, e.g. to DIN 11 851, SMS stan-
dard, IDF standard, APV/RJT standard, clamp connection etc.
The quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables
the seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes.
• Clamp-on seals for flanging to EN or ASME.
• Clamp-on seals with customer-specific process connections.
Technical description
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
2
filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
• Adjustment time
Temperature error
Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
mote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
calculate the temperature error.
The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
• Rigidity of the diaphragm used
• Filling liquid used
• Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
volume of the filling liquid.
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
large diaphragm diameters.
Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
role:
• Diaphragm thickness
• Diaphragm material
• Coatings if present
Filling liquid
Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmit-
ter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
calculated separately for each combination.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal
(see Selection and Ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/129
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
Technical description
Response time
2 The response time is dependent on the following factors:
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the shorter the response time
• Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the
longer the response time
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the
response time
• Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time
Recommendations
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi-
nation of transmitter and remote seal:
• Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and
the temperature error smaller.
• Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is
then shorter and the temperature error smaller
• Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the small-
est coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the fill-
ing liquid meets the process requirements with regard to pres-
sure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another.
• Note the following points for use in the vacuum range:
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot.
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium.
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation
in the low-pressure range.
• Recommendations for the minimum span can be found in the
section "Technical data".
Note
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections,
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available
nevertheless.
Other versions can be:
• Other process connections, standards
• Aseptic or sterile connections
• Other dimensions
• Other nominal pressures
• Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
• Other sealing faces
• Other filling liquids
• Other capillary lengths
• Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
• Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your Siemens Regional Office for more infor-
mation.

2/130 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
Technical description

■ Technical specifications
Temperature error Diaphragm seals 2
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diame- Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
ter/design diameter error of remote capillary error of process min. spans (guid-
seal flange/connec- ance values,
tion spigot observe temp.
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K ⋅ mKap) (10 K ⋅ mKap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube, with 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
design or with sinusoidal diaphragm
flange to DN 50 without tube, with 59 (2.32) 0.6 (0.009) 0.8 (0.012) 0.8 (0.012) 100 (1.45)
EN 1092-1 step diaphragm
DN 50 with tube 48 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 without tube, with 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
sinusoidal diaphragm
DN 80 without tube, with 89 (3.50) 0.08 (0.0012) 0.08 (0.0012) 0.08 (0.0012) 50 (0.73)
step diaphragm
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube, with 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
design or with sinusoidal diaphragm
flange to ASME
B16.5 2 inch without tube, with 59 (2.32) 0.6 (0.009) 0.8 (0.012) 0.8 (0.012) 100 (1.45)
step diaphragm
2 inch with tube 48 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
3 inch without tube, with 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
sinusoidal diaphragm
3 inch without tube, with 89 (3.50) 0.08 (0.0012) 0.08 (0.0012) 0.08 (0.0012) 50 (0.73)
step diaphragm
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
• Step diaphragm available only for flanged remote seals without tube in the diaphragm materials 316L, Hastelloy C276 and tanta-
lum, and not in vacuum-proof version (V01 and V04 as options)
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/131

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
Technical description
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided)
2 Nominal diame-
ter/design
Diaphragm
diameter
Temperature error Temperature error of cap- Temperature error
of remote seal illary of process
Recommended
min. spans
flange/connec- (guidance val-
tion spigot ues, observe
temperature
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K ⋅ mKap) (10 K ⋅ mKap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube, 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
design or with with sinusoidal dia-
flange to phragm
EN 1092-1
DN 50 without tube, 59 (2.32) 0.14 (2.03) 0.134 (1.94) 0.134 (1.94) 100 (1.45)
with step diaphragm
DN 50 with tube 48 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 without tube, 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
with sinusoidal dia-
phragm
DN 80 without tube, 89 (3.50) 0.02 (0.029) 0.014 (0.203) 0.014 (0.203) 50 (0.725)
with step diaphragm
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0,05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube, 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
design with with sinusoidal dia-
flange to ASME phragm
B16.5
2 inch without tube, 59 (2.32) 0.14 (2.03) 0.134 (1.94) 0.134 (1.94) 100 (1.45)
with step diaphragm
2 inch with tube 48 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
3 inch without tube, 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
with sinusoidal dia-
phragm
3 inch without tube, 89 (3.50) 0.02 (0.029) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
with step diaphragm
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
5 inch without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with threaded
socket to DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DIN 11851 DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Clamp connec- 2 inch 40 (1.57) 1 (0.015) 2,5 (0.036) 2,5 (0.036) 2000 (29.01)
tion
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)

Remarks:
• Step diaphragm available only for flanged remote seals without tube in the diaphragm materials 316L, Hastelloy C276 and tanta-
lum, and not in vacuum-proof version (V03 as option).
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed)
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.

2/132 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
Technical description
Temperature error Clamp-on seals
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure, and with single-
sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
2
Nominal diame- Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
ter/design seal capillary cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 6.0 (0.0870) 8.5 (0.123) 8.5 (0.123) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 4.0 (0.058) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 9.5 (0.138) 5.0 (0.073) 5.0 (0.073) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 8.0 (0.012) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)

Temperature errors of clamp-on seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diame- Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
ter/design seal capillary cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)

Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/133

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
Technical description
Calculation of the temperature error Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material
2 The following equation is used to calculate the temperature er-
ror:
The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on
the use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other dia-
phragm materials are used, the temperature errors change as
dp = (ϑRS – ϑCal) ⋅ fRS + (ϑCap – ϑCal) ⋅ lCap ⋅fCap + (ϑTR – ϑCal) ⋅ fPF
follows:
dp Additional temperature error (mbar)
Diaphragm material Change in temperature error of
ϑRS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally remote seal
corresponds to temperature of medium)
Increase in values by
ϑCal Calibration (reference) temperature (20 °C (68 °F))
Stainless steel See previous tables
fRS Temperature error of remote seal
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 50%
ϑCap Ambient temperature on the capillaries
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 50%
lCap Capillary length
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 60%
fCap Temperature error of capillaries
Tantalum 50%
ϑTR Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter
Titanium 50%
fPF Temperature error of the oil filling in the process
flanges of the pressure transmitter PTFE coating on stainless steel dia- 80%
phragm
Example of temperature error calculation ECTFE coating or PFA coating on 100%
Existing conditions stainless steel diaphragm

SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.1 mbar/10 K Gold coating on stainless steel dia- 40%
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.0014 psi/10 K) phragm
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 80 remote
seal diaphragms without tube, dia-
phragm made of stainless steel, Maximum temperature of medium
mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft) The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
pending on the material of the wetted parts:
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K ⋅ mCap)
(0.001 psi/(10 K ⋅ mCap)) Material pabs < 1 bar pabs > 1 bar
(14.5 psi) (14.5 psi)
Filling liquid silicone M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K
(0.001 psi/10 K) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Process temperature ϑRS = 100 °C (212 °F) Stainless steel, 316L 200 (392) 400 (662)
Temperature on the capillaries ϑCap = 50 °C (122 °F) PTFE coating 100 (212) 260 (500)
Temperature on pressure transmit- ϑTR = 50 °C (122 °F) ECTFE coating 100 (212) 150 (302)
ter PFA coating 200 (392) 260 (500)
Calibration temperature ϑCal = 20 °C (68 °F) Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 200 (392) 260 (500)
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 200 (392) 400 (662)
2.4819
Required
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 200 (392) 400 (662)
Additional temperature error of dp
remote seals Tantalum 200 (392) 300 (572)

Calculation Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals (guidance

in mbar values)
dp = (100 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 0.1 mbar/10 K + (50 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 6 m ⋅ Nom. diam. Max. length of capillary
0.07 mbar/(10 K ⋅ m) + (50 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 0.07 mbar/10 K Diaphragm seal Clamp-on seal
dp = 0.8 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar m (ft) m (ft)
in psi DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
dp = (212 °F – 68 °F) ⋅ 0.0014 psi/10 K + (112 °F – 68 °F) ⋅ 19.7 ft ⋅ DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
0.001 psi/(10 K ⋅ 3.28 ft) + (112 °F – 68 °F) ⋅ (0.001 psi/10 K)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7)
dp = 0.012 psi + 0.018 psi + 0.003 psi
DN 50 (2 inch) 6 (19.7) 10 (32.8)
DN 65 (2½ inch) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8)
Result
DN 80 (3 inch) 10 (32.8) 10 (32.8)
dp = 2.27 mbar (0.033 psi) (corresponds to 2.27% of set span)
DN 100 (4 inch) 10 (32.8) 10 (32.8)
Note
DN 125 (5 inch) 10 (32.8) - -
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting
from connection of the remote seal.
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included
in this consideration.
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the
error determined above from connection of the remote seal.

2/134 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
Technical description
Response times The response times are independent of the set span within the
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which
range of the respective transmitter. The response times are of in-
significant importance for spans above 10 bar (145 psi). The re- 2
sponse times of the pressure transmitters are not considered in
corresponds to the set span. the table.
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.

Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (3.63 psi) 600 mbar (8.7 psi) 1600 mbar (23.2 psi)
Silicone oil M5 0,914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0,02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1,69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.840 (0.030) +60 (140) 0.18 (0.055) 0.08 (0.024) 0.03 (0.009)
+20 (68) 0.43 (0.131) 0.18 (0.055) 0.07 (0.021)
- 20 (-4) 1.19 (0.363) 0.5 (0.152) 0.18 (0.055)
Glycerin/water 1.220 (0.044) +60 (140) 0.13 (0.040) 0.05 (0.015) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.76 (0.232) 0.32 (0.098) 0.12 (0.037)
0 (32) 9.72 (2.963) 4.05 (1.234) 1.51 (0.460)

Technical data of filling liquids
When selecting the filling liquid, check that it is suitable with re-
spect to the permissible temperature of the medium and the pro-
cess pressure.
Also check the compatibility of the filling liquid with the mea-
sured medium. For example, only physiologically harmless filling
liquids may be used in the food industry.
Oxygen and chlorine are special cases of measured medium.
The liquid must not react with either of these two media or a leak-
ing remote seal may lead to an explosion or fire.

Filling liquid Digit in Permissible temperature of medium Density at Viscosity at Coefficient of expan-
Order 20 °C (68 °F) 20 °C (68 °F) sion
No.
pabs < (pabs < pabs > (pabs >
1 bar 14.5 psi) 1 bar 14.5 psi)
°C (°F) °C (°F) kg/dm3 (lb/in3) m2/s⋅106 (ft2/s⋅106) 1/°C (1/°F)
Silicone oil M5 1 -60 ... +80 (-76 ... +176) -90 ... +180 (-130 ... +356) 0.914 (0.03) 4 (43) 0.00108 (0.00060)
Silicone oil M50 2 -40 ... +150 (-40 ... +302) -40 ... +250 (-40 ... +482) 0,96 (0.03) 50 (538) 0.00104 (0.00058)
High-tempera- 3 -10 ... +200 (+14 ... +392) -10 ... +350 (+14 ... +662) 1.07 (0.04) 39 (420) 0.00080 (0.00044)
ture oil
Halocarbon oil 4 -40 ... +80 (-40 ... +176) -40 ... +175 (-40 ... +347) 1.968 (0.07) 14 (151) 0.00086 (0.00048)
Glycerin/water 6 Not possi- Not possible -10 ... +120 (+14 ... +248) 1.22 (0.04) 88 (947) 0.00050 (0.00028)
ble
Food oil (FDA 7 -10 ... +170 (+14 ... +338) -10 ... +200 (+14 ... +392) 0.84 (0.03) 56 (602) 0.00082 (0.00045)
listed)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/135

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of sandwich design
For pressure, absolute pressure, diff. pressure
and flow, with flexible capillary

■ Overview
2

Diaphragm seals of sandwich design

■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitters
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 available on request)
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 Capillary
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 lengths on request
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 • Internal diameter max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Silicone oil M50
Sealing face High-temperature oil
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
1.4404/216L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Food oil (FDA listed)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Glycerine/water (not suitable for
ASME B16.5 RFSF use in low-pressure range)

Materials Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-

• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Without foil
• PTFE (for vacuum on request)
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request)
• PFA (for vacuum on request)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
Tantalum
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
Sealing material in the process
flanges
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
pressure transmitters and low-
pressure applications
• For other applications Viton
Weight
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure
equipment directive (DRGL
97/23/EC)
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
uids of fluid group 1; complies
with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

2/136 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of sandwich design
For pressure, absolute pressure, diff. pressure
and flow, with flexible capillary

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter connected to a SITRANS P transmitter (order
(order separately): separately):
for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF4037, 7MF 4 9 0 0 - for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF4037, 7MF 4 9 0 0 -
7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" (vac- 7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" (vac-
uum-proof design) and 7MF8027; uum-proof design) and 7MF8027;
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for absolute pressure 7MF4237 and 7MF 4 9 0 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF4237 and 7MF 4 9 0 1 -
7MF433 7; Scope of delivery (1 off) 7MF433 7; Scope of delivery (1 off)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 0 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
scope of delivery 2 off scope of delivery 2 off
1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Length of capillary 1)
• DN 50 PN 16 ... 100 A • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
(recommended only for pressure transmitters • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
for pressure) • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• DN 80 PN 16 ... 100 B • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• DN 100 PN 16 ... 100 C • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• DN 125 PN 16 ... 100 D • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 E • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
(recommended only for pressure transmitters Other version 9 N1Y
for pressure) Add Order code and plain text:
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 H Length of capillary: ...
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L 1) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or Further designs Order code
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text: Spark arrestor
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
Sealing face: see "Technical data" documentation)
Wetted parts materials • Pressure and absolute pressure A01
• Stainless steel 316L • for differential pressure transmitters A02
- without foil A Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
- with PTFE coating1) E0 to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
- with ECTFE coating 1) F Acceptance test certificate B C12
- with PFA coating 1) D to EN 10204, section 3.1.B
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G With step diaphragm M01
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J only for:
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U • Nominal diameters DN50/DN80 or 2"/3"
• Tantalum K • Materials:
Other version Z K1Y - Stainless steel without foil (316L)
Add Order code and plain text: - Hastelloy C276
Wetted parts materials: ... - Tantalum
• without tube
Tube length • not in vacuum-proof design
• without tube 0 Vacuum-proof design
Other version: 9 L1Y for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
Add Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ... • Pressure V01
• For differential pressure transmitters V03
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1 Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
transmitter
• Silicone oil M50 2
Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• Glycerin/water2) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed)l 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...

1) For vacuum on request

2) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/137

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of sandwich design
For pressure, absolute pressure, diff. pressure
and flow, with flexible capillary

■ Dimensional drawings
2
D D
dM dM b
b

_ +

l
l
(5. 150
9)
³
R

(5. 150
9)
³
R
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM l
mm mm mm mm Connection to EN 1092-1
DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 20 102 59 100 Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM l
DN 80 20 138 89 100 mm mm mm mm
DN 100 20 158 89 100 DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 20 102 59 100
DN 125 22 188 124 100 DN 80 20 138 89 100
DN 100 20 158 89 100
Connection to ASME B16.5
DN 125 22 188 124 100
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM I
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm Connection to ASME B16.5
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM I
2 inch 150 .... 2500 20 100 59 100 lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm
(0.79) (3.94) (2.32) (3.94) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
3 inch 20 134 89 100 2 inch 150 ... 2500 20 100 59 100
(0.79) (5.28) (2.32) (3.94) (0.79) (3.94) (2.32) (3.94)
4 inch 20 158 89 100 3 inch 20 134 89 100
(0.79) (6.22) (2.32) (3.94) (0.79) (5.28) (2.32) (3.94)
5 inch 22 186 124 100 4 inch 20 158 89 100
(0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (3.94) (0.79) (6.22) (2.32) (3.94)

d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / 5 inch 22 186 124 100

ASME B16.5 (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (3.94)
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connec- ASME B16.5
tion to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
(inch)
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capil-
lary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pres-
sure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/138 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design
■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 50 (recommendable only for PN 10 ... PN 40, PN 100
pressure transmitters for pressure)
• DN 80 PN 10 ... PN 40, PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40
• DN 125 PN 16, PN 40
• 2 inch (recommendable only for Class 150, class 300, class 600,
pressure transmitters for pressure) class 1500
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
• 5 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
No. 1.4404/316L
ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Without foil
• PTFE (for vacuum on request)
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request)
• PFA (for vacuum on request)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
Tantalum
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For pressure, absolute pressure, diff. pressure
and flow, with flexible capillary
2
Sealing material in the process
flanges
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
pressure transmitters and low-
pressure applications
• For other applications Viton
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
available on request)
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid
(for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
flange design)
Silicone oil M50
High-temperature oil
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
Food oil (FDA listed)
Glycerine/water (not for use in
low-pressure range)
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DRGL 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/139
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For pressure, absolute pressure, diff. pressure
and flow, with flexible capillary

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected
to a pressure transmitter to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): SITRANS P (order separately):
for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF403 7, 7MF 4 9 2 0 - for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF403 7, 7MF 4 9 2 0 -
7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" (vac- 7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" (vac-
uum-proof design) and 7MF8027; uum-proof design) and 7MF8027;
scope of delivery: 1 off scope of delivery: 1 off
for absolute pressure 7MF423 7 and 7MF 4 9 2 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF423 7 and 7MF 4 9 2 1 -
7MF433 7; scope of delivery: 1 off 7MF433 7; scope of delivery: 1 off
for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 2 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 2 3 -
scope of delivery: 2 off scope of delivery: 2 off
1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Filling liquid
• DN 50 PN 10 ... 40 A • Silicone oil M5 1
PN 100 B • Silicone oil M50 2
(DN 50 recommended only for pressure • High-temperature oil 3
transmitters for pressure) • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• DN 80 PN 10 ... 40 D • Glycerin/water2) 6
PN 100 E • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
• DN 100 PN 16 G Add Order code and plain text:
PN 40 H Filling liquid: ...
• DN 125 PN 16 J Length of capillary 3)
PN 40 K • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 2 inch Class 150 L • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
Class 300 M • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
Class 600 N • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
Class 1500 P • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
(2 inch recommended only for pressure • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
transmitters for pressure) • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• 3 inch Class 150 Q Other version 9 N1Y
Class 300 R Add Order code and plain text:
Class 600 S Length of capillary: ...

• 4 inch Class 150 T 1) For vacuum on request.

Class 300 U 2) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
Class 400 V 3) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".

• 5 inch Class 150 W

Further designs Order code
Class 300 X
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Class 400 Y
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or Spark arrestor
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
documentation) for transmitters for
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text: • pressure and absolute pressure A01
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... • differential pressure A02
Sealing face: See "Technical data"
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
Wetted parts materials to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
• Stainless steel 316L
Acceptance test certificate B C12
- without foil A
to EN 10204, section 3.1.B
- with PTFE coating 1) E0
with step diaphragm M01
- with ECTFE coating 1) F
only for:
- with PFA coating 1) D • Nominal diameters DN50/DN80 or 2"/3"
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G • Pressure ratings PN 40 or class 150/300
• Materials:
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
- Stainless steel without foil (316L)
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U - Hastelloy C276
• Tantalum K - Tantalum
Other version Z K1Y • without tube
Add Order code and plain text: • not in vacuum-proof design
Wetted parts materials: ... Vacuum-proof design
Tube length for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• without tube 0 • pressure V01
Other version: 9 L1Y • differential pressure V03
Add Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ... Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
transmitter
Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order

2/140 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For pressure, absolute pressure, diff. pressure
and flow, with flexible capillary

■ Dimensional drawings
2
D D b
b
f dM dM f

n xd 2 n xd 2

9)
(5.
50
³1
ø d4
ø k
ø k

R
ø d4

_
+
9)
(5.

(5. 150
50

9)
³1

³
R
R

Connection to EN 1092-1 Connection to EN 1092-1

Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 dM f k n Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 dM f k n
diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 50 PN 40 20 165 18 102 59 2 125 4 DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 89 2 160 8
PN 100 28 195 26 102 59 2 145 4 PN 100 32 230 26 138 89 2 180 8
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 89 2 160 8 DN 100 PN 16 20 220 18 158 89 2 180 8
PN 100 32 230 26 138 89 2 180 8 PN 40 24 235 22 162 89 2 190 8
DN 100 PN 16 20 220 18 158 89 2 180 8 DN 125 PN 16 22 250 18 188 124 2 210 8
PN 40 24 235 22 162 89 2 190 8 PN 40 26 270 26 188 124 2 220 8
DN 125 PN 16 22 250 18 188 124 2 210 8
Connection to ASME B16.5
PN 40 26 270 26 188 124 2 220 8
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 dM f k n
Connection to ASME B16.5 diam. press.
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 dM f k n lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
diam. press.
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 89 1.6 152.5 4
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3.50) (0.06) (6)
2 inch 150 20 150 20 92 59 1.6 120.5 4 300 29 210 22 127 89 1.6 168.5 8
(0.79) (5.80) (0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.06) (4.74) (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63)
300 22.5 165 20 92 59 1.6 127 8 400 38.5 210 22 127 89 6.4 168.5 8
(0.89) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.06) (5) (1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3.50) (0.25) (6.63)
600 32 165 20 92 59 1.6 127 8 4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 89 1.6 190.5 4
(1.26) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.06) (5) (0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.50) (0.06) (7.5)
3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 89 1.6 152.5 4 300 32 255 22 158 89 1.6 200 8
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3.50) (0.06) (6) (1.26) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87)
300 29 210 22 127 89 1.6 168.5 8 400 41.5 255 26 158 89 6.4 200 8
(1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63) (1.62) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.50) (0.25) (7.87)
400 38.5 210 22 127 89 6.4 168.5 8 5 inch 150 24 255 22 186 124 2 216 4
(1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3.50) (0.25) (6.63) (0.94) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)
4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 89 1.6 190.5 4 300 35 280 22 186 124 2 235 8
(0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.50) (0.06) (7.5) (1.38) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)
300 32 255 22 158 89 1.6 200 8 400 45.5 280 26 186 124 7 235 8
(1.26) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87) (1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
400 41.5 255 26 158 89 6.4 200 8 d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5
(1.62) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.50) (0.25) (7.87) dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
5 inch 150 24 255 22 186 124 2 216 4 Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to
(0.94) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50) SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differential
300 35 280 22 186 124 2 235 8 pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
(1.38) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)
400 45.5 280 26 186 124 7 235 8
(1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/141

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For pressure and absolute pressure,
directly fitted on transmitter

■ Overview
2

Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter

for pressure

■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres- Capillary
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure lengths on request
• DN 50 PN 40, PN 100 • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• DN 80 PN 40, PN 100 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40 Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600, • Silicone oil M50
class 1500 • High-temperature oil
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 • Halocarbon oil (for measuring
O 2)
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
• Food oil (FDA listed)
Sealing face
• Glycerine/water (not suitable for
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME use in low-pressure range)
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or temperature
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Materials mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal.
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
More information can be found in
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L the technical data of the pressure
• Without foil transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
• PTFE (for vacuum on request) the Technical description to the
remote seals.
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request)
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
• PFA (for vacuum on request)
Certificate and approvals
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 equipment directive (DRGL uids of fluid group 1; complies
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
Tantalum practice)
• Capillary Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
• Sealing material on the process Copper
connection
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the transmitter
Tube length • Without tube
• 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• 200 mm (7.87 inch)

2/142 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For pressure and absolute pressure,
directly fitted on transmitter

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 -
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777 Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777
SITRANS P for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013, SITRANS P for pressure 7MF4010, 7MF4013,
7MF403 7, 7MF4237 together with Order code 7MF403 7, 7MF4237 together with Order code
"V01" (vacuum-proof design) and 7MF8027; "V01" (vacuum-proof design) and 7MF8027;
must be ordered separately must be ordered separately
Process connection Filling liquid
• Vertical (pressure transmitter upright) 0 • Silicone oil M5 1
• Horizontal 2 • Silicone oil M50 2

Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • High-temperature oil 3

• DN 50 PN 40 A • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
PN 100 B • Glycerin/water2) 6
• DN 80 PN 40 D • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
PN 100 E
Other version 9 M1 Y
• DN 100 PN 16 G Add Order code and plain text:
PN 40 H Filling liquid: ...

• 2 inch Class 150 L 1) For vacuum on request.

Class 300 M 2) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
Class 600 N
Class 1500 P Further designs Order code
• 3 inch Class 150 Q Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Class 300 R Spark arrestor A01
Class 600 S With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
documentation) for transmitters for pressure and abso-
• 4 inch Class 150 T lute pressure
Class 300 U
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
Class 400 V
to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
Smooth sealing face to DIN 1092-01, form B1 or
B2, or to ASME B16.5 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF Acceptance test certificate B C12
Other version Z J1Y to EN 10204, section 3.1.B
Add Order code and plain text: with step diaphragm M01
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
only for:
Wetted parts materials • Nominal diameters DN50/DN80 or 2"/3"
• Stainless steel 316L • Pressure ratings PN 40 or class 150/300
• Materials:
- without foil A - Stainless steel without foil (316L)
E0 - Hastelloy C276
- with PTFE coating1) - Tantalum
- with ECTFE coating 1) F • without tube
• not in vacuum-proof design
- with PFA coating 1) D
Vacuum-proof design V01
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J pressure
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
transmitter
• Tantalum K
Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Wetted parts materials: ...
Tube length
• Without tube 0
• 50 mm (1.97 inch) 1
• 100 mm (3.94 inch) 2
• 150 mm (5.90 inch) 3
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) 4
Other version: 9 L1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ...

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/143

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For pressure and absolute pressure,
directly fitted on transmitter

■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1

2 Nom.
diam.
Nom.
press.
b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n

Vertical mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
process connection
DN 50 PN 40 20 165 18 102 48.3 59 2 125 4

193 (7.6)
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 59 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 76 89 2 160 8
83 (3.27)

PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 89 2 180 8

n x d2 DN 100 PN 16 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
b

f
L

Connection to ASME B16.5

ø d5 Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
ø d4 Tube length L diam. press.
see Ordering Data lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
øk
sq.in.
øD (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
2 inch 150 20 150 20 92 48.3 59 1.6 120.5 4
L b (0.79) (5.91) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (2.32) (0.06) (4.74)
193 (7.6)

n xd 2 300 22.5 165 20 92 48.3 59 1.6 127 8

f
(0.89) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (2.32) (0.06) (5)
600 32 165 20 92 48.3 59 6.4 127 8
(1.26) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (2.32) (0.25) (5)
ø d5
ø d4
øD
øk

1500 45 215 26 92 48.3 59 6.4 165 8

211 (8.3) (1.77) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (2.32) (0.25) (6.5)
Horizontal 226 (8.9)
process connection 3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 76 89 1.6 152.5 4
(0.95) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6)

Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P 300 29 210 22 127 76 89 1.6 168.5 8
pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63)
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch)
600 38.5 210 22 127 76 89 6.4 168.5 8
(1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.25) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 94 89 1.6 190.5 8
(0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.5)
300 32 255 22 158 94 89 1.6 200 8
(1.26) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87)
400 41.5 255 26 158 94 89 6.4 200 8
(1.62) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.25) (7.87)

d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /

ASME B16.5
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

2/144 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For differential pressure,
fixed connection and with capillary

■ Overview
2

Diaphragm seals of flange design for pressure transmitters for differential

pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary

■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of flange design for pressure transmitters for dif-
ferential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 80 PN 40
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Without foil
• PTFE (for vacuum on request)
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request)
• PFA (for vacuum on request)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
Tantalum
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
Sealing material in the process
flanges
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
pressure transmitters and low-
pressure applications
• For other applications Viton
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
Tube length Without tube
50 mm (1.97 inch)
100 mm (3.94 inch)
150 mm (5.91 inch)
200 mm (7.87 inch)
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
High-temperature oil
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
Food oil (FDA listed)
Glycerine/water (not suitable for
use in low-pressure range)
Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
temperature
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive (DRGL uids of fluid group 1; complies
97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/145

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For differential pressure,
fixed connection and with capillary

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 -
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777 Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure, DS III series SITRANS P for differential pressure, DS III series
(7MF4437) (7MF4437)
Flange, connection to EN 1092-1 Length of capillary 3)
Nom. diam. Nom. press. • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• DN 80 PN 40 D • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• DN 100 PN 16 G • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
PN 40 H • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
Flange, connection to ASME B16.5 • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
Nom. diam. Nom. press. • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 3 inch Class 150 Q • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Class 300 R Other version 9 N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
• 4 inch Class 150 T Length of capillary: ...
Class 300 U
1) For vacuum on request.
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text: 2) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
Flange: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal 3) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
pressure: ...
Further designs Order code
Wetted parts materials
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
B2, or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF Spark arrestor A02
• Stainless steel 316L With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
- without foil A documentation)
- with PTFE coating1) E0 Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
F to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
- with ECTFE coating 1)
- with PFA coating 1) D Acceptance test certificate B C12
to EN 10204, section 3.1.B
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
With step diaphragm M01
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
only for:
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U • Nominal diameters DN50/DN80 or 2"/3"
• Tantalum K • Materials:
Other version Z K1Y - Stainless steel without foil (316L)
Add Order code and plain text: - Hastelloy C276
Wetted parts materials: ... - Tantalum
• without tube
Tube length • not in vacuum-proof design
(for mounting flange on high-pressure side) Vacuum-proof design V03
• Without tube 0 for use in low-pressure range
• 50 mm (1.97 inch) 1
Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
• 100 mm (3.94 inch) 2 transmitter
• 150 mm (5.90 inch) 3 Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) 4
Other version: 9 L1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ...
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• Glycerin/water2) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...

2/146 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Diaphragm seal of flange design
For differential pressure,
fixed connection and with capillary

■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1

Nom. Nom. b
diam. press.
D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n 2
D b mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
dM f
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 76 89 2 160 8
n xd 2

)
5.9
DN PN 16 20 200 18 158 94 89 2 180 8

0(
100

15
PN 40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

R _>
ø d4
Connection to ASME B16.5
ø k
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press.
lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
+ sq.in.
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 76 89 1,6 152,5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 89 1,6 168,5 8
L b (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 94 89 1,6 190,5 4
n xd 2 f (0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7)
300 32 255 22 158 94 89 1,6 200 8
(1.26) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87)
ø d4
ø d5
øD
øk

d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /

Tube length L ASME B16.5
100
(3.94) see dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
Ordering data

Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary, fixed connec-

tion, for connection to a SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/147

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Quick-release diaphragm seals
For pressure, absolute pressure and diff. pressure

■ Overview
2
• Clamp connection
- 1½ inch PN 40
- 2 inch PN 40
- 2½ inch PN 40
- 3 inch PN 40
For differential pressure and flow
• To DIN 11 851 with slotted union nut
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• To DIN 11 851 with threaded socket
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11 851 with slotted union nut • Clamp connection
- 2 inch PN 40
- 2½ inch PN 40
- 3 inch PN 40
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection No. 1.4571/316Ti
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following • Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
• For pressure: MK II, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
• For differential pressure and flow: DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF
Tube length Without tube
The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the food
industry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot Capillary
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for lengths on request
cleaning.
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
■ Technical specifications • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Quick-release diaphragm seal Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure Glycerin/water (not suitable for
use in low-pressure range)
For pressure
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• To DIN 11 851 with slotted union nut mitter and the filling liquid of the
- DN 25 PN 40 remote seal
More information can be found in
- DN 32 PN 40
the technical data of the pressure
- DN 40 PN 40 transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
- DN 50 PN 25 the Technical description to the
- DN 65 PN 25 remote seals
- DN 80 PN 25 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
• To DIN 11 851 with threaded socket Certificates and approvals
- DN 25 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 32 PN 40 (DRGL 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
- DN 40 PN 40 paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25

2/148 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Quick-release diaphragm seals
For pressure, absolute pressure and diff. pressure

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 0 - Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 3 -
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777
pressure pressure
7MF4010, 7MF4013 and 7MF403 7, 7MF4237 for differential pressure and flow, type 7MF4433
together with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof or 7MF4434; order separately
design) and 7MF8027; must be ordered Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed)
separately Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) Delivery unit: 2 off
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
Nom. diam. Nom. press. • Connection to DIN 11 851 with slotted union
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut nut
- DN 25 PN 40 1B - DN 50 PN 25 1E
- DN 32 PN 40 1C - DN 65 PN 25 1F
- DN 40 PN 40 1D - DN 80 PN 25 1G
- DN 50 PN 25 1E • Connection to DIN 11 851 with threaded
- DN 65 PN 25 1F socket
- DN 80 PN 25 1G - DN 50 PN 25 2E
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks - DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 25 PN 40 2B - DN 80 PN 25 2G
- DN 32 PN 40 2C • Clamp connection
- DN 40 PN 40 2D - 2 inch PN 40 4M
- DN 50 PN 25 2E - 2½ inch PN 40 4N
- DN 65 PN 25 2F - 3 inch PN 40 4P
- DN 80 PN 25 2G Other version 9Z H1Y
• Clamp connection Add Order code and plain text:
- 1½ inch PN 40 4L Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
- 2 inch PN 40 4M Filling liquid
- 2½ inch PN 40 4N • Glycerin/water 1) 6
- 3 inch PN 40 4P • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9Z H1Y Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text: Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... Filling liquid: ...
Filling liquid Connection to transmitter
• Glycerin/water 1) 6 through capillary, Length: 2)
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
Other version 9 M1 Y • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
Add Order code and plain text: • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
Filling liquid: ...
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
Connection to pressure transmitter • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• direct 0 • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
through capillary, Length: 2) • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 Other version 9 N1Y
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 Add Order code and plain text:
Length of capillary: ...
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 1) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 2) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 Further designs Order code
Other version 9 N1Y Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Add Order code and plain text:
Length of capillary: ... Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
1) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
Acceptance test certificate B C12
2) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
to EN 10204, section 3.1.B
Further designs Order code Vacuum-proof design V01
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code. for use in low-pressure range
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001

Acceptance test certificate B C12

to EN 10204, section 3.1.B

Vacuum-proof design V01

for use in low-pressure range

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/149

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Quick-release diaphragm seals
For pressure, absolute pressure and diff. pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
2

146 (5.75)
H

H
H

dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure

R
³
15
0(
5.9
)

dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow

Clamp connection (left) Connection to DIN 11 851 with slot- Connection to DIN 11 851 with
ted union nut (center) threaded socket (right)
DN Ø dM ØD H DN Ø dM ØD H G1 DN Ø dM H G1
(1½ inch) 32 (1.26) 50,5 (2) 35 (1.38) 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
(2 inch) 40 (1.57) 64 (2.52) 35 (1.38) 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6
(2½ inch) 52 (2.05) 77,5 (3.05) 35 (1.38) 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6
(3 inch) 72 (2.83) 91 (3.58) 35 (1.38) 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6
65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6
80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6
25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6
dM Effective diaphragm diameter
Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/150 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Miniature diaphragm seal
For pressure and absolute pressure

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Miniature diaphragm seals
2
Span with
• G1B > 6 bar (> 87 psi)
• G1½B > 2 bar (> 29 psi)
• G2B > 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi)
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA
listed)
Material Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 /
316L
Maximum pressure 100% of nominal pressure of
Miniature diaphragm seals pressure transmitter, up to maxi-
mum of PN 600
The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the following
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series for pressure: Linearity Same as pressure transmitter
• MK II, P300, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF Temperature of use Same as pressure transmitter

Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous Temperature range of medium
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries. Max. recommended process
temperature
■ Design Weight
• Flush-mounted diaphragm • G1B
• No dead spaces • G1½B
• Fixed threaded stems • G2B
Certificate and approvals
■ Dimensional drawings Classification according to pressure
equipment directive
(DRGL 97/23/EC)
Same as pressure transmitter
170 °C (338 °F)
Approx. 0.3 kg (approx. 0.66 lb)
Approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.10 lb)
Approx. 0.8 kg (approx. 1.76 lb)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
uids of fluid group 1; complies
with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code

Miniature diaphragm seals 7MF 4 9 6 0 -
directly fitted to SITRANS P pressure transmit- 1 77 0 7 777
ters for pressure; type 7MF4010, 7MF4013,
146 (5.75)

7MF403 7, 7MF4237 together with Order code

"V01" (vacuum-proof design) and 7MF8027;
must be ordered separately
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4401
Pressure rating, see "Pressure transmitters"
Process connection
• G1B C
• G1½B D
• G2B E
Wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel 316L A
Other version Z K1Y
SW Add Order code and plain text:
Wetted parts materials: ...
H

Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
L

Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
dM Filling liquid: ...
G
d Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
G Ø dM SW Ød L H
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
G1B 25 (0.98) 41 (1.61) 39 (1.53) 28 (1.1) 56 (2.21) Acceptance test certificate B C12
G1½B 40 (1.57) 55 (2.17) 60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) to EN 10204, section 3.1.B
G2B 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 70 (2.76) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48) Vacuum-proof design V01
for use in low-pressure range
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/151

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Accessories for diaphragm seal
Flushing rings

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

2 Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 600
Flushing ring Sealing face
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwich- • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
type remote seals (Order No. 7MF4900 ... 7MF4923) if the dan- Form B2
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or block- Form D/Form D
ages. Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and Form C/Form C
the remote seal.
Form E
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the Form F
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
tive process flange. RFSF
Process connection RJT ring groove
For flanges to EN and ASME: Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or thread:
• G½
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
• ¼-18 NPT
Standard design • ½-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data

■ Design

Remote seal flange Spülring

Flushing ring

Dichtung

Flushing outlet Flushing inlet

Gasket

Measuring
point flange

Installation example

2/152 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Accessories for diaphragm seal
Flushing rings

■ Dimensional drawings
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Flushing ring 7MF 4 9 2 5 -
for remote seals 7MF4900 to 7MF4923 1 7777 777

Thread
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 A
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 B

h
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
di
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
d4
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K
Connection to EN 1092-1
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text: DN PN d4 di h Weight
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... (mm) (bar) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
Sealing face 50 16 ... 100 102 62 30 1.10
• EN 1092-1
80 16 ... 100 138 92 30 1.90
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 C 100 16 ... 100 162 92 30 3.15
- Form C / Form C D 125 16 ... 100 188 126 30 3.50
- Form D / Form C E
Connection to ASME B 16.5
- Form D / Form D F
DN Class d4 di h Weight
- Form E G
- Form F H inch mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• ASME B16.5 2 150 ... 600 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.60 (1.32)
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M
3 150 ... 600 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.05 (2.31)
- RFSF Q
- RJT ring groove R 4 150 ... 600 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 2.85 (6.28)
Other version Z K1Y 5 150 ... 600 185.5 (7.3) 126 (4.96) 30 (1.18) 3.30 (7.28)
Add Order code and plain text:
Sealing face: ... Flushing ring, dimension drawing
Flushing holes (2 off)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 4
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ...

Further designs Order code

Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Acceptance test certificate B C12
to EN 10204, section 3.1.B

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/153

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Clamp-on seals of flange design
For pressure, differential pressure and flow

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

2 Clamp-on seals for flange-mounting
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 25 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 40 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 50 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 6 ... PN 100
• 1 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... class 2500
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Process connection Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5

Clamp-on seals for flange-mounting Sealing face To EN 1092-1, form B1 or to

ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 A or
The clamp-on seal is completely integrated in the process line. RFSF
It is particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media. Materials
The clamp-on remote seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into • Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
which a thin-walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly be-
• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
tween two flanges in the pipeline.
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
■ Design • Without foil
• Clamp-on seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to • ECTFE coating
EN/ASME for SITRANS P pressure transmitters • PFA coating (for vacuum on re-
- For pressure: MK II, P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF se- quest)
ries
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III, DS III PA and Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
DS III FF Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Sealing face to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
• Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible Tantalum
capillary (max. 10 m long)
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
• See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted No. 1.4571/316Ti
parts
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
• Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seal’s steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel,
Capillary
mat.-No. 1.4571
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
• Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil,
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
low-pressure range) • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5

■ Function Silicone oil M50

High-temperature oil
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the Halocarbon oil
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior Food oil (FDA listed)
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the mea- Glycerin/water (not suitable for
suring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by uses in low-pressure range)
the filling liquid.
Permissible ambient temperature See pressure transmitters, see fill-
Note: ing liquid

When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis- Weight
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal Certificates and approvals
(see Selection and Ordering data).
Classification according to pressure
equipment directive
(DRGL 97/23/EC)
Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
uids of fluid group 1; complies
with the requirements of article 3,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord

2/154 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Clamp-on seals of flange design
For pressure, differential pressure and flow

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Further designs Order code
Clamp-on seal for flange-mounting for Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters
Spark arrestor
for pressure 7MF 4 9 8 0 - With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
7MF4010, 7MF4013, 7MF403 7, 7MF4237 documentation)
together with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof • Pressure and absolute pressure A01
design) and 7MF8027; must be ordered sepa-
rately, scope of delivery: 1 off • for differential pressure transmitters A02
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 8 3 - Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
7MF4433 or 7MF4434; order separately, scope to DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001
of delivery: 1 pair (set); Material: Completely of Acceptance test certificate B C12
stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L;
Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME To EN 10204, section 3.1.B
B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1, Vacuum-proof design V01
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA For use in low-pressure range
1 77 0 7 - 7B 777 Calculation of span of associated pressure trans- Y05
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure mitter
• DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 B Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
• DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 D Note:
• DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 E Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter!
• DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 G
• DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 H
• 1 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... 2500 M
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 P
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 Q
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel 316L
- Without foil A
- With PFA coating1) D
- With ECTFE coating 1) F
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Wetted parts materials: ...
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• Glycerin/water2) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...
Connection to transmitter
• direct 0
through capillary, Length: 3)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Other version 9 N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Length of capillary: ...

1) For vacuum on request.

2) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
3) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/155

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Clamp-on seals of flange design
For pressure, differential pressure and flow

■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1

2 DN PN D Mb L H
mm bar mm mm mm mm
25 6 ... 100 63 28,5 60 78.5
40 6 ... 100 85 43 60 89.5
50 6 ... 100 95 54.5 60 92.5
146 (5.75) 80 6 ... 100 130 82.5 60 112
100 6 ... 100 150 107 60 122

Connection to ASME B16.5

DN Class D Mb L H
(inch) mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
H 1 150 ... 2500 63 28.5 60 78.5
(2.48) (1.12) (2.36) (3.1)
1½ 150 ... 2500 85 43 60 86
(3.35) (1.69) (2.36) (3.4)
2 150 ... 2500 95 54.5 60 94.5
ø Mb
(3.74) (2.15) (2.36) (3.72)
L D
3 150 ... 2500 130 82.5 60 112
(5.12) (3.25) (2.36) (4.4)
4 150 ... 2500 150 107 60 122
(5.9) (4.21) (2.36) (4.8)
Clamp-on seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure
transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

Bending radius ³ 150 mm (5.9)

2/156 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Quick-release clamp-on seals
For pressure and absolute pressure

■ Overview ■ Function
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
2
mounted on the inner circumference of the clamp-on seal, to the
filling liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measur-
ing chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the
clamp-on seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the fill-
ing liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).

■ Technical specifications
Clamp-on seals of quick-release design for pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• To DIN 11 851 with threaded DN 25 PN 40
Quick-release clamp-on seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket socket
DN 40 PN 40
DN 50 PN 25
DN 65 PN 25
DN 80 PN 25
DN 100 PN 25
• Clamp connection 1½ inch PN 40
2 inch PN 40
2½ inch PN 40
3 inch PN 40
Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Quick-release clamp-on seals, with clamp connection Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
Quick-release clamp-on seals for pressure are available for the • Glycerin/water (not suitable for
following SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: use in low-pressure range)
• MK II Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
• P300 remote seal
• DS III More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
• DS III PA transmitters and in the section
• DS III FF "Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the

■ Application
remote seals
Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
The quick-release clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing Certificate and approvals
media and high-viscosity media. Since it is completely inte-
grated in the process pipe, no turbulences, dead volumes or Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
other obstructions to the flow occur. The measured medium sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
(DRGL 97/23/EC) the requirements of article 3,
flows unhindered through the clamp-on seal and results in self- paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
cleaning of the measuring chamber. Furthermore, the clamp-on assigned to category III, confor-
seal can be cleaned by a pig. mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord
■ Design
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions:
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket
• Clamp connection
The clamp-on seal is connected to the pressure transmitter ei-
ther directly or by way of a capillary.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/157

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Quick-release clamp-on seals
For pressure and absolute pressure

2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
Quick-release clamp-on seal 7MF 4 9 5 0 -
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777
pressure
7MF4010, 7MF4013 and 7MF403 7, 7MF4237
together with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof
design) and 7MF8027; must be ordered
separately
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed)
Material: Stainless steel 316L
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
- DN 25 PN 40 2B
- DN 40 PN 40 2D
- DN 50 PN 25 2E
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 80 PN 25 2G
- DN 100 PN 25 2H
• Clamp connection
- 1½ inch PN 40 4L
- 2 inch PN 40 4M
- 2½ inch PN 40 4N
- 3 inch PN 40 4P
Other version 9Z H1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Filling liquid
• Glycerin/water1) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...
Connection to transmitter
• Direct 0
Through capillary, Length: 2)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Other version 9 N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Length of capillary: ...

1) Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.

2) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"

Further designs Order code

Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Manufacturer's test certificate M C11
to DIN 55.350, Part 18 and to ISO 9001

Acceptance test certificate B C12

to EN 10 204, section 3.1

Vacuum-proof design V01

for use in low-pressure range

2/158 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Quick-release clamp-on seals
For pressure and absolute pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
2

146 (5.9)
H

H
1
DN

1
2

1
G
D
D

D
d

D
L L
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
)
5.9
0(
15
³
R
1
DN

1
G

d
D

D
D

L L
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow

Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks Clamp connection for pipes to BS 4825/3 and o.D. tubes
DN Ø D1 Ø D2 H L G1 d Ø D1 Ø D2 H L D
25 38 52 68 128 Rd 52x1/6 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
40 55 65 74.5 160 Rd 65x1/6 22.2 (1) 38 (1.5) 50 (1.97) 67 (2.64) 114 (4.49) 50.5 (1.98)
50 68 78 81 170 Rd 78x1/6 34.9 (1½) 43 (1.69) 65 (2.56) 74.5 (2.93) 146 (5.75) 50.5 (1.98)
65 85 95 89.5 182 Rd 95x1/6 47.6 (2) 56 (2.2) 75 (2.95) 79.5 (3.13) 156 (6.14) 64 (2.52)
80 110 110 97 182 Rd 110x1/4 60.3 (2½) 68 (2.68) 77 (3.03) 80.5 (3.17) 156 (6.14) 77.5 (3.05)
100 130 130 107 182 Rd 110x1/4 73.0 (3) 82 (3.23) 91 (3.58) 87.5 (3.44) 156 (6.14) 91 (3.58)

Quick-release clamp-on seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/159

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals
Measuring setups

■ Overview Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote

2 This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for us-
seals
Type of installation Pressure transmit- Remote seals
ing SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote ters
seals.
A/B 7MF4010 7MF4900
Equations for calculating start of scale and full scale are pro- 7MF4033 7MF4910
vided for each example. 7MF4034 7MF4920
7MF4035
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combi- 7MF8023
nation of remote seal and pressure transmitter. 7MF8024
C1 and C2 7MF4233 7MF4900
Installation 7MF4234 7MF4910
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the con- 7MF4235 7MF4920
nection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Re- (vacuum-proof design
mote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection in each case)
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of 7MF4333 7MF4901
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed. 7MF4334 7MF4921
7MF4335
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connec-
tion flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of D 7MF4433 7MF4903
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be 7MF4434 7MF4923
used in the low-pressure range. 7MF4435
E 7MF4433 7MF4913
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure 7MF4434
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange. 7MF4435
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure trans- G, H and J 7MF4433 7MF4903
mitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmis- 7MF4434 7MF4923
sion response. 7MF4435

Offset of measuring range

If there is a difference in height between the two connection
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional dif-
ferential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal
capillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to
be taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter.
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a
remote seal with a transmitter if the latter is not installed at the
same height as the former.
Pressure transmitter output
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves-
sels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the
pressure transmitter also increase.
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure
and the output signal, the start-of-scale and full-scale values of
the SITRANS P must be interchanged.
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an in-
creasing level, separation layer or density.
Influence of ambient temperature
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring er-
rors.
Notes
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
spigot.

2/160 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals
Measuring setups with remote seals

■ Dimensional drawings
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
2
Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A
Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU - rOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO - rOil · g · H1
DH DH
Installation type B
HO HO
Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU + rOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO + rOil · g · H1
HU HU Legend
H1
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
rFL Density of medium in vessel
H1 rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter
above the measuring point below the measuring point HO Full-scale value
H1 £ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 £ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure trans.

Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)

Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART + rOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = pEND + rOil · g · H1
Legend
H1 pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pEND Full-scale value
p abs p abs rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
g Local acceleration due to gravity
H1 H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure trans.

Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ³ 200 mm (7.9 inch)

Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements

Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART - rOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = pEND - rOil · g · HV
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
pSTART Start-of-scale value
H1 HV
pEND Full-scale value
rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)

H2

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/161

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels)
2 Installation type E Installation type E
Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU - rOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO - rOil · g · HV
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
rFL Density of medium in vessel
rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
DH the remote seal
HV g Local acceleration due to gravity
HO HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
HU HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)

Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J

H2

H1

DH H1
HV
HO H1
H2
HU

H2

Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum

H1 £ 7 m (23 f), with halocarbon oil as H2 £ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as
filling liquid only H1 £ 4 m (13.1 ft) filling liquid only H2 £ 4 m (13.1 ft)

Installation type G, H and J Legend

Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU - rOil · g · HV pMA Start-of-scale value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pME Full-scale value to be set HU Start-of-scale value
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO - rOil · g · HV
rFL Density of medium in vessel HO Full-scale value
rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
the remote seal

2/162 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals
Measuring setups without remote seals

■ Overview Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-

Notes
ways above the top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
2
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
has to be positioned between the two spigots. spigot

■ Dimensional drawings
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers

Level measurement
Full-scale value Start-of-scale: pMA = r · g · HU
Full-scale: pME = r · g · HO
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
Ho r r Density of medium in vessel
Start-of-scale value
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
Hu HO Full-scale value

Separation layer measurement

Constant level Start-of-scale: pMA = g · (HU · r1 + (HO - HU) · r2)
= full-scale value
Full-scale: pME = r1 · g · HO
r2 Legend
Separation layer pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
Ho r1 r1 Density of heavier liquid
Start-of-scale value
r2 Density of lighter liquid
g Local acceleration due to gravity
Hu HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value

Density measurement
Start-of-scale: pMA = rMIN · g · HO
Constant level Full-scale: pME = rMAX · g · HO
Legende
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
Ho rMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
r rMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HO Full-scale value in m

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/163

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Remote seals
Measuring setups without remote seals
Measuring setups for closed containers
2 Level measurement, Version 1
Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Start-of-scale: DpMA = r · g · HU
pressure line Full-scale: DpME = r · g · HO
Legend
Maximum level DpMA Start-of-scale value to be set
DpME Full-scale value to be set
r Density of medium in vessel
Full-scale value
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
Start-of-scale value
Ho

Hu r

Transmitter
reference line

Level measurement, Version 2

Static
pressure Start-of-scale: DpMA = g · (HU · r - HV · r')
Constant
reference Full-scale: DpME = g · (HO · r - HV · r')
level Legend
Mamimum level DpMA Start-of-scale value to be set
DpME Full-scale value to be set
r Density of medium in vessel
Full-scale value Liquid-filled negative
pressure line r' Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
(corresponding to the temperature existing there)
g Local acceleration due to gravity
Start-of-scale value Hv
r' HU Start-of-scale value
Ho HO Full-scale value
Hu r HV Distance between the measuring points
(spigots)

Transmitter
reference line

Static Separation layer measurement

pressure Static Start-of-scale: DpMA = g · (HU · r1 + (HO - HU) · r2 - HV · r'2)
pressure
Constant level
Full-scale: DpME = g · (HO · r1 - HV · r'2)
Max. separation layer Legend
DpMA Start-of-scale value to be set
DpME Full-scale value to be set
Full-scale value
r1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
in vessel
r' Hv r2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
r 2
Start-of-scale value 2 r'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
Ho (corresponding to the temperature existing there)
g Local acceleration due to gravity
Hu r
1 HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
HV Distance between the measuring points
(spigots)

Transmitter
reference line

2/164 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

s Questionnaire
Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations

2/
* Customer:___________________
* Plant: ___________________
* Ordering code:________________
* Ordering department: _____
* Transmitter Order No.: 7MF 4
Tag. No.: _____________________
Item No.: _____________________
2
Person responsible: ___________
Phone: _____________________
–1 –1

Order No. of transmitter known?

Yes No

* Order No. of remote seal: * Or without Order No.: Process connection

* 7MF 4 9 – – –Z * Standard: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal diameter: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal pressure: ________________________
* Constructional design: Sandwich-type rem. seal
Flanged remote seal
Quick-release
remote seal
Clamp-on seal
Other.: ______________
* Connection: Direct connection
Capillary on one side;
connection to:
+ side – side
Capillaries on both sides;
Capillary length: ___ m
* Vacuum-proof design Yes No
* Wetted parts materials: ________________________
* Tube: No Yes, ___mm long
* Filling liquid ________________________
* Miscellaneous ________________________

Calculation of measuring range necessary?

No Yes

* Range to be set: * Medium ____________________________

* (without calculation) * Density of medium: _______ kg/m3
Start-of-scale:_________ mbar ( 4 mA) * Temperature of medium: Normal ________ °C
Full-scale: _________ mbar (20 mA) Minimum ________ °C
Maximum________ °C
* Required measuring accuracy:
* Ambient temperature on capillaries: Normal ________ °C
Error: < . % of set span per
_________ Minimum ________ °C
: _________ 10 V change in Maximum________ °C
: _________ temperature * Ambient temperature on transmitter: Normal ________ °C
Minimum ________ °C
Maximum________ °C
* Operating pressure referred to absolute zero: ____ bar a
* Does a vacuum occur during startup? No Yes
Please fill in this questionnaire If yes, associated temperature of medium: ________ °C
and enclose with every order! * Installation type, see pages 2/161 and 2/162 A B C1 C2 D

E G H J

* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ mbar
range With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ mm; HO = ___ mm
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ mm
With install. types D, G, H and J: HV = ___ mm
* Start-of-scale value following calculation:_________ mbar ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation:_________ mbar (20 mA)
* Associated span: _________ mbar
Checked: Name:
* Error to be expected: < , % of set span per 10 K
_________
Department:
_________ change in temperature
Date:
*) Values must be entered here!
Modification 01/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/165
 s Questionnaire
for hydrostatic level measurements

2 Order date: _______________________________________________

Processing date: __________________________________________

Ordering code (customer): _________________________________

Ordering code (supplier): __________________________________

Customer reference:_______________________________________

Measuring point: __________________________________________

Position:__________________________________________________

Dimensions: ______________________________________________

Pressure: bar
Temperature: K °C
Measuring range: cm m
(please mark with cross)
Order No. of transmitter 1):
7 M F 4 – – –Z
Y01

The different pressures and tem-
peratures (densities) in the vessel
and in the reference column result
in an offset in the start-of-scale
and full-scale values.
The calibration data are deter-
mined in addition.
It is also checked whether – as a
result of the range offset – the
ordered transmitter is suitable for
this measurement.
Please supply the following characteristic data so that we can calculate the measuring range,
start-of-scale value, full-scale value and calibration data:
Please mark type of boiler with a cross: Closed 1)
Open or not under pressure 2)
Medium ____________________
Licensed boiler pressure (absolute) _______________ bar
Operating pressure (absolute) Lowest _______________ bar
Normal 3) _______________ bar
Highest _______________ bar
Temperature of reference column (cold) _______________ K
Distance between measuring points (dimension according to sketch) HV = _________ m
Measuring range 4) = start-of-scale value to full-scale value
Start-of-scale value HU =___________ m
Full-scale value HO =___________ m
Position of equalizing vessel above bottom measuring
point if different from HV _______________ m

Please mark pressure correction of level with a cross: No

Yes 4)

1
) Reference line filled with condensation! Falling differential pressure with increasing level.
2) Reference line without gas or filled with gas (air). Rising differential pressure with increasing level.
3
) If not specified otherwise, this value is assumed as the calculation pressure of the level meter.
The input signal (differential pressure) depends on the density (pressure and temperature).
The influence is practically negligible for a lowest liquid level of 20 to 30% of the distance between the
measuring points.
4
) If a pressure correction of the level is required, the measuring range must be the same as the
distance between the measuring points, and the transmitter is designed for the calculation pressure
of 1 bar (absolute).
Pressure correction means: the static pressure and the temperature are measured separately and
calculated by a correction computer or measured-value computer.

2/166 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

s Questionnaire (suitable for US market)
Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations

* Customer:___________________
* Plant: ___________________
* Ordering code:________________
* Ordering department: _____
* Transmitter Order No.: 7MF 4
Tag. No.: _____________________
Item No.: _____________________
2
Person responsible: ___________
Phone: _____________________
–1 –1

Order No. of transmitter known?

Yes No

* Order No. of remote seal: * Or without Order No.: Process connection

* 7MF 4 9 – – –Z * Standard: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal diameter: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal pressure: ________________________
* Constructional design: Sandwich-type rem. seal
Flanged remote seal
Quick-release
remote seal
Clamp-on seal
Other.: ______________
* Connection: Direct connection
Capillary on one side;
connection to:
+ side – side
Capillaries on both sides;
Capillary length: ___ ft
* Vacuum-proof design Yes No
* Wetted parts materials: ________________________
* Tube: No Yes, __inch long
* Filling liquid ________________________
* Miscellaneous ________________________

Calculation of measuring range necessary?

No Yes

* Range to be set: * Medium ____________________________

* (without calculation) * Density of medium: _______ kg/m3
Start-of-scale:_________ psi ( 4 mA) * Temperature of medium: Normal ________ °F
Full-scale: _________ psi (20 mA) Minimum ________ °F
Maximum ________ °F
* Required measuring accuracy:
* Ambient temperature on capillaries: Normal ________ °F
Error: < . % of set span per
_________ Minimum ________ °F
: _________ 18 °F change in Maximum ________ °F
: _________ temperature * Ambient temperature on transmitter: Normal ________ °F
Minimum ________ °F
Maximum ________ °F
* Operating pressure referred to absolute zero: ____ psiabs
* Does a vacuum occur during startup? No Yes
Please fill in this questionnaire If yes, associated temperature of medium: ________ °F
and enclose with every order! * Installation type, see pages 2/161 and 2/162 A B C1 C2 D

E G H J

* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ psi
range With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ inch; HO = ___ inch
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ inch
With install. types D, G, H and J: HV = ___ inch
* Start-of-scale value following calculation: _________ psi ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation: _________ psi (20 mA)
* Associated span: _________ psi
Checked: Name:
* Error to be expected: < , % of set span per 18 °F
_________
Department:
_________ change in temperature
Date:
*) Values must be entered here!
Modification 01/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/167
 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Technical description

■ Overview Classification according to pressure equipment directive

2 All shut-off fittings can be secured onto walls, racks (72 mm grid)
and vertical and horizontal pipes.
This offers the advantage when assembling a plant that the shut-
off fittings can be secured first and the lines for the medium and
differential pressure connected to them. It is then possible to
check all connections for leaks and to blow out or flush the pipes
in order to remove dirt (welding residues, shavings etc.).
The measuring instruments can be screwed onto the shut-off fit-
tings right at the end when all piping has been completed.
If an instrument has to be removed for maintenance, the fittings
and pipes remain as they are. It is only necessary to close the
valves – the instrument can then be removed, and refitted follow-
ing maintenance.
(DGRL 97/23/EC):
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; compli-
ance with requirements of article 3, paragraph 3 (sound engi-
neering practice).
New standard DIN EN 61518
The flange connection between transmitter and valve manifold
was modified in the new standard DIN EN 61518. The only con-
nection thread approved for use in the process flanges of the
pressure transmitter is 7/16-20 UNF.
The valve manifolds for M12 screws, including the accessory
sets, have therefore been deleted.

■ Pressure transmitters with shut-off fittings – mounting examples

SITRANS P transmitter for gage pressure with double shut-off valve, SITRANS P pressure transmitter with multiway cock or 3-spindle valve manifold

SITRANS P transmitter for differential pressure with 3-way valve manifold, 3-spindle valve manifold or valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8

2/168 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Technical description

SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure, mounted in pro- SITRANS P pressure transmitter mounted on valve combination
tective box (available on request) "Monoflange" for direct connection to flanges (available on request)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/169

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Multiway cocks PN 100
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

2 Multiway cocks PN 100
Measured medium Water, non-aggres- Aggressive liquids,
sive liquids and gases and vapors
gases
Material P250GH, mat. No.: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2,
1.0460 mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti
Connections Steel, for pipe Stainless steel, for
Ø 12 mm, L series pipe Ø 12 mm, L
series
• Process connection 2 bulkhead glands
• Connection for blow- Pipe union with ferrule
ing out
Max. permissible 200 °C
working temperature
Max. permissible 100 bar (up to max. 60 °C)
working pressure
Weight 2.5 kg
Multiway cock PN 100 for differential pressure transmitters
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
The multiway cock PN 100 can be flanged to pressure transmit- Multiway cock PN 100 7 MF 9 0 0 4 - 777
ters for differential pressure. for flanging to pressure transmitters, weight
2.5 kg (without accessory set)
■ Benefits for water and non-aggressive gases and 1P
• Version available for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors vapors
• Robust design for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 1Q
• Oil-free and grease-free version possible Constructional and acceptance test
• One-hand operation (for pressure housings)
Without certificate A
■ Application With factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
The PN 100 multiway cock is available in versions for aggressive With material acceptance test certificate D
and non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors. EN 10204-3.1.B

■ Design Further designs1) Order code Order No.

Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
The multiway cock can be flanged with four screws to pressure specify Order code.
transmitters for differential pressure.
Accessory set to DIN
The PN 100 has 2 process connections and one blow-out con- (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
nection. A steel version of the multiway cock is available for non-
4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017;
aggressive media, and a stainless steel version for aggressive chromized
media. The housing is forged in one piece. The switching lever 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
is removable. 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
permissible temperature 80 °C
Sealing can be improved during operation.
• Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. • Version for oxygen (together with L15 7MF9004-6AE
Order code S11

■ Function Accessory set to EN

(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to L31 7MF9004-5CC
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines ASME B18.2.1; chromized
2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero permissible temperature 80 °C
Multiway cock in oil-free and
grease-free design
Max. PN 63 (instead of PN 100), S11
BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suit-
able for oxygen measurement (only
with Order No. 7MF9004–1Q.Z)
Mounting bracket
Required for wall mounting or for M13 7MF9004-6AA
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
made of electrogalvanized sheet-
steel, weight 0.85 kg
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock 1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.

2/170 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Multiway cocks PN 100
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

Accessory set for multiway cock PN 100
2
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11 (only for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
(7MF9004-1Q.)): Max. PN 63 (instead of PN 100), BAM-tested
lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel

■ Characteristic curves

Multiway cock for flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pres-

Multiway cock PN 100, permissible operating pressure as a function of sure, dimensions in mm
the permissible operating temperature
40
6
19
90
70

o11

72 24
120 60

Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/171

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Low-pressure multiway cocks
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Low-pressure multiway cock
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters, max. working pressure 25 bar,
max. working temperature 60 °C
(up to 80 °C for a short time), weight 1.75 kg
(without accessory set)
Test connections
2x sealing screws G3/8 7MF9004-4CA
2x quick-release couplings 7MF9004-4DA

Further designs1) Order code Order No.

Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code.
Accessory set to DIN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017;
chromized
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
The low-pressure multiway cock can be flanged to pressure permissible temperature 80 °C
transmitters for differential pressure.
• Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD

■ Benefits • Version for oxygen L15 7MF9004-6AE

• Robust design Accessory set to EN

(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
• For liquids and gases
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch L31 7MF9004-5CC
• One-hand operation to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
■ Design permissible temperature 80 °C
Multiway cock in oil-free and
The multiway cock has 2 process connections and 2 test con- grease-free design
nections, which are available in 2 versions (with sealing screws BAM-tested lubricant, gasket S11
G3/8 or quick-release couplings). The housing is made of hot- suitable for oxygen
pressed brass CuZn39Pb3, CW 614N. Test connections with
sealing screws or with self-sealing quick-release couplings. Mounting bracket
required for wall mounting or for M13 7MF9004-6AA
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the securing on rack (72 mm grid),
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. made of electrogalvanized sheet-
steel, weight 0.85 kg
■ Function 1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero
• Testing the pressure transmitter characteristic
■ Accessories
Accessory set for low-pressure multiway cock
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11: BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel

2/172 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Low-pressure multiway cocks
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Options ■ Characteristic curves

Test connections
2
• 2 sealing screws G3/8
• 2 quick-release couplings

Low-pressure multiway cock, permissible operating pressure as a func-

tion of the permissible operating temperature

■ Dimensional drawings

Low-pressure multiway cock for direct flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm

40
6
19
90
70

o11

72 24
120 60

Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/173

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
2-way valve manifolds DN 5
for pressure gages and pressure transmitters

■ Overview ■ Function
2 The characteristic of the pressure measuring instrument or pres-
sure transmitter can be tested through the test connection.
A pressure gage for local display can be connected to the test
connection.
The two-way valve manifold DN 5 can be used in addition to shut
off and vent the line with the measured medium.

The two-way valve manifold DN 5 is used to shut off and vent the
line with the measured medium, and to test the connected pres-
sure gage or transmitter.

■ Benefits
• Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and
gases
• Two connection versions available
- For flanging to pressure transmitters
- With nipple for connection of pressure gages and pressure
transmitters for pressure
• Max. working pressure 420 bar, with version for oxygen max.
100 bar

■ Application
The 2-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive
and non-aggressive liquids and gases.
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.

■ Design
The 2-way valve manifold DN 5 has 3 connections:
• A process connection (pipe union with ferrule Ø 12 mm)
• A connection for a pressure gage (flange or nipple)
• A test connection (thread G3/8)
The 2-fold valve manifold DN 5 also has an operating valve and
a test valve, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
2-way valve manifold DN 5 for flanging to pressure transmitters
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X6 1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 17 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hard- 1.4122
ened and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -

2/174 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
2-way valve manifolds DN 5
for pressure gages and pressure transmitters
Further designs1)
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code Order No.
2-way valve manifold DN 5 7 MF 9 4 0 1 - 777 Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
for flanging to pressure transmitters, max. specify Order code.
working pressure 420 bar, weight 1.85 kg Valve manifold 100 bar
(order accessory set and mounting plate with
Order code) Suitable for oxygen, only for S12
7MF9401-2F. and 7MF9401-2K.
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 2E
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the 2-way valve
• for aggressive liquids and gases 2F manifold, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
for fitting to pressure gages or pressure trans- 2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160!
mitters for pressure, with nipple connection to
DIN 16284, max. working pressure 420 bar,
weight 1.8 kg (order mounting plate with
■ Accessories
Order code)
Accessory set for 2-way valve manifold DN 5 for flanging
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 2J • A11: 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers,
• for aggressive liquids and gases 2K 1 flat gasket
Constructional and acceptance test • A15 (suitable for oxygen): 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762,
2 washers, 1 flat gasket
without certificate A
• A16: 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers,
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
1 flat gasket (FPM 90)
with material acceptance test certificate D • A31: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.3,
EN 10204-3.1.B
1 flat gasket
Further designs1) Order code Order No. • A34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.3,
1 O-ring (FPM 90)
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code. Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
Accessory set to DIN2) Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
(required for flanging,
weight 0.2 kg) Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
2x screws M10x55 to O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized
2x washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125; Mounting plate
1x gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
• Standard design A11 7MF9001-6AD • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
Scope of delivery:
• Version for oxygen A15 7MF9001-6AE
- 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
2x screws M10x55 to A16 7MF9001-6AF • M12: For pipe mounting
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm Scope of delivery:
to DIN 125; - 1 mounting plate M11
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
- S - FPM90, max. permissble Ø 60.3 mm
420 bar, 120 °C
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging,
• S12: (only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
weight 0.2 kg) and gases): Suitable for oxygen
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x A31 7MF9001-5CC
21/8 inch to ASME B18.3; chromized
1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x A34 7MF9401-5AA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.3; chromized
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65
- S - FPM90, max. permissble
420 bar, 120 °C
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of
electrogalvanized sheet-steel
for wall mounting or for securing M11 7MF9006-6EA
on rack (72 mm grid),
weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
mounting on valve manifold
for pipe mounting, M12 7MF9006-6GA
weight 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/175

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
2-way valve manifolds DN 5
for pressure gages and pressure transmitters

■ Characteristic curves
2
bar
400

300
Operating pressure

200

100

0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature

2-way valve manifold DN 5, permissible working pressure as a function

of the permissible working temperature
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
in mm
■ Dimensional drawings
■ Schematics
100
34 51 59 41 Ø12 B
19,5 2 1 C
B
41,3
65

C
32,5

7
M10, 12 A
A Process connection
72 B Transmitter connection
25 A C Test and blow-out connection
A Process connection,
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, Connection diagram of the 2-way valve manifolds
S series to DIN 2353
B Connection for pressure gauge: flange conn. to DIN EN 61 518, Form A
C Test connection: thread G3/8
1 Operating valve
2 Test valve
Valve design: Internal spindle thread

2-way valve manifold DN 5 for flanging, dimensions in mm

2-way valve manifold DN 5 for connection to pressure gages and pres-

sure transmitters, dimensions in mm

2/176 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Overview ■ Function
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 2
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
• In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

3-way valve manifold DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 0 - 777
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar, weight 2.9 kg (order accessory set
and mounting plate with Order code)
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 1E
• for aggressive liquids and gases 1F
5-way valve manifold DN 5
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
The three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5 are union with ferrule, max. working pressure
used to shut off the differential pressure lines and to check the 420 bar, weight 4.4 kg (order accessory set
transmitter zero. and mounting plate with Order code)
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 3E
In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines. • for aggressive liquids and gases 3F
Constructional and acceptance test
■ Benefits without certificate A
• Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
gases
with material acceptance test certificate D
• Max. working pressure 420 bar, with version for oxygen max. EN 10 204-3.1.B
100 bar
further acceptance conditions by

■ Application
arrangement

The 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds are available in versions

for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases.
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.

■ Design
The process connection of the 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds
is a pipe union with ferrule.
Both valve manifolds have 2 flange connections for connecting
a pressure transmitter.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold has 2 blow-out connec-
tions.
Depending on the version the valve manifold has either 3 or 5
valves, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and
gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat.
No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X6 1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 17 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hardened 1.4122
and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/177

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Accessories
2
Further designs1) Order code Order No.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code. Accessory set for 3-way and 5-way valve manifold DN 5 for
flanging
Accessory set to DIN2)
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 flat gaskets
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014;
chromized • B15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014,
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; 4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• Standard design B11 7MF9010-6AD • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
• Version for oxygen B15 7MF9010-6AE 2 flat gaskets
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC • B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
chromized 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
Accessory set to EN O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
7
4x screws /16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC Mounting plate
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA Scope of delivery:
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized - 1 mounting plate 7MF9006-6EA with bolts for mounting on
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, valve manifold
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar, 120 °C • M12: For pipe mounting
Scope of delivery:
Mounting plate - 1 mounting plate M11
for valve manifold, made of - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
electrogalvanized sheet-steel Ø 60.3 mm
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA
rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for S12: Only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
mounting on valve manifold and gases
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
Valve manifold 100 bar
suitable for oxygen
for 7MF9410-1F. S13
for 7MF9410-3F. S14

1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve

manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160!

2/178 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Characteristic curves
2
bar
400

300
Operating pressure

200

100

0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
■ Dimensional drawings in mm

7
■ Schematics
2,4
51

A A A A
Ø 12
A
B
25

41,3

A Process connection
70
38

M10 B Transmitter connection

54 8 C Vent/test connection
22
72
108 41 B B C B B C
147
Three-way valve Five-way valve
manifold for manifold for liquids
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): liquids and gases and gases or vapors
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection:
Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
Valve design: internal spindle thread 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds, connections

3-way valve manifold DN 5, dimensions in mm

5-way valve manifold DN 5, dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/179

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3-way valve manifold DN 8
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Overview ■ Function
2 The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 performs two functions as stan-
dard:
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
All versions are also available with a test connection, to which a
test device for checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
can be connected.

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

3-way valve manifold DN 8 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 777
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar, (order accessory set and mounting
plate with Order code)
for non-aggressive liquids and gases
procedss connection: Pipe union with ferrule
• without test connection 1B
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 is for pressure transmitters for
differential pressure. It is used to shut off and blow out differential • with test connection 1C
pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero. for non-aggressive liquids and gases
procedss connection: Welding pin Ø 14 x 2.5
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con-
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. • without test connection 2C
• with test connection 2D
■ Benefits for aggressive liquids and gases
• For aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases process connection: Pipe union with ferrule
• The maximum working pressure is 420 bar. • without test connection 1D
• with test connection 1E
■ Application Constructional and acceptance test
The 3-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive without certificate A
and non-aggressive liquids and gases. with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to with material acceptance test certificate D
mounting racks or for pipe mounting. EN 10204-3.1.B

■ Design
further acceptance tests by arrangement

For the process connection on the version for non-aggressive

media it is possible to choose between a pipe union with ferrule
and welding pins.
The version for aggressive media always has a pipe union with
ferrule.
Both versions are available optionally with a test connection
M20x1.5.
The valves have an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and
gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat.
No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X6 1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 17 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hard- 1.4122
ened and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -

2/180 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3-way valve manifold DN 8
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Accessories
2
Further designs1) Order code Order No.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code. Accessory set for 3-way valve manifold DN 8 for flanging
Accessory set to DIN2) • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) 2 flat gaskets
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B11 7MF9010-6AD
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
chromized 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 2 flat gaskets
permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
• B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
chromized
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
7/
4x screws 16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC Mounting plate
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA Scope of delivery:
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, • M12: For pipe mounting
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- Scope of delivery:
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
- 1 mounting plate M11
Mounting plate - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
for valve manifold, made of Ø 60.3 mm
electrogalvanized sheet-steel
for wall mounting or for securing on
rack (72 mm grid),
M11 7MF9006-6EA ■ Characteristic curves
weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: bar
1 mounting plate with bolts for 400
mounting on valve manifold
300
Operating pressure

for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA

Scope of delivery: 200
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
100
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve manifold, Operating temperature
please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160!
3-way valve manifold DN 8, permissible working pressure as a function
of the permissible working temperature

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/181

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3-way valve manifold DN 8
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

2
A A
7

48
C 31,5
Ø12 D D

48
B Three-way valve A Process connection
A

25
manifold for B Transmitter connection

41,3
liquids and gases C Vent/test connection
B B

38
M10

8
54 22
3-way valve manifold DN 8, connections
72 41
108
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection:
Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
C Test connection:
M20x1.5
Valve design: internal spindle thread

3-way valve manifold DN 8 with pipe union, dimensions in mm

7
48

31,5
C
o12
48

A B
25

41,3

50
38
8

M10
54 22
72 41
108
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):
Welding pin, diameter 14x2,5
B Transmitter connection:
Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
C Test connection:
M20x1.5
Valve design: internal spindle thread

3-way valve manifold DN 8 with welding pin, dimensions in mm

Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions

in mm

2/182 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Overview ■ Function
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 2
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the transmitter charac-
teristic can be connected.

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 6 77
vapors
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar, also available in stainless steel on
request (order accessory set with Order code)
• without test connection C
• with test connection M20 × 1.5 D
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 is for pressure trans- Constructional and acceptance test
mitters for differential pressure.
without certificate A
The combination is used to shut off and blow out differential
with factory test certificate EN 10 204–2.2 B
pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero.
with material acceptance test certificate
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con-
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. • EN 10 204-3.1.A C
• EN 10 204-3.1.B D
■ Benefits • EN 10 204-3.1.C E
• Max. working pressure 420 bar further acceptance conditions by
arrangement
■ Application
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 is designed for va- Further designs1) Order code Order No.
pors. Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code.
■ Design Accessory set to DIN2)
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 has a process con- (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
nection with welding pins. 4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9410-6CC
chromized
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
a pipe union with ferrule. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the Flange connection to DIN 19213
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. only permissible up to PN 160!
The optional test connections are M20x1.5. Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
Materials used
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
Valve manifold DN 5 Blow-out valves DN 8 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415 max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V 1.7709
1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination,
57 please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021 2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to 160!
CrMoS 17
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17
hardened
and tem-
pered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure graph- -
ite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/183

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

2 Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for
flanging
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!

■ Characteristic curves
bar
400

300
Operating pressure

1 Valve manifold
200 2 Blow-out connection

1 2
100

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C
Operating temperature

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6C.), dimensions in

mm (deviating dimensions for 7MF9416-6D. shown in brackets)

■ Schematics
A A

D D
Valve manifold A Process connection
combination B Transmitter connection
for vapors C Blow-out connection
C B B C D Test connection

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8, connections

2/184 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Valve manifold combination DN 8
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Overview ■ Function
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 2
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the pressure transmitter
characteristic can be connected.

The valve manifold combination DN 8 is for pressure transmitters

for differential pressure.
It is used to shut off and blow out the differential pressure lines
and to check the pressure transmitter zero.
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con-
nected to check the pressure transmitter characteristic.

■ Benefits
• Max. working pressure 420 bar

■ Application
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is designed for vapors.

■ Design
The valve manifold combination DN 8 has a process connection
with welding pins.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as
a pipe union with ferrule.
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread.
The optional test connection is M20x1.5.
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is supplied with a mount-
ing plate.
Materials used
Valve manifold Blow-out valves
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V 1.7709
57
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
CrMoS 17
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17
hardened
and tem-
pered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure graph- -
ite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/185

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Valve manifold combination DN 8
for differential pressure transmitters

■ Characteristic curves
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 777
vapors bar
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ- 400
ential pressure, with mounting plate, max.
working pressure 420 bar, also available in 300

Operating pressure
stainless steel on request (order accessory 1 Valve manifold
set with Order code) 200 2 Blow-out connection
• without test connection 4C 1 2
100
• with test connection M20 × 1.5 4D
0
Constructional and acceptance test 0 100 200 300 400 500 °C
Operating temperature
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating
temperature
with material acceptance test certificate
• EN 10 204-3.1.A C
■ Dimensional drawings
• EN 10 204-3.1.B D
• EN 10 204-3.1.C E diam. 14
160
further acceptance conditions by 155 2.5
arrangement A A
11
M20x1.5
Further designs1) Order code Order No.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and D

109
specify Order code. 7
2)
Accessory set to DIN
72

(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)

4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC B diam. 12
chromized 41.3
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; 54
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, 38
72 38
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
26 ca. 119
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C 195

351
Flange connection to DIN 19 213
only permissible up to PN 160! diam. 14x2.5
Accessory set to EN 195 525
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized 7
5,5

2x O-rings to DIN 3771,

20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
17

max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C

1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination, 11
please use Order code; otherwise use Order No. 72
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to 160! C C
155 ca. 110

A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):

Welding pin
B Transmitter connection:
■ Accessories Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
C Blow-out connection:
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 14 mm, S series to DIN 2353
Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 8 for C Test connection (only with Order No. 7MF9416-4D.):
flanging M20x1.5
Valve design:
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24 014, 4 washers, Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
2 O-rings (FPM 90) Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
• B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
2 O-rings (FPM 90) Valve manifold combination DN 8, dimensions in mm

Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 ■ Schematics

O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
A A
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!

D D
Valve manifold A Process connection
combination B Transmitter connection
for vapors C Blow-out connection
C B B C D Test connection

Valve manifold combination DN 8, connections

2/186 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Two-, three- and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
for absolute pressure and differential pressure

■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 1 - 777
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters for absolute and differential
pressure, max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code)
• 2-spindle valve manifold 5A
• 3-spindle valve manifold 5B
• 5-spindle valve manifold 5C
Constructional and acceptance test
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204-2.2 B
with material acceptance test certificate D
EN 10 204-3.1.B

Further designs1) Order code Order No.

Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code.
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds are for Accessory set to DIN2)
pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or differential pres- (connection between valve manifold
sure. and pressure transmitter)
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A. K15 7MF9411-7BB
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. 2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
chromized
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold enable in addi- 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
tion venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure 1x gasket made of PTFE,
transmitter characteristic. max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C

■ Benefits
for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B. K16 7MF9411-6BB
and -5C.
• Max. working pressure 420 bar 4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
chromized
• Each available in version for oxygen 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
■ Application max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
Flange connection with M10 screws
The spindle valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and only permissible up to PN 160.
gases Accessory set to EN
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)

■ Design for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A. K35 7MF9411-7DB

2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x
All versions of the valve manifolds have a process connection ½- 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
14 NPT. The connection for the pressure transmitter is always 1x gasket made of PTFE,
designed as a flange connection to EN 61518, form B . The 2- max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition a vent for valve manifold 7MF9411-5B. and K36 7MF9411-5DB
and test connection ¼-18 NPT. -5C.
The valves have an external spindle thread. 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
Materials used 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
Component Material Mat. No.
Mounting plate
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L for valve manifold, made of
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti electrogalvanized sheet-steel
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
Packings PTFE - mounting on valve manifold
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA
■ Function Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
Functions of all valve manifolds: brackets with nuts and washers
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines (for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)

• Checking the pressure transmitter zero

Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/187

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Two-, three- and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
for absolute pressure and differential pressure

Further designs1) ■ Accessories

2
Order code Order No.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code. Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
Valve manifold 100 bar 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
Suitable for oxygen • K15: 2 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24 014, 2 washers,
• for 7MF9411-5A. S12 1 flat gasket
• for 7MF9411-5B. S13
• K35: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
• for 7MF9411-5C. S14
1 flat gasket
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to 160! • K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24 014, 4 washers,
2 flat gaskets
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 flat gaskets
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to
PN 160!
Mounting plate
Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
• M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
• M12: For pipe mounting
Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate M11
- 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
Ø 60.3 mm
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• S12: For 2-way valve manifold
• S13: For 3-way valve manifold
• S13: For 5-way valve manifold

■ Characteristic curves
bar
400

300
Operating pressure

200

100

0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature

Valve manifolds PN 5, permissible working pressure as a function of the

permissible working temperature

2/188 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Two-, three- and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
for absolute pressure and differential pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
2
¼-18 NPT

C B

½-14 NPT
41.3
63.5
55

M10 Ø12 31.75

54
68
182

A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61 518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
Valve design: external spindle thread in mm

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5, dimensions in mm ■ Schematics

48
A A A C A A C

B
½-14 NPT

B B B B B
63.5
41.3
55

A A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
M10 diam. 12 C Blow-out-connection
31.75
38
54
80 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
96
210

A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: flange connection to EN 61 518, form B
Valve design: external spindle thread

3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, dimensions in mm

115
¼-18 NPT
48

C
41.3
63.5

A
55

43
32.5
½-14 NPT

B
M10 Ø12 31.75
38
54
80
96
142
255

A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61 518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/189

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Two-, three- and five-spindle valve manifolds
for installing in protective boxes

■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 for mounting in 7 MF 9 4 1 2 - 777
protective boxes
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for
absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code)
• 2-spindle valve manifold with rotatng sleeve 1B
G½
• 2-spindle valve manifold with flange 1C
connection
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Constructional and acceptance test
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
with material acceptance test certificate D
The two-spindle, three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds EN 10204-3.1.B
are used to shut off the differential pressure lines and to check
the transmitter zero.
The five-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmit- Further designs1) Order code Order No.
ter side and checking of the transmitter characteristic. Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code.
These valve manifolds are preferentially used when mounting in
protective boxes. In addition, they can also be used for wall, Accessory set to DIN
frame or pipe mounting together with the mounting bracket. (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from the for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C.
front when using these valve manifolds.
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F12 7MF9412-6AA
■ Application chromized
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
The valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and vapors 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
and for installing in protective boxes. ble 420 bar, 120 °C2)
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request 2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F15 7MF9412-6BA
chromized
■ Design 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
All versions of the spindle manifolds have a process connection
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and
½-14 NPT. -1E.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed 4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F14 7MF9412-6EA
as a flange connection to EN 61518, Form A. chromized
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
The valves have an external spindle thread. ble 420 bar, 120 °C2)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F16 7MF9412-6FA
Materials used chromized
Components Material Mat. No. 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316
Packings PTFE -

■ Functions
Functions of all valve manifolds:
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic

2/190 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Two-, three- and five-spindle valve manifolds
for installing in protective boxes
Further designs1) ■ Accessories
2
Order code Order No.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code. Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds (Con-
Accessory set to EN nection between manifold and transmitter)
(connection between valve manifold 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with flange connection
and pressure transmitter)
• F12: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24 014, 2 washers,
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C. 1 O-ring (FPM90)
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 2 inch to F32 7MF9412-6CA • F15: 2 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24 014, 2 washers,
ASME B18.2.1; chromized 1 flat gasket
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, • F32: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C 1 O Ring (FPM90)
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F35 7MF9412-6DA • F35: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized 1 flat-gasket
1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2) 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and
• F14: 4 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24 014, 4 washers,
-1E. 2 O-rings (FPM90)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F34 7MF9412-6GA • F16: 4 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24 014, 4 washers,
2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized 2 flat-gaskets
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, • F34: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, 2 O-rings (FPM90)
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C2)
• F36: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F36 7MF9412-6HA 2 flat-gaskets
2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Washers Ø 10,5 to DIN 125
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
Flat-gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
Mounting bracket
required for wall mounting or for O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2,65 - S - FPM90; max.420 bar, 120 °C
securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold Note:
Flanschverbindung mit Schrauben M10 nur bis PN 160 zulässig!
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. M14 7MF9006-6LA
and -1C. Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA
mounting rack
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA With bolds for mounting on valve manifold
Mounting clip • M14: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA • M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
pipe • M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
Valve manifold 100 bar
suitable for oxygen
Mounting clips (2 off)
• M16: For securing the mounting brackets M14, M17 and M18
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. S12
and -1C. to pipe
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. S13 Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. S14 • S12: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• S13: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No. • S14: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
■ Characteristic curves
bar
400

300
Operating pressure

420 bar at 120 °C

200 350 bar at 200 °C
100

0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/191

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Two-, three- and five-spindle valve manifolds
for installing in protective boxes

■ Dimensional drawings
2
54

12

41.3
115
80
M8 B

38

10
½NPT M8
A 38
88.9

A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection EN 61 518, form A
Valve design: external spindle thread

3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, dimensions in mm

54
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with rotating sleeve, dimensions in mm

41.3
ca. 157

70
12
15
Ø 12

115

M8

C
B

10
41.3

¼-18 NPT ½-14 NPT M8

38
A 87
114
115

ca. 228

B
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT
80

C B Transmitter connection:
M8 A Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
C Vent / test conenction: ¼-18 NPT
38

Valve design: external spindle thread

10

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, dimensions in mm

¼-18 NPT ½-14 NPT
M8

A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection:
Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5, dimensions in mm

2/192 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Two-, three- and five-spindle valve manifolds
for installing in protective boxes

12
R2.5

R10
+1 M8

R5
12
100
72

72
R2
72

0
8

8
2.5
4x Ø11 55 72
R5

100 60,3
110 155

180
180

26 9
17

19
R4.5
Ø16 Ø26
38
76
31.5

Ø9
6.5
24

19

26.6
31.6
6.35
57.6 Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,
77.1 dimensions in mm
110

Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6LA)/(M14) for 2-spindle valve manifolds,

■ Schematics
dimensions in mm
B

C A Process connection
B Connection for pressure gauge or trans-
mitter for pressure or absolute pressure
C Vent/test connection
A
72

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (with rotating sleeve G½ or flange connec-

tion), connections
8

72
A A
60,3
110
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection

B B
180

26 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections

C A A C
19

38
76
A Process connection
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds, B Transmitter connection
dimensions in mm C Vent/test connection

B B

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/193

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
for vertical differential pressure lines

■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Valve manifolds for vertical differential 7 MF 9 4 1 3 - 777
pressure lines
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for abso-
lute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code)
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Constructional and acceptance test
Without certificate A
With factory test certificate EN 10204-2.2 B
With material acceptance test certificate D
EN 10204-3.1.B

Further designs1) Order code Order No.

Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
These 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds were developed specify Order code.
specially for vertical differential pressure lines. Accessory set to DIN2)
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure (connection between valve manifold
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. and pressure transmitter)

The 5-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmitter 4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB
chromized
side and checking of the pressure transmitter characteristic. 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
■ Benefits max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
Flange connection with M10 screws
• For vertical differential pressure lines only permissible up to PN 160.
• Max. operating pressure 420 bar Accessory set to EN
• Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from (connection between valve manifold
the front. and pressure transmitter)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
■ Application 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
chromized
The 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical differen- 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
tial pressure lines are for liquids and gases. The valve manifolds max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
are flanged on the pressure transmitter. Mounting bracket
required for wall mounting or for
■ Design securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold
All versions of the spindle valve manifolds have a process con- • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA
nection ½-14 NPT.
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed
required for mounting on 2" stand-
as a flange connection to EN 61 518, form B . pipe, with bolts for mounting on
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition valve manifold
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M19 7MF9006-6QA
Materials used: Mounting clip
Component Material Mat. No. 2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA
pipe
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L
Valve manifold 100 bar
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
suitable for oxygen
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. S13
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. S14
Packings PTFE -
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
■ Function 2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to 160!

Functions of all valve manifolds:

• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic

2/194 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
for vertical differential pressure lines

■ Accessories
Accessory set (connection between manifold and transmit-
2

40
54 Ø12
ter)
• K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24 014, 4 washers, 2 flat

41,3
gaskets

76,2
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1, 2 flat

55
47
gaskets
B
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 M8 ½-NPT
¼-NPT 38
76 C
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C 31,75
115 A
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to 134
PN 160! 242

Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to

mounting rack 5-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, dimen-
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold sions in mm
• M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold
• M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold
Mounting bracket for mounting on 2" standpipe
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold

72
• M19: For 3-spindle valve manifold

8
Mounting clips (2 off)
72
For securing the mounting brackets M17, M18 and M19 to pipe 60,3
110
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• For 3-spindle valve manifold
• For 5-spindle valve manifold

■ Characteristic curves 180

26
bar
19

400
38
76
300
Operating pressure

420 bar at 120 °C Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,
200 350 bar at 200 °C dimensions in mm
100

0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature
72

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature
8

72
■ Dimensional drawings 60,3
155

54 Ø12
180
41,3
55

26 9
76,2

17
19
47

38
M8 38 1/2NPT 76
B
76 31,75
89 A
197
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,
dimensions in mm
3-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, dimen-
sions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/195

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
for vertical differential pressure lines

5
100
72
8

72
76
9
50

19
16

26
38
92

Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6QA)/(M19) for 3-spindle and 5-spindle

valve manifolds, dimensions in mm

■ Schematics
A A

A Process connection
B Transmitter connection

B B

3-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions

A A
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
C Vent/test connection
1/4-18 NPT
C C
B B

5-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions

2/196 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Oval flange for absolute pressure
and differential pressure transmitters

■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Oval flange
with female thread ½-14 NPT, max. working
pressure 420 bar, flange connection to
DIN EN 61 518, form A
Material
P250GH, mat. No.: 1.0460 7MF9408-2CE
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2, mat. No. 1.4404/316L 7MF9408-2CL

Further designs Order code Order No.

Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code.
Accessory set to DIN1)
2x screws M10x40 to E13 7MF9408-6AA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C2)
The oval flange for pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 2x screws M10x40 to E16 7MF9408-6BA
and differential pressure has a ½-14 NPT female thread and is DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized
designed for max. operating pressure 400 bar. 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
■ Accessories Accessory set to EN1)
• E13: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers,
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E36 7MF9408-5DA
1 O-ring (FPM 90) 1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3;
• E34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.3, chromized
1 O-ring (FPM 90) 1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
• E16: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN ISO 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E34 7MF9408-5CA
1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3;
• E36: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.2.1, chromized
1 flat gasket 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
1) When ordering accessory set together with the oval flange, please
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
■ Dimensional drawings

Oval flange, dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/197

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Shut-off valves for pressure gages
and pressure transmitters

■ Overview
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16 270
without test collar, connection shank
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar 7MF9401-7AA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-7AB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-7AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16 271
with test collar, connection shank
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar 7MF9401-7BA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-7BB
Transmitter for pressure with double shut-off valve (mat. No. 1.0460)
The shut-off valves for pressure gages are used to shut off the X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-7BC
line of the measured medium when dealing with aggressive and (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids. Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16 270
without test collar, 24° pipe union with ferrule
■ Design Material Maximum permissible
A water trap must be connected upstream of the shut-off valve Valve housing working pressure
in the case of temperatures of the medium above 120 °C. The P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-8AB
shut-off valves form B have a shaft with which they can be se- (mat. No. 1.0460)
cured on an instrument bracket. An adapter is therefore not re- X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-8AC
quired to secure these valves. The vent/test connection can be (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
shut off separately with the double shut-off valves DN 5. This per-
mits checking of the zero on the pressure gage. In addition, the Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16 271
characteristic of the pressure gage can be checked using an ex- without test collar, 24° pipe union with ferrule
ternal pressure source.
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-8BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-8BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16 272
with test collar, connection shank
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar 7MF9401-7DA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-7DB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-7DC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16 272
with test collar, 24° pipe union with ferrule
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-8DB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-8DC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)

2/198 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Shut-off valves for pressure gages
and pressure transmitters

■ Characteristic curves
2
bar
400
Steel or stainless
steel version
300
Operating pressure

400 bar at 120 °C

350 bar at 200 °C
200
Brass version
100 250 bar at 120 °C
200 bar at 200 °C
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature

■ Dimensional drawings
A
18

diam. 26
h11
28

63
120 ±
5

B C
20
20

diam. 6
34
20

A Connection on device side: to DIN 16 284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule 12 mm diam.,
S series, to DIN 2353, SW 24
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20x1,5

Shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm

ca. 90 ca. 85
A
18

diam. 26
h11
28
120 ±
5

63

SW 27
B
20
20

diam. 6
C
45
20

A Connection on device side: to DIN 16 284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule 12 mm diam.,
S series, to DIN 2353, SW 24
D Connection on test collar (with protective cap): thread M20x1,5

Double shut-off valve, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/199

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Double shut-off valves
for pressure gages and pressure transmitters

■ Overview
2 The double shut-off valves DN 5 are suitable for pressure gages
ca. 118
25.5 A 17
31.75

and pressure transmitters and available in 4 versions:

63.5
• Sleeve-collar

50
33
• Sleeve-sleeve C diam. 6.4
• Sleeve-nipple 12 31 B 7
• Collar-collar 60 ca. 90
A Connection on device side: ½-14 NPT
■ Characteristic curves B
C
Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT

bar Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve), dimensions in mm

400

300 18.5
Operating pressure

18
200 420 bar at 120 °C diam. 7
350 bar at 200 °C 6
ca. 58 25.5
100

100.5

17
0

63.5
0 100 200 300 400 °C

50
Operating temperature

33
C

7
diam.
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating 31 B 31.75 6.4
temperature 12 60 ca. 90
ca. 118

A Connection on device side: nipple to DIN 16 284, G½, SW 27

Selection and Ordering data Order No. B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
Double shut-off valves DN 5 C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT

Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2 (mat. No.

1.4404/316L), max. permissible working Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-nipple), dimensions in mm
pressure 420 bar;
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-4DA
• Sleeve-nipple connection 7MF9011-4EA
• Sleeve-collar 7MF9011-4FA ~137

FD
• Collar-collar 7MF9011-4GA 

■ Dimensional drawings


137
137

FD
½-14 NPT
B C
¼-18 NPT

A

C
110





A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT

B B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT

A Connection on device side: ½-14 NPT Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-collar), dimensions in mm
B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-collar), dimensions in mm

2/200 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Mounting set, instrument bracket

■ Overview ■ Overview
The mounting set is suitable for the double shut-off valves The instrument brackets are needed to mount the following units:
2
7MF9011-4.A and for wall, rack and pipe mounting. • Pressure gages with threaded connection at the bottom
Selection and Ordering data Order No. • Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
Mounting set for shut-off valves (7MF9401-7.. and 7MF9401-8..)
• 7MF9011-4DA und -4EA 7MF9011-8AB Selection and Ordering data Order No.
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form H, DIN 16 281
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x40, made of aluminium alloy, painted black, for
1x mounting clip, wall mounting, screw-type bracket cover
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; • Projection length 60 mm M56340-A0046
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24 032 • Projection length 100 mm M56340-A0047
• 7MF9011-4FA und -4GA 7MF9011-8AC Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16 281
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and M56340-A0053
1x mounting bracket, primed for mounting on a wall or rack or or on
2x hexagon screws M6x10, a sectional rail (horizontal/vertical);
1x mounting clip, Screw-type bracket cover
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125;
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24 032 Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16 281
made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and M56340-A0079
■ Dimensional drawings primed with pipe clamp for mouting on a pipe
(horizotal/vertical)
Screw-type bracket cover

■ Dimensional drawings








 (60)
65 100
(160)

6: 10

18

28

š 
 56
5


o7 o26
h11

Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AB) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4DA and

7MF9011-4EA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm Instrument bracket form H, for wall mounting, dimensions in mm

72 100
10
65
1
o1

3
72

28
o6
<_

M8
90
72

85
25

SW10 34
hex. 10
91
11 o26
50 85 h11
72 Ø60.3 100
90
R30

Instrument bracket form A, wall or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm

6.5

Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AC) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4FA and

7MF9011-4GA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm

Modification 01/2006 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/201

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Adapters, connection glands

■ Overview ■ Overview
2 Adapters enable e.g. a transition from medium connections with Connection glands to connect medium or differential pressure
NPT thread to shut-off valves to DIN 16270 ... 16272 or pipes in lines to collars G½ to DIN EN 837-1
conjunction with a connection gland (e.g. 7MF9008). • For rated pressures up to PN 630

■ Design • For oxygen only up to PN 250

The connection pieces are made of X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2, mat.

No. 1.4571 and available in 3 versions Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Connection screwed gland
• Thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1 for pipelines
• Thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1 (weight 0.2 kg)
• Thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT Material Design
11SMn30 Standard 7MF9008-1GA
(mat. No. 1.0715)
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Adapter X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Standard 7MF9008-1GB
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
(weight 0.2 kg)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Grease-free 7MF9008-1GC
with thread ¼-18 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1AA (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
with thread ½-14 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1CA
with thread ½-14 NPT – ½-14 NPT 7MF9001-1DA
■ Dimensional drawings
■ Dimensional drawings

Connection piece with thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½, di- Connection gland, dimensions in mm
mensions in mm

Connection piece with thread ½--14 NPT and connection shank G½, di-
mensions in mm

Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT, dimen-
sions in mm

2/202 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Connection parts G 1/2

■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

Connection parts G½ for pressure gages and shut-off fittings are
2
available in 3 versions: Ø7

• Nipple connection

16
30
• Clamping sleeve

48
• Collar connection piece SW 27

Ø 12
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Adapters G½ Nipple connection, dimensions in mm
for pressure gages and shut-off fittings
Nipple connection
G½ to DIN 16 284 (union nut with nipple and
gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar;
weight 0.1 kg;
connection: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread G½
Clamping sleeve, dimensions in mm
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW 614N M56340-A0001
Union nut M56340-A0002
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715
Nipple:
RSt 37-2 1.0037
Union nut M56340-A0003
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305
Nipple:
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti Collar connection piece, dimensions in mm
Clamping sleeve
G½ to DIN 16 283; max. working pressure
400 bar; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread: G½ right-hand G½ left-hand
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0004
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0005
Collar-adapter
max. working pressure; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Male thread: G½, G½
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0006
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0007

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/203

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Water traps

■ Overview
2 Water traps protect pressure gages and shut-off fittings from
heating up (e.g. by steam) by the water column produced by the
water trap.
The max. working temperature is 120 °C at 160 bar or 400 °C at
104 bar. If the temperature of the measured medium is higher, a
sufficiently long line has to be connected upstream of the trap to
enable heat dissipation.

■ Design
The water traps are available in U shape (type B) or circular
shape (type D) to DIN 16282. They have a weld-on end
Ø 20 mm × 2.6 mm on the measurement side. The connection
on the device side is a clamping sleeve G½ to DIN 16283.
The water traps are made of steel (P250GH) or stainless steel
(X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2)
Water traps are designed as standard for max. operating tem-
perature 120 °C at max. operating pressure 160 bar (400 °C at
104 bar). Water traps for higher operating pressures and tem-
peratures are available on request.

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Water traps
for pressure gages and pressure transmitters,
max. working temperature 120 °C,
max. working pressure 160 bar (or 400 °C
and 104 bar), weight 0.7 kg
Water trap B to DIN 16 282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0043
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0061
Water trap D to DIN 16 282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0045
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0063

■ Dimensional drawings

Water traps, type B, dimensions in mm

Water traps, type D, dimensions in mm

2/204 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Primary shut-off valves

■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

Primary shut-off valves are available in the following versions:
2
• For non-corrosive liquids, gases and vapors
Ø80
• For corrosive liquids and gases
• Grease-free for oxygen
The shut-off valves are available in various materials and with
various connections (see Selection and Ordering data)

95
■ Characteristic curves
bar

Ø11,2

Ø11,2
500

400
G½ G½
22 22
90
300

B C D E Shut-off valve 7MF9017–1A., dimensions in mm

200
Operating pressure

A
Ø80
100

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Operating temperature

95
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1..

Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1.., permissible working pressure as a function

of the permissible working temperature
Ø11,2

Ø11,2
bar bar
500 500 G½
22 M20x1,5
90
400 400

Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1B. and -2B., dimensions in mm

300 300
K
G H
200 200 Ø80

F
Operating pressure

J
100 100

0 0
95

0 100 200 300 400 °C 0 100 200 °C

Operating temperature
Ø12 (Ø14)

Ø12 (Ø14)

Shut-off valve 7MF9017-2.. Shut-off valve 7MF9017-3..

Shut-off valve 7MF9017-2.. and -3.., permissible working pressure as a

function of the permissible working temperature
M20x1,5 90 M20x1,5
(M22x1,5) (M22x1,5)

Shut-off valves 7MF9017-1C., -1D. and -2C., dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/205

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Primary shut-off valves

2 Ø120

141
2,5
b

Ø14
Øa

5 4,5
65
130

ØAxb 7MF9017-
14 mm x 2.5 mm 1F. and 1G.
21.3 mm x 6.3 mm 1H. and 2H.
24 mm x 7.1 mm 1J., 1K. and 2J.
Shut-off valves 7MF9017- , dimensions in mm

Selection and Ordering data

Primary shut-off valves
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Spindle Connections Approx. Order No.
working teristic1) thread weight kg
pressure
Shut-off valve for non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 7 MF 9 0 1 7 - 1 77
160 bar A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 A
160 bar A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
DIN 19 207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 D
for pipe ∅ 14 mm, S series
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 F
500 bar E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 G
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar E 10 CrMo 9 10 1.7380 External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 K
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Shut-off valve for aggressive liquids and gases 7 MF 9 0 1 7 - 2 77
160 bar F X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
316Ti DIN 19 207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar G X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
316Ti for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
316Ti and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
400 bar H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
316Ti and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Constructional and acceptance test for pressure housing2)
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
with material acceptance test certificate
• EN 10204-3.1 A C
• EN 10204-3.1 B D
• EN 10204-3.1 C E
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
2) Further acceptance conditions by arrangement

2/206 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Compensation vessels

■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

The compensation vessels prevent the level difference which oc-
2
curs with pressure changes in the pressure lines and which fal- 100
sifies the measurement.
9
According to DIN 19211, the temperature in the compensation 88,
vessel must be assumed to be 50 K less than the steam temper- I
ature in the pipe when calculating the wall thicknesses. This is
because the temperature in the compensation vessel during op-
eration can only rise up to the saturated steam temperature.

100
A material acceptance test certificate A to EN 10204-3.1 is avail-
able for the materials from which the compensation vessels are
made.

■ Characteristic curves O

O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)

bar I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)
500
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-1.., dimensions in mm
400
E
ca. 110
D 65
300
C
I

58 1)
200 B

35 1)
Operating pressure

A
100 O

I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)

0 O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)
1) 30 mm longer with 7MF9015-5A.
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Operating temperature
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-5.., dimensions in mm
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating
temperature

Selection and Ordering data

Compensation vessel
Max. Characteristic1) Material Mat. No. Connections Approx. Approx. Order No.
working Input Output contents weight
pressure cm³ kg
7 MF 9 0 1 5 - 777
160 bar A 16 Mo 3 1.5415
Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 250 0.8 1A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
250 bar B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 0.8 1B
∅ 21 mm × 6.3 mm ∅ 21 mm × 6.3 mm
250 bar B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 1 1C
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
250 bar C 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 1 1D
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
250 bar B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 0.7 1E
∅ 33.7 mm × 4.5 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
160 bar A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 20 1.6 5A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5B
∅ 21 mm × 6.3 mm ∅ 21 mm × 6.3 mm
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5C
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5D
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
Constructional and acceptance test for pressure housing2)
without certificate A
with factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 B
with material acceptance test certificate
• EN 10204-3.1 A C
• EN 10204-3.1 B D
• EN 10204-3.1 C E
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
2) Further acceptance conditions by arrangement

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 2/207

 SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Fittings
Connection parts

■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

2 Connection parts are available in the following versions:
• Threaded flange pair G½ with stainless steel gasket
• Nipple G½ form V to DIN 19207
• Union nut G½ made of C 35 to DIN 16284
• Gasket B½ (grooved) to DIN 19207
All connection parts are also available grease-free for oxygen.

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Threaded flange pair G½
• with stainless steel gasket 7MF9007-4CA
• grease-free for oxygen, with stainless steel gasket 7MF9007-4DA
Scope of delivery:
2x threaded flanges G½ to DIN 19207; material: Threaded flange, dimensions in mm
P250GH (mat. No. 1.0460)
4x hexagon screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181)
4x hexagon screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24032
1x gasket G½ (7MF9007-6BA) grooved,
to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Nipple G½, dimensions in mm
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4CA!
1x gasket G½ (7MF9k007-6CA), grease-free for
oxygen, grooved, to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4DA! Union nut G½, dimensions in mm
Nipple G½
to DIN 19207
• Material: 16 Mo 3 (mat. No. 1.5415) 7MF9007-4KA
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4LA
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Gasket, dimensions in mm
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Union nut G½
to DIN 16 284 7
• Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 7MF9007-4MA
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4MA
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Gasket G½
to DIN 19207, grooved
• Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 7MF9007-6BA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-6CA
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)

2/208 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

SITRANS T
measuring instruments
for temperature

3/2 Product overview

3/5 SITRANS TW
universal transmitters
3/5 Four-wire system for rail mounting

3/17 SITRANS T transmitters

for mounting in sensor head
3/17 SITRANS T3K PA (PROFIBUS)
3/22 SITRANS TK-L, two-wire system
3/25 SITRANS TK/TK-H, two-wire system

3/29 SITRANS T transmitters

for field mounting
3/29 SITRANS TF, two-wire system,
also as field indicators
3/34 SITRANS TF2

3/37 Resistance thermometers

3/37 Technical description
3/39 Protective tubes
3/41 Temperature transmitters for mounting
in the connection head
3/42 Questionnaire for temperature sensors
Resistance thermometers
3/43 - for flue gas
3/44 - low-pressure screw-in
3/46 - high-pressure screw-in
3/47 - high-pressure welding-type
3/48 - flange-type
3/50 - for damp rooms
3/51 Accessories

3/56 Thermocouples
3/56 Technical description
3/41 Temperature transmitters for mounting
in the connection head
3/61 Questionnaire for temperature sensors
3/62 Straight thermocouples
3/65 Jacket thermocouples
Accessories
3/69 - Cold junction
3/70 - Cold junction thermostat

3/72 Resistance thermometers for

food, pharmaceuticals and
biotechnology
3/72 - for installation in pipelines
3/75 - with clamp-on system
You can download all instructions, cata-
logs and certificates for SITRANS T free
of charge at the following Internet
address:
www.siemens.com/sitranst

Siemens FI 01 · 2006
 Measuring instruments for temperature SITRANS T

Product overview

■ Overview
Application Mounting of transmitter with Page Software for
Ex protection parameterization
Four-wire system
Transmitter Sensor SIMATIC PDM
SITRANS TW
3
Safe area Zone 1, 3/5
Transmitters for connection to zone 0,
resistance thermometers, resis- zone 21,
tance-based sensors, thermocou- zone 20
ples, DC voltages and DC currents
for:
• Rail mounting

Two-wire system
SITRANS TK-L Zone 2, Zone 2, 3/22 SIPROM TK
Transmitters for Pt100 zone 1 zone 1,
zone 0
• Mounting in sensor head

SITRANS TK/TK-H Zone 2, Zone 2, 3/25 SIPROM TK for

Transmitters for connection to zone 1 zone 1, SITRANS TK,
resistance thermometers, resis- zone 0 SIMATIC PDM for
tance-based sensors, thermocou- SITRANS TK-H
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
• Mounting in sensor head

SITRANS TF Zone 2, Zone 2, 3/29 Depends on mounted transmit-

Transmitters for connection to zone 1 Zone 1, ter TK/TK-H
resistance thermometers, resis- Zone 0
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
• In field housing for heavy industri-
al use

SITRANS TF2 - - 3/34 Local programming using keys

• Transmitter with LCD display and
mounted Pt100

PROFIBUS PA system
SITRANS T3K PA Zone 1 Zone 1, 3/17 SIMATIC PDM
Transmitters for connection to Zone 0
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
• Mounting in sensor head

3/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2006 Modification 01/2006

 Measuring instruments for temperature SITRANS T

Product overview

Device Largest measuring range Page

Resistance thermometers
Temperature transmitters factory-installed in 3/41
connection head of a resistance thermome-
ter (selection list)
• SITRANS T3K PA

3
• SITRANS TK/TK-H
• SITRANS TK-L

Flue gas resistance thermometers -50 ... +600 °C (-58 ... +1112 °F) 3/43

Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermom- 3/44

eters
• Without neck tube -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
• With neck tube -50 ... +600 °C (-58 ... +1112 °F)

High-pressure screw-in resistance thermom- -50 ... +600 °C (-58 ... +1112 °F) 3/46
eters

High-pressure welding-type resistance ther- -50 ... 550 °C (-58 ... +1022 °F) 3/47
mometers

Flange-type resistance thermometers -50 ... +600 °C (-58 ... +1112 °F) 3/48

Resistance thermometers for damp rooms -30 ... +60 °C (-22 ... +140 °F) 3/50

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/3

 Measuring instruments for temperature SITRANS T

Product overview
Device Largest measuring range Page
Thermocouples
Temperature transmitters factory-installed in 3/60
connection head of a thermocouple (selec-
tion list)
• SITRANS T3K PA
• SITRANS TK/TK-H

3
Straight thermocouples 0 ... 1250 °C (32 ... 2282 °F) 3/62

Jacket thermocouples with extension lead 0 ... 1100 °C (32 ... 2012 °F) 3/65

Jacket thermocouples with connection 0 ... 1100 °C (32 ... 2012 °F) 3/66
head, form B

Jacket thermocouples with socket 0 ... 1100 °C (32 ... 2012 °F) 3/67

Cold junction/cold junction thermostat

Cold junction with built-in power supply unit Reference temperature 3/69
0 or 20 °C (32 ... 68 °F)

Cold junction thermostat Reference temperature

• For max. 6 or 12 measuring points 50, 60 ... 70 °C 3/70
(122, 144 ... 158 °F)
• For max. 12 or 24 measuring points 50, 60 or 70 °C 3/71
(122, 144 or 158 °F)

Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Resistance thermometers - 50 ... + 400 °C 3/72
• For installation in pipelines and tanks (-58 ... +752 °F)
• For temperature measurements with hy-
gienic requirements

Resistance thermometers with clamp-on - 20 ... + 200 °C 3/75

system (-4 ... + 392 °F)
The temperature sensors with pipe sleeve
are primarily used for temperature monitor-
ing in sterile applications in the food and
pharmaceutical industries.

3/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

■ Overview • Temperature-linear characteristic can be selected for all tem-

perature sensors
• Automatic correction of zero and span
• Monitoring of sensor and cable for open-circuit and short-cir-
cuit
• Sensor fault and/or limit can be output via an optional sensor
fault/limit monitor
• Hardware write protection for HART communication
• Diagnostic functions
3
• Slave pointer functions
Mode of operation

TC

RTD 9

The user-friendly transmitters for the control room
The SITRANS TW universal transmitter is a further development
of the service-proven SITRANS T for the 4-wire system in a
mounting rail housing. With numerous new functions it sets new
standards for temperature transmitters.
With its diagnostics and simulation functions the SITRANS TW
provides the necessary insight during commissioning and oper-
ation. And using its HART interface the SITRANS TW can be
conveniently adapted with SIMATIC PDM to every measurement
task.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-in-
trinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.
■ Application
The SITRANS TW transmitter is a four-wire rail-mounted device
with a universal input circuit for connection to the following sen-
sors and signal sources:
• Resistance thermometers
• Thermocouple elements
• Resistance-based sensors/potentiometers
• mV sensors
• As special version:
- V sources
- Current sources
The 4-wire rail-mounted SITRANS TW transmitter wire is de-
signed for control room installation. It must not be mounted in po-
tentially explosive atmospheres.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-in-
trinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.
8
4 10
HART modem/
D communicator
A 5
µC Output
11
U or I
D A
1 2 6 12
A Current test
0/4 ... 20 mA
Power
EEPROM supply 13
UH
3 unit
7
The signal output by a resistance-based sensor (two-wire, three-
wire, four-wire system), voltage source, current source or ther-
mocouple is converted by the analog-to-digital converter
(1, function diagram) into a digital signal. This is evaluated in the
microcontroller (2), corrected according to the sensor character-
istic, and converted by the digital-to-analog converter (6) into an
output current (0/4 to 20 mA) or output voltage (0/2 to 10 V). The
sensor characteristics as well as the electronics data and the
data for the transmitter parameters are stored in the non-volatile
memory (3).
AC or DC voltages can be used as the power supply (13). Any
terminal connections are possible for the power supply as a re-
sult of the bridge rectifier in the power supply unit. The PE con-
ductor is required for safety reasons.
A HART modem or a HART communicator permit parameteriza-
tion of the transmitter using a protocol according to the HART
specification. The transmitter can be directly parameterized at
the point of measurement via the HART output terminals (10).
The operation indicator (4) identifies a fault-free or faulty operat-
ing state of the transmitter. The limit monitor (9) enables the sig-
naling of sensor faults and/or limit violations. In the case of a cur-
rent output, the current can be checked on a meter connected
to test socket (12).

■ Function Diagnosis and simulation functions

The SITRANS TW comes with extensive diagnosis and simula-
Features tion functions.
• Transmitter in four-wire system with HART interface Physical values can be defined with the simulation function. It is
• Housing can be mounted on 35 mm rail or 32 mm G rail thus possible to check the complete signal path from the sensor
• Screw plug connector input to inside the control system without additional equipment.
The slave pointer functions are used to record the minimum and
• All circuits electrically isolated maximum of the plant’s process variable.
• Output signal: 0/4 to 20 mA or 0/2 to 10 V
• Power supplies: 115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC
• Explosion protection [EEx ia] or [EEx ib] for measurements
with sensors in the hazardous area
• Temperature-linear characteristic for all temperature sensors

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/5

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

■ Integration ■ Technical specifications

System configuration Input
Selectable filters to suppress the 50 Hz, 60 Hz, also 10 Hz for spe-
line frequency cial applications (line frequency
filter is similar with measuring fre-
SIMATIC S7-400 quency)

3
Resistance thermometer

SIMATIC PDM
Measured variable Temperature
ET 200M Measured range Parameterizable
Control system
Measured span Min. 25 °C (45 °F) x 1/scaling fac-
UH or tor
A Sensor type
4...20 mA Load
SITRANS TW • DIN IEC 751 Pt100 (DIN IEC 751)
transmitter
• Acc. to JIS C 1604-81 Pt100 (JIS C1604-81)
• Acc. to DIN 43760 Ni100 (DIN 43760)
PC/laptop with
HART HART SIMATIC PDM
communi- modem • Special type (RRTD ≤ 500 Ω) Multiples or parts of the defined
cator or characteristic values can be
RS-232-C parameterized (e.g. Pt500, Ni120)
Voltage measurement Temperature-linear, resistance-lin-
Possible system configurations ear or customer-specific
The SITRANS TW transmitter as a four-wire rail-mounted device Type of connection • Normal connection
can be used in a number of system configurations: as a stand- • Sum or parallel connection
alone version or as part of a complex system environment, e.g. • Mean-value or differential con-
with SIMATIC S7. All device functions are available via HART nection
communication.
Connection 2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Communication options through the HART interface: Measuring range limits Depending on type of connected
• HART communicator thermometer (defined range of
resistance thermometer)
• HART modem connected to PC/laptop on which the appropri-
ate software is available, e.g. SIMATIC PDM Sensor breakage monitoring Monitoring of all connections for
open-circuit (function can be
• HART-compatible control system (e.g. SIMATIC S7-400 with switched off)
ET 200M)
Sensor short-circuit monitoring Parameterizable response thresh-
old (function can be switched off)
Resistance-based sensors, potenti-
ometers
Measured variable Ohmic impedance
Measured range Parameterizable
Measured span Min. 10 Ω
Voltage measurement Resistance-linear or customer-
specific
Type of connection • Normal connection
• Differential connection
• Mean-value connection
Connection 2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Input range 0 ... 6000 Ω;
with mean-value and difference
circuits: 0 ... 3000 Ω;
Sensor breakage monitoring Monitoring of all connections for
open-circuit (function can be
switched off)
Sensor short-circuit monitoring Parameterizable response thresh-
old (function can be switched off)

3/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Thermocouple elements
Measured variable
Measured range
Measured span
Measuring range limits
Thermocouple
Voltage measurement
Type of connection
Cold junction compensation
Sensor breakage monitoring
mV sensors
Measured variable
Measured range
Measured span
Input range
Voltage measurement
Overload capacity of inputs
Input resistance
Sensor current
Sensor breakage monitoring
V sources
Measured variable
Measured range
Voltage measurement
Input range/min. span
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx1 or
7NG3242-xxxx 0 with U/I plug
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx2
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx3
Sensor breakage monitoring
Temperature
Parameterizable
Min. 50 °C (32.22 °F) x 1/scaling
factor
Depend. on type of thermocouple
element
Type B: Pt30%Rh/Pt6%Rh
(DIN IEC 584)
Type C W5%-Re (ASTM 988)
Type D W3%-Re (ASTM 988)
Type E: NiCr/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type J: Fe/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type K: NiCr/Ni (DIN IEC 584)
Type L Fe-CuNi (DIN 43710)
Type N: NiCrSi-NiSi (DIN IEC 584)
Type R: Pt13%Rh/Pt
(DIN IEC 584)
Type S: Pt10%Rh/Pt
(DIN IEC 584)
Type T: Cu/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type U: Cu/CuNi (DIN 43710)
Special type
(-10 mV ≤ UTC ≤ 100 mV)
Temperature-linear, voltage-linear
or customer-specific
• Normal connection
• Sum connection
• Mean-value connection
• Differential connection
None, internal measurement,
external measurement or pre-
defined fixed value
Function can be switched off
DC voltage
Parameterizable
Min. 4 mV
-120 ... +1000 mV
Voltage-linear or customer-spe-
cific
Max. ± 3.5 V
≥ 1 MΩ
Approx. 180 µA
Function can be switched off
DC voltage
Parameterizable
Voltage-linear or customer-spe-
cific
-1.2 V ... +10 V/0.04 V
-12 V ... +100 V/0.4 V
-120 V ... +140 V/4.0 V
Not possible
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting
m A, mA sources
Measured variable
Measured range
Voltage measurement
Input range/min. span
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx4
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx5
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx6
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx7 or
7NG3242-xxxx 0 with U/I plug
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx8
Sensor breakage monitoring
Output
Output signal
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA
• Overrange
• Output range following sensor fault -0.5 ... +23.0 mA, continuously
• Load
• Open-circuit voltage
Voltage 0/2 ... 10 V
• Overrange
• Output range following sensor fault -0.25 ... +10.75 V, continuously
• Load resistance
• Load capacitance
• Short-circuit voltage
• Electrical damping
- Adjustable time constant T63
• Current source/voltage source
Sensor fault/limit signalling
Operation indicator
• Limit violation
• Overrange
Relay output
• Switching capacity
• Switching voltage
• Switching current
Overrange
Limit monitoring
• Operating delay
• Monitoring functions of limit
module
• Hysteresis
DC voltage
Parameterizable
Current-linear or customer- spe-
cific
3
-12 µA ... +100 µA/0.4 µA
-120 µA ... +1000 µA/4 µA
-1.2 mA ... +10 mA/0.04 mA
-12 mA ... +100 mA/0.4 mA
-120 mA ... +1000 mA/4 mA
Not possible
Load-independent direct current
0/4 ... 20 mA, can be switched to
load-independent DC voltage
0/2 ... 10 V using plug-in jumpers.
-0.5 ... +23.0 mA, continuously
adjustable
adjustable
≤ 650 Ω
≤ 30 V
-0.25 ... +10.75 V, continuously
adjustable
adjustable
≥ 1 kΩ
≤ 10 nF
≤ 100 mA (not permanently short-
circuit-proof)
0 ... 100 s, in steps of 0.1 s
Continuously adjustable within the
total operating range
By operation indicator, relay out-
put or HART interface
Flashing signal
Flashing frequency 5 Hz
Flashing frequency 1 Hz
Either as NO or NC contact with
1 changeover contact
≤ 150 W, ≤ 625 VA
≤ 125 V DC, ≤ 250 V AC
≤ DC 2.5 A
Signalling of sensor or line break-
age and sensor short-circuit
0 ... 10 s
• Sensor fault (breakage and/or
short-circuit)
• Lower and upper limit
• Window (combination of lower
and upper limits)
• Limit and sensor fault detection
can be combined
Parameterizable between 0 and
100% of measuring range
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/7
 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Power supply
Universal power supply unit
Tolerance range for power supply
• With 115/230 V AC/DC PSU
3
• With 24 V AC/DC PSU
Tolerance range for mains fre-
quency
Power consumption with
• 230 V AC
• 230 V DC
• 24 V AC
• 24 V DC
Electrical isolation
Electrically isolated circuits
Working voltage between all electri-
cally isolated circuits
Measuring accuracy
Measurement error
• Error in the internal cold junction
• Error of external cold junction ter-
minal 7NG3092-8AV
• Digital output
• Analog output IAN or UAN
Influencing effects (referred to the
digital output)
• Temperature drift
• Long-term drift
Influencing effects referred to the
analog output IAN or UAN
• Temperature drift
• Power supply
• Load with current output
• Load with voltage output
• Long-term drift (start-of-scale val-
ue, span)
Response time (T63 without electri-
cal damping)
Electromagnetic compatibility
Certificate and approvals
ATEX
Intrinsic safety to EN 50 020
• for 7NG3242-xAxxx
• for 7NG3242-xBxxx
EC-Type Examination Certificate
3/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Rated conditions
Installation conditions
Location (for devices with explosion
115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC protection)
• Transmitters Outside the potentially explosive
80 ... 300 V DC; 90 ... 250 V AC atmosphere
• Sensor Within the potentially explosive
18 ... 80 V DC; 20.4 ... 55.2 V AC
(in each case interruption-resis- atmosphere zone 1 (also in zone
tant up to 20 ms in the complete 0 in conjunction with the pre-
tolerance range) scribed protection requirements
for the sensor)
47 ... 63 Hz
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F)
≤ 5 VA Permissible storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
≤5W Climatic class
≤ 5 VA • Relative humidity 5 ... 95%, no condensation
≤5W Design
Weight Approx. 0.24 kg (0.53 lb)
Input, output, power supply and Enclosure material PBT, glass-fibre reinforced
sensor fault/limit monitoring out- Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP20
put are electrically isolated from
one another. The HART interface Degree of protection to VDE 0100 Protection class I
is electrically connected to the Type of installation 35-mm top hat rail (1.38 inch)
output. (DIN EN 50022) or 32-mm G-type
The voltage Ueff between any two rail (1.26 inch) (DIN EN 50035)
terminals must not exceed 300 V Electrical connection / process con- Screw plug connectors,
nection max. 2.5 mm² (0.01 inch²)
Parameterization interface
≤ 3 °C ± 0,1 °C / 10 °C Protocol HART, version 5.9
(≤ 5.4 °F ± 0,18 °F / 18 °F) Load with connection of
≤ 0.5 °C ± 0,1 °C / 10 °C • HART communicator 230 ... 650 Ω
(≤ 0.9 °F ± 0.18 °F / 18 °F)
• HART modem 230 ... 500 Ω
See "Digital error"
Software for PC/laptop SIMATIC PDM version V5.1 and
≤ 0.05% of span in addition to later
digital error
Compared to the max. span:
≤ 0.08% / 10 °C (≤ 0.08% / 18 °F)
≤ 0.2% in the range -10 ... +60 °C
(14 ... 140 °F)
≤ 0.1%/year
Compared to the span:
≤ 0.08% / 10°C (≤ 0.08% / 18 °F)
≤ 0.2% in the range -10 ... +60 °C
(14 ... 140 °F)
≤ 0.05% / 10 V
≤ 0.05% with change from
50 Ω ... 650 Ω
≤ 0.1% with change in load cur-
rent from 0 mA ... 10 mA
≤ 0.03% / month
≤ 0.2 s
According to EN 61 326 and
NAMUR NE21
To DIN EN 50014: 1997,
EN 50020: 1994
II (1) G D [EEx ia/ib ] IIB
II (1) G D [EEx ia/ib ] IIC
TÜV (German Technical Inspec-
torate) 01 ATEX 1675
 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting
Digital error
Resistance thermometer Thermocouple elements
Input Measured range Max. permissi- Digital error Input Measured range Digital error1)
ble line resis-
tance °C (°F) °C (°F)

°C (°F) Ω °C (°F) Type B 0 ... +1820 3 (5.4)

(+32 ... +3308)

3
DIN IEC 751 Type C 0 ... +2300 2 (3.6)
• Pt10 -200 ... +850 20 3.0 (5.4) (+32 ... +4172)
(-328 ... +1562) Type D 0 ... +2300 1 (1.8)
• Pt50 -200 ... +850 50 0.6 (1.1) (+32 ... +4172)
(-328 ... +1562) Type E -200 ... +1000 1 (1.8)
• Pt100 -200 ... +850 100 0.3 (0.5) (-328 ... +1832)
(-328 ... +1562) Type J -210 ... +1200 1 (1.8)
• Pt200 -200 ... +850 100 0.6 (1.1) (-346 ... +2192)
(-328 ... +1562) Type K -200 ... +1372 1 (1.8)
• Pt500 -200 ... +850 100 1.0 (1.8) (-328 ... +2502)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type L -200 ... +900 2 (3.6)
• Pt1000 -200 ... +850 100 1.0 (1.8) (-328 ... +1652)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type N -200 ... +1300 1 (1.8)
JIS C 1604-81 (-328 ... +2372)
• Pt10 -200 ... +649 20 3.0 (5.4) Type R -50 ... +1760 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
• Pt50 -200 ... +649 50 0.6 (1.1) Type S -50 ... +1760 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
• Pt100 -200 ... +649 100 0.3 (0.5) Type T -200 ... +400 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
DIN 43760 Type U -200 ... +600 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1112)
• Ni50 -60 ... +250 50 0.3 (0.5)
(-76 ... +482) 1)
Accuracy data refer to the largest error in the complete measuring range
• Ni100 -60 ... +250 100 0.3 (0.5)
(-76 ... +482) Voltage/current sources
• Ni120 -60 ... +250 100 0.3 (0.5) Input Measuring range Digital error
(-76 ... +482)
mV sources (linear) mV µV
• Ni1000 -60 ... +250 100 0.3 (0.5)
(-76 ... +482) -1 ... +16 35
-3 ... +32 20
Resistance-based sensors -7 ... +65 20
-15 ... +131 50
Input Measured Max. permissi- Digital error
range ble line resis- -31 ... +262 100
tance -63 ... +525 200
Ω Ω Ω -120 ... +1000 300

Resistance (lin- 0 ... 24 5 0.08 V sources (linear) V mV

ear) 0 ... 47 15 0.06 -1.2 ... +10 3
0 ... 94 30 0.06 -12 ... +100 30
0 ... 188 50 0.08 -120 ... +140 300
0 ... 375 100 0.1 µA/mA sources (linear) µA/mA µA
0 ... 750 100 0.2 -12 ... 100 µA 0.05
0 ... 1500 75 1.0 -120 ... +1000 µA 0.5
0 ... 3000 100 1.0 -1.2 ... +10 mA 5
0 ... 6000 100 2.0 -12 ... +100 mA 50
-120 ... +1000 mA 500

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/9

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

■ Ordering examples ■ Ordering information

Desired transmitter Parameter: Ordering The order number structure shown below is used to specify a
design fully functioning transmitter. The selection of the operating data
Standard Special
(type of source, measuring range, characteristic etc.) is made
Example 1: according to the following rules:
SITRANS TW, • Operating data already set in factory to default values:
transmitter in four-wire system

3
The default settings can be obtained from the list of parame-
• with explosion protection ATEX
terizable operating data (see "Special operating data"). The

7NG3242-1AA00
• 230 V AC/DC power supply presets can be modified by the customer to match the require-

• current output
• without sensor fault/limit monitor
- Sensor PT100, three-wire circuit
- Measuring range 0 ... 150 °C
- Temperature-linear characteristic
- Filter time 1 s
- Output 4 ... 20 mA, line filter 50 Hz
- Output driven to full-scale in event
of like breakage
Example 2:
SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
(stock item)
ments precisely.
X
• Operating data set on delivery according to customer require-
ments:
X
Supplement the Order No. by "-Z" and add the Order code
X
"Y01". The operating data to be set can be obtained from the
X list of parameterize operating data. The Order codes A 7 7 to
X K 7 7 for operating data to be set need only be specified in the
X order if they deviate from the default setting.
The default setting is used if no Order code is specified for op-
erating data.
The selected parameters are printed on the transmitter's rating
plate.
Y01 + S76 + A05 + Y30 + H10

• without explosion protection

Y30: MA=0; ME= 950; D=C

• 24 V AC/DC power supply

Y01: see Order code
7NG3242-0BB10-Z

• Voltage output
• Sensor fault/limit monitor
- Rating plate in English S76
- Sensor NiCr/Ni, type K A05
- Cold junction internal X
- Measuring range 0 ... 950 °C Y30
- Temperature-linear characteristic X
- Filter time 1 s X
- Output 0 ... 10 V, line filter 50 Hz H10
- Output driven to full-scale in event X
of like breakage
- Limit monitoring switched off X
Example 3:
Y01 + A40 + Y32 + G07 + H11 + J03

SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
Y32: MA=0; ME= 5; D=V

• without explosion protection

Y01: see Order code
7NG3242-0BA01-Z

• 24 V AC/DC power supply

• Current output
• without sensor fault/limit monitor
- Voltage input, measuring A40
range -1.2 V ... +10 V
- Measuring range 0 ... 5 V Y32
- Source-proportional characteristic X
- Filter time 10 s G07
- Output 0 ... 20 mA, line filter 60 Hz H11
- no monitoring for sensor fault (X) J03

3/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Accessories Order No.

SITRANS TW universal transmitter } 7 NG 3 2 4 2 - 77777 Instruction Manual for SITRANS TW
for rail mounting, in four-wire system • German/English } A5E00054075
(order instruction manual separately) • French/Italian/Spanish } A5E00064515
Explosion protection Cold junction terminal } 7NG3092-8AV
• without } 0
• for inputs [EEx ia] or [EEx ib] } 1 U/I plug } 7NG3092-8AW

3
(-1.2 ... +10 V DC pr -12 ... +100 mA)
Power supply
• 115/230 V AC/DC } A SIMATIC PDM operating software see Chapter 9
• 24 V AC/DC } B HART modem
Output signal • with RS232 interface } 7MF4997-1DA
• 0/4 ... 20 mA (can be switched to 0/2 ... 10 V)} A D)
• 0/2 ... 10 V (can be switched to 0/4 ... 20 mA) B
• with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
Sensor fault/limit monitor D)
• without (retrofitting not possible) } 0
• relay with changeover contact 1 D) Subject to export regulations AL:N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Input for
• Temperature sensor, resistance-based sen- } 0
sor and mV sensor with measuring range
-120 ... +1000 mV DC and with U/I plug
• Voltage input (V sources) 1)
Measuring range:
- DC -1.2 ... +10 V 1
- DC -12 ... +100 V (not Ex version) 2
- DC -120 ... +140 V (not Ex version) 3
• Current input (µA, mA sources) 1)
Measuring range:
- DC -12 ... +100 µA 4
- DC -120 ... +1000 µA 5
- DC -1.2 ... +10 mA 6
- DC -12 ... +100 mA 7
- DC -120 ... +1000 mA 8
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) (see "List of parameterizable
operating data").
• Customer-specific setting of operating data Y01
(see "List of parameterizable operating
data")
Note:
specify in plain text: „see Order code“
• Meas. point description (max. 16 char.) Y23
• Text on front of device (max. 32 char.) Y24
• HART tag (max. 8 characters) Y25
• with test report P01
• with shorting plug to HART communication S01
for 0 mA or 0 V
• with plug for external cold junction compen- S02
sation
• with U/I plug S03
(-1.2 ... +10 V DC or -12 ... +100 mA)
Language of rating plate
(together with Y01 order code only)
• Italian S72
• English S76
• French S77
• Spanish S78
1)
Observe max. values with Ex version.
} Available ex stock.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/11

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

■ List of parameterizable operating data (Order codes A 7 7 + B 7 7 ... E 7 7)

Operating data acc. to default setting Order No. with Order code: 7NG3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01
Order codes: A 7 7 ... E 7 7 777 + 777 + 777 + 777 + 777
Sensor
Thermocouples Connection Cold junction Measuring
Type Temperature range compensation ranges

3 B: Pt30%Rh/Pt6%Rh
C:W5%Re
0 ... 1820 °C
0 ... 2300 °C
A 0 0 Standard
A 0 1 Sum n 1) n=2
B 0 1 None
B 0 2 Internal
C00
C10
-30 ... +60 °C
-20 ... +20 °C
E00
E01
D:W3%Re 0 ... 2300 °C A02 ... . . . Fixed val. 0 °C C20 0 ... 40 °C E02
E:NiCr/CuNi -200 ... +1000 °C A03 n = 10 B10 20 °C C22 0 ... 60 °C E03
J:Fe/CuNi (IEC) -210 ... +1200 °C A 0 4 Difference 2) Diff1 B31 50 °C C25 0 ... 80 °C E04
K:NiCr/Ni -200 ... +1372 °C A05 Diff2 B32 60 °C C26 0 ... 100 °C E05
L: Fe/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +900 °C A 0 6 Mean-val. 2) MW B41 70 °C C27 0 ... 120 °C E06
N:NiCrSi/NiSi -200 ... +1300 °C A07 Special value 7) Y10 0 ... 150 °C E07
R:Pt13%Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 °C A08 External meas. Y11 0 ... 200 °C E08
S:Pt10%Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 °C A09 (through Pt100 0 ... 250 °C E09
T:Cu/CuNi (IEC) -200 ... +400 °C A10 DIN IEC 751) 7) 0 ... 300 °C E10
U:Cu/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +600 °C A11 0 ... 350 °C E11
0 ... 400 °C E12
Resistance thermometer Connection Connection Line resis- 0 ... 450 °C E13
(or max. permissible line resistance see tance 3) 0 ... 500 °C E14
„Technical specifications“) 0 ... 600 °C E15
Pt100 (DIN IEC) -200 ... +850 °C A 2 0 Standard B 0 1 2-wire-system C32 0Ω D00 0 ... 700 °C E16
Pt100 (JIS) -200 ... +649 °C A 2 1 Sum n 4) n=2 B 0 2 3-wire-system C 3 3 10 Ω D10 0 ... 800 °C E17
Ni100 (DIN) -60 ... +250 °C A22 ... . . . 4-wire-system C 3 4 20 Ω D20 0 ... 900 °C E18
n = 10 B10 50 Ω D50 0 ... 1000 °C E19
Parallel n 5) n = 0.1 B21 Special val.7) Y20 0 ... 1200 °C E20
n= 0.2 B22 0 ... 1400 °C E21
n= 0.5 B25 0 ... 1600 °C E22
Special value 6) 7) Y00 0 ... 1800 °C E23
Difference 2) Diff1 B51
Diff2 B52 50 ... 100 °C E24
50 ... 150 °C E25
Mean-val. 2) MW B61
100 ... 200 °C E26
100 ... 300 °C E27
100 ... 400 °C E28
200 ... 300 °C E29
200 ... 400 °C E30
200 ... 500 °C E31
300 ... 600 °C E32
500 ... 1000 °C E33
600 ... 1200 °C E34
800 ... 1600 °C E35
Special range 7) Y30

Resistance-based sensors, potentiome- Connection Connection Line resis- Measuring

ters tance 3) ranges
(or max. permissible line resistance see A 3 0 Standard B 0 1 2-wire-system C32 0Ω D00 0 ... 100 Ω E40
„Technical specifications“) Difference 2) Diff1 B 5 1 3-wire-system C 3 3 10 Ω D10 0 ... 200 Ω E41
Diff2 B 5 2 4-wire-system C 3 4 20 Ω D20 0 ... 500 Ω E42
Mean val.2) MW B61 50 Ω D50 0 ... 1000 Ω E43
Special val. 7) Y 2 0 0 ... 2500 Ω E44
0 ... 5000 Ω 8) E45
0 ... 6000 Ω 8) E46
Special range 7) Y21

mV, V and µA, mA sensors 9) A 4 0 Meas. range with Order No. 7NG 3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01 E50
0 -120 ... +1000 mV
1 -1,2 ... +10 V 10)
1) n = number of thermocouple elements to be connected in series 2 -12 ... +100 V 10)
2) See „Circuit diagrams“ for meaning of type circuit 3 -120 ... +140 V 10)
3) Line resistance of channels 1 and 2, for max. permissible line resistance see 4 -12 ... +100 µA 10)
„Technical specifications“ (only with C32, not with C33 and C34)
5 -120 ... +1000 µA 10)
4) n = number of resistance thermometers to be connected in series
6 -1,2 ... +10 mA 10)
5) 1/n = number of resistance thermometers to be connected in parallel
7 -12 ... +100 mA 10)
6) Combination of series and parallel connection of resistance thermometers
8 -120 ... +1000 mA 10)
7) Operating data: see „Special operating data“
Special range 7) Y 3 2
8) This range does not apply to mean-value and difference circuits.
9) The max. permissible currents and voltages according to conformity cer-
tificate must be observed in devices with explosion protection.
10) Without detection of line breakage

3/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

■ List of parameterizable operating data (Order codes F 7 7 ... K 7 7)

Operating data according to default setting Order No. with Order code: 7NG3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01
Order codes: F 7 7 ... K 7 7 777 + 777 + 777 + 777 + 777
Sensor
Thermocouple elements Voltage Filter Output sig- Failure signal Limit
measure- time1) nal and line monitor 3)

Type Temperature range

ment filter 2)
3
B: Pt30%Rh/ 0 ... 1820 °C A00 Temperature- F 0 0 0s G0 0 4 ... 20 mA / with line break- Limit monitor- K 0 0
C:W5%Re 0 ... 2300 °C A01 linear 0.1 s G0 1 2 ... 10 V age/fault: ing ineffective
D:W3%Re 0 ... 2300 °C A02 Voltage- F10 0.2 s G0 2 with line filter: (but sensor
E:NiCr/CuNi -200 ... +1000 °C A03 linear 0.5 s G0 3 50 Hz H00 to full scale J 0 0 fault signalling
J:Fe/CuNi (IEC) -210 ... +1200 °C A04 1s G0 4 60 Hz H01 to start of scale J 0 1 with closed-
K:NiCr/Ni -200 ... +1372 °C A05 2s G0 5 10 Hz 4) H02 hold last value J 0 2 circuit opera-
tion)
L: Fe/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +900 °C A06 5s G0 6 0 ... 20 mA /
N:NiCrSi/NiSi -200 ... +1300 °C A07 10 s G0 7 0 ... 10 V no monitoring J03
R:Pt13%Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 °C A08 20 s G0 8 with line filter: Effective 5) Y70
S:Pt10%Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 °C A09 50 s G0 9 50 Hz H 1 0 Safety value 5) Y60
T:Cu/CuNi (IEC) -200 ... +400 °C A10 100 s G1 0 60 Hz H11
U:Cu/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +600 °C A11 Special Y50 10 Hz H12
time 5)

Resistance thermometer Voltage Failure signal

(max. permissible line resistances see measurment
„Technical specifications“)

Pt100 (DIN IEC) -200 ... +850 °C A 2 0 Temperature- F 0 0 with line break-
Pt100 (JIS) -200 ... +649 °C A 2 1 linear age/fault:
Ni100 (DIN) -60 ... +250 °C A 2 2 Resistance- F 2 0 to full scale J00
linear to start of scale J01
hold last value J02

no monitoring J03

Safety value 5) Y60

with line break-
age or short-cir-
cuit/fault:
to full scale J10
to start of scale J 1 1
hold last value J 1 2

no monitoring J13

Safety value 5) Y61

Resistance-based sensors, potenti- Voltage Failure signal

ometers measurment
(max. permissible line resistances see A 3 0 Resistance- F 2 0 with line break-
„Technical specifications“) linear age/fault:
to full scale J00
to start of scale J01
hold last value J02

no monitoring J03

Safety value 5) Y60

mV, V and µA, mA sources A 4 0 Voltage
measurment
Source pro- F 3 0
portional
1) Software filter to smooth the result
2) Filter to suppress line disturbances on the measured signal.
3)
If signalling relay present
4)
for special appliciations
5)
Operating data: see „Special operating data“

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/13

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

■ Special operating data

Order Plain text Options
code required
Y00 N=, Factor N for multiplication with the charac-
teristic values of resistance thermometers
Range of values: 0.10 to 10.00
1. Example: 3 x Pt500 parallel:

3 Y10 TV=,
N = 5/3 = 1,667;
2. Example: Ni120: N = 1.2
Temperature TV of the fixed cold junction
D= Dimension; range of values: C, K, F, R
Y11 RL=, Line resistance RL in Ω for compensation of
cold junction line of external Pt100
DIN IEC 751
Range of values: 0.00 to 100.00
Y20 RL1=, Line resistances RL of channel 1 (RL1) and
RL2=, channel 2 (RL2) in Ω if the resistance ther-
mometer or the resistance-based sensor is
connected in a two-wire system
Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor: 0.00 to 100.00
Y30 MA=, Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME=, ME for thermocouples and resistance ther-
mometers
(Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor)
D= Dimension, range of values: C, K, F, R)
Y31 MA=, Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME=, ME for resistance-based sensors or potenti-
ometers in Ω
Range of values: 0.00 to 6,000.00
Y32 MA=, Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME=, ME for mV, V, µA and mA sources
Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor: -120.00 to 1,000.00
D= Dimension (mV entered as MV, V as V,
µA as UA, mA as MA)
Y50 T63=, Response time T63 of software filter in s
Range of values: 0.0 to 100.0
Safety value S of signal output in mA or in V
corresponding to the set type of output.
Range of values
- with current output: -0.50 to 23.00
- with voltage output: -0.25 to 10.75
Y60 S= , Safety value S with line breakage of sensor
Y61 S=, Safety value S with line breakage or short-
circuit of sensor
Y70 UG=, Lower limit value (dimension as defined by
measuring range)
OG=, Upper limit value (dimension as defined by
measuring range)
H=, Hysteresis (dimension as defined by mea-
suring range)
K= Switch on/off combination of limit function
and sensor fault detection; J=on; N=off
(standard: J)
A= Type of relay output: A=open-circuit opera-
tion; R=closed-circuit operation (standard: R)
T=, Switching delay T of relay output in s
Range of values: 0.0 to 10.0 (standard: 0.0)

3/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

■ Schematics
Sensor input connections

1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
3
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

R, RTD R, RTD R, RTD R2, RTD2 R1, RTD1

5 6 7 8
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

- + - + Pt100 - + TC1
Pt100
TC TC
4 1 - + TC2
- +
TC 7NG3092-8AV

9 10 11

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

- + - + - +
-120 ... 1000 mV

12 13
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

U+ U- I+ I-
+ - - +
7NG3092-8AW
-1,2 ... 10 V -12 ... 100 mA

Resistance thermometers, restistance-based Thermocouples: Further sources:

sensors, potentiometers: 5 Determination of cold junction temperature using 9 mV sources with two-wire system (7NG3242-xxxx0)
1 Two-wire system; resistance can be built-in Pt100 or fixed reference temperature 10 V sources with two-wire system (7NG3242-xxxx[1-3])
parameterized for line compensation 6 Determination of cold junction temperature using 11 mA/mA sources with two-wire system
2 Three-wire system external Pt100; resistance can be parameterized (7NG3242-xxxx[4-8])
for line compensation
3 Four-wire system 12 Voltage measurement -1,2 to 10 V with
7 Determination of cold junction temperature using U/I plug 7NG3092-8AW (7NG3242-xxxx0)
4 Difference/mean-value circuit; cold junction terminal 7NG3092-8AV
2 resistors can be parameterized 13 Current measurement -12 to 100 mA with
for line compensation 8 Difference/mean-value circuit with internal U/I plug 7NG3092-8AW (7NG3242-xxxx0)
cold junction temperature

Connection diagram for the input signal

Channel 1 is the measured variable between the terminals 2 and 3 on the input plug. With a difference or mean-value circuit, the
calculation of the measured value is defined by the type of measurement. Otherwise the measured value is determined via channel
1. The following code is used for the type of measurement:
The short-circuit jumpers shown in the circuits must be inserted
Type of measurement Calculation of measured value
in the respective system on site.
Single channel Channel 1
Differential connection 1 Channel 1 - Channel 2
Differential connection 2 Channel 2 - Channel 1
Mean-value 1 ½ ⋅ (Channel 1 + Channel 2)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/15

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
Four-wire system for rail mounting

Power supply Limit

connection monitor HART/ Sensor

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

~ ~ + -
+U- Relay output HART

3
H

1 to 4 Signal input (see "Sensor input connections" for possible types of connection)
5, 6 Analog output (U or I output parameterizable using plug-in jumpers)
7, 8 Connection with HART communication for local parameterization
9 to 11 Output for sensor fault/limit monitor as relay contact
(see below for possible parameterization)
12 PE connection
13, 14 Power supply input (protected against reverse polarity)

Connection diagram for power supply, input and outputs

Relay output
Connected terminals
Closed-circuit operation
(relay opens when error)
• Device switched off 10 and 11
• Device switched on and no error 9 and 11
• Device switched on and error 10 and 11
Open-circuit operation
(relay closes when error)
• Device switched off 10 and 11
• Device switched on and no error 10 and 11
• Device switched on and error 9 and 11

■ Dimensional drawings

Dimensions for control room mounting, rail mounting in mm (inches)

3/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS T3K PA
with PROFIBUS PA connection

■ Overview ■ Function
Features
• Temperature transmitters with bus connection according to
DIN 61158-2 and EN 50170, part 4
• Data transmission and transmitter supply via common bus link
• Assembly in connection head type B (or larger, DIN 43729)
with raised cover
• Can communicate via PROFIBUS PA (profile B, version 3.0);
3
sensor, measuring range and much more can therefore be
programmed .
• Quality data for the measured values: Status and limit values
• Fixed bus current limiting in the event of an error
• Electrical isolation (test voltage 500 V AC)
• Intrinsically safe version for use in potentially explosive areas
Mode of operation
Power supply
5
The bus-capable transmitter with Profibus PA interface in SITRANS T3K-PA
accordance with profile 3 Power
Sensor TC RTD 1 2 4 pack
You can use this bus-capable device with PROFIBUS PA inter- 3 Coup-
A PA PROFIBUS
face in all branches and integrate it (like the SITRANS TK / TK-H) mP interface PROFIBUS ler DP
D
in keeping with the Totally Integrated Automation concept. PA
6
7
SITRANS T3K PA converts signals from resistance thermome-
ters, resistance-based sensors, thermocouples and voltage 1 Analog/digital converter 5 Power source
2 Microprocessor 6 DP/PA coupler or DP/PA link Bus master
sensors into digital signals. The measured value from the micro- 3 Electrical isolation 7 PC with communications symbol
processor is then made available with status as a quality speci- 4 PA interface
fication and other parameters electrically isolated on
The signal supplied by a resistance-based sensor (two, three or
PROFIBUS PA. Sensor, limit values, failure response etc. can be
four-wire circuit) or thermocouple element is amplified in the in-
programmed. SITRANS T3K PA thus provides you with various
put stage. The voltage proportional to the input variable is then
diagnosis and simulation options.
converted into digital signals by the analog/digital converter (1).
Great safety The microprocessor (2) converts the digital signals in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic. Furthermore, the micropro-
The current consumption amounts to less than 11 mA. For safety, cessor interprets the bus commands, initiates device-internal
the bus current is limited in the event of an error to less than actions and provides electrically-isolated (3) measured values,
14 mA, and an EMC filter prevents malfunctions in the case of status and device data on the bus.
electromagnetic interference. Intrinsically safe versions are
available for this device too. EEx ia and EEx ib. Integrated device protection functions:
Fast and error-free parameterization • Electrical current limiting:
avoids bus overloading in the event of a fault. the data traffic
SITRANS T3K PA fits in the connection head type B with raised of the other, correctly operating nodes is maintained.
cover. Parameterization is performed with the user-friendly soft-
• Reverse polarity protection:
ware package SIMATIC PDM.
allows the bus lines to be connected as required

■ Application • EMC filter:

Prevents malfunctions in the case of electromagnetic interfer-
The SITRANS T3K PA temperature transmitter can be used in all ence
branches. The following sensors/signal sources can be con- Parameterization
nected via its universal input module:
• Resistance thermometer
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA
• Thermocouple T
• Resistance-based sensors/potentiometers Bus ter-
Master minator
• DC voltage sources. +

The useful data are provided on PROFIBUS PA.
SITRANS T3K PA with the "Non-incendive" type of protection can
be mounted within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 2).
SITRANS T3K PA with the "Intrinsically safe" type of protection
can be mounted within potentially explosive atmospheres (zone
1) and used for feeding sensors in zone 0. The conformity dec-
larations comply with the European standard (ATEX) or with the
American standard (FM).
Coupler with .......
power supply
Transmitter with
PROFIBUS PA interface
Communication via PROFIBUS PA interface
The parameterization of SITRANS T3K PA is performed by a
master with the help of signals which are transmitted through
PROFIBUS DP. These signals are converted by a
SIMATIC DP/PA coupler with power supply (5, 6) into a signal for
PROFIBUS PA. A bus terminator is required for cable lengths
over 2 m. SIMATIC PDM is preferably used as parameterization
software.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/17

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS T3K PA
with PROFIBUS PA connection
■ Technical specifications
Input
Selectable filters to suppress the Selectable for 50/60 Hz (also
line frequency 10 Hz for special applications)
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
3 Measured range Depending on type of connected
sensor (defined sensor range)
Sensor type
• Acc. to DIN IEC 751, DIN 43760, Pt10, Pt50, Pt100, Pt200, Pt1000
JIS C 1604-97, BS 1904
• Acc. to JIS C 1604-81 Pt10, Pt50, Pt100
• Acc. to DIN 43760 Ni50, Ni100, Ni120, Ni1000
Voltage measurement Temperature-linear
Type of connection Standard (logic channel 1), gen-
eration of average value or differ-
ence (of 2 channels)
Sensor current ≤ 0.55 mA
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Ohmic impedance
Measured range 9 resistance measuring ranges
can be selected:
• 0 ... 24 Ω
• 0 ... 47 Ω
• 0 ... 94 Ω
• 0 ... 188 Ω
• 0 ... 375 Ω
• 0 ... 750 Ω
• 0 ... 1500 Ω
• 0 ... 3000 Ω
• 0 ... 6000 Ω
Sensor type Linear: 1 resistance-based senor
in two, three or four-wire circuit
Voltage measurement Resistance-linear
Type of connection Standard (logic channel 1), gen-
eration of average value or differ-
ence (of 2 channels)
Sensor current ≤ 0.55 mA
Thermocouple elements
Measured variable Temperature
Measured range Depending on type of connected
sensor (defined sensor range)
Sensor type Thermocouples
• Type B: Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh
(DIN IEC 584)
• Type C: W5-Re (ASTM 988)
• Type D: W3-Re (ASTM 988)
• Type E: NiCr-CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
• Type J: Fe-CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
• Type K: NiCr-Ni (DIN IEC 584)
• Type L: Fe-CuNi (DIN 43710)
• Type N: NiCrSi-NiSi (BS 4937
Part 2)
• Type R: Pt13Rh-Pt
(DIN IEC 584)
• Type S: Pt10Rh-Pt (DIN IEC 584)
• Type T: Cu-CuNi (DIN 43710)
• Type U: Cu-CuNi (DIN 43710)
3/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Voltage measurement Temperature-linear
Type of connection Standard with 1 thermocouple
with cold junction compensation
(logic channel 1) or generation of
difference or average value
Cold junction compensation Type specification for
• No compensation (2 channels)
• Internal acquisition with integrat-
ed or external sensor: a manu-
facturer-specific PA parameter
must be set for the "external sen-
sor" case (default value: internal
sensor)
• Externally specified cold junc-
tion temperature can be set as a
fixed value
mV Sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Measured range 7 voltage measuring ranges can
be selected:
• - 1 ... +16 mV
• -3 ... +32 mV
• -7 ... +65 mV
• -15 ... +131 mV
• -31 ... +262 mV
• -63 ... +525 mV
• -120 ... +1000 mV
Sensor type Linear
Voltage measurement Voltage-linear
Type of connection Normal connection with 1 mV
sensor (logic channel 1)
Overload capacity of the input max. 3.5 mV
Input resistance ≥ 1 MΩ
Sensor current 180 µA
Output Digital bus signal
Bus voltage • 9 ... 32 V (without Ex protection)
• 9 ... 24 V for intrinsically safe op-
eration (see Ex certificate)
Active internal inductance
Li < 10 nH (acc. to FISCO model)
Active internal capacitance
Ci < 5 nF (acc. to FISCO model)
Communication
• C2 connections Four connections to master class
2 are supported; automatic con-
nection setup 60 s after break in
communication; response time to
mater message typ. 10 ms
• Device profile PROFIBUS PA profile B, version
3.0, more than 200 parameters
• Device address 126 when delivered
Temperature units °C, °K, °F, °R parameterizable
(°R (Rankine) = absolute °F)
 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS T3K PA
with PROFIBUS PA connection

■ Technical specifications (continued) Measurement error

Resistance thermometer
Measuring accuracy
Input Measured range Max. parame- Measure-
Influencing effects terizable line ment error
• Error in the internal cold junction < 0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ± 0.1%/10 °C resistance
(18 °F) °C (°F) Ω °C (°F)
• Temperature drift ± 0.05%/10 °C (18 °F) FSR, 0.1% IEC 751, DIN 43760, JIS C 1604-97, MS 1904
between -10 and +60 °C (14 and
140 °F) • Pt10 DIN-IEC -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
2.35 1.5 (2.7) 3
• Influence of the power supply on < 0.005%/V FSR
the span • Pt50 DIN-IEC -200 ... +850 9.4 0.3 (0.54)
(-328 ... +1562)
• Long-term drift < 0.1%/year • Pt100 DIN-IEC -200 ... +850 18.75 0.15 (0.27)
(-328 ... +1562)
• Measurement error More information can be found in
the table "Measurement error“ • Pt200 DIN-IEC -200 ... +850 37.5 0.3 (0.54)
(-328 ... +1562)
Rated conditions
• Pt500 DIN-IEC -200 ... +850 37.5 0.5 (0.9)
Ambient conditions (-328 ... +1562)
• Pt1000 DIN- -200 ... +850 300 0.5 (0.9)
Permitted temperatures (-328 ... +1562)
IEC
• Ambient temperature
JIS C 1604-81
- at T4 -40 to +85 °C (-40 to +185 °F) • Pt10 -200 ... +649 2.35 1.5 (2.7)
- With intrinsically-safe operation -40 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F) (-328 ... +1200)
(T6) • Pt50 -200 ... +649 9.4 0.3 (0.54)
(-328 ... +1200)
• Storage temperature -40 to +95 °C (-40 to +203 °F)
• Pt100 -200 ... +649 18.75 0.15 (0.27)
Relative humidity ≤ 98%, with condensation (-328 ... +1200)
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and DIN 43 760
NAMUR NE21 • Ni50 -60 ... +250 9.4 0.15 (0.27)
Design (-76 ... +482)
• Ni100 -60 ... +250 18.75 0.15 (0.27)
Weight 250 g (0.55 lb) (-76 ... +482)
Dimensions see "Dimension drawings“ • Ni120 -60 ... +250 18.75 0.15 (0.27)
(-76 ... +482)
Enclosure material Plastic PA6 (polyam., molded
GF 20) • Ni1000 -60 ... +250 150 0.15 (0.27)
(-76 ... +482)
Electrical connection Plug-in screw terminal, max.
2.5 mm² (0.01 inch²) Resistance-based sensors
Power supply Input Measured Max. parame- Measurement
range terizable line error
Supply voltage Bus infeed 9 to 32 V (9 to 24 for resistance
Ex version)
Ω Ω Ω
Current consumption of device 11 mA
Resistance 0 ... 24 1.2 0.04
Max. excess current in the event of I max ≤ 3 mA 0 ... 47 2.35 0.03
a fault
0 ... 94 4.7 0.03
Electrical isolation Input and output are electrically
0 ... 188 9.4 0.04
isolated
0 ... 375 18.75 0.05
Test voltage 500 V AC, 50 Hz, 1 min. 0 ... 750 37.5 0.1
Certificate and approvals 0 ... 1500 75 0.7
ATEX 0 ... 3000 150 0.4
• "Intrinsic. safe" type of protection II (1) 2G EEx ia IIB/IIC T4/T5/T6 0 ... 6000 300 1.2
II (1) 2G EEx ib IIB/IIC T4/T5/T6
Thermocouple elements
• EC-Type Examination Certificate ZELM 99 ATEX 0001
Input Measured range Measurement error 1)
FM °C (°F) °C (°F)
• Explosion protection to FM IS/I/1/ABCD/T6, I/O/ Type B 100 ... +1820 (+212 ... +3308) 3 (5.4)
AEx ia /IIC/T6, NI/I/2/ABCD/T6 Type C 0 ... +2300 (+32 ... +4172) 2 (3.6)
Factory setting: Type D 0 ... +2300 (+32 ... +4172) 1 (1.8)
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with three-wire circuit Type E -200 ... +1000 (-328 ... +1832) 1 (1.8)
Type J -210 ... +800 (-346 ... +1472) 1 (1.8)
• PROFIBUS address: 126
Type K -200 ... +1372 (-328 ... +2502) 1 (1.8)
Type L -200 ... +900 (-328 ... +1652) 2 (3.6)
Type N -200 ... +1300 (-328 ... +2372) 1 (1.8)
Type R -50 ... +1760 (-58 ... +3200) 2 (3.6)
Type S -50 ... +1760 (-58 ... +3200) 2 (3.6)
Type T -200 ... +400 (-328 ... +752) 1 (1.8)
Type U -200 ... +600 (-328 ... +1112) 2 (3.6)
1)
Specified accuracy value refers to the largest error of the total measuring
range.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/19

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS T3K PA
with PROFIBUS PA connection
Voltage/current sources Mounting on DIN rail
Input Measuring range Measurement error
mV µV
mV Sensor -1 ... +16 10
-3 ... +32 10
-7 ... +65 10

3
-15 ... +131 25
-31 ... +262 50
-63 ... +525 100
-120 ... +1000 150

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Mounting of transmitter on DIN rail, schematic diagram
Temperature transmitter
SITRANS T3K PA
with PROFIBUS PA for installation in the 14 (0.55) 50,5 (1.99)
sensor head, with electrical isolation 33 (1.30)
(order instruction manual separately).
• without explosion protection } 7NG3213-0NN00
• with explosion protection EEx ia/ib } 7NG3213-1NN00
(ATEX)
• with explosion protection (FM) intrinsic } 7NG3213-3NN00
safety

59,6 (2.35)
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Customer-specific setting of operating Y01
data

Accessories Order No.

Instruction manual for SITRANS T3K PA } C79000-B7174-C55
(German/English)
DIN rail adapter } 7NG3092-8KA DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)
for head mouted transmitters
(set of 5 pcs.)
■ Schematics
SIMATIC PDM operating software see Chapter 9
for additional PA components, see Catalog IK PI
} Available ex stock. 3 2

■ Dimensional drawings 4 1

56 (2.20)

5 6
+ PROFIBUS -
PA

1 ... 4 Sensors
5, 6 PROFIBUS PA connection

Connection diagram

33 (1.30)
32 (1.26)

34 (1.34)

Æ 4 (0.16)
Æ 60 (2.36)

SITRANS T3K PA, dimensions in mm (inches)

3/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS T3K PA
with PROFIBUS PA connection

Resistance Resistance thermometer Thermocouple

1) 1) 1)

R
RTD
3
- TC +

Two-wire circuit: resistor Two-wire circuit: resistor Determination of cold junction

can be programmed can be programmed temperature with built-in Pt100
for line compensation for line compensation or external reference temperature

1)

1) 1)

- +
R RTD
Pt100

Three-wire circuit Three-wire circuit Determination of cold junction

temperature with external Pt100
resistor can be programmed
for line compensation

1)

R RTD

- TC1 +
Four-wire circuit Four-wire circuit
- TC2 +

Difference/average value circuit

1) with internal cold junction temperature
1)

R2 R1 mV sensor
RTD2 RTD1

Difference/average value circuit: Difference/average value circuit 1)

2 resistors can be programmed 2 resistors can be programmed
for line compensation for line compensation

- +
1 ) Important ! Two-wire circuit
Fit short-circuit jumpers on site.

Sensor connection assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/21

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TK-L
Two-wire system (Pt100)

■ Overview accordance with the sensor characteristic and further parame-

ters (damping, ambient temperature etc.).
The signal prepared in this way is converted in the digital/analog
converter (3) into a load-independent direct current of 4 to
20 mA. The power supply (4) is located in the output signal cir-
cuit.

■ Technical specifications
3 Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type Pt100 (DIN IEC 751)
Voltage measurement Temperature-linear
Type of connection Two, three or four-wire system
Resolution 14 bit
Measuring accuracy
• Span < 250 °C (450°F) < 0.25 °C (0.45 °F)
• Span > 250 °C (450°F) < 0.1% of span
The economical transmitter for Pt100 measurements Repeatability < 0.1 °C (0.18 °F)
The SITRANS TK-L dispenses with electrical isolation and uni- Measuring current 0.3 mA
versal sensor connection to provide a low-cost alternative for Measuring cycle < 0.7 s
Pt100 measurements.
Measured range -200 ... 850 °C (-328 ... +1562 °F)
SIPROM TK software is used in combination with the modem for Measured span > 25 °C (45 °F)
SITRANS TK for the parameterization.
Unit °C or °F
A very compact design makes the SITRANS TK-L ideal for the Offset Programmable, max. 10 °C
retrofitting of measuring points or for the use of analog transmit- (18 °F)
ters.
Line resistance Max. 20 Ω/line
The transmitter is available as a non-Ex version as well as for use Overload capability DC ± 35 V
in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Noise rejection 50 and 60 Hz

■ Application Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
SITRANS TK-L temperature transmitters with "Non incendive" Power supply DC 8 to 35 V (28 V with Ex)
type protection can be mounted within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 2). Underrange/overrange limits 3.5/23 mA (programmable)
Filter time 0 ... 30 s
SITRANS TK-L temperature transmitters with "Flame-proof enclo-
sure" type protection can be mounted within potentially explo- Protection Against reversed polarity
sive atmospheres (zone 1). Resolution 12 bit
Accuracy < 0.1% of span
■ Function • Power supply effect < 0.01% of span/V
The SITRANS TK-L transmitter converts the signals from Pt100 • Temperature drift typ. 0.003%/°C (0.0016%/°F)
resistance thermometers into a load-independent direct current max. 0.01%/°C (0.0056%/°F)
corresponding to the sensor characteristic. As a result of its Rated conditions
compact design, the transmitter fits in the sensor head type B Ambient conditions
(DIN 43729). Parameterization is carried out using a PC for the
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
programmable SITRANS TK-L.
Relative humidity < 98%, with condensation
Mode of operation
Electromagnetic compatibility
• Interference immunity According to EN 50082-2
Power supply • Emitted interference According to EN 50081-1
Sensors SITRANS TK-L
Pt100 4 Design
1 2 3
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb)
A D
mP Load Dimensions see "Dimension drawings"
D A
Material Moulded plastic
Degree of protection
1 Analog-to-digital converter • Housing IP40
2 Microprocessor
3 Digital-to-analog converter • Terminals IP00
4 Power source
Certificate and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
The signal supplied by a Pt100 (two, three or four-wire circuit) is • "Intrinsic. safe" type of protection ATEX II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4
amplified in the input stage. The voltage proportional to the input
- EC-Type Examination Certificate DEMKO 01 ATEX 129483 X
variable is then converted into digital signals in the analog/digital
converter (1). They are converted in the microprocessor (2) in • "Non incendive" type of protection ATEX II 3G EEx nA IIC T4
- EC-Type Examination Certificate DEMKO 01 ATEX 129482 X

3/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TK-L
Two-wire system (Pt100)

■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ Dimensional drawings

Hardware and software require-
ments for the parameterization
software SIPROM TK for
SITRANS TK and TK-L
Personal computer
44 (1.73)
• CPU of type 486 upwards, com-
patible with industrial standard
• 3.5" diskette drive
• Hard disk with 5 MB vacant
3
space
• min. 4 MB RAM
• VGA graphics adapter (or com-
patible) with at least 16 colors
• One vacant serial port
• Mouse or compatible pointing 33 (1.30)
device and printer (recommend-
ed)

19 (0.75)
PC operating system MS-DOS V 5.0 upwards, MS-Win-
dows V 3.1 upwards

Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with three-wire circuit
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ° ... 212 °F) SITRANS TK-L, dimensions in mm (inches)
• Output with sensor breakage: 23 mA
Mounting on DIN rail

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Temperature transmitter SITRANS TK-L
for Pt100
for installation in sensor head type B
(DIN 43729); two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA;
programmable
• without explosion protection } 7NG3120-0JN00
• with explosion protection EEx ia for zone 1 } 7NG3122-0JN00
and Ex n for zone 2
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Mounting of transmitter on DIN rail, schematic diagram
• Customer-specific setting of operating data Y01
• Test protocol (5 measuring points) C11
14 (0.55) 50,5 (1.99)
} Available ex stock. 33 (1.30)

Accessories Order No.

SIPROM TK parameterization software } 7NG3190-8KB
for SITRANS TK and TK-L
German/English/French
Modem for SITRANS TK and TK-L } 7NG3190-6KB
59,6 (2.35)

Instruction manual for SITRANS TK-L } A5E00095604

German/English
(not included in delivery of the device)
DIN rail adaptor } 7NG3092-8KA
for head mouted transmitters (set of 5 pcs.)
} Available ex stock.
Power supply units see "SITRANS I supply units and input isolators".

DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/23

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TK-L
Two-wire system (Pt100)

■ Schematics

+ -
1 2

3 3 6

4 5

1, 2 UH, IA
3 ... 6 Sensors (Pt100)

Pin assignment

Resistance
thermometer

Pt100

No line compensation 1)

Pt100

Three-wire line compensation

Pt100

Four-wire line compensation

1
) Line resistance for compensation is programmable.

Sensor connection assignment

3/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TK/TK-H
Two-wire system

■ Overview The signal supplied by a resistance-based sensor (two, three or

four-wire circuit) or a thermocouple element is amplified in the in-
put stage. The voltage proportional to the input variable is then
converted into digital signals in the analog/digital converter (1).
These signals are forwarded electrically isolated (2) to the micro-
processor (3). They are converted there in accordance with the
sensor characteristic and further parameters (damping, ambient
temperature etc.).
The signal prepared in this way is converted in the digital/analog
converter (4) into a load-independent direct current (4 to 20 mA).
3
The power supply (5) is located in the output signal circuit.
The SITRANS TK-H transmitter is parameterized and operated
using a PC (6) connected to the two-wire line via the interface
module for SIPROM software (HART modem, 7). A hand-held
communicator can also be used for this purpose. The signals
needed for communication in conformity with the HART r proto-
col V 5.7 are superimposed on the output current in accordance
with the frequency shift keying (Frequency Shift Keying, FSK)
method.

The smart solution – The transmitter with the same capabil-

■ Technical specifications
ities as a SITRANS TK and a standardized HART interface. Input
This universal transmitter integrates your temperature measure- Resistance thermometer
ment in the TIA concept (Totally Integrated Automation). This Measured variable Temperature
makes central engineering possible, bringing you time and cost
Sensor type
benefits.
• Acc. to DIN IEC 751 Pt25 ... Pt1000
SIMATIC PDM or another HART programming tool can be used • Acc. to JIS C 1604 Pt25 ... Pt1000
for the configuration. The transmitter provides electrical isolation • Acc. to DIN IEC 751 Ni25 ... Ni1000
and enables the connection of resistance thermometers, resis- Cu25 ... Cu1000
tance-based sensors, thermocouples and voltage-based sen- Voltage measurement Temperature-linear
sors.
Type of connection Two, three or four-wire system
■ Application Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Ohmic impedance
SITRANS TK/TK-H temperature transmitters with "Non incendive"
type protection can be mounted within potentially explosive at- Measuring range limits 2200 Ω
mospheres (zone 2). Voltage measurement Resistance-linear or programma-
SITRANS TK/TK-H temperature transmitters with "Flame-proof ble (TK)
enclosure" type protection can be mounted within potentially ex- Type of connection Two, three or four-wire system
plosive atmospheres (zone 1). Thermocouple elements

■ Function Measured variable Temperature

Sensor type
The SITRANS TK/TK-H temperature transmitter converts the sig- • Acc. to DIN IEC 584-1 Type B, E, J, K, R, S, T
nals from resistance thermometers, resistance-based sensors, • Acc. to DIN 43 710 Type L, U
thermocouples or voltage sensors into a load-independent di- • Acc. to DIN 4937 Type N
rect current corresponding to the sensor characteristic. As a re- • Acc. to ASTM 988 Type C, D
sult of its compact design, the transmitter fits in the sensor head Voltage measurement Temperature-linear
type B (DIN 43 729).
The communication capability via the HART protocol V 5.x of the Cold junction compensation Internal, external with Pt100 or
SITRANS TK-H permits parameterization using a PC or HART external with a fixed value
communicator (hand-held communicator). mV Sensor
Parameterization is carried out using a PC for the programmable Measured variable DC voltage
SITRANS TK-L. Measuring range limits 1100 mV
Mode of operation Voltage measurement Voltage-linear or programmable
Power supply Overload capacity of the input -0.5 ... +35 V DC
Sensor SITRANS TK-H Input resistance ≥ 1 MΩ
TC RTD 5
1 3 4 Output
2
A D Output signal 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire
mP Load
D A Communication for SITRANS TK-H Acc. to HART V 5.x
7 HART Measuring accuracy
modem Digital measuring errors See "Digital measuring errors"
6
Error in the analog output < 0.1% of span
1 Analog-to-digital converter Error in the internal cold junction < 0.5 K (0.9 °F)
2 Electrical isolation
3 Microprocessor Temperature drift ±0.01%/°C (0.0056%/°F),
4 Digital-to-analog converter typ. ±0.003%/°C (0.0016%/°F)
5 Power supply
6 PC/laptop Influence of the power supply on < 0.005% of span/V
7 HART modem the span and zero point
Long-term drift < 0.03% in first month

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/25

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TK/TK-H
Two-wire system

■ Technical specifications (continued) Digital measuring errors

Resistance thermometer
Rated conditions
Input Measured range Min. mea- Digital
Ambient conditions sured span accuracy
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... 185 °F) °C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Relative humidity < 98%, with condensation Pt25 ... Pt500 -200 ... + 850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
(-328 ... +1562)

3
Electromagnetic compatibility
Pt501 ... Pt1000 IEC -200 ... + 350 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
• Interference immunity Acc. to EN 61 326 (-328 ... +662)
• Emitted interference Acc. to EN 50 081-2 Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -50 ... + 250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
(-58 ... +482)
Design
Cu25 ... Cu1000 -50 ... + 200 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb) (-58 ... +392)
Dimensions see "Dimension drawings"
Material Moulded plastic Resistance-based sensors
Power supply Input Measured Min. measured Digital accu-
range span racy
For SITRANS TK 6.5 ... 35 V DC (30 V for EEx ia)
Ω Ω Ω
For SITRANS TK-H 8 ... 35 V DC (30 V for EEx ia)
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
Electrical isolation Between input and output
• Test voltage U eff = 3.75 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
• Insulation 500 V AC
Certificate and approvals Thermocouple elements
Explosion protection ATEX Input Measured range Min. mea- Digital
• "Intrinsic. safe" type of protection II 1 G EEx ia IIC T5/T6 sured span accuracy
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
- EC-Type Examination Certificate DEMKO 03 ATEX 134603X
for TK and TK-H Type B +500 ... +1820 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(+932 ... +3308)
• Ex tested for zone 2n II 3 G EEx nA IIC T5/T6 Type C 0 ... +2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
- Conformity statement DEMKO 03 ATEX 134604X (+32 ... +4172)
Type D 0 ... +2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance (+32 ... +4172)
3017742
Type E -250 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
• Identification (IS, I, NI) • IS / I / 1 / ABCDEFG / T5 Ta = (-418 ... +1652)
85 °C (185 °F), T6 Ta = 50 °C Type J -210 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(112 °F) (-346 ... +2192)
• I / 0 / AEx ia / IIC / T5 Ta = 85 °C Type K -230 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(185 °F), T6 Ta = 50 °C (112 °F) (-382 ... +2498)
• NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5 Ta = 85 °C Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(185 °F), T6 Ta = 50 °C (112 °F) (-328 ... +1652)
• Entity parameters nach “control drawing” Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
A5E00226012B (-328 ... +2372)
U i = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Type R 0 ... +1750 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Pi = 0,75 W, Ci =5 nF, Li = 15 µH (+32 ... +3182)
Type S 0 ... +1750 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Hardware and software require-
ments for the parameterization (+32 ... +3182)
software SIPROM TK for Type T -220 ... +400 40 (7.2) 1 (1.8)
SITRANS TK (-364 ... +752)
Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Personal computer • CPU of type 486 upwards, com- (-328 ... +1112)
patible with industrial standard
• 3.5" diskette drive
mV Sensor
• Hard disk with 5 MB vacant
space Input Measured Min. measured Digital accu-
• min. 4 MB RAM range span racy
• VGA graphics adapter (or com- mV mV µV
patible) with at least 16 colors mV Sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
• One vacant serial port
mV Sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400
• Mouse or compatible pointing
device and printer (recommend-
ed)
PC operating system MS-DOS V 5.0 upwards,
MS-Windows V 3.1 upwards
SIMATIC PDM for SITRANS TK-H see Chapter 9

Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with three-wire circuit
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Output with sensor breakage: 23 mA

3/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TK/TK-H
Two-wire system
Mounting on DIN rail
Selection and ordering data Order No.
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TK
for installation in sensor head type B
(DIN 43729); two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA;
with electrical isolation
• without explosion protection } 7NG3120-1JN01
• with explosion protection Ex n for zone 2 } 7NG3121-1JN01
• with explosion protection ATEX (EEx ia) and } 7NG3122-1JN01
FM (IS, I, NI) 3
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TK-H
for installation in sensor head type B
(DIN 43729); two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA;
capable of communication according to
HART V 5.x with electrical isolation
• without explosion protection } 7NG3120-2JN01 Mounting of transmitter on DIN rail, schematic diagram
• with explosion protection Ex n for zone 2 } 7NG3121-2JN01
• with explosion protection ATEX (EEx ia) and } 7NG3122-2JN01 14 (0.55) 50,5 (1.99)
FM (IS, I, NI) 33 (1.30)
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Customer-specific setting of operating data Y01
• Test protocol (5 measuring points) C11

59,6 (2.35)
Accessories Order No.
SIPROM TK parameterization software } 7NG3190-8KB
for SITRANS TK, German/English/French
Modem for SITRANS TK } 7NG3190-6KB
Instruction Manual for SITRANS TK/TK-H } A5E00226012
German/English
(not included in delivery of the device)
DIN rail adaptor } 7NG3092-8KA
for head mounted transmitters (set of 5 pcs.)
DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)
SIMATIC PDM parameterization software see Chapter 9
also for SITRANS TK-H
■ Schematics
HART modem
• with RS232 interface } 7MF4997-1DA
D)
• with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB 1 2
D)
+ -
} Available ex stock.
D) Subject to export regulations AL:N, ECCN: EAR99H.
3 6
Power supply units see "SITRANS I supply units and input isolators".

■ Dimensional drawings 4 5

44 (1.73) 1, 2 UH, IA
3 ... 6 Sensor

Pin assignment

33 (1.30)
24 (0.95)

SITRANS TK/TK-H, dimensions in mm (inches)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/27

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TK/TK-H
Two-wire system

Potentiometer Resistance Current measurment

3 R R
R

No compensation1) No compensation1) I

Voltage measurement

R R

Dreileiter-Kompensation für Three-wire line compensation

Übertragungswiderstand 2)

+ -

R
R

Four-wire compensation for

line and transfer resistance 2) Four-wire line compensation

Resistance
thermometer Thermocouple

+ T/C
RTD

Internal cold junction compensation (CJC)

1
No line compensation )

+ T/C
RTD
RTD

External CJC-compensation
Three-wire line compensation 1
No line compensation )

Note:
Line resistance (per wire in the case of
- three- and four-wire connections)
T > 600 °C (> 1112 °F): max. 10 W
+ T/C T < 600 °C (> 1112 °F): max. 30 W
RTD
RTD 1
) Line resistance for compensation
is programmable.
External CJC-compensation 2
) Resistance between start of
Four-wire line compensation Three-wire line compensation resistance and sliding contact.

Sensor connection assignment

3/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitter for field mounting / field indicators
SITRANS TF
two-wire system

■ Overview Mode of operation

Power supply
SITRANS TF
0000
Sensor SITRANS TK-H 8
00°C
TC RTD 1 3 4 9 5
2
A D
µP Load
D A

7 3
6
1 Analog-to-digital converter
2 Electrical isolation
3 Microprocessor
4 Digital-to-analog converter
5 Power supply
6 PC/laptop
7 HART modem
8 Digital display (option)
9 Test connector

Operating principle: SITRANS TF with an integrated SITRANS TK-H and

digital display
The signal supplied by a resistance-based sensor (two, three or
four-wire circuit) or a thermocouple element is amplified in the in-
put stage. The voltage proportional to the input variable is then
converted into digital signals in the analog/digital converter (1).
These signals are forwarded electrically isolated (2) to the micro-
The field transmitter for tough industrial duty processor (3). They are converted there in accordance with the
The temperature transmitter SITRANS TF works where others sensor characteristic and further parameters (damping, ambient
feel uncomfortable. These field transmitters are equipped temperature etc.).
namely with protection type IP68. The signal prepared in this way is converted in the digital/analog
SITRANS TF comes in robust die-cast aluminium or in durable converter (4) into a load-independent direct current (4 to 20 mA).
stainless steel. It converts signals from resistance thermome- The power supply (5) is located in the output signal circuit.
ters, resistance-based sensors, thermocouples and voltage- The SITRANS TK-H transmitter is parameterized and operated
based sensors into a load-independent direct current corre- using a PC (6) connected to the two-wire line via the interface
sponding to the sensor characteristic. The offset mounted sen- module for SIPROM software (HART modem, 7). A hand-held
sor prevents the transmitter from heating up at high temperature. communicator can also be used for this purpose. The signals
Vibrations and oscillations due to long neck tubes and protective needed for communication in conformity with the HART protocol
do not occur with SITRANS TF. V 5.7 are superimposed on the output current in accordance
In the case of hard to reach measuring points you can mount the with the frequency shift keying (Frequency Shift Keying, FSK)
SITRANS TF in offset positions offering easy access and have method.
the measured value shown on the freely programmable digital
indicator. ■ Technical specifications
The SITRANS TF can be used in a version without a transmitter Input
as a user-friendly indicating device for all 4 to 20 mA signals.
Resistance thermometer
All versions of the SITRANS TF are also available in an intrinsi- Measured variable Temperature
cally safe or flameproof design.
Sensor type
■ Application • Acc. to DIN IEC 751 Pt25 ... Pt1000
• Acc. to JIS C 1604) Pt25 ... Pt1000
SITRANS TF temperature transmitters with "Non incendive" type
protection can be operated within potentially explosive atmo- • Acc. to DIN IEC 75 Ni25 ... Ni1000
spheres (zone 2). Cu25 ... Cu1000
SITRANS TF temperature transmitters with "Non incendive" or Voltage measurement Temperature-linear
"Flame-proof enclosure" type protection can be operated within
potentially explosive atmospheres (zone 1). Type of connection 2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Resistance-based sensors
■ Function Measured variable Ohmic impedance
The communication capability via the HART protocol V 5.7 of the Measuring range limits 2200 Ω
S ITRANS TF permits parameterization using a PC or HART com- Voltage measurement Resistance-linear or programma-
municator (hand-held communicator). ble (TK)
Parameterization is carried out using a PC for SITRANS TF with Type of connection 2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
the integrated and programmable SITRANS TK.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/29

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitter for field mounting / field indicators
SITRANS TF
two-wire system

■ Technical specifications (continued) Power supply

Without digital display
Thermocouple elements
• For SITRANS TK 6.5 ... 35 V DC (28 V for EEx ia)
Measured variable Temperature
• For SITRANS TK-H 12 ... 35 V DC (28 V for EEx ia)
Sensor type
With digital display
• Acc. to DIN IEC 584-1 Type B, E, J, K, R, S, T
• For SITRANS TK 9.3 ... 35 V DC (28 V for EEx ia)

3
• Acc. to DIN 43710 Type L, U
• For SITRANS TK-H 14.8 ... 35 V DC (28 V for EEx ia)
• Acc. to BS 4937 Type N
Electrical isolation Between input and output
• Acc. to ASTM 988 Type C, D
• Test voltage Ueff = 3.75 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
Voltage measurement Temperature-linear
• Insulation 500 V AC
Cold junction compensation Internal, external with Pt100 or
external with a fixed value Certificate and approvals
mV Sensor Explosion protection ATEX
Measured variable DC voltage • "Intrinsic. safe" type of protection II 2 (1) G EEx ia IIC T4
Measuring range limits 1100 mV - EC-Type Examination Certificate ZELM 99 ATEX 0007
Voltage measurement Voltage-linear or programmable • "Flame-proof enclosure" type of II 2 G EEx d IIC T5/6
(TK) protection
Overload capacity of the input -0.5 ... +35 V DC - EC-Type Examination Certificate CESI 99 ATEX 079
Input resistance ≥ 1 MΩ Explosion protection (German Tech-
nical Inspectorate)
Output
• Ex tested for zone 2n
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
- Conformity statement In preparation
Communication for SITRANS TK-H Acc. to HART V 5.x
Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance
Measuring accuracy 3017742
Digital measuring errors See "Digital measuring errors" • Identification (XP, DIP, NI, S) • XP / I / 1 / BCD / T5 Ta = 85 °C
Error in the analog output < 0.1% of span (185 °F), T6 Ta = 50 °C (112 °F),
Type 4X
Error in the internal cold junction < 0.5 K (0.9 °F)
• DIP / II, III / 1 / EFG / T5
Temperature drift ±0.01%/°C (0.0056%/°F), Ta = 85 °C (185 °F), T6
typ. ±0.003%/°C (0.0016%/°F) Ta = 50 °C (112 °F), Type 4X
Influence of the power supply on < 0.005% of span/V • NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5 Ta = 85 °C
the span and zero point (185 °F), T6 Ta = 50 °C (112 °F),
Long-term drift < 0.03% in first month Type 4X
Rated conditions • S / II, III / 2 / FG / T5 Ta = 85 °C
(185 °F), T6 Ta = 50 °C (112 °F),
Ambient conditions Type 4X
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) Hardware and software require-
Condensation Permissible ments for the parameteriz.soft-
ware SIPROM TK for SITRANS TK
Electromagnetic compatibility
Personal computer • CPU of type 486 upwards, com-
• Interference immunity According to EN 50 082-2 and patible with industrial standard
NAMUR NE21 • 3.5" diskette drive
• Hard disk with 5 MB vacant
• Emitted interference Acc. to EN 50 081-2
space
Degree of protection to EN 60 529 IP68 • min. 4 MB RAM
• VGA graphics adapter (or com-
Design patible) with at least 16 colors
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) (without • One vacant serial port
options) • Mouse or compatible pointing
device and printer (recommend-
Dimensions see "Dimension drawings" ed)
Enclosure material Die-cast aluminum, low in copper, PC operating system MS-DOS V 5.0 upwards, MS-Win-
GD-AlSi 12, polyester-based lac- dows V 3.1 upwards
quer, stainless steel rating plate
SIMATIC PDM for SITRANS TK-H see Chapter 9
Electrical connection, sensor con- Screw terminals, cable inlet via
nection M20 x 1.5 or ½-14 NPT threaded Communication
gland Load for HART connection 230 ... 1100 Ω;
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome- • Two-core shielded ≤ 3.0 km (1.86 mi)
plated or stainless steel
• Multi-core shielded ≤ 1.5 km (0.93 mi)
Digital display (optional) In current loop
Protocol HART protocol, version 5.x
Display Max. 5 digits
Display range -99 999 ... + 99 999 Factory setting (transmitter):
Units Any • Pt100 (IEC 751) with three-wire circuit
Setting: With 3 keys • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C
Zero point, upper range value and • Output with sensor breakage: 23 mA
unit

3/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitter for field mounting / field indicators
SITRANS TF
two-wire system

■ Technical specifications (continued) Thermocouple elements

Input Measured range Min. mea- Digital
Digital measuring errors sured span accuracy
Resistance-based sensors °C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)

Input Measured Min. measured Digital accu- Type B +500 ... +1820 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
range span racy (+932 ... +3308)
Type C 0 ... +2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
3
Ω Ω Ω
(+32 ... +4172)
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
Type D 0 ... +2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25 (+32 ... +4172)
Type E -250 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Resistance thermometer (-418 ... +1652)
Input Measured range Min. mea- Digital Type J -210 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
sured span accuracy (-346 ... +2192)
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F) Type K -230 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-382 ... +2498)
Pt25 ... Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
(-328 ... +1562) Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1652)
Pt501 ... Pt1000 IEC -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
(-328 ... +662) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +2372)
Ni25 ... Ni1000 -50 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
(-58 ... +482) Type R 0 ... +1750 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(+32 ... +3182)
Cu25 ... Cu1000 -50 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
(-58 ... +482) Type S 0 ... +1750 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(+32 ... +3182)
Voltage source Type T -220 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-364 ... +752)
Input Measured span Min. measured Digital accu-
span racy Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1112)
mV mV µV
mV Sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV Sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

■ Dimensional drawings
15 (0.59) 55
144 (5.67) (2.17) 100 (3.94)
b
(0.79)

51 28 6 2
20

(2.0) (1.10)
(1.97)
50
80 (3.15)

3
117 (4.61)

a
237 (9.33)

8 5 4
68 (2.68)

120 (4.72)

1
36,5 (1.44)
72 (2.83)

a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)

max. 189 (7.44) (½-14 NPT)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)
max. 50 (1.97) (½-14 NPT)
123 (4.84)

105 (4.13)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1,5 or ½-14 NPT). 6 Protective cover (without function)
2 Blanking plug 7 Mounting bracket (option) with clamp for
3 Electrical connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT) securing to a vertical or horizontal pipe
4 Terminal side, output signal 8 Cover with window for digital display
5 Terminal side, sensor

SITRANS TF, dimensions in mm (inches)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/31

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitter for field mounting / field indicators
SITRANS TF
two-wire system

Selection and ordering data Order No. Accessories Order No.

Temperature transmitter in field housing 7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 77777 SIPROM TK parameterization software } 7NG3190-8KB
Two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, with electrical for SITRANS TK
isolation, with instruction manual German/English/French

Integrated transmitter Modem for SITRANS TK } 7NG3190-6KB

• SITRANS TK, programmable Instruction Manual SITRANS TF A5E00046014

German/English

3
- without Ex protection 1 0 (included in delivery)
- with EEx ia 1 1
- total device SITRANS TF EEx d 1) 1 4 SIMATIC PDM parameterization software see Chapter 9
also for SITRANS TK-H
- total device SITRANS TF according to FM 1 5
(XP, DIP, NI, S) 1) HART modem
• SITRANS TK-H, communication capability • with RS232 interface } 7MF4997-1DA
according to HART V 5.x D)
- without Ex protection 2 0
• with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
- with EEx ia 2 1 D)
- total device SITRANS TF EEx d 1) 2 4
- total device SITRANS TF according to FM 2 5 Mounting bracket and securing parts
(XP, DIP, NI, S) 1) • made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
• made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
SITRANS TF field indicator 7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 77777
with instruction manual • made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. } 7MF4997-1AJ
• made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
• without Ex protection 0 0 1
• with EEx ia 0 1 1 Digital indicator 1) 7MF4997-1BS
• total device SITRANS TF EEx d 1) 0 4 1 D) Subject to export regulations AL:N, ECCN: EAR99H.
• total device SITRANS TF according to FM 0 5 1 } Available ex stock.
(XP, DIP, NI, S) 1)
Power supply units see "SITRANS I supply units and input isolators".
Housing
1) Upgrading of devices with Ex protection is not possible
• die-cast aluminium A
• stainless steel precision casting E
Connections/cable inlet
• screwed glands M20x1.5 B
• screwed gland s ½-14 NPT C
Digital indicator
• without 0
• with 1
Mounting bracket and securing parts
• without 0
• made of steel 1
• made of stainless steel 2
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Inscription on measuring-point label
• measuring range (max. 27 characters) Y2 2
• meas. point description (max. 16 char.) Y2 3
• measuring-point text (max. 27 charac.) Y2 4
Customer-specific setting of operating data Y01
Power supply units see "SITRANS I supply units and input isolators".
1) Without cable gland.

3/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitter for field mounting / field indicators
SITRANS TF
two-wire system

■ Schematics

Potentiometer Resistance Current measurement

3
R R
R

No compensation1) No compensation1) I

Voltage measurement

R R

Three-wire compensation for Three-wire line compensation

transfer resistance2)

+ -

R
R

Four-wire compensation for line

and transfer resistance2) Four-wire line compensation

Resistance-
thermometer Thermo couple

+ T/C
RTD

Internal cold junction compensation (CJC)

No line compensation1)

+ T/C
RTD
RTD

External CJC
Three-wire line compensation No line compensation1)
Note:
Line resistance (per wire in the case of
3 or 4-wire connections)
- T > 600 °C (> 1112 °F): max. 10 W
T < 600 °C (< 1112 °F): max. 30 W
+ T/C
1
RTD
) Line resistance for compensation
RTD is programmable.
2
) Resistance between start of resistance
External CJC and sliding contact.
Four-wire line compensation Three-wire line compensation

Sensor connection assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/33

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitter for field mounting
SITRANS TF2
with temperature sensor

■ Overview ■ Design
The SITRANS TF2 has a stainless steel housing (diam. 80 mm)
with protective glass. The stainless steel protective tube with
screw socket contains the temperature sensor Pt100. By using
stainless steel for the protective tube it displays high chemical
resistance, which means that the temperature sensor is well pro-
tected against external effects
3 The protective tube is supplied as standard in lengths of 170 mm
or 260 mm; a customer-specific version is also possible. Simi-
larly, the protective tube can be supplied in the material of the
customer’s choice.
At the rear of the housing is the electrical connection for the volt-
age supply using a current loop of 4 to 20 mA. The connection
is made with plug connectors to EN 175301-803A.
At the front of the housing is the 5-digit display behind a glass
cover. Underneath the display are the 3 keys for parameterizing
the SITRANS TF2. Above the display are a green and a red LED
for indicating the operating status.
The SITRANS TF2 is available in two versions (see "Dimension
drawings“):
• In the radial version (type A) the display is fitted in parallel with
the protective tube. The display can be rotated by up to ±120°
relative to the protective tube.
• In the axial version (type B) the display is at right angles to the
The temperature transmitter SITRANS TF2 integrates three ele- protective tube. The display can be rotated by 360° relative to
ments in one device: the protective tube.
• a Pt100 resistance thermometer in a stainless steel protective
tube, ■ Function
• a stainless steel housing with a high degree of protection, and
Mode of operation
• a built-in transmitter with LCD and three keys for parameter-
ization.
Green LED Red LED
It is used to indicate and monitor the temperature measured at IK LCD
the point of installation.
The SITRANS TF2 is available in an axial and a radial version. 200.00
RTD µC °C
A/D
■ Benefits
• Robust stainless steel housing with two connection versions
• High measuring accuracy 3 keys
EEP RO M
• Precise display with a resolution of 1/100 °C in the highest mea- UK
EMV
suring range +
D/A UA U I 4 ... 20 mA UH, IA
• Measuring ranges from -50 to +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F) pa- -
rameterizable
3 keys Configuring of parameters
• Customer-specific lengths and materials possible for the pro- A/D Analog-to-digital converter
tective tube D/A Digital-to-analog converter
EEPROM Memory for all parameters
• Stainless steel protective tube with high resistance to chemi- EMC Output stage with protective components
IA Current output
cals IK Constant-current source
LCD Display of measured values with dimension
• Signaling of limit violation in the LCD as well as with a red LED Green LED Display of normal mode
Red LED Display of error messages or limit violation

■ Application RTD
UH
µC
Pt100 resistance thermometer
Power supply
Microcontroller for computing functions ond monitoring
The SITRANS TF2 is used for indicating and monitoring a tem-
perature variable at the point of installation. Applications are all The outside lying temperature sensor Pt100 is supplied with cur-
process engineering branches, e.g.: rent from the constant current course Ik. A temperature-related
• Chemical industry voltage drop is thus created over the sensor.
• Energy industry The voltage drop is converted on the analog/digital converter
(A/D) into a digital signal.
• Long-distance heating
• Water supply In the microcontroller (µC) the digital signal is linearized and
evaluated in accordance with the data saved in the EEPROM.
• Sewage works The processed data are shown in the display.
• Food industry
In addition the values are converted on the digital/analog con-
• Steelworks and the cement industry verter (D/A) and the voltage/current transformer (U/I) into a tem-
• Pharmaceutical industry perature-linear current signal IA (4 to 20 mA).
• Biotechnology

3/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitter for field mounting
SITRANS TF2
with temperature sensor
Display
Rated conditions
Display Ambient conditions
The SITRANS TF2 has a 5-digit display behind a glass cover. Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
The following data are shown on the display:
Temperature range for best read- -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
• measured temperature ability
• unit (°C, °F, °R or K and mA or %) Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• limit violation, indicated by LED and arrow symbols in the dis-
play
Degree of protection
Electromagnetic compatibility
IP65 to EN 60529
EN 61326/A2 Appendix A (2001)
3
Settings
Displays and controls
The SITRANS TF2 is set using the 3 input keys behind the glass Display LCD, max. 5 digits, digit height
cover underneath the display. 9 mm (0.354 inch)
The key "M" is used to selected the operating mode. Following Resolution at max. measuring range 0.01 °C (0.01 °F)
modes of operation are available:
Decimal point Freely parameterizable
• Measured value
Limit values Freely parameterizable
• Password
Limit violation display Red LED and message on LCD
• Unit of measurement (↑ symbol /↓ symbol in case of
• Start of scale and end limit violation in upward / down-
ward direction)
• Upper and lower limit value
Parameterization With 3 keys
• Offset
Units mA or % or Ω or physical variable:
• Output current calibration °C, °F, °R, K
• Upper and lower current saturation limit Damping Between 0.1 and 100 s
• Electrical damping (increment: 0.1 s) freely parame-
The other two keys are used to set the values in the individual op- terizable
erating modes. Design
Monitoring Weight ≈ 0.7 kg (≈ 1.54 lb)
Two LED indicators are fitted above the display to monitor the set Non-wetted parts materials
range and the status: • Field housing Diam. 80 mm (diam. 3.15 inch),
• The green LED signals that the measured temperature lies stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4016
within the set limits. • Cover Stainless steel, mat. No. 14016
• The red LED lights up when the measured temperature lies with glass
outside the set limits and when there is an error. Wetted parts materials
• Protective tube To DIN 43772 form 8 (March
■ Technical specifications 2000), diam. 14 x 1.5 mm
(diam. 0.55 x 0.06 inch)
Measuring principle
- Material Stainless steel (mat. No.
Resistance thermometer Pt100 class B acc. to DIN IEC 751 1.4571/316Ti)
Input • Protective tube screw socket G½B to DIN 3852-2 form A or
Measured variable Temperature ½“-14 NPT

Max. measuring range -50 °C ... +200 °C - Material Stainless steel (mat. No.
(-58 ... +392 °F) 1.4571/316Ti)

Min. measured span
Output
Output signal
Lower current limit
Upper current limit
Output protected against
max. load
Voltage measurement
Measuring accuracy
Error in measurement at 23 °C ± 5 K
(73.4 ± 9 °F)
Measuring cycle time
Temperature effect
Power supply effect
Vibration influence
50 K (90 °F)
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
min. 3.6 mA
max. 23 mA
reversed polarity, overvoltage and
short-circuiting
(UH – 12 V) / 0.023 A
Temperature-linear
< ± (0.45 K + 0.2% of full-scale
value in K + 1 digit in K)
(< ± (0.81 °F + 0.2% of full-scale
value in °F + 1 digit in °F)
≤ 100 ms
< ± 0.15%/10 K (< ± 0.15%/18 °F)
< ±0,01% of full-scale value / V
< ±0.05%/g to 500 Hz in all direc-
tions (to IEC 68-2-64)
Measuring insert Length to fit the ordered protec-
tive tube, stainless steel
Connection of display to the protec- radial (type A), can be swiveled
tive tube by max. ±120° (α)
axial (type B), can be swiveled by
max. ± 360°
Length of the protective tube(U1) see Ordering data
Electrical connection Using 2-pole plug connector
made of plastic with
M16x1.5-cable entry to
EN 175301-803A or ½“-14 NPT
Power supply
Terminal voltage on temperature 12 ... 30 V DC
transmitter (UH)
Operating limits
Pressure max. 40 bar (580 psi)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/35

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
SITRANS T transmitter for field mounting
SITRANS TF2
with temperature sensor

Selection and ordering data Order No. Order code ■ Schematics

Temperature transmitter SITRANS TF2, 7 NG 3 1 4 0 -
field device
Temperature transmitter with LCD in stain- 7777 0
less steel housing, degree of protection 1 (+)
IP65, stainless steel protective tube, 1 I0 +
resistance thermometer with Pt100 sensor, UB
measuring range -50 ... +200 °C 2 (-) RL

3 (-58 ... +392 °F), local parameterization,

output signal 4 ... 20 mA
2

Display / cable entry

• Radial version (type A), } 1
parallel to protective tube / M16x1.5 UB Power supply
• Axial version (type B), 2 RL Load
at right angles to protective tube / M16x1.5 I0 Output current
• Radial version (type A), 3
parallel to protective tube / ½"-NPT
• Axial version (type B), 4 SITRANS TF2, connection diagram
at right angles to protective tube / ½"-NPT
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B } A
• Connection shank ½"-14 NPT B
• Other version (on request) Z J1Y
add Order Code and plain text:
connection shank: ...
Length of the protective tube (U1)
• 170 mm (6.70 inch) } A
• 260 mm (10.24 inch) } B
• 4.5" (114 mm) K
• 7.5" (190 mm) P
• 10.5" (266 mm) T
• Other version (on request) Z K1Y
add Order Code and plain text:
length: ...
Material of the protective tube
• Stainless steel (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti) } 0
• Other version (on request) 9 L1Y
add Order Code and plain text:
mat. No.: ...
} Available ex stock

■ Dimensional drawings

Ø 82 (3.23) Ø 82 (3.23)

45 (1.77) 48,5 (1.91)

48,5 (1.99)
Ø 80 (3.15)

45 (1.77)

M16x1.5
67 (2.64)

or
½"-NPT
M16x1.5
SW 27 or
½"-NPT
SW 27

G½B
or
½"-14 NPT G½B
or
½"-14 NPT
Ø 14 (0.55)
U1
U1

Type A Type B

SITRANS TF2, dimensions in mm (inches)

3/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
■ Design
A resistance thermometer comprises
• The measuring resistor (metal; platinum, Pt or nickel, Ni) and
• The mounting and connection parts required in each case.
In the standard version, the measuring resistors are embedded
in ceramic. In the case of special vibration resistance require-
ments, the Pt measuring resistors are double-wound and fused
into glass.
• Measuring resistors of class B are supplied. A range of resis-
tors of class A or 1/3 to 1/10 class B is available on request.
• Single and double resistance thermometers are available.
Components and circuitry of a resistance thermometer
To protect the measuring resistor for industrial measurements
and to enable easy replacement, it is fixed in a measuring insert
(4) which in turn is fitted in a protective tube (5). The measuring
insert is spring-mounted in the connection head (1) of the pro-
tective tube using two screws. The internal conductor (10) in the
measuring insert connects the measuring resistor (11) to the ter-
minals on the terminal block.
Depending on the measuring range and the accuracy required,
the thermometers are connected in two-wire, three-wire or four-
wire systems to the output devices.
The measuring inserts are therefore available with two, three or
four internal conductors. If the resistance of the internal conduc-
tor is negligibly small, measuring inserts with only two internal
conductors can be used for the three-wire and four-wire sys-
tems.
Exact balancing of the internal conductor under operating con-
ditions is only possible with three conductors. If the resistance of
the internal conductor is greater than 0.2 Ω, its magnitude is in-
dicated on the mounting flange of the measuring insert.
Resistance thermometers
Technical description
■ Function
Measuring resistor
Measuring resistors Measuring resistors are suit-
able for temperatures from
Made of platinum -200 ... +850 °C
(-328 ... +1562 °F)
Made of nickel -60 ... +150 °C (-76 ... 302 °F),
briefly up to 180 °C (356 °F) 3
The measuring resistor changes with the temperature in accor-
dance with a certain reproducible series of calibration data (see
the table "Calibration data for platinum measuring resistors (to
DIN EN 60751)“ under "Technical data“).
The changes in resistance are transmitted as changes in voltage
to indicators, recorders or controllers directly via copper wires or
via transmitters. The type of measuring circuit depends on the
instrument to be connected and the required measuring range.
The measuring resistors are balanced at 0 °C (32 °F) to
100 Ω ± 0.12 Ω . The calibration values of the resistors (i.e. the
dependence of the resistor on the temperature) and the permis-
sible deviations are specified in DIN EN 60751 (IEC 751) (see
the table "Error limits according to DIN EN 60751“ under "Tech-
nical Specifications“).
Measuring resistors of class B are supplied. A range of resistors
of class A or 1/3 to 1/10 class B is available on request.
Measuring principle of the resistance temperature measure-
ment
The thermometer is heated up by the thermometer current com-
pared to the material to be measured. The heating-up error thus
produced increases with the square of the thermometer current
and linearly with the resistance of the measuring resistor. Apart
from the magnitude of the thermometer current, the error de-
pends on the design of the thermometer and on the heat transfer
between the protective tube and the medium. A high measuring
power is required for output instruments operating according to
the deflection method. To keep the heating-up error within per-
missible limits, the thermometer current should not be greater
than 10 mA in this case.
When measuring the temperature of gases with very small flow
velocities, a considerably greater heating-up error occurs than
in measurements with very fast gases or liquids. The heating-up
error is negligibly small with high flow velocities.
Protection fitting/protective tubes
Suitable protective fittings are used for installation in pipelines,
tanks etc. depending on the mechanical or chemical require-
ments.
The materials for the protective tubes or combinations of differ-
ent protective tube materials must be carefully selected in order
to meet the requirements due to static pressure, flow and tem-
perature Furthermore, the indication response should be as fast
as possible.
Installation examples with the suitable protective tube materials
can be found under "Technical data" in the table "Installation ex-
amples and material of protective tubes".
The type of installation of the protective tubes depends on the
application. The protective tubes are screwed into the pipelines
in the case of operating pressures up to approx. 90 bar. Tapered
protective tubes which can be welded in are available for higher
pressures. Thermometers for measuring furnace temperatures
are fixed using flanges.
Owing to the different operating conditions, no guarantee can be
given for protective fittings. The manufacturer is responsible for
damages and measuring errors caused by wrong installation in
compliance with the General Terms of Delivery if the instruments
have been installed by the manufacturer and if the specifications
for the operating conditions furnished by the customer were cor-
rect and sufficiently detailed.
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/37
 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Technical description

■ Integration
Instrument combination for measuring and controlling tem-
perature

Sense
Resistance thermometer

3
Match
Electric transmitter
Catalog FI 01

Output Electric Catalog

Control indicator MP 12
limit monitor
recorder MP 20

controller MP 31

Instrument combination with resistance thermometer as sensor

Installation examples and materials of protective tubes
Measuring point Max. operat- Protective tube material Measuring point Max. operat- Protective tube material
ing temp. ing temp.
°C (°F) name No. °C (°F) name No.
A. Steam power plants D. Dye works
Water and steam lines 300 (572) Bronze Sn Bz 6 (only 2.1020 Jigger, automatic yarn 110 (230) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
(Screw-in and welding- for water) skein dying machine
type thermometers) 400 (752) St 35.8 1.0305 E. Food and drink industries
540 (1004) 13 CrMo 44 1.7335
570 (1058) 10 CrMo 9 10 1.7380 1. Breweries

Flue gas 550 (1022) St 35.8, enamelled 1.0305 Brewing water 80 (176) Bronze Sn Bz 6 or X 6 2.1020
CrNiTi 18 10
Pulverized coal/air mix- 100 (212) St 35.8 (with baffle rod) 1.0305
ture line Mash

Water treatment 30 (86) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 or 1.4541 • Hot wort 100 (212) Bronze or X 6 CrNiTi 18 1.4541
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571 10

B. Paper mills • Cold wort 4 (39,2) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 1.4541

In paper pulp (cylindri- 60 (140) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571 2. Sugar factories

cal paper mills, hand- Salt removal in sugar 100 (212) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 1.4541
made paper, refiner) juice
C. Pulp production For all tanks with inter- 3. Cereals production
nal lining: only flange-
type thermometers Salt removal in whey 20 (68) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 1.4541
1. Sulfite pulp 4. Malt houses
Boiling acid in vat, 150 (302) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571 Steeping water 100 (212) Bronze Sn Bz 6 2.1020
peetz tank and acid 5. Yeast production
tower
Yeast cooling 4 (39,2) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 1.4541
Hypochlorite tower, 40 (104) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
alkali tower Yeast fermentation 33 (91,4) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
Sulphite lye evapora- 140 (284) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571 F. Chemical and petrochemical industries
tion, heat exchanger, Corrosion-resistant steel, material Nos. 1.4541 and 1.4571, can be
preheater and lye col- used for many applications. The numerous substances to be measured
lecting tank in these industrial branches render it sometimes difficult to recommend
2. Sulfate pulp suitable protective tube materials. If required, please contact our repre-
sentatives in these cases.
Vat, lye heater In vat 180 X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 or 1.4541
Black, green and white (356) other- X 6 CrNiMoTi Ti 17 122 1.4571
lye tanks wise
80 (176)
Cellulose multiple- 40 (104) Hastelloy C (59 Ni; 16 1.4571
stage bleaching (moist Mo; 15,5 Cr; 5,5 Fe; 3,8
chloric gases present) W) or X 6 CrNiMoTi 17
122 with Ti protective
sleeve
Sulfate lye evaporation, 140 (284) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
heat exchanger, pre-
heater and lye collect-
ing tank

3/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Protective tubes, installation

■ Technical specifications Error limits acc. to DIN EN 60 751

The resistance thermometers are divided into two classes ac-
Calibration data for platinum measuring resistors cording to their error limits:
(to DIN EN 60751)
Class Error limits in °C
°C (°F) Ω
A 0,15 + 0,002 |t| 1)
-200 (-328) 18.52
-180 (-292) 27.10 B 0,3 + 0,005 |t|
-160
-140
(-256)
(-220)
35.34
43.88
1) |t| is the numerical value of the temperature in °C without consideration of
the sign 3
-120 (-184) 52.11
-100 (-148) 60.26 ■ Integration
-80 (-112) 68.33
-60 (-76) 76.33 Protective tubes in a pipeline
-40 (-40) 84.27
-30 (-22) 88.22
-20 (-4) 92.16
-10 (14) 96.09
0 (32) 100.00
10 (50) 103.90
20 (68) 107.79
30 (86) 111.67
40 (104) 115.54
50 (122) 119.40
60 (140) 123.24
80 (176) 130.90
100 (212) 138.51
120 (248) 146.07
140 (284) 153.58
160 (320) 161.05
180 (356) 168.48
200 (392) 175.86 Flue gas resistance thermometer
220 (428) 183.19
240 (464) 190.47
260 (500) 197.71
280 (536) 204.90
300 (572) 212.05
320 (608) 219.15
340 (644) 226.21
360 (680) 233.21
380 (716) 240.18
400 (752) 247.09
420 (788) 253.96
440 (824) 260.78
460 (860) 267.56
480 (896) 274.29
500 (932) 280.98
520 (968) 287.62
540 (1004) 294.21
560 (1040) 300.75
580 (1076) 307.25
600 (1112) 313.71
620 (1148) 320.12
640 (1184) 326.48
660 (1220) 332.79
700 (1292) 345.28
750 (1382) 360.64
800 (1472) 375.70
850 (1562) 390.48

Fitted in a sheet-metal duct (top) and a flue gas duct (bottom)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/39

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Protective tubes, installation
Screw-in resistance thermometer Welding-type protective tubes, mounted

In a pulverized coal line, with baffle rod Top: Wall thickness ≤ 35 mm; mounting using welded coupling; bottom:
Wall thickness > 35 mm
Welding-type protective tubes, mounted

At top for low-pressure, with screw socket G½; at bottom for high-pres-
sure, with screw socket G1
It must be possible to weld the pipe coupling and pipeline. Ma-
terial according to data provided by pipeline or vessel manufac-
turer.

3/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Temperature transmitters
for mounting in the connection head

■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering Data

Detailed information on the transmitters can be found for the re-
spective products under "Transmitters for temperature“.

Transmitter to be fitted Order Code

3
To order the sensor with a built-in
temperature transmitter, add "-Z" to
the Order No. of the sensor, and
supplement by the following Order
code:
• SITRANS TK-L
- without Ex K00
- EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2 K02
• SITRANS TK
- without Ex K10
- EEx n for zone 2 K11
- ATEX (EEx ia) and FM (IS, I, NI) K12
The following temperature transmitters are available for mount-
• SITRANS TK-H
ing in the connection head:
- without Ex K20
SITRANS TK-L
- EEx n for zone 2 K21
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),
- ATEX (EEx ia) and FM (IS, I, NI) K22
without electrical isolation, only for Pt100 resistance thermome-
ters. • SITRANS T3K PA

SITRANS TK - without Ex K30

- EEx ia IIC (ATEX) K31
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),
electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocou- - intrinsic safety (FM) K33
ple elements. Customer-specific setting of the Y11
built-in transmitter (specify settings
SITRANS TK-H in plain text)
Two-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication
(4 to 20 mA), electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and
thermocouple elements.
SITRANS T3K PA
Temperature transmitter with PROFIBUS PA connection, electri-
cal isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocouple ele-
ments.
Note:
• SITRANS TK/TK-H can be fitted instead of the terminal block
or in the high hinged cover.
• SITRANS T3K PA can only be fitted in the high hinged cover of
the connection head.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/41

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Questionnaire for temperature sensors
(resistance thermometers or thermocouples)

■ General information
Customer: ....................................................................................
Address: ......................................................................................
Contact partner: .........................................................................
Purchasing dept.: ........................................................................ Tel.: ...........................................................................
3 Sales dept.: ................................................................................. Tel.: ...........................................................................
Process dept.: ............................................................................. Tel.: ...........................................................................
Inquiry:.........................................................................................
Quotation: ....................................................................................
Place and date: ...........................................................................

■ Operating conditions ■ Miscellaneous

1. Application: ...................................................................... Please additionally provide the following: rough sketch, installa-
(e.g. exhaust gas measurement) tion diagram, section of drawing, photo

2. Location:...........................................................................
■ Sensor design
(e.g. pipe bend, tank)
3. Mounting position:............................................................
(e.g. vertical, 45° against flow)
4. Temperature (measuring point): ......................................
Operating temperature:....................................................
Temperature range: .........................................................
5. Medium: ...........................................................................
6. Pressure: ..........................................................................
Nominal pressure: ............................................................
Operating pressure: .........................................................
7. Flow: .................................................................................
8. Vibrations: ........................................................................
9. Miscellaneous: .................................................................
(e.g. vessel or pipe materials, PTFE lining)
■ Ambient conditions
(e.g. seawater atmosphere, chemical plant)
Definition:.................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
■ Special information
1. Mounting of temperature transmitter in connection head:
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
2. Packaging regulations: ....................................................
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
1. Measuring element...........................................................
(type and standard) (e.g. Pt100 or TC type K)
1.1. Tolerance:.........................................................................
1.2. Design: .............................................................................
(e.g. Pt100 or 2, 3 or 4-wire system)
1.3. Degree of protection/type of protection: ..........................
2. Protective fitting:...............................................................
2.1. Protective tube: ................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.2. Mounting: .........................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.3. Neck tube:........................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.4. Mounting length/nominal length:......................................
3. Material certificates: .........................................................
4. Connection: ......................................................................
4.1. Connection head/box:......................................................
4.2. Cable:...............................................................................
(dimensions/insulation/standard)
4.3. Other: ...............................................................................
.........................................................................................
5. Tests: ................................................................................
.........................................................................................
6. Accessories:.....................................................................
.........................................................................................
7. Supplementary requirements:..........................................
.........................................................................................

3/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Flue gas resistance thermometers
with connection head

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

Flue gas resistance thermometer
Measuring resistor
(winding) embedded in ceramic
1 Pt100 measuring resistor,
three-wire circuit
Mounting length/ Weight/
mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7)
• 710 (28.0)
kg (lb):
0.9 (1.98)
1.1 (2.43)
7 MC 1 0 0 0
7 MC 1 0 0 0
-
-
1 BA 2 7
2 BA 2 7
3
• 1000 (39.4) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 0 0 - 3 BA 2 7
• 1400 (55.1) 1.9 (4.19) 7 MC 1 0 0 0 - 4 BA 2 7
• 2000 (78.7) 2.7 (5.95) 7 MC 1 0 0 0 - 5 BA 2 7
Connection head, form B,
The flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head is made of cast light alloy,
suitable for the temperature range from -50 to +600 °C with 1 cable inlet and
(-58 to +1112 °F) and can also be supplied with a built-in tem- • screw cover 1
perature transmitter. • standard hinged cover 4
Please order mounting flange or threaded sleeve separately. • high hinged cover 6
Further designs Order code
■ Technical specifications Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Design According to DIN 43764: Ther-
mometer without mount • Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Protective tube • TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
• Form 1, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 15 mm specify TAG No. in plain text
diameter (0.59 inch), wall thick- • Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
ness 3 mm (0.12 inch), seamless desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
• Material St 35.8, mat. No. 1.0305, enam- ibration points).
elled
Accessories
• Loading capacity 1 bar (14.5 psi) above atmo-
spheric, to DIN 43772 Mounting flange 7 MC 2 9 9 8 - 5 C A
Adjustable, to DIN 43734;
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
Material: GTW 35, mat. No. 0.8035,
insert tube (8 mm diameter
for protective tube diameter
(0.31 inch)) made of stainless
15 mm (0.59 inch),
steel; terminal block with clamp-
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
ing springs
Gas-tight threaded sleeve
■ Dimensional drawings Material: 9 SMnPb 28
Material No. 1.0718,
for protective tube diameter
15 mm (0.59 inch),
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
• G¾ internal thread with gasket 7 MC 2 9 9 8 - 5 D A
• G½ internal thread with gasket 7 MC 2 9 9 8 - 5 D C
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 3/41).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts, see "Accessories".

Flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head, dimensions in

mm (inches)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/43

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometers
with connection head, without neck tube

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

Low-pressure screw-in resistance
thermometer with connection head,
without neck tube
Protective tube and screw socket
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
Protective tube to DIN 43,772,
form: similar to 2G
3 Measuring resistors embedded in ceramic,
one Pt100 measuring resistor: three-wire
circuit, Two Pt100 measuring resistors:
two-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor,
Mounting length U1/ Weight/
The low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with connec- mm (inch): kg (lb):
tion head (no neck tube) is suitable for the temperature range • 100 (3.9) 0.6 (1.32) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 1 DA 1 7
from -50 to +400 °C (-58 to +752 °F) and can also be supplied • 160 (6.3) 0.7 (1.54) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 2 DA 1 7
with a built-in temperature transmitter. • 230 (9.1) 0.8 (1.76) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 3 DA 1 7
• 360 (14.2) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 4 DA 1 7
■ Technical specifications • 510 (20.1) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 5 DA 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Design According to DIN 43765: Screw- Mounting length U1/ Weight/
in thermometer mm (inch): kg (lb):
Protective tube • 100 (3.9) 0.6 (1.32) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 1 DB 1 7
• Form Similar to 2G, DIN 43772; cylindri- • 160 (6.3) 0.71 (1.57) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 2 DB 1 7
cal, 9 mm (0.35 inch) diameter, • 230 (9.1) 0.81 (1.79) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 3 DB 1 7
wall thickness 1 mm (0.04 inch) • 360 (14.2) 0.91 (2.01) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 4 DB 1 7
• Loading capacity to 20 bar (290.1 psi) (loading • 510 (20.1) 1.01 (2.23) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 5 DB 1 7
capacity dependent on material, Measuring insert with explosion protection
temperature, flow rate, mounting
One Pt100 measuring resistor
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details) Mounting length U1/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
Screw socket G½; suitable is gasket 21 x 26, • 100 (3.9) 0.6 (1.32) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 1DE 17
similar to form C or D, DIN 7603
• 160 (6.3) 0.7 (1.54) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 2DE 17
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring • 230 (9.1) 0.8 (1.76) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 3DE 17
insert tube (6 mm diameter • 360 (14.2) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 4DE 17
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp- • 510 (20.1) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 5DE 17
ing springs Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length U1/ Weight/
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522) mm (inch): kg (lb):
• In water with flow velocity t 0.5 = 25 s, t0.9 = 75 s • 100 (3.9) 0.6 (1.32) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 1DF 17
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s) • 160 (6.3) 0.71 (1.57) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 2DF 17
• In air with flow velocity v = 1 m/s t 0.5 = 2 min, t0.9 = 6.3 min • 230 (9.1) 0.81 (1.79) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 3DF 17
(3.28 ft/s) • 360 (14.2) 0.91 (2.01) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 4DF 17
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6 • 510 (20.1) 1.01 (2.23) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 5DF 17
Connection head, form B,
■ Dimensional drawings • made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
• made of stainless steel, 7
with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with connection head, specify TAG No. in plain text
without neck tube, dimensions in mm (inches) • Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several
calibration points).
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection head"
(page 3/41).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads,
see "Accessories".

3/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Low-pressure resistance thermometers
with connection head and neck tube

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

The low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with connec-
tion head and neck tube is suitable for the temperature range
from -50 to +600 °C (-58 to +1112 °F) and can also be supplied
with a built-in temperature transmitter.
■ Technical specifications
Design According to DIN 43765: Screw-
in thermometer
Protective tube
• Form 2G, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 9 mm
(0.35 inch) diameter, wall thick-
ness 1 mm (0.04 inch)
• Loading capacity to 20 bar (290.1 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Screw socket G½; suitable is gasket 21 x 26,
similar to form C or D, DIN 7603
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (6 mm diameter
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
• In water with flow velocity v = 0.4 t 0.5 = 25 s, t0.9 = 75 s
m/s (1.31 ft/s)
• In air with flow velocity t 0.5 = 2 min, t0.9 = 6.3 min
v = 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s)
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
■ Dimensional drawings
Low-pressure screw-in resistance ther-
mometer with connection head and neck
tube
Protective tube and screw socket
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
Protective tube to DIN 43772,
form: 2G
Measuring resistors embedded in ceramic,
one Pt100 measuring resistor: three-wire
circuit, Two Pt100 measuring resistors:
3
two-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length U1/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 160 (6.3) 0.8 (1.76) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 5 D A 1 7
• 250 (9.84) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 6 D A 1 7
• 400 (15.7) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 7 D A 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length U1/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 160 (6.3) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 5 D B 1 7
• 250 (9.84) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 6 D B 1 7
• 400 (15.7) 1.1 (2.43) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 7 D B 1 7
Measuring insert with explosion protection
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length U1/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 160 (6.3) 0.8 (1.76) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 5 D E 1 7
• 250 (9.84) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 6 D E 1 7
• 400 (15.7) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 7 D E 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length U1/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 160 (6.3) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 5 D F 1 7
• 250 (9.84) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 6 D F 1 7
• 400 (15.7) 1.1 (2.43) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 7 D F 1 7
Connection head, form B,
• made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
• made of stainless steel, 7
with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
• Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several
calibration points).
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 3/41).

Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with neck tube, dimen- Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads, see "Acces-
sions in mm (inches) sories".

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/45

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
High-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

3 One Pt100 measuring resistor
The high-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with con-
nection head and neck tube is suitable for the temperature
range from -50 to +600 °C (-58 to +1112 °F) and can also be
supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
■ Technical specifications
Design According to DIN 43765: Screw-
in thermometer
Protective tube
• Form 2G, DIN 43772; cylindrical,
11 mm (0.43 inch) diameter, wall
thickness 2 mm (0.08 inch)
• Loading capacity to 50 bar (725.2 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Screw socket G1; suitable is gasket 33 x 39,
similar to form C or D, DIN 7603
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (6 mm diameter
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
• In water with flow velocity t 0.5 = 32 s, t0.9 = 96 s
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s)
High-pressure screw-in resistance ther-
mometer with connection head and neck
tube
Protective tube and screw socket
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
Protective tube to DIN 43772,
form: 2G
embedded in ceramic, three-wire circuit
Mounting length U1/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 160 (6.3) 0.83 (1.83) 7 MC 1 0 0 8 - 6 D A 1 7
• 250 (9.84) 0.93 (2.05) 7 MC 1 0 0 8 - 7 D A 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
embedded in ceramic, two-wire circuit
Mounting length U1/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 160 (6.3) 0.86 (1.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 8 - 6 D B 1 7
• 250 (9.84) 0.94 (2.07) 7 MC 1 0 0 8 - 7 D B 1 7
Connection head, form B,
• made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
• made of stainless steel, 7
with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
• Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several
calibration points).
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 3/41).

• In air with flow velocity v = 1 m/s t 0.5 = 2.2 min, t0.9 = 6.8 min Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads, see "Acces-
(3.28 ft/s) sories".

■ Dimensional drawings

High-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with neck tube, dimen-

sions in mm (inches)

3/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
■ Overview
The high-pressure welding type resistance thermometer with
connection head and neck tube is suitable for the temperature
range from -50 to 540 or 550 °C (-58 to 1004 or 1022 °F) and can
also be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
■ Technical specifications
Design
Protective tube
• Form
• Loading capacity
Neck tube
Measuring insert
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
• In water with flow velocity
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s)
Explosion protection
■ Dimensional drawings
High-pressure welding-type resistance thermometer with connection
head and neck tube, dimensions in mm (inches)
According to DIN 43767: Weld-
ing-type thermometer
4, DIN 43772; tapered, for weld-
ing in; with female thread
M18 x 1.5 for neck tube
to 450 bar (6527 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Stainless steel, unscrewable
Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
t 0.5 = 25 s, t0.9 = 80 s
II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
Resistance thermometers
High-pressure welding-type
resistance thermometers
u
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
High-pressure welding-type resistance
thermometer
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in
ceramic, protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4
1 Pt100 measuring resistor/three-wire circuit
• Measuring insert not explosion protected
- max. 540 °C (1004 °F), protective tube
13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7GA 2 7
3
- max. 550 °C (1022 °F), protective tube X 6 7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7 F A 2 7
CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
• Measuring insert with explosion protection
- max. 550 °C (1022 °F), protective tube X 6 7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7 F E 2 7
CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
2 Pt100 measuring resistors/two-wire circuit
• Measuring insert not explosion protected
- max. 540 °C (1004 °F), protective tube 7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7GB 2 7
13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
- max. 550 °C (1022 °F), protective tube X 6
CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7 F B 2 7
• Measuring insert with explosion protection
- max. 550 °C (1022 °F), protective tube X 6 7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7 F F 2 7
CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
Mounting Protective Total length Weight with
length U tube without one/two
length L connection measuring
head l5 resistors
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
305 (12.0) 0.78 (1.7)/ 1
0.79 (1.7)
365 (14.4) 0.82 (1.8)/ 2
140 (5.5)
0.83 (1.8)
395 (15.6) 0.85 (1.9)/ 3
65 (2.6) 0.86 (1.9)
365 (14.4) 0.95 (2.1)/ 4
0.96 (2.1)
200 (7.9)
395 (15.6) 0.98 (2.2)/ 5
1.00 (2.2)
365 (14.4) 0.95 (2.1)/ 6
0.96 (2.1)
200 (7.9)
395 (15.6) 0.98 (2.2)/ 7
125 (4.9) 1.00 (2.2
260 (10.2) 395 (15.6) 1.15 (2.5)/ 8
1.20 (2.7)
Connection head, form B
• made of cast light alloy, with 1 cable bushing
and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
• made of stainless steel, with 1 cable bushing 7
and screw cover
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Different design (mounting length, protective Y01
tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
• Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cali-
bration points).
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection
head, see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the
connection head" (page 3/41).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads, see "Acces-
sories".
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/47
 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Flange-type resistance thermometer
with connection head

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

Flange-typeresistance thermometer
With connection head
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form: 2F
one Pt100 measuring resistor: three-wire
circuit, two Pt100 measuring resistors:
two-wire circuit

3 Measuring insert not explosion protected

One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 160 (6.3) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 1 F A 1 7
• 250 (9.84) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 2 F A 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length/ Weight/
The flange-type resistance thermometer with connection head mm (inch): kg (lb):
can be installed in tanks and pipelines; it is suitable for a temper-
• 160 (6.3) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 1 F B 1 7
ature range from -50 to +600 °C (-58 to +1112 °F) and can also
be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.. • 250 (9.84) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 2 F B 1 7
Measuring insert with explosion protection
■ Technical specifications One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length/ Weight/
Protective tube mm (inch): kg (lb):
• Form 2F, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 11 mm • 160 (6.3) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 1 F E 1 7
(0.43 inch) diameter, wall thick- • 250 (9.84) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 2 F E 1 7
ness 2 mm (0.08 inch) Two Pt100 measuring resistors
• Material X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. Mounting length/ Weight/
1.4571 mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 160 (6.3) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 1 F F 1 7
• Loading capacity to 40 bar (580 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material, • 250 (9.84) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 2 F F 1 7
temperature, flow rate, mounting Connection head, form B
length etc., see DIN 43772 for • made of cast light alloy,
details) with 1 cable inlet and
Flange Nominal diameter DN 25, nominal - screw cover 1
pressure PN 40 - standard hinged cover 4
(ASME on request) - high hinged cover 6
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring • made of stainless steel, 7
insert tube (6 mm diameter with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp- Further designs Order code
ing springs Please add "-Z“ to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
• Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
• In water with flow velocity t 0.5 = 32 s, t0.9 = 96 s tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s) • TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
• In air with flow velocity v = 1 m/s t 0.5 = 2.2 min, t0.9 = 6.8 min specify TAG No. in plain text
(3.28 ft/s) • Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6 equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
■ Dimensional drawings To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 3/41).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads,
see "Accessories".

Flange-type resistance thermometer with connection head, dimensions

in mm (inches)

3/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Flange-type resistance thermometer with reduced
response time, with connection head

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

Flange-type resistance thermometer
with reduced response time
with connection head
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form: 3
one Pt100 measuring resistor: three-wire
circuit, two Pt100 measuring resistors:
two-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor
3
Mounting length/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 225 (8.9) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 1 A A 0 7
• 285 (11.2) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 2 A A 0 7
• 345 (13.6) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 3 A A 0 7
The flange-type resistance thermometer with connection head Two Pt100 measuring resistors
with reduced response time can be installed in tanks and pipe-
Mounting length/ Weight/
lines; it is suitable for a temperature range from -50 to +600 °C mm (inch): kg (lb):
(-58 to +1112 °F). The sensor is also available with a built-in tem-
• 225 (8.9) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 1 A B 0 7
perature transmitter.
• 285 (11.2) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 2 A B 0 7

■ Technical specifications • 345 (13.6) 1.6 (3.53)

Measuring insert with explosion protection
7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 3 A B 0 7

Protective tube One Pt100 measuring resistor

• Form 3, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 12 mm Mounting length/ Weight/
(0.47 inch) diameter, wall thick- mm (inch): kg (lb):
ness 2.5 mm (0.1 inch), tapered • 225 (8.9) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 1 E A 0 7
towards tip; tip cylindrical over • 285 (11.2) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 2 E A 0 7
length of 47 mm (1.85 inch), • 345 (13.6) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 3 E A 0 7
9 mm (0.35 inch) diameter, wall
thickness 1.5 mm (0.06 inch) Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length/ Weight/
• Material X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. mm (inch): kg (lb):
1.4571 • 225 (8.9) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 1 E B 0 7
• Loading capacity to 40 bar (580 psi) (loading • 285 (11.2) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 2 E B 0 7
capacity dependent on material, • 345 (13.6) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 3 E B 0 7
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for Connection head, form B
details) • made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
Flange Nominal diameter DN 25, nominal
pressure PN 40 - screw cover 1
(ASME on request) - standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (6 mm diameter • made of stainless steel, 7
(0.24 inch) made of stainless with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
steel; terminal block with clamp- Further designs Order code
ing springs
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522) Order code(s) and plain text.
• In water with flow velocity t 0.5 = 22 s, t0.9 = 66 s • Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s) tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
• In air with flow velocity v = 1 m/s t 0.5 = 2.1 min, t0.9 = 6.5 min
specify TAG No. in plain text
(3.28 ft/s)
• Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6 desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several
■ Dimensional drawings calibration points).
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 3/41).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads,
see "Accessories".

Flange-type resistance thermometer with reduced response time; with

connection head, dimensions in mm (inches)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/49

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
for damp rooms

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

The resistance thermometer for damp rooms is suitable for a Resistance thermometer for
damp rooms
temperature range from -30 to +60 °C (-22 to +140 °F).
stainless steel protective tube

■ Technical specifications • with one Pt100 measuring resistor

0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
7MC1027-1AA

Protective tube Made of stainless steel • with two Pt100 measuring resistors 7MC1027-1AB

3 Connection head Made of cast light alloy, with

Measuring insert
Degree of protection
cable bushing; made of plastic on
request
1 or 2 Pt measuring resistors to
DIN EN 60751, connection in
three-wire or four-wire system,
class B
IP65 acc. to DIN EN 60529
0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
• Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33

■ Dimensional drawings
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several
calibration points).
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 3/41).
Note:
SITRANS T3K PA can only be used in a large housing. Can be ordered
as special version (...-Z Y01)

Resistance thermometer for moist rooms, dimensions in mm (inches)

3/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Accessories
Measuring inserts, not explosion protected

■ Design ■ Dimensional drawings

Components (design to DIN 43762)
• Measuring insert with resistor,
• insert tube with retaining plate,
• terminal block with clamping springs and 2 or 3 internal con-
ductors of Cu-Ni sheathed wire for each Pt100 measuring re-
sistor.
The resistance of the internal conductors is stated on the mea-
3
suring insert if it is greater than 0.2 Ω.
The measuring inserts have a filling of Al2O3 powder which sur-
rounds the measuring resistor and the internal conductors and
results in a high vibration resistance (for temperatures up to Measuring insert for flue gas resistance thermometers, dimensions in mm
600 °C (1112 °F). The winding is embedded in a ceramic body. (inches)

If the vibrations at the measuring location are greater than nor-

mal, the special vibration-proof measuring inserts should be
used (for temperatures up to 450 °C (842 °F)). The measuring re-
sistor is embedded in an homogeneous, fused glass body.

Measuring insert for low-pressure, high-pressure and flange-type resis-

tance thermometers, dimensions in mm (inches)

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Measuring insert for flue gas resistance thermometer 7MC1000
for temperatures to 600 °C (1112 °F), stainless steel measuring insert tube
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in ceramic
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor/three-wire circuit
Measuring insert length Mounting length of the resistance thermometer Weight
mm (inch): mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 525 (20.7) 500 (19.7) 0.22 (0.49) 7MC1900-1EA
• 735 (28.9) 710 (28.0) 0.27 (0.60) 7MC1900-2EA
• 1025 (40.4) 1000 (39.4) 0.32 (0.71) 7MC1900-3EA
• 1425 (56.1) 1400 (55.1) 0.42 (0.93) 7MC1900-4EA
• 2025 (79.7) 2000 (78.7) 0.62 (1.37) 7MC1900-5EA

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Measuring insert for low-pressure, high-pressure and flange-type resistance thermometers
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in ceramic (max. 600 °C (1112 °F))
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor/three-wire circuit
Measuring Screw-in ther- Screw-in Screw-in Flange-type Flange-type Weight
insert length mometer with- thermometer thermometer thermometer thermometer
out neck tube, with neck tube,
7MC1006 7MC1007 and 7MC1010 7MC1017 7MC1041
7MC1008
Mounting Mounting Total length Mounting Mounting
length length without con- length length
nection head
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• 145 (5.7) 100 (3.9) – – – – 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1910-1JA
• 205 (8.1) 160 (6.3) – – – – 0.16 (0.35) 7MC1910-2JA
• 275 (10.8) 230 (9.1) – – – – 0.17 (0.37) 7MC1910-3JA
• 315 (12.4) – 160 (6.3) 305 (12.0) 160 (6.3) 225 (8.9) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1910-4JA
• 375 (14.8) – – 365 (14.4) – 285 (11.2) 0.19 (0.42) 7MC1910-5JA
• 405 (15.9) 360 (14.2) 250 (9.8) 395 (15.6) 250 (9.8) – 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1910-6JA
• 435 (17.1) – – – – 345 (13.6) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1910-8JA
• 555 (21.1) 510 (20.1) 400 (15.8) – – – 0.21 (0.46) 7MC1910-7JA

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/51

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Accessories
Measuring inserts, not explosion protected
Selection and ordering data Order No.
Measuring insert for low-pressure, high-pressure and flange-type resistance thermometers
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in ceramic (max. 600 °C (1112 °F))
Two Pt100 measuring resistors/three-wire circuit
Measuring insert Screw-in ther- Screw-in Screw-in Flange-type Flange-type Weight
length mometer with- thermometer thermometer thermometer thermometer
out neck tube, with neck tube,

3 7MC1006 7MC1007 and 7MC1010

7MC1008
7MC1017 7MC1041

Mounting Mounting Total length Mounting Mounting

length length without connec- length length
tion head
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• 145 (5.7) 100 (3.9) – – – – 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1910-1JB
• 205 (8.1) 160 (6.3) – – – – 0.16 (0.35) 7MC1910-2JB
• 275 (10.8) 230 (9.1) – – – – 0.17 (0.37) 7MC1910-3JB
• 315 (12.4) – 160 (6.3) 305 (12.0) 160 (6.3) 225 (8.9) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1910-4JB
• 375 (14.8) – – 365 (14.4) – 285 (11.2) 0.19 (0.42) 7MC1910-5JB
• 405 (15.9) 360 (14.2) 250 (9.8) 395 (15.6) 250 (9.8) – 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1910-6JB
• 435 (17.1) – – – – 345 (13.6) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1910-8JB
• 555 (21.1) 510 (20.1) 400 (15.8) – – – 0.21 (0.46) 7MC1910-7JB
Further measuring inserts on request.

3/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Accessories
Measuring inserts, explosion protected

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

An explosion protected measuring insert is suitable for installa- Measuring temperature -200 ... +450 °C (-328 ... +842 °F)
tion in a protective fitting and for connection to a certified intrin- The temperature depends on the
sically-safe circuit of category "ia" or "ib". maximum measuring current
which can flow in the connected
The measuring insert may only be used if the protective fitting measuring circuit if an error
has the degree of protection IP20 according to DIN 40050. occurs.

■ Design
Resistance of internal conductor Per measuring circuit, i.e. for both
conductors of the two-wire sys-
tem: 0.17 Ω/m measuring insert
3
The measuring resistor is fitted in a 60 mm (2.36 inch) long stain- Resistance of measuring insert ≥ 1000 MΩ at room temperature
less steel sleeve with an outer diameter of 6 mm (0.24 inch). The
sleeve and the sheath of the supply cable are welded. The Outer diameter of sleeve 6 mm (0.24 inch)
sheath of the supply cable is also made of stainless steel, and Explosion protection II 2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
its outer diameter is 5 mm (0.2 inch).
The conductors are made of special copper and are embedded
in highly compacted magnesium oxide powder. The connection ■ Dimensional drawings
points between the measuring resistor and the conductors are
additionally isolated. The conductors are potted in the terminal
base.
The rating plate is located underneath the retaining plate.

Explosion protected measuring insert for resistance thermometers, di-

mensions in mm (inches)
Selection and ordering data Order No.
Measuring insert for low-pressure, high-pressure and flange-type resistance thermometers
Stainless steel measuring insert
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in ceramic (max. 450 °C (842 °F))
Outer diameter of sleeve: 6 mm (0.24 inch)
Measuring insert with explosion protection
One Pt100 measuring resistor/three-wire circuit
Measuring Screw-in ther- Screw-in ther- Screw-in Flange-type Flange-type Weight
insert length mometer without mometer with thermometer thermometer thermometer
neck tube, neck tube,
7MC1006 7MC1007 7MC1010 7MC1017 7MC1041
Mounting length Mounting length Total length Mounting Mounting length
without length
connection head
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• 145 (5.7) 100 (3.9) – – – – 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1913-1AA22
• 205 (8.1) 160 (6.3) – – – – 0.16 (0.35) 7MC1913-2AA22
• 275 (10.8) 230 (9.1) – – – – 0.17 (0.37) 7MC1913-3AA22
• 315 (12.4) – 160 (6.3) 305 (12.0) 160 (6.3) 225 (8.9) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1913-4AA22
• 375 (14.8) – – 365 (14.4) – 285 (11.2) 0.19 (0.42) 7MC1913-5AA22
• 405 (15.9) 360 (14.2) 250 (9.8) 395 (15.6) 250 (9.8) – 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1913-6AA22
• 435 (17.1) – – – – 345 (13.6) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1913-7AA22
• 555 (21.1) 510 (20.1) 400 (15.8) – – – 0.21 (0.46) 7MC1913-8AA22
Two Pt100 measuring resistors/two-wire circuit
Measuring insert Screw-in Screw-in Screw-in Flange-type Flange-type Weight
length thermometer thermometer thermometer thermometer thermometer
without neck with neck tube,
tube, 7MC1006 7MC1007 7MC1010 7MC1017 7MC1041
Mounting Mounting Total length Mounting Mounting
length length without length length
connection head
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• 145 (5.7) 100 (3.9) – – – – 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1913-1AB22
• 205 (8.1) 160 (6.3) – – – – 0.16 (0.35) 7MC1913-2AB22
• 275 (10.8) 230 (9.1) – – – – 0.17 (0.37) 7MC1913-3AB22
• 315 (12.4) – 160 (6.3) 305 (12.0) 160 (6.3) 225 (8.9) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1913-4AB22
• 375 (14.8) – – 365 (14.4) – 285 (11.2) 0.19 (0.42) 7MC1913-5AB22
• 405 (15.9) 360 (14.2) 250 (9.8) 395 (15.6) 250 (9.8) – 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1913-6AB22
• 435 (17.1) – – – – 345 (13.6) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1913-7AB22
• 555 (21.1) 510 (20.1) 400 (15.8) – – – 0.21 (0.46) 7MC1913-8AB22
Further measuring inserts on request.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/53

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Accessories
Welding-type protective tube, neck tube

■ Welding-type protective tube ■ Neck tube

Welding-type protective tube for high-pressure resistance
thermometers to DIN 43 767, without neck tube, without con-
nection head
• Tapered shank with cylindrical welding stubs
• For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch)
3 • OD female thread M18 x 1.5 (including steel screw plug)
Neck tube for high-pressure screw-in resistance thermome-
ter
• Made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571
• With threads at both ends
• For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD

■ Dimensional drawings
Connection heads for low and high-pressure resistance thermometers, flue gas and flange-type resistance thermometers

Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP54, made of cast light

alloy, with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65, made of cast light

alloy, with high hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP54, made of plastic, with

screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

Connection head, form B-VA, degree of protection IP65, made of stain-

less steel, with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65, made of cast light

alloy, with standard hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

3/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers
Accessories – welding-type protective tubes,
neck tubes and connection heads

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Welding protective tube for high-pressure resistance thermometers according to DIN 43767,
without neck tube, without connection head
tapered shank with cylindrical welding stub, for measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD;
female thread M18 x 1.5 (including steel screw plug)
Up to 540 °C (1004 °F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
Mounting
length U
Protective tube
length L
Weight
mm (inch)
3
mm (inch) mm (inch)
• 65 (2.56) 140 (5.51) 0.3 (0.66) 7MC1905-1GA
• 65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-2GA
• 125 (4.92) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-3GA
• 125 (4.92) 260 (10.24) 0.6 (1.32) 7MC1905-4GA
Up to 550 °C (1022 °F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 6 CrNiMoTi 17122, mat. No. 1.4571
Mounting Protective tube Weight
length U length L kg (lb)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
• 65 (2.56) 140 (5.51) 0.3 (0.66) 7MC1905-1DA
• 65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-2DA
• 125 (4.92) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-3DA
• 125 (4.92) 260 (10.24) 0.6 (1.32) 7MC1905-4DA

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Neck tube for high-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer
made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571, with thread at both ends, for measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
Neck tube Total length of the resistance thermometer, Protective Weight
length without connection head tube length
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• 135 (5.31) 395 (15.55) 260 (10.24) 0.14 (0.31) 7MC1906-1AA
• 165 (6.50) 305/365 (12.01/14.37) 140/200 (5.51/7.87) 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1906-2AA
• 195 (7.68) 395 (15.55) 200 (7.87) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1906-3AA
• 225 (8.86) 365 (14.37) 140 (5.51) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1906-4AA
• 255 (10.04) 395 (15.55) 140 (5.51) 0.22 (0.49) 7MC1906-5AA

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Connection heads for low-pressure,
high-pressure, flue gas and flange-type resis-
tance thermometers
Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP54
• made of cast light alloy, 7MC1907-1BA
with screw cover and with 1 cable bushing,
weight: 0.14 kg (0.31 lb)
• made of plastic, 7MC1907-1BK
with screw cover and with 1 cable bushing,
weight: 0.08 kg (0.18 lb)
Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65
Weight: 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
• made of cast light alloy, 7MC1907-1BF
with standard hinged cover and with 1 cable
bushing
• made of cast light alloy, 7MC1907-1BL
with high hinged cover and with 1 cable bushing
Connection head, form B-VA, degree of protec-
tion IP65
• made of stainless steel, 7MC1907-1BV
with screw cover and with 1 cable bushing,
weight: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb)
Accessories
for connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65
• Quick-release clamp (degree of protection of 7MC1907-1BS
connection head reduced to IP54)
Weight: 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)
Connection heads with a drilled hole of 15.5 mm diameter (0.61 inch)
instead of the female thread M24 x 1.5 on request.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/55

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Technical description
■ Design
A thermocouple comprises
• The thermocouple element (sensor) and
• The mounting and connection parts required in each case.
The thermocouple element is formed by two conductors of dis-
similar metals or metal alloys which are soldered or welded to-
3 gether at one end, the measuring junction:
Thermocouple element
■ Function
Measuring principle of the thermocouple element
If the measuring junction is exposed to a temperature different
from that at the free ends of the thermocouple, a voltage (the
thermoelectric voltage, Seebeck effect) is produced at these
free ends. The magnitude of the thermoelectric voltage depends
on the difference in temperature between the measuring junction
and the free ends, and on the combination of materials in the
thermocouple. Since a thermocouple always measures a tem-
perature difference, the free ends of the thermocouple must be
connected to a reference junction (cold conjunction) and held
constant at a known temperature.
Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and permissible
deviations
The calibration data and the permissible deviations for com-
monly used thermocouples are defined in DIN EN 60584, Part 1,
(see Technical Data, Table "Calibration data for thermoelectric
voltages and error limits").
The thermocouples Cu-CuNi and Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710 are
used for replacement purposes. Thermocouples of class 2 are
supplied as standard. For more accurate measurements, ther-
mocouples are available with half the DIN tolerance or with a test
certificate. The tolerances only apply to the condition upon de-
livery.
During operation at high temperatures, the tolerances of the
thermocouples may change due to absorption of foreign matter,
oxidation or evaporation of alloy components.
3/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Mode of operation
The thermocouples are extended from the connection point to a
point whose temperature is as constant as possible (the cold
junction) by means of extension leads.
The extension leads have the same color code as the associated
thermocouple elements; the positive pole is marked in red. Cor-
rect polarity must be ensured since otherwise large errors will
occur. Up to 200 °C, the same calibration data and tolerances
apply to the extension leads as to the corresponding thermocou-
ples.
The influence of temperature changes at the cold junction can
be balanced by means of a compensating circuit, e.g. a com-
pensating box. The reference temperature is 0 (32 °F ) or 20 °C
(68 °F).
It is also possible to keep the cold junctions at a constant tem-
perature of 50, 60 or 70 °C (122, 140 or 158 °F) using a thermo-
stat (for several measuring junctions).
The connections from the cold junction to the measuring or pro-
cess instrument are made using copper leads. With energy-con-
suming instruments such as indicators or multipoint recorders,
the complete measuring circuit (thermocouple, extension lead
and copper lead) must be balanced in the operating condition
using a resistor. SITRANS T transmitters and
KOMPENSOGRAPH servo recorders for connection to thermo-
couple elements have a built-in compensating circuit for balanc-
ing the effect of the ambient temperature on the cold junction.
Lead balancing is not necessary in this case because of the high
input impedance.
Protection fitting/protective tubes
The thermocouple can be protected against mechanical stress
and chemical attack by a ceramic or metal protective tube which
may be mounted using flanges, screwed glands or by welding
into the pipeline or tank. The thermocouple element terminates
in the connection head.
Installation examples with specification of the recommended
thermocouples and protective tube materials are listed on pages
"Technical Data"and "Installation Examples".
Owing to the different operating conditions, no guarantee can be
given for protective fittings. The manufacturer is responsible for
damages and measuring errors caused by wrong installation in
compliance with the General Terms of Delivery if the instruments
have been installed by the manufacturer and if the specifications
for the operating conditions furnished by the customer were cor-
rect and sufficiently detailed.
Thermocouple elements are very compatible since it is almost
always possible to adapt them in shape and size to the particular
problem. The temperature-responsive part is almost point-
shaped. Thermocouple elements are therefore particularly suit-
able for measuring rapidly changing temperatures.
 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Technical description

■ Integration
Instrument combination for measuring and controlling temperature, with thermocouple element as sensor

Sense Thermocouple

3
Match Cold junction thermostat Cold junction with power supply unit
Catalog FI 01 Catalog FI 01

Electric transmitter
Catalog FI 01

Output Electric Catalog Electric Catalog

digital indicator analog indicator MP 12
Control digital limit monitor analog limit monitor MP 12
recorder MP 20

controller MP 31

Installation examples with specification of appropriate thermocouples and prot. tubes

Measuring Permissible Thermocou- Protective tube Measuring Permissible Thermocou- Protective tube
point operating ple point operating ple
temperature temperature
°C (°F) °C (°F)
A. Iron and steel works Exhaust gas 1000 (1832) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
before or behind mat. No. 1.4762,
1. Blast furnace recuperator dished; installation
Hot blast 1000 (1832) Ni Cr/Ni Open protective tube with gas-tight screw
X 10 CrAl 24, socket
mat. No. 1.4762, bare Combustion air 700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
soldering point, behind recuper- mat. No. 1.4762,
cemented ator dished; installation
Crude gas 300 (572) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24, with gas-tight screw
mat. No. 1.4762, socket
dished 5. Pusher, rotating hearth furnace, and other types of rolling mill
2. Air preheater furnace
Dome 1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: X 15 CrNiSi Preheating zone 800 (1472) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Silicon car-
24 19, mat. No. or Ni Cr/Ni bide
1.4841, inside: KER 710 or
inside: KER 710 outside: Silicon car-
bide
Exhaust gas 300 (572) Ni Cr/Ni St 35.8, mat. No. inside: KER 610
1.0305, seamless,
enamelled Heating zone 1250 (2282) Pt 10% Rh/Pt As above
3. Open-hearth furnace Soaking zone 1350 (2462) Pt 10% Rh/P Outside: Silicon car-
bide
Exhaust gas 600 (1112) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24, inside: KER 710
ducts mat. No. 1.4762,
dished Exhaust gas 900 (1652) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
before air recu- mat. No. 1.4762,
Checkers 1350 (2462) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Silicon car- perator dished; installation
bide with gas-tight screw
inside: KER 710 socket
Melt (for short 1600 (2912) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Immersion-type ther- Exhaust gas 700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni As above or KER 610
periods) mocouple element of before and
special design behind gas
4. Soaking pit recuperator

Furnace cham- 1350 (2462) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Silicon car- Preheated air 700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni As above
ber bide behind recuper-
inside: KER 710 ator

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/57

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Technical description
Installation examples with specification of appropriate thermocouples and prot. tubes (continued)
Measuring Permissible Thermocou- Protective tube Measuring Permissible Thermocou- Protective tube
point operating ple point operating ple
temperature temperature
°C (°F) °C (°F)
6. Annealing furnace, roller-hearth furnace 11.2 In hardening shop baths
(protective tubes bored from the solid are recommended)
Furnace cham- 800 (1472) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
3 ber mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Salt and nitre 550 (1022) Ni Cr/Ni Soft iron,
mat. No. 1.1003
Exhaust gas 600 (1112) Ni Cr/Ni As above Cyanogen 950 (1742) Ni Cr/Ni Soft iron or
duct X 15 CrNiSi 24 19,
mat. No. 1.4841
7. Bell-type anneal. furn.
Baths contain- 1050 (1922) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: X 10 CrAl
Directly heated 950 (1742) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24, ing chloride 24,
furnace mat. No. 1.4762, mat. No. 1.4762,
dished inside: KER 710
Stack for tin 600 ... 900 Ni Cr/Ni Special design, bare Lead baths 1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/P Outside: Chromium
plates (1112 ... 1652) thermocouple ele- nickel alloy
ment with thermal NiCr 60 15,
contact plate mat. No. 2.4867,
Stack for motor- 700 ... 920 Ni Cr/Ni As above inside: KER 710;
car body sheet (1292 ... 1688) bored from the solid

Protective gas 650 (1202) Ni Cr/Ni Bare thermocouple Barium chloride 1300 (2372) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Chromium
element baths nickel alloy
NiCr 60 15,
8. Sinter belts mat. No. 2.4867,
inside: KER 710;
(Sucking boxes) 400 (752) Fe/Cu Ni (Jacket thermocou-
ple element) B. Metallurgical plants (only limited life time in molten metals)
X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762 Copper melt 1250 (2282) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: X 10 CrSi
29, mat. No. 1.4772,
For temperature 400, 500 (752, Fe/Cu Ni As above, with dou- bored from the solid
maximum com- 932) ble thermocouple inside: KER 710
puting circuit
Exhaust of cop- 1300 (2372) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Silicon car-
9. Tinning plants per melting fur- bide
naces inside: KER 710
Palm nut oil, 650 (1202) Ni Cr/Ni St 35.8,
pickling vat, tin mat. No. 1.0305, Brass melts 900 (1652) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 29,
bath seamless, enamelled mat. No. 1.4772,
bored from the solid
10. Zinc coating plants
Aluminium melts 700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni Pearlite iron GG 22,
Zinc bath 480 (896) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8, bored from the solid
mat. No. 1.0305,
seamless Die-casting, 700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni Soft iron,
magnesium mat. No. 1.1003,
11. Heat treatment plants bored from the solid
11.1 In gases
Bearing metal, 600 (1112) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
Tempering fur- 550 (1022) Ni Cr/Ni St 35.8, lead and tin mat. No. 1.0305,
naces mat. No. 1.0305, melting houses seamless, enamelled
seamless
Lead foundries 700 (1292) Fe/Cu Ni Chromium nickel
Annealing in oxi- 1050 (1922) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: X 10 CrAl alloy
dizing gases (Ni Cr/Ni) 24, NiCr 60 15,
containing sul- mat. No. 1.4762, mat. No. 2.4867,
phur and car- dished bored from the solid
bon inside: KER 710
Zinc foundries 480 (878) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: X 10 CrAl mat. No. 1.0305,
24, seamless
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished 600 (1112) Fe/Cu Ni Silicon carbide
inside: KER 710 Exhaust gases 1300 (2372) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Silicon car-
Annealing in 1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt As above of zinc melting bide
reducing gases furnaces inside: KER 710
containing sul- C. Ceramic industry
phur
Ring kiln for 800 ... 1100 Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
Annealing in 1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: standard bricks (1472 ... 2012) mat. No. 1.4762,
nitrogen-con- X 15 CrNiSi 24 19, dished
taining gases mat. No. 1.4841,
poor in oxygen, dished; Ring kiln for clin- 1200 ... 1300 Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside and inside:
also nitriding inside: KER 710 kers, retort fur- (2192 ... 2372) KER 710
furnaces with nace, tunnel
ammonia furnace, glaz-
ing kiln

3/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Technical description
Installation examples with specification of appropriate thermocouples and prot. tubes (continued)
Measuring Permissible Thermocou- Protective tube Measuring Permissible Thermocou- Protective tube
point operating ple point operating ple
temperature temperature
°C (°F) °C (°F)
D. Glass industry G. Steam power parts
1. Glass trough furnace Water and steam lines (screw-in and welding-type thermocouple ele-
Checkers of the 1300 (2372)
regenerative
Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: KER 530
Inside: KER 710
ments)
Screw-in ther- 300 (572) Fe/Cu Ni Sn Bz 6 bronze, to
3
chambers, mocouple ele- DIN 1726 (only for air
above ment or water)
Checkers of the 600 (1112) Ni Cr/Ni Thermocouple porce- Screw-in ther- 400 (752) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
regenerative lain mocouple ele- mat. No. 1.0305
chambers, ment
below Screw-in ther- 500 (932) Fe/Cu Ni 113 CrMo 44,
Lateral walls, 1550 (2822) Pt 30% Rh/ Outside and inside: mocouple ele- mat. No. 1.7335
roof, bottom (in 1400 (2552) Pt 6% Rh KER 710 ment
drilled channels Welding-type 540 (1004) Fe/Cu Ni 113 CrMo 44,
down to 50 mm thermocouple mat. No. 1.7335
below the bath) element
Leer 800 (1472) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24, Welding-type 570 (1058) Ni Cr/Ni 10 CrMo 9 10,
mat. No. 1.4762, thermocouple mat. No. 1.7380
dished element
750 (1382) Fe/Cu Ni X 8 CrMoNb 16 16,
Annealing fur- 1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt KER 710 (Ni Cr/Ni) mat. No. 1.4981
nace
Flue gas 1000 (1832) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Megapyr,
2. Pot furnace Cr Al 20 5,
1500 (2732) Pt 30% Rh/ Pt Outside and inside: mat. No. 1.4767
6% Rh KER 710 or
outside: X 10 CrAl 24,
3. Gas generators mat. No. 1.4762,
Crude gas 750 (1382) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24, inside: KER 710 St
mat. No. 1.4762, 600 (1112) (Ni Cr/Ni) St 35.8,
dished mat. No. 1.0305,
Rotary grate 180 ... 200 Fe/Cu Ni Special design on enamelled
(Grate head) (356 ... 392) request (to be manu- Pulverized 100 (212) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
For short peri- factured on site coal/air mixture mat. No. 1.0305,
ods: according to specifi- line (with baffle rod)
500 to 1000 cations)
(932 to 1832)
E. Cement industry Rotary kilns
Secondary air at 900 (1652) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24, ■ Technical specifications
cooler mat. No. 1.4762
Thermocouple designations to DIN 43710 and DIN IEC EN
Hot chamber 900 (1652) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24, 60584 (IEC 584) Aug. 10.96
mat. No. 1.4762
DIN 43710, release 12.85
Drying chamber 400 (752) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305, or Cu-CuNi Type U
similar, enamelled Fe-CuNi Type L
F. Cellulose factories DIN EN 60584
Sulphur com- to 1500 (2732) Pt 30% Rh/ Pt Outside: Silicon car- Cu/Cu Ni Type T
bustion fur- 6% Rh bide
naces, pyrite inside: KER 710 Fe/Cu Ni Type J
burnerr
Ni Cr/Ni Type K
Behind waste 600 (1112) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
heat boiler mat. No. 1.4762 Ni Cr Si-NiSi Type N
Pt 10% Rh/Pt Type S
Pt 13% Rh/Pt Type R
Pt 30% Rh/ Pt 6% Rh Type B

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/59

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Temperature transmitters
for mounting in the connection head

■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering Data

Detailed information on the transmitters can be found for the re-
spective products under "Transmitters for temperature“.

Transmitter to be fitted Order Code

3
To order the sensor with a built-in
temperature transmitter, add "-Z" to
the Order No. of the sensor, and
supplement by the following Order
code:
• SITRANS TK
- without Ex K10
- EEx n for zone 2 K11
- ATEX (EEx ia) and FM (IS, I, NI) K12
• SITRANS TK-H
- without Ex K20
- EEx n for zone 2 K21
The following temperature transmitters are available for mount-
- ATEX (EEx ia) and FM (IS, I, NI) K22
ing in the connection head:
• SITRANS T3K PA
SITRANS TK
- without Ex K30
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),
- EEx ia IIC (ATEX) K31
electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocou-
ple elements. - intrinsic safety (FM) K33

SITRANS TK-H Customer-specific setting of the Y11

built-in transmitter (specify settings
Two-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication in plain text)
(4 to 20 mA), electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and
thermocouple elements.
SITRANS T3K PA
Temperature transmitter with PROFIBUS-PA connection, electri-
cal isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocouple ele-
ments.
Note:
• SITRANS TK/TK-H can be fitted instead of the terminal block
(not with 7MC2000-.....) or in the high hinged cover.
• SITRANS T3K PA can only be fitted in the high hinged cover of
the connection head.

3/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
■ General information
Customer: ....................................................................................
Address: ......................................................................................
Contact partner: .........................................................................
Purchasing dept.: ........................................................................
Sales dept.: .................................................................................
Process dept.: .............................................................................
Inquiry:.........................................................................................
Quotation: ....................................................................................
Place and date: ...........................................................................
■ Operating conditions
1. Application: ......................................................................
(e.g. exhaust gas measurement)
2. Location:...........................................................................
(e.g. pipe bend, tank)
3. Mounting position:............................................................
(e.g. vertical, 45° against flow)
4. Temperature (measuring point): ......................................
Operating temperature:....................................................
Temperature range: .........................................................
5. Medium: ...........................................................................
6. Pressure: ..........................................................................
Nominal pressure: ............................................................
Operating pressure: .........................................................
7. Flow: .................................................................................
8. Vibrations: ........................................................................
9. Miscellaneous: .................................................................
(e.g. vessel or pipe materials, PTFE lining)
■ Ambient conditions
(e.g. seawater atmosphere, chemical plant)
Definition:.................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
■ Special information
1. Mounting of temperature transmitter in connection head:
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
2. Packaging regulations: ....................................................
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
Thermocouples
Questionnaire for temperature sensors
(resistance thermometers or thermocouples)
Tel.: ...........................................................................
Tel.: ........................................................................... 3
Tel.: ...........................................................................
■ Miscellaneous
Please additionally provide the following: rough sketch, installa-
tion diagram, section of drawing, photo
■ Sensor design
1. Measuring element...........................................................
(type and standard) (e.g. Pt100 or TC type K)
1.1. Tolerance:.........................................................................
1.2. Design: .............................................................................
(e.g. Pt100 or 2, 3 or 4-wire system)
1.3. Degree of protection/type of protection: ..........................
2. Protective fitting:...............................................................
2.1. Protective tube: ................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.2. Mounting: .........................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.3. Neck tube:........................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.4. Mounting length/nominal length:......................................
3. Material certificates: .........................................................
4. Connection: ......................................................................
4.1. Connection head/box:......................................................
4.2. Cable:...............................................................................
(dimensions/insulation/standard)
4.3. Other: ...............................................................................
.........................................................................................
5. Tests: ................................................................................
.........................................................................................
6. Accessories:.....................................................................
.........................................................................................
7. Supplementary requirements:..........................................
.........................................................................................
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/61
 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples to DIN 43733,
with connection heads

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

Straight thermocouple with
Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
with metallic protective tube
to 1000 °C (1832 °F)
X 10 CrAl 24, mat. No. 1.4762
22 mm Ø x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)

3
1 thermocouple
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Weight: 1.1 ... 2.9 kg (2.4 ... 6.4 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 D C 0 7
• 710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 D C 0 7
• 1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 D C 0 7
2 thermocouples
The straight thermocouple together with a metal protective tube Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
is suitable for temperatures from 0 to 1250 °C (32 to 2282 °F) and Weight: 1.1 ... 3.2 kg (2.4 ... 7.0 lb)
can be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter. Nominal length in mm (inch)
• 500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 D D 0 7
• 710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 D D 0 7
■ Technical specifications • 1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 D D 0 7
Thermocouples Ni Cr/Ni type K to 1100 °C (2012 °F)
X 18 CrN28, material No. 1.4749
• Number 1 or 2 26 mm Ø x 4 mm (1.02 inch x 0.16 inch)
• Leg diameter 2 ... 3 mm (0.08 ... 0.12 inch) 1 thermocouple
Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
• Insulation of legs Insulating beads Weight: 1.3 ... 2.2 kg (2.7 ... 4.8 lb)
Protective tube Metal Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 E C 0 7
Connection head Form A, DIN 43729; made of cast • 710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 E C 0 7
light alloy, with one cable bushing • 1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 E C 0 7
2 thermocouples
■ Dimensional drawings Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Weight: 1.4 ... 2.4 kg (3.1 ... 5.3 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 E D 0 7
• 710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 E D 0 7
• 1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 E D 0 7
to 1200 °C (2192 °F)
X 15 CrNi Si 24 19, material No. 1.4841
22 mm Ø x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
1 thermocouple
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Weight: 1.7 ... 2.9 kg (3.7 ... 6.4 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 F C 0 7
• 710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 F C 0 7
Straight thermocouple, dimensions in mm (inches) • 1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 F C 0 7
2 thermocouples
■ Design Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Weight: 1.9 ... 3.1 kg (4.2 ... 6.8 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 F D 0 7
• 710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 F D 0 7
• 1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 F D 0 7
To 1250 °C (2282 °F)
CrAl 205 (Megapyr), material No. 1.4767
22 mm Ø x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
1 thermocouple
Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Weight: 1 ... 2.9 kg (2.2 ... 6.4 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 H C 0 7
• 710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 H C 0 7
• 1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 H C 0 7
Straight thermocouple with base-metal element Ni Cr/Ni with metal pro- 2 thermocouples
tective tube Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Weight: 1.1 ... 3.2 kg (2.4 ... 7.0 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 H D 0 7
• 710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 H D 0 7
• 1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 H D 0 7
Connection head, form A,
• made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- high hinged cover 6

3/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples
Individual parts and accessories

Selection and ordering data
Straight thermocouple with
Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
for temperatures to 1250 °C (2282 °F);
with metallic protective tube
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
Thermocouples elements for straight
thermocouple according to DIN 43733
Base-metal thermocouple with insulating
beads
Order code Wire diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Ni Cr/Ni, to 1000 °C (maximal 1300 °C),

3
Order code(s) and plain text. (to 1832 °F (max. 2372 °F))
• Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01 0.55 ... 2.10 kg (1.21 ... 4.63 lb)
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text. Nominal Thermocouple
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15 length L1 in length L2 in
specify TAG No. in plain text mm (inch): mm (inch):
• Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33 • 500 (19.7) 540 (21.3) 7MC2903-1CA
desired temperature in plain text (order • 710 (28.0) 750 (29.5) 7MC2903-2CA
equivalent number of times for several cal- • 1000 (39.4) 1040 (40.9) 7MC2903-3CA
ibration points).
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 3/60).
Installation of a transmitter is only possible here in the versions with a
high hinged cover (7MC2000-....6).

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Metallic protective tubes for straight
thermocouple elements according
to DIN 43733
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4762
; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb), dished
Nominal length Protective tube length
in mm (inch): in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1DA
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2DA
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3DA
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4749
; 26 mm x 4 mm (; 1.02 inch x 0.16 inch),
1.25 ... 2.20 kg (2.76 ... 4.85 lb), dished
Nominal length Protective tube length
in mm (inch): in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1EC
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2EC
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3EC
X 15 CrNiSi 25 20, material No. 1.4841
; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
1.05 kg (2.31 lb), dished
Nominal length Protective tube length
in mm (inch): in mm (inch):
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3FA
CrAl 205 (Megapyr), material No. 1.4767
; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.05 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb)
Nominal length Protective tube length
in mm (inch): in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1HA
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2HA
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3HA

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/63

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples
Individual parts and accessories

■ Connection heads ■ Mounting accessories for connection heads

Connection head, form A (without terminal block and terminals) • Terminal block
for protective tube diameter (bore = protective tube diameter • Terminal
+ 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)) • Set of gaskets
• Set of washers
Selection and ordering data Order No. • Mounting flange
3 Connection head, form A,
(without terminal block and terminals)
• Threaded sleeve
1 Cable inlet, degree of protection IP53,
0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Selection and ordering data Order No.
Cast light alloy
Mounting accessories
fastener, unscrewable
for protective tube diameter in mm (inch) Terminal block without terminals 7MC2998-1AA
(bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm) for base-metal thermocouples;
(0.02 inch): 0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
• 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-1AA Terminal 7MC2998-1BA
• 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-1BA for base-metal thermocouples;
Cast light alloy 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
high hinged cover Set of gaskets (100 off) 7MC2998-1CA
for protective tube diameter in mm (inch) for the connection head cover;
(bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm) 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
(0.02 inch):
• 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-4AA Set of washers (100 off) 7MC2998-1CB
• 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-4BA for the terminal block; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
Mounting flange, adjustable; made of GTW
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2CB
22 mm (0.87 inch); 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2CC
26 mm (1.02 inch); 0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
Threaded sleeve
Gas-tight up to bar (14.5 psi), adjustable,
materiall No. 1.0718, with gasket;
0.40 kg (0.88 lb)
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2DB
22 mm (0.87 inch), G1
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2DC
26 mm (1.02 inch), G1

■ Dimensional drawings

Mounting flange to DIN 43734 (left) and threaded sleeve (right) for install-
ing straight thermocouples, dimensions in mm (inches)

3/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Jacket thermocouples with extension lead

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

The jacket thermocouple with extension lead is suitable for a Jacket thermocouple element
with extension lead
temperature range from 0 to 700, 1000 or 1100 °C (32 to 1292,
1832 or 2012 °F); a temperature of 80 to 260 °C (176 to 500 °F) Maximum temperature of medium 700 °C
is permissible for the extension lead. (1292 °F), jacket outer diameter 0.5 mm
(0.02 inch)

■ Technical specifications Extension lead type L2KK

Thermocouple Ni Cr/Ni, type K, one off

Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2BA10 3
Jacket Maximum temperature of medium 1000 °C
(1832 °F), jacket outer diameter 1 mm
• Form Outer diameter 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 or (0.04 inch)
3 mm (0.02, 0.04, 0.06 or
Extension lead type L2SS
0.12 inch)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• Minimum bending radius fünffacher Außendurchmesser • 100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1AA20
• Material Inconel; NiCr 15 Fe, • 300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2AA20
mat. No. 2.4816 • 500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3AA20
Extension lead type L2KK
Extension lead Nominal length in mm (inch):
• Number of conductors: 2 • 100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1BA20
• Conductor cross-section: 0.22 mm2 (0.00034 inch2) • 300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2BA20
• Length: 3 m (9.84 ft) • 500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3BA20

Type Max. tem- Conductor Insulation Maximum temperature of medium 1100 °C

perature material (2012 °F), jacket outer diameter 1.5 mm
(0.06 inch)
°C (°F) single common Extension lead type L2SS
L2SS 180 (356) Ni Cr/Ni Silicon Silicon Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1AA30
L2KK 80 (176) Ni Cr/Ni PVC PVC
• 300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2AA30
L2TGD 260 (500) Ni Cr/Ni PTFE Glass-filament • 500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3AA30
and external
Extension lead type L2KK
stainless steel
braiding Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1BA30

■ Dimensional drawings • 300 (11.8)

• 500 (19.7)
7MC2027-2BA30
7MC2027-3BA30
Jacket outer diameter 3.0 mm (0.12 inch)
Extension lead type L2SS
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1AA40
• 300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2AA40
• 500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3AA40
Extension lead type L2KK
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1BA40
• 300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2BA40
Jacket thermocouple with extension lead, dimensions in mm (inches) • 500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3BA40
Extension lead type L2TGD
Nominal length in mm (inch):
• 100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1CA40
• 300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2CA40
• 500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3CA40
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No., and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
• Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/65

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Jacket thermocouples
with connection head, form B

■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

3
Jacket thermocouple with connection head, form B, made of cast light al-
loy, dimensions in mm (inches)
Selection and ordering data Order No.
Jacket thermocouple element
The jacket thermocouple with connection head, form B is suit- with connection head, form B
able for the temperature range from 0 to 800 or 1,100 °C Fe/Cu Ni type J thermocouple
(32 to 1472 or 2012 °F) and can also be supplied with a built-in Jacket made of X 6 CrNiTi 18 10, material No.
temperature transmitter. 1.4541, temperature up to 800 °C (1472 °F)
1 thermocouple
■ Technical specifications Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
• 3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2CE-Z
Jacket thermocouple with connection head, form B • 6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4CE-Z
2 thermocouples
Thermocouple Fe/Cu Ni, Fe-CuNi or Ni Cr/Ni Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
Jacket Measuring junction insulated from base of • 3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2CF-Z
jacket • 6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4CF-Z
• Material X 6 CrNiTi 18 10, mat. Inconel Fe/Cu Ni type L thermocouple
No. 1.4541 Jacket made of X 6 CrNiTi 18 10, material No.
1.4541, temperature up to 800 °C (1472 °F)
• Temperature Up to 800 °C (1472 °F) Up to 1100 °C 1 thermocouple
(2012 °F) Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
Connection head Form B to DIN 43729 • 3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2CA-Z
• 6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4CA-Z
• Material Cast light alloy 2 thermocouples
• Temperature -30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F) is permissible Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
• 3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2CB-Z
• Cable inlet For cables up to 15 mm (0.59 inch) diameter • 6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4CB-Z
• Terminal block Without clamping springs Ni Cr/Ni type K thermocouple
Jacket made of Inconel,
Thermocouple temperature up to 1,100 °C (2012 °F)
• Insulation resistance between conductors and jacket: 1 thermocouple
≥ 1000 MΩ/m at 20 °C (≥ 305 MΩ/ft at 68 °F) Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
• 3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2LC-Z
• Minimum bending radius: 5 x outer diameter of jacket • 6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4LC-Z
• Leak resistance of measuring junction: 2 thermocouples
Tested at 40 bar (580 psi) Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
• 3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2LD-Z
Thermo- Jacket No. of Thermo- Resis- • 6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4LD-Z
couple thermo- couple tance (for Further designs Order code
Outer Wall couples wire double
diameter thickness Please specify Order code(s) and plain text.
diameter conduc-
tor) • Length L in m (ft)
- 0.25 (0.82) A01
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) Ω/m (Ω/ft) - 1 (3.28) A02
Fe/Cu Ni 3.0 (0.12) 0.42 1 0.54 (0.02) 2.7 (8.9) - 5 (16.4) A03
(type J) and (0.017) - 10 (32.8) A04
Fe-CuNi • Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
(type L) 0.42 2 0.48 (0.02) 3.5 (11.5) tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
(0.017) • TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
6.0 (0.24) 0.55 1 1.07 (0.04) 0.66 (2.2) specify TAG No. in plain text
(0.022) • Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
0.89 2 0.81 (0.03) 1.14 (3.7) equivalent number of times for several cal-
(0.035) ibration points).
Ni Cr/Ni 3.0 (0.12) 0.42 1 0.54 (0.02) 4.3 (14.1) To order a temp. transmitter installed in the connection head, see
(type K) (0.017) "Temp. transm. for installation in the connection head" (page 3/60).
0.42 2 0.48 (0.02) 5.5 (18.0) Note: SITRANS T3K PA can only be used in a connection head with high
(0.017) hinged cover. Can be ordered als special version (...-Z Y01).
6.0 (0.24) 0.55 1 1.07 (0.04) 1.12 (3.7) Example of ordering:
(0.022)
The following is required:
0.89 2 0.81 (0.03) 1.94 (6.4) • Jacket thermocouple element
(0.035) jacket made of X 6 CrNiTi 18 10; outer diameter 3.0 mm (0.12 inch);
- with 1 Fe/Cu Ni thermocouple, type J; nominal length 5 m (16.4 ft)
Order as follows:
1 jacket thermocouple 7MC2021-2CE-Z A03

3/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Jacket thermocouple with socket

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

The sensor is suitable for a temperature range from 0 to 800, Jacket thermocouple element
with coupling socket
1000 or 1100 °C (32 to 1472, 1832 or 2012 °F); a maximum tem-
Ni Cr/Ni type K thermocouple
perature of 130 °C (266 °F) is permissible for the plug connec-
tion. Jacket material No. 1.4541
Temperature of medium 800 °C (1472 °F)
■ Technical specifications 1 thermocouple

Thermocouple Ni Cr/Ni
Jacket outer dia./
mm (inch):
Length L/m (ft):
3
• 3.0 (0.12) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC31
Jacket
• 3.0 (0.12) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC31
• Material X 6 CrNiTi 18 10, mat. Inconel, NiCr 15 Fe, 2 thermocouples
No. 1.4541 mat. No. 2.4816
Jacket outer dia./ Length L/m (ft):
• Temperature Up to 800 °C (1472 °F) Up to 1100 °C (2012 °F) mm (inch):
Coupling socket • 3.0 (0.12) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AD31
• 3.0 (0.12) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AD31
• Housing Made of polyamide • 6.0 (0.24) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AD41
• Contact Made of temperature-resistant material • 6.0 (0.24) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AD41
• Coupling plug See "Jacket thermocouples", "Individual parts"; Jacket material No. 2.4816
incorrect connection impossible Temperature of medium 1000 °C (1832 °F)
1 thermocouple
■ Dimensional drawings Jacket outer
diameter/mm (inch):
Length L/m (ft):

• 1.0 (0.04) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC12

• 1.0 (0.04) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC12
Jacket material No. 2.4816
Temperature of medium 1100 °C (2012 °F)
1 thermocouple
Jacket outer dia./ Length L/m (ft):
mm (inch):
• 1.5 (0.06) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC22
• 1.5 (0.06) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC22
• 3.0 (0.12) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC32
• 3.0 (0.12) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC32
• 6.0 (0.24) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC42
• 6.0 (0.24) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC42
Jacket thermocouple with socket; at top with one thermocouple, at bot- 2 thermocouples
tom with two thermocouples; dimensions in mm (inches)
Jacket outer dia./ Length L/m (ft):
mm (inch):
• 3.0 (0.12) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AD32
• 3.0 (0.12) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AD32
• 6.0 (0.24) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AD42
• 6.0 (0.24) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AD42
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
• Different design (mounting length, protec- Y01
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
• TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
• Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several
calibration points).
Different designs (mounting length, protective tube material etc.)
on request: Add Order code "Y01" and specify in plain text.
(Please order coupling plug separately (see "Individual parts"))

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/67

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Individual parts

Selection and ordering data Order No.

Extension lead for
jacket thermocouple with coupling socket
(7MC2028); twisted cores
for Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple, color code: green
Outer diameter 4 mm (0.16 inch) 7MC2921-1AC-Z
PVC isolation

3 Number of conductors and cross-section:

2 x 0.22 mm² (2 x 0.00034 inch²)
Temperature range -20 ... +80 °C
(-4 ... +176 °F)
Outer diameter 4 mm (0.16 inch) 7MC2921-2AC-Z
Silicone-silicone isolation d D l L SW
Number of conductors and cross-section: mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
2 x 0.22 mm² (2 x 0.00034 inch²)
Silicone-silicone isolation 1,5 (0.06) M8x1 8 (0.3) 32 (1.3) 12
Temperature range -40 ... +180 °C 3,0 (0.12) M8x1 8 (0.3) 32 (1.3) 12
(-40 ... +356 °F)
6,0 (0.24) G¼ 10 (0.4) 48 (1.9) 19
Outer diameter 6 mm (0.24 inch) 7MC2921-3AC-Z
PVC isolation Compression joint with M8 x 1 or G¼ thread dimensions in mm (inches)
Number of conductors and cross-section:
4 x 0.22 mm² (2 x 0.00034 inch²)
Temperature range -20 ... +80 °C
(-4 ... +176 °F)
Outer diameter 6 mm (0.24 inch) 7MC2921-4AC-Z
Silicone-silicone isolation
Number of conductors and cross-section:
4 x 0.22 mm² (2 x 0.00034 inch²)
Temperature range -40 ... +180 °C
(-40 ... +356 °F)
Coupling socket, dimensions in mm (inches)
Further designs Order code
Please specify Order code(s) and plain text. Selection and ordering data Order No.
• Length of extension lead in m (ft) Screw nipple
- 0.25 (0.82) A01 for soldering jacket thermocouple elements
- 1 (3.28) A02 The screw nipple has a centering hole and must be
drilled according to the outer diameter of the jacket
- 5 (16.4) A03 thermocouple element.
- 10 (32.8) A04 The thermocouple must be protected from exces-
sive heat when soldering (e.g. by blowing with air).
■ Other individual parts • with M8 x 1 thread, for jacket outer diameter up to
3.0 mm (0.12 inch); 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
7MC2922-1EA
• Screw nipple • with G¼ thread, for all jacket outer diameters list- 7MC2922-1FB
• Compression joint ed in the catalog, 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)
• Coupling socket Compression joint, gas-tight
• Coupling plug Temperature up to 350 °C (662 °F)
Pressure-tight up to 80 bar (1160 psi)
Subsequent release and movement is not possible,
■ Dimensional drawings material X6 CrNi Mo Ti 17–122, material No 1.4571;
tapered ring like compression joint
• Thread M8 x 1; 0.03 kg (0.06 lb)
- jacket outer diameter 1.5 mm (0.06 inch) 7MC2922-3AA
- jacket outer diameter 3.0 mm (0.12 inch) 7MC2922-3BA
• Thread G¼; 0.04 kg (0.08 lb)
- jacket outer diameter 6 mm (0.24 inch) 7MC2922-3DB
Coupling socket
of jacket thermocouple 7MC2028 (one per element); 7MC2922-4BB
for Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple element, type K; 0.05 kg
(0.11 lb)
Screw nipple with M8 x 1 thread (left) or G¼ (right), dimensions in mm Coupling plug
(inches) matching the jacket thermocouple 7MC2028 with 7MC2922-4BD
socket; one plug is required per thermocouple ele-
ment; for Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple, type K; 0.05 kg
(0.11 lb)

Coupling plug, dimensions in mm (inches)

3/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Accessories
Cold junction with built-in power supply unit

■ Overview Power supply 47 ... 63 Hz, 24 V DC,

220 V, 110 V or 24 V AC, - 25%, + 33%
- 25%, + 33%
• Power consumption Approx. 0.1 VA 0.1 W
• Residual ripple – < 10%
Permissible ambient tem- -10 ... +65 °C (14 ... 149 °F)
perature
Permissible storage tem-
perature
-30 ... +80 °C (-22 ... +176 °F)
3
Degree of protection DIN 40050
• Housing IP40
• Terminals IP20
Weight Approx. 0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
The cold junction is suitable for a thermocouple element of type
J, K, L, R, S, T or U. A correction circuit is fitted which compen-
sates the influence of changes in the cold junction temperature. Selection and ordering data Order No.
The device can be mounted on a rail. Cold junction M 7 2 1 6 6 - 77777
Note: positioning of the cold junction in the vicinity of the mea- with built-in power supply unit,
suring point saves expensive extension leads. for rail mounting
Power supply
■ Design 220 V AC B1
110 V AC B2
The cold junction has a terminal housing made of plastic which
is suitable for mounting on a standard rail DIN EN 50022-35 x 24 V AC B3
7.5. 24 V DC B4
The sensor for the cold junction temperature is positioned di- Connection to thermocouple element
rectly on the terminals for the extension lead. The device is Fe-CuNi Type L 1
matched to the type of thermocouple using built-in function Fe/Cu Ni Type J 2
plugs and adjusted according to the reference temperature. The Ni Cr/Ni Type K 3
built-in power supply unit provides the cold junction with power. Pt10% Rh/Pt Type S 4
Pt 13% Rh/Pt Type R 5
■ Function Cu-CuNi Type U 6
Cu/Cu Ni Type T 7
Mode of operation
Ref. temperature
0 °C (32 °F) 00
20 °C (68 °F) 20
Caution! Compensation of changes in the cold junction temperature
should not be carried out for Pt 30% Rh/Pt 6% Rh thermocouple
elements. The extension leads should be routed to a position where a
temperature between –10 and +60 °C (14 to 140 °F) exists.

■ Dimensional drawings

Function diagram of cold junction

The power supply (1) stabilized in constant-voltage transformer
(4) the feeds a bridge containing a precision temperature sensor Cold conjunction, dimensions in mm (inches)
(5) in one of its branches. The resistance of the temperature sen-
sor changes with the temperature of the terminals, and thus also
the diagonal voltage of the bridge. The bridge is designed ac- ■ Schematics
cording to the characteristic of the respective thermocouple el-
ement.

■ Technical specifications
Signal input For thermocouple elements acc. to
DIN IEC 584 and DIN 43710
Ref. temperature 0 or 20 °C (32 or 68 °F)
Error limits 0.5 K (0.9 °F)
Temperature error <0.1 K / 10 K change (0.18°F/18 °F)

Connection diagram of cold junction

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/69

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Accessories - Cold junction thermostat
(for 6 or 12 measuring points)

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

Cold junction thermostat 7 MC 2 9 3 3 - 77777
Ref. temperature
50 °C (112 °F) 1
60 °C (140 °F) 2
70 °C (158 °F) 3

3 Thermocouple
Fe-CuNi
Ni Cr/Ni
Type L
Type K
A
B
Pt 10% Rh/Pt Type S C
Cu-CuNi Type U D
Number of cold junctions
6 A
The cold junction thermostat is used to keep the cold junction 12 B
temperature constant when measuring temperature using ther-
mocouples. Power supply
220 V AC 1
■ Design 110 V AC
24 V AC
2
3
The cold junction thermostat consists of an aluminium block in 24 V DC, 30 W 4
which 6 or 12 reference elements are fitted, a controller, a heater 24 V DC, 17 W 5
and a power supply unit. The aluminium block, controller, heater
Temperature control
and power supply unit are arranged in two blocks potted in syn-
thetic resin. In this manner, uniform temperature distribution and without 0
protection against external effects are ensured. The cast blocks with resistance thermometer 1
are fitted to the base plate using metal brackets, thus ensuring with electronic monitoring unit 2
high resistance to vibration.
The device has a red lamp visible on the outside of the door to
permit checking of the temperature in the aluminium block (ther-
mostat). It is also possible to fit
■ Dimensional drawings
• a Pt100 resistance thermometer or
• an electronic monitoring unit with relay output whose NC con-
tact opens if there is a fault.
The cold junction thermostat has a sheet-steel housing.

■ Function
The temperature of the aluminium block is held constant at a ref-
erence temperature of 50, 60 or 70 °C (122, 140 or 158 °F) by an
electronic two-step controller with low hysteresis.
With a constant cold junction temperature, the difference be-
tween the voltage of the measuring element and that of the ref-
erence element is a measure of the temperature at the measur-
ing point. The thermocouples are electrically isolated from one
another and from the power supply.
Cold junction thermostat 7MC2933, dimensions in mm (inches)
■ Technical specifications
Number of measuring 6 or 12 ■ Schematics
points
Ref. temperature 50, 60 or 70 °C (122, 140 or 158 °F)
• Error limits 0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
Effect of ambient tempera- 0.2 °C / 10 K (0.36 °F/18 °F) temperature
ture change
Error limits of control 0.05 °C (0.09 °F)
Permissible ambient tem- -20 ... +45 °C (-4 ... +113 °F)
perature
Power supply (depending Warm-up time
on version)
48 ... 63 Hz,
24, 110 or 220 VAC ± 15%,
• Approx. 30 VA Approx. 10 min
• 24 V DC, approx. 30 W Approx. 10 min
• 24 V DC, approx. 17 W Approx. 20 min
Degree of protection IP54 to DIN 40050
Resistance to vibration Frequency Acceleration Test period Cold junction thermostat 7MC2933, connection diagram
5 ... 55 Hz 1 g, constant 4 min
30 Hz 10 g 1 min
Weight Approx. 9.5 kg (20.9 lb)

3/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Thermocouples
Accessories - Cold junction thermostat
(for 12 or 24 measuring points)

■ Overview Selection and ordering data Order No.

Cold junction thermostat 7 MC 2 9 3 0 - 77777
Ref. temperature
50 °C (112 °F) 1
60 °C (140 °F) 2
70 °C (158 °F) 3
Thermocouple
Fe-CuNi
Ni Cr/Ni
Type L
Type K
A
B
3
Pt10% Rh/Pt Type S C
Cu-CuNi Type U D
Number of cold junctions
12 A
The cold junction thermostat is used to keep the cold junction 24 B
temperature constant when measuring temperature using ther-
mocouples. Power supply
220 V AC 1
■ Design 110 V AC
24 V AC
2
3
The cold junction thermostat consists of an aluminium block in 24 V DC 4
which 12 or 24 reference elements are fitted, a controller, a
Temperature control
heater and a power supply unit.
with resistance thermometer;
The aluminium block, controller, heater and power supply unit electronic monitoring of the temperature
are designed as crystal modules. In this manner, uniform tem-
• in the thermostat
perature distribution and protection against external effects are
ensured. - with relay output 1
A Pt100 resistance thermometer or an electronic monitoring unit - without 24 V DC output 2
with relay output or 24 V DC output are fitted to permit checking
of the temperature in the aluminium block (thermostat). The mon- ■ Dimensional drawings
itoring unit is triggered when the maximum or minimum temper-
ature of the cold junction block is violated or if the power supply
fails.
A signalling lamp "Operation" is present in the door.
The cold junction thermostat has a sheet-steel housing.

■ Function
The temperature of the aluminium block is held constant at a ref-
erence temperature of 50, 60 or 70 °C (122, 140 or 158 °F) by an
electronic two-step controller with low hysteresis.
With a constant cold junction temperature, the difference be-
tween the voltage of the measuring element and that of the ref-
erence element is a measure of the temperature at the measur-
ing point. The thermocouples are electrically isolated from one
another and from the power supply.

■ Technical specifications Cold junction thermostat 7MC2930, dimensions in mm (inches)

Number of measuring points

Ref. temperature
• Error limits
Permissible ambient temperature
with ref. temperature:
• 50 °C (122 °F)
• 60 or 70 °C (32 or 158 °F)
Effect of ambient temperature
Error limits of temperature control
Monitoring circuit
• Upper switching point
• Lower switching point
Signalling relais
• Switching capacity
Power supply
Warm-up time
Degree of protection
Weight
12 or 24
50, 60 or 70 °C
■ Schematics
(122, 140 or 158 °F)
0.5 K (0.9 °F)
-20 ... +45 °C (-4 ... +113 °F)
-20 ... +65 °C (-4 ... +149 °F)
0.2 K (0.36 °F) per 10 K (1.8 °F)
temperature change
0.05 K (0.09 °F)
≤ Ref. temperature + 5 K (9 °F)
≤ Ref. temperature – 5 K (-9 °F)
NC contact opens in case of error
Max. 10 VA (max. 240 V AC,
max. 0.5 A)
47 ... 63 Hz, 24, 110 or 220 V AC
± 15%, approx. 30 VA; Cold junction thermostat 7MC2930, connection diagram
24 V DC ± 10%, approx. 30 W
Approx. 10 min
IP55 to DIN 40050
Approx. 13 kg (28.7 lb)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/71

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
for installation in pipelines and tanks

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Design Replaceable measuring insert
with connection head and protec-
tion fitting
Connection head Either:
• Field housing, screw cover,

3
stainless steel 1.4301, IP67
• Form B, cover with 2 slotted
screws,
aluminium, IP54, standard
• Form B, screw cover,
plastic, IP54 (BK)
• Form B, hinged cover with slot-
The resistance thermometer is designed for installation in tanks ted screws,
and pipelines as well as for the measurement of temperature aluminium, IP65 (BUZ)
with hygiene requirements. The usual process connections are • Form B, hinged cover with
available. The rugged design means that it is suitable for a wide quick-release,
range of process applications in the food, pharmaceutical and aluminium, IP65 (BUS)
biotechnology industries. The resistance thermometer is also • Form B, high hinged cover with
available with a built-in transmitter. A versatile range of head slotted screw,
transmitters is available for this application. aluminium, IP65 (BUZH)

■ Design
Protective tube Stainless steel 1.4404/316L 6 or
9 mm (0.24 or 0.35 inch) diam.,
optionally with tapered tip, see
• Pt100 measuring resistor Selection and Ordering data for
• Stainless steel measuring insert mounting length U1
• Replaceable measuring insert Measuring insert Stainless steel, replaceable
• Process connections for food/pharmaceuticals/biotechnology Pt100 measuring resistor to
• Hygiene version, design corresponds to EHEDG recommen- DIN 43762
dations Rigid design or as jacket element
• Fast response available with reduced tip (mineral-insulated, flexible,
increased vibration resistance)
• Transmitter can be integrated (4 to 20 mA or PROFIBUS PA)
Accuracy of measuring resistor Class A according to
The resistance thermometer has a replaceable measuring in- DIN EN 60751
sert. The measuring insert contains either one or two Pt100 mea- Integration of transmitter Suitable Pt100 transmitters for
suring resistors which are connected to the base in the connec- head mounting can be fitted in
tion head with a two-wire, three-wire or four-wire system. The the connection head, see Selec-
change in resistance dependent on the measured temperature tion and Ordering data
can be recorded by a transmitter and converted into a standard- Process connections • DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
ized signal.
• Clamp connection to DIN 32676
• Clamp connection to ISO 2852
• Varivent
• Neumo BioControl
• Spherical welding-type sleeve
cyl./sph. 30 x 40 mm
(1.18 x 1.57 inch)
• Aseptic connections
The gasket is not included in the
standard scope of delivery! Fur-
ther process connections on
request. Process connection
material: Stainless steel
1.4404/316L
Surface properties
• Standard Surface roughness Ra < 1.5 µm
(5.9 x 10-5 inch)
• Hygiene Surface roughness Ra < 0.8 µm
(3.1 x 10-5 inch)
• Welded seam < 1.5 µm (5.9 x 10-5 inch)

3/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
for installation in pipelines and tanks
Selection and ordering data Order No. Order code Selection and ordering data Order No. Order code
Pt100 resistance thermometer for food, 7 MC 8 0 0 5 - Pt100 resistance thermometer for food, 7 MC 8 0 0 5 -
pharmaceuticals and biotechnology pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
7777 0 - 777 0 777 7777 0 - 777 0 777
Connection head Neck tube length M
• Form B, cast light alloy, screw cover, 1 • 80 mm (3.15 inch) 1
IP54, cable gland 1) • 145 mm (5.71 inch) 2

3
• Form B, plastic, screw cover, 2 • Special version: 9 N1Y
IP54, cable gland 1) (add Order code and plain text)
• Form BUZ, cast light alloy, screw cover, 3
IP65, cable gland 1) Mounting length U1
• Form BUZH, cast light alloy, high hinged 4 • 15 mm (0.59 inch) B
cover, IP 65, cable gland • 35 mm (1.38 inch) C
• Field housing made of stainless steel 5 • 50 mm (1.97 inch) D
1.4301, IP67, cable gland 1) • 100 mm (3.94 inch) E
• Special version: 9 H1Y • 160 mm (6.30 inch) F
(add Order code and plain text) • 250 mm (9.84 inch) G
Process connection, material 1.4404/316L • 400 mm (15.75 inch) H
• Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted • Special version: Z P1Y
union nut and nominal diameter/pressure (add Order code and plain text)
- DN 25 / PN 40 AA Sensor
- DN 32 / PN 40 AB Thin-film technology:
- DN 40 / PN 40 AC measuring range -50 ... +400 °C
- DN 50 / PN 25 AD (-58 ... +752 °F)
• Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • 1 x Pt100, class A, three-wire F
- DN 25 / PN 16 EA • 2 x Pt100, class A, three-wire G
- DN 40 / PN 16 EC • 1 x Pt100, class A, four-wire H
- DN 50 / PN 16 ED • Special version: Z Q1Y
(add Order code and plain text)
• Clamp connection to ISO 2852
- 1" / PN 16 FK Further designs Order code
- 1½" / PN 16 FL Add "-Z" to Order No. and
add Order code.
- 2" / PN 16 FM
• Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen) • Process connection completely electropol- P01
- D = 50 mm (1.97 inch), KU ished
for Varivent housing DN 25 and DN 1" • Hygiene version H01
- D = 68 mm (2.68 inch), KV (Ra < 0.8 µm (3.1 x 10-5 inch))
for Varivent housing DN 40 ... DN 125 • Certificates
and 1½" ... 6" - Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
• Welding piece LA certified by factory certificate to
(sphere diameter 30 x 40 mm EN 10204-3.1B
(1.2 x 1.6 inch) long) - Material certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C19
• Special version: ZA J1Y
Type of screwed gland and nominal diame- • Specify special version in plain text Y01
ter (add Order code and plain text) • TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
Protective tube Measuring insert • Test report (at 0, 50 and 100%) Y33
• Ø F1=6 mm Ø 3/3.2 mm, 1 specify measuring range in plain text
(0.24 inch) (0.12/0.13 inch)
miner. insul. To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
• Ø F1=9 mm Ø 6 mm (0.24 inch) 2 see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
(0.35 inch) head" (page 3/41).
1) Not suitable for installation of the SITRANS T3K PA.
• Ø F1=9 mm Ø 6 mm (0.24 inch) 3
(0.35 inch) miner. insul.
• Ø F1=9 mm Ø 3/3.2 mm, 4
(0.35 inch) (0.12/0.12 inch)
tapered tip miner. insul.
F3=5 Ø x 20 mm
(0.2 x 0.79 inch)
• Special version: 9 L1Y
(add Order code and plain text)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/73

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
for installation in pipelines and tanks

■ Dimensional drawings
Connection heads
Field housing, screw cover, Form B, high hinged cover with
Form B, screw cover, slotted screw, aluminium,
Form B, cover with 2 plastic, IP 54 (BK) stainless steel 1.4301, IP 67
slotted screws, IP 65 (BUZH)
aluminium, IP 54
M20x1,5
3
Cable gland
25 plastic M20x1,5 for cable diam. 9-14
M20x1,5
M20x1,5 ø 65 (2.56) (0.98) for cable diam. 7-13 (0.35-0.55)
for cable diam. 9-14 (0.35-0.55) (0.28 - 0.51)
for cable diam. 9-14 (0.35-0.55)

» 120 (4.72)
» 90 (3.54)
» 81 (3.19)
» 84 (3.31)

» 65 (2.56)

» 60 (2.36)
» 59 (2.32)
» 25 (0.98)

(1.18)
» 30

M
M
M

Neck tube length M up to sealing face

Process connections

Tapered nipple with slotted nut Clamp connection Spherical welding-type sleeve
DIN 11 851 or aseptic to DIN 32 676 Sphere 30 x 40 mm (1.18 x 1.57 in)
to DIN 11 864 or ISO 2852
DN 25 to 50 (1” to 2½”) DN 25 to 50
(1” to 2½”)
M

M
U1

U1

U1

diam. F1 diam. F1 diam. F1

Protective tube based on DIN 43 772

Varivent connection Neuma BioControl
D 50 for Varivent housing DN 25 and 1” Size 25 D-30.5 diam.
D 68 for Varivent housing DN 40 to DN 125 Size 50 D-50 diam. Form 2 Similiar to form 3
and 1½” to 6” Size 65 D-68 diam. tapered tip

diam. F1
M

diam. D diam. D
U1

U2
U1
U1

U1

diam. F1 diam. F1 ø F1 ø F3

Connection heads and process connections, dimensions in mm (inches)

■ Schematics

PT100 two-wire PT100 three-wire PT100 four-wire 2xPT100 two-wire 2xPT100 three-wire

1 2 6 2 1 1 2 4 3 1 2 3 4 1 5 2 4 6 3
yellow
yellow

yellow

yellow

yellow
black
black
red
red

red
red

red
red

Connection diagram

3/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometer with clamp-on system

■ Overview Response time / accuracy

Application example
Measured medium: Steam
T1: Conventional welding-type protective tube form 2 acc. to
DIN 43772 (pipe 9 x 1mm (0.35 to 0.04 inch))
T2: Pipe collar for tube OD 25.4 mm (1.0 inch) acc. to BS 4825
with measuring insert (fast response)
3
130 °C (266 °F)
130 (266)
Temp. T1 129,5 °C (265.1 °F)
°C (°F)
100 (212)

T2

Result
The pipe collar provides almost
40 (104) identical results compared
to an inline temperature

0 (32)
0 30 60 90 120 Time
[sec]

The temperature sensor with pipe collar is used for temperature Results with steam as measured medium
monitoring, particularly for sterile applications in the food and
pharmaceutical industries.
Temperature measurement is possible following simple, fast as-
sembly on any existing pipeline system. It is not necessary to in-
T2
terrupt the pipeline or to carry out welding. Assembly on the
pipeline is simply carried out by adapting the two halves of the
collar.
Medium T3
The device can be optionally supplied with an integral transmit-
ter.

■ Function T1

Features
• Temperature measurement free of dead space
• Can be retrofitted onto existing pipelines Schematic representation

• Matches all common nominal pipe diameters
• Optimum temperature measurement using metallic pressing
system
• Insulating collar made of temperature-resistant plastic, easy to
clean
• Measuring range -20 to +200 °C (-4 to +392 °F)
• Replaceable Pt100 measuring insert; thus no changes in mea-
suring setup
• Calibration possible
• Transmitter can be integrated (4 to 20 mA or PROFIBUS PA)
Mode of operation
The temperature measurement is carried out using a Pt100 mea-
suring element. An integral metallic pressing system guarantees
optimum heat transfer between the pipeline and Pt100. The
measuring insert is protected by an insulating sleeve made of
temperature-resistant plastic.
The complete Pt100 unit can be easily dismounted at any time
for calibration; it is not necessary to disconnect the cables from
the sensor.
The temperature sensor with pipe collar is available with all stan-
dard DIN connection heads.
The result for the actual temperature of the medium T3 depends
on several parameters:
• Heat transfer of temperature sensor/pipe
• Conductivity of medium
• Flow velocity
• Pipe wall thickness
• Pipe material
• Ambient temperature
Installation and operating instructions
Assembly of the two halves of the pipe collar to the pipe is car-
ried out simply and rapidly by connection of the two M6 hexagon
screws. Any positioning is possible, but the Pt100 measurement
should preferably be made "underneath" the pipeline to achieve
an optimum result.
Following mounting on the pipeline, the complete Pt100 housing
unit can be dismounted on site by loosening a clamping screw.
It is not necessary to disconnect the cable during the usual cal-
ibration procedures.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/75

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometer with clamp-on system

■ Technical specifications Selection and ordering data Order No. Order code

Design with connection head
Measuring insert in connection Pipe collar Pt100 thermometer 7 MC 8 0 1 5 -
head with neck tube as one unit Stainless steel pressing system 777 0 0 - 7A7 0 777
for insertion into pipe collar.
All standard DIN connection Connection head
heads are available, see Selec- • Form B, cast light alloy, screw cover, 1
tion and Ordering data IP54, cable gland1)

3 Pipe collar Temperature-resistant plastic for • Form B, plastic, screw cover, 2

range: IP54, cable gland1)
• Form BUZ, cast light alloy, hinged cover, 3
• -20 ... +160 °C (-4 ... +320 °F), IP65, cable gland1)
material PVDF
• Form BUZH, cast light alloy, high hinged 4
• -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), cover, IP 65, cable gland
material PEEK • Field housing made of stainless steel 5
Neck tube Material: Stainless steel 1.4571 1.4301, IP67, cable gland1)
• without, with M12 plug (without mating 6
Measuring insert The replaceable measuring insert connector)
is designed as a fast-response • Special version 9 H1Y
jacket element of 3 mm diameter. (add Order Code and plain text)
It guarantees optimum heat trans-
fer from the jacket pipe to the Collar material
Pt100 measuring element (see • PVDF, -20 ... +160 °C (-4 ... +320 °F) B
"Response time / accuracy" under • PEEK, -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F) C
"Function" for reference measure-
ment with measuring insert ). Nominal diameter for pipes acc. to
Commercially available measur- DIN 11850 Series 2
ing inserts can also be used as Nom. diam. Outer pipe diameter
alternatives. • DN 10 13 mm (0.51 inch) A
Measuring resistor Pt100 acc. to DIN EN 60751 • DN 15 19 mm (0.75 inch) B
Class A in three-wire design, • DN 20 23 mm (0.91 inch) C
ceramic
• DN 25 29 mm (1.14 inch) D
Integration of transmitter Suitable Pt100 transmitters for • DN 32 35 mm (1.38 inch) E
head mounting can be fitted in • DN 40 41 mm (1.61 inch) F
the connection head, see Selec-
• DN 50 53 mm (2.09 inch) G
tion and Ordering data
• DN 65 70 mm (2.76 inch) H
Nominal pipe diameters Matches all standard nominal • DN 80 85 mm (3.35 inch) J
pipe diameters acc. to DIN 11850
series 2. • DN 100 104 mm (4.09 inch) K
Adaptation of the pipe collar is • Special version: Nominal diameter Z K1Y
possible for pipes acc. to DIN (add Order Code and plain text)
2463, ISO 1127 series 1, 2 and 3 Neck tube length
and pipes to BS 4825 Part 1
O.D.Tubing. • 60 mm 1
The design of the pipe collar • Special version 9 N1Y
takes into account the usual toler- (add Order Code and plain text)
ances for pipe outer diameters Sensor
acc. to EN ISO 1127 D3 and D4,
and acc. to ASTM-A213/A450, Ceramic type, fast response
ASTM-A249/A450 and ASTM- • 1 x Pt100, class A, three-wire F
A269. • 2 x Pt100, class A, three-wire G
Deviating tolerances must be • Special version Z Q1Y
specified. (add Order Code and plain text)
See Selection and Ordering data
for dimensions. Further versions Order Code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and
Pressing system Guarantees optimum heat trans- Order Code.
fer between outer wall of pipe and
PT100, material: Stainless steel • Specify special version in plain text Y01
Weights Design with light alloy connection • TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
head: Form B specify TAG No. in plain text
• Test report (at 0, 50 and 100%) Y33
• DN 10 Approx. 0.4 kg (0.88 lb) specify measuring range in plain text
• DN 15 Approx. 0.5 kg (1.10 lb) To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
• DN 20 Approx. 0.6 kg (1.32 lb) see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (Page 3/41).
• DN 25 Approx. 0.7 kg (1.54 lb)
1)
Not suitable for installation of the SITRANS T3K PA.
• DN 32 Approx. 0.8 kg (1.76 lb)
• DN 40 Approx. 0.8 kg (1.76 lb)
• DN 50 Approx. 0.9 kg (1.98 lb)
• DN 65 Approx. 0.9 kg (1.98 lb)
• DN 80 Approx. 1.0 kg (2.20 lb)
• DN 100 Approx. 1.5 kg (3.31 lb)
Response time / accuracy see "Response time / accuracy"
under "Function" for reference
measurement with mesauring
insert

3/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometer with clamp-on system

■ Dimensional drawings

Connection heads

Connection head form B Connection head form BUZH Connection head, field housing
aluminium aluminium stainless steel 1.4305
25
ø 65 (2.56) (0.98) cable gland M20x1,5
for cable diam. 7-13 (0.28 - 0.51)
3
M20x1,5 M20x1,5

» 120 (4.72)
» 84 (3.31)

» 90 (3.54)
» 59 (2.32)

» 65 (2.56)
» 55 (2,17) » 50 (1.97)
Round connector with
screw-type cap M12x1
» 55 (2.17)

» 55 (2.17)

» 35 (1.38)
Pipe collar
Mounting screws
Clamping screw of collar

X Pipe OD
60 (2.36) 10 ... 20 (0.39 ... 0.79)
70 (2.76) 21 ... 29 (0.83 ... 1.14)
Pipe OD

80 (3.15) 30 ... 39 (1.18 ... 1,54)

X

90 (3.54) 40 ... 49 (1.57 ... 1.93)

100 (3.94) 50 ... 59 (1.97 ... 2.32)
115 (4.53) 60 ... 74 (2.36 ... 2.91)
130 (5.12) 75 ... 85 (2.95 ... 3.35)
35 (1.38) 140 (5.51) 86 ... 98 (3.39 ... 3.86)
Pt 100 measurement Vibration protection 150 (5.91) 99 ... 109 (3.90 ... 4.29)

Pressure system

Pt 100 measurement

Pt 100 three-wire
with optimized heat
transfer, 3 (0.12) diam.

Pipe

Pressure
system

Medium

Connection heads/pipe collar/pressing system, dimensions in mm (inches)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 3/77

 SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometer with clamp-on system

■ Schematics

Pt100 three-wire 2x Pt100 three-wire

yellow
black
black
3
red
red

red
red

Connection diagram connection head

Pt100 three-wire 2 x Pt100 three-wire

4 3 5
6 4
7 3
J

1 2
1 2

J J

Connection diagram round connector M12, 4-/8-pin

3/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 RP 23 351/12.95
Válvula Direcional 4/3, 4/2 e 3/2, série 3X com
ajuste do tempo de operação, Tipo 5 - WE10 RP
(Execução com 5 câmaras) 23 351/12.95
TN 10 até 315 bar até 120 L/min Substitui: 01.94

Características:
– Válvula direcional diretamente operada com acionamento
por solenóide.
– Configuração de furação conforme DIN 24 340, forma A;
ISO 4401 e CETOP-RP 121 H.
Placas de ligação vide catálogo RP 45 054 (encomendar em
separado).
– Solenóides de corrente contínua, comutando em banho de
óleo (possível corrente alternada através de retificador,em
redes de 50 e 60 Hz)
– Solenóides com rosca central e bobina removível.
– A troca de bobinas não requer a abertura da câmara
estanque à pressão.
– Ligação elétrica para conexão individual.
– Acionamento de emergência manual coberta. K4730-16

– Ajuste do tempo de operação, opcional. Tipo 5-WE 10 ..3X/CG24N9K4 (com conector)

– Bobina girável a cada 90º.

Descrição de funcionamento, corte

2 7 1 3 5 2

A B

"a" "b"

TA T P B TB
4 4 6
Tipo 5-4WE 10 E3X/CG24N9K4/C..

As válvulas direcionais de 5 câmaras do tipo 5-4WE são
válvulas de êmbolo acionadas por solenóides. Elas comandam
partida, parada e direção de uma vazão.
As válvulas direcionais compõem-se basicamente da carcaça
(1), de um ou dois solenóides (2), do êmbolo de comutação (3),
bem como de uma ou duas molas de retorno (4).
Através de um furo de comunicação (5), as duas câmaras de
mola estão interligadas. Com isto o fluido é deslocado de uma
câmara para a outra no processo de comutação. Se a secção
deste furo for estrangulada, altera-se o tempo de comutação.
Os canais T estão fechados em relação às câmaras das molas. Isto
significa que os impulsos de comutação não atuam sobre o êmbolo
de comando (3) e com isto obtém-se uma comutação suave.
No estado desenergizado, o êmbolo de comando (3) é mantido
na posição central ou inicial através das molas de retorno (exceto
válvulas direcionais de impulso). O acionamento do êmbolo de
comando (3) é feito por solenóides em banho de óleo (2).
Para uma função perfeita, deve-se observar que a câmara de
pressão do solenóide esteja preenchida com óleo.
A força do solenóide (2) atua sobre o êmbolo de comando (3) e
desloca o mesmo da sua posição inicial para a posição desejada.
Com isto libera-se a vazão de P para A e B para T ou P para B
e A para T.
Após a desenergização do solenóide (2), o êmbolo de comando
(3) retorna à sua posição inicial através das molas (4).
Um acionamento de emergência manual (6) permite o
deslocamento do êmbolo (3) sem a energização do solenóide (2).
Ajuste do tempo de operação (só em corrente contínua).
A montagem de um parafuso estrangulador (7) ou opcionalmente
um giclê (8) - ver página 2 - oferece a possibilidade do ajuste do
tempo de operação.
- com parafuso estrangulador Tipo 5-. WE10../..GG../C..
- com giclê Tipo 5-. WE10../..CG../A..

1/8
RP 23 351/12.95
Descrição de funcionamento, cortes
5 8 5
Através da utilização de giclês, são possíveis aumentos do
tempo de operação de 100ms ou maiores. O aumento do tempo
de operação depende das condições (por exemplo: depende da
pressão, vazão e viscosidade).
Na transformação do sistema de estrangulamento deverá ser
observado que o fluido existente nas câmaras das molas e no
furo de interligação (5) seja mantido, porque isto é essencial
para a função perfeita do ajuste do tempo de operação. sem parafuso estrangulador
sem giclê com giclê
Tipo 5-. WE10../..CG../.. Tipo 5-. WE10../..CG../A..

Tipo 5-. WE10..3X/OC A

com parafuso estrangulador
(só é possível com símbolos A, C e D)
Tipo 5-. WE10../..CG../C..
Nesta execução trata-se de válvulas direcionais com duas
posições de comutação e dois solenóides sem detente. Uma
posição de comutação definida, estando os solenóides desener-
gizados, não é garantida.
"a"
Tipo 5-. WE10.3X/OFC... (válvula de impulso) com detente
(só é possível com símbolos A, C e D)
Nesta execução trata-se de válvulas direcionais com duas
posições de comutação e detente e com dois solenóides. Desta
TA
forma é fixada uma posição de comutação, podendo-se dispen-
sar a indução contínua do solenóide.
Detente
Tipo 5-. WE10 E 3X/OFC
(Válvula de impulso)

Giclê (Tipo 5-. WE10..3X/.../B..)

A colocação do giclê torna-se necessária quando, em certas
condições de trabalho, durante o processo de comutação,
possam ocorrer vazões que se situam acima dos limites de
capacidade da válvula.
Este giclê é inserido no canal P da válvula direcional. P
O-Ring 12 X 2
com giclê
Tipo 5-. WE..3X.../B...

Simbologia
A B A B A B A B
b b
a b a b a 0 b a 0 b
a
a 1
P T P T P T P T ) Exemplo: Êmbolo E c/ posição de
A B

a
a b b …/O..
A B A B
1)
comutação "a"
a 0 a 0 = .A
P T
P T
a
P T
Dados para encomenda ..EA..
a b A B A B
a b …/OF.. b
0 b 0 b
= .B
P T P T

=A
= E 1) =P

=C
=F =Q
=D

=G =R
A B A B
b
a b a b
a
P T P T =H =T

=B
=J =U

=Y
=L =V

=M =W

2/8
 RP 23 351/12.95

Dados para Encomenda

1 2 3 4 6 7 9 10 11 12 15 18 19 22 23

5 – WE 10 3X C *
3 Conexões úteis =3
4 Conexões úteis =4

Tamanho nominal 10 = 10

Simbologia por ex. C, E, EA, EB, etc

Execuções possíveis, vide página 2

Série 30 a 39 = 3X
(30 a 39: medidas de montagem e conexões inalteradas)

Retorno por mola = sem designação

Sem retorno por mola =O
Sem retorno por mola com detente = OF

Solenóide úmido (comuta em banho de óleo) c/ bobina removível =C

Corrente contínua 24 V = G24

Corrente contínua 205 V = G205 1)
Dados para outras tensões ver pág 4

Com emergência manual coberta (padrão) = N9

Tipo de conexão elétrica

Conexão individual, sem conector, com capa de proteção = K4 2)

Sem ajuste do tempo de operação = sem designação

com parafuso de estrangulamento =C
Giclê -ø 0,6 mm = A06
Giclê -ø 0,7 mm = A07
Giclê -ø 0,8 mm = A08
Giclê -ø 1,0 mm = A10
Giclê -ø 1,2 mm = A12
Giclê atua no furo de interligação das duas câmaras de mola

Sem giclê-cartucho = sem designação

Giclê -ø 0,8 mm = B08
Giclê -ø 1,0 mm = B10 Utilização quando a
Giclê -ø 1,2 mm = B12 vazão > limite de
Giclê -ø 1,5 mm = B15 capacidade da válvula,
Giclê -ø 3,0 mm = B30 atua no canal P.

Vedações NBR = sem designação

Vedações FPM =V
Atenção! Analisar a compatibilidade das vedações com o fluido utilizado.

Outros dados em texto complementar

Rede de tensão alternada Tensão nominal do solenóide Referência

(tolerância permitida ±10%) de tensão contínua para 1)
operar com tensão alternada Para ligar à fonte de tensão alternada, precisa ser
usado um solenóide de tensão contínua, o qual é
110 V - 50/60 Hz 96 V G96 comandado por um retificador (ver tabela à esquerda).
120 V - 60 Hz
2)
Conectores elétricos precisam ser encomendados
220 V - 50/60 Hz 205 V G205 em separado (ver página 8).
Atenção!
Observar o limite de capacidade (vide pág 5).

3/8
RP 23 351/12.95
Características (na aplicação fora das características, favor consultar a Mannesmann Rexroth)

Genéricas
Posição de montagem Qualquer
Temperatura ambiente °C até 50
Peso Válvula com 1 solenóide kg 5,1
Válvula com 2 solenóides kg 6,7

Hidráulicas
Pressão de trabalho Conexão P, A e B bar até 315
máximo Conexão T bar até 210 Nos símbolos A e B, a conexão T
deverá ser usada como dreno, quando
a pressão de trabalho estiver acima da
pressão permitida de tanque.
Vazão máxima L/min até 120
2
Secção de passagem Símbolo V mm 11 (A/B➝T); 10,3 (P➝A/B)
(posição de Símbolo W mm2 2,5 (A/B➝T)
comutação zero): Símbolo Q mm2 5,5 (A/B➝T)
Fluido hidráulico Óleo mineral (HL, HLP) (vedações NBR)
Estér fosfato (HFD-R) (vedações FPM)
Faixa de temperatura do °C – 30 até + 80 (com vedações NBR)
fluido hidráulico – 20 até + 80 (com vedações FPM)
2
Faixa de viscosidade mm /s 2,8 até 500
Grau de contaminação do fluido hidráulico Grau de contaminação do fluido hidráulico máximo admissível
conforme NAS 1638 classe 9. Para tanto recomendamos um
filtro com um grau de retenção mínimo de ß10 ≥ 75.

Elétricas
Tipo de corrente Corrente contínua
1)
Tensões disponíveis V 12, 24, 42, 60, 96, 110, 180, 205, 220
Tolerância da tensão (Tensão nominal) % ± 10
Potência induzida W 35
Permanência de ligação Uso contínuo
Tempos de comutação conforme
ISO 6403 (sem ajuste Ligar ms 45 a 70
do tempo de operação) Desligar ms 35 a 45
Frequência de ligações Lig/h 15000
Grau de proteção conforme DIN 40 050 IP 65
Classe de isolação VDE 0580 F
Temperatura da bobina 2) °C até + 150

1)
Tensões especiais sob consulta
Ao efetuar a ligação elétrica, o condutor de proteção
2)
Devido as temperaturas de superfície (PE ), deverá ser conectado conforme prescrição.
nas bobinas dos solenóides, devem ser
observadas as Normas Européias EN 563
e EN 982!

4/8
 RP 23 351/12.95

Curvas Características (medidas à ν = 41 mm2/s; t = 50 °C)

Curvas ∆p-qV Símbolo Sentido da vazão
P-A P-B A-T B-T
9
16 A, B 1 1 – –
15 8 C 1 3 1 3
Diferencial de pressão em bar →

14
7 D, Y 2 2 1 3
13
E 2 2 3 4
12 6
11 F 2 1 4 7
10 5 G 4 4 6 8
9 4 H 2 2 1 3
8 3 J, L 1 1 4 4
7 1 M 2 2 3 4
6 2 P 2 1 1 7
5 Q, V 1 1 3 4
4 R 1 4 3 –
3 T 4 4 5 7
2 U 1 1 3 3
1 W 1 1 3 5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Pos. central – B-T A-T P-T
F – – 5 4
Vazão em L/min →
G – – – 8
P – 7 – 6
T – – – 8
Pos. comutada B-A
R 9 –

Limite de capacidade (medidos à ν = 41 mm2/s; t = 50 °C)

Os limites de capacidade indicados são válidos para aplicação for com vazão num só sentido. (por ex. de P para A e a conexão
com dois sentidos de vazão (por ex. de P para A e simultanea- B fechada). (Em tais casos pedimos nos consultar).
mente vazão de retorno de B para T). O limite de capacidade foi obtido com solenóides à tempe-
Devido às forças dinâmicas de vazão que atuam na válvula, o ratura de trabalho, com tensão 10% abaixo da nominal, e
limite poderá ser substancialmente menor, quando a aplicação sem pressurização no tanque.

Curva Símbolo
315
300
Pressão de trabalho em bar →

com giclê Ø 0,6 mm (A06)

4 3 3 D,Y
250
2 12 C
12
200 com e sem giclê
10
5 1 C/O, C/OF,
150 D/O, D/OF, M
12 1 2 A/O, A/OF, E,
100
J, L, U, Q, W
50
4 G
5 F, P
10 H
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Vazão em L/min →

Curva Símbolo
315
sem giclê
Pressão de trablho em bar →

300 1
11 7 1 D,Y
250
6 C
6
200 7 R
9 8 T
8
150 9 V
11 A, B
100

50
9
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Vazão em L/min →

5/8
RP 23 351/12.95
Dimensionamento (medidas em mm)
Conexão elétrica individual

10 5 8
7.1 4 13 4 7.2
9
Ø 11 10

15
15

A B

6
Pg 11 6
5.2
117

123
92

12
40

30
Ø 6,6 26 80
14
5,3 126,3 180,3 5,3

75 (206,3)
(206,3) 75
(306,6)

13 76 11
12 17 2 1 92,2 3 76
54 19,1

P
46
70

TA A B TB

Torque de aperto MA= 8± 2 Nm 16 15

0,01/100mm
R max 4

Qualidade de superfície
necessária da contrapeça

1 Válvula com 3 posições de comutação 6 Espaço necessário para remover o
- sem acionamento de emergência solenóide
- c/ acionamento de emergência "N9" 7.1 Conector cúbico conforme
DIN 43 650*) (girável em 90º)
2 Válvula com 2 posições de comutação
com 1 solenóide (A, C, D, EA...) 7.2 Conector cúbico grande *) (girável em 90º)
- sem acionamento de emergência 10 Espaço necessário para remover o conector
- com acionamento de emergência "N9" 11 Acionamento de emergência "N9"
(Padrão)
3 Válvula com 2 posições de comutação - acionamento manual possível só
com 1 solenóide (B, Y, EB...) até 50 bar de pressão de tanque.
- sem acionamento de emergência Evitar danos à furação do aciona-
mento de emergência!
- com acionamento de emergência "N9"
12 Medidas para acionamento de
4 Tampa para válvula c/ 1 solenóide
emergência "N"
5.1 Solenóide A, cor do conector cinza
13 Placa de identificação
5.2 Solenóide B, cor do conector preto
14 R-Ring 13 X 1,6 X 2
(em válvula com giclê,O-Ring 12 X 2)
15 Conexão T adicional (TB) pode ser
utilizado opcionalmente em blocos
usinados
16 Configuração da furação conforme
ISO 4401 e CETOP-RP 121 H.
Placas de ligação
G 67/01 (G 1/2)
G 535/01 (G 3/4)
conforme catálogo RP 45 054 e
Parafusos de fixação da válvula
M6 x 40 DIN 912-10.9, MA = 15,5 Nm,
deverão ser encomendados em
separado.
*) precisa ser encomendado em separado,
ver página 8

6/8
 RP 23 351/12.95

Dados para Pedido: Bobinas e Vedações

Conexão elétrica individual

113
113

113
113 160 a
160
160 b
113
113 157
157

Reposição: Bobinas
Corrente Contínua
Posição Descrição Tensão Referência
157 Bobina (para conector) 12 V
24 V 15027001
96 V 15026901
110 V 15024501
125 V 15027801
205 V 15026801
220 V 15024601
160 a Porca para o núcleo tubular com emergência manual coberta 22174001
160 b Vedador da porca 18223901

Jogo de vedação
Posição Material das vedações Referência
Vedações NBR 18767503
113
Vedações FPM

7/8
RP 23 351/12.95
Dados para Conectores Elétricos 3P+T

Conector conforme Conector conforme DIN 43650 e ISO 4400 Conector grande
DIN 43650 e ISO 4400 com LED e supressor de transiente - preto com retificador - preto

PG11 PG11
PG11

Tipo Referência Tipo Referência Tipo Referência

Conector cinza para
35101601
Com LED para 24 V Preto 35274501 Com retificador até 250 V 35301103
o lado "a" da válvula
Com LED para 110 V Preto 35305901 Com retificador, comLED até 110 V 35300903
Conector preto para
35101701 35306001 Com retificado, com LED - 220 V 35301003
o lado "b" da válvula Com LED para 220 V Preto

Tipos Preferenciais (Prazos menores)

Referência Tipo
44253203 5-3WE10 A 32/CG24 N9K4
44253303 5-3WE10 A 32/CG205 N9K4
44265503 5-3WE10 B 32/CG24 N9K4
44253003 5-4WE10 D 32/CG24 N9K4
44265803 5-4WE10 D 32/CG96 N9K4
44253103 5-4WE10 D 32/CG205 N9K4
44263003 5-4WE10 D 32/OFCG24 N9Z4
44253403 5-4WE10 E 32/CG24 N9K4
44265903 5-4WE10 E 32/CG96 N9K4
44253503 5-4WE10 E 32/CG205 N9K4
44263103 5-4WE10 EA 32/CG24 N9K4
44265603 5-4WE10 EB 32/CG24 N9K4
44253603 5-4WE10 G 32/CG24 N9K4
44253703 5-4WE10 G 32/CG205 N9K4
44268603 5-4WE10 H 32/CG24 N9K4
44268703 5-4WE10 H 32/CG205 N9K4
44253803 5-4WE10 J 32/CG24 N9K4
44266003 5-4WE10 J 32/CG96 N9K4
44253903 5-4WE10 J 32/CG205 N9K4
44254003 5-4WE10 Q 32/CG24 N9K4
44254103 5-4WE10 Q 10/CG205 N9K4
44265703 5-4WE10 UA 32/CG24 N9K4

Mannesmann Rexroth Automação Ltda.

Os dados indicados servem somente como descrição
Rua Georg Rexroth, 609 do produto e não são válidos como dados assegurados
09951-270 • Diadema • SP para fins jurídicos.
Tel.: (11) 4075-9000
Proibida a reprodução - Sujeito à alterações
Fax: (11) 4075-3277

8/8
Electropneumatic
positioners
Electric actuators

6/2 Product overview

6/3 Electropneumatic positioners

SIPART PS2
6/3 SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF, PS2 EEx d,
PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

6/24 Electric actuators SIPOS 5 Flash

6/24 Technical Description
Rotary actuators
6/26 - standard version
6/28 - modulating duty
Linear actuators
6/30 - modulating duty
Part-turn actuators
6/32 - standard version
6/34 - modulating duty
6/36 Small part-turn actuators
- standard version and modulating duty
6/38 Additional features

Software
Sec. 9 SIMATIC PDM, for parameterize
HART and PROFIBUS PA devices

You can download all instructions, cata-

logs and certificates for SIPART PS2 and
SIPOS free of charge at the following In-
ternet address:
www.siemens.com/sipartps2
www.sipos.de

Siemens FI 01 · 2006
 Electropneumatic positioners / Electric actuators
Product overview

■ Overview
Application Device description Catalog Software for
page parameterization
Electropneumatic positioners SIPART PS2
Position control SIPART PS2 6/3 SIMATIC PDM
Pneumatic linear or part- Universal device for positioning pneumatic actuators
turn actuators, also for
• Connection: 4 to 20 mA
intrinsically-safe opera-
tion • HART, PROFIBUS PA or Foundation Fieldbus
• Local manual operation
• Binary inputs and outputs
• Dignosis functions
• Blocking function
• Automatic startup
As above, but in flame- SIPART PS2 6/3 SIMATIC PDM
proof casing for explo- As above, but in flameproof aluminium
sion-proof application casing

Electric actuators SIPOS 5 Flash

Rotary actuators Rotary actuator SIMATIC PDM,
standard version and Standard version: Tc 10 - 4000 Nm (7 - 2950 lbf ft) 6/26 functional block,
modulating duty for safe COM-SIPOS,
Modulating duty: Tc 15 - 2800 Nm (11 - 2065 lbf ft) 6/28 SIMA
operation of valves
6 • parameter assignments can be set by the
customer
• tripping torque and speed settable within
type-specific ranges
• binary and analog inputs and outputs
dependent on design
• freely assignable signaling outputs
• positioner
• process controller
• reference torque curves for the valve can be stored
and evaluated
• speed setting dependent on travel
• external analog speed input
• positioner with proportional control/split-range
functionality
• travel dependent freely adjustable positioning times
• PROFIBUS DP with V1 services
• MODBUS RTU
As above, but Linear actuator SIMATIC PDM,
linear actuators Modulating duty: Fc 5.5 - 152 kN (1240 - 34200 lbf) 6/30 functional block,
COM-SIPOS,
modulating duty • Cut-off force and positioning speed of actuator setta- SIMA
ble within type-specific ranges,
• otherwise as above

As above, but Part-turn actuator SIMATIC PDM,

part-turn actuators Standard version: Tc 150 - 4300 Nm (111 - 3170 lbf ft) 6/32 functional block,
COM-SIPOS,
standard version and Modulating duty: Tc 250- 3400 Nm (184 - 2510 lbf ft) 6/34 SIMA
modulating duty • Tripping torque and positioning time settable
within type-specific ranges,
• otherwise as above

As above, but Small part-turn actuators 6/36 SIMATIC PDM,

small part-turn actuators Standard version: Mab 32 - 125 Nm (23.6 - 92.2 lbf ft) functional block,
COM-SIPOS,
standard version and Modulating duty: Mab 32 - 125 Nm (23.6 - 92.2 lbf ft) SIMA
modulating duty • positioning time settable
• otherwise as above

6/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


■ Overview
SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner
SIPART PS2 EEx d electropneumatic positioner in flameproof casing
SIPART PS2 in stainless steel casing
The SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner is used to control
the final control element of pneumatic linear or part-turn actua-
tors. The electropneumatic positioner moves the actuator to a
valve position corresponding to the setpoint. Additional function
inputs can be used to block the valve or to set a safety position.
A binary input is present as standard in the basic device for this
purpose.
Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF
■ Benefits
SIPART PS2 positioners offer decisive advantages:
• Simple installation and automatic commissioning (self-adjust-
ment of zero and span)
• Simple operation with
- Local operation and configuration of the device using three
input keys and a user-friendly two-line LCD
- Programming through SIMATIC PDM;
very high-quality control thanks to an online adaptation pro-
cedure
• Negligible air consumption in stationary operation
• "Tight shut-off" function (ensures maximum positioning pres-
sure on the valve seat)
• Numerous functions can be activated by simple configuring
(e.g. characteristics and limits)
• Extensive diagnosis functions for valve and actuator
• Only one device version for linear and part-turn actuators
• Few moving parts, hence insensitive to vibrations
• External non-contacting position sensor as option for extreme
ambient conditions
■ Application
The SIPART PS2 positioner is used, for example, in the following
industries:
• Chemical/petrochemical
• Power stations 6
• Paper and glass
• Water, waste water
• Food and pharmaceuticals
• Offshore plants
The SIPART PS2 positioner is available:
• For single-action actuators: in plastic, stainless steel or alumi-
num casings
• For double-action actuators: in plastic and stainless steel cas-
ing, as well as flameproof aluminum casing (EEx d)
• For non-hazardous applications
• For hazardous applications in the designs
- as intrinsically-safe device (EEx ia/ib) or
- in flameproof aluminum casing (EEx d) or
- in Ex n design (non sparking)
and in the versions:
• With 0/4 to 20 mA control communication through HART signal
(as option)
• With PROFIBUS PA communication interface
• With Foundation Fieldbus (FF) communications interface.
Explosion-proof versions
The basic version of the device is available in an intrinsically-
safe design with degree of protection EEx ia/ib or in a non-intrin-
sically-safe design for zone 2 (see Technical data for intrinsi-
cally-safe versions).
A non-intrinsically-safe application is permissible in zone 1 for
the SIPART PS2 EEx d flameproof version (see "Technical Data").
It is then permissible to use all option modules (except external
actuator travel detection systems, SIA module and NCS).
Stainless steel casing for extreme ambient conditions
The SIPART PS2 is available in a stainless steel casing for use in
particularly aggressive environments (e.g. offshore operation,
chlorine plants etc.). The device functions are the same as those
of the basic versions.
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/3
 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

■ Design
The SIPART PS2 positioner is a digital field device with a highly-
integrated microcontroller.
The positioner consists of the following components:
• Casing and cover
• PCB with corresponding electronics with or without communi-
cation through HART
or with electronics for communication in accordance with
- PROFIBUS PA specification, IEC 61158-2; bus-supplied de-
vice, or
- Foundation Fieldbus (FF) specification, IEC 61158-2, bus-
supplied device
• Actuator travel detection system
• Terminal housing with screw terminals
• Pneumatic valve manifold with piezoelectric valve precontrol.
The valve manifold is located in the housing, the pneumatic con-
nections for the inlet air and the positioning pressure on the right- Separate connection of actuator travel detection system and controller
hand side. A pressure gauge block and/or a safety solenoid unit
valve can be connected there as options. The SIPART PS2 posi- Non-contacting position sensor (NCS)
tioner is fitted to the linear or part-turn actuator using an appro-
priate mounting assembly. The circuit board container in the
casing provides slots for separately ordered boards with the
following functions:
I y module:
• Position feedback as a two-wire signal 4 to 20 mA.

6 Alarm module (3 outputs, 1 input):

• Signaling of two limits of the travel or angle by binary signals.
The two limits can be set independently as maximum or mini-
mum values.
Contact and non-contacting positioning sensor (NCS) for part-turn actu-
• Output of an alarm if the setpoint position of the final control ator (left) and for linear actuator (right)
element is not reached in automatic mode or if a device fault
occurs.
• Second binary input for alarm signals of for triggering safety
reactions or for blocking/signaling function or safety position.
Limit signaling through slot-type initiators (SIA module)
Two limits can be signaled redundantly as NAMUR signals
(EN 60947-5-6) by slot-type initiators using an easy-to-fit
module. The module also contains an alarm output (see Alarm
module).
All signals in the ly and alarm modules as well as the SIA module
are electrically isolated from one another and from the basic unit.
The outputs indicate self-signaling faults.
Separate mounting of actuator travel detection system and
controller unit
The actuator travel detection system and controller unit can be
connected separately for all casing versions of the SIPART PS2
(except flameproof design). Measurement of the travel or angle
is carried out directly on the actuator. The controller unit can then
be fitted a certain distance away, e.g. on a mounting pipe or sim-
ilar, and is connected to the travel detection system by an elec-
tric cable and to the actuator by one or two pneumatic lines. NCS for travels >14 mm
Such a split design is frequently advantageous if the ambient
conditions at the fitting exceed the specified values for the posi- The actuator travel detection unit consists of a non-contacting
tioner. position sensor instead of a potentiometer. All coupling elements
are omitted such as coupling wheel and driver pin with part-turn
The following can be used for measuring the travel or angle: actuators or lever and pick-up bracket with linear actuators.
• NCS sensor
This results in:
• External position detection system C73451-A430-D87
• Even greater resistance to vibration and shock
• A commercially available potentiometer (10 kΩ resistance)
• No wear of sensor
The use of linear potentiometers is recommended for very small • Problem-free mounting on very small actuators
actuators with a short valve travel since, on the one hand, the
space required by the linear potentiometer is very small and, on • Negligible hysteresis with very small travels.
the other, the transmission characteristic is optimum for a small
travel.

6/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


The sensor does not require an additional power supply, i.e.
SIPART PS2 (not for EEx d version) can be operated in a 2-wire
system. The NCS (Non Contacting Position Sensor) consists of a
potted sensor housing which must be mounted permanently and
a magnet which is mounted on the spindle of linear actuators or
on the shaft butt of part-turn actuators. For the version for travels
>14 mm, the magnet and the NCS are premounted on a stain-
less steel frame and offer the same interface mechanically as the
positioner itself, i.e. they can be mounted using the standard
mounting kits 6DR4004-8V, -8VK and -8VL.
The installation of a EMC filter module in the positioner (controller
unit) is necessary in order to ensure a connection level with EMC
according to EN61326/A1 and NAMUR NE21 when using exter-
nal sensors (see Ordering data for "EMC filter module")
■ Function
The SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner works in a com-
pletely different way to normal positioners.
Mode of operation
Comparison of the setpoint and the actual value takes place
electronically in a microcontroller. If the microcontroller detects a
deviation, it uses a 5-way switch procedure to control the piezo-
electric valves, which regulates the flow of air into and from the
chambers of the pneumatic actuator or blows it in the opposite
direction.
The microcontroller then outputs an electric control command to
the piezoelectric valve in accordance with the size and direction
of the deviation (deviation between setpoint w and control output
x). The piezoelectric valve converts the command into a pneu-
matic positional increment.
The positioner outputs a continuous signal in the area where
there is a large control deviation (high-speed zone); in areas of
moderate control deviation (slow-speed zone) it outputs a se-
quence of pulses. No positioning signals are output in the case
of a small control deviation (adaptive or variable dead zone).
The linear or rotary motion of the actuator is detected by the
mounting assembly and transferred to a high-quality potentio-
meter made of plastic conductive material over a shaft and a
non-floating gear transmission.
The angular error of the pick-up in cases where the assembly is
mounted on a linear actuator is corrected automatically.
When connected in a 2-wire system, the SIPART PS2 draws its
power exclusively from the 4 to 20 mA setpoint signal. The elec-
tric power is also connected through the 2-wire bus signal with
PROFIBUS operation (SIPART PS2 PA). The same applies for the
Foundation Fieldbus version.
Pneumatic valve manifold with piezoelectric valve precon-
trol
The piezoelectric valve can release very short control pulses.
This helps achieve a high positioning accuracy. The pilot ele-
ment is a piezoelectric bending converter which switches the
pneumatic main control unit. The valve manifold is characterized
by an extremely long service life.
Local operation
Local operation is performed using the built-in LCD and the
three input keys. Switching between the operating levels Auto-
matic, Manual, Configuring and Diagnosis is possible at the
press of a button.
In Manual mode the drive can be adjusted over the entire range
without interrupting the circuit.
Operation and monitoring with the SIMATIC PDM communi-
cations program
The SIMATIC PDM program is available for communication
through the HART interface and also for the PROFIBUS PA cou-
pling.
Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF
The SIMATIC PDM communications software permits easy re-
mote operation and monitoring using a PC or laptop. The posi-
tioner can also be configured using this program. Parameters
which provide important information for maintenance and fault
diagnosis of the complete unit can also be determined using
process data and comparison data.
When operating the SIPART PS2 through the HART interface, the
connection is made directly to the 2-wire cable to the
SIPART PS2 positioner through a HART modem that can be con-
nected to the RS 232 or USB interface. The signals needed for
communication in conformity with the HART protocol are super-
imposed on the current signal in accordance with the Frequency
Shift Keying (FSK) method.
Automatic commissioning
With a simple configuration menu the SIPART PS2 can be quickly
adapted to the fitting and adjusted by means of an automatic
startup function.
During initialization, the microcontroller determines the zero
point, full-scale value, the direction of action and the positioning
speed of the fitting. From this data it establishes the minimum
pulse time and the dead zone, thus optimizing the control.
Low air consumption
A hallmark of the SIPART PS2 is its own extremely low consump-
tion of air. Normal air losses on conventional positioners are very
costly. Thanks to the use of modern piezoelectric technology, the
SIPART PS2 consumes air only when it is needed, which means
that it pays for itself within a very short time
Comprehensive monitoring functions 6
The SIPART PS2 (6DR5...) has various monitoring functions with
which changes on the actuator and valve can be detected and
signaled if applicable when a selectable limit has been ex-
ceeded. This information may be important for diagnosis of the
actuator or valve. The measured values to be determined and
monitored, some of whose limits can be adjusted, include:
• Travel integral
• Number of changes in direction
• Alarm counter
• Self-adjusting dead zone
• Valve end limit position (e.g. for detection of valve seat wear
or deposits)
• Operating hours (also according to temperature and position-
ing ranges) as well as min./max. temperature
• Operating cycles of piezoelectric valves
• Valve positioning time
• Actuator leakages
Functional safety acc. to SIL 2
The SIPART PS2 positioners are also suitable for control at fit-
tings, which meet the special requirements of the functional
safety up to SIL 2 to IEC 61508 or IEC 61511-1. The versions
6DR501., 6DR511., 6DR521., and 6DR531. are available for this
purpose.
This is a single-action, venting positioner with an input of 4 to
20 mA for mounting on pneumatic actuators with spring return.
The positioner vents the valve actuator on demand or in the
event of a fault and puts the valve in the preset safety position.
This positioner meets the following requirements:
• Functional safety up to SIL 2 to IEC 61508 or IEC 61511-1,
from firmware version C4 or higher
• Explosion protection for the versions 6DR5...-.E...
• Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326/A1, Appendix A.1
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/5
 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF
Configuring • Limits (start-of-scale and full-scale values) of positioning
range
The following settings, for example, can be configured in config-
uring mode as required with the SIPART PS2 positioner: • Limits (alarms) of the final control element position; minimum
and maximum values
• Input current range 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA
• Automatic "tight shut-off" (with adjustable response threshold)
• Rising or falling characteristic at the setpoint input
• The travel can be corrected in accordance with the valve char-
• Positioning speed limit (setpoint ramp) acteristic.
• Split-range operation; adjustable start-of-scale and full-scale • Function of binary inputs
values
• Function of alarm output etc.
• Response threshold (dead zone); self-adjusting or fixed
• Direction of action; rising or falling output pressure with rising The key aspects of configuring the different SIPART PS2 ver-
setpoint sions are largely identical.

1
HART
2 3
Inlet air
BE1 _ y
pZ
_ + y
+
I W+
Exhaust
+24 V
+5 V p1
p1
W A
D p2
Micro-
I W- controller
p2
6 y
0 +U
A
D
Exhaust
_
+

W
4
x x
0 U
U
I
6
5
BE2 A1 A2

I I
8 9

7 p2

A1 A2 p1 p1
Travel
Travel

1 Motherboard with microcontroller and input circuit 7 SIA module (slot initiator alarm module)
2 Control panel with LCD and pushbuttons 8 Spring loaded pneumatic actuator (single-action)
3 Piezoelectric valve unit, always present 9 Springless pneumatic actuator (double-action)
4 Valve unit, present as accessory in double-action positioner Note:
5 Iy module for SIPART PS2 controller Alarm module (6) and SIA module (7) can only be inserted
6 Alarm module for 3 alarm outputs and one binay input
as alternatives.

SIPART PS2, electropneumatic positioner, function diagram

6/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


■ Technical specifications
SIPART PS2 (all versions)
General data
Travel range (linear actuators) 3 ... 130 mm (0.12 ... 5.12 inch)
(angle of feedback shaft 16 ... 90°)
Angle of rotation (part-turn actua- 30 ... 100°
tors)
Installation
• On linear actuators Using attachment set
6DR4004-8V and where neces-
sary with an additional lever arm
6DR4004-8L on actuators
according to IEC 534-6 (NAMUR)
with ribs, bars or flat face
• On part-turn actuators Using attachment set
6DR4004-8D on actuators with
mounting plane according to
VDI/VDE 3845 and DIN 3337:
The required mounting console
has to be provided on the actua-
tor side; shaft with groove and
female thread M6
Controller
• Five-point switch Self-adjusting
• Dead zone
- dEbA = Auto Self-adjusting or can be set as
fixed value
- dEbA = 0.1 ... 10% Self-adjusting or can be set as
A/D converter
fixed value
• Scan time 10 ms
• Resolution ≤ 0.05%
• Transmission error ≤ 0.2%
• Temperature effect ≤ 0.1%/10 K (≤ 0.1%/18 °F)
Cycle time
• 20 mA/HART device 20 ms
• PA device 60 ms
• FF device 60 ms (min. loop time)
Binary input BE1 (terminals 9/10; Suitable only for floating contact;
electrically connected to the basic max. contact load < 5 mA with
device) 3V
Degree of protection IP65 to EN 60 529/NEMA 4x
Mounting position Any; pneumatic connections and
exhaust opening not facing up in
wet environment
CE marking Conformity as regards EMC
Directive 89/336 EC in accor-
dance with the following stan-
dards
EMC requirements EN 61326/A1 Appendix A.1 and
NAMUR NE21 August 98
Material
• Housing
- 6DR5..0-... (plastic) Glass-fiber-reinforced Macrolon
- 6DR5..1-... (metal) GD AISi12
- 6DR5..2-... (stainless steel) Austenitic stainless steel mat.
No. 1.4581
- 6DR5..5-... (metal, pressure- GK AISi12
proof)
• Pressure gauge block Aluminium AIMgSi, anodized
Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF
Vibration resistance
• Harmonic oscillations 3.5 mm (0.14 inch), 2 ... 27 Hz
(sine-wave) according to 3 cycles/axis
DIN EN 60062-2-6/05.96
98.1 m/s² (321.84 ft/s²),
27 ... 300 Hz, 3 cycles/axis
• Bumping (half-sine) 150 m/s² (492 ft/s²), 6 ms,
to DIN EN 60068-2-29/03.95 1000 shocks/axis
• Noise (digitally controlled) 10 ... 200 Hz; 1 (m/s²)²/Hz
to DIN EN 60068-2-64/08.95 (3.28 (ft/s²)²/Hz)
200 ... 500 Hz; 0.3 (m/s²)²/Hz
(0.98 (ft/s²)²/Hz)
4 hours/axis
• Recommended continuous duty ≤ 30 m/s² (≤ 98.4 ft/s²) without res-
range of the complete fitting onance sharpness
Weight, basic device
• Plastic casing Approx. 0.9 kg (0.90 kg)
• Metal casing, aluminium Approx. 1.3 kg (1.30 kg)
• Metal casing, stainless steel Approx. 3.9 kg (3.90 kg)
• Metal casing EEx d version Approx. 5.2 kg (11.46 lb)
Dimensions See Dimensional drawings
Climate class 4 To DIN EN 60721-3-4
• Storage 1) 1K5, but -40 ... +80 °C
(1K5, but -40 ... +176 °F)
• Transport 1) 2K4, but -40 ... +80 °C
(2K4, but -40 ... +176 °F)
• Operation 2) 4K3, but -30 ... +80 °C
(4K3, but -22 ... +176 °F)
Certificate and approvals 6
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1, com-
equipment plies with requirements of
directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) article 3, paragraph 3 (sound
engineering practice SEP)
Pneumatic data
Power supply (inlet air)
• Pressure 1.4 ... 7 bar (20.3 ... 101.5 psi):
Sufficiently greater than max.
drive pressure (actuating pres-
sure)
Air quality to ISO 8573-1
• Solid particle size and density Class 2
• Pressure dew point Class 2 (min. 20 K (36 °F) below
ambient temperature)
• Oil content Class 2
Unthrottled flow
• Inlet air valve (ventilate actuator)3)
- 2 bar (29 psi) 4.1 Nm³/h (18.1 USgpm)
- 4 bar (58 psi) 7.1 Nm³/h (31.3 USgpm)
- 6 bar (87 psi) 9.8 Nm³/h (43.1 USgpm)
• Outlet air valve
(ventilate actuator)3)
- 2 bar (29 psi) 8.2 Nm³/h (36.1 USgpm)
- 4 bar (58 psi) 13.7 Nm³/h (60.3 USgpm)
- 6 bar (87 psi) 19.2 Nm³/h (84.5 USgpm)
Valve leakage < 6⋅10-4 Nm³/h (0.0026 USgpm)
Throttle ratio Adjustable up to ∞ : 1
Power consumption in the < 3.6⋅10-2 Nm³/h (0.158 USgpm)
controlled state
Types of actuators
• In plastic casing Single-action and double-action
• In aluminium casing Single-action
• In flameproof casing Single-action and double-action
• In stainless steel casing Single-action and double-action
1) During commissioning at ≤ 0 °C (≤ 32 °F) make sure that the valves are
flushed long enough with the dry medium.
2) At ≤ -10 °C (14 °F) the display refresh rate of the LCD is limited. Only T4 is
permissible when using Iy module.
3) With EEx d version (6DR5..5-...) the values are reduced by approx. 20%
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/7
 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2

■ Technical specifications
SIPART PS2 Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device
without Ex protection with EEx-d protection with EEx ia/ib protection with EEx n protection
(flameproof casing)
Explosion protection to Without EEx d EEx ia/ib EEx n
EN 50014, EN 50020 and EN 50021 II 2 G EEx d II C T6 II 2 G EEx ia/ib II C T6 II 3 G EEx nA L [L] II C T6
Mounting location Zone 1 Zone 1 Zone 2
Permissible ambient temperature for -30 ... +80 °C T4: -30 ... +80 °C (-22 ... +176 °F)
operation (-22 ... +176 °F)
T5: -30 ... +65 °C (-22 ... +149 °F)
At ≤ -10 °C (+14 °F) the display refresh
rate of the LCD is limited. T6: -30 ... +50 °C (-22 ... +122 °F)
(for basic devices with EEX ia/ib and
EEx n protection the following applies:
Only T4 is permissible when using Iy
module.)
Electrical data
Input
2-wire connection (terminals 6/8)
Rated signal range 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA
Current to maintain the power supply ≥ 3.6 mA ≥ 3.6 mA ≥ 3.6 mA ≥ 3.6 mA
Required load voltage
UB (corresponds to Ω at 20 mA)
• Without HART (6DR50..)
- Typical 6.36 V (corresponds to 6.36 V (corresponds to 7.8 V (corresponds to 7.8 V (corresponds to
318 Ω) 318 Ω) 390 Ω) 390 Ω)

6 - Max. 6.48 V (corresponds to

324 Ω)
6.48 V (corresponds to
324 Ω)
8.3 V (corresponds to
415 Ω)
8.3 V (corresponds to
415 Ω)
• Without HART (6DR53..)
- Typical 7.9 V (corresponds to – – –
395 Ω)
- Max. 8.4 V (corresponds to – – –
420 Ω)
• With HART (6DR51..)
- Typical 6.6 V (corresponds to 6.6 V (corresponds to – –
330 Ω) 330 Ω)
- Max. 6.72 V (corresponds to 6.72 V (corresponds to – –
336 Ω) 336 Ω)
• With HART (6DR52..)
- Typical – 8.4 V (corresponds to 8.4 V (corresponds to 8.4 V (corresponds to
420 Ω) 420 Ω) 420 Ω)
- Max. – 8.8 V (corresponds to 8.8 V (corresponds to 8.8 V (corresponds to
440 Ω) 440 Ω) 440 Ω)
• Static destruction limit ± 40 mA – –
Internal capacitance Ci
• Without HART – – ≤ 22 nF –
• With HART – – ≤ 7 nF –
Internal inductance Li
• Without HART – – ≤ 0.12 mH –
• With HART – – ≤ 0.24 mH –
For connection to power circuits with – – intrinsically safe Ui ≤ 30 V DC
Uo ≤ 30 V DC Ii ≤ 100 mA
Ik ≤ 100 mA
P≤1W

6/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2 Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device
without Ex protection with EEx-d protection with EEx ia/ib protection with EEx n protection
(flameproof casing)
3-/4-wire device (terminals 2/4
and 6/8) (6DR52.. and 6DR53..)
• Power supply UH 18 ... 35 V DC 18 ... 35 V DC 18 ... 30 V DC 18 ... 30 V DC
• Current consumption IH (UH - 7.5 V)/2.4 kΩ [mA] (UH - 7.5 V)/2.4 kΩ [mA] (UH - 7.5 V)/2.4 kΩ [mA] (UH - 7.5 V)/2.4 kΩ [mA]
• Internal capacitance Ci – – ≤ 22 nF –
• Internal inductance Li – – ≤ 0.12 mH –
• For connection to power circuits with – – intrinsically safe Ui ≤ 30 V DC
Uo ≤ 30 V DC Ii ≤ 100 mA
Ik ≤ 100 mA
P≤1W
Current input IW
Rated signal range 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA
Load voltage at 20 mA ≤ 0.2 V (corresponds to ≤ 0.2 V (corresponds to ≤ 1 V (corresponds to ≤ 1 V (corresponds to
10 Ω) 10 Ω) 50 Ω) 50 Ω)
Internal capacitance Ci – – ≤ 22 nF –
Internal inductance (Li) – – ≤ 0.12 mH –
For connection to power circuits with – – intrinsically safe Ui ≤ 30 V DC
Uo ≤ 30 V DC Ii ≤ 100 mA
Ik ≤ 100 mA
P≤1W
Electrical isolation between UH and IW between UH and IW between UH and IW between UH and IW
(2 intrinsically safe cir-
cuits)
Test voltage
Connections
840 V DC (1 s) 840 V DC (1 s) 840 V DC (1 s) 840 V DC (1 s)
6
• Electric Screw terminals 2.5 Screw terminals 2.5 Screw terminals 2.5 Screw terminals 2.5
AWG28-12 AWG28-12 AWG28-12 AWG28-12
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 or EEx d certified cable Cable gland M20 x 1.5 or Cable gland M20 x 1.5 or
½-14 NPT gland M20 x 1.5, ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT or M25 x 1.5
• Pneumatic Female thread G¼ Female thread G¼ Female thread G¼ Female thread G¼
DIN 45141 or ¼-18 NPT DIN 45141 or ¼-18 NPT DIN 45141 or ¼-18 NPT DIN 45141 or ¼-18 NPT
External position sensor (potentiometer or NCS; as option)
• Uo – – <5V <5V
• Io – – < 75 mA < 75 mA
• Is – – <160 mA <160 mA
• Po – – <120 mW <120 mW
Maximum permissible external capaci- – – < 1 µF < 1 µF
tance Co
Maximum permissible external induc- – – < 1 mH < 1 mH
tance Lo

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/9

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2 PA

■ Technical specifications
SIPART PS2 PA Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device
without Ex protection with EEx-d protection with EEx ia/ib protection with EEx n protection
(flameproof casing)
Explosion protection to Without EEx d EEx ia/ib EEx n
EN 50014, EN 50020 and EN 50021 II 2 G EEx d II C T4/T5/T6 II 2 G EEx ia/ib II C T6 II 3 G EEx nA L [L] II C T6
Mounting location Zone 1 or zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 2
Permissible ambient temperature for -30 ... +80 °C T4: -30 ... +80 °C (-22 ... +176 °F)
operation (-22 ... +176 °F)
T5: -30 ... +65 °C (-22 ... +149 °F)
At ≤ -10 °C (+14 °F) the display refresh
rate of the LCD is limited. T6: -30 ... +50 °C (-22 ... +122 °F)
(for basic devices with Ex protection
the following applies: Only T4 is per-
missible when using Iy module.)
Electrical data
Input
Power supply (terminals 6/7) Bus-supplied
Bus voltage 9 ... 32 V 9 ... 32 V 9 ... 24 V 9 ... 32 V
• Bus connection with FISCO supply –
unit,
ia or ib group IIC or IIB
- Max. supply voltage Uo – – 17.5 V –
- Max. short-circuit current Io – – 380 mA –
- Max. power Po – 5.32 W –
• Bus connection with barrier, –
6 ia or ib group IIC or IIB
- Max. supply voltage (Uo) – – 24 V –
- Max. short-circuit current (Io) – – 250 mA –
- Max. power Po – – 1.2 W –
Current consumption 10.5 mA ± 10% 10.5 mA ± 10% 10.5 mA ± 10% 10.5 mA ± 10%
Fault current 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
Effective internal inductance – – Li ≤ 8 µH –
Effective internal capacitance – – Negligible –
Connection – – Certified intrinsically safe –
circuit
Safety shutdown can be activated with
coding bridge (terminals 81/82; elec-
trically isolated from the basic device)
• Input resistance > 20 kΩ > 20 kΩ > 20 kΩ > 20 kΩ
• Signal status "0" (shutdown active) 0 ... 4.5 V or unused 0 ... 4.5 V or unused 0 ... 4.5 V or unused 0 ... 4.5 V or unused
• Signal status "1" (shutdown not ac- 13 ... 30 V 13 ... 30 V 13 ... 30 V 13 ... 30 V
tive)
• Effective Internal capacitance Ci – – Negligible –
• Effective internal inductance Li – – Negligible –
• For connection to power supply with – – Intrinsically safe –
- Max. supply voltage Ui – – < 30 V < 30 V
- Max. short-circuit current Ii – – <100 mA <100 mA
- Maximum power Pi – – <1W –
Electrical isolation Between basic device Between basic device The basic device and the Between basic device
and the input for safety and the input for safety input to the safety shut- and the input for safety
shutdown, as well as the shutdown, as well as the down, as well as the out- shutdown, as well as the
outputs of the option outputs of the option puts of the option outputs of the option
modules modules modules, are individual, modules
intrinsically-safe circuits
Test voltage 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s

6/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2 PA
SIPART PS2 PA Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device
without Ex protection with EEx-d protection with EEx ia/ib protection with EEx n protection
(flameproof casing)
Communication Layers 1 and +2 according to PROFIBUS PA, transmission technique according to IEC 1158-2;
slave function; layer 7 (protocol layer) according to PROFIBUS DP,
EN 50170 standard with the extended PROFIBUS functions
(all data acyclic, manipulated variable, feedbacks and status also cyclic)
C2 connections Four connections to master class 2 are supported,
automatic connection setup 60 s after break in communication;
Device profile PROFIBUS PA profile B, version 3.0, more than 150 objects
Response time to master message Typical 10 ms
Device address 126 (when delivered)
PC parameterizing software SIMATIC PDM; supports all device objects. The software is not included in the scope of delivery
Connections
• Electric Screw terminals 2.5 Screw terminals 2.5 Screw terminals 2.5 Screw terminals 2.5
AWG28-12 AWG28-12 AWG28-12 AWG28-12
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 or EEx d certified cable Cable gland M20 x 1.5 or Cable gland M20 x 1.5 or
½-14 NPT gland M20 x 1.5, ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT or M25 x 1.5
• Pneumatic Female thread G¼ Female thread G¼ Female thread G¼ Female thread G¼
DIN 45141 (¼-18 NPT) DIN 45141 (¼-18 NPT) DIN 45141 (¼-18 NPT) DIN 45141 (¼-18 NPT)
External position sensor
(potentiometer or NCS; as option)
• Uo – – <5V <5V
• Io – – <75 mA <75 mA
• Is – – <160 mA <160 mA
• Po – – <120 mW <120 mW 6
• Maximum permissible external ca- – – < 1 µF < 1 µF
pacitance Co
• Maximum permissible external in- – – < 1 mH < 1 mH
ductance Lo

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/11

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2 FF

■ Technical specifications
SIPART PS2 FF Basic device Basic device Basic device
without Ex protection with EEx d protection, with EEx ia/ib protection
flameproof casing
Explosion protection to Without EEx d EEx ia/ib
EN 50014, EN 50020 and EN 50021 II 2 G EEx d II C T4/T5/T6 II 2 G EEx ia/ib II C T6
Mounting location Zone 1 or zone 2 Zone 1
Permissible ambient temperature for operation -30 ... +80 °C (-22 ... +176 °F) T4: -30 ... +80 °C (-22 ... +176 °F)
At ≤ -10 °C (+14 °F) the display refresh rate T5: -30 ... +65 °C (-22 ... +149 °F)
of the LCD is limited.
(for basic devices with Ex protection the fol- T6: -30 ... +50 °C (-22 ... +122 °F)
lowing applies: Only T4 is permissible when
using Iy module.)
Electrical data
Input
Power supply (terminals 6/7) Bus-supplied Bus-supplied Bus-supplied
Bus voltage 9 ... 32 V 9 ... 32 V 9 ... 24 V
• Bus connection with FISCO supply unit, ia or
ib group IIC or IIB
- Max. supply voltage Uo – – 17.5 V
- Max. short-circuit current Io – – 380 mA
- Max. power Po – – 5.32 W
• Bus connection with barrier,
ia or ib group IIC or IIB
- Max. supply voltage Uo – – 24 V
6 - Max. short-circuit current Io – – 250 mA
- Max. power Po – – 1.2 W
Electrical data
Current consumption 10.5 mA ± 10% 10.5 mA ± 10% 10.5 mA ± 10%
Fault current 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA
Effective internal inductance – – Li ≤ 8 µH
Effective internal capacitance – – Negligible
Connection – – Certified intrinsically safe circuit
Safety shutdown can be activated with cod-
ing bridge (terminals 81/82; electrically iso-
lated from the basic device)
• Input resistance > 20 kΩ > 20 kΩ > 20 kΩ
• Signal status "0" (shutdown active) 0 ... 4.5 V or unused 0 ... 4.5 V or unused 0 ... 4.5 V or unused
• Signal status "1" (shutdown not active) 13 ... 30 V 13 ... 30 V 13 ... 30 V
• Effective Internal capacitance Ci – – Negligible
• Effective internal inductance Li – – Negligible
• For connection to power supply with – – Intrinsically safe
- Max. supply voltage Ui – – < 30 V
- Maximum short-circuit current Ii – – <100 mA
- Maximum power Pi – – <1W
Electrical isolation Between basic device and the Between basic device and the The basic device and the input
input for safety shutdown, as input for safety shutdown, as to the safety shutdown, as well
well as the outputs of the option well as the outputs of the option as the outputs of the option
modules modules modules, are individual, intrinsi-
cally-safe circuits
Test voltage 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s

6/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2 FF
SIPART PS2 FF Basic device Basic device Basic device
without Ex protection with EEx d protection, with EEx ia/ib protection
flameproof casing
Communication
Communications group and class According to technical specification of the Fieldbus Foundation for H1 communication
Function blocks Group 3, Class 31PS (publisher, subscriber)
1 resource block (RB2)
1 analog output function block (AO)
1 PID function block (PID)
1 transducer block (standard advanced positioner valve)
Execution times of the blocks AO: 50 ms
PID: 80 ms
Physical layer profile 123, 511
FF registration Tested with ITK 4.6
Connections
Electric Screw terminals 2.5 AWG28-12 Screw terminals 2.5 AWG28-12 Screw terminals 2.5 AWG28-12
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 or EEx d certified cable gland Cable gland M20 x 1.5 or
½-14 NPT M20 x 1.5, ½-14 NPT or ½-14 NPT
M25 x 1.5
Pneumatic Female thread G¼ DIN 45 141 Female thread G¼ DIN 45 141 Female thread G¼ DIN 45 141
(¼-18 NPT) (¼-18 NPT) (¼-18 NPT)
External position sensor
(potentiometer or NCS; as option)
• Uo – – <5V
• Io – – <75 mA
• Is – – <160 mA
• Po – – <120 mW 6
Maximum permissible external capacitance Co – – < 1 mF
Maximum permissible external inductance Lo – – < 1 mH

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/13

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

■ Technical specifications
Option modules Without Ex protection With Ex protection EEx ia/ib With Ex protection EEx n
(EEx d also)
Ex protection to EN 50014, EN 50020 and – II 2G EEx ia/ib II C T4/T5/T6 II 3G EEx nA L [L] II C T6
EN 50021
Mounting location – Zone 1 Zone 2
Permissible ambient temperature for opera- -30 ... +80 °C (-22 ... +176 °F) T4: -30 ... +80 °C (T4: -22 ... +176 °F)1)
tion
(For devices with Ex protection: Only in con- T5: -30 ... +65 °C (-22 ... +149 °F)1)
junction with the basic device 6DR5... -.E.... T6: -30 ... +50 °C (-22 ... +122 °F)1)
Only T4 is permissible when using Iy module)
Alarm module 6DR4004-8A (without Ex protec- 6DR4004-6A (with Ex protection) 6DR4004-6A (with Ex protection)
tion)
Binary alarm outputs A1, A2 and alarm output
Signal status High (not responded) Active, R = 1 kΩ, +3/-1%* ≥ 2.1 mA ≥ 2.1 mA
Signal status Low* (responded) Disabled, IR < 60 µA ≤ 1.2 mA ≤ 1.2 mA
(* Low is also the status when the basic
device is faulty or has not electric power sup- (* When used in the flameproof (Switching threshold with sup- (Switching threshold with sup-
ply) casing the current consumption ply to EN 60947-5-6: UH = 8.2 V, ply to EN 60947-5-6: UH = 8.2 V,
is limited to 10 mA per output.) Ri = 1kΩ) Ri = 1kΩ)
Internal capacitance Ci – ≤ 5.2 nF –
Internal inductance Li – Negligible –
Power supply UH ≤ 35 V – –
Connection to power circuits with – intrinsically safe switching Ui ≤ 15.5 V DC
amplifier EN 60947-5-6
Uo ≤ 15.5 V DC
Ik ≤ 25 mA, P ≤ 64 mW

6 Binary input BE2

• Electrically connected to the basic device
- Signal status 0 Floating contact, open Floating contact, open Floating contact, open
- Signal status 1 Floating contact, closed Floating contact, closed Floating contact, closed
- Contact load 3 V, 5 µA 3 V, 5 µA 3 V, 5 µA
• Electrically isolated from the basic device
- Signal status 0 ≤ 4.5 V or open ≤ 4.5 V or open ≤ 4.5 V or open
- Signal status 1 ≥ 13 V ≥ 13 V ≥ 13 V
- Natural resistance ≥ 25 kΩ ≥ 25 kΩ ≥ 25 kΩ
Static destruction limit ± 35 V – –
Internal inductance and capacitance – Negligible –
Connection to power circuits – Intrinsically safe Ui ≤ 25.2 V Ui ≤ 25.2 V DC
Electrical isolation The 3 outputs, the input BE2 and the basic device are electrically isolated from each other
Test voltage 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s
SIA module (not for EEx d version) 6DR4004-8G (without Ex protec- 6DR4004-6G (with Ex protec- 6DR4004-6G (with Ex protec-
tion) tion) tion)
Limit transmitter with slot-type initiators and 2-wire connection
alarm output
Ex protection Without II 2 G EEx ia/ib IIC T6 II 2 G EEx nA L [L] IIC T6
Connection 2-wire system to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR), for switching amplifier to be connected on load side
2 slot-type initiators Type SJ2-SN Type SJ2-SN Type SJ2-SN
Function NC (normally closed) NC (normally closed) NC (normally closed)
Connection to power circuits with nominal voltage 8 V Intrinsically safe switching Ui ≤ 15.5 V DC
Current consumption: amplifier EN 60947-5-6 Pi ≤ 64 mW
≥ 3 mA (limit value not Ui ≤ 15.5 V DC
responded) Ii ≤ 25 mA, Pi ≤ 64 mW
≤ 1 mA (limit value
responded)
Internal capacitance – ≤ 41 nF –
Internal inductance – ≤ 100 mH –
Electrical isolation The 3 outputs are electrically isolated from the basic device
Test voltage 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s
Alarm output See Alarm module See Alarm module See Alarm module
1) Only in conjunction with the basic device 6DR5...-E..... With Iy module only T4 permitted.

6/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

Accessory modules Without Ex protection With Ex protection EEx ia/ib With Ex protection EEx n
(EEx d also)
Iy module 6DR4004-8J (without Ex protec- 6DR4004-6J (with Ex protection) 6DR4004-6J (with Ex protection)
tion)
DC output for position feedback 2-wire connection 2-wire connection 2-wire connection
Nominal signal range i 4 ... 20 mA, short-circuit-proof 4 ... 20 mA, short-circuit-proof 4 ... 20 mA, short-circuit-proof
Total operating range 3.6 ... 20.5 mA 3.6 ... 20.5 mA 3.6 ... 20.5 mA
Power supply UH +12 ... +35 V +12 ... +30 V +12 ... +30 V
External load RB [kW] ≤ (UH [V] - 12 V) /i [mA] ≤ (UH [V] - 12 V) /i [mA] ≤ (UH [V] - 12 V) /i [mA]
Transmission error ≤ 0.3% ≤ 0.3% ≤ 0.3%
Temperature effect ≤ 0.1%/10 K (≤ 0.1%/18 °F) ≤ 0.1%/10 K (≤ 0.1%/18 °F) ≤ 0.1%/10 K (≤ 0.1%/18 °F)
Resolution ≤ 0.1% ≤ 0.1% ≤ 0.1%
Residual ripple ≤ 1% ≤ 1% ≤ 1%
Internal capacitance Ci – ≤ 11 nF –
Internal inductance Li – Negligible –
For connection to power circuits with Intrinsically safe: Ui ≤ 30 V DC Ui ≤ 30 V DC
Ii ≤ 100 mA; Pi ≤ 1 W (only T4) Ii ≤ 100 mA; Pi ≤ 1 W (only T4)
Electrical isolation Electrically isolated from the Electrically isolated from the Electrically isolated from the
basic device basic device basic device
Test voltage 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s 840 V DC, 1 s
NCS sensor
(not for EEx d version)
Position range
• Linear actuator 3 ... 130 mm (0.12 ... 5.12 inch), 3 ... 130 mm (0.12 ... 5.12 inch), 3 ... 130 mm (0.12 ... 5.12 inch),
to 200 mm (7.87 inch) on request to 200 mm (7.87 inch) on request to 200 mm (7.87 inch) on request
6
• Part-turn actuator 30° ... 100° 30° ... 100° 30° ... 100°
Linearity (after correction by SIPART PS2)
• Linear actuator ± 1% ± 1% ± 1%
• Part-turn actuator ± 1% ± 1% ± 1%
Hysteresis ± 0.2% ± 0.2% ± 0.2%
Continuous working temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F), -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F), -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F),
extended temperature range on extended temperature range on extended temperature range on
request request request
Degree of protection of casing IP68/NEMA 4X IP68/NEMA 4X IP68/NEMA 4X

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/15

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF
Selection and ordering data
Electropneumatic positioner
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA and PS2 FF
Version
2-wire
• Without HART (4 to 20 mA)
• With HART, not explosion-protected }
(except EEx d)
2-, 3-, 4-wire
• With HART, explosion-protected
• Without HART, not explosion-
protected
PROFIBUS PA connection (no Ex
protection if used with PROFIBUS
connector M12)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus connection
(not EEx n)
For actuator
Single-action
Double-action
Casing
Plastic
Aluminum; only single-action
Stainless steel; not for EEx d version:
not FM/CSA and not EEx n
Aluminum; EEx d housing
(flameproof)1), not CSA
Explosion protection
6 Without
With explosion protection EEx ia/ib or
EEx d (CENELEC/FM/CSA)
With explosion protection EEx n
(CENELEC)
Connection thread
electrical/pneumatic
M20 x 1.5 / G¼
½-14 NPT / ¼-18 NPT
M20 x 1.5 / ¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT / G¼
M25 x 1.5 / G¼ (only EEx d version)1)
With PROFIBUS plug M12 / G¼2)
With PROFIBUS plug M12 /
¼-18 NPT2)
M20 x 1.5 / VDI/VDE 3847
Limit monitor
Installed, incl. 2nd cable gland3)
Without
Alarm module; electronic
(6DR4004-.A)
SIA module; slot-type initiators
(6DR4004-.G); not for EEx d version)
Optional modules
Installed, incl. 2nd cable gland3)
Without
Iy module for position feedback
signal (4 ... 20 mA) (6DR4004-.J)
EMC filter module for external
position sensor (C73451-A430-D23),
(not for EEx d version)
Iy module and EMC filter module for
external position sensor, not for EEx d
version
6/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Order No. Selection and ordering data Order No.
6 DR 5 777 - 0 7777 - 77A7 Electropneumatic positioner 6 DR 5 777 - 0 7777 - 77A7
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA and PS2 FF
Customer-specific design
Without } 0
} 0 Brief instructions
1 German/English } A
French/Spanish/Italian B
} 2 Mounted pressure gauge block
} 3 Without } 0
Single-action G¼ 1
5 Double-action G¼ 2
Single-action ¼-18 NPT 3
Double-action ¼-18 NPT 4
6
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
} 1 Order Code.
} 2 Version with stainless steel sound A40
absorbers
} 0 Customized preset bus address Y25
for PROFIBUS PA and
} 1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus version
} 2
} Available ex stock
} 5 1) EEx d version without cable gland.
2) Not for EEx d, FM/CSA approval
} N
E Selection and ordering data Order No.
Accessories
G
NCS sensor 6 DR 4 0 0 4 - 7NN7 0
for non-contacting detection of position
(not for EEx d version), cable length 6 m
(19.68 ft)
} G
N Non explosion-proof 8
M Explosion-protected, EEx ia/ib 6
P For part-turn actuators, without mounting 1
Q console
R
For linear actuators up to 14 mm 2
S (0.55 inch), without mounting bracket
V For linear actuators >14 mm (0.55 inch), 3
to 130 mm (5.12 inch) for mounting to
IEC 60534-6, without mounting kit
The EMC filter module is additionally
} 0 required for the controller unit.
1 (separate order item, see below)
2
} 0
1
2
3
 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

■ Selection and Ordering Data Order No. Mounting kit for other linear actuators
• Retrofitting kit for Moore series 72 and 750 } TGX:16152-117
Accessories valve positioners C)
Alarm module for 3 alarm outputs and • Fisher type 657/667, size 30 to 80 } TGX:16152-110
1 binary input (functionality: 2 limit monitors, C)
1 fault alarm, 1 binary input) • SAMSON actuator type 3277 (yoke dimen- } 6DR4004-8S
• Without explosion protection } 6DR4004-8A sion (H5) = 101 mm 2) (integrated connec-
tion without tube)
• With explosion protection CENELEC } 6DR4004-6A
• With explosion protection FM 1) 6DR4004-7A Pipe mounting
Mounting bracket for pipe mounting of the } TGX:16152-117
SIA module (slot-type initiator alarm
SIPART PS2 position (e.g. when using the C)
module, not for 6DR4 version and not for
NCS sensor)
EEx d version)
• Without 6DR4004-8G VDI/VDE 3847 adapter for actuators with
• With explosion protection FM and 6DR4004-6G VDI/VDE 3847 interface
CENELEC 1) made of aluminum, incl. fastening screws
Mounting kit also required: e.g. for linear
Iy module for position feedback signal actuator 6DR4004-8VK/-8VL or part-turn
(4 to 20 mA) actuator 6DR4004-8D
• Without explosion protection } 6DR4004-8J
• With explosion protection CENELEC } 6DR4004-6J • single-action, for positioner 6DR5.11- ... in 6DR4004-8CE10
aluminium casing
• With explosion protection FM 1) 6DR4004-7J
• single-action, for positioner 6DR5.10- ... in 6DR4004-8CD10
HART module (only for 6DR400 version) plastic casing
• Without explosion protection } 6DR4004-8H
• With explosion protection CENELEC } 6DR4004-6H • double-action, for positioner 6DR5.20- ... in 6DR4004-8CD20
plastic casing
• With explosion protection FM 1) 6DR4004-7H
• single-action, with manometer, for positio- 6DR4004-8CE11
HART modem for connecting to PC or ner 6DR5.11- ... in aluminium casing
laptop for 6DR40... and 6DR5...
• single-action, with manometer, for positio- 6DR4004-8CD11
• with RS232 interface } 7MF4997-1DA ner 6DR5.10- ... in plastic casing
D)
• with USB interface }
D)
7MF4997-1DB
• double-action, with manometer, for positio-
ner 6DR5.20- ... in plastic casing
6DR4004-8CD21
6
Mounting kit for NAMUR part-turn actua- VDI/VDE-3847 mounting block for linear
tors actuator with IEC534-6 interface (NAMUR
lantern)
(VDI/VDE 3845, without mounting plate) } 6DR4004-8D
incl. fastening material
The following mounting plates can be used
with the NAMUR part-turn actuator mounting • VDI/VDE 3847 mounting block G¼ 6DR4004-8CA00
kit 6DR4004-8D. • VDI/VDE 3847 mounting block ¼" NPT 6DR4004-8CA01
Size W x L x H (H = height of shaft butt)
• 30 x 80 x 20 mm } TGX:16152-105 Additional actuator items can be found at
C) the following Internet address:
• 30 x 80 x 30 mm } TGX:16152-147 www.siemens.com/sipartps2
C) Customer-specific actuators available on
• 30 x 130 x 30 mm } TGX:16300-149 request.
C)
Manometer block including pressure gauge
• 30 x 130 x 30 mm } TGX:16300-151
• For single-action SIPART PS2 positioner 6DR4004-1M 3)
Mounting kit for other part-turn actuators (2 manometers, scaled in MPa and bar)
The following mounting plates can be used 6DR4004-2M 3)
together with the NAMUR part-turn actuator • For double-action SIPART PS2 positioner
mounting kit 6DR4004-8D. (3 manometers, scaled in MPa and bar)
• SPX (DEZURIK) Power Rac, sizes R1, R1A, } TGX:16152-328 Connection block, for safety solenoid valve
R2 and R2A C) with extended mounting flange to NAMUR
• Masoneilan Camflex II } TGX:16152-350 • For mounting to IEC 534-6 6DR4004-1B
C)
• For SAMSON actuator (integrated mount- 6DR4004-1C 4)
• Fisher 1051/1052/1061, sizes 30, 40, 60 to } TGX:16152-364 ing) see above
70 C)
• Fisher 1051/1052, size 1033 } TGX:16152-348 } Available ex stock.
C) C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99
Mounting kit for NAMUR linear actuators D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H
NAMUR linear actuator mounting kit with } 6DR4004-8V 1) U.S. certification by FM institute
short lever arm (2 to 35 mm) 2) With a yoke dimension H5 = 95 mm, only the SIPART PS2 in a metal
• Lever arm for travels from 35 mm to 130 cm } 6DR4004-8L casing can be used.
(1.38 inch to 5.12 inch) 3) 1MN or -2MN with NPT thread, scaled in MPa and psi.
• Reduced mounting kit for linear actuator } 6DR4004-8VK 4) Only together with 6DR4004-8S and 6DR4004-1M.
(without fixing angle and U-bracket), with
short lever with up to 35 mm travel
(1.38 inch)
• Reduced mounting kit for linear actuator } 6DR4004-8VL
(without fixing angle and U-bracket), with
long lever with >35 mm travel (1.38 inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/17

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

External position detection system C73451-A430-D78

(with explosion protection to CENELEC,
EEx ia, ib) for separate mounting of position
sensor and controller (for for EEx d version),
comprising SIPART PS2 plastic casing with
integral potentiometer and sliding clutch
(without electronics and valve block)
The EMC filter module is additionally
required for the controller unit.
(separate ordering item below)
EMC filter module for connection of exter- C73451-A430-D23
nal position sensor (10 kΩ) or NCS sensor
(not for EEx d version)
Documentation (see notes below)
Instruction Manual SIPART PS2
• German/English A5E00074600

• French/Italian/Spanish A5E00074601

Instruction Manual SIPART PS2

PROFIBUS PA
• German/English A5E00120716

• French/Italian/Spanish A5E00120717

Instruction Manual NCS Sensor

• German/English/French/Spanish/Italian A5E00097485

Instruction Manual SIPART PS2 EEx d

• German/English A5E00165376

Instruction Manual SIPART PS2 EEx d PA

6 • German/English A5E00165378

SIPART PS2 device documentation

• CD-ROM with complete documentation for A5E00214567
all device versions
Device manual for SIPART PS2
(not PA and FF)
• German A5E00074630

• English A5E00074631

Manual for SIPART PS2 PROFIBUS PA

• German A5E00127924

• English A5E00127926

SITRANS I outgoing isolator HART

(see „SITRANS I supply units and isolation
amplifiers“) with
• 24 V DC power supply 7NG4130-1AA11

• 230 V AC power supply 7NG4130-1BA11

Note
All the above mentioned manuals are included on CD-ROM or
can be downloaded from the Internet.
Following manuals are available in addition as downloads from
the Internet or are included on CD-ROM:
• Instruction Manual SIPART PS2 FF, Electropneumatic Posi-
tioner (6DR56xx) with Foundation Fieldbus
- German/English: A5E00214570
• Instruction Manual SIPART PS FF, Electropneumatic Positioner
(6DR56xx) with Foundation Fieldbus
- German: A5E00214568
- English: A5E00214569

6/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF
Scope of delivery:
■ More infomation
Positioners
Training
• 1 SIPART PS2 positioner as ordered
• 1 CD-ROM with the complete documentation for all versions Refer to Catalog ITC for details of training courses for these de-
and accessories vices.
• Manual "SIPART PS2 - Configuration At a Glance" Special versions
Mounting kit for NAMUR linear actuators (see the following On request
images)
• 1 mounting bracket
• 2 mounting prisms
• 1 U-bracket
• 1 lever arm with adjustable pick-up roll
• 2 U-bolts
• Various screws and lock washers
Mounting kit for NAMUR part-turn actuators (see the follo-
wing images)
• 1 coupling wheel
• 1 driver pin
• 8 scales
• 1 pointer
• Various screws and lock washers
Caution: The mounting consoles and the screws for mounting
onto the part-turn actuator are not included in the scope of deli-
very and must be provided by the customer (see Technical spe-
cifications). 6

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/19

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

■ Dimensional drawings
50 x 4 (1.97 x 0.16) x M6

99 (3.89)1)

(1.16) (1.16)
29.5 29.5
95 (3.74)

74 (2.91)1)
72 (2.83)
185 (7.28) All air
connections 11.2 (0.44)
G 1/4 or 1/4 NPT

50 x 4 (1.97 x 0.16) x M6
84 (3.31)

(1.16)
29.5

59 (2.32)
185 (7.28) All air
connections 11.2 (0.44)
G 1/4 or 1/4 NPT
98 (3.86)1)
96.6 (3.80)

M20 x 1.5

1) For stainless steel version only

Plastic and stainless steel casing (top), aluminium casing (center), plas-
tic and metal casing (bottom), dimensions in mm (inch)

6  DOODLUFRQQHFWLRQV

*RU137
0GHHS[


(












<












0GHHS[






0GHHS[

Ø

 0[0[RU 

137[   


 &RQQHFWLRQ<RQO\IRUGRXEOHDFWLRQYHUVLRQ



Ø




Ø  h9

Flameproof casing left, dimensions in mm (inch)

6/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF
Electric connection of 2-, 3- and 4-wire device (6DR52.. and
Mounting level of positioner 6DR53..)
Devices of types 6DR52.. and 6DR53.. can be operated in a 2-,
>4 mm

25 (0,98)
3- and 4-wire system.
(0.16) M6 4 +0,1 (0.16+0.04)

(0,16)
4

(0.47)
12
Mounting plate *) R ³ 250 W if req. 2
+ I H+
3
- i y = 4 to 4
I 20 mA
5

Part-turn actuator 6
7
IW
8
35 (1.38)
-
HART PC/Laptop
modem

*) Only required with current sources not conforming to HART

SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner, example of connection for com-

6,

munication through HART for 6DR52..

5

Two-wire system
F05-Lkr.- 50 (1.97)
2
+ 3
Mounting onto part-turn actuators; mounting plate (scope of delivery of
actuator manufacturer), extract from VDI/VDE 3845, dimensions in mm J
4 ... 20 mA 4
5
6
(inch)

■ Schematics 6
7
_
Electric connection of 2-wire devices (6DR50.. and 6DR51..) 8
9
Devices of types 6DR50.. and 6DR51.. are operated in a 2-wire BE1
10
system.

Three-/Four-wire system
+ 6
Two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA
_ 7 + 2
J
8 3
18 ... 30 V _
9 4
BE1
10 5
*)
+
6
SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner, input circuit for 6DR50.. and 0/4 ... 7
6DR51.. 20 mA _
J 8
Electric connection of PROFIBUS PA device (6DR55..) and 9
Foundation Fieldbus devices (6DR56..) BE1
10

*) Jumper between 5 and 7 only for three-wire system

+ £ 30 V
81 SIPART PS2 electropneumatic positioner, input circuits for 6DR52..
*)
- 82

+ £ 24 V
6
PROFIBUS PA and
7
FOUNDATION Fieldbus connection
-

9
10 BE1

*) Input for safety shutdown (activated using coding jumper)

SIPART PS2 PA and SIPART PS2 FF electropneumatic positioner, input

circuit for 6DR55.. and 6DR56..

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/21

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

Mounting of SIPART PS2 on linear actuators Mounting of SIPART PS2 on part-turn actuators

6/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electropneumatic positioners
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2, PS2 PA, PS2 FF,
PS2 EEx d, PS2 EEx d PA and PS2 EEx d FF

Mounting of SIPART PS2 EEx d on linear actuators Mounting of SIPART PS2 EEx d on part-turn actuators

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/23

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Rotary, linear and part-turn actuators
Technical Description
■ Overview
SIPOS 5 Flash, electric actuator (rotary actuator)
■ Applications
SIPOS 5 Flash electric actuators are used primarily in process
plants for safe and precise control of valves (ordinary valves,
gate valves, dampers, vanes and cocks).
SIPOS 5 Flash actuators are equally well-suited for use in power
6 plants, in chemical and petrochemical plants and in the water- /
wastewater treatment whenever the aim is to replace conven-
tional control technology, such as reversing contactor or thyris-
tor-type controllers and switching cabinets, with decentralized
controls integrated in the actuator.
■ Principle of operation
Three-phase current for the asynchronous motor is generated by
means of the power circuit module in the electronic, regardless
of the power supply (1-phase or 3-phase). Frequency converters
and microcontrollers allow different speeds and precise tripping
torques to be set (no overtorque).
The phase angle is checked and automatically adjusted, so that
the direction of rotation is always correct.
The compact design of the electronics, in which the control
module and the power circuit module are tuned to one another
exactly, permits the actuator to be soft-started - something that
helps prolong the life-time of the valve. Thanks to the integrated
electronics, the starting current is not higher than the rated cur-
rent, so that connecting cables with a smaller cross-section can
be used compared to conventional actuators.
The gearbox used is a sturdy, proven worm shaft/worm wheel
assembly, which is self-locking up to an output speed of 80 rpm.
The travel is recorded and electronically evaluated by means of
a precision potentiometer.
The integrated electronics is responsible for measuring the
torque and for cut-off when the tripping torque is reached. The
travel-dependent cut-off function is also controlled by this unit.
During the startup phase or in the event of a power failure, the
actuator can be positioned with the aid of a hand crank handle
or -wheel.
Linear and part-turn movements are achieved by means of a
combination of a rotary actuator and a thrust-unit or worm gear
box.
6/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
■ Outstanding features
SIPOS 5 Flash actuators are outstanding for the high quality of
their electronics unit and the ruggedness of their mechanical
components:
7 IP67 degree of protection (IP68 on request).
7 Constant efficiency over the complete lifecycle.
7 Little maintenance required (inspection recommended after
8 years).
7 Non-wearing asynchronous motor.
7 Soft starting in the end positions and soft approach to the end
positions.
7 Housing material: corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy with
stainless steel bolts on the outside.
7 Separate mounting of electronics unit and gear unit by loos-
ening a flange connection (4 bolts).
7 Tripping torques (or cut-off forces) and speeds (or positioning
time /positioning speeds) are freely selectable within a de-
fined range without altering the hardware.
7 Operator prompting with PROFITRON in plain text and 8
languages (expandable).
7 Three valve reference torque curves with 1% steps can be
stored and evaluated in the actuator electronics (optional).
7 Speed setting can be programmed according to valve posi-
tion using 10 interpolation points (optional).
7 External analog speed input via 0/4-20 mA (optional).
7 Functional enhancements made available over the internet in
the form of firmware updates. They can be activated if re-
quired.
7 Firmware can be updated without replacing the hardware
(Flash EEPROM).
7 Reduced spare parts stock due to interchangeable compo-
nents.
■ Electrical connection/electronic circuits
7 Frequency range: 47 - 63 Hz
7 1-phase power supply 230 V (±15%)
7 3-phase power supply range: 400 - 460 V (±15%)
7 Other power supplies possible in conjunction with matching
transformers (optional)
7 Solid-state full motor protection and automatic phase se-
quence correction
7 Additional external 24 V DC supply possible
7 Customized assignment of signaling outputs
7 Position actual value: 0/4-20 mA (depending on design)
7 Internal positioner via analog setpoint input: 0/4-20 mA
(optional)
7 Internal process controller via analog setpoint input:
0/4-20 mA (optional)
7 Parameters can be programmed via:
- Local control unit
- PC parameterization software: COM-SIPOS (optional)
- SIMA Actuator control system (optional)
- Function blocks (optional)
- SIMATIC PDM
7 Totally integrated control, monitoring and parameterization for
PROFITRON in conjunction with PROFIBUS
7 PROFIBUS DP-V1 (optional)
(acyclic services)
 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Rotary, linear and part-turn actuators
Technical Description

6
SIMATIC PDM communication with SIPOS 5 Flash

■ Other products ■ Further information

2SM5...-... SIMA Actuator control system All our printed documentation is stocked at the Siemens Logistic
Center in Fürth, from which they can be obtained free of charge.
Small linear actuators They include ordering data, technical data, instruction manuals,
2SB6...-... • for modulating duty control systems spare parts lists, sales brochures and the complete SIPOS cat-
Fc 2 - 25 kN (450 - 5620 lbf) alog.
Small part-turn actuators You can order these SIPOS Aktorik documents at your conve-
M77325-... • for on-off duty control systems nience from www.click4business-supplies.siemens.de
Tc 25 - 200 Nm (18 - 148 lbf ft)
M77326-... • for modulating duty control systems
The latest version of the following documents is always pub-
Tc 30 - 200 Nm (22 - 148 lbf ft) lished on our web site at www.sipos.de ordering data, technical
data, wiring diagrams and dimensional drawings (also in dxf for-
Double motor actuators mat), instruction manuals, spare parts lists, certificates etc., and
M76348-... • for modulating duty Tc 750 - 3000 Nm of course information about contacts and service centers world-
(553 - 2210 lbf ft) wide.
Rotary actuators for nuclear applications For all further information or technical support, please contact:
according to KTA 3504
M76361-.../ • for on-off duty (SIWI and SIWI-C/CD) or SIPOS Aktorik GmbH
M76371-... (SIWI-AS and SIWI-CAS) Electric Actuators
M76362-.../ • for modulating duty (SIWI and SIWI-C/CD) or Donaustr. 36
M76372-... (SIWI-AS and SIWI-CAS)
D-90451 Nürnberg
2SY5...-... Spare parts for rotary, linear and part-turn
actuators Tel. (0911) 6 32 84 - 0
Fax (0911) 6 32 84 - 111
2SX5...-... Accessories Email: info@sipos.de
Internet: www.sipos.de

Note:
With the exception of the rotary actuators for nuclear plants
(available on request), all our products - including spare parts
and accessories - are listed in the Siemens product database
(FDB).

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/25

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Rotary actuators (standard version)
• „non intrusive“ for PROFITRON (after adjustment of the end
positions of the valve)
• handwheel for emergency operation (disconnected during
normal operation)
• PROFITRON: 3 reference torque curves of the valve can be
stored
• electronic motor protection, automatic phase sequence
correction
• frequency range of the power supply 47 to 63 Hz
• 24 V DC supply for electronics unit possible
• travel limits continuously adjustable
• tripping torque adjustable from 30% to 100% of max. output
torque in steps of 10%
• output speed adjustable in 7 steps within the speedrange,
step-up distance factor 1.4
• self-acting cut-off (depending on torque, travel, etc.)
Electric rotary actuator (standard version), series S • indication that actuator is in operation
• separate mounting of the electronics unit possible
■ Description standard design • external screws stainless steel
• short-time duty S2-15 min acc. to DIN EN 60034, protection • operating instructions German/English
class IP67 acc. to DIN EN 60529 (IP68 on request) • programming by customer possible.
• motor insulation class F, temperature range -20 to +60 °C
(-4 to +140 °F)

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order Code

6 tripping torque, adjustable [Nm] ([lbf ft]) Weight

2 S A 5 0 77 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777

the minimum value is set as standard (30% Mdmax) 1) [kg] ([lb])

10 - 30 (7 - 22) 19.5 (43) 1
20 -60 (15 - 44) 20.5 (45.2) 2
40 - 125 (30 - 92) 33 (72.8) 3
80 - 250 (118 - 369) 39 (86) 4
160 - 500 (118 - 369) 64 (141) 5
350 - 1000 (258 - 738) 70 (154) 6
(516 - 1475) 700 - 2000 149 (328) 7
(1035 - 2950) 1400-4000 155 (342) 8
DIN ISO DIN flange size Thrust max.
5210 3210 for the torque ranges [Nm] [Nm] ([lbf])
F07 - 10-30 20 (4500) 0
F10 G0 10-30 20-60 40-125 40 (8990) 1
F12 - 40-125 80-250 70 (15700) 2
F14 G1/2 40-125 80-250 160-500 100 (22500) 3
F16 G3 160-500 350-1000 150 (33700) 4
F25 G4 700-2000 - 5
F30 G5 1400-4000 - 6
outputshaft design
for the torque ranges [Nm]
Form DIN 10 - 20 - 40 - 80 - 160 - 350 - 700 - 1400 - outputshaft
30 60 125 50 500 1000 2000 4000 with
threaded bush
A ISO 5210 • • • • • • • • 0
103 2) • • • • • • • • + acme thread additionally -Z Y18
big bore/keyw.
B1 ISO 5210 • • • • • • • • 2
claw coupling
C 3338 • • • • • • • • 3
bore w. keyway
B3 ISO 5210 • • • • • • • • 5
B2/B4 3) bore w. keyway
ISO 5210 • • • • • • • • 9 H2Y
threaded bush
A 3210 • • • • • • • • 9 H0A
103 2) • • • • • • • • + acme thread additionally -Z Y18
B 3210 • • • • • • • • big bore/keyw. 9 H2A
C 3210 • • • • • • • • claw coupling 9 H3A
D 3210 • • • • • • • • free end shaft 9 H4A
E 3210 • • • • • • • • bore w. keyway 9 H5A
B/E 3) 3210 • • • • • • • • bore w. keyway 9 H3Y
1
) Other torque settings - see additional features „Y01“.
2) The acme screw thread must be expressly stated, e.g. Tr 16x4 LH DIN 103.
3) The special bore must be stated, e.g. ∅26 with featherkey A8x7 DIN 6885.

6/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Rotary actuators (standard version)

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

2 S A 5 0 77 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777
1
speed range output speed, adjustable [rpm] set at )
for the torque ranges [Nm]
1,25 - 10 non selflocking 1400-4000 3,5 A
2,5 - 20 700-2000 1400-4000 7 B
5 - 28 700-2000 14 C
5 - 40 10-30 20-60 40-125 80-250 160-500 350-1000
10 - 80 10-30 20-60 40-125 80-250 160-500 350-1000 28 D
20 - 112 10-30 160-500 56 E
20 - 160 20-60 40-125 80-250
power supply (acceptable voltage tolerance: ±15%) 2)
applied are RFI-filters class A
for the torque ranges [Nm]
1x 10-30 20-60 D
AC 230 V 40-125 speedrange 5 to 40 rpm
3x 10-30 20-60 E
AC 400 - 460 V 40-125
80-250 160-500 350-1000 700-2000 1400-4000

mechanical position indicator

without 0
with 1
spindle protection tube [mm] ([inch]) 3)
for the torque ranges [Nm]
10 - 20 - 40 - 80 - 160 - 350 - 700 - 1400 -

without
30 60 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000
retrofitting not possible 0
6
standard 230 (9.1) 320 (12.6) 1
special length 470 (18.5) 710 (28) 2
prepared recommended for mounting on gate valve 3
basic design electronics unit with local control station
(local/remote pushbutton lockable by means of a padlock
basic type (Order No. 2SX5302-0VS00))
ECOTRON EC 5 binary outputs, 3 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 3
setting via DIP-switches and potentiometer
PROFITRON PR 8 binary outputs, 4 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 4
analog actual position value, analog threshold value switch
programming via pushbuttons and display
add-ons for the electronics unit
without add-on A
relay board with 5 outputs (opening and closing functions) B
PROFIBUS DP single channel with V1 services 4) C
PROFIBUS DP double channel (redundant) with V1 services 4) D
MODIBUS RTU single channel 4) E
MODIBUS RTU double channel (redundant) 4) F
use with software-function
EC or PR standard version A
PR travel dependent output speed adjustment D
external analog output speed setpoint F
travel dependent freely adjustable positioning times J
electric connection
direct connection with round hood (with plugs to the printed 3
circuit board)
round plug with screw connection 4

Additional features see page 6/38.

1
) Other settings of the output speed - see additional features „Y07“.
2
) Connection to other power supply via adaption transformer 2SX560.-... on request.
3) From top of gearbox housing.
4) Only in combination with round plug (see Electric connection, data position „16“) possible.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/27

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Rotary actuators for modulating duty
(closed-loop control)
• „non intrusive“ for PROFITRON (after adjustment of the end
positions of the valve)
• handwheel for emergency operation (disconnected during
normal operation)
• PROFITRON: 3 reference torque curves of the valve can be
stored
• electronic motor protection, automatic phase sequence
correction
• frequency range of the power supply 47 to 63 Hz
• 24 V DC supply for electronics unit possible
• analog actual position value (0/4 to 20 mA)
• travel limits continuously adjustable
• tripping torque adjustable from 70% to 100% of max. output
torque in steps of 10%
• output speed adjustable in 7 steps within the speedrange,
step-up distance factor 1.4
Electric rotary actuator for modulating duty, series R • self-acting cut-off (depending on torque, travel, etc.)
• soft starting for high positioning accuracy (starting current less
■ Description standard design than rated current
• indication that actuator is in operation
• intermittent duty S4 / S5 min. 25% duty cycle, 1200 c/h acc. to
DIN EN 60034, protection class IP67 acc. to DIN EN 60529 • separate mounting of the electronics unit possible
(IP68 on request) • external screws stainless steel
• motor insulation class F, temperature range -20 to +60 °C • operating instructions German/English
(-4 to +140 °F)
• programming by customer possible

6 ■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

2 S A 5 5 77 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777

max. torque tripping torque, adjustable [Nm] ([lbf ft]) Weight

(running torque at the minimum value is set as standard (70% Mdmax) 1) [kg] ([lb])
modulat. duty)
15 (11) 15-20 (11 - 15) 19.5 (43) 1
30 (22) 30-40 (22 - 30) 20.5 (45.2) 2
60 (44) 60-80 (44 - 59) 33 (72.8) 3
125 (92) 125-175 (92 - 129) 39 (86) 4
250 (184) 250-350 (184 - 258) 64 (141) 5
500 (369) 500-700 (369 - 516) 70 (154) 6
1000 (738) (738 - 1035) 1000-1400 149 (328) 7
2000 (1475) (1475 - 2065) 2000-2800 155 (342) 8
DIN ISO DIN flange size
5210 3210 for the torque ranges [Nm]
F07 - 15-20 0
F10 G0 15-20 30-40 60-80 1
F12 - 60-80 125-175 2
F14 G1/2 60-80 125-175 250-350 3
F16 G3 250-350 500-700 4
F25 G4 1000-1400 5
F30 G5 2000-2800 6
outputshaft design
for the torque ranges [Nm]
type DIN 15 - 30 - 60 - 125 - 250 - 500 - 1000 - 2000 - outputshaft
20 40 80 175 350 700 1400 2800 with
A ISO 5210 • • • • • • • • threaded bush 0
103 2) • • • • • • • • + acme thread additionally -Z Y18
B1 ISO 5210 • • • • • • • • big bore/keyw. 2
C 3338 • • • • • • • • claw coupling 3
B3 ISO 5210 • • • • • • • • bore w. keyway 5
B2/B4 3) ISO 5210 • • • • • • • • bore w. keyway 9 H2Y
A 3210 • • • • • • • • threaded bush 9 H0A
103 2) • • • • • • • • + acme thread additionally -Z Y18
B 3210 • • • • • • • • big bore/keyw. 9 H2A
C 3210 • • • • • • • • claw coupling 9 H3A
D 3210 • • • • • • • • free and shaft 9 H4A
E 3210 • • • • • • • • bore w. keyway 9 H5A
B/E 3) 3210 • • • • • • • • bore w. keyway 9 H3Y
1
) Other torque settings - see additional features „Y01“.
2
) The acme screw thread must be expressly stated, e.g. Tr 16x4 LH DIN 103.
3) The special bore must be states, e.g. ∅26 with featherkey A8x7 DIN 6885.

6/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Rotary actuators for modulating duty
(closed-loop control)

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order Code

2 S A 5 5 77 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777

speed range output speed, adjustable [rpm] set at 1)

for the torque ranges [Nm]
1,25 - 10 1000-1400 2000-2800 3,5 A
5 - 40 15-20 30-40 60-80 125-175 250-350 500-700 14 C
power supply (acceptable voltage tolerance: ±15%) 2)
applied are RFI-filters class A
for the torque ranges [Nm]
1x 15-20 30-40 60-80 D
AC 230 V
3x 15-20 30-40 60-80 125-175 250-350 500-700 1000-1400 2000-2800 E
AC 400 - 460 V

mechanical position indicator

without 0
with 1

spindle protection tube [mm] ([inch]) 3)

for the torque ranges [Nm]
15 - 30 - 60 - 125 - 250 - 500 - 1000 - 2000 -
20 40 80 175 350 700 1400 2800

without retrofitting not possible 0

standard 230 (9.1) 320 (12.6) 1

special length 470 (18.5) 710 (28) 2

prepared recommended for mounting on gate valve 3

basic design electronics unit with local control station

6
(local/remote pushbutton lockable by means of a padlock
basic type (Order No. 2SX5302-0VS00)
ECOTRON EC 5 binary outputs, 3 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 3
analog actual position value
setting via DIP-switches and potentiometers
PROFITRON PR 8 binary outputs, 4 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 4
analog actual position value, analog threshold value switch
programming via pushbuttons and display

add-ons for the electronics unit

without add-on A
relay board with 5 outputs (opening and closing functions) B
PROFIBUS-DP single channel with V1 services 4) C
PROFIBUS-DP double channel (redundant) with V1 services 4) D
MODIBUS RTU single channel 4) E
MODIBUS RTU double channel (redundant) 4) F

use with software-function

EC or PR standard version A
PR positioner B
process controller C
travel dependent output speed adjustment D
positioner + travel dependent output speed adjustment E
external analog output speed setpoint F
positioner + external analog output speed setpoint G
positioner with proportional control / split-range functionality H
travel dependent freely adjustable positioning times J

electric connection
direct connection with round hood (with plugs to the 3
printed circuit board)
round plug with screw connection 4

Additional features see page 6/38.

1
) Other settings of the output speed - see additional features „Y07“.
2) Connection to other power supply via adaption transformer 2SX560.-... on request.
3
) From top of gearbox housing.
4
) Only in combination with round plug (see Electric connection, data position „16“) possible

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/29

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Linear actuators for modulating duty
(closed-loop control)
• „non intrusive“ for PROFITRON (after adjustment of the end
positions of the valve)
• handwheel for emergency operation (disconnected during
normal operation)
• PROFITRON: 3 reference force-stroke of the valve can be
stored
• electronic motor protection, automatic phase sequence
correction
• frequency range of the power supply 47 to 63 Hz
• 24 V DC supply for electronics unit possible
• analog actual position value (0/4 to 20 mA)
• travel limits continuously adjustable
• force dependent cut-off adjustable in 10% steps from 70% to
100% Fmax.
• travel speed adjustable in 7 steps, step-up distance factor 1.4
• self-acting cut-off (depending on cut-off force, travel distance,
Electric linear actuator for modulating duty, series R etc.)
• soft starting for high positioning accuracy (starting current less
■ Description standard design then rated current)
• intermittent duty S4 / S5 min. 25% duty cycle, 1200 c/h acc. to • indication that actuator is in operation
DIN EN 60034, protection class IP67 acc. to DIN EN 60529 • separate mounting of the electronics unit possible
• motor insulation class F, temperature range -20 to +60 °C • external screws stainless steel
(-4 to +140 °F) • operating instructions German/English
• programming by customer possible

6 ■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order Code

2 S B 5 5 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 - Z 777

max. thrust cut-off force, adjustable [kN] ([lbf]) weight

(travel force under the minimum value is set as standard (70% Fmax) 1) [kg] ([lb])
mod. duty)
5.5 (1240) 5,5-7,7 (1240 - 1730) 27.5 (61) 1
11 (2470) 11-15,4 (2470 - 3460) 28.5 (63) 2
17.5 (3930) 17,5-25 (3930 - 5620) 43 (95) 3
31 (7080) 31,5-45 (7080 - 10100) 62 (137) 4
52 (14100) 62,5-90 (14100 - 20200) 91 (201) 5
90 (23800) 106-152 (23800 - 34200) 119 (262) 6
flange size
DIN 3358 for the cut-off force ranges [kN]
F07 5,5-7,7 11-15,4 0
F10 5,5-7,7 11-15,4 17,5-25 1
F14 31,5-45 62,5-90 3
F16 106-152 4
driving rod stroke [mm] ([inch])
(without yoke) for the cut-off force ranges [kN] 2)
thread thread 5,5 - 11 - 17,5 - 31,5 - 62,5 - 106 - pitch more weight
length 7,7 15,4 25 45 90 152 [mm] ([inch]) [kg] ([lb])
[mm]([inch])
M12 x 1,25 25 (0.98) 50 (1.97) 5 (0.20) -
M16 x 1,5 25 (0.98) 50 (1.97) 5 (0.20) -
M20 x 1,5 30 (1.18) 63(2.48) 6 (0.24) -
M36 x 3 55 (2.17) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 7 (0.28) -
M42 x 3 65 (2.56) 100 (3.94) 8 (0.31) - 0
M12 x 1,25 25 (0.98) 100 (3.94) 5 (0.20) 1 (2.2)
M16 x 1,5 25 (0.98) 100 (3.94) 5 (0.20) 1 (2.2)
M20 x 1,5 30 (1.18) 125 (4.92) 6 (0.24) 2 (4.4)
M36 x 3 55 (2.17) 160 (6.30) 160 (6.30) 7 (0.28) 3 (6.6)
M42 x 3 65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 8 (0.31) 5 (11) 1
M12 x 1,25 25 (0.98) 200 (7.87) 5 (0.20) 2 (4.4)
M16 x 1,5 25 (0.98) 250 (9.84) 5 (0.20) 2 (4.4)
M20 x 1,5 30 (1.18) 250 (9.84) 6 (0.24) 5 (11)
M36 x 3 55 (2.17) 320 (12.6) 320 (12.6) 7 (0.28) 9 (20)
M42 x 3 65 (2.56) 400 (15.7) 8 (0.31) 17 (37) 2
M12 x 1,25 25 (0.98) 400 (15.7) 5 (0.20) 5 (11)
M16 x 1,5 25 (0.98) 400 (15.7) 5 (0.20) 5 (11)
M20 x 1,5 30 (1.18) 400 (15.7) 6 (0.24) 8 (18)
M36 x 3 55 (2.17) 400 (15.7) 400 (15.7) 7 (0.28) 12 (26) 9 H0B
1) For other cut-off force settings - see additional features „Y03“.
2
) For travel distance setting - see table and additional features „Y04“.

6/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Linear actuators for modulating duty
(closed-loop control)

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

2 S B 5 5 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 - Z 777

signalling gear unit setting for travel [mm] ([inch])
for the cut-off force ranges [kN]
5.5 - 11 - 17.5 - 31.5 - 62.5 - 106 -
7.7 15.4 25 45 90 152
4 (0.16) 4 (0.16) 4.8 (0.19) 5.6 (0.22) 5.6 (0.22) 6.4 (0.25)
10.5 (0.41) 10.5 (0.41) 12.6 (0.50) 14.7 (0.58) 14.7 (0.58) 16.8 (0.66)
27.5 (1.08) 27.5 (1.08) 33 (1.30) 38.5 (1.52) 38.5 (1.52) 44 (1.73)
70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) 84 (3.31) 98 (3.86) 98 (3.86) 112 (4.41) set as standard 1)
180 (7.09) 180 (7.09) 216 (8.50) 252 (9.92) 252 (9.92) 288 (11.3)
465 (18.3) 465 (18.3) 558 (21.9) 651 (25.6) 651 (25.6) 744 (30.5)

positioning positioning speed [mm/min] ([inch/min]) set at 2)

speed range for the cut-off force ranges [kN]
25 - 200 (0.98 - 7.97) 5,5-7,7 11-15,4 70 (2.76)
30 - 240 (1.18 - 9.45) 17,5-25 84 (3.31)
35 - 280 (1.38 - 11) 31,5-45 62,5-90 98 (3.86)
40 - 320 (1.57 - 12.6) 106-152 112 (4.41) C
power supply (acceptable voltage tolerance: ±15%) 3)
applied are RFI-filters class A
for the cut-off force ranges [Nm]
1x 5,5-7,7 11-15,4 17,5-25 D
AC 230 V
3x 5,5-7,7 11-15,4 17,5-25 31,5-45 62,5-90 106-152 E
AC 400 - 460 V
mechanical position indicator
without 0
with 1 6
basic design electronics unit with local control station
(local/remote pushbutton lockable by means of a padlock.
basic type (Order No.2SX5302-0VS00))
ECOTRON EC 5 binary outputs, 3 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 3
analog actual position valuet
setting via DIP-switches and potentiometers
PROFITRON PR 8 binary outputs, 4 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 4
analog actual position value, analog threshold value switch
programming via pushbuttons and display
add-ons for the electronics unit
without add-on A
relay board with 5 outputs (opening and closing functions) B
PROFIBUS DP single channel with V1 services 4) C
PROFIBUS DP double channel (redundant) with V1 services 4) D
MODIBUS RTU single channel 4) E
MODIBUS RTU double channel (redundant) 4) F
use with software-function
EC or PR standard version A
PR positioner B
process controller C
travel dependent positioning speed adjustment D
positioner + travel dependent positioning speed adjustment E
external analog positioning speed setpoint F
positioner + external analog positioning speed setpoint G
positioner with proportional control / split-range functionality H
travel dependent freely adjustable positioning times J
electric connection
direct connection with round hood (with plugs to the printed 3
circuit board)
round plug with screw connection 4

Additional features see page 6/38.

1) For other travel distance setting - see additional features „Y04“.

2
) Other settings of the positioning speed - see additional features „Y08“.
3
) Connection to other power supply via adaption transformer 2SX560.-... on request.
4) Only in combination with round plug (see Electric connection, data position „16“) possible.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/31

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Part-turn actuators (standard version)
• motor insulation class F, temperature range -20 to +60° C
(-4 to +140 °F)
• „non intrusive“ for PROFITRON (after adjustment of the end
positions of the valve)
• handwheel for emergency operation (disconnected during
normal operation
• PROFITRON: 3 reference torque curves of the valve can be
stored
• electronic motor protection, automatic phase sequence
correction
• frequency range of the power supply 47 to 63 Hz
• 24 V DC supply for electronics unit possible
• travel limits continuously adjustable (angle-dependent)
• tripping torque adjustable from 30% to 100% of max. output
torque in steps of 10%
• positioning time adjust. in 7 steps, step-up distance factor: 1.4
Electric part-turn actuator (standard version), series S • self-acting cut-off (depending on torque, travel, etc.)
• indication that actuator is in operation
■ Description standard design • separate mounting of the electronics unit possible
• short-time duty S2-15 min acc. to DIN EN 60034, protection • external screws stainless steel
class IP67 acc. to DIN EN 60529 • operating instructions German/English
• programming by customer possible

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order Code

2 S C 5 0 77 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777
6 tripping torque, adjustable [Nm] ([lbf ft])
the minimum value is set as standard (30% Mdmax) 1)
direct mounting flange weight
ISO 5211 [kg] ([lb])
F07 26 (57.3) 10
150-250 (111 - 184)
26.5 (58.4) 11
F10
31 (68.3) 31
150-500 (111 - 369)
32.5 (71.7) 32
F12
36 (79.4) 42
320-1000 (236 - 738)
38 (83.8) 43
F14
60 (132) 53
(516 - 1550) 700-2100
65 (143) 54
F16
74 (163) 64
(1035 - 3170) 1400-4300
F25 79 (174) 65
base + leverarm
150-350 (111 - 258) 34 (75) 28
320-1000 (236 - 738) 49.5 (109) 48
(516 - 1550) 700-2100 83 (183) 58
(1035 - 3170) 1400-4300 102 (225) 68
valve connection (coupling or leverarm)
direct mounting 6) [mm] (1 mm = 0.0394 inch), for the torque ranges [Nm]
coupling 150 - 150 - 320 - 700 - 1400 -
(splined bush) 250 500 1000 2100 4300
ISO 5211 with flange
F07 F10 F12 F14 F16 F25
unbored
0
bore 2) ∅ [mm] 22 28 36 48 60 72 with 1 keyw. acc. to DIN 6885 Part1 1
square bore 2)3) [mm] 19 22 27 36 46 55 2
bore w. 2 flats 2)4)[mm] 19 22 27 36 46 55 3
special bore 2)5) maximum diameter with 1 keyway
∅ [mm] 38 50 60 80 90
acc. to DIN 6885 Part1
9 H1Y
leverarm lengths base + leverarm for the torque ranges [Nm] hole suitable
taper 1:10 damper rod 7)
150/200 150-350 16 H8 2SX5304-0KG00
150/200/250 320-1000 22 H8 2SX5304-0KG01
300/400 700-2100 26 H8 2SX5304-0KG02
300/400 1400-4300 26 H8 2SX5304-0KG02 8
1
) Other torque settings - see additional features „Y01“.
2
) Coupling with thread and grub screw.
3
) Another keyway width: code number 2 replace by 9 and order code H4Y.
4) Another keyway width: code number 3 replace by 9 and oder code H5Y.
5) The special bore must be stated, e.g. ∅26 with featherkey A8x7 DIN 6885.
6) Without spigot at the connecting flange; with spigot - see additional features „S18“.
7) Consisting of damper leverarm with ball joints at right and left (please order separately).

6/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Part-turn actuators (standard version)

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order Code

2 S C 5 0 77 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777

positioning range positioning time [s/90°] (positioning time t120° = 1.33 x t90°) set at 1)
for the torque ranges [Nm]
160 - 20 150-250 150-350 150-500 320-1000 700-2100 1400-4300 56 C
power supply (acceptable voltage tolerance: ±15%) ) 2
applied are RFI-filters class A
for the torque ranges [Nm]
1x 150-250 150-350 150-500 320-1000 700-2100 D
AC 230 V
3x 150-250 150-350 150-500 320-1000 700-2100 E
AC 400 - 460 V 1400-4300

mechanical position indicator

without 0
with 1
swing angle/direction of rotation/mounting position
display and pointer cover are mounted one above the other as standard 3)
swing angle position of the worm shaft direction of rot. at output drive
90° right side clockwise 0
left side clockwise 1
right side anti-clockwise 2
left side anti-clockwise 3
> 90° - 360° 4) right side clockwise 4
left side clockwise 5
right side anti-clockwise 6
left side anti-clockwise 7
basic design electronics unit with local control station
(local/remote pushbutton lockable by means of a padlock
6
basic type (Order No. 2SX5302-0VS00))
ECOTRON EC 5 binary outputs, 3 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 3
setting via DIP-switches and potentiometers
PROFITRON PR 8 binary outputs, 4 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 4
analog actual position value, analog threshold value switch
programming via pushbuttons and display
add-ons for the electronics unit
without add-on A
relay board with 5 outputs (opening and closing functions) B
PROFIBUS-DP single channel with V1 services 5) C
PROFIBUS-DP double channel (redundant) with V1 services 5) D
MODIBUS RTU single channel 5) E
MODIBUS RTU double channel (redundant) 5) F
use with software-function
EC or PR standard version A
PR travel dependent positioning time adjustment D
external analog positioning time setpoint F
travel dependent freely adjustable time adjustment J
electric connection
direct connection with round hood (with plugs to the 3
printed circuit board)
round plug with screw connection 4

Additional features see page 6/38.

1) For other positioning time setting - see additional features „Y09“.

2
) Connection to other power supply via adaption transformer 2SX560.-... on request.
3
) For other mounting arrangements - see additional features „S50“, „S51“ und „S52“.
4) Freely rotating gear, i.e. without end stop.
5) Only in combination with round plug (see Electric connection, data position „16“) possible.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/33

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Part-turn actuators for modulating duty
(closed-loop control)
• „non intrusive“ for PROFITRON (after adjustment of the end
positions of the valve)
• handwheel for emergency operation (disconnected during
normal operation)
• PROFITRON: 3 reference torque curves of the valve can be
stored
• electronic motor protection, automatic phase sequence
correction
• frequency range of the power supply 47 to 63 Hz
• 24 V DC supply for electronics unit possible
• analog actual position value (0/4 to 20 mA)
• travel limits continuously adjustable (angle-dependent)
• tripping torque adjustable from 70% to 100% of max. output
torque in steps of 10%
• positioning time adjust. in 7 steps, step-up distance factor: 1.4
• self-acting cut-off (depending on torque, travel, etc.)
Electric part-turn actuator for modulation duty, series R • soft starting for high positioning accuracy (starting current less
than rated current)
■ Description standard design • indication that actuator is in operation
• intermittent duty S4 / S5 min. 25% duty cycle, 1200 c/h acc. to • separate mounting of the electronics unit possible
DIN EN 60034, protection class IP67 acc. to DIN EN 60529 • external screws stainless steel
• motor insulation class F, temperature range -20 to +60 °C • operating instructions German/English
(-4 to +140 °F)
• programming by customer possible.

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

6 2 S C 5 5 77 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777

max. torque tripping torque, adjustable [Nm] ([lbf ft]) flange weight
(running torque at the minimum value is set as standard ISO 5211 [kg] ([lb])
modulating duty) (70 % Mdmax) 1)
direct mounting
F10 31 (68.3) 11
250 (184) 250-330 (184 - 243)
32.5 (71.7) 12
F12
36 (79.4) 22
500 (369) 500-700 (369 - 516)
38 (83.8) 23
F14
60 (132) 33
1000 (738) (738 - 1105) 1000-1500
65 (143) 34
F16
74 (163) 44
2000 (1770) (1770 - 2510) 2400-3400
F25 79 (174) 45
base + leverarm
250 (184) 250-330 (184 - 243) 42.5 (93.7) 18
500 (369) 500-700 (369 - 516) 49.5 (109) 28
1000 (738) (738 - 1105) 1000-1500 60 (183) 38
2000 (1770) (1770 - 2510) 2400-3400 74 (225) 48
valve connection (coupling or leverarm)
direct mounting 6) [mm] (1 mm = 0.0394 inch), for the torque ranges [Nm]
coupling 250 -330 500 -700 1000 - 2400 -
(splined bush) 1500 3400
ISO 5211 with flange
F10 F12 F14 F16 F25
unbored 0
bore 2) ∅ [mm] 28 36 48 60 72 w. 1 keyway acc. to DIN 6885 Part1 1
square bore2)3) [mm] 22 27 36 46 55 2
2 4
bore w. 2 flats ) )[mm] 22 27 36 46 55 3
special bore2)5)
50 60 80 90
maximum diameter 9 H1Y
∅ [mm] w. 1 keyway acc. to DIN 6885 Part1
leverarm length base + leverarm hole suitable
taper 1:10 damper rod 7)
150/200/250 250-330 22 H8 2SX5304-0KG01
150/200/250 500-700 22 H8 2SX5304-0KG01
300/400 1000-1500 26 H8 2SX5304-0KG02
300/400 2400-3400 26 H8 2SX5304-0KG02 8
1
) Other torque settings - see additional features „Y01“.
2
) Coupling with thread and grub screw.
3
) Another keyway width: code number 2 replace by 9 and order code H4Y.
4
) Another keyway width: code number 3 replace by 9 and order code H5Y.
5
) The special bore must be stated, e.g. ∅26 with featherkey A8x7 DIN 6885.
6) Without spigot at the connecting flange; with spigot - see additional features „S18“.
7) Consisting of damper leverarm with ball joints at right and left (please order separately).

6/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Part-turn actuators for modulating duty
(closed-loop control)

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

2 S C 5 5 77 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777
positioning range positioning time [s/90°] (positioning time t120° = 1,33 x t90°) set at 1)
for the torque ranges [Nm]
160 - 20 250-330 500-700 1000-1500 2400-3400 56 C
power supply (acceptable voltage tolerance: ±15%) 2)
applied are RFI-filters class A
for the torque ranges [Nm]
1x 250-330 500-700 1000-1500 D
AC 230 V
3x 250-330 500-700 1000-1500 2400-3400 E
AC 400 - 460 V
mechanical position indicator
without 0
with 1

swing angle/direction of rotation/mounting position

display and pointer cover are mounted one above the other as standard 3)
swing angle position of the worm shaft direction of rot. at output
90° right side clockwise 0
left side clockwise 1
right side linanti-clockwiseks 2
left side anti-clockwise 3
> 90° - 360 ° 4) right side clockwise 4
left side clockwise 5
right side anti-clockwise 6
left side anti-clockwise 7
basic design electronics unit with local control station
(local/remote pushbutton lockable by means of a padlock 6
basic type Order No. 2SX5302-0VS00))
ECOTRON EC 5 binary outputs, 3 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 3
analog actual position value
setting via DIP-switches and potentiometers
PROFITRON PR 8 binary outputs, 4 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 4
analog actual position value, analog threshold value switch
programming via pushbuttons and display
add-ons for the electronics unit
without add-on A
relay board with 5 outputs (opening and closing functions) B
PROFIBUS-DP single channel with V1 services 5) C
PROFIBUS-DP double channel (redundant) with V1 services 5) D
MODIBUS RTU single channel 5) E
MODIBUS RTU double channel (redundant) 5) F
use with software-function
EC or PR standard version A
PR positioner B
process controller C
travel dependent positioning time adjustment D
positioner + travel dependent positioning time adjustment E
external analog positioning time setpoint F
positioner + external analog positioning time setpoint G
positioner with proportional control / split-range functionality H
travel dependent freely adjustable positioning times J
electric connection
direct connection with round hood (with plugs to the printed 3
circuit board)
round plug with screw connection 4

Additional features see page 6/38.

1
) For other positioning time setting - see additional features „Y09“.
2) Connection to other power supply via adaption transformer 2SX560.-... on request.
3) Or other mounting arrangements - see additional features „S50“, „S51“ and „S52“.
4
) Freely rotating gear, i.e. without end stop.
5) Only in combination with round plug (see Electric connection, data position „16“) possible.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/35

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Small part-turn actuator
• motor insulation class F, temperature range: -20 to +60°C
(-4 to +140 °F)
• "non intrusive" for PROFITRON (after adjustment of the end po-
sitions of the valve)
• hand wheel for emergency operation (handwheel is subordi-
nate to motor operation!)
• electronic motor protection, automatic phase sequence
correction
• frequency range of the power supply 47 to 63 Hz
• 24 V DC supply for electronics unit possible
• analog actual position value (0/4 to 20 mA)
• travel limits continuously adjustable (angle-dependent)
• mechanical limitation of travel
• positioning time adjustable in 7 steps, step-up distance
factor 1.4
• self-acting cut-off (depending on torque, travel))
Small part-turn actuator, standard version and modulating duty, series S • soft starting for high positioning accuracy (starting current less
and R than rated current)

■ Description standard design • indication that actuator is in operation

• separate mounting of the electronics unit possible
• Standard: short time duty S2-15 min acc. DIN EN 60034
• external screws staninless steel
• Modulating: intermittent duty S4 / S5 min. 25% duty cycle,
• operation instructions German/English
1200 c/h acc. DIN EN 60034
• programming by customer possible.
• protectiont class IP67 acc. DIN EN 60529 (IP68 on request)

■ Selection and Ordering data

6 Order No.
2 SG 5 777 - 77777 - 7777 - Z
Order code
777

mode cut-off torque [Nm] [(lbf ft)] max. torque (run- flange size weight
ning torque at ISO 5211/ [kg] [(lb)]
modulating duty) base + leverarm
F04 16 (35) 000
32
(23.6)
28 (20.7) F05/F07 16 (35) 001
base + leverarm 19 (42) 008
standard duty
F04 16 (35) 010
63
(46.5)
55 (40.6) F05/F07 16 (35) 011
base + leverarm 19 (42) 018
125
110 (81.1)
F05/F07 18 (40) 020
(92.2) base + leverarm 22 (49) 028
F04 16 (35) 500
32
(23.6) 28 (20.7) F05/F07 16 (35) 501
Fbase + leverarm 19 (42) 508
modulating duty
F04 16 (35) 510
63
(46.5)
55 (40.6) F05/F07 16 (35) 511
base + leverarm 19 (42) 518
125 110 (81.1)
F05/F07 18 (40) 520
(92.2) Fbase + leverarm 22 (49) 528
valve connection (coupling or leverarm)
direct mounting [mm] (1 mm = 0.0394 inch), for the torque [Nm]
coupling 32/63 125
(splined bush)
with flange 5)
DIN EN ISO 5211 F04 F05/F07 F05/F07
unbored 0
bore 1) ∅ [mm] 15 18 with 1 keyway acc. to DIN 6885 1
Part1
square bore1)2) [mm] 11 14 2
bore w. two-flats1)3)[mm] 11 14 3
special bore 1)4) maximum diameter 9 H1Y
∅ [mm] 15 20 with 1 keyway acc. to DIN 6885
Part1
leverarm lengths base + leverarm hole suitable
taper 1:10 damper rod 6)
100/150 32/63 16 H8 2SX5304-0KG00
150/200 125 8
1) Coupling with thread and grub screw.
2) Another keyway width: code number „2“ replace by „9“ and order code „H4Y“.
3
)Another keyway width: code number „3“ replace by „9“ and order code „H5Y“.
4
)The special bore must be stated, e.g. ∅15 with featherkey A8x7 DIN 6885.
5
)Without spigot at the connecting flange; with spigot - see additional features „S18“.
6
) Consisting of damper leverarm with ball joints at right and left (please order separately).

6/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Small part-turn actuator

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

2 SG 5 777 - 77777 - 7777 - Z 777
positioning range positioning time[s/90°] (positioning time t120° = 1,33 x t90°) set at 1)
80 - 10 28 C
power supply (acceptable voltage tolerance: ±15 %) 2)
applied are RFI-filters class A
1x D
AC 230 V
3x E
AC 400 - 460 V
mechanical position indicators
with 1
swing angle (±8°)/direction of rotation
display and pointer cover are mounted one above the other as standard
swing angle direction of rotation
90° clockwise closed 0
anti-clockwise closed 2
120° clockwise closed 4
anti-clockwise closed 6
basic design electronics unit with local control station
(local/remote pushbutton lockable by means of a padlock
basic type (Order No. 2SX5302-0VS00)
ECOTRON EC 5 binary outputs, 3 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM, 3
analog actual position value (only actuator for modulating duty
2SG55),
setting via DIP-switches and potentiometers
PROFITRON PR 8 binary outputs, 4 binary inputs, Flash EEPROM,
analog actual position value, analog threshold value switch
4 6
programming via pushbuttons and display
add-ons for the electronics unit
without add-on A
relay board with 5 outputs (opening and closing functions) B
PROFIBUS DP single channel with V1-services 3) C
PROFIBUS DP double channel (redundant) with V1-services 3) D
MODIBUS RTU single channel 3) E
MODIBUS RTU double channel (redundant) 3) F
software function
EC or PR standard version A
PR positioner 4) B
process controller 4) C
travel dependent positioning time adjustment D
positioner and travel dependent positioning time adjustment 4) E
external analog positioning time setpoint F
positioner and external analog positioning time setpoint 4) G
positioner with proportional control / split-range functionality 4) H
travel dependent freely adjustable positioning times J
electric connection
direct connection with round hood (with plugs to the printed circuit 3
board)
round plug with screw connection 4

Additional features see page 6/38.

1) For other positioning time setting see additional features „Y09“.

2) Connection to other power supply via adaptation transformer 2SX560.-... on request.
3
) Only in combination with round plug (see „electric connection“, data position 16).
4) Only actuator for modulating duty 2SG55.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 6/37

 Electric actuators
SIPOS 5 Flash
Rotary, linear and part-turn actuators
Additional features

■ Selection and Ordering data Order code ■ Selection and Ordering data (cont.) Order code
Additonal features separate mounting
Please add „Z“ to Order No. and specify Order code(s)
installation kit including mounting bracket and tubular steel stirrup
customised settings/programming possible (lead ends are prepared for plug in)
Further designs on request.
Rotary actuators 2SA5...
Connecting cable with connection plug S41
tripping torque set to hoods for electronics unit and gear unit
specify in plain text: are completely assembled (connecting
cable shielded, Oelflex-SERVO-730CY
Y01: ... Nm in direction OPEN and Y01 and Unitronic LiYCY)
... Nm in direction CLOSE
additional Order Code for length of
signalling gear unit cable: R7.
(36 revolutions/stroke set as standard,
possible are 0.8; 2.1; 5.5;14; 36; 93; 240; • length 3 m (118 inch) R70
610; 1575; 4020) • length 5 m (197 inch) R71
except 2SA5.7... and 2SA5.8...:
• length 10 m (394 inch) R72
(9 revolutions/stroke set as standard,
possible are 0.2; 0.52; 1.37; 3.5; 9; 23.2; customer-plate and product documentation
60; 152; 393; 1005)
specify in plain text: product documentation: rating-plate and
operating instructions (German/English
Y02: ... revs/stroke Y02 as standard)
output speed set to • French/Spanish B10
(7-step, step-up factor 1.4
step 4 is set as standard) • German/English and
customer-plate with free inscription B00
specify in plain text:
• French/Spanish and
Y07: ... rpm Y07 customer-plate with free inscription B11
Linear actuators 2SB5... other paint
cut-off force set to
6 specify in plain text:
Y03: ... kN thrusting and pulling Y03
standard version: 80 µm coat of paint in colour RAL 7030 for service
outdoors, by the sea, in industrial environments, and in not humid
climates
signalling gear unit set to unpainted L30
(dependent on pitch, 70; 84; 98; 112 mm
set as standard) heavy-duty corrosion protection L32
specify in plain text: Y04 top coat of paint for colour other than
RAL 7030
Y04: ... mm travel
specify in plain text:
positioning speed set to
(7-step, step-up factor 1.4 Y35: colour RAL ... Y35
step 4 is set as standard) others
specify in plain text:
only part-turn actuators 2SC5...
Y08: ... mm/min Y08
spigot ring for direct mounting S18
Part-turn actuators 2SC5...
for flange size F07, F10, F12, F14, F16
tripping torque set to: and F25
specify in plain text:
mounting position
Y01: ... Nm in direction OPEN and Y01
B worm gearbox turned 90° to the right S50
... Nm in direction CLOSE
(handwheel over pointer cover)
positioning time set to: C worm gearbox turned 180° to the
(7-step, step-up factor 1.4 right (handwheel to left of pointer S51
step 4 is set as standard) cover)
specify in plain text: D worm gearbox turned 90° to the left S52
Y09: ... sec/90° Y09 (handwheel opposite pointer cover)
Small part-turn actuators 2SG5... only small part-turn actuators 2SG5...
positioning time set to: (7-step, step-up spigot ring for direct mounting S18
factor 1,4, step 4 is set as standard) for flange size F04, F05 and F07
specify in plain text:
Y09: ... sec/90° Y09 7
other settings/programming
Please specify in plain text or use the
enclosed programming sheet Y11
Parameter assignment acc. to Siemens
PG standard for FUM block Y12
Parameter assignment acc. to Siemens
PG standard for SIM block Y15
Customer specific software-program-
ming Y99
Other designs available on request.

6/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

Communication
and Software

9/2 HART protocol

9/3 PROFIBUS

9/4 SIMATIC PDM

9/4 Overview
9/7 SIMATIC PDM

Siemens FI 01· 2006

 Communication and Software
Communication
HART protocol

■ Overview ■ Integration
HART is a widely used communication standard for field de- Siemens field devices for process automation which are listed in
vices. Specification of HART devices takes place through the this catalog and can be controlled using HART:
HCF (HART Communication Foundation).
The HART standard expands the analog 4 to 20 mA signal for Measuring instruments for pressure
modulated, industry-proven, digital signal transmission. SITRANS P DS III
SITRANS P P300
■ Benefits Measuring instruments for temperature
• Service-proven analog measured value transmission
SITRANS TF
• Simultaneous digital communication with bidirectional data
SITRANS TK-H
transmission
• Possibility of transmitting several measured variables from SITRANS TW
one field device (e.g. diagnosis, maintenance and process Flowmeters
data) SITRANS F M MAGFLO 5000 HART
• Connection to higher-level systems such as PROFIBUS DP
SITRANS F M MAGFLO 6000 19“ / IP67 / I / I Ex d
• Easy installation and startup
SITRANS F M Transmag 2
Use in conjunction with SIMATIC PDM SITRANS F C MASSFLO 6000 19“ / IP67 / Ex d
• Cross-vendor operation of all HART devices by means of stan-
Measuring instruments for level
dardized parameter records
Pointek CLS 500
• HART field devices that are described by HART DDL are inte-
grated in SIMATIC PDM through the HCF catalog. HART DD SITRANS Probe LR
(Device Description) is standardized in SIMATIC PDM, multi- SITRANS Probe LU
vendor and very widely used. Other HART field devices are in-
tegrated in SIMATIC PDM through EDD (Electronic Device De- SITRANS LR 200
scription). SITRANS LR 300
• Easy operation and startup of field devices, also in SITRANS LR 400
hard-to-reach locations
SITRANS LC 500
• Expanded diagnosis, evaluation and logging functions
SITRANS PD 500

■ Application Electropneumatic positioners

SIPART PS2
These devices can be connected in different ways:
Power supply units and isolation amplifiers
• Using the distributed I/O system
- SIMATIC ET 200M SITRANS I
- SIMATIC ET 200iSP
- SIMATIC ET 200iS with the HART modules
or with analog modules 4 to 20 mA and a HART handheld
communicator
• Using a HART modem, with which a point-to-point connection
is established between the PC or engineering station and the
HART device
• Using HART multiplexers, which are contained in the HART
server of the HCF

9/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Communication and Software
Communication
PROFIBUS

■ Overview ■ Function
Today, distributed automation solutions based on open field PROFIBUS PA expands PROFIBUS DP with near-process com-
buses are state-of-the-art in large areas of the manufacturing in- ponents for the direct connection of actuators and sensors.
dustry and process engineering. It is only with field buses that
the functional benefits of digital communication can be put to full For PROFIBUS PA the RS 485 transmission technique was re-
use, e.g. better resolution of measured values, diagnosis options placed by a different technique optimized for intrinsically safe
and remote parameterization. application. Both techniques are internationally standardized in
IEC 61158.
PROFIBUS is today’s most successful open field bus with a large
installed base for a wide range of application. Standardization to PROFIBUS PA uses the same communication protocol as
IEC 61158 / EN 50170 provides you with future protection for PROFIBUS DP; the communication services and telegrams are
your investment. identical.
For PROFIBUS PA the data and energy supply for the field de-
■ Benefits vices can be directed through a 2-wire line.
• A uniform modular system from the sensor into the control
level enables new plant concepts ■ Integration
• Problem-free exchangeability of field devices, including from Siemens field devices for process automation which are listed in
different manufacturers, that comply with the standard profile this catalog and can be controlled using PROFIBUS:
• Networking of transmitters, valves, actuators, etc.
• Implementation of intrinsically safe applications through use of
the field bus in hazardous areas PROFIBUS PA
• Easy installation of 2-wire lines for joint energy supply and Measuring instruments for pressure
data transmission SITRANS P DS III PA
• Reduced cabling costs through savings of material and instal- SITRANS P300
lation time
Measuring instruments for temperature
• Reduced configuration costs through central, simple engi-
neering of the field devices (PROFIBUS PA and HART with SITRANS T3K PA
SIMATIC PDM, also cross-vendor) Flowmeters
• Fast and error-free installation
SITRANS F M MAGFLO 6000 19“ / IP67 / I / I Ex d
• Lower service costs thanks to simpler wiring and plant struc-
ture plus extensive diagnosis options SITRANS F M Transmag 2
• Greatly reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop SITRANS F C MASSFLO 6000 19" / IP67 /Ex d
check Measuring instruments for level
• Scaling/digitizing of the measured values in the field device al-
Pointek CLS 200
ready, hence no rescaling necessary in SIMATIC PCS 7
Pointek CLS 300
■ Application SITRANS Probe LU
PROFIBUS is suitable for fast communication with distributed SITRANS LR 200
I/Os (PROFIBUS DP) in production automation as well as for
SITRANS LR 300
communication tasks in process automation (PROFIBUS PA).
It is the first field bus system that meets the demands of both ar- SITRANS LR 400
eas with identical communication services. Electropneumatic positioners
The transmission technique of the PROFIBUS PA is tailored to SIPART PS2
the needs of the process industry. Interoperability between field
devices from different manufacturers and remote parameteriza-
tion of the field devices during operation are guaranteed by the
standardized communication services.
Using SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager), a uniform and
PROFIBUS DP
Flowmeters
9
cross-vendor tool for configuring, parameterizing, commission- SITRANS F M MAGFLO 6000 19“ / IP67 / I
ing and diagnosis of intelligent process devices on the
PROFIBUS, it is possible to configure a wide variety of process SITRANS F C MASSFLO 6000 19“ / IP67
devices from different manufacturers using one uniform graphi- Measuring instruments for level
cal user interface.
SITRANS LUC500
PROFIBUS PA can just as readily used in standard environments
as well as hazardous areas. For use in hazardous areas, HydroRanger 200
PROFIBUS PA and all connected devices have to be designed MultiRanger 100/200
with type of explosion protection Ex [i].
SITRANS Probe LU 01, LU 02, LU 10
The uniform protocol of PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA en-
ables the two networks to be interlinked, thus combining time-
based performance with intrinsically safe transmission.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 9/3

 Communication and Software
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
Introduction

■ Overview

Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM

SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendor-
independent tool for the configuration, parameterization, com-
missioning, diagnosis and servicing of intelligent field devices
(sensors and actuators) and field components (remote I/Os,
multiplexers, control-room devices, compact controllers), which
in the following sections will be referred to simply as devices.
Using one software, SIMATIC PDM enables the processing of
more than 1,000 devices from Siemens and over 100 vendors
worldwide on one homogeneous user interface.
With respect to device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the most
powerful device manager available on the world market. De-
vices which previously were not supported can be easily inte-
grated in SIMATIC PDM at any time by importing their device de-
9 scriptions (EDD). This provides security for your investment and
saves you investment costs, training expenses and consequen-
tial costs.
Parameters and functions for all supported devices are dis-
played in a consistent and uniform fashion independent of their
communications interface.
SIMATIC PDM is integrated in the asset management of
SIMATIC PCS 7. The Process Device Manager provides wider
information for all devices described by the Electronic Device
Description (EDD), e.g. detailed diagnostics information (vendor
information, information on fault diagnostics and troubleshoot-
ing, further documentation), modification logbook (audit trial),
parameter information. You can change directly to SIMATIC PDM
from the diagnostics faceplates in the maintenance station.

9/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Communication and Software
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
Introduction

■ Design
Product versions
A customer-oriented product structure enables you to adapt the
scope of functions and the performance of SIMATIC PDM to your
individual requirements. You can select the minimum configura-
tion, one of the predefined product configurations, or produce
your desired configuration from the individual components of-
fered (see table).
Depending on the application environment, SIMATIC PDM can
be categorized as follows:
• SIMATIC PDM system-integrated:
Complete packages for operation in a SIMATIC PCS 7/S7 con-
figuration environment
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 (for integration in an engineering sys-
tem for SIMATIC PCS 7)
- SIMATIC PDM S7 (for integration in a SIMATIC S7 configura-
tion environment)
• SIMATIC PDM stand-alone:
Service tools for operation on a mobile computer on the
PROFIBUS or with direct connection to the device
- SIMATIC PDM Single Point (for processing of a single field
device via a point-to-point coupling)
- SIMATIC PDM Service (for enhanced servicing, incl. modifi-
cation logbook and lifelist detailed diagnostics)

SIMATIC PDM Stand-alone SIMATIC PDM system-integrated

Minimum configuration Components for individ- Predefined product configurations
ual configuration
Product name SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM Basic SIMATIC PDM Service SIMATIC PDM S7 SIMATIC PDM
Single Point PCS 7
TAGs included in scope of 1 4 128 128 128
delivery
TAG expansions Cannot be expanded TAG-Optionen PowerPacks
- 128 TAGs - From 128 to 512 TAGs
- 512 TAGs - From 512 to 1.024 TAGs
- 1.024 TAGs - From 1.024 to 2.048 TAGs
- 2.048 TAGs - From 2.048 to unlimited TAGs
and/or PowerPacks
Option "Integration in × × n n
STEP 7/ PCS 7"
Option "Routing through × × × n
S7-400"
Option "Communication × × × ×
through standard HART mul-
tiplexer"
n: Components included in delivery of individual PDM configurations
×: Can be ordered as options
TAG options/PowerPacks
The predefined product configurations can be expanded by fur-
ther functions and PowerPacks. Product configurations with 512,
1,024, 2,048 or unlimited TAGs can be implemented in this man-
ner. In contrast to the PowerPacks, TAG options can only be
combined with SIMATIC PDM Basic. They can only be used for
product configurations based on individual components. 9
A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
individual field devices or components within a project, e.g.
transmitters, positioners, switching devices or remote I/Os.
TAGs are also relevant for diagnosis with the lifelist of
SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all rec-
ognized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed
diagnosis is effected through the device description (EDD).

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 9/5

 Communication and Software
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
Introduction
■ Function
Core functions
• Adjustment and modification of device parameters
• Comparing (e.g. project and device data)
• Plausibility testing of data input
• Device identification and testing
• Device status indication with operating modes, alarms and
states
• Device identification and testing
• Simulation
• Diagnostics
• Management (e.g. networks and PCs)
• Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of
■ Integration
device data
• Export/import (parameter data, reports)
• Device replacement (lifecycle management)
• Global and device-specific modification logbook for user
operations (audit trail)
• Device-specific calibration reports
• Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves, trend display,
valve diagnosis results etc.
Support of system management
SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in
particular through:
• Uniform presentation and operation of devices
• Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing
• Detection of changes in the project and device
• Increasing the operational reliability
• Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs
Graphical user interface
The user interface of SIMATIC PDM satisfies the requirements
of the directives VDI/VDE GMA 2187 and IEC 65/349/CD.
Even complex devices with several hundred parameters can
thus be represented clearly and processed quickly. Using
SIMATIC PDM it is very easy to navigate in highly complex sta-
tions such as remote I/Os and even connected field devices.
Several views are available to users to help them with their tasks:
• Hardware project view
• Process device network view (preferably for stand-alone ap-
plication)
• Process device plant view as TAG-related view, also with dis-
9 play of diagnosis information
• Parameter view for parameterizing the field devices
• Lifelist view for commissioning and service
Communication
SIMATIC PDM supports several communication protocols and
components for communicating with devices that have the fol-
lowing interfaces:
• PROFIBUS DP/PA interface
• HART interface
• Modbus interface
• Special interface from Siemens
9/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Routing
From the central engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 pro-
cess control system it is possible with SIMATIC PDM to reach
every EDD-parameterizable device in the field plant-wide
through the various bus systems and remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM
can thus perform the following from a central position:
• Read diagnosis information from the devices
• Modify device settings
• Adjust and calibrate devices
• Monitor process values
• Create simulation values
• Reparameterize devices.
Device Integration
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices described by EDD (Elec-
tronic Device Description). EDD is standardized to EN 50391
and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely used stan-
dardized technology for device integration. At the same time it is
the directive of the established organizations for PROFIBUS
(PNO: PROFIBUS International) and HART (HCF: HART Commu-
nication Foundation).
The devices are directly integrated in SIMATIC PDM through
their EDD or the current HCF catalog. In the EDD the device is
described in terms of its functions and construction using the
Electronic Device Description Language (EDDL) specified by
PNO. Using this description, SIMATIC PDM automatically cre-
ates its user interface with the specific device data.
The current device catalog of SIMATIC PDM covers more than
1,000 devices from over 100 manufacturers world-wide.
In addition, devices from all manufacturers can be integrated in
SIMATIC PDM by simply importing their EDDs. It is thus possible
to keep the device range up to date at all times and to add to the
number of manufacturers and devices supported by
SIMATIC PDM. To permit improved transparency, SIMATIC PDM
also allows you to create project-specific device catalogs. If you
would like to use any devices which cannot be found in the
SIMATIC PDM device catalog, we will be glad to help you inte-
grate them.
Contact addresses
Siemens AG, Automation and Drives,
Technical Support
Europe
Phone: +49 180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 180 50 50 223
E-mail: adsupport@siemens.com
Asia/Pacific
Phone: +86 1064 719 990
Fax: +86 1064 747 474
E-mail: adsupport.asia@siemens.com
America
Phone: +1 423 262 2522
Fax: +1 423 262 2289
E-mail: simatic.hotline@sea.siemens.com

■ Overview
PDM lifelist with status and diagnostics display
SIMATIC PDM can be used either integrated in a SIMATIC
PCS 7/S7 configuration environment, as a mobile servicing tool
on a computer with connection to PROFIBUS, or directly on the
device.
■ Design
The customer-oriented product structure of SIMATIC PDM offers
you many variations. You can select the minimum configuration
(SIMATIC PDM Single Point), one of the predefined and applica-
tion-specific product configurations, or produce your individual
configuration from the components offered.
Each individual component is available as a floating license for
one user, and as a rental license for 50 operating hours. The
rental license is particularly suitable for low-price processing of
short-term projects.
Minimum configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point
The functionality of this minimum configuration is matched to the
processing of exactly one field device via a point-to-point cou-
pling. All functions of this device are supported as defined in the
device description. These functions include:
7 Unlimited selection of device / management of device catalog
7 Communication through PROFIBUS DP/PA or HART modem
7 Parameterization and diagnostics corresponding to device
description
7 Export and import of parameter data
7 Device identification
7 Lifelist
The following system functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic are not
available with SIMATIC PDM Single Point:
• EDD-based diagnostics in the lifelist
• Project processing
• Save function (only export and import of parameter data)
• Record functions
• Routing
• Communication with HART field devices through remote I/Os
SIMATIC PDM Single Point cannot be expanded with respect to
its functions (e.g. to SIMATIC PDM Basic or with routing option
via S7-400) or by means of the TAG option or PowerPack.
Communication and Software
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM Basic
SIMATIC PDM Basic is the basic version with all functions re-
quired for operation and parameterization of the devices, and
with enabled communications paths for
• PROFIBUS DP/PA,
• HART communication (modem, RS 232 and PROFIBUS),
• Modbus,
• SIREC bus and
• SIPART DR.
The SIMATIC PDM Basic software supports projects with as
many as 4 TAGs and, provided the system requirements are
met, can be used for stand-alone operation on any computers
(PCs/notebooks) with local connection to bus segments or direct
connection to the device.
SIMATIC PDM Basic can be expanded by functional options and
TAG options/PowerPacks. Use of the following functions de-
pends on at least 128 TAGs:
• Modification logbook
• Calibration report
• Detailed diagnostics in the lifelist
Functional options
SIMATIC PDM option "Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7"
This option is required for using SIMATIC PDM in a SIMATIC S7
or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment. SIMATIC PDM can
thus be started directly from the hardware project (HW Config).
SIMATIC PDM Option "Routing through S7-400"
This option is required as an add-on to the option "Integration in
STEP7/PCS 7" when SIMATIC PDM is to be used in a central en-
gineering system for SIMATIC PCS 7/S7 with Ethernet bus link to
the automation systems for the plant-wide configuration, param-
eterization, commissioning and diagnosis of the devices in the
field.
SIMATIC PDM Option "Communication through standard
HART multiplexer"
This option enables SIMATIC PDM to use the HART OPC server
for communicating with HART field devices through HART multi-
plexers.
TAG options/PowerPacks
With the SIMATIC PDM TAG options it is possible to increase the
SIMATIC PDM Basic software from 4 TAGs to 128, 512, 1,024 or
2,048 TAGs, or when using an additive PowerPack even to un-
limited TAGs.
One TAG corresponds to one SIMATIC PDM object, which rep-
resents individual field devices or components within a project,
e.g. measuring devices, positioners, switching devices or re-
9
mote I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnosis with the lifelist of
SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all rec-
ognized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed di-
agnosis is effected through the device description (EDD).
The SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks can be used to subsequently in-
crease the number of available TAGs for all SIMATIC PDM prod-
uct configurations. PowerPacks can be obtained for expansion
to 512, 1,024, 2,048 and unlimited TAGs.
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 9/7
 Communication and Software
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
Predefined product configurations
■ Selection and Ordering Data Order No.
SIMATIC PDM Service
SIMATIC PDM Single Point
This is a product configuration specially predefined for servicing SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.0 6ES7 658-3HX06-0YA5
use. SIMATIC PDM Service offers all functions of SIMATIC PDM For operation and parameteriza-
Basic, including modification logbook, calibration report and de- tion of one field device, communi-
tailed diagnostics in the lifelist. In addition, SIMATIC PDM Ser- cation using PROFIBUS DP/PA or
vice can be expanded by the offered options (functional and HART modem, incl. 1 TAG
TAG options). The following program components are part of Cannot be expanded by further
SIMATIC PDM Service: functions or TAG option/Power-
Pack
• SIMATIC PDM Basic
5 languages (German, English,
• Option: 128 TAGs French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
SIMATIC PDM S7 cutes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
SIMATIC PDM S7 is a predefined product configuration matched XP Professional
for use of SIMATIC PDM in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environ- Floating license for 1 user
ment. It offers all functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic (including
SIMATIC PDM Basic
modification logbook, calibration report and detailed diagnos-
tics in the lifelist) as well as the functionality for PDM integration SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
in HW Config. SIMATIC PDM S7 can be expanded by the offered For operation and parameteriza-
functional options and SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks. The following tion of field devices and compo-
program components are part of SIMATIC PDM S7: nents, communication using
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART
• SIMATIC PDM Basic modem/interface, RS 232,
• Option: 128 TAGs Modbus, SIREC bus, SIPART DR,
incl. 4 TAGs
• Option: Integration in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7 5 languages (German, English,
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
cutes with Windows
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 is a predefined SIMATIC PDM product 2000 Professional or Windows
configuration for integration into the engineering toolset of the XP Professional
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system. It offers all functions of • Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA5
SIMATIC PDM Basic (including modification logbook, calibration
report and detailed diagnostics in the lifelist), the functionality for • Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA6
PDM integration in HW Config, as well as routing from the central Functional options for SIMATIC PDM V6.0
engineering system to the field devices. SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Integration in STEP 7 /
can be expanded by the offered functional options and SIMATIC SIMATIC PCS 7
PDM PowerPacks. The following program components are part Only required if it is intended to
of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7: the use the integration of SIMATIC
• SIMATIC PDM Basic PDM in HW Config
5 languages (German, English,
• Option: 128 TAGs French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
• Option: Integration in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7 cutes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
• Option: Routing through S7-400 XP Professional

■ Technical specifications • Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB5

Requirements for stand-alone
operation
Hardware
9 • 256 MB main memory or more
Operating system (alternative)
Further software components
• SIMATIC PDM integrated in
STEP 7
• PG/PC/notebook with processor
in accordance with the operat-
ing system requirements
• 210 MB free memory on hard
disk or more
• Microsoft Windows 2000 Profes-
sional with SP1 or higher
• Microsoft Windows XP Profes-
sional SP1
STEP 7 V5.1 or higher with Ser-
vice Pack 6 or higher, to be
ordered separately
• Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB6
Routing through S7-400
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
cutes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB5
• Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB6
Communication through
standard HART multiplexer
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
cutes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB5
• Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB6

9/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2006


■ Selection and Ordering Data
TAG options/PowerPacks
SIMATIC PDM TAG option
For TAG expansion, additive to
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
cutes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Floating license for 1 user
• Up to 128 TAGs
• Up to 512 TAGs
• Up to 1,024 TAGs
• Up to 2,048 TAGs
Rental license for 50 hours
• Up to 512 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
For subsequent TAG expansion of
all SIMATIC PDM product config-
urations V6.0
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
cutes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Floating license for 1 user
• From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs
• From 512 TAGs to 1,024 TAGs
• From 1,024 TAGs to 2,048 TAGs
• From 2,048 TAGs to TAGs unlim-
ited
Communication and Software
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
Order No. ■ Selection and Ordering Data Order No.
Predefined SIMATIC PDM V6.0 product configurations for special
applications
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.0 6ES7 658-3JX06-0YA5
Complete package for stand-
alone users in servicing, with
• SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
• Option "128 TAGs"
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian and Spanish), exe-
cutes with Windows 2000 Profes-
6ES7 658-3XA06-2YB5 sional or Windows
XP Professional, floating license
6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB5 for 1 user
6ES7 658-3XC06-2YB5 SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.0 6ES7 658-3KX06-0YA5
6ES7 658-3XD06-2YB5 Complete package for use in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration envi-
ronment, with
6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB6 • SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
• Option "Integration in
STEP 7/PCS 7"
• Option "128 TAGs"
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian and Spanish), exe-
cutes with Windows 2000 Profes-
sional or Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0 6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5
6ES7 658-3XB06-2YD5 Complete package for integra-
tion in the engineering toolset of
6ES7 658-3XC06-2YD5 the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
6ES7 658-3XD06-2YD5
Floating license for 1 user, with
6ES7 658-3XH06-2YD5
• SIMATIC PDM Basic
• Option "Integration in
STEP 7/PCS 7"
• Option "Routing through S7-400"
• Option "128 TAGs"
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
cutes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Demo software
SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.0 6ES7 658-3GX06-0YC8
Without online communication
and save functionality
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), exe-
cutes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
9
XP Professional
SIMATIC PDM upgrade/update service
SIMATIC PDM Upgrade from 6ES7 651-5CX06-0YE5
V5.x to V6.0
For all product versions and com-
binations
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian and Spanish), exe-
cutes with Windows 2000 Profes-
sional or Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
SIMATIC PDM Software Update 6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8
Service
Subscription for 1 year with auto-
matic extension
Requirement: current software
version
Siemens FI 01 · 2006 9/9
 Communication and Software

9/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

Appendix

10/2 Training

10/3 Siemens Contacts Worldwide

10/4 A&D Online Services

10/4 Information and Ordering in the
Internet and on CD-ROM

10/5 Customer Support

10/7 Pressure equipment directive

(97/23/EC)

10/10 Software Licenses

10/11 Subject index

10/14 Order No. index

10/24 Conditions of sale and delivery

Siemens FI 01 · 2006
 Appendix
Training
■ Training is decisive for your success
SITRAIN® - the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial
Solutions - provides you with comprehensive support when solv-
ing your tasks.
Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation
and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty
and full command. Especially where the optimum and efficient
use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate de-
ficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty plan-
ning right from the beginning.
All in all, this represent an enormous gain for your company:
shortened startup times, optimized plant components,
faster troubleshooting, reduced down times. In other words,
■ The right mixture: blended learning
increased profits and lower costs.
■ The international training portal
■ Customer comments on Sitrain
Top trainers
Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess compre-
hensive didactic experience. Course developers have a direct
wire to product development, and directly pass on their knowl-
edge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for
■ Contact
them to pass on theoretical matter in a plausible manner. But
since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great impor-
tance to practical exercises which can comprise up to half of the
course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new
knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-the-art methodi-
cally/didactically designed training equipment. You feel abso-
lutely certain when trained in this manner.
10
10/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Wide variety
With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of A&D products and a large portion of the sys-
tem solutions from I&S. Telecourses, teach-yourself software and
seminars presented on the Web supplement our classical range
of courses.
Close to our customers
The distance is short. You can find us approx. 60 times in Ger-
many, and worldwide in 62 countries. You wish to have individual
training instead of one of our 300 courses? No problem: we will
provide a program tailored exactly to your personal require-
ments. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers or at
your company.
Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various
training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance
course in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a
teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Further-
more, SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruc-
tion on the Internet at agreed times.
The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning
can convey complex topics well, and train networked think-
ing. Additional effect: reduced travelling costs and periods
of absence through training sequences independent of loca-
tion and time.
www.siemens.com/sitrain
All training facilities at a glance: search in the worldwide range
of courses at leisure, call up all course dates online, utilize the
daily updated display of vacant course spaces - and register di-
rectly.
" ... the good course documents, competence and flexibility con-
vinced me."
[Manfred Riek from Festo Systemtechnik, responsible for plan-
ning the basic and further training of project engineers]
" ... represents effective training, constructive dialogs, and solu-
tions which provide great help."
[Günter Niedermaier, electrical design manager at AMT, Aalen]
Visit us on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest train-
ing catalog from:
Course office, Infoline Germany:
Tel.: 01805 / 23 56 11 (0.12 €/Min)
Fax: 01805 / 23 56 12
 Appendix
Siemens Contacts Worldwide

At
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
• Technical Support,
• Spare parts/repairs,
• Service,
• Training,
• Sales or
• Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
• Country,
• Product or
• Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.

10

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/3

 Appendix
A&D Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on CD-ROM

■ A&D in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products, sys-
tems and services.

■ Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation
and Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM or DVD.

■ Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
10 For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

10/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix
Customer Support
Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project

■ Configuration and Software Engineering

Support in configuring and de-
veloping with customer-oriented
services from actual configura-
tion to implementation of the au-
tomation project. 1)

.I
■ Service On Site
With Service On Site we offer
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to
services for startup and mainte-
keep ahead all the time:
nance, essential for ensuring
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for
system availability.
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a In Germany
complete range of different services for automation and drives. 0180 50 50 444 1)
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the produc-
tivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.
■ Repairs and Spare Parts
■ Online Support In the operating phase of a ma-
The comprehensive information chine or automation system we
system available round the provide a comprehensive repair
clock via Internet ranging from and spare parts service ensur-
Product Support and Service & ing the highest degree of oper-
Support services to Support ating safety and reliability.
Tools in the Shop.
In Germany
http://www.siemens.com/ 0180 50 50 446 1)
automation/service&support

■ Optimization and Upgrading

■ Technical Support To enhance productivity and
Competent consulting in techni- save costs in your project we of-
cal questions covering a wide fer high-quality services in opti-
range of customer-oriented ser- mization and upgrading. 1)
vices for all our products and
systems.
Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/support-request

■ Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and de-
signing of your project from de-
tailed actual-state analysis,
target definition and consulting
on product and system ques-
tions right to the creation of the
automation solution. 1)
10

1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/5

 Appendix
Customer Support

■ Knowledge Base on CD-ROM

For locations without online con-
nections to the Internet there are
excerpts of the free part of the
information sources available on
CD-ROM (Service & Support
Knowledge Base). This CD-
ROM contains all the latest
product information at the time
of production (FAQs, Down-
loads, Tips and Tricks, Updates)
as well as general information
on Service and Technical Sup-
port.
The CD-ROM also includes a
full-text search and our Knowl-
edge Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM
will be updated every 4 months.
Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 lan-
guages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD
from your Siemens contact.
Order no. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2
Orders via the Internet
(with Automation Value Card or credit card) at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
in the Shop domain.

■ Automation Value Card

By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automa-
tion Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Automation Value Card order numbers
Credits Order no.
200 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0
500 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0
1000 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0
10000 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0
Small card - great support Detailed information on the services offered is available on our
Internet site at:
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the com-
prehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation
project. Service & Support à la Card: Examples
Technical Support
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our
Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support ”Priority“ Priority processing for urgent cases
Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automa- ”24 h“ Availability round the clock
tion Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your
personal card number and associated PIN you can view the „Extended“ Technical consulting for complex questions
state of your account and all transactions at any time. Support Tools in the Support Shop
Services on card. This is how it's done. ”System Utili- Tools that can be used directly for configuration, anal-
ties“ ysis and testing
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field, ”Applications“ Complete topic solutions including ready-tested soft-
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card. ware
”Functions & Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments
Samples“

10

10/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix
Pressure equipment directive (97/23/EC)

■ General ■ Division of media (liquid/gaseous) into the fluid groups

The pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC applies to the align- Fluids are divided according to Article 9 into the following fluid
ment of the statutory orders of the European member states for groups:
pressure equipment. Such equipment in the sense of the direc-
Group 1
tive includes vessels, pipelines and accessories with a maxi-
mum permissible pressure of more than 0.5 bar above atmos- Potentially Highly toxic
pheric. explosive R phrases:
The pressure equipment directive can be used starting Novem- R phrases: e.g.: 26, 27, 28,
ber 29, 1999, and is compulsory starting May 29, 2002. e.g.: 2, 3 (1, 4, 39 (32)
5, 6, 9, 16, 18,
19, 44)
■ Division according to the danger potential
Equipment is divided in line with the pressure equipment direc- Highly Toxic
tive according to the danger potential (medium/pressure/vo- flammable R phrases:
lume/nominal diameter) into the categories I to IV or Article 3 Pa- R phrases: e.g.: 23, 24, 25
ragraph 3. e.g.: 12 (17) (29, 31)
The following criteria are decisive for assessment of the danger
potential, and are also shown in Diagrams 1 to 4 and 6 to 9:

• Fluid group Group 1 or 2 Readily Fire

• Aggregate state Liquid or gaseous flammable stimulating
R phrases: R phrases:
• Type of pressurized equipment e.g.: 11, 15, 17 e.g.: 7, 8, 9
- Vessel Product of pressure and volume (10, 30) (14, 15, 19)
(PS * V [barL])
- Pipeline Nominal diameter, pressure or
product of pressure and nominal
diameter (PS * DN) Flammable if the maximum permissible temperature is above the flash
point.
Fuelled pressure equipment or equipment heated in another
manner are shown separately in Diagram 5. Group 2

Note: All fluids not belonging to Group 1.

Liquids according to Article 3 are those liquids whose steam Also applies to fluids which are e.g. dangerous to the environment, cor-
pressure is not more than 0.5 bar above standard atmospheric rosive, dangerous to health, irritant or carcinogenic (if not highly toxic).
pressure (1013 mbar) at the maximum permissible temperature.

The maximum permissible temperature for the used liquids

is the maximum process temperature which can occur, as
defined by the user. This must be within the limits defined for
the equipment.
■ Conformity rating
Pressure equipment of categories I to IV must comply with the
safety requirements of the directive and be assigned the CE
symbol.
They must comply with a conformity rating procedure according
to Appendix III of the directive.
Pressure equipment according to Article 3 Paragraph 3 must be
designed and manufactured in agreement with the sound engi-
neering practice SEP applying in a member country, and must
not be assigned a CE symbol (CE symbols from other directives
are not affected).
Siemens has carried out a conformity rating, assigned a CE sym-
bol, and issued a declaration of conformity for its products (pro-
viding the equipment is not within the context of Article 3
Paragraph 3).
Supervision of the design, dimensioning, testing and manufac-
ture is carried out according to module H (comprehensive qual-
10
ity assurance).
Notes:
• Equipment designed for media with a high danger potential
(e.g. gases of fluid group 1) may also be used for media with
a lower danger potential (e.g. gases of fluid group 2, or liquids
of fluid groups 1 and 2).
• The pressure equipment directive according to Article 1 Para-
graph 1 does not apply to equipment such as e.g. mobile off-
shore plants, ships, aircraft, water supply and waste water net-
works, nuclear plants, rockets and pipelines outside industrial
plants.

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/7

 Appendix
Pressure equipment directive (97/23/EC)

■ Diagrams
PS [bar] Diagram 1 PS [bar] Diagram 2
10000 10000
3000
PS=3000 IV
1000 PS=1000 PS=1000 III
1000

PS=200

V=1
200 200 PS
100 Artikel 3 100 Artikel 3 PS * V=
* V= 300
V=1

50 Absatz 3 Absatz 3 PS
50 10 0
25 PS * V=2 00
I II III IV * V= 00
10 10 50
PS PS P PS IV
* V= * V= S* V * V= 4
Article 3
PS=4
Article 3 25 50 =2 10
Paragraph 3 00 0 Paragraph 3
0 I II III
1 1
0,5 0,5
PS=0,5 PS=0,5

50 400
0,1 1 10 100 1000 2000 10000 V [l] 0,1 1 10 100 400
1000 2000 10000 V [l]

• Gases of fluid group 1 • Gases of fluid group 2

• Vessels according to Article 3 Number 1.1 Letter a) First dash • Vessels according to Article 3 Number 1.1 Letter a) Second
• Exception: unstable gases belonging to Categories I and II dash
must be included in Category III. • Exception: fire extinguishers and bottles for breathing appara-
tus: at least Category III.

PS [bar] Diagram 3 PS [bar] Diagram 4

10000 10000
II III

V=10
I II
V=1

1000 1000 PS=1000

PS=500 PS=500
500 500

200 PS
100 ArtikelP3S* II 100 Artikel 3 * V= I
Absatz 3V=2 Absatz 3 10
00 00
0
PS=10 Article 3 PS=10
10 10 Paragraph 3
Article 3
Paragraph 3 I
1 1
0,5 0,5
PS=0,5 PS=0,5

20 400
0,1 1 10 100 1000 10000 V [l] 0,1 1 10 100 1000 10000 V [l]

• Liquids of fluid group 1 • Liquids of fluid group 2

• Vessels according to Article 3 Number 1.1 Letter b) First dash • Vessels according to Article 3 Number 1.1 Letter b) Second
dash
• Exception: modules for producing warm water

PS [bar] Diagram 5
10000
V=2

1000

Article 3
10 100
Paragraph 3
IV

32
PS=32
PS PS PS
* V= * V= * V=
10 50 20 30
0 00
V=1000

I II III
1 • Fuelled pressure equipment or equipment heated in another
0,5
PS=0,5 manner above 110 °C and liable to overheating.
• Vessel according to Article 3 Number 1.2
• Exception: pressure cooker, test procedure at least according
2 400
0,1 1 10 100 1000 10000 V [l] to Category III.

10/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix
Pressure equipment directive (97/23/EC)

PS PS Diagram 7
[bar]
Diagram 6 [bar]
I II III

DN=100
DN=25
1000 1000

DN=100
DN=250
DN=32
II III

100 Article 3 100

PS *
PS *

Paragraph 3 Article 3
D
DN

N= Paragraph 3
=10

350
10 10
0

I
0
0

PS
PS
PS

*D
*D
*D

N
N
N
DN=100

DN=350

=5
=3
=1

00
0
1

00
00
1

0
PS=0,5 PS=0,5
0,5 0,5

25 350 32 250 2000 7000

0,1 1 10 100 1000 10000 DN 0,1 1 10 100 1000 10000 DN

• Gases of fluid group 1 • Gases of fluid group 2

• Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter a) First dash • Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter a) Second
• Exception: unstable gases belonging to Categories I and II dash
must be included in Category III. • Exception: liquids at temperatures > 350 °C belonging to Cat-
egory II must be included in Category III.

PS Diagram 8 Diagram 9
[bar] PS
[bar]
DN=25

III II
1000 1000

DN=200
PS=500 PS=500
500 500

100 100
II I
Article 3

PS 500
Article 3
Paragraph 3

*D 0
Paragraph 3 PS=10 PS=10

N=
10 10
PS
*D
N

I
=2
00

1
0

0,5
PS=0,5 PS=0,5
0,5

25 4000 200
0,1 1 10 100 1000 10000 DN 0,1 1 10 100 1000 10000 DN

• Liquids of fluid group 1 • Liquids of fluid group 2

• Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter b) First dash • Pipelines according to Article 3 Number 1.3 Letter b) Second
dash

10

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/9

 Appendix
Software Licenses
■ Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
• Engineering software
• Runtime software
Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz-
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third-
parties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan-
sions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software
license:
• Floating license
• Single license
• Rental license
• Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use be-
gins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
10 One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
10/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Certificate of license
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
• PowerPack
• Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
ware is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
ing to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with
and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be
found in the “Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG” or under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(A&D Mall Online-Help System)
 Appendix
Subject index

Page Page
A F (continued)
Accessories Five-spindle valve manifold 2/187, 2/190,
for ultrasonic meters 5/111 2/194
for resistance thermometers 3/51 Fitted rotary-piston meters 4/348
for SITRANS F US 4/212 Fittings 2/168
for SITRANS P 2/120
Fittings, mounting examples 2/168
Accessories for rotary-piston meters 4/342
Flange-type resistance thermometers 3/48
Accessory devices for quantity preset registers 4/339
Flowmeters
Accessory set for SITRANS LR 5/136 Electromagnetic, SITRANS F M 4/10 ... 4/107
Adapters for pressure gauges 2/202 SITRANS F C, Coriolis 4/108 ... 4/149
Alcohol measuring equipment (AME) 4/359 Ultrasonic, SITRANS F US 4/150 ... 4/217
AS 100 8/9 Rotameters, SITRANS F VA 4/218 ... 4/248
Automatic batchmeters 4/314 Orifice plates, SITRANS F O 4/249 ... 4/256
Orifice disk, SITRANS P delta p 4/257 ... 4/278
C Flaps, SITRANS F I 4/279 ... 4/289
Cable hanger for submersible sensor 2/126 Flue gas resistance thermometers 3/43
Calculation of orifice disk aperture 4/278 Flushing ring 2/152
Capacitive level measurements 5/147 FMCW principle 5/140
Clamp-on seals FMS mounting system for level measurements 5/114
for flange-mounting 2/154
Four-wire connection, supplementary electronics 2/118
Quick-release 2/157
Four-wire system 3/5
Clamp-on system 3/75
Clamping sleeve 2/203 G
Cold junction 3/69 Gardex 4/279
Cold junction thermostat 3/70 Gasket for fittings 2/208
Collar connection piece 2/203 H
Connection glands for pipes 2/202 Hand lever for quantity preset registers 4/339
Connection parts G ½ 2/203 HART communicator 2/26, 2/28, 2/41,
Connection heads 3/54 2/59, 3/5, 3/25
Communications and software 9/.. HART communication protocol 9/2
Communications components 5/173 HART modem 2/26, 2/42, 2/59,
Compact instruments 5/54 3/5, 3/25
Compensation vessel 2/207 Heating systems 4/300
Contact partner 10/3 High-pressure screw-in resistance thermometers 3/46
Continuous radar level instruments 5/117 HydroRanger 200 5/68
Continuous ultrasonic level transmitters 5/65 HydroRanger Plus 5/75
Control of water distribution and waste water I
collection systems 5/79 Individual parts for jacket thermocouple elements 3/68
Control unit SITRANS CU 02 8/13 Information and ordering options on the Internet 10/4
Cooling attachment 4/346 and on CD-ROM
Criteria for selection of flow meters 4/8 Inlet and outlet pipe sections 4/261
D Input isolator 7/5
Design of measuring point for primary differential 4/261 Installation conditions for SITRANS F US ultrasonic
pressure devices flowmeter 4/155
Designs Installation examples for thermocouple elements 3/57
Automatic batchmeters 4/333 Instrument bracket for pressure gauges 4/261
Primary differential pressure devices 4/258 Intermediate gear for rotary-piston meters 4/345
Rotary-piston meters 4/321 Intra/Prima 4/284
Diaphragm seals 2/136 Isolating power supply HART (FSK) 7/3
Dolphin Plus 5/148
J
Double-pointer dial 4/337
Jacket thermocouple elements
Drum meters 4/356 with extension lead 3/65
for alcohol, standard sampler 4/358 with connection head, form B 3/66
for industrial liquids 4/357 with socket 3/67
E
L
Echomax 5/97 ... 5/110
Leakage indicator 4/361
Electric actuators SIPOS 5 Flash
Linear actuators 6/32 Level measurements using radar 5/117 ... 5/146
Part-turn actuators 6/30 Level measurements with microwave pulse
Rotary actuators
Electrical switch for quantity preset registers
6/26
4/339
technology
Liquid metering system, design and planning
5/140
4/294
10
Electropneumatic positioners 6/.. Liquid meters, SITRANS F R 4/290
PS2 EEx d FF 6/3 Low-pressure multiway cock 2/170
SIPART PS2 / PS2 PA / PS2 PA FF, 6/3 Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometers 3/44
SIPART PS2 EEx d / PS2 EEx d PA and 6/3 Lubricating oil meters 4/348
Error curves for volumetric meters 4/296
M
Ethyl alcohol meter 4/359
Measuring accuracy of liquid meters 4/301
Extension for shut-off valve 4/347
Measuring instruments for pressure 2/..
Extension lead for jacket thermocouple element
with socket 3/68 Measuring instruments for temperature 3/..
Measuring setups
F with remote seals 2/161
F&B and pharmaceutical flanges 2/75 without remote seals 2/163
Five-way valve manifold 2/177

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/11

 Appendix
Subject index

Page Page
M (continued) R
Mechanical shut-off valve for for rotary-piston 4/318 Radar level instruments 5/117 ... 5/146
meters Rail mounting 3/5
Metering pipes for mounting between flanges Recommended materials for liquid meters 4/297
Orifice plate with annular chambers 4/266 Registers for rotary-piston meters and automatic
Orifice plate with single tappings 4/270 batchmeters 4/335
Milltronics MFA 4p 8/15 Remote seals 2/128
Milltronics MFA 4p motion failure alarm controller 8/15 Resistance thermometers 3/37
Milltronics Millpulse 600 8/19 Resistance thermometers for
Milltronics tilt switches 5/9 Damp rooms 3/50
Milltronics ZSS 8/21 Food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology 3/75
Mineral oil distributor 4/348 (clamp-on)
Miniature diaphragm seals 2/151 Food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology 3/72
(Pt100)
Minibolt 2/48, 2/53
Rotating paddle switch 5/46
Motion sensing switches 8/15
Rotary-piston meters 4/304
Mounting of SIPART PS2 on linear and part-turn
actuators 6/22 Rotary-piston meter 20/08 4/352
MultiRanger 100/200 5/72 Rotary-piston meter, acid-resistant model 4/312
Multiway cock 2/170 Rotary-piston meter with electronic pulser and
totalizer 4/353
N
Rotary-piston meters with
N4 4/253 double-pointer dial 4/352
Neck tubes 3/54 single-pointer dial 4/351
Nipple connection 2/203 S
Nipple G½ 2/208 Sampling cock 4/360
O Satellite alarm module SITRANS LU SAM 5/90
OCM III 5/170 Sensors for electromagnetic flow measurements
Output isolator HART (FSK) 7/8 SITRANS F M MAG 1100 4/40
Oval flange 2/197 SITRANS F M MAG 1100 Food 4/47
Orifice plates SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W 4/56
with single tappings 4/270 SITRANS F M MAG 3100 W 4/63
with annular chambers 4/266 SITRANS F M MAG 3100/3100 Ex 4/67
911/E 4/79
P Service & Support 10/5
Pistol-grip meter with double-pointer dial 4/352 Service life of liquid meters 4/301
Pistol-grip meter with inspection glass 4/349 Shut-off valve 1/188
Piston materials for rotary-piston meters and SIMATIC PDM 9/4
automatic batchmeters 4/297
Single-pointer dial 4/335
PMC connection 2/38, 2/48, 2/53
SIPART PS2/PS2 PA 6/3
Point level measurement 5/6
SIPOS 5 Flash 6/24
Pointek 5/6, 5/14 ... 5/45
SITRANS A 4/359
Positioners, electropneumatic 6/..
SITRANS AS 100 acoustic sensor 8/5
Position sensor NCS for linear and part-turn
actuators 6/4 SITRANS CU 02 8/13
Power supply units 7/5 SITRANS DA400 8/5
Pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC 10/7 SITRANS F C 4/108
Transmitters MASS 6000 IP67 4/112
Primary differential pressure device for mounting 4/266 Transmitters MASS 6000 for 19“ 4/116
between flanges Transmitters MASS 6000 Exd 4/123
Primary differential pressure devices, SITRANS F O 4/257 Transmitters SITRANS FC300 4/127
delta p Transmitters MASS 2100 DI 1.5 4/131
Primary shut-off valves 2/205 Transmitters MASS 2100 DI 3 to DI 40 4/135
Principle of measurement for primary differential 4/259 Transmitters MASS MC1 4/144
pressure devices SITRANS F EC electric flow register 4/340
Process monitoring 8/.. SITRANS F I
PROFIBUS PA 9/3 Flowmeter Gardex 4/279
PROFIBUS PA interface 2/27,2/40, 2/56, Flowmeter Intra/Prima 4/284
3/17, 6/3 SITRANS F M 4/10
Protective cover for pulse 4/345 Transmitters MAG 5000/6000 4/25
Transmitters MAG 5000/6000 I Ex d 4/37
Protective tubes for resistance thermometers 3/39
Transmitters MAG 1100 4/40
10 Pulser
Q
4/343 Transmitters MAG 1100 Food
Transmitters MAG 5100 W
4/47
4/56
Quantity preset registers 4/335 Transmitters MAG 3100 W 4/63
Questionnaire Transmitters MAG 3100/3100 Ex 4/67
Calculation of a primary differential pressure device 4/264 Transmitters 911/E 4/79
Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations 2/165 Transmitters Transmag 2 4/79
Hydrostatic level measurements 2/166 Water meters MAG 8000 4/94
Manufacture of primary differential pressure devices SITRANS F O delta p 4/257
acc. to the pressure equipment directive (97/23/EC) 4/265 SITRANS F O
Temperature sensors 3/61 Flowmeter Turbo-Lux 4/249
Quick-release diaphragm seals 2/148 Flowmeter N4 4/253
SITRANS F R, liquid meters 4/290
SITRANS F RA110 4/340

10/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix
Subject index

Page Page
S (continued) S (continued)
SITRANS F US 4/140 Straight thermocouple elements 3/62
SITRANS FU380 4/157 ST-H, ultrasonic sensor 5/95
SITRANS F UE950 4/193 Submersible sensor, SITRANS P MPS series 2/125
SONO 3000 transmitters 4/206
SONO 3100/3300 4/165 Supplementary electronics for four-wire connection 2/118
SONO 3300/3000 for custody transfer 4/174 System information
SONO 3300/3000 for industry 4/170 SITRANS F C (Coriolis) 4/108
SONOCAL 3000 4/181 SITRANS F M (electromagnetic) 4/10
SONOKIT 4/187 SITRANS F US (ultrasonic) 4/150
SONOCELL/SONO 3301 4/200 T
SITRANS F VA Temperature errors when using remote seals 2/131
Flowmeter 250 4/234
Flowmeter Minix 4/218 Temperature sensors
Flowmeter Trogflux 4/224 Resistance thermometers 3/37
Flowmeter Tubux 4/226 Thermocouple elements 3/56
Flowmeter Unox 4/241 TS-3 for ultrasonic measuring instruments 5/115
SITRANS I 7/.. Terms of Sale and Delivery 10/22
SITRANS LC 300 5/157 The Probe, compact device 5/62
SITRANS LC 500 5/153 Thermocouple elements 3/55
SITRANS LPS200 5/46 Threaded pair of flanges G½ 2/198
SITRANS LR 5/117 ... 5/146 Three-spindle valve manifold 2/187
SITRANS LU 5/83 ... 5/93 Three-way valve manifold 2/177, 2/180
SITRANS LU AO analog output module 5/92 Tilt switches 5/9
SITRANS LUC500 5/79 Totalizer 4/353
SITRANS LVS200 5/50 Training 10/2
SITRANS P 2/.. Transmag 2 4/79
SITRANS P spare parts 2/120 Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and 2/14
biotechnology
SITRANS P transmitters for differential pressure
Compact 2/14 Transmitters for temperature, resistance,
DS III series 2/54, 2/94 DC voltage and DC current 3/5, 3/17
SITRANS P transmitters for gage pressure Transmitters SITRANS F US 4/150 ... 4/217
MK II series 2/21 Trogflux 4/224
MPS series (submersible sensor) 2/125 Tubux 4/226
DS III series 2/54, 2/61 Turbo-Lux 4/249
P300 2/25 Two-spindle valve manifold 2/187, 2/190
Z series 2/4
Two-way valve manifold 2/174
SITRANS P transmitters for flow DS III series 2/54, 2/94
Two-wire system 3/22, 3/25,
SITRANS P transmitters for level DS III series 2/54, 2/109 3/29
SITRANS P with front-flush diaphragm 2/70
SITRANS P with PMC connection for the paper 2/38 U
industry Union nut G1/2 2/208
SITRANS P for gage pressure with front-flush Ultrasonic level switches 5/6
diaphragm: Ultrasonic transformers 5/65
DS III 2/38, 2/43 Ultrasonic sensors 5/94
P300 2/38, 2/49 Echomax XLT 5/109
SITRANS P transmitters for absolute pressure Echomax XPS and XCT 5/100
Compact 2/14 Echomax XRS-5 5/97
DS III series 2/54, 2/76, 2/86 ST-H 5/95
P300 2/25 Unox 4/241
Z series 2/4
ZD series 2/11 V
SITRANS P300 2/38, 2/49 Varivent connection 2/75
SITRANS PD 500 5/166 Valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines 2/194
SITRANS Probe LR 5/54 Valve manifolds for installing in protective boxes 2/190
SITRANS Probe LU 5/58 Valve manifold combination 2/183
SITRANS T3K PA 3/17 Vibrating level limit switches 5/50
SITRANS TF 3/29 Viscosity 4/295
SITRANS TF2 3/34 W
SITRANS TK/TK-H 3/25 Welding-type protective tubes 3/54
SITRANS TK-L
SITRANS TW
3/22
3/5
Water trap
Water meters MAG 8000
2/204
4/94
10
SITRANS TW universal transmitters 3/5
Small part-turn actuators 6/36
SmartLinx module 5/173
Software
Dolphin Plus 5/175
SIMATIC PDM 9/4
SIPROM TK 3/23
Software licenses 10/10
Split flanges 5/113
Split flanges for ultrasonic measuring instruments 5/111
Standard sampler 4/358

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/13

 Appendix
Order No. index

Page Page
2S... 7MC1910-3JA 3/51
2SA50..-... 6/26 7MC1910-3JB 3/52
2SA55..-... 6/28 7MC1910-4JA 3/51
2SB55..-... 6/30 7MC1910-4JB 3/52
2SC50..-... 6/32 7MC1910-5JA 3/51
2SC55..-... 6/34 7MC1910-5JB 3/52
2SG5...-... 6/36 7MC1910-6JA 3/51
7MC1910-6JB 3/52
6DR...
7MC1910-7JA 3/51
6DR4004-... 6/16
7MC1910-7JB 3/52
6DR4004-1B 6/17
7MC1910-8JA 3/51
6DR4004-1C 6/17
7MC1910-8JB 3/52
6DR4004-1M 6/17
7MC1913-... 3/53
6DR4004-2... 6/17
7MC2000-... 3/63
6DR4004-6... 6/17
7MC2021-... 3/66
6DR4004-7... 6/17
7MC2027-... 3/65
6DR4004-8... 6/17
7MC2028-... 3/67
6DR5...-... 6/16
7MC2900-... 3/63
6ES7...
7MC2903-... 3/63
6ES7651-5CX06-0YE5 9/9
7MC2905-... 3/64
6ES7658-3AX06-0YA5 9/8
7MC2921-... 3/68
6ES7658-3AX06-0YA6 9/8
7MC2922-... 3/68
6ES7658-3BX06-2YB5 9/8
7MC2930-... 3/71
6ES7658-3BX06-2YB6 9/8
7MC2933-... 3/70
6ES7658-3CX06-2YB5 9/8
7MC2998-1AA 3/64
6ES7658-3CX06-2YB6 9/8
7MC2998-1BA 3/64
6ES7658-3EX06-2YB5 9/8
7MC2998-1CA 3/64
6ES7658-3EX06-2YB6 9/8
7MC2998-1CB 3/64
6ES7658-3GX06-0YC8 9/9
7MC2998-2CB 3/64
6ES7658-3HX06-0YA5 9/8
7MC2998-2CC 3/64
6ES7658-3JX06-0YA5 9/9
7MC2998-2DB 3/64
6ES7658-3KX06-0YA5 9/9
7MC2998-2DC 3/64
6ES7658-3LX06-0YA5 9/9
7MC2998-5CA 3/43
6ES7658-3XA06-2YB5 9/9
7MC2998-5DA 3/43
6ES7658-3XA06-2YB6 9/9
7MC2998-5DC 3/43
6ES7658-3XB06-2YB5 9/9
7MC8005-... 3/73
6ES7658-3XB06-2YD5 9/9
7MC8015-... 3/76
6ES7658-3XC06-2YB5 9/9
7ME...
6ES7658-3XC06-2YD5 9/9
7ME1110-... 4/268
6ES7658-3XD06-2YB5 9/9
7ME1120-... 4/271
6ES7658-3XD06-2YD5 9/9
7ME1310-... 4/274
6ES7658-3XH06-2YD5 9/9
7ME1320-... 4/277
6ES7658-3XX00-0YL8 9/9
7ME1910-... 4/278
6ZB5...
7ME3100-... 4/167
6ZB5600-0CC01-0BA0 4/359
7ME3150-... 4/212
6ZB5600-0CC02-0BA0 4/359
7ME3150-2AA10-1AC0 4/213
7MC... 7ME3150-2AA10-1AC0 4/213
7MC1000-... 3/43 7ME3150-2DA10-1AC0 4/213
7MC1006-... 3/44 7ME3150-2EA10-1AC0 4/213
7MC1007-... 3/45 7ME3210-... 4/189
10 7MC1008-...
7MC1010-...
3/46
3/47
7ME3220-...
7ME3250-...
4/190
4/202
7MC1017-... 3/48 7ME3310-... 4/176
7MC1027-... 3/50 7ME3320-... 4/184
7MC1041-... 3/49 7ME3400-... 4/196
7MC1900-... 3/51 7ME3410-... 4/196
7MC1905-... 3/55 7ME4100-... 4/133, 4/140
7MC1906-... 3/55 7ME4110-... 4/114, 4/118, 4/125
7MC1907-... 3/55 7ME4200-... 4/140
7MC1910-1JA 3/51 7ME4210-... 4/140
7MC1910-1JB 3/52 7ME4300-... 4/147
7MC1910-2JA 3/51 7ME4400-... 4/129
7MC1910-2JB 3/52 7ME5034-... 4/82

10/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix
Order No. index

Page Page
7ME51..-... 4/87 7MF1...
7ME52..-... 4/88 7MF1562-... 2/5
7ME53..-... 4/89 7MF1564-... 2/9
7ME5801-... 4/225 7MF1570-... 2/127
7ME5806-... 4/225 7MF1580-... 2/13
7ME5810-... 4/231
7MF4...
7ME5815-... 4/247
7MF4010-... 2/23
7ME5820-... 4/239
7MF4033-... 2/65
7ME5821-... 4/240
7MF4034-... 2/66
7ME5830-... 4/251
7MF4035-... 2/66
7ME5832-... 4/256
7MF4133-... 2/46, 2/73
7ME5840-... 4/288
7MF4134-... 2/46, 2/73
7ME5841-... 4/289
7MF4135-... 2/46, 2/73
7ME5842-... 4/283
7MF4233-... 2/80
7ME5850-... 4/221
7MF4234-... 2/81
7ME5890-... 4/232
7MF4235-... 2/81
7ME590.-... 4/91
7MF4333-... 2/89
7ME591.-... 4/90
7MF4334-... 2/90
7ME592.-... 4/90
7MF4335-... 2/90
7ME5930-... 4/82
7MF4433-... 2/98
7ME6110-... 4/42
7MF4434-... 2/99
7ME6120-... 4/42
7MF4435-... 2/99
7ME6130-... 4/42
7MF4533-... 2/101
7ME6140-... 4/49
7MF4534-... 2/102
7ME6310-... 4/69
7MF4535-... 2/102
7ME6320-... 4/70
7MF4633-... 2/113
7ME6330-... 4/71
7MF4634-... 2/113
7ME6350-... 4/64
7MF4635-... 2/113
7ME6510-... 4/59
7MF4900-... 2/137
7ME6810-... 4/101
7MF4901-... 2/137
7ME6910-1AA10-0AA0 4/30
7MF4903-... 2/137
7ME6910-1AA10-1AA0 4/30
7MF4910-... 2/143
7ME6910-1AA10-1AB0 4/30
7MF4912-... 2/115
7ME6910-1AA10-1BA0 4/30
7MF4913-... 2/146
7ME6910-1AA30-0AA0 4/30
7MF4920-... 2/140
7ME6910-1AA30-1AA0 4/30
7MF4921-... 2/140
7ME6910-1AA30-1AB0 4/30
7MF4923-... 2/140
7ME6920-1AA10-0AA0 4/30
7MF4925-... 2/153
7ME6920-1AA10-1AA0 4/30
7MF4940-... 2/149
7ME6920-1AA10-1AB0 4/30
7MF4943-... 2/149
7ME6920-1AA30-0AA0 4/30
7MF4950-... 2/158
7ME6920-1AA30-1AA0 4/30
7MF4960-... 2/151
7ME6920-1AA30-1AB0 4/30
7MF4980-... 2/155
7ME6920-1AB10-1AA0 4/30
7MF4983-... 2/155
7ME6920-1AB30-1AA0 4/30
7MF4990-... 2/120
7ME6920-1KA10-1AA0 4/30
7MF4992-... 2/120
7ME6920-1KA30-1AA0 4/30
7MF4993-... 2/121
7ME6920-2CA10-1AA0 4/30
7MF4994-... 2/121
7ME6920-2CA30-1AA0 4/30
7MF4995-... 2/122
7ME6920-2CB10-1AA0 4/30
7MF4996-... 2/122
7ME6920-2CB30-1AA0
7ME6920-2EA10-1AA0
4/30
4/30
7MF4997-1AB
7MF4997-1AC
2/123, 3/32
2/123, 3/32
10
7ME6920-2EB30-1AA0 4/31
7MF4997-1AD 2/123
7ME6920-2MA11-1AA0 4/31
7MF4997-1AE 2/123
7ME6920-2LA11-1AA0 4/31
7MF4997-1AF 2/123
7ME6920-2NA11-1AA0 4/30
7MF4997-1AH 2/123, 3/32
7ME6920-2NA31-1AA0 4/30
7MF4997-1AJ 2/123, 3/32
7ME6920-2PA10-1AA0 4/30
7MF4997-1AK 2/123
7ME6920-2PA30-1AA0 4/30
7MF4997-1AL 2/123
7ME6930-... 4/38
7MF4997-1AM 2/123
7MF4997-1BB 2/123
7MF4997-1BC 2/123
7MF4997-1BE 2/123

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/15

 Appendix
Order No. index

Page Page
7MF4997-1BF 2/123 7MF9008-... 2/202
7MF4997-1BN 2/123 7MF9010-5CC 2/178, 2/181
7MF4997-1BP-Z 2/123 7MF9010-6AD 2/178, 2/181
7MF4997-1BR 2/123 7MF9010-6AE 2/178
7MF4997-1BS 3/32 7MF9010-6CC 2/178, 2/181, 2/183, 2/186
7MF4997-1CA 2/123 7MF9011-4DA 2/200
7MF4997-1CB-Z 2/123 7MF9011-4EA 2/200
7MF4997-1CD 2/123 7MF9011-4FA 2/200
7MF4997-1CG 2/123 7MF9011-4GA 2/200
7MF4997-1CH 2/123 7MF9011-8AB 2/200
7MF4997-1CP 2/123 7MF9011-8AC 2/200
7MF4997-1CQ 2/123 7MF9015-... 2/207
7MF4997-1DA 2/123, 3/11, 3/27, 3/32, 4/82, 5/56, 7MF9017-... 2/206
5/60, 5/123, 5/124, 5/125, 5/126, 7MF9401-... 2/175
5/132, 5/133, 5/134, 5/142, 5/143,
6/17 7MF9401-5AA 2/175
7MF4997-1DB 2/123, 3/11, 3/27, 3/32, 4/82, 5/56, 7MF9401-7.. 2/198
5/60, 5/123, 5/124, 5/125, 5/126, 7MF9401-8.. 2/198
5/132, 5/133, 5/134, 5/142, 5/143, 7MF9408-2CE 2/197
6/17
7MF9408-2CL 2/197
7MF4997-1DK 2/123
7MF9408-5CA 2/197
7MF4997-1DL 2/123
7MF9408-5DA 2/197
7MF4997-1DM 2/123
7MF9408-6AA 2/197
7MF4997-1DN 2/123
7MF9408-6BA 2/197
7MF4997-1DP 2/123
7MF9410-... 2/177
7MF4997-2DA 2/123
7MF9410-5CA 2/178, 2/181, 2/183, 2/186
7MF4997-2DB 2/123
7MF9411-... 2/187
7MF4997-2DC 2/123
7MF9411-5DB 2/187, 2/194
7MF4997-2DD 2/123
7MF9411-6BB 2/187, 2/194
7MF4997-2DE 2/123
7MF9411-7BB 2/187
7MF8... 7MF9411-7DB 2/187
7MF8010-... 2/16 7MF9412-... 2/190
7MF8023-... 2/34 7MF9413-... 2/194
7MF8024-... 2/34 7MF9416-... 2/180, 2/186
7MF8123-... 2/34, 2/52 7MF9416-6.. 2/183
7MF8124-... 2/34, 2/52
7MH7...
7MF8997-1AA 2/123
7MH7143-... 5/9
7MF8997-1BA 2/123
7MH7144-... 8/17
7MF8997-1BD 2/123
7MH7145-... 8/17
7MF8997-1BG 2/123
7MH7146-... 8/17
7MF8997-1CA 2/123
7MH7560-... 8/10
7MF8997-1EA 2/123
7MH7562-... 8/13
7MF8997-1EB 2/123
7MH7723-... 8/10
7MF9...
7MJ2...
7MF9001-1.. 2/202
7MJ2400-... 8/8
7MF9001-5CC 2/175
7MJ2000-1AB00 8/8
7MF9001-6AD 2/175
7MJ2000-1BB00 8/8
7MF9001-6AE 2/175
7MJ2010-1AA 8/8
7MF9001-6AF 2/175
7ML1...
7MF9004-... 2/170
7ML1002-... 5/171
7MF9004-4CA 2/172
7ML1025-... 5/76
10 7MF9004-4DA
7MF9004-5CC
2/172
2/170, 2/172
7ML1028-... 5/76
7ML1034-... 5/70
7MF9004-6AA 2/170, 2/172
7ML1100-... 5/95
7MF9004-6AD 2/170, 2/172
7ML1106-... 5/98
7MF9004-6AE 2/170, 2/172
7ML1115-... 5/102
7MF9006-6EA 2/175, 2/178, 2/181, 2/187
7ML1118-... 5/104
7MF9006-6GA 2/175, 2/178, 2/181, 2/187
7ML1123-... 5/105
7MF9006-6KA 2/191, 2/194
7ML1127-... 5/105
7MF9006-6LA 2/191
7ML1132-... 5/105
7MF9006-6NA 2/191, 2/194
7ML1136-... 5/107
7MF9006-6PA 2/191, 2/194
7ML1141-... 5/110
7MF9006-6QA 2/194
7ML1145-... 5/110
7MF9007-... 2/208
7ML1170-... 5/103

10/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix
Order No. index

Page Page
7ML1171-... 5/104 7ML1830-1GM 5/70, 5/73, 5/76, 5/81, 5/85, 5/88,
7ML1201-... 5/63 5/171
7ML1410-0AA00 5/134 7ML1830-1GN 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/105,
5/107, 5/112
7ML1500-... 5/35
7ML1830-1HA 5/132, 5/133, 5/134, 5/175
7ML1510-... 5/7
7ML1830-1HB 5/132, 5/133, 5/134
7ML1812-... 5/171
7ML1830-1HC 5/125
7ML1813-... 5/116
7ML1830-1HD 5/124, 5/133
7ML1830-1AL 5/112
7ML1830-1HE 5/124, 5/133
7ML1830-1AM 5/112
7ML1830-1HF 5/124, 5/133
7ML1830-1AN 5/105, 5/112
7ML1830-1HM 5/85, 5/174
7ML1830-1AP 5/110, 5/112
7ML1830-1HN 5/85, 5/174
7ML1830-1AQ 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/112
7ML1830-1HP 5/174
7ML1830-1AS 5/112
7ML1830-1HQ 5/174
7ML1830-1AT 5/105, 5/112
7ML1830-1HR 5/174
7ML1830-1AU 5/93, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106,
5/107, 5/110, 5/112 7ML1830-1HS 5/174
7ML1830-1AV 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/106, 5/113 7ML1830-1HT 5/174
7ML1830-1AW 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/105, 5/106, 7ML1830-1JA 5/24, 5/35
5/113 7ML1830-1JB 5/24, 5/35
7ML1830-1AX 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/107, 7ML1830-1JC 5/24, 5/35
5/110, 5/112 7ML1830-1JD 5/24, 5/35
7ML1830-1BA 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/106, 5/113 7ML1830-1JE 5/24, 5/35
7ML1830-1BB 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/106, 5/113 7ML1830-1JF 5/24, 5/35
7ML1830-1BC 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/106, 5/113 7ML1830-1JK 5/24, 5/35
7ML1830-1BD 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/106, 5/113 7ML1830-1JL 5/76
7ML1830-1BE 5/104, 5/107, 5/113 7ML1830-1JM 5/51, 5/52
7ML1830-1BF 5/104, 5/107, 5/113 7ML1830-1JN 5/51, 5/52
7ML1830-1BH 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/106 7ML1830-1JP 5/161
7ML1830-1BJ 5/104, 5/107 7ML1830-1JQ 5/161
7ML1830-1BK 5/7, 5/63, 5/95, 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 7ML1830-1JR 5/161
5/104, 5/106, 5/107
7ML1830-1JS 5/35
7ML1830-1BL 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106,
5/107 7ML1830-1JT 5/35
7ML1830-1BM 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106, 7ML1830-1KA 5/81
5/107 7ML1830-1KB 5/56, 5/60
7ML1830-1BN 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106, 7ML1830-1KC 5/106
5/107 7ML1830-1KD 5/143
7ML1830-1BP 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106, 7ML1830-1KE 5/143
5/107
7ML1830-1KF 5/143
7ML1830-1BQ 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106,
5/107 7ML1830-1KG 5/47
7ML1830-1BR 5/106 7ML1830-1KH 5/47
7ML1830-1BT 5/7, 5/60, 5/63, 5/95 7ML1830-1KJ 5/47
7ML1830-1BU 5/7, 5/60, 5/63, 5/95 7ML1830-1KK 5/47
7ML1830-1CF 5/95 7ML1830-1KL 5/51, 5/52
7ML1830-1CG 5/125 7ML1830-2AA 5/171
7ML1830-1CH 5/125 7ML1830-2AC 5/76
7ML1830-1CK 5/85, 5/174 7ML1830-2AJ 5/60
7ML1830-1CL 5/85, 5/174 7ML1830-2AK 5/70, 5/73, 5/75, 5/81
7ML1830-1CM 5/85, 5/174 7ML1830-2AN 5/60, 5/85, 5/88
7ML1830-1CN 5/88 7ML1841-... 5/175
7ML1830-1CP 5/85, 5/174 7ML1998-1AC.. 5/76
7ML1998-1AP03 5/70, 5/73, 5/80, 5/174
7ML1830-1CQ
7ML1830-1CR
5/85, 5/174
5/85, 5/174 7ML1998-1AQ..
7ML1998-1AS..
5/70, 5/73, 5/80, 5/174
5/7
10
7ML1830-1CS 5/174
7ML1830-1CT 5/85, 5/174 7ML1998-1FC.. 5/70
7ML1830-1DJ 5/35 7ML1998-1BF01 5/174
7ML1830-1DL 5/16, 5/24 7ML1998-1BF31 5/174
7ML1830-1DM 5/16, 5/24 7ML1998-1BG01 5/174
7ML1830-1DP 5/105 7ML1998-1BH02 5/70, 5/73, 5/80, 5/174
7ML1830-1DQ 5/7, 5/60, 5/63 7ML1998-1BK61 5/114
7ML1830-1DR 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106, 7ML1998-1BL61 5/114
5/107 7ML1998-1BM61 5/114
7ML1830-1DS 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106, 7ML1998-1BN61 5/114
5/107 7ML1998-1BP61 5/114
7ML1830-1DT 5/60, 5/63 7ML1998-1BQ61 5/114

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/17

 Appendix
Order No. index

Page Page
7ML1998-1DU01 5/103, 5/104 7ML5411-... 5/132
7ML1998-1EM01 5/116 7ML5412-... 5/133
7ML1998-1EP01 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106, 7ML5413-... 5/134
5/107, 5/113 7ML5420-... 5/143
7ML1998-1EW01 5/171 7ML5421-... 5/142
7ML1998-1GC61 5/63 7ML5422-... 5/123
7ML1998-1GD61 5/63 7ML5423-... 5/125
7ML1998-5AB.. 5/171 7ML5424-... 5/124
7ML1998-5AN.. 5/88 7ML5425-... 5/126
7ML1998-5AR.. 5/24 7ML5430-... 5/56
7ML1998-5BD.. 5/85 7ML5501-... 5/16
7ML1998-5BE.. 5/85 7ML5502-... 5/21
7ML1998-5CE.. 5/92 7ML5504-... 5/22
7ML1998-5CF.. 5/90 7ML5505-... 5/23
7ML1998-5CK.. 5/35 7ML5506-... 5/31
7ML1998-5CL.. 5/132, 5/133, 5/134 7ML5507-... 5/33
7ML1998-5DF.. 8/22 7ML5508-... 5/34
7ML1998-5DG.. 8/19 7ML5510-... 5/30
7ML1998-5DM.. 8/10 7ML5513-... 5/155
7ML1998-5DN.. 8/13 7ML5515-... 5/156
7ML1998-5FB.. 5/73 7ML5516-... 5/158
7ML1998-5FC.. 5/70 7ML5521-... 5/161
7ML1998-5FH.. 5/142 7ML5523-... 5/160
7ML1998-5FL.. 5/9 7ML5542-... 5/168
7ML1998-5FM.. 8/17 7ML5601-... 5/42
7ML1998-5FN.. 5/123, 5/124, 5/125, 5/126 7ML5602-... 5/42
7ML1998-5FS61 5/47, 5/48 7ML5603-... 5/43
7ML1998-5FT61 5/51, 5/52 7ML5604-... 5/44
7ML1998-5GE.. 5/161 7ML5625-... 5/149
7ML1998-5GF.. 5/168 7ML5626-... 5/150
7ML1998-5GG.. 5/42, 5/43, 5/44 7ML5710-... 5/47
7ML1998-5GL.. 5/80 7ML5711-... 5/47
7ML1998-5HE.. 5/149, 5/150 7ML5712-... 5/47
7ML1998-5HG.. 5/112 7ML5714-... 5/48
7ML1998-5HP.. 5/123, 5/124, 5/125, 5/126 7ML5720-... 5/51
7ML1998-5HR.. 5/56 7ML5722-... 5/52
7ML1998-5HT.. 5/60 7ML5724-... 5/52
7ML1998-5HV.. 5/95, 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 7ML5810-1A 5/92
5/105, 5/106, 5/107, 5/110
7ML5811-1A 5/90
7ML1998-5HW.. 5/24, 5/35
7ML5830-2AH 5/56, 5/60, 5/124, 5/125, 5/126,
7ML1998-5HX.. 5/106 5/132, 5/133, 5/134
7ML1998-5JB.. 5/60 7ML5830-2AJ 5/123, 5/124, 5/125, 5/126, 5/142,
7ML1998-5JC.. 5/143 5/143
7ML1998-5QA84 5/132, 5/133, 5/134 7MR1...
7ML1998-5QE81 5/24 7MR1020-... 4/305
7ML1998-5QF81 5/35 7MR1112-... 4/314
7ML1998-5QG81 5/123, 5/124, 5/125, 5/126 7MR1113-... 4/314
7ML1998-5QJ81 5/16 7MR1110-... 4/306
7ML1998-5QK81 5/95 7MR1111-... 4/312
7ML1998-5QL83 5/123, 5/124, 5/125, 5/126 7MR1120-... 4/306
7ML1998-5QM82 5/102, 5/104, 5/105, 5/106, 5/107 7MR1130-... 4/306
10 7ML1998-5QN83
7ML1998-5QP81
5/142, 5/143
5/56
7MR1140-... 4/306
7MR1410-... 4/308
7ML1998-5QR81 5/60 7MR1412-... 4/315
7ML1998-5QS81 5/110 7MR1413-... 4/315
7ML1998-5QT81 5/98 7MR1420-... 4/308
7ML1998-5QV81 5/60 7MR1430-... 4/308
7ML5... 7MR1440-... 4/308
7ML5001-... 5/80 7MR1610-... 4/310
7ML5004-... 5/85 7MR1620-... 4/310
7ML5007-... 5/88 7MR1630-... 4/310
7ML5033-... 5/73 7MR1640-... 4/310
7ML5034-... 5/70
7ML5221-... 5/60

10/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix
Order No. index

Page Page
7MS1... A5E00053220 2/123
7MS1111-... 4/349 A5E00053274 2/123
7MS1113-... 4/352 A5E00053275 2/123
7MS1122-2A-Z 4/350 A5E00053276 2/123
7MS1122-3A-Z 4/351 A5E00053277 2/123
7MS1201-... 4/359 A5E00053278 2/123
7MS1214-... 4/354 A5E00053279 2/123
7MS1221-... 4/357 A5E00054075 3/11
7MS1231-... 4/358 A5E00064515 3/11
A5E00074600 6/18
7MS9...
A5E00074601 6/18
7MS9001-... 4/362
A5E00074630 6/18
7MS9003-... 4/360
A5E00074631 6/18
7MS9004-... 4/357
A5E00090345 2/123
7MV1...
A5E00095604 3/23
7MV1001-.. 4/337
A5E00097485 6/18
7MV1011-.. 4/337
A5E00102774 4/82
7MV1012-.. 4/337
A5E00102775 4/82
7MV1013-.. 4/337
A5E00120716 6/18
7MV1014-.. 4/337
A5E00120717 6/18
7MV1030-... 4/338
A5E00127924 6/18
7MV1054-... 4/338
A5E00127926 6/18
7MV1070-... 4/341
A5E00165376 6/18
7MV1105-... 4/344
A5E00165378 6/18
7MV1211-.. 4/345
A5E00214567 6/18
7MV3001-1XX00 4/346
A5E00226012 3/27
7MV3021-... 4/316
A5E00279627 2/123
7MV3022-... 4/316
A5E00279629 2/123
7MV3023-... 4/316
A5E00279630 2/123
7MV3070-... 4/313
A5E00279631 2/123
7NG3... A5E00279632 2/123
7NG3092-8AV 3/11 A5E00282355 2/123
7NG3092-8AW 3/11 A5E00322799 2/119
7NG3092-8KA 3/20, 3/23, 3/27 A5E00359576 2/124
7NG3120-0JN00 3/23 A5E00359577 2/124
7NG3120-1JN01 3/27 A5E00359578 2/124
7NG3120-2JN01 3/27 A5E00359579 2/124
7NG3121-1JN01 3/27 A5E00359580 2/124
7NG3121-2JN01 3/27 A5E00359581 2/124
7NG3122-0JN00 3/23 A5E00414587 2/124
7NG3122-1JN01 3/27 A5E00414588 2/124
7NG3122-2JN01 3/27 A5E00414589 2/124
7NG313.-... 3/32 A5E00414590 2/124
7NG3140-... 3/36 A5E00414591 2/124
7NG3190-6KB 3/23, 3/27, 3/32 A5E00414592 2/124
7NG3190-8KB 3/23, 3/27, 3/32
C70...
7NG3213-... 3/20
C70144-A336-A35 4/347
7NG3242-... 3/11
C70144-A336-A37 4/347
7NG4... C70401-A26-C18 4/345
7NG4122-... 7/4 C70428-A17-B160 4/339
7NG4122-1AA10 5/56, 5/60, 5/123, 5/124, 5/125,
5/126 C71...
C71000-B5174-B100 4/357, 4/358
10
7NG4123-... 7/7
7NG4130-... 7/9 C73...
7NG4130-1AA11 6/18 C73000-B5100-C15 4/307, 4/309, 4/311
7NG4130-1BA11 6/18 C73000-B5100-C16 4/338
A5E... C73000-B5100-C20 4/314, 4/315
A5E00046014 3/32 C73000-B5100-C23 4/307, 4/309, 4/311, 4/312
A5E00047090 2/123 C73000-B5100-C30 4/307, 4/309, 4/311
A5E00047092 2/123 C73000-B5100-C6 4/338
A5E00047093 2/123 C73000-B5100-C8 4/338
A5E00053218 2/123 C73000-B5174-C21 4/349, 4/350, 4/351, 4/352
A5E00053219 2/123 C73000-B5174-C25 4/344
C73000-B5176-C15 4/307, 4/309, 4/311

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/19

 Appendix
Order No. index

Page Page
C73000-B5176-C16 4/338 PBD-45000786 5/7, 5/16, 5/63, 5/70, 5/73, 5/76,
C73000-B5176-C20 4/314, 4/315 5/81, 5/85, 5/88, 5/171
C73000-B5176-C23 4/307, 4/309, 4/311, 4/312 PBD-45000787 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/105,
5/106, 5/107, 5/110, 5/116
C73000-B5176-C30 4/307, 4/309, 4/311
PBD-51002K0100AAA 5/138
C73000-B5176-C6 4/338
PBD-51002K0100BAA 5/138
C73000-B5176-C8 4/338
PBD-51002K0100CAA 5/138
C73451-A430-D23 6/18
PBD-51003K020AAAA 5/137
C73451-A430-D78 6/18
PBD-51003K050AJAA 5/137
C74... PBD-51003K050AOAA 5/137
C74315-A19-A21 4/339 PBD-51004K2AAA 5/137
C74315-A19-A22 4/339 PBD-51004K3AAA 5/137
C79... PBD-51005K2AAA 5/138
C79000-B7174-C55 3/20 PBD-51005K3AAA 5/138
L22... PBD-51006K020AAAA 5/138
L22910-E151-U20 4/354 PBD-51006K020AABA 5/138
M56... PBD-51006K020AACA 5/138
M56340-A0001 2/203 PBD-51006K020AADA 5/138
M56340-A0002 2/203 PBD-51006K050AJAA 5/138
M56340-A0003 2/203 PBD-51006K050AJBA 5/138
M56340-A0004 2/203 PBD-51006K050AJCA 5/138
M56340-A0005 2/203 PBD-51006K050AJDA 5/138
M56340-A0006 2/203 PDB-51010K1AA 5/138
M56340-A0007 2/203 PDB-51010K2AA 5/138
M56340-A0043 2/204 PDB-51010K3AA 5/138
M56340-A0045 2/204 PDB-51010K1AB 5/138
M56340-A0046 2/201 PDB-51010K2AB 5/138
M56340-A0047 2/201 PDB-51010K3AB 5/138
M56340-A0053 2/201 PDB-51014K0100AAA 5/138
M56340-A0061 2/204 PDB-51014K0100EJA 5/138
M56340-A0063 2/204 PDB-51014K0150AAA 5/138
M56340-A0079 2/201 PDB-51014K0150EJA 5/138
PDB-51014K0200AAA 5/138
M72...
PDB-51014K0200EJA 5/138
M72166-... 3/69
PDB-51014K0250AAA 5/138
PBD...
PDB-51014K0250EJA 5/138
PBD-12300240 5/76
PBD-51033263 5/171
PBD-12300241 5/76
PBD-51033419 5/88
PBD-20200020 5/171
PBD-51033908 5/85
PBD-20950005 8/17
PBD-51033909 5/85
PBD-20950015 8/17
PBD-51033921 5/76
PBD-21200050 8/17
PBD-51033922 5/76
PBD-22450304 8/17, 8/21, 8/22
PBD-51033930 8/21
PBD-22475K1A 5/144
PBD-51033959 5/175
PBD-22475K2A 5/144
PBD-51033961 5/171
PBD-22475K3A 5/144
PBD-51034009 5/171
PBD-22475K4A 5/144
PBD-51034011 5/175
PBD-22600010 8/17
PBD-51034039 5/81
PBD-22600015 8/17
PBD-51034040 5/81
PBD-22850020 8/17, 8/21, 8/22
PBD-51034042 5/81
PBD-22850022 5/116
PBD-51034043 5/81
10 PBD-22850030
PBD-24194462
5/17
5/81
PBD-51034044
PBD-51034045
5/81
5/81
PBD-24250561 5/171
PBD-51034046 5/81
PBD-24900016 5/63
PBD-51034047 5/81
PBD-24900034 5/63
PBD-51034048 5/81
PBD-25000193 8/17
PBD-51034068 5/76
PBD-25500K02A 5/137
PBD-51034092 5/76
PBD-25500K03A 5/137
PBD-51034093 5/76
PBD-25500K05A 5/137
PBD-51034094 5/76
PBD-25500K07A 5/137
PBD-51034272 5/81
PBD-26350537 8/17
PBD-51034381 5/88
PBD-45000486 5/70
PBD-51034437 5/88
PBD-45000739 5/171
PBD-51034499 5/171

10/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix
Order No. index

Page Page
PBD-51034706 5/85 PBD-61007152 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/106, 5/113
PBD-51034734 5/88 PBD-61007153 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/104, 5/106,
PBD-51034981 8/17 5/107, 5/113
PBD-51034982 8/17 PBD-92712000 8/22
PBD-51035111 8/17 PBD-92722000 8/22
PBD-51035195 5/171 TGX...
PBD-51035221 5/142 TGX:16152-105 6/17
PBD-51035222 5/142 TGX:16152-110 6/17
PBD-51035225 5/81 TGX:16152-117 6/17
PBD-51035226 5/81 TGX:16152-328 6/17
PBD-51035336 5/137 TGX:16152-336 6/17
PBD-51035377 5/137 TGX:16152-348 6/17
PBD-51035410 5/144 TGX:16152-350 6/17
PBD-51035473 5/144 TGX:16152-364 6/17
PBD-51035474 5/144 TGX:16300-147 6/17
PBD-51035566 5/137 TGX:16300-149 6/17
PBD-51035590 5/70, 5/73 TGX:16300-151 6/17
PBD-51035592 5/70, 5/73
PBD-51035606 5/70, 5/73
PBD-51035619 5/41
PBD-51035810 5/144
PBD-51035811 5/144
PBD-51035812 5/144
PBD-51035813 5/144
PBD-51035814 5/144
PBD-51035815 5/144
PBD-51035816 5/144
PBD-51035867 5/144
PBD-51035871 5/144
PBD-51035872 5/144
PBD-51035873 5/144
PBD-51035860 5/137
PBD-51036053 5/137
PBD-51036054 5/137
PBD-51036055 5/137
PBD-51036056 5/137
PBD-51036065 5/138
PBD-51036110 5/144
PBD-51036169 5/137
PBD-51036200 5/144
PBD-51036236 5/137
PBD-51036479 5/144
PBD-51036480 5/144
PBD-51036481 5/144
PBD-51036482 5/144
PBD-51036483 5/144
PBD-51036484 5/144
PBD-51036485 5/144
PBD-51036486 5/144
PBD-51036530 5/137
PBD-51036531
PBD-51036532
5/137
5/137
10
PBD-51036533 5/137
PBD-51036534 5/137
PBD-51036535 5/137
PBD-51036536 5/137
PBD-51036537 5/137
PBD-51036538 5/137
PBD-51036539 5/137
PBD-51110KC2 5/144
PBD-51110KC3 5/144
PBD-51110KC4 5/144
PBD-61007151 5/98, 5/102, 5/103, 5/106, 5/113

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/21

 Appendix

10

10/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2006

 Appendix

10

Siemens FI 01 · 2006 10/23

 Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con-
ditions for supplies and services, including software products,
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Ger-
many, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity.
For customers with a seat or registered office in the
Federal Republic of Germany
The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Condi-
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry“ shall apply.
■ Export regulations
For software products, the „General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany“ shall apply.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Condi-
tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Cus-
tomers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall
apply.
For software products, the „General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall apply.
General
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
In addition to the prices of products which include silver, plump,
aluminum and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the
respective limits of the notes are exceeded. The respective note
(e.g. source: German newspaper „Handesblatt“ in category
„deutsche Edelmetalle“ and „Metallverarbeiter“) for silver („ver-
arbeitetes Silber“), plump („Blei in Kabeln“), aluminum („Alumin-
ium in Kabeln“) and copper („Elektrolytkupfer“, „DEL-Notiz“) re-
spectively, of the day the order or rather the on call order is
received, is decisive for the calculation of the surcharges.
Surcharges of copper shall be calculated for Drives at a note
(„DEL-Notiz“) above EUR 225,00 / 100 Kg and for chokes / trans-
formers above EUR 150,00 / 100 kg.
Surcharges shall be charged based on the quantities of the ma-
terials which are contained in the relevant products.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given -
these are subject to change without prior notice.
10
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
76181 KARLSRUHE
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
10/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2006
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
• 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0
(for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany)
• 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0
(for customers based outside of theFederal Republic of
Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
AL Number of the German Export List.
Products marked other than “N“ require an export
license.
In the case of software products, the export des-
ignations of the relevant data medium must also
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N“ are
subject to a European or German export authori-
zation when being exported out of the EU.
ECCN Export Control Classification Number.
Products marked other than “N“ are subject to a
reexport license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium must
also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N“ are
subject to a US re-export authorization.
Even without a label or with an “AL: N“ or “ECCN: N“, authoriza-
tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
A&D/VuL/En 17.03.05
Order No.: E86060-K6201-A101-A7-7600
KG 1005 22.0 S 944 En/ 615064
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany
 Interruptores de posição
XC

Catálogo
Telemecanique
Agosto

99

Ninguém faz tanto com a eletricidade.

Interruptores de posição XC

Sumário

Detecção eletromecânica Generalidades, terminologias Página 2

Funcionamento dos contatos Página 3

Durabilidade elétrica dos contatos Páginas 4 e 5

Colocação em funcionamento Página 6

Conselhos de montagem Página 7

Interruptores de posição Tipo XCK-M, metálicos, 3 entradas para cabos, movimento retílineo

Referências, características Página 8

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões Página 9

Tipo XCK-M, metálicos, 3 entradas para cabos, movimento angular

Referências, características Página 10

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões Página 11

Elementos separados e de reposição Páginas 12 e 13

Tipo XCK-J, metálicos, conforme CENELEC EN 50041, 1 entrada para cabos

Referências, características Página 14

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões Página 15

Subconjuntos adaptáveis, corpos com contatos Página 17

Subconjuntos adaptáveis, corpos com contatos e módulos de visualização Página 18

Subconjuntos adaptáveis, cabeçotes Página 19

Subconjuntos adaptáveis, elementos separados Páginas 20 e 21

Colocação em funcionamento Página 22

Dimensões Página 23

Interruptores de posição Tipo XCK-P, de plástico, conforme CENELEC EN 50047

dupla isolação
Referências, características Página 24

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões Página 25

Tipo XCK-S, de plástico, conforme CENELEC EN 50041

Referências, características Página 26

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões Página 27

Subconjuntos adaptáveis Páginas 28 e 29

Subconjuntos adaptáveis, colocação em funcionamento, dimensões Páginas 30 e 31

Interruptores de posição Tipo XC1-Z

especiais
Generalidades, características Página 32

Interruptores fim de curso, pequenas dimensões e “serviço pesado” Página 33

Cabeçotes Página 33

Tipo XC1-Z, XF8

Dimensões Página 34

Tipo XC1-BC, XC1-BD

Dimensões Página 35

Tipo XF1-BC, XF1-BA

Dimensões Página 36

Te 1
 Interruptores de posição

Generalidades, terminologias

Generalidades

Os interruptores de posição estão presentes em todas as instalações automatizadas bem como em uma grande
variedade de aplicações, em função de numerosas vantagens inerentes à sua tecnologia.
Eles transmitem ao sistema de tratamento, informações de presença/ausência, de passagem, de
posicionamento, de fim de curso.
São aparelhos de uma grande simplicidade de colocação em funcionamento, que oferecem benefícios:
● Do ponto de vista elétrico:
- uma separação galvânica dos circuitos,
- uma boa capacidade de comutar baixas cargas (conforme o modelo), aliada a uma elevada vida elétrica,
- uma boa resistência a curtos-circuitos em coordenação com fusíveis apropriados,
- uma imunidade total aos parasitas eletromecânicos,
- uma tensão de emprego elevada.
● Do ponto de vista mecânico:
- uma manobra positiva de abertura dos contatos,
- uma boa resistência aos diversos ambientes industriais,
- uma boa fidelidade, até 0,01 mm nas cotas de acionamento.

Terminologias

Manobra positiva de abertura

Um interruptor de posição possui manobra positiva de abertura quando todos os seus elementos de contato NF
podem ser levados com certeza à posição de abertura (sem nenhuma ligação elástica entre os contatos móveis e o
dispositivo de acionamento no qual o esforço de acionamento é aplicado).
Todos os interruptores de posição equipados, seja de um bloco de contatos à ação brusca "NA + NF", seja de um
bloco de contatos à ação dependente, são em manobra positiva de abertura, e em total conformidade com a norma
IEC 947-5-1 capítulo 3.

Contatos à ação brusca

A velocidade de deslocamento dos contatos móveis independe da velocidade do dispositivo de comando. Essa
particularidade permite obter performances elétricas satisfatórias, mesmo em casos de baixa velocidade do dispo-
sitivo de comando.
Esse tipo de contato é caracterizado por pontos de acionamento e de desligamento não coincidentes (curso
diferencial). Ver diagrama de funcionamento dos contatos, abaixo:

13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14

21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22

Repouso Curso de chegada Mudança dos contatos Manobra positiva

Contatos à ação dependente

A velocidade de deslocamento dos contatos móveis

é igual ou proporcional à velocidade do dispositivo de
comando, que não deve ser inferior ou igual a
0,001 m/s.
A distância de abertura é igualmente dependente do
curso do dispositivo de comando.
Esse tipo de contato é caracterizado por pontos de
acionamento e de desligamento coincidentes.
Ver diagrama de funcionamento dos contatos na
página seguinte.

2 Te
Interruptores de posição

Funcionamento dos contatos

Contatos à ação brusca (exemplo: contato "NA + NF")

A
A = curso máx. do dispositivo de ataque em mm ou em graus
B P B = curso de acionamento dos contatos
C = curso de desligamento dos contatos
21 - 22 D = B – C = curso diferencial
13 - 14 acionamento
21 - 22 desligamento P = ponto a partir do qual a abertura positiva é assegurada.
13 - 14
0C D

Movimento retilíneo
0
B
A
D P

Repouso Ponto de Ponto de Ponto de Curso

desligam. acionamento positividade máximo

Movimento angular 0 Repouso

Ponto de Ponto de B
acionamento desligam.

D A
Ponto de
positividade P
Curso
máximo

Uma visualização mecânica incorporada ao bloco de contatos “NA + NF” à ação brusca (XES-P2151) permite
visualizar duas funções essenciais:
- o ponto de mudança do estado dos contatos (índice à ação brusca de cor vermelha)
- o curso de positividade (índice à ação progressiva de cor branca).

Contatos à ação dependente (exemplo: contato "NA + NF" defasados)

A
A = curso máx. do dispositivo de ataque em mm ou em graus
B P B = curso de acionamento e desligamento do contato 21-22
C = curso de acionamento e desligamento do contato 13-14
21 - 22 P = ponto a partir do qual a abertura positiva é assegurada.
13 - 14
0 C

Movimento retilíneo B
0
C
A
P
21-22 13-14

Repouso Ponto de acionamento e Ponto de Curso

desligam. dos contatos positividade máximo

Movimento angular 0 Repouso

Ponto de acionamento e
de desligam. dos contatos C
13-14 21-22
B
A
Ponto de
positividade P
Curso
máximo

Te 3
 Interruptores de posição

Durabilidade elétrica dos contatos

Durabilidade elétrica com cargas usuais

Usualmente com cargas indutivas, as correntes são inferiores a 0,1 A (na retenção) seja, em função da tensão,
3 a 40 VA na retenção e 30 a 1000 VA na chamada. Nessas aplicações, a durabilidade elétrica é superior a 10 milhões
de ciclos de manobras.

Durabilidade elétrica com cargas de baixa potência

A utilização dos interruptores de posição com controladores lógicos programáveis torna-se preponderante.
Os interruptores de posição apresentam os seguintes níveis de fiabilidade com cargas fracas:
- taxa de defeitos inferior a 1 defeito para 100 milhões de ciclos de manobras com contatos à ação brusca (XES-P).
- taxa de defeitos inferior a 1 defeito para 50 milhões de ciclos de manobras com contatos à ação dependente (XEN-P).

Contatos bipolares "NA + NF" à ação brusca XES-P2151

Durabilidade elétrica segundo IEC 947-5-1 anexo C.

Categorias de emprego AC-15 e DC-13. Corrente alternada © 50/60 Hz Corrente contínua æ

Freqüência máx.: 3600 ciclos de man/h î circuito indutivo Potências interrompidas para
Fator de marcha: 0,5 5 milhões de ciclos de manobras
Veloc. de ataque mín.: 0,001 m/min
Veloc. de ataque máx.: conforme 5
Tensão V 24 48 120
características do interruptor. Ithe
Milhões de ciclos de manobras

Ligações por bornes com parafusos î W 10 7 4

e estribos imperdíveis.
Capacidade de aperto: Nota: contatos “NA” e “NF” sub-
- mín.: 1 x 0,34 mm2, 1 400 V metidos aos valores indicados
- máx.: 2 x 1,5 mm2. simultaneamente em polaridade
0,5 110 V inversa.
24 V
230 V
48 V

0,1
0,5 1 2 3 4 5 10
Corrente em A

Contatos bipolares "NA + NF" defasados à ação dependente XEN-P2151

Durabilidade elétrica segundo IEC 947-5-1 anexo C.

Categorias de emprego AC-15 e DC-13. Corrente alternada © 50/60 Hz Corrente contínua æ

Freqüência máx.: 3600 ciclos de man/h î circuito indutivo Potências interrompidas para
Fator de marcha: 0,5 5 milhões de ciclos de manobras
Veloc. de ataque mín.: 0,001 m/s
Veloc. de ataque máx.: conforme Tensão V 24 48 120
5
características do interruptor. 4 Ithe
Milhões de ciclos de manobras

Ligações por bornes com parafusos 3 î W 13 9 7

220 V 12/24/48 V
e estribos imperdíveis. 2
Capacidade de aperto:
- mín.: 1 x 0,5 mm2 , 127 V
1
- máx.: 2 x 2,5 mm2.
0,5

0,2

0,1
0,5 1 2 3 4 5 10
Corrente em A

4 Te
Interruptores de posição

Durabilidade elétrica dos contatos

Contatos bipolares 2 “NA+NF” simultâneos à ação brusca XES-P2021 e defasados à ação brusca XES-P2031
Contatos unipolares “NA+NF” à ação brusca XES-P2051 e XCK-Z01
Contatos unipolares “NA+NF” à ação brusca do interruptor XCK-J desconectável

Durabilidade elétrica segundo IEC 947-5-1 anexo C

Categorias de emprego AC-15 e DC-13. Corrente alternada © 50/60 Hz Corrente contínua æ

Freqüência máx.: 3600 ciclos de man/h î circuito indutivo Potências interrompidas para
Fator de marcha: 0,5 5 milhões de ciclos de manobras
Veloc. de ataque min.: 0,001 m/minuto 5

Milhões de ciclos de manobras

Veloc. de ataque máx.: conforme 4 Ithe Tensão V 24 48 120
3
características do interruptor. 12/24 V
2
Ligações por bornes com parafusos e î W 10 7 4
estribos imperdíveis. 220 V 48V
1
Capacidade de aperto:
para XES-P2021, XES-P2031 e bloco de 127V
contatos do XCK-J desconectável: 0,5
- mín.: 1 x 0,75 mm2,
- máx.: 2 x 1,5 mm2,
para XES-P2051 e XCK-Z01
- mín.: 1 x 0,5 mm2, 0,1
- máx.: 2 x 2,5 mm2. 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 10
Corrente em A

Te 5
 Interruptores de posição

Colocação em funcionamento

Retorno da alavanca

5 em 5°

45 em 45°

-J -J -J
XCK 63 -1
43 XCK NFC
63 -143 XCK NFC
63 -143
NFC
5-1 5-1 5-1 1
947- 1 947- 200A
1 947- 200A
IEC 200A IEC Teil IEC Teil
Teil 0660
0660 0660
VDE VDE VDE
Q300 Q300 Q300
A300 A300 A300
IP 66 IP 66 IP 66
ce ce ce
Fran Fran Fran

Mudança do esquema de funcionamento XCK-J (cabeçote ZCK-E05)

Mudança do esquema de funcionamento XCK-S (cabeçote ZCK-D05)

Cames específicos para cabeçotes ZCK-E09

0,5 min
ZCK-E09
0,5 min

13 < h < 18 mm
h

B B = 12 mm máx.
2 min

A = comprimento da Basculamento Basculamento

alavanca + 11 mm mecânico mecânico

6 Te
 Interruptores de posição

Conselhos de montagem

Recomendado A evitar, desaconselhado

30° 30°

Te 7
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-M metálicos com corpo fixo

Aparelhos completos com 3 entradas para cabos

Cabeçote com movimento Retilíneo Multidireções

Dispositivo Pistão metálico Pistão com roldana Pistão metálico Pistão com roldana Haste flexível
de comando em aço em termoplástico em aço
(1 sentido de ataque)

Referências ( contato "NF" à manobra positiva de abertura)

21
13

Contato bipolar "NA+NF" XCK-M101 XCK-M102 XCK-M110 XCK-M121 XCK-M106

à ação brusca
22
14

(XES-P2151)

Peso (kg) 0,245 0,255 0,245 0,290 0,240

Características

Conformidade às normas IEC 947-5-1, IEC 337-1, EN 60 947-5-1, NF C63-140, VDE 0660-200, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14
IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, NF C 79-130

Certificações dos produtos Em execução normal: DEMKO, NEMKO, FI 10 (4) A-380 V, (GL, BV, USSR em curso)

Tratamento de proteção Em execução normal: “TC”

Temperatura do ar ambiente Para funcionamento: - 25…+ 70 °C. Para estoque: - 40…+ 70°C

Suportabilidade às vibrações 25 gn (10…500 Hz) segundo IEC 68-2-6

Suportabilidade aos choques 50 gn segundo 68-2-27

Proteção contra choques elétricos Classe I segundo IEC 536 e NF C20-030

Grau de proteção IP 66 segundo IEC 529; IP 665 segundo NF C 20-030

Vida mecânica (ciclos de manobras) 25 milhões 15 milhões 20 milhões 10 milhões

Esforço ou con- de acionamento 10 N 8N 10 N 7N 0,13 N.M

jugado mínimo
de ruptura positiva 30 N 25 N 30 N 25 N -

Velocidade de ataque máxima 0,5 m/s 1,5 m/s 1 m/s

Aparelhos para ataque Frontal Por came 30° Frontal Por came 30° Qualquer tipo

Fidelidade 0,01 mm sobre os pontos de acionamento

Características de emprego c AC15; A 300 ou Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A

Durabilidade elétrica (ver pág. 4) a DC13; Q 300 ou Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A segundo IEC 947-5-1 Anexo A, EN 60 947-5-1

Tensão nominal de isolação Ui = 500 V grau de poluição 3 segundo IEC 947-1, grupo C segundo NF C 20-040 e VDE 0110
Ui = 300 V segundo UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14

Tensão nominal de
suportabilidade aos choques U imp = 6 kV segundo IEC 947-1, IEC 664

Positividade Contatos à manobra positiva de abertura conforme IEC 947-5-1 Capítulo 3, EN 60 947-5-1

Resistência entre bornes ≤ 25 mΩ segundo NF C 93-050 método A ou IEC 255-7 categoria 3

Proteção contra curtos-circuitos Fusível cartucho 10 A gG (gI) segundo IEC 947-5-1, VDE 0660-200

Entrada de cabos 1 entrada rosqueada para prensa-cabos PG 11 segundo NF C 68-300. Capacidade de aperto de 7 a 10 mm

Ligações Bornes com parafusos e estribos imperdíveis. Capac. de aperto mín.: 1x0,34 mm2, máx.: 2x2,5 mm2

8 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-M metálicos com corpo fixo

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões

Colocação em funcionamento
Deslocamento do came XCK-M1
(A)

30°

deslocamento horizontal

Esquemas de funcionamento
XCK-M101 XCK-M102 XCK-M110 XCK-M121 XCK-M106

1,8 4,5(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 1,8 4,5(P) 4,6(A) 11,1(P) 30°

21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
0 5,5mm 0 mm 0 5,5mm 0 mm 0
0,9 1,5 0,9 2,2 14°

Funcionamento dos contatos (A) = deslocamento do came

g fechado (P) = ponto de positividade
h aberto

Dimensões
XCK-M101 XCK-M102 XCK-M110

14
4 Ø12
Ø10
14 14 Ø10
48,5

Ø Ø Ø
36

30
107
94,5

88,5

(1) = 41 = (1) = 41 = (1) = 41 =

30 64 30 64 30 64

XCK-M121 XCK-M106

14
8 Ø20
142,5
54

Ø
201
112,5

(1) 41 11,5 (1) = 41 =

30 66 30 64

(1) 3 furos rosqueados para prensa-cabos PG 11

Ø : 2 furos oblongos Ø 5,2 x 6,2

Te 9
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-M metálicos com corpo fixo

Aparelhos completos com 3 entradas para cabos

Cabeçote com movimento Angular

Dispositivo Alavanca com roldana em termopl. Alavanca regulável Haste rígida em Haste flexível Haste com mola
de comando (2 sentidos de (1 ou 2 sentidos com roldana em aço
ataque lateral) de ataque lateral) termoplástico
Obs.: Regulagem sobre 360° de 5 em 5° ou todos os 45° para retorno da alavanca.

Referências ( contato "NF" à manobra positiva de abertura)

21
13

Contato bipolar "NA+NF" XCK-M115 XCK-M131 XCK-M141 XCK-M152 XCK-M181 XCK-M191

à ação brusca
22
14

(XES-P2151)

Peso (kg) 0,275 0,375 0,360 0,380 0,360 0,380

Características
Conformidade às normas IEC 947-5-1, IEC 337-1, EN 60 947-5-1, NF C63-140, VDE 0660-200, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14
IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, NF C 79-130

Certificações dos produtos Em execução normal: DEMKO, NEMKO, FI 10 (4) A-380 V, (GL, BV, USSR em curso)

Tratamento de proteção Em execução normal: “TC”

Temperatura do ar ambiente Para funcionamento: - 25…+ 70°C. Para estoque : - 40…+ 70°C

Suportabilidade às vibrações 25 gn (10…500 Hz) segundo IEC 68-2-6

Suportabilidade aos choques 50 gn segundo 68-2-27

Proteção contra choques elétricos Classe I segundo IEC 536 e NF C20-030

Grau de proteção IP 66 segundo IEC 529; IP 665 segundo NF C 20-030

Vida mecânica (ciclos de manobras) 15 milhões 20 milhões

Esforço ou con- de acionamento 0,1 N.m 0,25 N.m

jugado mínimo
de ruptura positiva 0,25 N.m 0,35 N.m -

Velocidade de ataque máxima 1,5 m/s 1,0 m/s

Aparelhos para ataque Por came 30° Qualquer tipo

Fidelidade 0,01 mm sobre os pontos de acionamento

Características de emprego c AC15; A 300 ou Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A

Vida elétrica (ver pág. 4) a DC13; Q 300 ou Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A segundo IEC 947-5-1 Anexo A, EN 60 947-5-1

Tensão nominal de isolação Ui = 500 V grau de poluição 3 segundo IEC 947-1, grupo C segundo NF C 20-040 e VDE 0110
Ui = 300 V segundo UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14
Tensão nominal de
suportabilidade aos choques U imp = 6 kV segundo IEC 947-1, IEC 664

Positividade Contatos à manobra positiva de abertura conforme IEC 947-5-1 Capítulo 3, EN 60 947-5-1

Resistência entre bornes ≤ 25 mΩ segundo NF C 93-050 método A ou IEC 255-7 categoria 3

Proteção contra curtos-circuitos Fusível cartucho 10 A gG (gI) segundo IEC 947-5-1, VDE 0660-200

Entrada de cabos 1 entrada rosqueada para prensa-cabos PG 11 segundo NF C 68-300. Capacidade de aperto de 7 a 10 mm

Ligações Bornes com parafusos e estribos imperdíveis. Capac. de aperto mín.: 1x0,34 mm2, max.: 2x2,5 mm2

10 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-M metálicos com corpo fixo

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões

Colocação em funcionamento
Deslocamento do came XCK-M1
(A)

30°

deslocamento horizontal

Esquemas de funcionamento
XCK-M115 XCK-M131 XCK-M141 XCK-M152 XCK-M181 XCK-M191
26° 58°(P) 23° 58°(P) 23° 58°(P) 23° 58°(P) 21-22
23° 23°
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
0 60°
70° 0 80° 0 80° 0 80° 0 80° 0 80°
11° 11° 11° 11° 11° 11°

Funcionamento dos contatos (A) = deslocamento do came

g fechado (P) = ponto de positividade
h aberto

Dimensões
XCK-M115 XCK-M131 XCK-M141

50
6
60 Ø22
22 15 53

mín.60,5;máx.105,5
6 Ø19 6 38,5 Ø22

mín.30,máx.75
42
34,5

60,5

30
61,5

Ø
31,5
31,5

20,5
119

Ø Ø

58,5
58,5

30 (1) = 41 = (1) = 41 = (1) = 41 =

8 34 64 30 64 30 64

XCK-M152 XCK-M181 XCK-M191

60 50
Ø3
136,5

53 u 3 50
109
129,5

157
112
50,5

215,5
170,5
31,5

31,5

31,5
20,5

20,5

Ø Ø Ø
58,5

(1) = 41 = (1) = 41 = (1) = 41 =

30 64 30 64 30 64

(1) 3 furos rosqueados para prensa-cabos PG 11

Ø : 2 furos oblongos Ø 5,3 x 7,3

Te 11
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-M

Elementos separados e de reposição

Cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo

Dispositivo de ataque Referência Peso
kg

Pistão em aço para ataque vertical ZCK-D01 0,030

Pistão com roldana em aço para ataque por came ZCK-D02 0,040

Pistão em aço para ataque vertical ZCK-D10 0,030

ZCK-D81

Pistão com roldana em termoplástico, 1 sentido de ação lateral ZCK-D21 0,075

Cabeçotes com movimento angular

Alavanca com roldana em termoplástico, 2 sentidos de ação lateral ZCK-D15 0,060

Alavanca c/roldana em termoplástico, 1 ou 2 sentidos de ação lateral ZCK-D31 0,160

ZCK-D15

Alavanca com roldana em aço, 1 ou 2 sentidos de ação lateral ZCK-D33 0,170

Alavanca com rolamento em aço, 1 ou 2 sentidos de ação lateral ZCK-D34 0,170

Alavanca regulável com roldana em termoplástico ZCK-D41 0,145

Haste rígida em aço ZCK-D52 0,165

ZCK-D06

Haste flexível com graduação de 5 em 50 (manobra não positiva) ZCK-D81 0,150

Haste com mola, graduação de 5 em 50 (manobra não positiva) ZCK-D91 0,170

Cabeçote sem haste ou alavanca ZCK-D00 0,140

ZCK-D00

Cabeçote multidirecional (manobra não positiva)

Haste flexível em aço, para acionamento em todas as direções ZCK-D06 0,090

12 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-M

Elementos separados e de reposição

Hastes e alavancas de comando

Alavanca com roldana em termoplástico (*) XCK-Y15 0,010

ZCK-Y31
Alavanca com roldana em termoplástico XCK-Y31 0,020

Alavanca com roldana em aço XCK-Y33 0,030

Alavanca com rolamento em aço XCK-Y34 0,040

Alavanca regulável com roldana em termoplástico XCK-Y41 0,030

ZCK-Y41

Haste rígida em aço XCK-Y52 0,030

Haste flexível XCK-Y81 0,010

Haste com mola XCK-Y91 0,030

ZCK-Y91 (*) Adaptável somente ao cabeçote ZCK-D15

Corpo com contatos para cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo ou angular

Descrição Referência Peso
kg

Bipolar "NA+NF" à ação brusca ZCK-M1 0,210

Bloco de contatos

Bipolar "NA+NF" à ação brusca XES-P2151 0,020

XES-P2151

Prensa-cabos e adaptadores de rosca

Prensa-cabos em termoplástico, reforçado com fibra de vidro DE9-BR1011 0,015

Adaptador de rosca de CM10 para 1/2" gás DE9-CM10 0,025

Te 13
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J metálico com corpo fixo
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50041

Aparelhos completos com 1 entrada para cabos

Cabeçote com movimento Retilíneo Angular (aparelhos fornecidos para ação à direita e à esquerda)

Dispositivo Pistão Pistão com Alavanca com Alavanca de com- Haste redonda
de comando metálico roldana em aço roldana em roldana em aço prim.variável rolda- Ø 6 mm
termoplástico (1) na termoplást. (1) em poliamida (1)
(1) Regulagem sobre 360° de 5 em 5° ou todos os 45° para retorno da alavanca.

Referências ( contato “NF” à manobra positiva de abertura)

21
13

Contato bipolar “NA+NF” XCK-J161 XCK-J167 XCK-J10511 XCK-J10513 XCK-J10541 XCK-J10559

à ação brusca
22
14

(XES-P2151)
11

21
13

23

Bipolar 2 “NA+NF” XCK-J261 XCK-J267 XCK-J20511 XCK-J20513 XCK-J20541 XCK-J20559

simultâneos à ação
12

22
14

24

brusca (XES-P2021)

Peso (kg) 0,430 0,455 0,480 0,490 0,485 0,485

Características
Conformidade às normas
Certificações dos produtos
IEC 947-5-1, IEC 337-1, EN 60 947-5-1, NF C63-140, VDE 0660-200, UL 508, CSA C22-2 nº 14
IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, NF C 79-130
Em execução normal: CSA A 300, UL A 300 Listed, NEMKO, FI 10 (4) A-400 V, (GL, BV, USSR em curso)
Em execução especial: CSA A 300, UL A 300 Listed 1/2" NPT

Tratamento de proteção Em execução normal: “TH”

Temperatura do ar ambiente Para funcionamento: - 25…+ 70°C. Para estoque: - 40…+ 70°C

Suportabilidade às vibrações 25 gn (10…500 Hz) segundo IEC 68-2-6

Suportabilidade aos choques 50 gn segundo 68-2-27

Proteção contra choques elétricos Classe I segundo IEC 536 e NF C20-030

Grau de proteção IP 66 segundo IEC 529; IP 667 segundo NF C 20-010

Vida mecânica (ciclos de manobras) 30 milhões 25 milhões 30 milhões

Esforço ou con- de acionamento 18 N 14 N 0,25 N.m

jugado mínimo de ruptura positiva 35 N 28 N 0,35 N.m –

Velocidade de ataque máxima 0,5 m/s 1 m/s 1,5 m/s

Aparelhos para ataque Frontal Por came 30° Qualquer tipo

Fidelidade 0,01 mm sobre os pontos de acionamento

Características de emprego c AC15; A 300 ou Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A
Vida elétrica (ver pág. 4) a DC13; Q 300 ou Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A segundo IEC 947-5-1 Anexo A, EN 60 947-5-1

Tensão nominal de isolação Ui = 500 V grau de poluição 3 segundo IEC 947-1, grupo C segundo NF C 20-040 e VDE 0110
Ui = 300 V segundo UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14
Tensão nominal de
suportabilidade aos choques U imp = 6 kV segundo IEC 947-1, IEC 664

Positividade Contatos à manobra positiva de abertura conforme IEC 947-5-1 Capítulo 3, EN 60 947-5-1

Resistência entre bornes ≤ 25 mΩ segundo NF C 93-050 método A ou IEC 255-7 categoria 3

Proteção contra curtos-circuitos Fusível cartucho 10 A gG (gI) segundo IEC 947-5-1, VDE 0660-200

Entrada de cabos 1 entrada rosqueada para prensa-cabos PG 13 segundo NF C 68-300. Capacidade de aperto de 9 a 12 mm

Ligações Bornes com parafusos e estribos imperdíveis. Capac. de aperto mín.: 1x0,34 mm2, máx.: 2x2,5 mm2 conf. contato

14 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J metálicos com corpo fixo

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões

Colocação em funcionamento
Deslocamento do came XCK-J•67
(A)

30°

deslocamento horizontal

Esquemas de funcionamento
XCK-J161 XCK-J167 XCK-J10511 XCK-J10513 XCK-J10541 XCK-J10559
2 4,7(P) 3,2 (A) 8,1(P) 23° 58°(P) 23° 58°(P) 23° 58°(P) 23°
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
0 6mm 0 mm 0 90° 0 90° 0 90° 0 90°
0,9 1,5 11° 11° 11° 11°

XCK-J261 XCK-J267 XCK-J20511 XCK-J20513 XCK-J20541 XCK-J20559

2 3,2(A) 23° 23° 23° 23°
11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
0 6mm 0 mm 0 90° 0 90° 0 90° 0 90°
0,9 1,5 11° 11° 11° 11°

Funcionamento dos contatos (A) = deslocamento do came

g fechado (P) = ponto de positividade
h aberto

Dimensões
XCK-J161, J261 XCK-J167, J267 XCK-J10511, J20511
XCK-J10513, J20513

57
17
5 41
5 Ø 22
17 Ø 10 Ø 12

41
63
Ø Ø Ø
37

50

133
120
107

60

2 x Ø 5,3 2 x Ø 5,3
60

60

2 x Ø 5,3
(1) (1) (1)

33,5 = 30 = 33,5 = 30 = 33,5 = 30 =

44 40 44 40 62 40

XCK-J10541, J20541 XCK-J10559, J20559

52
48
5,5 44
Ø 19
24
190 max.
40 ... 85

212 max.

(2)
62 ... 107

Ø
282 max.

Ø
132 ... 177

60
60

2 x Ø 5,3 2 x Ø 5,3
(1) (1)

33,5 = 30 = 33,5 = 30 = (1) 1 furo rosqueado para prensa-cabos PG 13,5

40 59 40 (2) Haste Ø 6, comprimento 200 mm
59
Ø: 2 furos oblongos Ø 5,3 x 7,3

Outras realizações Aparelhos com outros elementos de contato bipolares à ação dependente, “NA + NF” sobrepostos, “NF + NF”
simultâneos, (a manobra positiva de abertura), “NA + NA” simultâneos, sob consulta.

Te 15
 ZCK-Y59
ZCK-Y52

ZCK-Y53

ZCK-Y51

ZCK-E23

ZCK-E21

ZCK-Y91

ZCK-Y81

ZCK-Y71

ZCK-E65

ZCK-E64

ZCK-E63

ZCK-Y61 ZCK-Y43

ZCK-Y41

ZCK-E09
ZCK-E08
ZCK-Y14
ZCK-E06
ZCK-Y13
ZCK-E67
ZCK-Y11

ZCK-E05

ZCK-E66

ZCK-E61

ZCK-J4104

ZCK-J404

ZCK-J11

ZCK-J1

16 Te
Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J metálicos com corpos fixos ou desconectáveis
Conforme norma CENELEC EN 50041

Subconjuntos adaptáveis (corpos com contatos)

Corpos fixos com contatos para cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo ou angular
Tipo Com bloco Esquema Positivi- Referência Peso
de contatos dade (1) kg

21
13
1 acionamento Bipolar “NA+NF” ZCK-J1 0,310
à ação brusca

22
14
(XES-P2151)

11

21
13

23
Bipolar 2 “NA+NF” – ZCK-J2 0,310
simultâneos à ação

12

22
14

24
brusca (XES-P2021)

21
13
Bipolar “NA+NF” defasa- ZCK-J5 0,310
dos à ação dependente

22
14
(XEN-P2151)

11

21
13

2 acionamentos Bipolar 2 “NA+NF” defa- 23 – ZCK-J4 0,310

sados à ação brusca
12

22
14

24

(XES-P2031)

Corpos desconectáveis com contatos para cabeçotes com mov. retilíneo ou angular
Tipo Com bloco Esquema Positivi- Referência Peso
de contatos dade (1) kg
11
13

1 acionamento Unipolar “NANF” – ZCK-J11 0,300

à ação brusca
12
14

11

21
13

23

Bipolar 2 “NA+NF” – ZCK-J21 0,300

simultâneos à ação
12

22
14

24

brusca
11

21
13

23

2 acionamentos Bipolar 2 “NA+NF” defa- – ZCK-J41 0,300

sados à ação brusca
12

22
14

24

Corpos com contatos e cabeçote para mov. angular (com retorno sem dispositivo de comando)
Tipo Com bloco Esquema Positivi- Referência Peso
de contatos dade (1) kg

Corpos fixos

2 acionamentos Bipolar 2 “NA+NF” defa- – ZCK-J404 0,455

11

21
13

23

1 à direita e sados à ação brusca

1 à esquerda (XES-P2031)
12

22
14

24

Corpos desconectáveis

2 acionamentos Bipolar 2 “NA+NF” defa- – ZCK-J4104 0,465

11

21
13

23

1 à direita e sados à ação brusca

1 à esquerda
12

22
14

24

(1) : contato “NF” à manobra positiva de abertura.

Te 17
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J metálicos com corpos fixos ou desconectáveis
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50041

Subconjuntos adaptáveis (corpos com contatos e módulo de visualização)

Corpos fixos com contatos com movimento retilíneo ou angular

Tipo Com bloco Esquema Positivi- Referência Peso
de contatos dade (1) kg

Com módulo de visualização 1 LED a 24 V

21
13
TE

XCK
-J 1 acionamento Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-J120 0,320
3
IEC
947-5-1
63 -14
0
NFC
63 -14

à ação brusca

22
14
NFC 00
0660/2 V. Ith 10A
VDE
3A. 240
A300
IP 65
(XES-P2151)

21
13
Bipolar “NA + NF” defasa- ZCK-J520 0,320
ZCK-J●●● dos à ação dependente

22
14
(XEN-P2151)

Com módulo de visualização 2 LEDs a 24 V

21
13
1 acionamento Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-J121 0,320
à ação brusca

22
14
(XES-P2151)

21
13
Bipolar “NA + NF” defasa- ZCK-J521 0,320
dos à ação dependente

22
14
(XEN-P2151)

Com módulo de visualização 2 sinalizadores néon c 110/120 V

21
13

1 acionamento Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-J133 0,320

à ação brusca
22
14

(XES-P2151)
21
13

Bipolar “NA + NF” defasa- ZCK-J533 0,320

dos à ação dependente
22
14

(XEN-P2151)

Com módulo de visualização 2 sinalizadores néon c 220/240 V

21
13

1 acionamento Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-J134 0,320

à ação brusca
22
14

(XES-P2151)
21
13

Bipolar “NA + NF” defasa- ZCK-J534 0,320

dos à ação dependente
22
14

(XEN-P2151)

Corpos desconectáveis com contatos para cabeçotes com mov. retilíneo ou angular

Com módulo de visualização 2 LEDs a 24 V

11
13

TE -J
XCK
-143
1 acionamento Unipolar “NA + NF” – ZCK-J1121 0,340
337-1 C 63
IEC
NFC
63 -14
0 NF
à ação brusca
12
14

00
0660/2 V. Ith 10A
VDE FRANCE
3A. 240
A300
IP 66

Com módulo de visualização 2 sinalizadores néon c 110/120 V

11
13

ZCK-J1●●● 1 acionamento Unipolar “NA + NF” – ZCK-J1133 0,340

à ação brusca
12
14

Com módulo de visualização 2 sinalizadores néon c 220/240 V

11
13

1 acionamento Unipolar “NA + NF” – ZCK-J1134 0,340

à ação brusca
12
14

(1) : contato “NF” à manobra positiva de abertura.

Características do módulo de visualização

Tipo de visualização 1 LED ou 2 LED 2 sinalizadores néon

Tensão de isolamento a 50 V segundo IEC 947-1 c 250 V seg. IEC 947-1 c 250 V seg. IEC 947-1
Corrente consumida 7 mA por LED 2,5 mA por sinalizador 5 mA por sinalizador
Tensão de emprego a 24 V c 110/120 V c 220/240 V
Limites de tensão a 20…30 V (ondulação incluída) c 95…130 V c 190…260 V
Vida elétrica 100 000 horas 20 000 horas 20 000 horas
Proteção inversão dos fios sim – –

18 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J metálicos com corpos fixos ou desconectáveis
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50041

Subconjuntos adaptáveis (cabeçotes)

Cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo (com dispositivo de ataque)

Dispositivo de ataque Corpos Velocidade de Positivi- Referência Peso
associáveis ataque máxima dade (1) kg

Para ataque frontal

Pistão ZCK-J1● 0,5 m/s ZCK-E61 0,140

metálico ZCK-J2●
ZCK-J5●
ZCK-J4●

Pistão ZCK-J1● 0,5 m/s ZCK-E63 0,200

lateral metálico ZCK-J2●
ZCK-E61 ZCK-E63 ZCK-J5●

Para ataque por came 30°

Pistão ZCK-J1● 0,1 m/s ZCK-E66 0,150

com esfera ZCK-J2●
em aço ZCK-J5●
ZCK-J4●

Pistão com ZCK-J1● 1 m/s ZCK-E67 0,155

ZCK-E66 ZCK-E67 roldana em ZCK-J2●
aço ZCK-J5●
ZCK-J4●

Pistão horizontal ZCK-J1● 0,6 m/s ZCK-E64 0,205

lateral c/ ZCK-J2●
roldana ZCK-J5●
em aço
vertical ZCK-J1● 0,6 m/s ZCK-E65 0,205
ZCK-E64 ZCK-E65 ZCK-J2●
ZCK-J5●

Alavanca em termoplástico ZCK-J1● 1,5 m/s ZCK-E21 0,185

c/ roldana ZCK-J2●
(1 único ZCK-J5●
sentido de
ataque) em aço ZCK-J1● 1,5 m/s ZCK-E23 0,195
ZCK-J2●
ZCK-E21 ZCK-E23 ZCK-J5●

Cabeçote com movimento angular (sem dispositivo de ataque)

Tipo Corpos Velocidade de Positivi- Referência Peso
associáveis ataque máxima dade(1) kg

Com retorno, para ataque ZCK-J1● 1,5 m/s ZCK-E05 0,165

à direita E à esquerda ou ZCK-J2● par came 30°
à direita OU à esquerda ZCK-J5●
ZCK-J4●

ZCK-E05 ZCK-E09
Com posições mantidas, ZCK-J1● 0,5 m/s – ZCK-E09 0,190
para ataque ZCK-J2●
à direita E à esquerda

Cabeçotes com movimento angular multidireções (com dispositivo de ataque)

Dispositivo de ataque Corpos Velocidade de Positivi- Referência Peso
associáveis ataque máxima dade(1) kg

Para ataque em qualquer direção

Haste flexível ZCK-J1● 1 m/s – ZCK-E06 0,115

com mola ZCK-J2● em todas as direções
ZCK-J5●

Haste tipo mola ZCK-J1● 0,5 m/s – ZCK-E08 0,125

ZCK-J2● em todas as direções
ZCK-E06 ZCK-E08 ZCK-J5●
(1) : cabeçote que garante a manobra positiva de abertura.

Te 19
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J metálicos COM corpos fixos ou desconectáveis
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50041

Subconjuntos adaptáveis

Dispositivos de ataque para cabeçotes com movimento angular

Descrição Positivi- Referência Peso
dade (1) kg

Para ataque por came 30°

ZCK-Y1●
Alavanca com em termoplástico ZCK-Y11 0,025
roldana (2)

em aço ZCK-Y13 0,035

com rolamento de esferas ZCK-Y14 0,030

Alavanca com em termoplástico ZCK-Y41 0,030

roldana de
comprimento
ZCK-Y4● variável (2) em aço ZCK-Y43 0,040

Para ataque em qualquer direção

Haste quadrada (2) u 3 mm em aço, L = 125 mm ZCK-Y51 0,025

Haste Ø 3 mm em aço, L = 125 mm ZCK-Y53 0,025

redonda (2)

Ø 3 mm em fibra de vidro, L = 125 mm – ZCK-Y52 0,020

ZCK-Y51 ZCK-Y5● ZCK-Y59

Ø 6 mm em poliamida, L = 200 mm – ZCK-Y59 0,030

Alavanca com mola (3) – ZCK-Y81 0,020

Alavanca metálica com mola (3) – ZCK-Y91 0,025

Para ataque por came específico (somente com cabeçote ZCK-E09)

ZCK-Y81 ZCK-Y91 Lira com pistas 1 pista – ZCK-Y71 0,035

com roldana
em termoplás-
tico (2) 2 pistas – ZCK-Y61 0,035

Blocos de contato
ZCK-Y71 ZCK-Y61 Tipo de contato Esquema Para corpos Positivi- Referência Peso
(1) dade (1) kg
21
13

Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-J1 XES-P2151 0,020

à ação brusca
22
14

XES-P2151
21
13

Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-J5 XEN-P2151 0,020

defasados à ação
22
14

dependente
11

21
13

23

XEN-P2151 Bipolar 2 “NA + NF” ZCK-J2 – XES-P2021 0,045

simultaneos à ação
brusca
12

22
14

24
11

21
13

23

Bipolar 2 “NA + NF” ZCK-J4 – XES-P2031 0,045

defasados à ação
12

22
14

24

brusca
XES-P20●1
(1) : contato “NF” a manobra positiva de abertura ou subconjunto garantindo a mesma.
(2) Regulável sobre 360° de 5 em 5°, ou todos os 45° por retorno da alavanca.
(3) Regulável sobre 360° de 5 em 5°, ou todos os 90° por retorno da roda marcada.

20 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J metálicos com corpos fixos ou desconectáveis
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50041

Subconjuntos adaptáveis

Tampas + módulos de visualização

Utilização Tipo de sinalizador Tensão Referência Peso
para kg

Corpos fixos 1 LED a 24 V ZCK-Z020 0,060

-J
XCK 3
63 -14
337-1 NFC
IEC 0
63 -14
NFC 00
0660/2 V. Ith 10A
VDE
3A. 240
A300
IP 65

2 LEDs a 24 V ZCK-Z021 0,060

ZCK-Z0●● 2 sinalizadores c 110/120 V ZCK-Z033 0,060

néon

c 220/240 V ZCK-Z034 0,060

Corpos desconectáveis 2 LEDs a 24 V ZCK-J0121 0,200

-J
XCK
-143
337-1 C 63

2 sinalizadores c 110/120 V ZCK-J0133 0,200

IEC 0 NF
63 -14
NFC 00
0660/2 V. Ith 10A
VDE FRANCE
3A. 240
A300
IP 66

néon

c 220/240 V ZCK-J0134 0,200

ZCK-J01● ●

Módulos de visualização
Utilização Tipo de sinalizador Tensão Referência Peso
para kg

Corpos fixos 1 LED a 24 V ZCK-J902 0,030

2 LEDs a 24 V ZCK-J906 0,030

ZCK-J90●
2 sinalizadores c 110/120 V ZCK-J903 0,030
néon

c 220/240 V ZCK-J904 0,030

Prensa-cabos e adaptadores de rosca

Descrição Referência Peso
kg

Prensa-cabos em termoplástico, reforçado com fibra de vidro DE9-BR1213 0,017

Adaptador de rosca de CM12 para 1/2" gás DE9-CM12 0,025

Te 21
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J
Subconjuntos adaptáveis

Colocação em funcionamento

Deslocamento do came Esquemas de funcionamento

(A)
Para cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo Funcionamento dos contatos
g fechado
30° h aberto

(A) Deslocamento horizontal do came

(P) Ponto de positividade

Corpos + cabeçotes ZCK-J404, J4104

Ao repouso Acionamento à direita Acionamento à esquerda
20
11

21
13

23
11

21
13

23

11

21
13

23
°

20
°
12

22
14

24
12

22
14

24

12

22
14

24
Cabeçotes ZCK-E61, E66 com corpos
ZCK-J1, J12●, J13● ZCK-J11, J2, J21, ZCK-J5, J52●, J53● ZCK-J4, J41
J11● ●
2 4,7(P) 2 2 3,4(P)

11

21
13

23
11

21
13

23

11

21
13

23

3,5
21-22 11-12 21-22

2
13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22
13-14 23-24 0 3,2 6mm

12

22
14

24
12

22
14

24

12

22
14

24
0 6mm 0 6mm
0,9 0,9

Cabeçote ZCK-E67 com corpos

ZCK-J1 ZCK-J11, J2, J21 ZCK-J5 ZCK-J4, J41
3,2 (A) 8,1(P) 3,2 (A) 3,2(A) 5,9(P)
11

21
13

23
11

21
13

23

11

21
13

23

3,5
21-22 11-12 21-22

2
13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22
13-14 23-24 0 5,3 mm
12

22
14

24
12

22
14

24

0 mm

12

22
14

24
0 mm
1,5 1,5

Cabeçote ZCK-E63 com corpos Cabeçotes ZCK-E64, E65 com corpos

ZCK-J1 ZCK-J11, J2, J21 ZCK-J5 ZCK-J1 ZCK-J11, J2, J21 ZCK-J5
1,5 4(P) 1,5 1,5 2,9(P) 2,6(A) 6,4(P) 2,6(A) 2,6(A) 4,7(P)
21-22 11-12 21-22 21-22 11-12 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 23-24 0 2,7 5,5mm 13-14 23-24 0 4,6 mm
0 5,5mm 0 5,5mm 0 mm 0 mm
0,9 0,9 1,5 1,5

Cabeçotes ZCK-E21, E23 com corpos Cabeçotes ZCK-E06, E08 com corpos
ZCK-J1 ZCK-J11, J2, J21 ZCK-J5 ZCK-J1 ZCK-J11, J2, J21 ZCK-J5
5(A) 11,5(P) 5(A) 5(A) 8,5(P) 20° 20° 20°
21-22 11-12 21-22 21-22
13-14 21-22 11-12
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 23-24 0 8 mm 13-14 23-24 0 45°
0 mm 0 mm 0 0
2,2 2,2 10° 10°

Cabeçote ZCK-E05 com corpos (Positividade assegurada somente com um dispositivo de ataque )
ZCK-J1 ZCK-J11, J2, J21 ZCK-J5 ZCK-J4, J41
23° 58°(P) 23° 23° 40°(P)
11

21
13

23

11

21
13

23
11

21
13

23

21-22 11-12 21-22

23

13-14 13-14 13-14

21-22
°

21-22
42°

13-14 23-24 0 33° 90°

12

22
14

24

0 0
12

22
14

24
12

22
14

24

90° 90°
11° 11°

Cabeçote ZCK-E09 com corpos

ZCK-J1 ZCK-J11, J2, J21
0 65° 90° 0 65° 90°
21-22 11-12
13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22
13-14 23-24
90° 65° 0 90° 65° 0

Ligações dos sinalizadores

1 LED a 24 V 2 LEDs a 24 V 2 sinalizadores néon c 110/120 ou 220/240 V
+ + c
13
1
21

13

13
1

●
●

14
22

14

14

●
●

X3

X2
X3

X3

X2

OG OG GN OG GN
X1

X1
X1

– – c

22 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-J
Subconjuntos adaptáveis

Dimensões

Corpos Corpos com contatos e montados com cabeçotes com mov. angular
ZCK-J1, J2, J5, J4, J●2●, J●3● ZCK-J11, J21, J41, J11● ● ZCK-J404 ZCK-J4104

10
10
5

6,5
6,5
5

23
23

109
102

60
83,5

60
Ø Ø
76,5

60

60
2xØ5,3 2xØ5,3
2xØ5,3 2xØ5,3
1

33,5 = 30 = (1) = 30 = 33,5 = 30 = (1) = 30 =

44 40 36 42,5 44 40 36 42,5
60 60

(1) 1 furo rosqueado para prensa-cabos PG 13,5 Ø : 2 furos Ø 5,3 x 7,3

Cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo
ZCK-E61 ZCK-E66 ZCK-E67 ZCK-E63
ZCK-E64
17
5 Ø12
17 Ø10 17 Ø10
52,3 63,6 Ø12

10
Ø10

10

5
50
41
37

20
20
Cabeçotes com movimento angular multidireções
ZCK-E65 ZCK-E21, E23 ZCK-E06 ZCK-E08

17
17 17
7 Ø20 19
Ø1,5
63,6
Ø12 5 Ø6
155

141
10

61
20

Cabeçotes com movimento angular (ZCK-E05) com dispositivo de ataque

ZCK-Y11, Y13, Y14 ZCK-Y41, Y43 ZCK-Y51, Y52, Y53, Y59

57
59
62 52
J1 J
57 44 Ø19
5 41 Ø22
J J1 K K1 Ø
40...85

máx.
62...107

5,5 Ø ZCK-Y51 10 49 137 123 u3

K1
K
41

ZCK-Y52 10 49 137 125 Ø3

63

ZCK-Y53 10 49 137 125 Ø3

ZCK-Y59 5,8 48 212 200 Ø6

Cabeçotes com movimento angular (ZCK-E09) com dispositivo de ataque

ZCK-Y81 ZCK-Y91 ZCK-Y71 ZCK-Y61

53 53
68 56 68 56
Ø3
5 Ø22 15 56 Ø22 15
Ø8
157
92

5
114

179

63
63

Te 23
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-P em plástico com dupla isolação
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50047

Aparelhos completos com 1 entrada para cabos

Cabeçote com movimento Retilíneo Angular Multidireções

Dispositivo Pistão Pistão com Alavanca com roldana em termoplástico, Alavanca com Haste flexível
de comando metálico roldana em 1 sentido de ataque roldana em com mola
termoplástico lateral vertical lateral e vert. termoplástico

Referências ( contato “NF” à manobra positiva de abertura)

21
13

Contato bipolar “NA+NF” XCK-P110 XCK-P102 XCK-P121 XCK-P127 XCK-P128 XCK-P118 XCK-P106
à ação brusca
22
14

(XES-P2151)

Peso (kg) 0,055 0,055 0,060 0,060 0,060 0,070 0,065

Características
IEC 947-5-1, IEC 337-1, EN 60 947-5-1, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660-200, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14
Conformidade às normas IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, NF C 79-130

Certificações dos produtos Em execução normal: CSA A 300, UL A 300 Listed, NEMKO FI 10 (4) A-400 V, (GL, BV, USSR em curso)

Tratamento de proteção Em execução normal: “TH”

Temperatura ambiente Para funcionamento: - 25…+ 70°C. Para estoque : - 40…+ 70°C

Suportabilidade às vibrações 25 gn (10…500 Hz) segundo IEC 68-2-6

Suportabilidade aos choques 50 gn segundo 68-2-27

Proteção contra choques elétricos Classe II segundo IEC 536 et NF C 20-030

Grau de proteção IP 65 segundo IEC 529 ; IP 653 segundo NF C 20-010

Vida mecânica (ciclos de manobras) 15 milhões 10 milhões 15 milhões 10 milhões 5 milhões

Esforço ou con- de acionamento 10 N 6N 5N 0,05 N.m 0,13 N.m

jugado mínimo de ruptura positiva 30 N 18 N 15 N 0,17 N.m −

Velocidade de ataque máxima 0,5 m/s 0,3 m/s 1 m/s 1,5 m/s 1 m/s

Aparelhos para ataque Frontal Por came 30° Qualquer mov.

Fidelidade 0,1 mm sobre os pontos de acionamento

Características de emprego c AC-15; A 300 ou Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A

Durabilidade elétrica (ver pág. 4) a DC-13; Q 300 ou Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A segundo IEC 947-5-1 Anexo A, EN 60 947-5-1

Tensão nominal de isolação Ui = 500 V grau de poluição 3 segundo IEC 947-1, grupo C segundo NF C 20-040 e VDE 0110
Ui = 300 V segundo UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14

Tensão nominal de
suportabilidade aos choques U imp = 6 kV segundo IEC 947-1, IEC 664

Positividade Contato à manobra positiva de abertura segundo IEC 947-5-1 Capítulo 3, EN 60 947-5-1

Resistência entre bornes ≤ 25 mΩ segundo NF C 93-050 método A ou IEC 255-7 categoria 3

Proteção contra curtos-circuitos Fusível cartucho 10 A gG (gI) segundo IEC 947-5-1, VDE 0660-200

Entrada de cabos 1 entrada rosqueada para prensa-cabos PG11 segundo NF C 68-300. Capacidade de aperto de 7 a 10 mm

Ligações Bornes com parafusos e estribos imperdíveis. Capac. de aperto mín.: 1 x 0,34 mm2, máx.: 2 x 2,5 mm2 conf. contato

24 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-P

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões

Colocação em funcionamento
Deslocamento do came XCK-P102, P121, P128 XCK-P127
(A)

30°

(B)
°03
deslocamento horizontal deslocamento vertical

Esquemas de funcionamento
XCK-P110 XCK-P102 XCK-P121 XCK-P127 XCK-P128 XCK-P118
1,8 4,5(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 25° 60°(P)
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
0 5mm 0 mm 0 mm 0 mm 0 mm 0 70°
0,9 1,5 3 3 4,9 12°

XCK-P106
20°
21-22
13-14
Funcionamento dos contatos (A), (B) = deslocamento do came
21-22
13-14 g fechado (P) = ponto de positividade
0 h aberto
15°

Dimensões
XCK-P110 XCK-P102 XCK-P121

12,5
12,5
5,5 Ø 14
3,5 Ø 11
12,5 Ø8

20

39
30,5
20

93,5

25 25

4
74,5

25
4

Ø
85

Ø Ø

(1) 20/22 (1) 20/22 = (1) 20/22 =

= = = =
30 30 30 30 30 30

XCK-P127 XCK-P128 XCK-P118 XCK-P106

12,5
40
12,5 12,5 2 31 5,5 24 Ø19
5,5 Ø 14 6 2,5 2,5 Ø1,5
35,5

142
31

53,5
22
41

50

Ø 22
196,5

4
4
108
104,5
95,5

25
4

25 25 Ø
25 Ø Ø Ø

(1) = 20/22 = (1) = 20/22 = (1) = 20/22 = (1) = 20/22 =

30 30 12,5 30 30 44,5 30 30 30

(1) 1 furo rosqueado para prensa-cabos PG11 Ø: 2 furos oblongos Ø 4,3 x 8,3 entre eixos 22 e 2 furos Ø 4,3 entre eixos 20

Te 25
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-S em plástico com dupla isolação
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50041

Aparelhos completos com 1 entrada para cabos

Cabeçote com movimento Retilíneo Angular

Dispositivo Pistão Pistão com Alavanca com Alavanca com Alavanca com compr. variável Haste redonda
de comado metálico metálico roldana em roldana em rold. em borra- roldana em ter- rold. em borra- Ø 6 mm em
aço termoplást. (1) cha Ø50 mm(1) moplástico (1) cha Ø50 mm(1) poliamida(2)
(1) Regulagem sobre 360° de 5 em 5° ou todos os 90° por retorno da rodela marcada.
(2) Regulagem sobre 360° de 5 em 5° ou todos os 45° por retorno da alavanca.

Referências ( contato “NF” à manobra positiva de abertura)

21
13

Contato bipolar “NA+NF” XCK-S101 XCK-S102 XCK-S131 XCK-S139 XCK-S141 XCK-S149 XCK-S159
à ação brusca
22
14

(XES-P2151)

Peso (kg) 0,095 0,105 0,145 0,150 0,155 0,155 0,150

Características
IEC 947-5-1, IEC 337-1, EN 60 947-5-1, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660-200, UL 508, CSA C22-2 nº 14
Conformidade às normas IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1, NF C 79-130

Certificações dos produtos Em execução normal: CSA A 300, UL A 300 Listed, NEMKO, FI 10 (4) A-400 V, (GL, BV, USSR em curso)

Tratamento de proteção Em execução normal: “TH”

Temperatura ambiente Para funcionamento: - 25…+ 70°C. Para estoque : - 40…+ 70°C

Suportabilidade às vibrações 25 gn (10…500 Hz) segundo IEC 68-2-6

Suportabilidade aos choques 50 gn segundo 68-2-27

Proteção contra choques elétricos Classe II segundo IEC 536 e NF C 20-030

Grau de proteção IP 65 segundo IEC 529; IP 653 segundo NF C 20-010

Vida mecânica (ciclos de manobras) 25 milhões 15 milhões 20 milhões

Esforço ou con- de acionamento 10 N 8N 0,15 N.m

jugado mínimo de ruptura positiva 30 N 25 N 0,23 N.m – 0,23 N.m –

Velocidade de ataque máxima 0,5 m/s 1,5 m/s

Aparelhos para ataque Frontal Por came 30° Qualquer mov.

Fidelidade 0,05 mm sobre os pontos de acionamento

Características de emprego c AC-15; A 300 ou Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A

Durabilidade elétrica (ver pág. 4) a DC-13; Q 300 ou Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A segundo IEC 947-5-1 Anexo A, EN 60 947-5-1

Tensão nominal de isolamento Ui = 500 V grau de poluição 3 segundo IEC 947-1, grupo C segundo NF C 20-040 e VDE 0110
Ui = 300 V segundo UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14

Tensão nominal de
suportabilidade aos choques U imp = 6 kV segundo IEC 947-1, IEC 664

Positividade Contatos à manobra positiva de abertura conforme IEC 947-5-1 Capítulo 3, EN 60 947-5-1

Resistência entre bornes ≤ 25 mΩ segundo NF C 93-050 método A ou IEC 255-7 categoria 3

Proteção contra curto-circuitos Fusível cartucho 10 A gG (gI) segundo IEC 947-5-1, VDE 0660-200

Entrada de cabos 1 entrada rosqueada para prensa-cabos PG 13,5 segundo NF C 68-300. Capacidade de aperto de 9 a 12 mm

Ligações Bornes com parafusos e estribos imperdíveis. Capac. de aperto mín.: 1 x 0,34 mm2, máx.: 2 x 2,5 mm2 conf. contato

26 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-S

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões

Colocação em funcionamento
Deslocamento do came XCK-S102
(A)

30°

deslocamento horizontal

Esquemas de funcionamento
XCK-S101 XCK-S102 XCK-S131, XCK-S141 XCK-S139, XCK-S149, XCK-S159
1,8 4,5(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 23° 58°(P) 23°
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
0 5,5mm 0 mm 0 80° 0 80°
0,9 1,5 11° 11°

Funcionamento dos contatos (A) = deslocamento do came

g fechado (P) = ponto de positividade
h aberto

Dimensões
XCK-S101 XCK-S102 XCK-S131 XCK-S139
57
55 10 Ø 50
16
6 39
4
16 Ø 10 Ø 12 Ø 22

54,5
76,5
41
63
50
37

Ø Ø Ø Ø

142,5
129
116
103

60
60

60
60

(1) 2xØ5,3 (1) 2xØ5,3 2xØ5,3 (1) 2xØ5,3

(1)

29,5 = 30 = 29,5 = 30 = 29,5 = 30 = 29,5 = 30 =

36 40 36 40 60 40 65 40

XCK-S141 XCK-S149 XCK-S159

58
53 Ø 50
10 51 24
6 45 Ø 19
45 ... 99,5

190 max.
67 ... 121,5
29,5...84

112 max.
51,5...106

(2)
132,5 ... 187,5

98 ... 280
117 ... 172

Ø Ø Ø
60
60

60

(1) 2xØ5,3 2xØ5,3 (1) 2xØ5,3

(1)

29,5 = 30 = 29,5 = 30 = 29,5 = 30 = (1) 1 furo rosqueado para

57 40 40 prensa-cabos PG 13,5
57 40 57
(2) haste Ø 6 comprimento 200 mm
Ø : 2 furos oblongos Ø 5,3 x 7,3

Te 27
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-S em plástico com dupla isolação
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50041

Subconjuntos adaptáveis

Corpos com contatos para cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo ou angular

Tipo Com bloco de contatos Esquema Positivi- Referência Peso
dade (1) kg

21
13
1 acionamento Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-S1 0,080
à ação brusca

22
14
(XES-P2151)

11

21
13

23
Bipolar 2 “NA + NF” – ZCK-S2 0,080
simultâneos à ação

12

22
14

24
brusca (XES-P3021)

21
13
Bipolar “NA + NF” de- ZCK-S5 0,080
fasados à ação depen-

22
14
dente (XEN-P2151)

Corpo com contatos e cabeçote com movimento angular com retorno (sem alavanca)
Tipo Com bloco de contatos Esquema Positivi- Referência Peso
dade (1) kg

11

21
13

23
2 acionamentos Bipolar 2 “NA + NF” de- – ZCK-S404 0,150
1 à direita e fasados à ação brusca
12

22
14

24
1 à esquerda (XES-P3031)

Cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo (com dispositivo de comando)

Dispositivo de comando Velocidade máxima Positivi- Referência Peso
de ataque dade (1) kg

Para ataque frontal

Pistão em aço 0,5 m/s ZCK-D01 0,030

Para ataque por came 30°

Pistão com roldana 0,5 m/s ZCK-D02 0,040

em aço

Cabeçotes com movimento angular (com dispositivo de comando)

Dispositivo de comando Velocidade de ata- Positivi- Referência Peso
que máxima dade (1) kg

Para ataque por qualquer móvel

Haste flexível com mola 1 m/s em todos – ZCK-D06 0,030

os sentidos

Haste com mola 1 m/s em todos – ZCK-D08 0,035

os sentidos

Cabeçote com movimento angular com retorno (sem dispositivo de comando)

Tipo Positivi- Referência Peso
dade (1) kg

Para ataque ZCK-D05 0,065

à direita e à esquerda
ou
à direita ou à esquerda

(1) : contato “NF” à manobra positiva de abertura ou cabeçote garantindo uma manobra positiva de abertura.

28 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-S em plástico com dupla isolação
Conforme a norma CENELEC EN 50041

Subconjuntos adaptáveis

Dispositivos de comando para cabeçotes com movimento angular

Descrição Positivi- Referencia Peso
dade (1) kg

Para ataque por came 30°

Alavanca em termoplástico ZCK-Y31 0,015

com roldana
ZCK-Y31 (2)
ZCK-Y39 em aço ZCK-Y33 0,025

com rolamento de esferas ZCK-Y34 0,020

em borracha Ø 50 mm – ZCK-Y39 0,020

Alavanca com em termoplástico ZCK-Y41 0,025

roldana de com-
primento variável
ZCK-Y41 ZCK-Y43 ZCK-Y49 (2) em aço ZCK-Y43 0,035

em borracha Ø 50 mm – ZCK-Y49 0,030

Para ataque por qualquer móvel

Haste em aço ZCK-Y54 0,020

quadrada (2)

Haste em fibra de vidro – ZCK-Y55 0,010

redonda (2)
ZCK-Y54 ZCK-Y55 ZCK-Y59
em poliamida – ZCK-Y59 0,020

Alavanca com mola (2) – ZCK-Y81 0,020

Haste metálica com mola (2) – ZCK-Y91 0,025

Blocos de contato
Tipo de contato Esquema Para corpos Positivi- Referência Peso
ZCK-Y81 ZCK-Y91
dade (1) kg

Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-S1 XES-P2151 0,020

21
13

à ação brusca
22
14

21
13

Bipolar “NA + NF” ZCK-S5 XEN-P2151 0,020

XES-P2151 defasados à ação
22
14

dependente
11

21
13

23

Bipolar 2 “NA + NF” ZCK-S2 – XES-P3021 0,045

simultâneos à
ação brusca
12

22
14

24

XEN-P2151
(1) : contato “NF” com manobra positiva de abertura ou subconjunto garantindo uma manobra positiva de abertura.
(2) Regulável sobre 360° de 5 em 5°, ou todos os 90° por retorno da rodela marcada.
(3) Regulável sobre 360° de 5 em 5°, ou todos os 45° por retorno da alavanca.

XES-P3021

Te 29
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-S
Subconjuntos adaptáveis

Colocação em funcionamento, dimensões

Colocação em funcionamento
Deslocamento do came Esquemas de funcionamento
Para cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo (A) Funcionamento dos contatos
g fechado
30° h aberto

(A) Deslocamento horizontal do came

(P) Ponto de positividade

Corpos + cabeçotes ZCK-S404

Ao repouso Acionamento à direita Acionamento à esquerda
20
11

21
13

23

11

21
13

23
11

21
13

23

20
°
12

22
14

24

12

22
14

24
12

22
14

24

Cabeçote ZCK-D01 com corpos Cabeçote ZCK-D02 com corpos

ZCK-S1 ZCK-S2 ZCK-S5 ZCK-S1 ZCK-S2 ZCK-S5
1,8 4,5(P) 1,8 1,8 3,2(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 3,1(A) 3,1(A) 5,6(P)
21-22 11-12 21-22 21-22 11-12 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 23-24 0 3 5,5 13-14 23-24 0 5,2 mm
0 5,5 0 5,5 mm 0 mm 0 mm
0,9 mm 0,9 mm 1,5 1,5

Cabeçote ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y31,Y33, Y34, Cabeçote ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y39, Y49, Y55, Y59,
Y41, Y54 com corpos Y81, Y91 com corpos
ZCK-S1 ZCK-S2 ZCK-S5 ZCK-S1 ZCK-S2 ZCK-S5
23° 58°(P) 23° 23° 42°(P) 21-22
23° 23° 23°
21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
13-14 21-22 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 23-24 0 33° 80° 13-14 23-24 0 33° 80°
0 80° 0 80° 0 80° 0 80°
11° 11° 11° 11°

Cabeçote ZCK-D05 com corpos Cabeçotes ZCK-D06, D08 com corpos

(Positividade assegurada somente com um dispositivo de comando ) ZCK-S1 ZCK-S2 ZCK-S5
ZCK-S1 ZCK-S2 ZCK-S5
23° 58°(P) 23° 23° 42°(P) 30° 30° 30°
21-22 11-12 21-22 21-22 11-12 21-22
13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14
21-22 21-22 21-22 21-22
13-14 23-24 0 33° 80° 13-14 23-24 0 40°
0 80° 0 80° 0 0
11° 11° 14° 14°

Dimensões
Corpos com contatos
ZCK-S1, S2, S5 ZCK-S404
6,5

33
10

Ø Ø
98,5
72,5

60

60

2xØ5,3 2xØ5,3
(1) (1)

29,5 = 30 = 29,5 = 30 =
36 40 57 40

(1) 1 furo rosqueado para prensa-cabos PG 13,5

Ø 2 furos oblongos 5,2 x 6,2

30 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XCK-S
Subconjuntos adaptáveis

Dimensões

Cabeçotes com movimento retilíneo Cabeçotes com movimento angular multidireções

ZCK-D01 ZCK-D02 ZCK-D06 ZCK-D08
16 Ø2
16 Ø6
16
4 Ø12
16 Ø10

131
144
50
37

Cabeçotes com movimento angular

ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y31, Y33, Y34 ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y39
57
55 10 Ø50
6 39 Ø22

54,5
76,5
41
63

60 65

ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y41 ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y49

57
53 10 Ø50
6 45 Ø19
45 ... 99,5
29,5 ... 84

67 ... 121,5
51,5 ... 106

57 65

ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y54, Y55, Y59

48,5 24
(2)

(1)
(3)

ZCK- (1) haste (2) (3)

Y54 u 3, L = 125 115 máx. 137 máx.
Y55 Ø 3, L = 125 115 máx. 137 máx.
57 Y59 Ø 6, L = 200 190 máx. 212 máx.

ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y81 ZCK-D05 + ZCK-Y91

5 53
5 53

Ø3
179
113,5

Ø8

Te 31
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XC1-Z

Características gerais

Generalidades

Conformidade às normas IEC 337-1, NF C63-140, VDE 0660 parte 2, CSA C22-2 no 14

Certificações dos produtos Em execução normal: ASE, CSA 600V (AC) HD (DC), SD, NEMKO, BV

Temperatura ambiente Para funcionamento: - 25…+ 70°C. Para estocagem: - 40…+ 70°C

Altitude de utilização < 3000 m

Posições de funcionamento Todas as posições

Suportabilidade às vibrações XC1-ZP2005: 25 gn (10…500 Hz) segundo IEC 68-2-6

Suportabilidade aos choques 110 g, segundo IEC 68-2-27(1/2 ciclo, duração 11 ms)

Vida mecânica 20 milhões de ciclos de manobras

Características dos elementos de contato

Corrente nominal térmica 10 A segundo IEC 337-1, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660-200, CSA C22-2 no 14

Tensão nominal de isolação 500 Vca e 600 Vcc segundo IEC 158-1, NF C 20-040, VDE 0110

600 Vca e 600Vcc segundo CSA C22-2 no 14

Categoria de isolação Grupo D, segundo NF C 20-040 e VDE 0110

Resistência entre bornes ≤ 25 mΩ

Funcionamento dos contatos 1 NA + NF à ação brusca

Esforços mínimos para acionamento XC1-ZP2005 = 0.36 daN; XC1-ZP2105,ZP2205 = 0,28 daN; XC1-ZP2905 = 0.65 daN

Fidelidade 0,01 mm sobre os pontos de acionamento

Numeração dos bornes Segundo CENELEC EN 50013

Proteção contra curtos-circuitos Fusível cartucho 10 A g1 ou N segundo IEC 337-1 e VDE 0660-200

Ligações Bornes com parafusos e estribos imperdíveis. Capac. de aperto mín.: 2x1,5 mm2 ou 1x2,5 mm2

Poder de abertura e fechamento Corrente alternada c (AC) 50-60 Hz Corrente contínua a (DC)
Segundo IEC 337-1 Potência interrompida em kVA Potência interrompida em W
VDE 0660 parte 2 Para 50 manobras Para 20 manobras

Tensão V 12 24 48 127 220 380 500 12 24 48 110 220 440 600

0,56 1,7 5 11 18 25 28 400 290 240 210 190 182 178

Potência de emprego Corrente alternada c (AC) 50-60 Hz Corrente contínua a (DC)

Segundo IEC 337-1 Potência interrompida em VA Potência interrompida em W
Categoria de emprego AC11 e DC11
Tensão V 12 24 48 127 220 380 500 12 24 48 110 220 440 600

Freqüência 3600 manobras/hora Para 1 milhão p - - 400 1200 1300 1400 1400 - - 110 95 80 45 30
Fator de marcha 0,5 de manobras é - - 480 1270 2000 2000 2000 - - 130 110 95 65 45

Para 3 milhões p - - 400 700 750 800 750 - - 110 95 80 45 30

de manobras é - - 480 1050 1150 1200 1200 - - 130 110 95 65 45

Para 10 milhões p - - 120 180 200 200 200 - - 35 30 20 7,5 4,5

de manobras é - - 180 270 290 300 300 - - 85 80 60 33 23

32 Te
Interruptores de posição
Tipo XC1-Z

Interruptores fim de curso pequenas dimensões

Descrição Tipo Esquema Funcionamento Referência Peso
kg

3
1,8
Pequenas Pistão simples 1-2
3-4
ZC1-ZP2005 0,030
dimensões 1-2
3-4
Aparelhos completos 0 1,3 3mm

4
1 contato “NA + NF”

3
2,8
à ação brusca Lâmina com roldana 1-2
3-4
ZC1-ZP2105 0,040
1-2
Ataque à esquerda 3-4
Funcionamento 0 1,6 6mm

4
dos contatos

3
2,8
g Fechado Lâmina com roldana 1-2
3-4
ZC1-ZP2205 0,040
h Aberto Ataque à direita 1-2
3-4
0 1,6 6mm

4
1

3
1,8
Lâmina simples 1-2
3-4
ZC1-ZP2905 0,035
Ataque nos 2 sentidos 1-2
3-4
0 1,3 3mm

4
Interruptores fim de curso especiais para “serviço pesado”
Descrição Tipo Contatos Referência Peso
kg

Circuitos Pistão 1NA + 1NF XC1-BC13 1,190

de comando de topo 2NA XC1-BC16 1,190
In = 10 A 2NF XC1-BC17 1,190
Vmáx. = 500 V c; 3 contatos (qualquer XC1-BC18 1,190
600 V a composição NA ou NF)

Aplicação em Pistão 1NA + 1NF XC1-BC23 1,190

pontes rolantes, com roldana 2NA XC1-BC26 1,190
transportadores 2NF XC1-BC27 1,190
e outros. 3 contatos (qualquer XC1-BC28 1,190
composição NA ou NF)
Alavanca 1NA + 1NF XC1-BC73 1,550
com roldana 2NA XC1-BC76 1,550
reforçada 2NF XC1-BC77 1,550
3 contatos (qualquer XC1-BC78 1,550
composição NA ou NF)
Roldana 1NA + 1NF XC1-BD43 7,000
reforçada 2NA XC1-BD46 7,000
para serviço 2NF XC1-BD47 7,000
extremamente 3 contatos (qualquer XC1-BD48 7,000
pesado composição NA ou NF)

Interruptores fim de curso especiais para “serviço pesado”

Descrição Tipo Contatos Tipo de Referência Peso
ataque kg

Circuitos Lira 1 “NA + NF” Vertical XF1-BA11 8,600

de comando Horizontal XF1-BA31 8,600
In = 5 A
Vmáx. = 500 V c; 2 “NA + NF” Vertical XF1-BA12 10,000
600 V a Horizontal XF1-BA32 10,000

Contatos a Alavanca 1 “NA + NF” Vertical XF1-BC11 8,700

ponto comum com roldana 2 “NA + NF” por cima XF1-BC12 10,100
e ação brusca e com retorno
1 “NA + NF” Vertical XF1-BC21 8,700
2 “NA + NF” por baixo XF1-BC22 10,100

1 “NA + NF” Horizontal XF1-BC31 8,700

2 “NA + NF” à esquerda XF1-BC32 10,100

1 “NA + NF” Horizontal XF1-BC41 8,700

2 “NA + NF” à direita XF1-BC42 10,100
Outras realizações: alavanca com roldana e posição mantida (ataque vertical ou horizontal).

Te 33
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XC1-Z

Interruptores fim de curso para circuitos de força

Descrição Corrente de Tipo Referência Peso
emprego kg

Circuitos Alavanca com 80 A Bipolar XF8-FB21ii 12,000

de força contrapeso Tripolar XF8-FB31ii 13,000
até 500 V c para ataque Tetrapolar XF8-FB41ii 13,900
na vertical,
com rearme
automático 200 A Bipolar XF8-GB21ii 15,000
Tripolar XF8-GB31ii 17,100
Tetrapolar XF8-GB41ii 19,000

300 A Bipolar XF8-HB21ii 21,500

Tripolar XF8-HB31ii 25,700
Tetrapolar XF8-HB41ii 29,000

Obs.: Completar os pontos (ii) da referência com a quantidade de contatos auxiliares necessários, respectivamente NA
e NF, conforme abaixo:
0 = sem contato
1 = com 1 contato
2 = com 2 contatos.

34 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XC1-Z, XF8

Dimensões
Pequenas dimensões
XC1-ZP2005 XC1-ZP2105

10,5 11 3 Ø12
= 25 =
Ø6
3,5

7,5

Ø4,2

21,5
49
25,5
35

31,5
27,5

22* 45

* 21 mm sem protetor de bornes

XC1-ZP2905 (1) XC1-ZP2205

11 Ø12 28
10,5 12,5 12,5

21,5
49
30,5
35

30,5
7,5

Mesma fixação que XC1-ZP2005.

Especiais
XF8-FB21, FB31, FB41
XF8-GB21, GB31, GB41
XF8-HB21, HB31, HB41

Ângulo mínimo
para desligamento
α = 10°
9

Ângulo máximo
para abertura
β = 18°
A
I
H
α
B

32
C

J
59

D E
F 560
15 G 15

Corrente Tipo A B C D E F G H I J
de emprego
80 A Bipolar 260 215 124 90 158 248 300 237 165 36
Tripolar 260 215 124 90 158 248 300 237 165 36
Tetrapolar 260 215 124 90 158 248 300 237 205 36
200 A Bipolar 292 223 133 112 168 280 318 272 190 41
Tripolar 292 223 133 112 168 280 318 322 240 41
Tetrapolar 292 223 133 112 168 280 318 372 290 41
300 A Bipolar 356 264 141 139 205 344 386 373 285 44
Tripolar 356 264 141 139 205 344 386 448 360 44
Tetrapolar 356 264 141 139 205 344 386 480 392 44

Te 35
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XC1-BC, XC1-BD

Dimensões
XC1-BC13, BC16, BC17, BC18 XC1-BC23, BC26, BC27, BC28 XC1-BC73, BC76, BC77, BC78

Ø25 Ø28 64
14 9
15° 30° 30° 15° 15° 30° 45° 30°
9
12
35

curso 8

55

curso 11
curso 8

12

75
9

12
118

50

118

118
71

50
A B

71
A B

50
71
A B
45 45
110 45 45
110 45 45
12

12 110
21
26

21
56

26
56

21
24

35

56
Força para atuar os contatos: 3,5 kg. Força para atuar os contatos: 3,5 kg. Força para atuar os contatos: 2,5 kg.

* Peça suplementar de 8 mm de altura para o contato tripolar. A e B são as possíveis posições para o prensa-cabo.
Entrada de cabos 2 furos rosqueados de 1/2" gás.

XC1-BD43, BD46, BD47, BD48

59 30 44 231
37 16 199 16
10
195

curso 15

30°15° 15°30°
22 Ø50
61 B A
133 133 60

Ataque no sentido “B” Ataque no sentido “A”

- para 0,5 m/s ângulo: 30° - para 0,5 m/s ângulo: 30°
- para 1,0 m/s ângulo: 15° - para 1,0 m/s ângulo: 15°

Força para atuar os contatos: 15 kg.

A montagem deverá ser feita conforme a figura, isto é, o rodízio sempre na parte inferior.

36 Te
 Interruptores de posição
Tipo XF1-BC, XF1-BA

Dimensões
XF1-BC11, BC21, BC31, BC41
XF1-BC12, BC22, BC32, BC42

Velocidade de ataque
do came de 30°: 1,5 m/s.
calço e mola para ataque por baixo
calço e mola para ataque por cima
A 156
B C
40
R=1

137
97
166,5

por baixo
69,5

2 furos 13 x 11 por cima

137

35 141 69
38
15 210 15
240
53
roldana Ø32 largura 15

A B C
1 contato 146 72 74
2 contatos 189 72 117

XF1-BA11, BA31
XF1-BA12, BA32

Ataque vertical Ataque horizontal

110 máx.
85 máx.

roldana de ataque Ø 55 máx. A

128 B C 117
2 furos para CM12 ou
tubo de Ø13
117

59,5
166,5

17,5 30
60°
69,5

107

128

141 69 35 2 furos13 X 11
15 210 15 34 22,5
240

A B C
1 contato 175 58 117
2 contatos 132 58 74

Te 37
A Schneider, cada vez mais próxima de seus clientes,
coloca à sua disposição todos os endereços para que você possa
tirar dúvidas, fazer sugestões ou obter quaisquer informações.
Ligue-nos.Teremos o maior prazer em falar com você.

para contatos comerciais

SÃO PAULO - SP - Av. das Nações Unidas, 23.223 - CEP 04795-907 CURITIBA - PR - Av. Victor Ferreira do Amaral, 664 - Tarumã -
Tel.: (0_ _11) 524-5233 - Fax: (0_ _11) 522-4354 CEP 82530-230 - Tel.: (0_ _41) 262-1714 - Fax: (0_ _41) 262-6520

SUMARÉ - SP - Av. da Saudade s/nº - CEP 13171-320 PORTO ALEGRE - RS - Av. França, 1292 - CEP 90230-220
Tel.: (0_ _19) 873-9898 - Fax: (0_ _19) 873-9483 Tels.: (0_ _51) 342-2512/2655/2306 - Fax: (0_ _51) 342-8897

SÃO JOSÉ DOS CAMPOS - SP - Rua Bertolino Cesário dos Santos, 6 RECIFE - PE - Rua Conde de Irajá, 162 - Torre - CEP 50710-310
C.25 - CEP 12233-180 - Tel.: (0_ _12) 336-2581 Tel.: (0_ _81) 445-3266 - Fax: (0_ _81) 445-1499

RIO DE JANEIRO - RJ - Rua Gildásio Amado, 55 - Edifício Empresarial SALVADOR - BA - Av. Tancredo Neves s/nº - Centro Empresarial Iguatemi I
Centro da Barra, 10º andar, salas 1.001 a 1.005 - CEP 22631-020 Bloco A, salas 103 e 104 - Pituba - CEP 41820-021
Tel.: (0_ _21) 494-2600 - Fax: (0_ _21) 493-1829 Tel.: (0_ _71) 358-4955 - Fax: (0_ _71) 358-4956

BELO HORIZONTE - MG - Rua Anhanguera, 309 - Horto - CEP 31015-090

Tel.: (0_ _31) 481-1633 - Fax: (0_ _31) 481-1655

FILIAL SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC ALTA TENSÃO - SP

Rua Gomes de Carvalho, 1306 - 3º - Cj. 31/32 - V. Olímpia - CEP 04547-005 REPRESENTANTE / DISTRIBUIDOR
São Paulo - SP - Tel.: (0_ _11) 3040-5200 - Fax: (0_ _11) 3040-5299

para serviços 24 horas

Assistência Schneider Service

Fone “hot line”: 0800 169 110
e-mail: service.br@schneider.com.br

fábricas Schneider Electric Brasil S.A.

MATRIZ / CENTRO DE DISTRIBUIÇÃO

SÃO PAULO - SP: Av. das Nações Unidas, 23.223 - CEP 04795-907
CGC: 82.743.287/0001-04 IE: 103.910.550.116

UNIDADES

SÃO PAULO / SP: Rua Carmo do Rio Verde, 219 - Várzea de Baixo - CEP 04729-010
CGC: 82.743.287/0010-03 IE: 109.567.315.118

SUMARÉ / SP: Av. da Saudade s/nº - Frutal - CEP 13171-320

CGC: 82.743.287/0008-80 IE: 671.008.375.110

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC ALTA TENSÃO:

MATRIZ
ITAJAÍ / SC: Rod. BR 101 km 118 - 3º Dist. Ind. - Cordeiros - CEP 88311-551
CGC: 02.872.412/0001-47 IE: 250.214.032

As informações contidas neste documento estão sujeitas a alterações técnicas sem prévio aviso. C.077.00.08/99
 consistec

consistec
soluções em temperatura

A EMPRESA MISSÃO
A Consistec trabalha sob o conceito de compro- Manter a Consistec como a melhor prestadora de
metimento total com o cliente, se iniciando no momen- serviços em termometria. Aperfeiçoar tecnologicamente
to da especificação do produto, que atenda os requisi- seus produtos e suas condições comerciais.
tos de cada processo com a melhor relação de custo/
durabilidade, até o pós-venda e assistência técnica . POLÍTICA DE QUALIDADE
Atendendo o mercado de Termometria desde 1982,
a Consistec hoje atua em todo o Brasil e inicia seus ne- Atender as expectativas a necessidades de nos-
gócios no Mercosul. Sempre com a visão de continua- sos clientes.
mente melhorar seus produtos e serviços, satisfazendo Buscar a melhoria contínua do nosso sistema da
o cliente em toda a abrangência comercial e técnica. qualidade.
A equipe técnica da Consistec mantém contato Qualificar continuamente nossos colaboradores.
constante com os principais pólos mundiais de tecnolo-
Aprimorar a parceria com os nossos fornecedores.
gia para oferecer continuamente a seus parceiros/clien-
tes o estado da arte em Termometria.
Apesar de haver alcançado a excelência na produ-
ção de sensores de temperatura, a agilidade de entrega
ainda é característica peculiar da Consistec, podendo,
com qualidade e honestidade, atender às possíveis ur-
gências de seus clientes.

CONSISTEC 03
índice

A EMPRESA E NOSSA MISSÃO.......................................................................................................................................3

TEMPERATURA
Definição de Temperatura e Escala de Temperatura............................................................................................7
Escala Internacional de Temperatura de 1990 (ITS-90)........................................................................................7
TERMOPARES
Efeito Termoelétrico............................................................................................................................................8
Efeito Seebeck...................................................................................................................................................8
Lei do Circuito Homogêneo................................................................................................................................8
Lei das Temperaturas Intermediárias...................................................................................................................9
Lei dos Materiais Intermediários..........................................................................................................................9
Associação de Termopares...............................................................................................................................10
Associação de Termopares em Série................................................................................................................10
Associação de Termopares em Oposição.........................................................................................................10
Associação em Paralelo...................................................................................................................................10
Efeito Peltier......................................................................................................................................................10
Tipos de Termopares........................................................................................................................................11
Termopar tipo T (Cobre - Constantan)...............................................................................................................11
Termopar tipo J (Ferro - Constantan).................................................................................................................11
Termopar tipo E (Cromel - Constantan).............................................................................................................11
Termopar tipo K (Cromel - Alumel).....................................................................................................................12
Termopar tipo N (Nicrosil - Nisil)........................................................................................................................12
Termopar tipo S................................................................................................................................................12
Termopar tipo R................................................................................................................................................12
Termopar tipo B................................................................................................................................................12
Montagem de Termopares................................................................................................................................12
Termopar Convencional....................................................................................................................................13
Termopar com Isolação Mineral........................................................................................................................13
Resistência de isolação....................................................................................................................................14
Efeito de Instalação..........................................................................................................................................14
Informações relativas à medição de temperatura com termopares....................................................................15
Conteúdo...............................................................................................................................................15
Mudança da Força Eletromotriz Devido à Interfusão...............................................................................15
Mudança da Força Eletromotriz Devido à Evaporação Seletiva...............................................................15
Mudança da Força Eletromotriz Devido às Influências do Ambiente........................................................16
Efeitos em Atmosferas Oxidantes...........................................................................................................16
Efeitos em Atmosferas Neutras..............................................................................................................17
Efeitos em Atmosferas Redutoras...........................................................................................................17
Utilização em Aplicações Sujeitas a Choque Térmico, Corrosão e Erosão...............................................17
Tabela de Propriedades Físicas..............................................................................................................18
Classes de tolerância para os termopares..............................................................................................18
Termopar Convencional - Desenhos e Descrições............................................................................................19
Termopar Isolação Mineral - Desenhos e Descrições.........................................................................................20
Termopar Isolação Mineral com Poço - Desenhos e Descrições........................................................................22
Termopar Convencional com Poço - Desenhos e Descrições............................................................................24
Sensor..............................................................................................................................................................25
Rabicho...........................................................................................................................................................26
Poço Termométrico..........................................................................................................................................27
Terminais de Ligação........................................................................................................................................28
TERMORESISTÊNCIAS
Princípio de Funcionamento.............................................................................................................................29
Termômetro de Resistência de Platina..............................................................................................................29
Termômetro de Resistência de Platina Padrão (TRPP).......................................................................................29
Termômetro de Resistência de Platina Industrial (TRPI)......................................................................................29
Tolerância em Termômetros de Resistência de Platina Industrial........................................................................29
Tipos de Bulbos...............................................................................................................................................30
Histerése..........................................................................................................................................................30
Profundidade de Imersão.................................................................................................................................30
Temperatura de Trabalho / Vibração.................................................................................................................30
Tipos de Montagem.........................................................................................................................................30
Sistemas de Ligação do Elemento Sensor........................................................................................................30

04 CONSISTEC
 índice

Ligação a Dois Fios..........................................................................................................................................31

Ligação a Três Fios...........................................................................................................................................31
Ligação a Quatro Fios.......................................................................................................................................31
Montagem Convencional..................................................................................................................................31
Montagem em Cabo de Isolação Mineral..........................................................................................................31
Resistência ao Isolamento (NBR 13773:1997)..................................................................................................31
Termoresistência Convencional - Desenhos e Descrições.................................................................................32
Termoresistência Isolação Mineral - Desenhos e Descrições.............................................................................34
Termoresistência Isolação Mineral com Poço - Desenhos e Descrições.............................................................36
Termoresistência Convencional com Poço - Desenhos e Descrições................................................................38
Sensor..............................................................................................................................................................40
Rabicho...........................................................................................................................................................41
Poço Termométrico..........................................................................................................................................42
Terminais de Ligação........................................................................................................................................43
TERMOSONDAS............................................................................................................................................................44
FIOS E CABOS
Fios e Cabos de Extensão e Compensação......................................................................................................46
Inversões nas Ligações dos Cabos de Extensão/Compensação.......................................................................47
Inversão Simples..............................................................................................................................................47
Inversão Dupla.................................................................................................................................................47
Isolações..........................................................................................................................................................48
Condutores para Termoresistências e Cabos de Sinal.......................................................................................48
Fios e Cabos....................................................................................................................................................49
Normas de Identificação (Código de Cores)......................................................................................................50
POÇOS TERMOMÉTRICOS E TUBOS DE PROTEÇÃO
Definição..........................................................................................................................................................51
Tipos Construtivos...........................................................................................................................................51
Material do Poço Termométrico........................................................................................................................51
Ensaios............................................................................................................................................................51
Proteções (ASTM - Manual 12).........................................................................................................................52
Desenhos e Descrições....................................................................................................................................54
Tabela de Especificação...................................................................................................................................56
ACESSÓRIOS
Abertura...........................................................................................................................................................57
Cabeçotes de Ligação......................................................................................................................................58
Blocos de Ligação............................................................................................................................................65
Conectores para Termopares...........................................................................................................................66
Conectores para Termoresistências..................................................................................................................67
Conectores Herméticos....................................................................................................................................68
Tubos Cerâmicos.............................................................................................................................................69
Capilares Cerâmicos........................................................................................................................................69
Isoladores Cerâmicos.......................................................................................................................................70
Missangas Cerâmicas......................................................................................................................................70
Fios Nús Para Termopares................................................................................................................................71
SERVIÇOS
Calibração e Aferição........................................................................................................................................72
Laboratório de Termometria..............................................................................................................................73
Engenharia de Aplicação..................................................................................................................................74
TABELAS DE REFERÊNCIAS
Termopar - J.....................................................................................................................................................76
Termopar - E....................................................................................................................................................78
Termopar - K....................................................................................................................................................80
Termopar - N....................................................................................................................................................83
Termopar - T.....................................................................................................................................................86
Termopar - B....................................................................................................................................................87
Termopar - S....................................................................................................................................................90
Termopar - R....................................................................................................................................................93
Termoresistência - PT-100.Ohms......................................................................................................................96
Termoresistência - Cu-10 Ohms.......................................................................................................................98

CONSISTEC 05

DEFINIÇÃO DE TEMPERATURA
E ESCALA DE TEMPERATURA
Uma grandeza física é definida com o objetivo de ca-
racterizar uma propriedade da matéria de forma quanti-
tativa, isto é, atribuindo um valor numérico, permitindo
desta forma avaliar de forma objetiva a propriedade em
questão. Por exemplo, para caracterizar as dimensões
de um corpo, definiu-se uma grandeza física denomina-
da comprimento, e para se medir o comprimento defi-
ne-se uma unidade, que no Sistema Internacional é o
metro. O valor numérico do comprimento é obtido com-
parando-se o comprimento do corpo com o compri-
mento de referência, ou seja, com o metro.
De forma análoga, foi necessário definir uma grandeza
física que permitisse avaliar a energia interna de um corpo,
isto é, a energia que um corpo possui na forma de agita-
ção molecular, e a essa grandeza deu-se o nome de tem-
peratura termodinâmica ou simplesmente temperatura,
como acabou sendo conhecida na linguagem cotidiana.
Um dado importante é que certos fenômenos ocorrem
sempre à mesma temperatura. Como exemplos desses
fenômenos pode-se citar:
a) mudança de fase de uma substância pura à pres-
são atmosférica;
b) equilíbrio entre as fases sólida, líquida e gasosa de
uma substância pura, denominado ponto triplo;
A temperatura termodinâmica é usualmente repre-
sentada por "T" e sua unidade é o Kelvin, com símbolo
"K". A unidade de temperatura termodinâmica é defini-
da como a fração 1/273,16 da temperatura termo-
dinâmica do ponto triplo da água.
0 273,16
ZERO ABSOLUTO PONTO TRIPLO
DA ÁGUA
Escala Termodinâmica de Temperatura
Uma questão que surge naturalmente é como, a par-
tir da definição da escala termodinâmica de temperatu-
ra, é possível atribuir valores numéricos às temperaturas
que caracterizam outros fenômenos ou situações físi-
cas. Para responder a esta questão é necessário deta-
lhar como se mede temperatura.
A partir da definição de temperatura termodinâmica,
grandeza associada ao nível de agitação molecular de
um corpo, torna-se evidente que não é possível medir
temperatura a partir da agitação molecular. No entanto
existem outras grandezas que caracterizam um corpo
cujo valor depende da temperatura, e são propriedades
passíveis de serem medidas com precisão. Por exem-
plo, uma barra metálica delgada tem várias grandezas
dependentes da temperatura tais como: comprimento,
seção transversal, densidade, resistência elétrica, etc...
temperatura
É possível escolher materiais ou substâncias nos quais
uma dessas grandezas seja muito mais sensível à tem-
peratura do que as demais, isto é, varie muito mais do
que as outras, e esta grandeza pode ser eleita como
grandeza termométrica. Desta forma é possível associar
a cada valor de temperatura um valor da grandeza ter-
mométrica. Um termômetro ou sensor de temperatura
nada mais é do que um equipamento, material ou subs-
tância que tem uma grandeza termométrica conhecida.
Com um termômetro para o qual se conhece a de-
pendência de sua grandeza termométrica com a tem-
peratura, é possível determinar todos os valores de tem-
peratura da escala termodinâmica. Outro dado impor-
tante no estabelecimento da escala termodinâmica de
temperatura é que foi possível estabelecer outras tem-
peraturas de referência, além da que caracteriza o pon-
to triplo da água (273,16 K), temperaturas estas rela-
cionadas a outros fenômenos físicos capazes de serem
reproduzidos com grande exatidão. Esses fenômenos
são transições de fase (mais conhecidas como mudança
de estado) de substâncias puras, além do ponto triplo
de outras substâncias, que recebem a denominação de
pontos fixos da escala termodinâmica de temperatura.
ESCALA INTERNACIONAL
DE TEMPERATURA DE 1990 (ITS-90)
Com base no que foi exposto acima, a escala ter-
modinâmica de temperatura pode ser estabelecida a
partir de um conjunto de pontos fixos e sensores de
temperatura de referência, denominados padrões de in-
terpolação da escala termodinâmica de temperatura.
Esta escala de temperatura é adotada internacional-
mente, embora sejam utilizadas usualmente outras es-
calas (Celsius, Fahrenheit, Rankine).
Foram estabelecidas ao longo do tempo várias ver-
sões da escala termodinâmica de temperatura, como
conseqüência do desenvolvimento tecnológico que per-
mitiu medições cada vez mais precisas. A última versão
foi adotada em 1990 pelo Bureau International de Poids
et Mesures (BIPM), sendo denominada Escala Interna-
cional de Temperatura de 1990 (ITS-90), sendo a que
apresenta melhor concordância com a escala termo-
dinâmica de temperatura. A figura abaixo apresenta a
ITS-90, com alguns dos seus pontos fixos e os sen-
sores de interpolação adotados nos vários intervalos.
T90/0C
TERMÔMETRO DE RADIÇÃO
961,78 Ag - FP
419,527 Zn - FP
TERMÔMETRO DE RESISTÊNCIA
0,01 H2O - TP DE PLATINA
-248,5939 Ne - TP
TERMÔMETRO A GÁS
-259,3467 eH2 - TP TP - Ponto Triplo
FP - Ponto de Solidificação
Faixas da ITS-90 e os padrões de interpolação
CONSISTEC 07
termopares
EFEITO TERMOELÉTRICO
Quando um condutor metálico é submetido à uma di-
ferença de temperatura entre suas extremidades surge
uma força eletromotriz (f.e.m.), cujo valor não excede
usualmente a ordem de grandeza de milivolts, em de-
corrência da redistribuição dos elétrons no condutor,
quando os mesmos são submetidos a um gradiente de
temperatura. A figura abaixo representa esquematica-
mente o fenômeno.
T1 DEFICIÊNCIA EXCESSO
DE ELÉTRONS DE ELÉTRONS
(T1 > T2)
E(mV)
O valor da f.e.m. depende da natureza do material e
do gradiente de temperatura entre suas extremidades.
No caso de um material homogêneo o valor da f.e.m.
não depende da distribuição de temperatura ao longo
do condutor, mas sim, como dito anteriormente, da
diferença de temperatura entre suas extremidades.
O fenômeno acima descrito é básico para o entendi-
mento da termoeletricidade e sua aplicação na medição
de temperatura.
EFEITO SEEBECK
Historicamente, o efeito Seebeck foi o primeiro efeito
termoelétrico observado, apesar do mesmo ser uma
decorrência do efeito apresentado anteriormente.
Consideremos dois metais denominados generica-
mente "A" e "B" submetidos à mesma diferença de tem-
peratura entre suas extremidades. Em cada um deles
surgirá uma força eletromotriz, conforme figura abaixo:
A B
T1 T2 T1
EA(T1 - T2) EB(T1 - T2)
(T1 > T2)
Verificou-se que quando os metais são unidos em
uma das suas extremidades, conforme a figura abaixo,
mede-se uma força eletromotriz entre as extremidades
separadas cujo valor corresponde à diferença entre os
valores da f.e.m. que surge em cada um dos metais.
A (+) T2
T1 EAB(T1 - T2) = EA(T1 - T2) - EB(T1 - T2)
T2
B (-)
Este fenômeno é conhecido como Efeito Seebeck e
a configuração acima corresponde ao sensor de
08 CONSISTEC
temperatura conhecido como termopar ou par ter-
moelétrico. Os elementos "A" e "B" que constituem o
termopar são denominados termoelementos e, em
função da polaridade da força eletromotriz EAB, "A" é o
termoelemento positivo e "B" o termoelemento negativo
do termopar "AB". Na configuração de um termopar a
extremidade em que se faz a união dos termoelementos
é denominada junção de medição, enquanto a outra é
denominada junção de referência. Se a temperatura da
junção de referência for fixada em 0°C, então o valor da
f.e.m. dependerá somente da temperatura da junção de
T2 medição "T1", estabelecendo a relação T  EAB(T). O
conhecimento desta relação permite utilizar o termopar
como um sensor de temperatura.
Uma vez que o valor da f.e.m. gerada por um ter-
mopar depende da natureza dos termoelementos que o
compõem, é interessante definir uma grandeza física
que caracterize a f.e.m. gerada por uma combinação
específica de termoelementos. Esta grandeza recebe o
nome de Potência Termoelétrica ou Coeficiente de
Seebeck, definida como:
EAB (T)
SAB(T)=
T
A unidade do coeficiente de Seebeck é mV/°C, e a
informação que ele fornece se refere à sensibilidade do
termopar, isto é, qual o valor da variação da força eletro-
motriz de um termopar quando o gradiente de tempe-
ratura ao qual ele está submetido varia.
LEI DO CIRCUITO HOMOGÊNEO
Esta lei ressalta o fato que, se o termopar é formado
por termoelementos homogêneos, o valor da força ele-
tromotriz gerada depende somente da diferença de tem-
peratura entre a junção de medição e a junção de refe-
rência. Esta informação já foi citada anteriormente, no
T2 entanto ela é novamente apresentada para ressaltar que:
a) o valor da força eletromotriz não depende do com-
primento do termopar;
b) O valor da força eletromotriz não depende do
diâmetro dos termoelementos que compõem o ter-
mopar;
c) O valor da força eletromotriz não depende da dis-
tribuição de temperatura ao longo do termopar;
No entanto, como decorrência da utilização do ter-
mopar na medição da temperatura de um processo, é
muito frequente que com o tempo o termopar passe a
apresentar inomogeneidades, tendo como consequência:
a) O valor da força eletromotriz se altera (supondo
que a temperatura do processo se mantenha cons-
tante), passando a depender, inclusive, do perfil da
temperatura ao longo do termopar;
b) Um termopar com termoelementos de diâmetros
menores torna-se inomogêneo mais rapidamente e de
forma bem intensa em altas temperaturas;
 termopares

LEI DAS TEMPERATURAS INTERMEDIÁRIAS T1 A T2

A T2

C EAB(T1-T2)

T1 EAB(T1-T2)

T1 B T2

B T2
T3 C T3
A T2

A T3

T1 EAB(T1-T2)

T2 EAB(T2-T3)

B T2

B T3

T2 C T2
A
A T3

T1 EAB(T1-T2)
T1 EAB(T1-T3) = EAB(T1-T2) + EAB(T2-T3)

B T2 C T2
B T3

A segunda lei aqui apresentada mostra uma proprie- As configurações acima mostram que a inserção de
dade adicional da força eletromotriz termoelétrica em um material "C" no termopar "AB" não altera o valor da
relação à diferença de temperatura entre suas extremi- força eletromotriz gerada pelo termopar, desde que não
dades. Uma aplicação imediata desta lei é permitir que haja diferença de temperatura entre as extremidades de
o valor da força eletromotriz termoelétrica dependa uni- contato do material "C" com o termopar.
camente da temperatura da junção de medição, com a Situação 2:
A T2
junção de referência a 0°C. Usualmente a junção de
referência encontra-se à temperatura ambiente, e não é
nada prático querer mantê-la a 0°C como, por exemplo,
em um banho de gelo, estando o termopar numa plan- T1 EAC(T1-T2)
ta industrial. No entanto é possível contornar essa difi-
culdade utilizando uma compensação da temperatura
ambiente, que nada mais é do que acrescentar ao sinal C T2
do termopar uma força eletromotriz com valor corres-
pondente àquele que o termopar geraria com sua jun-
B T2
ção de medição à temperatura ambiente e sua junção
de referência a 0°C, ou seja:
EAB (T) = EAB (T - 0°C) = EAB (T - TAMBIENTE) + EAB (TAMBIENTE - 0°C)
T1 EBC(T1-T2)

LEI DOS MATERIAIS INTERMEDIÁRIOS

Esta terceira lei será apresentada evidenciando duas C T2
situações muito importantes.
Situação 1: A T2
A T2

T1 EAB(T1-T2) T1 EAB(T1-T2) = EAC(T1-T2) - EBC(T1-T2)

B T2 B T2

CONSISTEC 09
termopares

As figuras acima apresentam uma relação entre as Na ligação de termopares em oposição o valor da
forças eletromotrizes geradas pelos termpares "AC", força eletromotriz termoelétrica entre as extremidades é
"BC" e "AB". Uma aplicação de grande importância igual à diferença entre os valores das forças eletromo-
deste fenômeno é a possibilidade de se conhecer o trizes geradas em cada um dos termopares, e sua maior
comportamento termoelétrico de qualquer termoele- utilidade é medir a diferença de temperatura entre dois
mento em relação a um termoelemento de referência. E pontos.
isto é feito no controle de produção de ligas termoelétri-
cas que irão constituir os diversos tipos de termopares ASSOCIAÇÃO EM PARALELO
utilizados. O termoelemento adotado como referência é o
T0
de platina com alto teor de pureza (no mínimo 99,999%).

ASSOCIAÇÃO DE TERMOPARES A (+) A (+)

É possível montar alguns circuitos termoelétricos com
finalidades práticas. Os casos aqui apresentados se
EAB(T1-T0) + EAB(T2-T0)
limitam a circuitos formados com termopares iguais. T2 E= T2
2

ASSOCIAÇÃO DE TERMOPARES EM SÉRIE

E = EAB(T1-T0) + EAB(T2-T0) B (-) B (-)

EAB(T1-T0) EAB(T2-T0) T0

Na associação de termopares em paralelo o valor da

T0 força eletromotriz da associação é igual à média arit-
mética das forças eletromotrizes geradas em cada um
dos termopares, e este resultado corresponde à tem-
peratura média das temperaturas T1 e T2.
A(+) B(-) A(+) B(-)

T1
A figura representa uma associação de dois termo-
pares em série, e o que se verifica nesta configuração é
que o valor da força eletromotriz termoelétrica entre as
extremidades do circuito é a soma das forças eletro-
motrizes geradas em cada um dos termopares. Esta
associação pode ser feita com qualquer número de ter-
mopares e se T1 = T2. Esta também pode ser utilizada
EFEITO PELTIER
T2 Um outro efeito que surge em circuitos formados por
materiais distintos, quando percorridos por uma corren-
te elétrica, é o Efeito Peltier, cuja descrição fenomeno-
lógica é feita a seguir:
A (+)
T T

como um "amplificador". Uma aplicação muito frequen- Interruptor

te consiste na utilização de termopilhas, que nada mais
são que vários termopares associados em série, como B (-)
detetor de energia radiante.

ASSOCIAÇÃO DE TERMOPARES EM OPOSIÇÃO A (+)

E = EAB(T1-T0) - EAB(T2-T0)
T-T I T+T
EAB(T1-T0) EAB(T2-T0)

B (-) U
T0

A (+)

A(+) B(-) B(-) A(+)

T+T I T-T

T1 T2 B (-) U

10 CONSISTEC
 termopares

De acordo com as figuras acima, quando se introduz
um gerador em um circuito formado por um par ter-
moelétrico com ambas extremidades unidas e à mesma
temperatura inicial, ao circular uma corrente elétrica "I"
pelo circuito, observa-se que em uma das junções ocor-
re um resfriamento T, enquanto na outra junção ocorre
um aquecimento de mesmo valor. Ao se inverter o sen-
tido da corrente elétrica inverte-se também o efeito de
aquecimento e resfriamento nas junções.
O principal dado na interpretação do efeito Peltier é a
diferença entre o número de elétrons livres por unidade
de volume nos vários metais. Quando se introduz um
gerador em um circuito formado por um par termoelé-
trico, irá circular uma corrente elétrica pelo mesmo, que
pela lei de Ohm será dada por:
U
I=
R
onde:
I: Intensidade da corrente elétrica;
U: Diferença de potencial nos terminais do gerador;
R: Resistência elétrica do par termoelétrico;
A intensidade de corrente elétrica é definida como a
quantidade de carga elétrica que passa por uma seção
do condutor por unidade de tempo, ou seja:
Q Ne
I=  - Faixa de utilização: -270°C a 400°C
t t
onde:
N: Número de elétrons que atravessam uma seção
do condutor;
e: Carga elétrica do elétron (1,6 x 10-19 Coulomb)
t: Intervalo de tempo;
Considere agora a figura abaixo:
 A: número de elétrons livres por uni-
A B dade de volume no metal “A”;
 B: número de elétrons livres por uni-
PA  Energia potencial adquirida pelo elétron ao se
desligar da estrutura cristalina no metal A;
PB  Energia potencial adquirida pelo elétron ao se
desligar da estrutura cristalina no metal B;
Como A é diferente de B, há fluxos de energia di-
ferentes nos metais "A" e "B". Se A é maior que B,
ocorre uma liberação de energia na forma de calor,
aquecendo a união entre os metais. Se A é menor que
B, ocorre uma absorção de energia na forma de calor,
resfriando a união.
Uma aplicação recente do efeito Peltier é a refrige-
ração termoelétrica que produz redução de temperatu-
ra e que em algumas situações é mais conveniente do
que os processos convencionais.
TIPOS DE TERMOPARES
São apresentados a seguir os tipos de termopares
mais comumente utilizados na medição de temperatura
em processos, com suas principais características.
TERMOPAR TIPO T (COBRE - CONSTANTAN)
- Termoelemento positivo (TP): Cu100%
- Termoelemento negativo (TN): Cu55%Ni45%
- f.e.m. produzida: -6,258 mV a 20,872 mV
- Características: Pode ser utilizado em atmosferas
inertes, oxidantes ou redutoras. Devido à grande homo-
geneidade com que o cobre pode ser processado, pos-
sui uma boa precisão. Em temperaturas acima de
300°C, a oxidação do cobre torna-se muito intensa, re-
duzindo sua vida útil e provocando desvios em sua
curva de resposta original.

I=A.VA.e.S I=B.VB.e.S
dade de volume no metal “B”;
VA: velocidade de deslocamento dos elé-
TERMOPAR TIPO J (FERRO - CONSTANTAN)
trons no metal “A”;
VB: velocidade de deslocamento dos elé-
- Termoelemento positivo (JP): Fe99,5%
trons no metal “B”;
- Termoelemento negativo (JN): Cu55%Ni45%
S: seção transversal do condutor;
Observa-se que uma corrente elétrica de mesma - Faixa de utilização: -210°C a 760°C
intensidade, circulando em metais diferentes, propor- - f.e.m. produzida: -8,096 mV a 42,919 mV
ciona velocidades diferentes de deslocamento dos
elétrons. Isto significa que os elétrons nos metais "A" e - Características: Pode ser utilizado em atmosferas
"B" têm uma energia dada por: neutras, oxidantes ou redutoras. Não é recomendado
em atmosferas com alto teor de umidade e em baixas
1 temperaturas (o termoelemento JP torna-se quebradiço).
A = m VA + PA
2

2 Acima de 540°C o ferro oxida-se rapidamente. Não é re-

comendado em atmosferas sulfurosas acima de 500°C.
1
B = m VB + PB
2

2
onde: TERMOPAR TIPO E (CROMEL - CONSTANTAN)
- Termoelemento positivo (EP): Ni90%Cr10%
1
A = m VA  Energia cinética do elétron no metal A;
2

2 - Termoelemento negativo (EN): Cu55%Ni45%

1 - Faixa de utilização: -270°C a 1000°C
B = m VB  Energia cinética do elétron no metal B;
2

2 - f.e.m. produzida: -9,835 mV a 76,373 mV

CONSISTEC 11
termopares
- Características: Pode ser utilizado em atmosferas
oxidantes, inertes ou vácuo, não devendo ser utilizado
em atmosferas alternadamente oxidantes e redutoras.
Dentre os termopares usualmente utilizados é o que
possui maior potência termoelétrica, bastante conve-
niente quando se deseja detectar pequenas variações
de temperatura.
TERMOPAR TIPO K (CROMEL - ALUMEL)
- Termoelemento positivo (KP): Ni90%Cr10%
- Termoelemento negativo (KN): Ni95%Mn2%Si1%A12%
- Faixa de utilização: -270°C a 1200°C
- f.e.m. produzida: -6,458 mV a 48,838 mV
- Características: Pode ser utilizado em atmosferas
inertes e oxidantes. Pela sua alta resistência à oxidação
é utilizado em temperaturas superiores a 600°C, e oca-
sionalmente em temperaturas abaixo de 0°C. Não deve
ser utilizado em atmosferas redutoras e sulfurosas. Em
altas temperaturas e em atmosferas pobres de oxigênio
ocorre uma difusão do cromo, provocando grandes
desvios na curva de resposta do termopar. Este último
efeito é chamado "green - root ".
TERMOPAR TIPO N (NICROSIL - NISIL)
- Termoelemento positivo (NP): Ni84,4%Cr14,2%Si1,4%
- Termoelemento negativo (NN): Ni95,45%Si4,40%Mg0,15%
- Faixa de utilização: -270°C a 1300°C
- f.e.m. produzida: -4,345 mV a 47,513 mV
- Características: Este novo tipo de termopar é um
substituto do termopar tipo K, por possuir uma resistência
à oxidação bem superior a este, e em muitos casos tam-
bém é um substituto dos termopares a base de platina em
função de sua temperatura máxima de utilização. É re-
comendado para atmosferas oxidantes, inertes ou pobres
em oxigênio, uma vez que não sofre o efeito de "green -
root". Não deve ser exposto à atmosferas sulfurosas. O
gráfico abaixo mostra o desvio em temperatura sofrido
pelo termopar tipo N em comparação ao tipo K em uma
atmosfera oxidante à temperatura de 1000°C.
DESVIO
(ºC)
12,0 K dos que os tipos S e R. Para temperaturas abaixo de
1,5
N
TEMPO
(horas)
1000
Os tipos de termopares apresentados a seguir são
denominados termopares nobres, por terem como ele-
mento básico a platina.
12 CONSISTEC
TERMOPAR TIPO S
- Termoelemento positivo (SP): Pt90%Rh10%
- Termoelemento negativo (SN): Pt100%
- Faixa de utilização: -50°C a 1768°C
- f.e.m. produzida: -0,236 mV a 18,693 mV
- Características: Pode ser utilizado em atmosferas
inertes e oxidantes, apresentando uma estabilidade, ao
longo do tempo em altas temperaturas, muito superior à
dos termopares não constituídos de platina. Seus termo-
elementos não devem ficar expostos a atmosferas redu-
toras ou com vapores metálicos. Nunca devem ser inseri-
dos diretamente em tubos de proteção metálicos, mas
sim primeiramente em um tubo de proteção cerâmico,
feito com alumina (Al2O3) de alto teor de pureza (99,7%),
comercialmente denominado tipo 799 (antigo 710). Exis-
tem disponíveis no mercado tubos cerâmicos com teor
de alumina de 67%, denominados tipo 610, mas sua uti-
lização para termopares de platina não é recomendável.
Para temperaturas acima de 1500°C utilizam-se tubos
de proteção de platina. Não é recomendada a utilização
dos termopares de platina em temperaturas abaixo de
0°C devido à instabilidade na resposta do sensor. Em
temperaturas acima de 1400°C ocorre um fenômeno de
crescimento dos grãos, tornando-os quebradiços.
TERMOPAR TIPO R
- Termoelemento positivo (RP): Pt87%Rh13%
- Termoelemento negativo (RN): Pt100%
- Faixa de utilização: -50°C a 1768°C
- f.e.m. produzida: -0,226 mV a 21,101 mV
- Características: Possui as mesmas características
do termopar tipo S, sendo em alguns casos preferível a
este por ter uma potência termoelétrica 11% maior.
TERMOPAR TIPO B
- Termoelemento positivo (BP): Pt70,4%Rh29,6%
- Termoelemento negativo (BN): Pt93,9%Rh6,1%
- Faixa de utilização: 0°C a 1820°C
- f.e.m. produzida: 0,000 mV a 13,820 mV
- Características: Pode ser utilizado em atmosferas
oxidantes, inertes e, por um curto espaço de tempo, no
vácuo. Normalmente é utilizado em temperaturas supe-
riores a 1400°C, por apresentar menor difusão de ródio
50°C a força eletromotriz termoelétrica gerada é muito
pequena.
MONTAGEM DE TERMOPARES
Inúmeras são as configurações com que os termo-
pares podem ser especificados e fornecidos, cada uma
adequada à sua aplicação específica. Entretanto, todas
as configurações derivam de duas básicas:
- Termopar Convencional;
- Termopar com Isolação Mineral;
 termopares

TERMOPAR CONVENCIONAL Esta tabela apresenta a relação entre tipo de Termo-

JUNÇÃO DE MEDIÇÃO
par e a bitola do fio a ser utilizado.
Bitola.
8 AWG 14 AWG 20 AWG 24 AWG 28 AWG
Tipo
T - 370ºC 260ºC 200ºC 200ºC
MISSANGAS JUNÇÃO DE REFERÊNCIA J 760ºC 590ºC 480ºC 370ºC 370ºC
A configuração acima corresponde à mais simples pa- E 870ºC 650ºC 540ºC 430ºC 430ºC
ra um termopar, consistindo nos termoelementos aco- KeN 1260ºC 1090ºC 980ºC 870ºC 870ºC
modados em isoladores cerâmicos, usualmente deno- SeR - - - 1480ºC -
minados missangas. As missangas são produzidas com B - - - 1700ºC -
óxido de magnésio (Mg2O) 66,7%, com alta condutibili-
dade térmica e também alta resistência de isolação. A
junção de medição é montada por soldagem dos ter-
TERMOPAR COM ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL
moelementos (obs: ao soldar os termoelementos produz- O termopar com isolação mineral foi desenvolvido ini-
se um material diferente daqueles que constituem cada cialmente para aplicações no setor nuclear, sendo pos-
um deles mas, pela lei dos materiais intermediários, não teriormente estendida aos demais setores do processo
ocorre mudança no sinal do termopar). Dependendo das produtivo. Os principais motivos que geraram o seu
condições a que o termopar ficará exposto, a solda po- desenvolvimento foi a necessidade de um termopar
derá ser de topo ou então precedida de uma torção, com tempo de resposta menor do que o que se obtinha
com a finalidade de aumentar sua resistência mecânica. com o termopar convencional montado com tubo de
Na junção de referência é instalado um bloco de ligação, proteção, e que os termoelementos não entrassem em
com a finalidade de fazer a conexão entre o termopar e contato direto com o meio em que seriam inseridos.
o fio/cabo de extensão/compensação (ver item Fios e A fabricação de um termopar com isolação mineral
Cabos pág 46). parte de um termopar convencional montado com um
Frequentemente o termopar convencional é montado tubo de proteção, sendo todo o conjunto trefilado.
dentro de um tubo de proteção com a finalidade de pro- Neste processo os termoelementos ficam isolados entre
teger os termoelementos do ataque da atmosfera do si por um pó compactado de MgO2 e protegidos por
meio em que é introduzido ou ainda por condições de uma bainha metálica (originalmente o tubo de proteção).
segurança da planta industrial. Usualmente os tubos de Após a trefila, o termopar é submetido a um tratamento
proteção são metálicos ou cerâmicos, dependendo das térmico, visando aliviar as tensões mecânicas produzi-
características da atmosfera e da faixa de temperatura. das na trefilação. Usualmente os termopares com iso-
Segue abaixo uma breve descrição dos materiais mais lação mineral são encontrados no mercado com
utilizados na fabricação dos tubos de proteção: diâmetros externos de 6,0 mm, 4,5 mm, 3,0 mm, 1,5 mm,
1,0 mm e 0,5 mm.
Material Temperatura Máxima (ºC)
Aço Carbono 550
Os termopares com isolação mineral são montados
Aço Cromo 446 1093
com a junção de medição isolada, aterrada ou exposta,
Carbeto de Silício 1500
conforme a figura abaixo.
Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado 1650
Cerâmica 610 (Pythagoras) 1500 JUNÇÃO ISOLADA
Cerâmica 710/799 (Alsint) 1600
Cobre 315 JUNÇÃO ATERRADA
Ferro Preto 800
JUNÇÃO EXPOSTA
Hastelloy B 760
Hastelloy C 993
Inconel 600 1149
As principais características de cada uma das mon-
Inox 304 899
tagens acima são:
Inox 310 1147
Inox 316 927 1 - Termopar com junção isolada: os termoelementos
Monel 893 ficam isolados do meio cuja temperatura irão monitorar
Nicrobell 1250 e a bainha funciona como uma blindagem contra inter-
Nióbio: Liquido 1000 ferências eletromagnéticas. Seu tempo de resposta é
Ar e Vácuo 2000 maior do que o das outras montagens, e a duração e
Nodular Perlítico 900 repetibilidade são as melhores, pois os termoelementos
Platina 1699 ficam totalmente protegidos.
Tântalo (Vácuo) 2200 2 - Termopar com junção aterrada: os termoelemen-
Thermalloys APM 1425 tos ficam isolados do meio, a bainha não funciona como
Titânio: Atmosfera Oxidante 250 uma blindagem eletrostática e o tempo de resposta é
Atmosfera Redutora 1000
bem menor que o da montagem isolada.

CONSISTEC 13
termopares

3 - Termopar com junção exposta: os termoelemen- EFEITO DE INSTALAÇÃO

tos ficam expostos ao meio e a bainha não funciona Um dado muito importante é que os termopares,
como uma blindagem eletrostática. Este tipo de mon- assim como todos os sensores de temperatura, apre-
tagem tem limitações quanto à temperatura máxima de sentam uma indicação que corresponde à sua própria
operação, para manter as especificações da isolação. A temperatura. O desejável é que a temperatura seja igual
durabilidade e repetibilidade dos termoelementos são ou muito próxima da temperatura do processo que se
intensamente afetadas em função do meio. deseja monitorar. A fim de ilustrar o que foi declarado
acima considere a situação apresentada a seguir:
RESISTÊNCIA DE ISOLAÇÃO
A tabela abaixo apresenta os valores mínimos de iso-
lação para os termopares de isolação mineral. Quando
montados com a junção isolada, é muito importante
que se verifique estes valores, para garantir o perfeito
funcionamento do termopar.

Diâmetro do Resistência de isolação*

Tensão aplicada VCC
termopar (mm) mínima em MOhms

até 1,0 50 100

entre 1,0 e 1,5 50 500
acima de 1,5 500 1000

* Temperatura ambiente (20°C a 30°C)

A titulo de ilustração, a tabela abaixo apresenta os
tempos de resposta dos termopares com isolação
mineral, nas diversas montagens da junção de medição,
quando inseridos em um meio à temperatura de 100°C
e estando à temperatura inicial de 20°C.

Diametro externo
Tipo de junção Tempo de resposta (s)
da bainha (mm)

0,5 Aterrada 0,06

0,5 Isolada 0,16
Obs: Representa o Fluxo de Calor no Conjunto
1,0 Aterrada 0,10
1,0 Isolada 0,30 A figura acima representa um termopar convencional
com um tubo de proteção metálico. Verifica-se que o
1,5 Aterrada 0,20
1,5 Isolada 0,60 mesmo está submetido à uma diferença de temperatu-
ra, pois uma parte do mesmo está em contato com o
3,2 Aterrada 0,70 processo e a outra extremidade está em contato com o
3,2 Isolada 1,30
ambiente, cada um deles à uma temperatura. É inevi-
6,3 Aterrada 2,00 tável que pelo conjunto sensor/tubo de proteção exista
6,3 Isolada 4,50 um fluxo de calor partindo da região de maior tempera-
6,3 Exposta 0,10 tura para a de menor temperatura. O equilíbrio ocorre
quando o fluxo de calor recebido pelo sensor é igual ao
A tabela abaixo apresenta os limites máximos de utili- perdido pelo mesmo, e nesta situação sua temperatu-
zação dos termopares com isolação mineral em função ra não é necessariamente igual à temperatura do
da bitola da bainha de proteção, conforme ASTM 608-95. processo.

Temperatura (ºC)
Uma vez que se deseja monitorar a temperatura do
Diâmetro (mm) processo, e que o valor de temperatura medido pelo
Tipo T Tipo J Tipo E Tipo K/N sensor seja o mais próximo possível deste, é necessário
0,5 260 260 300 700
que alguns cuidados na escolha do sensor e de seus
acessórios, e na instalação do conjunto no processo,
1,0 260 260 300 700 sejam tomados.
1,6 260 440 510 920 1 - O conjunto sensor/acessórios deve ter uma
massa que seja a menor possível quando comparada
3,2 315 520 650 1070
com a massa do processo. Existe uma resistência tér-
4,8 370 620 730 1150 mica do conjunto que pode provocar uma diferença de
6,3 370 720 820 1150
temperatura entre o sensor e o processo, e quanto
maior a massa deste conjunto, maior o valor desta

14 CONSISTEC

resistência. Outro fenômeno indesejável é quando o
processo tem flutuações no valor de sua temperatura e,
pela inércia do sensor, estas flutuações são atenuadas
ou simplesmente não detectadas, fato diretamente rela-
cionado à massa do sensor.
2 - Outro fator de relevância é a profundidade de
imersão do sensor no meio cuja temperatura se deseja
medir. Quanto maior a imersão do sensor, menor será o
gradiente de temperatura que, no caso de um termopar,
a junção de medição estará submetida. A consequência
é que a temperatura da junção de medição se aproxima
da temperatura do meio. Uma recomendação prática é
que a profundidade de imersão seja no mínimo igual a
dez vezes o valor do diâmetro externo do conjunto.
Outros pontos, não ligados ao que foi exposto acima
merecem ser observados:
3 - Quando o conjunto termopar/cabo de extensão
for instalado em um local da planta próximo à fontes de
campos eletromagnéticos, é muito provável que ocorram
induções no conjunto, causando uma leitura errônea de
valores de temperatura no indicador. Nesta situação
deve se utilizar termopares não aterrados, com a bainha
ou tubo de proteção aterrados, assim como o cabo de
extensão/compensação, que também deve ser blinda-
do e aterrado.
4 - Deve-se considerar que os termopares em geral
se deterioram com o tempo, e isto ocorre de maneira
bem significativa quando instalados em processos à alta
temperatura e em ambientes agressivos. Deve-se por-
tanto, em função das peculiaridades de cada processo,
estabelecer uma vida útil para o sensor e proceder a sua
substituição preventiva ou a calibração periódica do
conjunto.
INFORMAÇÕES RELATIVAS
À MEDIÇÃO DE TEMPERATURA
COM TERMOPARES PTRH
Este trabalho é a sinopse de pesquisas e resultados
de aplicações de sucesso, e tem como objetivo alertar
os usuários de termopares de metais nobres, quanto aos
efeitos da contaminação das ligas quando da utilização
de materiais de proteção cerâmicos, com compostos
que tenham grau de pureza inferior a 99,7% de AL 2O3.
CONTEÚDO
Influências do ambiente provenientes do exterior da
proteção cerâmica podem mudar a saída termoelétrica
até mesmo de termopares de metais preciosos. Em at-
mosferas oxidantes e redutoras acima de 1300ºC, im-
purezas no corpo cerâmico, principalmente ferro, podem
resultar em erros de medição. Em atmosferas redutoras
até mesmo 0,2 % de Si tornam o fio quebradiço rapida-
mente e geram mudanças na saída termoelétrica. Por-
tanto o uso de proteção de tubos de alumina com
99,7% Al2O3 é necessária.
Em pesquisas e processos de fabricação a tempera-
termopares
tura é medida por meio de termopares. Acima de
1200ºC, os elementos dos metais nobres não são desa-
fiados graças a sua excelente resistência à oxidação e
corrosão. Elementos baseados em platina, por exemplo,
Pt/Pt 10%Rh, Pt/Pt 13%Rh, Pt6% Rh/Pt30%, são de
longe os mais comuns.
No entanto, mesmo termopares PtRh não podem ga-
rantir confiabilidade na medição de temperatura, em par-
ticular após longos períodos e sem controle cuidadoso,
consideráveis erros de leitura ou mesmo destruição pre-
coce podem ocorrer.
As três maiores causas responsáveis pela mudança
da força eletromotriz durante o uso são:
- Uma mudança na composição das duas pernas de-
vido à difusão através da junta quente.
- Uma mudança na composição de uma ou das duas
pernas devido à evaporação seletiva de um dos elemen-
tos da liga.
- Uma mudança na composição de uma ou das duas
pernas devido à absorção de impurezas do ambiente.
Neste sentido, a proteção cerâmica, assim como a
atmosfera do forno, são provavelmente as maiores fon-
tes de contaminação para influenciar a mudança na com-
posição.
MUDANÇA DA FORÇA ELETROMOTRIZ
DEVIDO À INTERFUSÃO
A força eletromotriz (f.e.m.) entre um material e o ele-
mento de referência depende da composição dos fios
termopares.
Como os elementos de metais nobres são geralmente
usados em um range de temperatura onde as reações
de estado sólido e os processos de difusão ocorrem em
larga escala, a composição constante de fios termopa-
res não pode ser garantida. Uma das razões para esta
instabilidade é a interdifusão ocorrida na junta quente; a
interdifusão através da fase gasosa é extremamente pre-
venida com o uso de capilares cerâmicos.
MUDANÇA DA FORÇA ELETROMOTRIZ
DEVIDO À EVAPORAÇÃO SELETIVA
Energias de ligação diferentes e assim diferentes taxas
de evaporação dos elementos da liga de um fio mudam
a concentração durante a operação. Vários relatórios mos-
traram evaporação do Rhodium no fio PtRh. McQuillan
descobriu considerável perda de peso nos termopares
também; porém ele identificou o componente de evapo-
ração sendo a platina. O autor mediu uma perda de
peso de 10,3% no fio PtRh13% depois de um trata-
mento térmico a 1600ºC no ar.
Isto transformou o fio em um fio Pt 14;5% Rh e de
acordo com a figura 1, esta variação corresponde a uma
mudança de aproximadamente 1 mV. Um erro de leitu-
ra de aproximadamente 100ºC aconteceria se a segun-
da perna fosse de platina.
CONSISTEC 15
termopares

Esta simples avaliação mostra a importância deste

Alumina Pura
efeito. A taxa de evaporação tem o mesmo valor para 0.30

Alteração de f.e.m. em mV
tratamento térmico no vácuo, mas em atmosferas redu-
toras a perda de peso foi consideravelmente menor. 0.20
20 Pt
Pt / Pt 10 Rh Pt 6% Rh
0.10
Pt 10% Rh
15
Pt 30% Rh
f.e.m. em mV

Pt Rh 18
0.00
10
-0.05 Tempo
0 10 20 30 40 50 em h
5
Silicato de Alumina
0.30
0 Temp.

Alteração de f.e.m. em mV
0 500 1000 1500 2000 em ºC

Figura 1 - Curva da f.e.m. de Le Chatelier e 0.20

doTermopar PtRh18 (Pt 6%Rh/Pt 30%Rh)
Pt
0.10
MUDANÇA DA FORÇA ELETROMOTRIZ
DEVIDO ÀS INFLUÊNCIAS DO AMBIENTE 0.00
Pt 6% Rh
Pt 10% Rh
Pt 30% Rh
O efeito mais importante na prática é a influência do -0.05 Tempo
ambiente, que foi investigada intensamente. 0 10 20 30 40 50 em h

A difusão de impurezas em um fio termopar altera sua Sílica

f.e.m., ou até mesmo o destrói, devido à formação de 0.30
Alteração de f.e.m. em mV

fases secundárias. Atmosferas redutoras, arsênico, fós- Pt

foro, enxofre, silício e boro são especialmente perigosos 0.20

porque eles formam fases eutéticas, o que poderia levar
a falhas e vermelhidão por aquecimento. Por esta razão 0.10
os termopares são protegidos por tubos cerâmicos Pt 6% Rh
Pt 10% Rh
fechados em uma extremidade.
0.00
Ignorando as influências do ambiente do forno o se- Pt 30% Rh
-0.05 Tempo
guinte relatório se concentra na interação entre os tubos 0 10 20 30 40 50 em h
de proteção cerâmica e os termopares.
Porém ignorar o ambiente do forno pode somente Figura 2 - Alteração da força da f.e.m. das ligas Pt e PtRh em relação
ser tolerado se assegurando que a maior limpeza pos- ao tempo após tratamento térmico no ar a 1400ºC (medida a 1200ºC)
sível seja observada na fabricação do termopar, para Esta influência da sílica foi investigada por Pospisil.
evitar contaminação de óleos, graxa, enxofre e impurezas Ele descobriu que a diminuição da f.e.m. no ar não é
metálicas, que podem levar a sérios erros. causada pelo silício, mas pelo ferro que está sempre
EFEITOS EM ATMOSFERAS OXIDANTES presente na sílica técnica. A Tabela abaixo mostra a
mudança relativa da força eletromotriz da platina depois
A influência das substâncias cerâmicas nas proprie-
de 24 horas à 1300ºC em pós cerâmicos diferentes. O
dades termoelétricas foram primeiramente investigadas
material de mulita leva a um aumento da f.e.m. da plati-
por Chaussain. Ele embebeu fios de platina em pó cerâ-
na (por exemplo uma diminuição da saída do termopar).
mico e determinou a f.e.m.. Ele descobriu que o SiO2 foi
Quartzo de alta pureza não tem nenhum efeito sobre a
o material mais prejudicial , seguido pelo CaO, Al2O3,
f.e.m., mas quartzo técnico tem um efeito maior.
ZrO3 e ThO2, como melhor.
Cerâmicas Alteração % f.e.m.
Ehringer mediu o comportamento dos termopares de Mulita CSSR + 0,61
Pt/PtRh 10% e de Pt6%Rh/Pt30% em vários pós ce- Ignodur (KW Neuhaus) + 0,60
râmicos. As substâncias usadas foram pura alumina Triangle H5 (Morgan) Materiais de Mulita + 0,37
(99,5% Al2O3, e SiO2, Fe2O3, MgO, Na2O balanceados), Pythagoras (W. Haldernwanger) + 0,25
um material de mulita e sílica. Corundum (95% Al2O3) – 0,06
Os gráficos a seguir mostram os resultados para um Quartz técnico + 0,70
tratamento térmico a 1400ºC no ar. Mesmo depois de Quartz técnico purificado + 0,35
50 horas, nenhuma mudança apreciável foi vista na alu- Quartz de alta pureza + 0,00
mina, enquanto na mulita e , ainda mais na sílica, insta- Al2O3 + 0,05
bilidades foram encontradas. No material de alumina, MgO – 0,06
estas variações resultaram em um erro de 10ºC e 4ºC 2.5% Fe2O3 in Al2O3 + 5,52
para os dois elementos, enquanto na sílica os erros 2.5% FeO in Al2O3 + 2,96
foram de 30ºC e 20ºC. 1.5% Na2O in Al2O3 – 1,76

16 CONSISTEC
 termopares

Os resultados encontrados nas misturas Al2O3 com
oxido de ferro são uma forte indicação que os efeitos
são causados pelo ferro. É interessante salientar que
depois de 8000 horas a 1300ºC em um tubo de mulita,
o autor encontrou uma instabilidade de 40ºC.
hidrogênio, então reage com a platina para formar Pt5Si2
(ponto de fusão 830ºC). Dispersões dos limites dos grãos
deste silicídio criam as alterações observadas.
Alumina Pura
3

Alteração de f.e.m. em mV
Os gráficos mencionados estão todos relacionados a
Pt
medições onde os termopares tinham muito mais con- 2
tato direto com a cerâmica, já que estavam embebidos
em pós. O autor descreve que uma mudança relativa 1
dos termopares no forno podem levar a erros de me-
dição, em função de diferenças de área de ação da Pt 6% Rh
0
contaminação. Pt 10% Rh
Pt 30% Rh
0.5 Tempo
0 3 6 9 12 em h
EFEITOS EM ATMOSFERAS NEUTRAS Silicato de Alumina
Walker encontrou importantes informações no que diz 3

Alteração de f.e.m. em mV
respeito a influência da proteção cerâmica em atmos-
feras neutras. Eles mediram a mudança da f.e.m. das 2
ligas de PtRh em contato com alumina de diferentes
graus de pureza. Outras influências tem sido excluídas
1
por uma série de testes paralelos. Duas análises inde- Pt
pendentes das cerâmicas de proteção foram feitas para Pt 6% Rh
0 Pt 10% Rh
a determinação do Fe e Si, e poderia ser que a pro- Pt 30% Rh
porção de ambos os elementos mudou igualmente. 0.5 Tempo
0 5 10 15 20 em min.
Assim nenhuma conclusão na responsabilidade das
influências puderam derivar da análise. Sílica
3 Pt
Alteração de f.e.m. em mV

As informações podiam ser obtidas de uma análise

espectroquímica dos produtos queimados. O conteúdo
ferroso dos fios de Pt e PtRh aumentaram e para a Pt
este aumento foi aproximadamente proporcional à mu-
dança da saída termoelétrica. Absorções de sódio e síli-
ca não puderam ser detectadas.
Tratamentos térmicos específicos nas misturas de pó
de Al2O3, SiO2 e Fe2O3 levaram à conclusão que o ferro
é responsável pela alteração da f.e.m.. O comportamen-
to mais pobre da platina pura do que de suas ligas se
deve à alta sensibilidade a impurezas, porque o conteú-
do de ferro era aproximadamente o mesmo em todos
os fios depois do tratamento térmico. Investigações
posteriores feitas pelo autor com o mesmo sistema no
ar mostrou efeito muito menores do que no argônio,
mas os efeitos foram qualitativamente os mesmos.
EFEITOS EM ATMOSFERAS REDUTORAS
Os efeitos descritos previamente são fortemente au-
mentados em atmosferas redutoras. Os gráficos da Fi-
gura 3 mostram os resultados análogos aos gráficos an-
teriores, para o tratamento térmico em hidrogênio a
1400ºC (mudança de f.e.m. medida à 1200ºC). Materiais
de mulita e sílica não podem ser usados por muito tem-
po como proteções cerâmicas, visto que em minutos
(gráfico de abcissa alterado) grandes mudanças termo-
elétricas acontecem e os fios tornam-se quebradiços.
Mesmo que alumina pura seja usada, a platina metálica
tem sua f.e.m. alterada rapidamente, o que leva a erros
de medição. O termopar Pt 6% Rh/Pt 30% é de longe
superior. A razão para este efeito é que o SiO2 nas pro-
teções cerâmicas, que é reduzido a SiO volátil pelo
2
Pt 6% Rh
1
Pt 10% Rh
0
Pt 30% Rh
Tempo
0.5
0 5 10 15 20 em min.
Figura 3 - Alteração da força da f.e.m. das ligas Pt e PtRh em relação ao
tempo após tratamento térmico em hidrogênio a 1400ºC (medida a 1200ºC)
Isto foi confirmado por Bennet, que provou o apareci-
mento dos limites dos grãos metalograficamente. É inte-
ressante saber que as impurezas do SiO2, iguais ou me-
nores que 0,2% na chamada alumina pura são suficien-
tes para criarem silicídios quebradiços. Isto explica a
alteração da alumina pura durante o tratamento térmico
no gráfico acima, que mostra a cerâmica com 99,5% de
alumina. A única efetiva proteção para termopares Pt/Rh
em atmosferas redutoras é usar cerâmicas de pura alu-
mina com pelo menos 99,7% Al2O3 e SiO2, MgO, Na2O
balanceados.
Com isto Bennet não encontrou qualquer deterio-
ração mesmo depois de um ano a 1400ºC .
UTILIZAÇÃO EM APLICAÇÕES SUJEITAS A
CHOQUE TÉRMICO, CORROSÃO E EROSÃO
Conforme já comentado anteriormente os termopares
de metais nobres são insuperáveis em medições acima
de 1200º C, porém muitas destas aplicações estão su-
jeitas a variações bruscas de temperatura, a abrasão

CONSISTEC 17
termopares

seja por material em suspensão ou gases dos queima- uma matriz mais compacta de SiC se comparada aos
dores e corrosão. tubos de carbeto de silício convencionais, e simultânea-
Para viabilizar estas aplicações, é necessária a utiliza- mente com porosidade adequada a absorver os es-
ção de mais um tubo externo de proteção, pois a imper- forços gerados pelas mudanças bruscas de temperatu-
meabilidade da cerâmica de alta alumina (799) é carac- ra e ao mesmo tempo aproveitando as propriedades do
terizada pela pequena granulometria do composto, per- SiC referentes à resistência a erosão e corrosão.
feita homogeneidade da massa e queima em forno com A sua excelente condutibilidade térmica permite me-
monitoramento de todas as variáveis que influenciam lhoria no controle do processo e ao mesmo tempo pro-
nas características físico-químicas do produto. tege os tubos de alta alumina.
A inexistência de poros nas paredes destes tubos não Não podemos esquecer dos efeitos indesejáveis do
permite que a estrutura trabalhe, e permita a sua acomo- Si abordados anteriormente. Este inconveniente é pra-
dação quando sujeita à bruscas variações de temperatura. ticamente eliminado quando protegemos o termopar com
Entre os materiais pesquisados para estas aplicações, dupla proteção e capilar em cerâmica 799, configura-
o que têm apresentado os melhores resultados é o car- ção que cria uma tripla barreira à difusão do Si nos ter-
beto de silício recristalizado (Halsic R), que apresenta mopares de Pt-PtRh.

TABELA DE PROPRIEDADES FÍSICAS

Propriedades Físicas* dos Materiais de Tubos de Proteção W. HALDENWANGER

Unidade Alsint 99,7 Pythagoras Sillimantin 60 NG Sillimantin 60 Clay bonded SiC Halsic - R Halsic - I
**** recristalizado reaction bonded
SiC SiC SiC/Si
Quantidade contida de Al2O3 % 99.7 60 73 - 75 73 - 75 70 - 90 ≥ 99 90 - 10
Quantidade contida de Alkali % 0.05 3.0 ≤ 1.0 ≤ 1.0 - - -
Tipo de acordo com DIN VDE 0335 - 799 610 - 530 - - -
Absorção de água % ≤ 0.2 ≤ 0.2 5 12 10 5 ≤ 0.1
Taxa de vazamento à 20ºC (Helium) hPa . dm3 . s-1 10 -10 10 -10 - - - - -
Densidade g . cm-3 3.80 - 3.93 2.6 2.65 2.35 2.40 2.6 - 2.7 3.0 - 3.1
Resistência à curvatura (3 pontos) MPa 300 120 50 35 30 90 - 100 230
Módulo de Young GPa 370 110 95 60 - 230 360
Dureza (escala de Mohs) - 9 8 - - - - -
Expansão térmica 20º-700ºC 10-6 . K-1 7.8 5.4 5.2 5.3 5.0 3.9 3.7
Expansão térmica 20º-1000ºC 10-6 . K-1 8.6 6.0 5.7 5.7 5.0 4.5 4.3
Condutividade térmica 20º-100ºC W . m-1 . K-1 26.0 2.0 - 1.4 28.0 30.0 90.0
Temperatura máxima de trabalho ºC 1700 1500 1650 1600 1400 1600ºC** 1350ºC
Resistividade do volume D.C. à 20ºC  . cm 1014 1013 - - - - -
Resistência a choque térmico - boa boa boa muito boa muito boa muito boa muito boa
Diâmetro aproximado dos poros m - - 8-9 2 6 21 - 27 -
* As propriedades físicas dos nossos produtos relacionados acima são somente válidas para corpos de prova. A transferência destes valores para outras formas e dimensões é ver-
dadeira somente até certo ponto. Na prática, amostras de Alsint 99,7 têm, por exemplo resistência de curvatura entre 160 e 300 MPa, dependendo da espessura de parede, acaba-
mento de superfície, geometria, pós-tratamento e processo de fabricação.
** Em atmosferas oxidantes. **** propriedades para informações gerais devido a diferentes graus.
BIBLIOGRAFIA: • Ullmanns Bd. 14 S.33, Enciclopädie der Technischen Chemie 3. Auflage
• Lê Chatelier génie Civil X,18,März 1887 • M. Chaussain Fonderie 77 (1952) 2955
• Temperature, Its Measurement And Control in Science and Industry. • Z. Pospisil Silikat Journal 7 (1968) 140-142
Reinhold Publishing Corporation New York 1941 • B.E. Walker et al. rev. Sci Instr. 33 1962 (10) 1029-1040
• M.K. Mcquillan J. Sci. Instr. 26 (1949) 329-331 • H. E. Bennett Platinum Metals Rev. 5 1961 (4) 132-133
• H. Ehringer Metail 8 (1954) (15/16) 596-598 • Haldenwanger - Measurement Control – Technical Ceramics (09/95)

CLASSES DE TOLERÂNCIA PARA OS TERMOPARES - NBR 12771:1999 (Junção de referência a 0 ˚C)

Tipo ReS B J T E KeN

Faixa 0 a 1100 -40 a 375 -40 a 125 -40 a 375 -40 a 375
temperatura –
Classe 1

˚C 1100 a 1600 375 a 750 125 a 350 375 a 800 375 a 1000
Tolerância ±1 ± 1,5 ± 0,5 ± 1,5 ± 1,5
˚C –
± {1 + 0,003 (t - 1100)} ± 0,004 (t) ± 0,004 (t) ± 0,004 (t) ± 0,004 (t)
Faixa 0 a 600 600 a 800 -40 a 333 -40 a 133 -40 a 333 -40 a 333
temperatura
Classe 2

˚C 600 a 1600 800 a 1700 333 a 750 133 a 350 333 a 900 333 a 1200
Tolerância ± 1,5 ± 0,0025 (t) ± 2,5 ±1 ± 2,5 ± 2,5
˚C ± 0,0025 (t) ± 0,005 (t) ± 0,0075 (t) ± 0,0075 (t) ± 0,0075 (t) ± 0,0075 (t)

18 CONSISTEC
 termopares

TERMOPAR CONVENCIONAL - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

TCAA TCAB TCAC

Termopar convencional, Termopar convencional, composto de fios Termopar convencional, composto de fios
composto de fios e isoladores. e isoladores com bloco de ligação. e isoladores com cabeçote.

TCAD TCAE TCAF

Termopar convencional, Termopar convencional, Termopar convencional,

composto de fios e capilar. composto de fios, capilar e bloco. composto de fios, capilar e cabeçote.

TCBA TCBA - com rosca móvel TCBA - com anel de ajuste

Termopar convencional, Termopar convencional, com tubo de proteção Termopar convencional, com tubo de proteção
com tubo de proteção metálico, e cabeçote. metálico, cabeçote e rosca móvel. metálico, cabeçote e anel de ajuste.

TCCA TCCB TCCC

Termopar convencional,
Termopar convencional com tubo de proteção Termopar convencional, com tubo de proteção com tubo de proteção metálico, cabeçote e rosca fixa
metálico, com rosca ao processo e rosca ao cabeçote. metálico, cabeçote e rosca fixa ao processo. ao processo, com extensão (dimensão “E”).

TCDA TCDA - com anel de ajuste TCDB

Termopar convencional, com tubo de proteção Termopar convencional, com tubo de proteção Termopar convencional, com tubo de proteção
cerâmico e luva (dimensão “E”). cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”) com anel de ajuste. cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”) e rosca fixa ao processo.

TCDC TCFA
Obs.: O padrão
Consistec para
o material da
extensão “E”
é aço carbono.

Termopar convencional, com tubo de proteção

cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”) e rosca fixa ao processo. Termopar convencional angular.

CONSISTEC 19
termopares

TERMOPAR ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

TMAA TMAB TMAC

Termopar isolação mineral

resinado na própria bainha. Termopar isolação mineral com bloco de ligação. Termopar isolação mineral com cabeçote.

TMAD TMAE TMAF

Termopar isolação mineral

Termopar isolação mineral com pote liso. Termopar isolação mineral com pote rosqueado. com conector compensado.

TMAG TMAH TMBA

Termopar isolação mineral com

Termopar isolação mineral com conector hermético. Termopar isolação mineral com rosca ao cabeçote. tubo de proteção metálico e cabeçote.

TMBA com rosca móvel TMBA com anel de ajuste TMCA

Termopar isolação mineral, com tubo de proteção Termopar isolação mineral, com tubo de proteção Termopar isolação mineral com rosca
metálico, cabeçote e rosca móvel (bucim). metálico, cabeçote e anel de ajuste. ao processo e rosca ao cabeçote.

TMCB TMCC TMNN

Termopar isolação mineral Termopar isolação mineral com cabeçote, Termopar isolação mineral
com cabeçote e rosca ao processo. rosca ao processo e extensão (dimensão “E”). com niple e cabeçote.

20 CONSISTEC

TERMOPAR ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL - DESENHOS
TMUN
Termopar isolação mineral
com niple união e cabeçote.
TMDA com anel de ajuste
Termopar isolação mineral, com tubo de proteção
cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”) com anel de ajuste.
TMN1
Termopar isolação mineral
com niple e rabicho.
TMEA
Termopar isolação mineral com punho e rabicho.
TMED
Obs.: O padrão Consistec para
Termopar isolação mineral
com skin e rabicho.
TMNU
Termopar isolação mineral
com niple união niple e cabeçote.
TMDB
Termopar isolação mineral, com tubo
de proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”)
com rosca ao processo.
TMU2
Termopar isolação mineral com
niple união e rabicho.
TMEB
Termopar isolação mineral com pote e rabicho.
TMFA
o material da extensão “E”
é aço carbono.
Termopar isolação mineral angular
com proteção metálica.
termopares
E DESCRIÇÕES
TMDA
Termopar isolação mineral, com tubo de
proteção cerâmico e luva (dimensão “E”).
TMDC
Termopar isolação mineral, com tubo
de proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”)
com rosca ao processo.
TMU3
Termopar isolação mineral com
niple união niple e rabicho.
TMEC
Termopar isolação mineral com pote, mola e rabicho.
Obs.: Na família TMA em caso de construção angular
informar dimensão “E”.
Obs.: Na família TMA é aplicável
rosca movel ou anel de ajuste.
Obs.: Na família TME:
1 - É aplicável rosca móvel.
2 - Em caso de construção angular informar
dimensão “E” e o ângulo “A”.
CONSISTEC 21
termopares

TERMOPAR ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL COM POÇO - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

TMPA TMPB TMPJ

Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto Termopar isolação mineral com poço cônico Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto
rosqueado, niple e cabeçote. rosqueado, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple e cabeçote.

TMPO TMPQ TMPS

Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto, Termopar isolação mineral com poço cônico, Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto
conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote. conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote.

TMPC TMPD TMPL

Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto Termopar isolação mineral com poço cônico Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto
rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote. rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote.

TMPP TMPR TMPT

Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto, Termopar isolação mineral com poço cônico, Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto com
conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote. conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote. rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote.

TMPI

Termopar isolação mineral

com poço, conexão tri-clamp e cabeçote.

22 CONSISTEC
 termopares

TERMOPAR ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL COM POÇO - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

TMPE TMPF TMPM

Termopar isolação mineral Termopar isolação mineral Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto
com poço reto flangeado, niple e cabeçote. com poço cônico flangeado, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo, flangeado, niple e cabeçote.

TMPG TMPH TMPN

Termopar isolação mineral Termopar isolação mineral com poço cônico Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto
com poço reto flangeado, niple união e cabeçote. flangeado, niple união e cabeçote. com rebaixo, flangeado, niple união e cabeçote.

TMP1 TMP2 TMP3

Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto Termopar isolação mineral com poço cônico Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto
rosqueado, niple união e rabicho. rosqueado, niple união e rabicho. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple união e rabicho.

TMP4 TMP5 TMP6

Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto, Termopar isolação mineral com poço cônico, Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto com
conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho. conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho. rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho.

TMP7 TMP8 TMP9

Termopar isolação mineral Termopar isolação mineral Termopar isolação mineral com poço reto com
com poço reto flangeado, niple união e rabicho. com poço cônico flangeado, niple união e rabicho. rebaixo, flangeado, niple união e rabicho.

CONSISTEC 23
termopares

TERMOPAR CONVENCIONAL COM POÇO - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

TCPA TCPB TCPO

Termopar convencional Termopar convencional Termopar convencional com poço reto,

com poço reto rosqueado, niple e cabeçote. com poço cônico rosqueado, niple e cabeçote. conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote.

TCPQ TCPC TCPD

Termopar convencional com poço cônico, Termopar convencional com Termopar convencional com
conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote. poço reto rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote. poço cônico rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote.

TCPL TCPM TCPE

Termopar convencional com poço reto, Termopar convencional com poço cônico, Termopar convencional,
conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote. conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote. com poço reto flangeado, niple e cabeçote.

TCPF TCPG TCPH

Termopar convencional, com Termopar convencional com poço reto Termopar convencional com poço cônico
poço cônico flangeado, niple e cabeçote. flangeado, niple união e cabeçote. flangeado, niple união e cabeçote.

TCPI

Termopar convencional com

poço, conexão tri-clamp e cabeçote.

24 CONSISTEC
termopares

RABICHO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

15 - Construção
C (Cabo) F (Fio)
16 - Formação
2 (2 Fios) 4 (4 Fios) 6 (6 Fios)
17 - Secção
16 (16 AWG) 20 (20 AWG) 22 (22 AWG) 24 (24 AWG) 26 (26 AWG) 32 (32 AWG)
18 - Isolação
AA (Amianto / Amianto) PP (PVC / PVC) SA (Silicone / Amianto) SA (Silicone / Amianto)
SF (Silicone / Fibra de vidro) SS (Silicone / Silicone) BB (Borracha / Borracha) TT (MFA / MFA)
TK (MFA / Kapton) KK (Kapton / Kapton) FF (Fibra de vidro / Fibra de vidro)
TA (PTFE / PTFE) TF (PTFE / Fibra de vidro)
FA (Fibra de vidro alta temperatura / Fibra de vidro alta temperatura) FC (Fibra-cerâmica / Fibra-cerâmica)
19 - Norma
D (DIN) A (ANSI) I (IEC)
20 - Blindagem
X (Sem Blindagem) 1 (Mylar Alumínio e fio dreno)
21 - Trançamento
X (Sem Trança) 1 (Trança de aço galvanizado)
2 (Trança de cobre estanhado) 3 (Trança de aço inoxidável)
22 - Conector
CGM (Conector baquelite grande macho) CGF (Conector baquelite grande fêmea)
CGD (Conector baquelite grande macho e fêmea) CPM (Conector baquelite mini macho)
CPF (Conector baquelite mini fêmea) CPD (Conector baquelite mini macho e fêmea)
CAM (Conector para alta temperatura macho) CAF (Conector para alta temperatura fêmea)
CAD (Conector para alta temperatura macho e fêmea) CCM (Conector cerâmico macho)
CCF (Conector cerâmico fêmea) CCD (Conector cerâmico macho e fêmea)
HDP (Conector hermético macho e fêmea para pote) HDC (Conector hermético macho e fêmea para cabo)
HMM (Conector hermético macho) HFP (Conector hermético fêmea para pote)
HFC (Conector hermético fêmea para cabo) BNA (Banana)
FRQ (Forquilha) ALH (Olhal)
AGU (Agulha) FST (Faston)
23 - Comprimento do rabicho
Escreva o comprimento em mm.

Obs.: Temperatura máxima de utilização:

Baquelite 130 0C
Alta Temperatura 218 0C
Cerâmico 650 0C

- - - - - - - -
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

26 CONSISTEC
termoresistências

POÇO TERMOMÉTRICO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

24 - Modelo do poço
R (Reto usinado) C (Cônico usinado) B (Reto com rebaixo, usinado) T (Tubo de Proteção)
25 - Niple
X (Sem Niple) 1 (Niple Liso) 2 (Niple União)
26 - Material Niple / União
304 (Aço Inox 304) 316 (Aço Inox 316) 505 (Aço Carbono)
27 - Dimensão do Niple
12 (1/2”) 13 (3/4”) 14 (1”)
28 - Extensão “N” em mm
Escreva a extensão em mm.
29 - Material de proteção
304 (Aço Inox 304) 34L (Aço Inox 304-L) 310 (Aço Inox 310) 31S (Aço Inox 310-S)
316 (Aço Inox 316) 36L (Aço Inox 316-L) 405 (Hastelloy B) 406 (Hastelloy C)
407 (Hastelloy D) 446 (Aço Cromo 446) 500 (Grafite) 505 (Aço Carbono)
510 (Ferro Perlítico) 515 (Ferro Armco) 600 (Inconel 600) 905 (Cobre)
908 (Monel) 909 (MFA) 910 (Titânio) APM (Thermalloys APM)
30 - Diâmetro externo
Escreva o diâmetro em mm.
31(a) - Rosca interna do poço usinada
12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT)
31(b) - Rosca ao cabeçote (em caso de tubo)
10N (1/8” NPT) 11N (1/4” NPT) 12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT)
32(a) - Rosca ao processo
12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT) 14N (1” NPT) 16N (1.1/2” NPT)
12B (1/2” BSP) 13B (3/4” BSP) 14B (1” BSP) 16B (1.1/2” BSP)
32(b) - Medida do Flange
001 (3/4”) 002 (1”) 003 (1.1/4”) 004 (1.1/2”)
005 (2”) 006 (2.1/2”) 007 (3”)
32(c) - Medida do Tri-Clamp
002 (1”) 004 (1.1/2”) 005 (2”) 006 (2.1/2”)
33 - Tipo do Flange
1 - (FF - plano) 2 - (FF - ranhura espiral) 3 - (FF - ranhura concêntrica)
4 - (RF - plano) 5 - (RF - ranhura espiral) 6 - (RF - ranhura concêntrica)
7 (Tri-clamp) 8 (RTJ)
34 - Norma do Flange
A (ANSI) D (DIN) J (JIS)
35 - Pressão do Flange
A (150 lb/pol2) B (300 lb/pol2) C (600 lb/pol2)
D (900 lb/pol2) E (1500 lb/pol2)
36 - Comprimento “U”
Escreva o comprimento em mm.
37 - Diâmetro Interno
Escreva o diâmetro em mm.
38 - Extensão “T”
Escreva a extensão em mm.
39 - Revestimento
A (Cromo Duro)
S (Stellite) T (MFA)
G (Grafite) P (PVC)

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

42 CONSISTEC
termopares

TERMINAIS DE LIGAÇÃO
40(a) - Cabeçote
810 (CCL810 Alumínio) 811 (CCL811 Polipropileno) 818 (CCL818 Polipropileno) 819 (CCL819 Alumínio) 820 (CCL820 Alumínio)
821 (CCL821 Alumínio) 822 (CCL822 Alumínio) 823 (CCL823 Alumínio) 824 (CCL824 Alumínio) 825 (CCL825 Alumínio)
81F (CCL81F Ferro) 82F (CCL82F Ferro) 83F (CCL83F Ferro) KNC (CCLKNC Alumínio) KBS (CCLKBS Baquelite)
KSC (CCLKSC Alumínio) KBG (CCLKBG Baquelite)
40(b) - Bloco
710 (CBL710) 711 (CBL711) 712 (CBL712) 713 (CBL713) 714 (CBL714) 715 (CBL715) 716 (CBL716)
726 (CBL726) BP3 (CBLBP3) BG6 (CBLBG6) CG2 (CBLCG2) CG4 (CBLCG4) CG6 (CBLCG6)
40(c) - Conector
PGM (Conector baquelite grande macho) PGF (Conector baquelite grande fêmea) PGD (Conector baquelite grande macho e fêmea)
PPM (Conector baquelite mini macho) PPF (Conector baquelite mini fêmea) PPD (Conector baquelite mini macho e fêmea)
HDP (Conector hermético macho e fêmea para pote) HDC (Conector hermético macho e fêmea para cabo) HMM (Conector hermético macho)
HFP (Conector hermético fêmea para pote) HFC (Conector hermético fêmea para cabo) BNA (Banana)
FRQ (Forquilha) OHL (Olhal) AGU (Agulha) FST (Faston)
40(d) - Pote
PLI (Pote liso Inox 304) PLL (Pote liso latão niquelado) P8I (Pote rosqueado M8 Inox 304)
P8L (Pote rosqueado M8 latão niquelado) P0I (Pote rosqueado M10 Inox 304) P0L (Pote rosqueado M10 latão)
40(e) - Punho
PNA (Punho em alumínio) PNT (Punho em MFA)
41(a) - Conexão ao conduite
12N (1/2” NPT) 12B (1/2” BSP) 12U (1/2” UNF) 38B (3/8” BSP)
13B (3/4” BSP) 13N (3/4” NPT) PN2 (Prensa Cabo Nylon 1/2” BSP) PN4 (Prensa Cabo Nylon 3/4” BSP)
PL2 (Prensa Cabo latão 1/2” BSP) PL1 (Prensa Cabo latão 1/4” BSP) PL4 (Prensa Cabo latão 3/4”BSP) PL8 (Prensa Cabo Latão 3/8” BSP)
PP8 (Prensa Cabo Plástico 3/8” BSP)
41(b) - Número de Bornes
002 (2 bornes) 004 (4 bornes) 006 (6 bornes) 008 (8 bornes)

-
40 41

28 CONSISTEC

PRINCÍPIO DE FUNCIONAMENTO
O princípio de medição de temperatura utilizando ter-
mômetros de resistência se baseia na variação do valor
da resistência elétrica de um condutor metálico em
função da temperatura. De uma forma aproximada, mas
nem por isso muito longe do real, a variação da resistên-
cia elétrica de um metal em função da temperatura
pode ser representada pela expressão:
R(t) = R0 (1 + at)
onde:
R(t): Resistência elétrica à temperatura "t";
R0: Resistência elétrica à temperatura de 0°C;
a: Coeficiente de variação da resistência elétrica em
função da temperatura, medido em °C;
t: Temperatura, medida em °C;
Um estudo mais detalhado mostra que o coeficiente
"a" varia em função da temperatura, e esse fato deve
ser considerado nos termômetros de resistência, principal-
mente quando os mesmos são utilizados para medição
em um intervalo de temperatura acima de 100°C. Den-
tre os metais, aqueles que se mostraram mais adequa-
dos para a utilização na termometria de resistência são:
1 - Liga de Rh99,5% x Fe0,5%:
Utilizado para medição de temperatura na faixa de
0,5K a 25K (-272,65°C a -248,15°C);
2 - Cobre:
Utilizado para medição de temperatura na faixa de
193,15K a 533,15K (-80°C a 260°C). Possui uma linea-
ridade de 0,1°C em um intervalo de temperatura de 200°C.
Entretanto, sua baixa resistência à oxidação limita a sua
faixa de temperatura de utilização.
3 - Níquel
Utilizado para medição de temperatura na faixa de
213,15K a 453,15K (-60°C a 180°C). Os principais atrati-
vos na sua utilização são seu baixo custo e alta sensibi-
lidade. Sua principal desvantagem é a baixa linearidade.
4 - Platina:
Utilizado para medição de temperatura na faixa de
25K a 1235K (-248°C a 962°C). É o metal mais utiliza-
do na construção de termômetros de resistência, pela
sua ampla faixa de utilização, boa linearidade e melhor
resistência à oxidação. Suas características serão apre-
sentadas com mais detalhes a seguir.
TERMÔMETRO DE RESISTÊNCIA DE PLATINA
Além das características mencionadas acima sobre a
platina, ela atende também a dois aspectos muito impor-
tantes: possui uma grande inércia química e é relativamen-
te fácil de se obter na forma pura.Os termômetros de
resistência de platina apresentam duas configurações bá-
sicas, a saber: Termômetro de Resistência de Platina Pa-
drão e Termômetro de Resistência de Platina Industrial.
TERMÔMETRO DE RESISTÊNCIA
DE PLATINA PADRÃO (TRPP)
Esta configuração é utilizada nos termômetros que
são utilizados como padrão de interpolação na Escala
Internacional de Temperatura de 1990 (ITS-90) na faixa
termoresistências
de temperatura de -248°C a 962°C. O comportamento
da variação da resistência em função da temperatura é
dado pela expressão:
R(t) = R0 (1 + At + Bt2 + C(t - 100)t3)
Os valores típicos das constantes do termômetro de
platina padrão são:R0: 25,5 Ohms;
A: 3,985 x 10-3 °C-1;
B: -5,85 x 10-7 °C-2;
C: 4,27 x 10-12 °C-4 para t < 0°C e zero para t > 0°C;
Suas principais características construtivas são:
a) O elemento sensor é feito com platina com pureza
melhor que 99,999%;
b) Sua montagem é feita de modo que a platina não
fique submetida a tensões;
c) São utilizados materiais de alta pureza e inércia
química, tais como quartzo na fabricação do tubo e
mica na confecção do suporte do sensor de platina.
A justificativa para sua utilização como padrão de
interpolação da ITS-90 é a grande estabilidade do ter-
mômetro e a precisão das medições, com valores de
±0,0006°C a 0,01°C e ±0,002°C a 420°C.
TERMÔMETRO DE RESISTÊNCIA
DE PLATINA INDUSTRIAL (TRPI)
As diversas configurações de montagem dos TRPI's
visam adequá-los às condições de utilização em uma
planta industrial, na qual inevitavelmente estarão sub-
metidos a condições mais agressivas. Analogamente ao
TRPP, o comportamento da variação da resistência em
função da temperatura é dado por:
R(t) = R0 (1 + At + Bt2 + C(t - 100)t3)
Os valores típicos das constantes do termômetro de
resistência de platina industrial são:
R0: 100 Ohms;
A: 3,908 x 10-3 °C-1;
B: -5,80 x 10-7 °C-2;
C: 4,27 x 10-12 °C-4 para t < 0°C e zero para t > 0°C;
A diferença entre os valores das constantes do TRPI
em relação às do TRPP é causada por o TRPI utilizar pla-
tina com teor de pureza menor, da ordem de 99,99%,
devido à contaminação prévia feita com o objetivo de
reduzir contaminações posteriores durante sua utiliza-
ção. Entretanto, sua faixa de utilização é menor que a
do TRPP, tendo como limite superior de utilização 850°C,
devido à forte contaminação que ele passa a sofrer.
A principal qualidade do TRPI é sua excelente precisão,
sendo disponíveis modelos com precisão de 0,1% a 0,5%
na sua faixa de utilização. É possível chegar a ± 0,015°C,
quando o mesmo é calibrado e utilizado com instrumen-
tos e meios termostáticos adequados, o que lhe confere
o "status" de padrão secundário de temperatura.
TOLERÂNCIA EM TERMÔMETROS DE
RESISTÊNCIA DE PLATINA INDUSTRIAL
A tolerância de um TRPI é o desvio máximo permitido
expresso em graus Celsius a partir da relação de tem-
peratura e resistência nominal.
CONSISTEC 29
termoresistências

Classe de Tolerância Tolerância (°C) Esta característica também deve ser levada em consi-
A (0,15 + 0,002) . [T] deração quando da especificação do sensor em aplica-
B (0,3 + 0,005) . [T] ções onde o componente repetibilidade é uma variável
1/5 * {(0,3 + 0,005) . [T]} / 5 que tem peso expressivo na incerteza total de medição.
1/10 * {(0,3 + 0,005) . [T]} / 10
[T] Módulo de temperatura em °C (sem sinal).
PROFUNDIDADE DE IMERSÃO
* Não normalizados. Este fator é tão importante quanto a classe de pre-
A tabela a seguir apresenta valores, retirados das re- cisão e o tipo de bulbo, para se usufruir todos os bene-
ferências de fabricantes, onde é possível fazer uma com- fícios da utilização de termoresistências em medições
paração entre as tolerâncias das diferentes classes de de temperatura onde necessitamos precisão e repetibili-
precisão dos bulbos: dade em valores que o sistema de medição utilizando,
Classe Banda termopares + cabo de extensão + compensação de junta
Temperatura fria, não consegue atender aos requisitos necessários.
A B 1/5 1/10 1 2 3 4 5
(°C)
(°C) (°C) (°C) (°C) (°C) (°C) (°C) (°C) (°C) Como a termoresistência mede a TEMPERATURA
0 0,15 0,30 0,06 0,03 0,26 0,13 0,13 0,05 0,03 ABSOLUTA em função do meio onde a mesma está
50 0,25 0,55 0,11 0,06 0,35 0,19 0,18 0,10 0,07
instalada, a prufundidade de imersão afeta diretamente
100 0,35 0,80 0,16 0,08 0,45 0,26 0,24 0,15 0,12
150 0,45 1,05 0,21 0,11 0,55 0,33 0,29 0,20 0,16
o resultado da medição.
200 0,55 1,30 0,26 0,13 0,65 0,40 0,35 0,25 0,21 Requisitos utilizados nos ensaios das TRPI, servem co-
250 0,65 1,55 0,31 0,16 0,76 0,47 0,42 0,31 0,27 mo orientação para a correta especificação dos mesmos.
300 0,75 1,80 0,36 0,18 0,87 0,55 0,48 0,37 0,32 Para aplicação em meios térmicos com fluídos como ar
350 0,85 2,05 0,41 0,21 0,99 0,64 0,55 0,44 0,38 e gases, a profundidade mínima recomendada é de 15
400 0,95 2,30 0,46 0,23 1,11 0,72 0,63 0,51 0,45
vezes o diâmetro da bainha de proteção + o comprimen-
450 1,05 2,55 0,51 0,26 1,23 0,81 0,70 0,58 0,51
500 1.15 2,80 0,56 0,28 1,36 0,91 0,78 0,65 0,58 to do bulbo e seu distanciamento até a ponta da bainha.
550 1,25 3,05 0,61 0,31 1,49 1,00 0,86 0,73 0,65 Para aplicação em meios líquidos a recomendação é de
600 1,35 3,30 0,66 0,33 1,63 1,10 0,95 0,81 0,73 5 vezes o diâmetro da bainha de proteção + o comprimen-
650 1,45 3,55 0,71 0,36 1,77 1,21 1,03 0,89 0,80 to do bulbo e seu distanciamento até a ponta da bainha.
700 1,55 3,80 0,76 0,38 1,91 1,31 1,12 0,97 0,88
750 1,65 4,05 0,81 0,41 2,06 1,42 1,22 1,06 0,97 TEMPERATURA DE TRABALHO / VIBRAÇÃO
800 1,75 4,30 0,86 0,43 2,21 1,54 1,31 1,15 1,05 Outro requisito essencial para se usufruir de todos os
850 1,85 4,55 0,91 0,46 2,37 1,66 1,41 1,25 1,14 benefícios relativos à precisão e repetibilidade propor-
cionados na medição de temperatura utilizando ter-
TIPOS DE BULBOS
moresistências, é a especificação da temperatura de tra-
Bulbos Cerâmicos balho e as condições da aplicação e exigências do pro-
O fio é embobinado na forma helicoidal e encapsula- cesso. Ex.: nível de vibração, choque mecânico, ensaio
do em invólucro cerâmico. Entre todos os tipos de bul- de tensão aplicada, umidade, condensação, flexibilida-
bos é o que permite a utilização em toda faixa de tem- de do cabo, grau de proteção do conector ou cabeçote,
peratura, proporciona maior estabilidade, e tem versões medição de temperatura superficial, profundidade de
para utilização com aplicações sujeitas a choque mecâ- imersão crítica, rápida velocidade de resposta, garantia
nico e vibração. da classe de precisão em toda a faixa de utilização,
Bulbos de Vidro troca rápida sem interrupção do processo, aplicação
O fio é embobinado na forma bifilar diretamente so- sanitária / em oxigênio / em ambientes corrosivos, etc.
bre uma base de vidro,posteriormente revestido tam- Normalmente são utilizados 3 tipos de montagens que
bém com vidro. Esta montagem permite a utilização em se adequam aos requisitos acima, porém estes são os da-
condições severas de choque mecânico e vibração, e o dos básicos que devem ser informados quando da espe-
encapsulamento de vidro permite a utilização direta em cificação do sensor, e quanto maior fôr o detalhamento
soluções ácidas, alcalinas e líquidos orgânicos. sobre a aplicação melhor será a relação custo benefício.
Bulbos de Filme Fino TIPOS DE MONTAGEM
Neste tipo de bulbo a platina é depositada em um 1 - Aplicação de -50 a 200 ºC
substrato cerâmico proporcionando a fabricação de 2 - Aplicação de -50 a 400 ºC
bulbos com dimensões reduzidas tanto na versão plana 3 - Aplicação de -50 a 600 ºC
como na cilíndrica. Obs.: Aplicações nas faixas de -200 a 200 ºC e 0 a
HISTERÉSE 850 ºC são possíveis porém devem ser exaustivamente
Em função das diferentes características construtivas detalhadas e analizadas quanto aos benefícios e cuida-
dos bulbos cerâmico, vidro e filme fino, este efeito apre- dos da instalação e manutenção.
senta-se conforme a tabela abaixo: SISTEMAS DE LIGAÇÃO DO
Bulbo Histerése Típica (% do SPAN)
Cerâmico 0,004 ELEMENTO SENSOR
Filme Fino 0,04 Para melhor entendimento do título deste item é neces-
Vidro 0,08 sário apresentar a configuração básica do elemento sensor.

30 CONSISTEC

D (BULBO)
L
A figura acima representa o elemento sensor de um
TRPI, tendo como dimensões típicas :
- L: 10 mm a 40 mm;
- D: 1 mm a 4 mm;
Na extremidade do bulbo são soldados fios de liga-
ção, acondicionados em suporte adequado, e o con-
junto é inserido no interior de um tubo metálico. Uma
vez que o valor de resistência que permite a determi-
nação da temperatura é somente a resistência do bulbo
e não a resistência dos fios de ligação, existem três es-
quemas básicos de ligação do bulbo que contornam o
fato inevitável de ter que utilizar fios de ligação para se
medir a resistência do bulbo.
LIGAÇÃO A DOIS FIOS
Como a questão mais importante que pretende ser es-
clarecida é a justificativa para os sistemas de ligação que
serão apresentados, ela será feita utilizando-se uma pon-
te de Wheatstone para medição da resistência elétrica,
mostrada na figura abaixo:
R2 R1
+ RL1
- RBULBO
R3
RL2
A ponte de Wheatstone tem conectada a ela um ter-
mômetro de resistência com ligação a dois fios. Na
condição de equilíbrio da ponte, que ocorre quando o
galvanômetro "G" indica zero, tem-se a seguinte relação
entre as resistências:
RBULBO + RL1 + RL2 = R1.R3 / R2
Se R3 = R2 então RBULBO + RL1 + RL2 = R1. Uma vez que
R1 é conhecido, fica determinado o valor de RBULBO +
RL1 + RL2. Fica evidente que ao valor da resistência do
bulbo estão acrescidos os valores da resistência dos fios
de ligação, fato que diminui a qualidade da medição com
o conseqüente erro na determinação da temperatura.
LIGAÇÃO A TRÊS FIOS
R2 R1
RL1
+ presença de umidade, óleo, graxa, etc...
- RBULBO
R3
RL2
Neste caso está conectado à ponte um termômetro de
resistência com ligação a três fios. Considerando novamen-
te que R2 = R3, o equilíbrio da ponte resultará da condição:
RBULBO + RL2 = R1 + RL1
Como é possível, com boa aproximação, considerar
termoresistências
RL1 aproximadamente igual a RL2 aproximadamente igual
a RL3, o efeito dos fios de ligação é muito atenuado.
Este é o tipo de ligação mais utilizado em termômetros
de resistência para aplicações industriais.
LIGAÇÃO A QUATRO FIOS
O sistema de ligação a quatro fios elimina completamente
a resistências dos fios de ligação, sendo utilizado em situa-
ções que necessitam medições muito precisas. Os TRPP's
são montados com ligações a quatro fios, por exemplo:
RL1
RL2
DDP Fonte de
Medição corrente RBULBO
de tensão RL3
RL4
Esta configuração é voltada para aplicação em labo-
ratórios, instrumentos de leitura dos sensores de referên-
cia permitem a circulação de uma corrente constante
(usualmente 1mA) através do elemento sensor e a me-
dição da diferença de potencial é feita sobre os termi-
nais do bulbo eliminado assim o efeito da resistência dos
condutores no resultado final. Pela lei de Ohm tem-se que:
V = RBULBO . I
V
Portanto: RBULBO =
R
MONTAGEM CONVENCIONAL
A bainha é preenchida com óxido de magnésio, o
que garante a proteção mecânica do bulbo e melhora
as características de tempo de resposta. A ligação do
bulbo com o meio externo é feita através de fios de
prata ou níquel isolados entre si, sendo a conexão com
o rabicho selada com resina epoxy (temperatura máxi-
ma 100°C intermitente), para manter as características
de isolação e impedir a entrada de agentes prejudiciais
presentes no meio ambiente.
MONTAGEM EM CABO DE ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL
O bulbo é montado diretamente no cabo de isolação
mineral, o que permite a confecção de sensores com
diâmetro reduzido e sem limitações quanto ao compri-
mento da bainha, que por ser flexível e em aço inox,
permite a instalação da termoresistência em locais de
difícil acesso, com exposição à alta temperatura e na
RESISTÊNCIA AO ISOLAMENTO (NBR 13773:1997)
Quando o elemento sensor for montado em seu re-
vestimento, a resistência ao isolamento entre cada ter-
minal e o revestimento deve ser medida com uma tensão
de ensaio entre 10 Vcc e 100 Vcc, sob condições, entre
15 ºC e 35 ºC e uma umidade que não exceda 80%. A
polaridade da corrente de ensaio deve ser invertida. Em
todos os casos, a resistência ao isolamento não deve ser
inferior a 100 Mohms, quando o valor estiver estabilizado.
CONSISTEC 31
termoresistências

TERMORESISTÊNCIA CONVENCIONAL - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

RCAA RCAB RCAC

Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional composta Termoresistência convencional composta

composta de fios e isoladores. de fios, isoladores e com bloco de ligação. de fios e isoladores, com cabeçote

RCAD RCAE RCAF

Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional

com bainha e com pote liso. com bainha e com pote rosqueado. com bainha e com conector 3 pinos.

RCAG RCAH RCBA

Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional com

com bainha e com conector hermético. com bainha e com rosca ao cabeçote. tubo de proteção metálico e cabeçote.

RCBA com rosca móvel RCBA com anel de ajuste RCCA

Termoresistência convencional, com tubo de Termoresistência convencional, com tubo de Termoresistência convencional com bainha, rosca
proteção metálico, cabeçote e rosca móvel (bucim). proteção metálico, cabeçote e anel de ajuste. ao processo e rosca ao cabeçote.

RCCB RCCC RCNN

Termoresistência convencional com bainha, Termoresistência convencional com bainha, rosca Termoresistência convencional
rosca ao processo e cabeçote. ao processo, extensão (dimensão “E”) e cabeçote. com bainha, niple e cabeçote.

32 CONSISTEC

TERMORESISTÊNCIA CONVENCIONAL - DESENHOS
RCUN
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, niple união e cabeçote.
RCDA com anel de ajuste
Termoresistência convencional com tubo
de proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”),
com anel de ajuste e cabeçote.
RCN1
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, niple e rabicho.
RCEA
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, punho e rabicho.
RCED
Obs.: O padrão Consistec para
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, skin e rabicho.
RCNU
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, niple união niple e cabeçote.
RCDB
Termoresistência convencional com tubo
de proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”),
com rosca ao processo e cabeçote.
RCU2
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, niple união e rabicho.
RCEB
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, pote e rabicho.
RCFA
o material da extensão “E”
é aço carbono.
Termoresistência convencional
angular com proteção metálica.
termoresistências
E DESCRIÇÕES
RCDA
Termoresistência convencional com tubo de
proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”) e cabeçote.
RCDC
Termoresistência convencional com tubo
de proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”),
com rosca ao processo e cabeçote.
RCU3
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, niple união niple e rabicho.
RCEC
Termoresistência convencional
com bainha, pote, mola e rabicho.
Obs.: Na família RCA em caso de construção angular
informar dimensão “E”.
Obs.: Na família RCA é aplicável rosca movel ou anel de
ajuste.
Obs.: Na família RCE:
1 - É aplicável rosca móvel.
2 - Em caso de construção angular informar
dimensão “E” e o ângulo “A”.
CONSISTEC 33
termoresistências

TERMORESISTÊNCIA ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

RMAA RMAB RMAC

Termoresistência isolação mineral

resinado na própria bainha. Termoresistência isolação mineral com bloco. Termoresistência isolação mineral com cabeçote.

RMAD RMAE RMAF

Termoresistência isolação mineral Termoresistência isolação mineral

Termoresistência isolação mineral com pote liso. com pote rosqueado. com conector 3 pinos.

RMAG RMAH RMBA

Termoresistência isolação mineral Termoresistência isolação mineral Termoresistência isolação mineral com
com conector hermético. com rosca ao cabeçote. tubo de proteção metálico e cabeçote.

RMBA com rosca móvel RMBA com anel de ajuste RMCA

Termoresistência isolação mineral, com tubo de Termoresistência isolação mineral, com tubo de Termoresistência isolação mineral com rosca
proteção metálico, rosca móvel (bucim) e cabeçote. proteção metálico, anel de ajuste e cabeçote. ao processo e rosca ao cabeçote.

RMCB RMCC RMNN

Termoresistência isolação mineral Termoresistência isolação mineral com rosca ao Termoresistência isolação mineral
com rosca ao processo e cabeçote. processo e extensão (dimensão “E”) e cabeçote. com niple e cabeçote.

34 CONSISTEC

TERMORESISTÊNCIA ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL - DESENHOS
RMUN
Termoresistência isolação mineral
com niple união e cabeçote.
RMDA com anel de ajuste
Termoresistência isolação mineral, com tubo
de proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”),
com anel de ajuste e cabeçote.
RMN1
Termoresistência isolação mineral
com niple e rabicho.
RMEA
Termoresistência isolação mineral
com punho e rabicho.
RMED
Obs.: O padrão Consistec para
Termoresistência isolação mineral
com skin e rabicho.
RMNU
Termoresistência isolação mineral
com niple união niple e cabeçote.
RMDB
Termoresistência isolação mineral com tubo
de proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”),
com rosca ao processo e cabeçote.
RMU2
Termoresistência isolação mineral com
niple união e rabicho.
RMEB
Termoresistência isolação mineral
com pote e rabicho.
RMFA
o material da extensão “E”
é aço carbono.
Termoresistência isolação mineral
angular com proteção metálica e cabeçote.
termoresistências
E DESCRIÇÕES
RMDA
Termoresistência isolação mineral, com tubo de
proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”) e cabeçote.
RMDC
Termoresistência isolação mineral com tubo
de proteção cerâmico, luva (dimensão “E”),
com rosca ao processo e cabeçote.
RMU3
Termoresistência isolação mineral com
niple união niple e rabicho.
RMEC
Termoresistência isolação mineral com
pote, mola e rabicho.
Obs.: Na família RMA em caso de construção angular
informar dimensão “E”.
Obs.: Na família RMA é aplicável rosca movel ou anel de
ajuste.
Obs.: Na família RME:
1 - É aplicável rosca móvel.
2 - Em caso de construção angular informar
dimensão “E” e o ângulo “A”.
CONSISTEC 35
termoresistências

TERMORESISTÊNCIA ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL COM POÇO - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

RMPA RMPB RMPJ

Termoresistência isolação mineral com Termoresistência isolação mineral com Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto
poço reto rosqueado, niple e cabeçote. poço cônico rosqueado, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple e cabeçote.

RMPO RMPQ RMPS

Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto, Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto
conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote. cônico, conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote.

RMPC RMPD RMPL

Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto
reto rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote. cônico rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote.

RMPP RMPR RMPT

Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto, Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço cônico, Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto com
conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote. conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote. rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote.

RMPI

Termoresistência isolação mineral

com poço, conexão tri-clamp e cabeçote.

36 CONSISTEC
 termoresistências

TERMORESISTÊNCIA ISOLAÇÃO MINERAL COM POÇO - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

RMPE RMPF RMPM

Termoresistência isolação mineral Termoresistência isolação mineral Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto
com poço reto flangeado, niple e cabeçote. com poço cônico flangeado, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo, flangeado, niple e cabeçote.

RMPG RMPH RMPN

Termoresistência isolação mineral Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto
com poço reto flangeado, niple união e cabeçote. cônico flangeado, niple união e cabeçote. com rebaixo, flangeado, niple união e cabeçote.

RMP1 RMP2 RMP3

Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto
reto rosqueado, niple união e rabicho. cônico rosqueado, niple união e rabicho. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple união e rabicho.

RMP4 RMP5 RMP6

Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto, Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço cônico, Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto com
conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho. conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho. rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho.

RMP7 RMP8 RMP9

Termoresistência isolação mineral Termoresistência isolação mineral com Termoresistência isolação mineral com poço reto
com poço reto flangeado, niple união e rabicho. poço cônico flangeado, niple união e rabicho. com rebaixo, flangeado, niple união e rabicho.

CONSISTEC 37
termoresistências

TERMORESISTÊNCIA CONVENCIONAL COM POÇO - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

RCPA RCPB RCPJ

Termoresistência convencional com Termoresistência convencional com Termoresistência convencional com poço reto
poço reto rosqueado, niple e cabeçote. poço cônico rosqueado, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple e cabeçote.

RCPO RCPQ RCPS

Termoresistência convencional com poço reto, Termoresistência convencional com poço Termoresistência convencional com poço reto
conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote. cônico, conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple e cabeçote.

RCPC RCPD RCPL

Termoresistência convencional com poço Termoresistência convencional com poço Termoresistência convencional com poço reto
reto rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote. cônico rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple união e cabeçote.

RCPP RCPR RCPT

Termoresistência convencional com poço reto, Termoresistência convencional com poço cônico, Termoresistência convencional com poço reto com
conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote. conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote. rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple união e cabeçote.

RCPI

Termoresistência convencional
com poço, conexão tri-clamp e cabeçote.

38 CONSISTEC
 termoresistências

TERMORESISTÊNCIA CONVENCIONAL COM POÇO - DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES

RCPE RCPF RCPM

Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional com poço reto

com poço reto flangeado, niple e cabeçote. com poço cônico flangeado, niple e cabeçote. com rebaixo flangeado, niple e cabeçote.

RCPG RCPH RCPN

Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional com poço Termoresistência convencional com poço reto
com poço reto flangeado, niple união e cabeçote. cônico flangeado, niple união e cabeçote. com rebaixo flangeado, niple união e cabeçote.

RCP1 RCP2 RCP3

Termoresistência convencional com poço Termoresistência convencional com poço Termoresistência convencional com poço reto
reto rosqueado, niple união e rabicho. cônico rosqueado, niple união e rabicho. com rebaixo, rosqueado, niple união e rabicho.

RCP4 RCP5 RCP6

Termoresistência convencional com poço reto, Termoresistência convencional com poço cônico, Termoresistência convencional com poço reto com
conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho. conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho. rebaixo, conexão para solda, niple união e rabicho.

RCP7 RCP8 RCP9

Termoresistência convencional Termoresistência convencional com Termoresistência convencional com poço reto
com poço reto flangeado, niple união e rabicho. poço cônico flangeado, niple união e rabicho. com rebaixo, flangeado, niple união e rabicho.

CONSISTEC 39
 Instruções de codificação:

termoresistências Após escolher a construção, é necessário o preenchimento dos campos 1 ao 41.

Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter.

SENSOR
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

Construção
Selecione a construção correspondente na página de Desenhos e Descrições (páginas 32 a 39)
1 - Sensor
P (Pt 100) C (Cobre 10) N (Níquel 100) Q (Níquel 120) M (Pt 1000)
2 - Isolação
MI (Mineral) CM (Cabo Mineral) IR (Isolador Redondo) IO (Isolador Oval)
3 - Tipo de ligação
2 (dois fios) 3 (três fios) 4 (quatro fios)
4 - Tipo de bulbo
C1 (cerâmico simples) C2 (cerâmico duplo) C3 (cerâmico triplo) E1 (filme encapsulado simples)
E2 (filme encapsulado duplo) F1 (filme simples) V1 (vidro simples) V2 (vidro duplo)
5 - Precisão
A (Classe A) B (Classe B) C (1/5 DIN) D (1/10 DIN)
6 - Diâmetro do tubo de proteção/bainha
0200 (2,00mm) 0300 (3,00mm) 0400 (4,00mm) 0476 (4,76mm) 0500 (5,00mm)
0600 (6,00mm) 0635 (6,35mm) 0800 (8,00mm) 0950 (9,50mm) 1000 (10,00mm)
1200 (12,00mm) 1300 (13,00mm) 1500 (15,00mm) 2130 (21,30mm) 2690 (26,90mm)
3300 (33,00mm)
7 - Temperatura de utilização
1 (-50 a 200ºC) 2 (-50 a 400ºC) 3 (-50 a 600ºC) 4 (-250 a 850ºC)
8 - Material de proteção
304 (Aço Inox 304) 316 (Aço Inox 316) 907 (Latão)
9 - Comprimento “U”
Escreva o comprimento em mm.
10 - Tipo de conexão
ML (Móvel de latão) FL (Fixa de latão)
MN (Móvel de inox) FN (Fixa de inox)
11 - Conexão ao processo
10N (1/8” NPT) 11N (1/4” NPT) 12N (1/2” NPT)
13N (3/4” NPT) 14N (1” NPT) 15N (1.1/4” NPT)
16N (1.1/2” NPT) 10B (1/8” BSP) 11B (1/4” BSP)
12B (1/2” BSP) 13B (3/4” BSP) 15B (1.1/4” BSP)
16B (1.1/2” BSP) 10U (1/8” UNF) 11U (1/4” UNF)
12U (1/2” UNF) AAJ (Anel de ajuste)
12 - Extensão (dimensão “E”)
Escreva a extensão em mm.
13 - Ângulo de montagem (“A”)
Escreva o ângulo em graus
14 - Rosca ao cabeçote
10 (1/8”) 11 (1/4”)
12 (1/2”) 13 (3/4”)

- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

40 CONSISTEC
 termoresistências

RABICHO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

15 - Construção
C (Cabo) F (Fio)
16 - Formação
2 (2 Fios) 3 (3 Fios) 4 (4 Fios) 6 (6 Fios)
17 - Secção
16 (16 AWG) 20 (20 AWG) 24 (24 AWG) 26 (26 AWG) 32 (32 AWG)
18 - Isolação
PP (PVC / PVC) SS (Silicone / Silicone) FF (Fibra / Fibra) TT (MFA / MFA) TS (MFA Singelo)
19 - Norma
I (IEC)
20 - Blindagem
X (Sem Blindagem) 1 (Mylar Alumínio e fio dreno)
21 - Trançamento
X (Sem Trança) 1 (Trança de aço galvanizado)
2 (Trança de cobre estanhado) 3 (Trança de aço inoxidável)
22 - Conector
PGM (Conector baquelite grande macho) PGF (Conector baquelite grande fêmea)
PGD (Conector baquelite grande macho e fêmea) PPM (Conector baquelite mini macho)
PPF (Conector baquelite mini fêmea) PPD (Conector baquelite mini macho e fêmea)
HDP (Conector hermético macho e fêmea para pote) HDC (Conector hermético macho e fêmea para cabo)
HMM (Conector hermético macho) HFP (Conector hermético fêmea para pote)
HFC (Conector hermético fêmea para cabo) BNA (Banana)
FRQ (Forquilha) OLH (Olhal)
AGU (Agulha) FST (Faston)
23 - Comprimento do rabicho
Escreva o comprimento em mm.

- - - - - - - -
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

CONSISTEC 41
termoresistências

POÇO TERMOMÉTRICO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

24 - Modelo do poço
R (Reto usinado) C (Cônico usinado) B (Reto com rebaixo, usinado) T (Tubo de Proteção)
25 - Niple
X (Sem Niple) 1 (Niple Liso) 2 (Niple União)
26 - Material Niple / União
304 (Aço Inox 304) 316 (Aço Inox 316) 505 (Aço Carbono)
27 - Dimensão do Niple
12 (1/2”) 13 (3/4”) 14 (1”)
28 - Extensão “N” em mm
Escreva a extensão em mm.
29 - Material de proteção
304 (Aço Inox 304) 34L (Aço Inox 304-L) 310 (Aço Inox 310) 31S (Aço Inox 310-S)
316 (Aço Inox 316) 36L (Aço Inox 316-L) 405 (Hastelloy B) 406 (Hastelloy C)
407 (Hastelloy D) 446 (Aço Cromo 446) 500 (Grafite) 505 (Aço Carbono)
510 (Ferro Perlítico) 515 (Ferro Armco) 600 (Inconel 600) 905 (Cobre)
908 (Monel) 909 (MFA) 910 (Titânio) APM (Thermalloys APM)
30 - Diâmetro externo
Escreva o diâmetro em mm.
31(a) - Rosca interna do poço usinada
12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT)
31(b) - Rosca ao cabeçote (em caso de tubo)
10N (1/8” NPT) 11N (1/4” NPT) 12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT)
32(a) - Rosca ao processo
12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT) 14N (1” NPT) 16N (1.1/2” NPT)
12B (1/2” BSP) 13B (3/4” BSP) 14B (1” BSP) 16B (1.1/2” BSP)
32(b) - Medida do Flange
001 (3/4”) 002 (1”) 003 (1.1/4”) 004 (1.1/2”)
005 (2”) 006 (2.1/2”) 007 (3”)
32(c) - Medida do Tri-Clamp
002 (1”) 004 (1.1/2”) 005 (2”) 006 (2.1/2”)
33 - Tipo do Flange
1 - (FF - plano) 2 - (FF - ranhura espiral) 3 - (FF - ranhura concêntrica)
4 - (RF - plano) 5 - (RF - ranhura espiral) 6 - (RF - ranhura concêntrica)
7 (Tri-clamp) 8 (RTJ)
34 - Norma do Flange
A (ANSI) D (DIN) J (JIS)
35 - Pressão do Flange
A (150 lb/pol2) B (300 lb/pol2) C (600 lb/pol2)
D (900 lb/pol2) E (1500 lb/pol2)
36 - Comprimento “U”
Escreva o comprimento em mm.
37 - Diâmetro Interno
Escreva o diâmetro em mm.
38 - Extensão “T”
Escreva a extensão em mm.
39 - Revestimento
A (Cromo Duro)
S (Stellite) T (MFA)
G (Grafite) P (PVC)

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

42 CONSISTEC
termopares

TERMINAIS DE LIGAÇÃO
40(a) - Cabeçote
810 (CCL810 Alumínio) 811 (CCL811 Polipropileno) 818 (CCL818 Polipropileno) 819 (CCL819 Alumínio) 820 (CCL820 Alumínio)
821 (CCL821 Alumínio) 822 (CCL822 Alumínio) 823 (CCL823 Alumínio) 824 (CCL824 Alumínio) 825 (CCL825 Alumínio)
81F (CCL81F Ferro) 82F (CCL82F Ferro) 83F (CCL83F Ferro) KNC (CCLKNC Alumínio) KBS (CCLKBS Baquelite)
KSC (CCLKSC Alumínio) KBG (CCLKBG Baquelite)
40(b) - Bloco
710 (CBL710) 711 (CBL711) 712 (CBL712) 713 (CBL713) 714 (CBL714) 715 (CBL715) 716 (CBL716)
726 (CBL726) BP3 (CBLBP3) BG6 (CBLBG6) CG2 (CBLCG2) CG4 (CBLCG4) CG6 (CBLCG6)
40(c) - Conector
PGM (Conector baquelite grande macho) PGF (Conector baquelite grande fêmea) PGD (Conector baquelite grande macho e fêmea)
PPM (Conector baquelite mini macho) PPF (Conector baquelite mini fêmea) PPD (Conector baquelite mini macho e fêmea)
HDP (Conector hermético macho e fêmea para pote) HDC (Conector hermético macho e fêmea para cabo) HMM (Conector hermético macho)
HFP (Conector hermético fêmea para pote) HFC (Conector hermético fêmea para cabo) BNA (Banana)
FRQ (Forquilha) OHL (Olhal) AGU (Agulha) FST (Faston)
40(d) - Pote
PLI (Pote liso Inox 304) PLL (Pote liso latão niquelado) P8I (Pote rosqueado M8 Inox 304)
P8L (Pote rosqueado M8 latão niquelado) P0I (Pote rosqueado M10 Inox 304) P0L (Pote rosqueado M10 latão)
40(e) - Punho
PNA (Punho em alumínio) PNT (Punho em MFA)
41(a) - Conexão ao conduite
12N (1/2” NPT) 12B (1/2” BSP) 12U (1/2” UNF) 38B (3/8” BSP)
13B (3/4” BSP) 13N (3/4” NPT) PN2 (Prensa Cabo Nylon 1/2” BSP) PN4 (Prensa Cabo Nylon 3/4” BSP)
PL2 (Prensa Cabo latão 1/2” BSP) PL1 (Prensa Cabo latão 1/4” BSP) PL4 (Prensa Cabo latão 3/4”BSP) PL8 (Prensa Cabo Latão 3/8” BSP)
PP8 (Prensa Cabo Plástico 3/8” BSP)
41(b) - Número de Bornes
002 (2 bornes) 004 (4 bornes) 006 (6 bornes) 008 (8 bornes)

-
40 41

28 CONSISTEC
sensores

TERMOSONDAS
STBA STBB
C R C M R

D D

Sonda simples. Sonda simples com mola.

STBC STBD
C M R C M R

D D

Sonda convencional simples com mola e baioneta ajustável. Sonda mineral com mola e baioneta ajustável.

STBE STBF
C R
C M R

D
D

Sonda mineral com mola e baioneta fixa. Sonda com tubo metálico flexível e baioneta ajustável.

STBG
C M R

Sonda com tubo metálico flexível, mola e baioneta ajustável.

44 CONSISTEC
 Instruções de codificação:
Após escolher a construção, é necessário o preenchimento dos campos 1 ao 41.
Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter.
sensores

TERMOSONDAS
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.
Construção
Selecione a construção correspondente na página de Desenhos e Descrições (página 44)
1 - Sensor
J (Tipo J) K (Tipo K) T (Tipo T) 2 (PT 100 2 fios) 3 (PT 100 3 fios) 4 (PT 100 4 fios) M (PT 1000 2 fios)
2 - Isolação (para termopares)
I (Isolada) A (Aterrada)
3 - Quantidade de sensores
1 (simples) 2 (duplo)
4 - Tipo de Ponteira
R (redonda) P (plana) C (cônica)
5 - Diâmetro da Ponteira “D”
Indique o diâmetro em décimos de mm com 3 dígitos (exemplo: 3,5 mm = 035)
6 - Comprimento da Ponteira “C”
Indique o comprimento em décimos de mm com 3 dígitos (exemplo: 10.2 mm = 102)
7 - Material da mola
I (Inox) A (Aço carbono)
8 - Comprimento da mola
Indique o comprimento em mm com 3 dígitos (exemplo: 30 mm = 030)
9 - Comprimento da haste “U” (Para sondas minerais)
Indique o comprimento em mm com 3 dígitos (exemplo: 30 mm = 030)
10 - Diâmetro do mineral (Para sondas minerais)
15 (1,5 mm) 30 (3,0 mm) 45 (4,5 mm) 60 (6,0 mm)
11 - Extensão “E” (Para sondas minerais com montagem angular)
Indique o comprimento em mm com 3 dígitos (exemplo: 30 mm = 030)
12 - Ângulo de montagem “A” (Para sondas minerais com montagem angular)
Indique o ângulo interno em graus com 3 dígitos (exemplo: 90 = 090)
13 - Norma do cabo
D (DIN) A (ANSI) I (IEC)
14 - Secção do cabo
20 (20 AWG/0,81mm) 22 (22 AWG/0,64mm)
24 (20 AWG/0,51mm) 26 (26 AWG/0,41mm)
15 - Isolação do cabo
SS (Silicone/Silicone) TT (MFA/MFA) PP (PVC/PVC)
FF (Fibra/Fibra) FC (Fibra Cerâmica/Fibra Cerâmica)
KA (Kapton/Kapton) FE (Fibra/Fibra Alta Temperatura)
16 - Comprimento do rabicho “R”
Indique o comprimento em mm com 4 dígitos (exemplo: 300 mm = 0300)
17 - Trançamento
1 (Trança de aço galvanizado) 2 (Trança de cobre estanhado)
3 (Trança de aço inox)
18 - Material do tubo metálico flexível
304 (Inox 304)
19 - Tipo de baioneta (Diâmetro interno)
P (pequena 12,0 mm) G (grande 16,5 mm)
20 - Rosca do Adaptador
11B (1/4” BSP) 10B (1/8” BSP)
38B (3/8” BSP)
21 - Diâmetro externo e
comprimento do adaptador
1 (11 mm x 40 mm)
2 (11 mm x 30 mm)
3 (16 mm x 38 mm)
4 (16 mm x 24 mm)

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

CONSISTEC 45
fios e cabos

FIOS E CABOS DE EXTENSÃO temperatura do processo. A diferença básica entre fio

E COMPENSAÇÃO ou cabo está na rigidez do mesmo.
Fios ou cabos de compensação são pares termo-
Nas plantas industriais é muito comum o fato de que elétricos com ligas diferentes daquelas que constituem
o termopar, inserido num meio cuja temperatura se de- o termopar, mas que têm um comportamento termoelé-
seja medir ou controlar, e o instrumento de leitura da trico muito próximo ao do termopar, nas faixas de tem-
força eletromotriz termoelétrica gerada por este, estejam peratura em que o mesmo irá trabalhar.
fisicamente distantes. Também é muito freqüente que
exista uma diferença de temperatura entre a junção de A tabela abaixo mostra, com a nomenclatura usual,
referência do termopar e a temperatura do ambiente on- os fios de extensão ou compensação para os termopa-
de está instalado o instrumento de medição. É apresenta- res mais utilizados.
da abaixo uma situação em que a ligação entre o termopar
Classe de Tolerância Temperatura Temperatura da
e o instrumento de medição é feita com fios de cobre. Tipo de Utilização Junção de Medição
1 2
80°C (Cu) TEMP. AMBIENTE: 30°C JX 85 V (1,5°C) 140 V (2,5°C) -25°C a +200°C 500°C
YX 30 V (0,5°C) 60 V (1,0°C) -25°C a +100°C 300°C
+
EX 120 V (1,5°C) 200 V (2,5°C) -25°C a +200°C 500°C
- KX 60 V (1,5°C) 100 V (2,5°C) -25°C a +200°C 900°C
NX 60 V (1,5°C) 100 V (2,5°C) -25°C a +200°C 900°C
(Cu) INSTRUMENTO
KCA - 100 V (2,5°C) 0°C a +150°C 900°C
(+) (-) KCB - 100 V (2,5°C) 0°C a +100°C 900°C
NC - 100 V (2,5°C) 0°C a +150°C 900°C
TERMOPAR TIPO K
900°C RCA - 30 V (5,0°C) 0°C a +100°C 1.000°C
RCB - 60 V (5,0°C) 0°C a +200°C 1.000°C
SCA - 30 V (5,0°C) 0°C a +100°C 1.000°C
(PROCESSO)
SCB - 60 V (5,0°C) 0°C a +200°C 1.000°C
Na figura utiliza-se um termopar tipo K para medir a
Na situação apresentada no início, se a ligação entre
temperatura de um processo cuja temperatura é supos-
a junção de referência do termopar e o instrumento de
tamente conhecida e igual a 900°C. A temperatura da
medição fosse feita com um fio de extensão KX, o re-
junção de referência, próxima ao processo, é 80°C e a
sultado da medição seria conforme apresentado abaixo:
temperatura ambiente é de 30°C. Com a configuração
80°C KXP (+) TEMP. AMBIENTE: 30°C
acima qual será a temperatura do processo medida
pelo indicador, sabendo que este faz uma conversão da +
força eletromotriz termoelétrica gerada pelo termopar
-
adicionada de uma f.e.m. correspondente à temperatu-
ra ambiente? KXN (-) INSTRUMENTO

- f.e.m. gerada pelo termopar: (+) (-)

EK(900°C-80°C); EK(900°C)-EK(80°C)=37,325mV-3,266mV=34,059mV;
TERMOPAR TIPO K
- Compensação da temperatura ambiente: 900°C

EK(30°C) = 1,203mV;
- Força eletromotriz que entra no conversor f.e.m. x
temperatura do indicador de temperatura:
E = EK(900°C - 80°C) + EK(30°C) = 35,262 mV;
Este valor da força eletromotriz, pela tabela de refe-
rência do termopar tipo K, corresponde à temperatura
de 848,8°C. Portanto o indicador de temperatura apre-
sentaria um valor de temperatura que difere do valor
verdadeiro em 51,2°C, valor este muito próximo da
diferença de temperatura entre a junção de referência
do termopar e a temperatura ambiente. Torna-se neces-
sário então fazer a ligação entre a junção de referência
do termopar e o instrumento de medição com fios que
também apresentem o comportamento de um ter-
mopar, denominados fios ou cabos de extensão / fios
ou cabos de compensação.
Fios ou cabos de extensão são pares termoelétricos
com ligas iguais às do termopar utilizado na medição de
(PROCESSO)
- f.e.m. gerada pelo termopar:
EK(900°C-80°C); EK(900°C)-EK(80°C)=37,325mV-3,266mV=34,059mV;
- f.e.m. gerada pelo cabo de extensão:
EKX(80°C-30°C); EKX(80°C)-EKX(30°C) = 3,266mV-1,203mV = 2,063mV;
- Compensação da temperatura ambiente:
EK(30°C) = 1,203mV;
- Força eletromotriz que entra no conversor f.e.m. X
temperatura do indicador de temperatura:
E = EK(900°C - 80°C) + EKX(80°C - 30°C) + EK(30°C) = 37,325mV;
Este valor da força eletromotriz termoelétrica para o
termopar tipo K corresponde à temperatura de 900°C,
que é a temperatura do processo. Verifica-se portanto
que a utilização de fios/cabos de extensão/compen-
sação elimina uma grave fonte de erro.
Os fios/cabos de extensão/compensação estão dis-

46 CONSISTEC

poníveis em várias bitolas com vários tipos de isolação,
cada uma delas adequadas às condições a que ficarão
submetidas. Um dado que merece ser ressaltado é que
quando o cabo tem um grande comprimento, ou se fica
submetido a campos eletromagnéticos intensos, ele po-
de agir como uma antena, ocasionando o surgimento de
forças eletromotrizes induzidas no circuito termoelétrico
adicionadas à f.e.m. termoelétrica, fato indesejável.
Nestas situações é recomendado o uso de fios/cabos
com uma trança metálica, que por sua vez é aterrada, a
fim de evitar estas induções.
Além do tipo da liga a ser utilizada, outro dado essen-
cial na especificação correta do cabo ou fio a ser uti-
lizado é a escolha correta da isolação (pág. 48). Verifi-
que na tabela orientativa Isolações as principais carac-
terísticas das isolações comumente disponíveis.
A Consistec pode também fornecer, além dos cabos
de construção comum, qualquer combinação de bitolas
e isolações requeridas, inclusive multicabos.
INVERSÕES NAS LIGAÇÕES DOS
CABOS DE EXTENSÃO/COMPENSAÇÃO
Existem duas possibilidades de fazer incorretamente
a ligação entre a junção de referência do termopar e o
instrumento de medição com um cabo de extensão/com-
pensação: a inversão simples e a inversão dupla.
INVERSÃO SIMPLES
80°C KXP (+) TEMP. AMBIENTE: 30°C
+ - f.e.m. gerada pelo cabo de extensão :
-
KXN (-) INSTRUMENTO
(+) (-)
TERMOPAR TIPO K
900°C
(PROCESSO)
Na figura acima é apresentada uma inversão simples
na ligação entre o fio de extensão e a junção de referên-
cia do termopar. Isto faz com que a força eletromotriz
gerada pelo termopar entre no instrumento com polari-
dade invertida.
- f.e.m. gerada pelo termopar:
EK(900°C-80°C); EK(900°C)-EK(80°C) = 37,325mV-3,266mV = 34,059mV;
- f.e.m. gerada pelo termopar que entra no indicador
de temperatura: - 34,059 mV
- f.e.m. gerada pelo cabo de extensão :
EKX(80°C-30°C); EKX(80°C) - EKX(30°C) = 3,266mV-1,203mV = 2,063mV;
- Compensação da temperatura ambiente:
EK(30°C) = 1,203mV;
- Força eletromotriz que entra no conversor f.e.m. x
temperatura do indicador de temperatura:
fios e cabos
E = - EK(900°C - 80°C) + EKX(80°C - 30°C) + EK(30°C) = -30,793mV;
Este valor da força eletromotriz que entra no conver-
sor f.e.m. x temperatura está fora da faixa da f.e.m. ge-
rada pelo termopar tipo K, fazendo com que este apre-
sente uma indicação errônea e de fácil identificação.
INVERSÃO DUPLA
80°C KXP (+) TEMP. AMBIENTE: 30°C
+
-
KXN (-) INSTRUMENTO
(+) (-)
TERMOPAR TIPO K
900°C
(PROCESSO)
É fácil perceber quando ocorre uma inversão simples
ao se fazer a ligação entre o cabo de extensão e o ter-
mopar, pelo resultado apresentado no indicador. No
entanto, se ao tentar corrigir a ligação não for feita a
inversão no local correto mas sim na outra extremidade
produz-se uma inversão dupla, como apresentada na
figura acima. Nesta situação é a força eletromotriz ge-
rada pelo cabo de extensão que entra no indicador de
temperatura com polaridade invertida.
- f.e.m. gerada pelo termopar:
EK(900°C-80°C); EK(900°C)-EK(80°C) = 37,325mV-3,266mV = 34,059mV;
EKX(80°C-30°C); EKX(80°C)-EKX(30°C) = 3,266mV - 1,203mV = 2,063mV;
- f.e.m. gerada pelo cabo de extensão que entra no
indicador de temperatura: - 2,063 mV
- Compensação da temperatura ambiente:
EK(30°C) = 1,203mV;
- Força eletromotriz que entra no conversor f.e.m. x
temperatura do indicador de temperatura:
E = EK(900°C - 80°C) - EKX(80°C - 30°C) + EK(30°C) = 33,169mV;
Este valor da força eletromotriz corresponde à tem-
peratura de 797,4°C, que é o valor de temperatura
apresentado pelo indicador. Observe que o erro de leitu-
ra produzido corresponde aproximadamente a duas
vezes a diferença de temperatura entre a junção de
referência do termopar e a temperatura ambiente. Caso
a inversão dupla não seja identificada, a indicação de
temperatura apresentada sugere que é necessário ajus-
tar o processo, tendo invariavelmente conseqüências
altamente indesejáveis. Portanto, quando o processo
que se está monitorando tem uma indicação fora da
condição de operação, é conveniente que a primeira
medida a ser tomada seja uma verificação nas ligações
do circuito termoelétrico, principalmente se foi feita
alguma manutenção no mesmo.
CONSISTEC 47
fios e cabos

ISOLAÇÕES
Temperatura Resistência Resistência Comportamento
Observações
de Utilização à abrasão à Umidade exposto à Chama

Sem propagação
Amianto 500°C Boa Regular Excelente resistência à chama
de chama

Sem propagação
Borracha 90°C/135°C Excelente Excelente Resistente a óleos
de chama

Altíssima resistência à
Fibra cerâmica 1200°C Pobre Pobre À prova de fogo
temperaturas elevadas

Boa resistência à
Fibra de vidro “E” 400°C Pobre Pobre À prova de fogo
temperaturas elevadas

Boa resistência à
Fibra de vidro “R” 550°C Pobre Pobre À prova de fogo
temperaturas elevadas

Excelente propriedade
Kapton® -200 à 400°C Regular Boa Auto-extinguível
química, térmica e dielétrica

Boa resistência a água

PVC -30 à 105°C Boa Boa Auto-extinguível
e soluções salinas

Estabilidade em altas e baixas temperaturas.

Silicone -40 à 200°C Suficiente Boa Auto-extinguível
Boa flexibilidade em baixas temperaturas.

FEP -200 à 205°C Excelente Excelente Auto-extinguível

MFA -200 à 250°C Excelente Excelente Auto-extinguível

Resistência a agentes químicos e ótima
característica dielétrica e mecânica
PFA -200 à 260°C Excelente Excelente Auto-extinguível

PTFE -200 à 260°C Excelente Excelente Auto-extinguível

CONDUTORES PARA TERMORESISTÊNCIAS E CABOS DE SINAL

Temperatura máxima
Condutividade elétrica Resistência a corrosão Capacidade de flexão
de trabalho

Cobre 130ºC Excelente Boa Excelente

Cobre Estanhado 180ºC Excelente Excelente Boa

Cobre Prateado 205ºC Excelente Suficiente Boa

Cobre Niquelado 260ºC Boa Excelente Suficiente

Níquel 500ºC Suficiente Excelente Suficiente

48 CONSISTEC
 Instruções de codificação:
Após escolher a construção, é necessário o preenchimento dos campos 1 ao 41.
Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter.
fios e cabos

FIOS E CABOS
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

Consistec Fios e Cabos

CFC
1 - Construção
C (Cabo) F (Fio)
2 - Liga
C (Cobre) L (Liga 11) J (Ferro/Constantan) K (Cromel/Alumel) S (S/R Cobre/Liga 11) B (Cobre/Cobre) N (Nicrosil/Nisil) T (Cobre/Constantan)
3 - Formação
1 (1 Fio) 2 (2 Fios) 3 (3 Fios) 4 (4 Fios) 6 (6 Fios)
4 - Secção
16 (16 AWG) 20 (20 AWG) 22 (22 AWG) 24 (24 AWG) 26 (26 AWG) 32 (32 AWG)
5 - Isolação
AA (Amianto / Amianto) PP (PVC / PVC) SA (Silicone / Amianto) SF (Silicone / Fibra de vidro)
SS (Silicone / Silicone) BB (Borracha / Borracha) TT (MFA / MFA) TS (MFA Singelo)
TK (MFA / Kapton) KK (Kapton / Kapton) FF (Fibra de vidro / Fibra de vidro)
TA (PTFE / PTFE) TF (PTFE/ Fibra de vidro)
FA (Fibra de vidro alta temperatura / Fibra de vidro alta temperatura) FC (Fibra-cerâmica / Fibra-cerâmica)
6 - Norma
D (DIN) A (ANSI) I (IEC)
7 - Blindagem
X (Sem blindagem) 1 (Mylar alumínio e fio dreno)
8 - Trançamento
1 (Trança de aço galvanizado) 2 (Trança de cobre estanhado) 3 (Trança de aço inoxidável)

C F C - - - - - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONSISTEC 49
fios e cabos

CÓDIGO DE CORES

Liga ANSI
Tipo IEC 584-3 DIN 43710 JIS C 1610-1981
Condutor+ Condutor- Classe Especial Extensão

Ferro Constantan
Jx (Fe) (magnético) (Cu-Ni)

Níquel-Cromo Níquel-Alumínio
Kx (Ni-Cr) (Ni-Al) (Magnético)

Wx
Compensação
Ferro
(Fe)
Cupronel Não estabelecido Não estabelecido Não estabelecido Não estabelecido

Constantan
Cobre
Tx (Cu)
Cobre-Níquel
(Cu-Ni)

Constantan
Níquel-Cromo
Ex (Ni-Cr)
Cobre-Níquel
(Cu-Ni)

Nicrosil Nisil
Nx (Ni-Cr-Si) (Ni-Si-Mg)
Não estabelecido Não estabelecido

Rc
Compensação
Cobre
(Cu)
Liga 11
(Cu-Ni)
Não estabelecido

Sc
Compensação
Cobre
(Cu)
Liga 11
(Cu-Ni)
Não estabelecido

Bc
Compensação
Cobre
(Cu)
Cobre
(Cu)
Não estabelecido Não estabelecido

50 CONSISTEC

DEFINIÇÃO
Poços Termométricos são elementos desenvolvidos pa-
ra permitir a instalação de sensores de temperatura
em aplicações onde somente o tubo de proteção não é
suficiente para garantir a integridade do elemento sensor.
Sua utilização em tanques, tubulações, vasos pres-
surizados, etc, permite a substituição do sensor sem a
necessidade de interrupção do processo produtivo.
TIPOS CONSTRUTIVOS
Os poços apresentam dois itens importantes na sua
construção em função da aplicação, que são:
1 - Haste - Normalmente produzida em comprimen-
tos de até um metro (comprimentos maiores são pos-
síveis desde que se leve em consideração as peculiari-
dades do processo e a posição de instalação).
Sua superfície é polida a fim de minimizar os efeitos
que ocorrem com relação à incrustração, velocidade e
turbulência do fluído.
Em função da agressividade do meio, a mesma po-
derá ter revestimentos metálicos, vitrificados ou à base
de resinas.
As hastes podem ser retas ou cônicas, sendo a côni-
ca utilizada onde os níveis de pressão são elevados.
Duas características devem sempre ser levadas em con-
sideração: a espessura da parede necessária para aten-
der os requisitos da aplicação em relação ao tempo de
resposta que se deseja, e a extensão externa do prolon-
gamento até o elemento de ligação do sensor, a fim de evi-
tar efeitos indesejáveis nas aplicações à alta temperatura.
poços termométricos
2 - Elementos de fixação:
a: Flange, para aplicações em altas pressões, as flan-
ges são soldadas à haste por meio de solda TIG, a fim
de manter a integridade e a homogeneidade da inter-
face haste/flange.
b: Rosca usinada na própria barra, permitindo a insta-
lação rápida e nivel de vedação compatível à aplicação.
c: Solda, na mesma área onde no modelo anterior
existe a rosca. Nesta versão a superfície já vem prepara-
da para a solda direta ao processo, e se destina às apli-
cações onde não há necessidade de remoção rápida do
poço.
MATERIAL DO POÇO TERMOMÉTRICO
Está à sua disposição a Tabela ASTM (Manual 12,
pág. 52 e 53), contendo as informações orientativas sobre
o material de proteção a ser utilizado em cada processo.
ENSAIOS
A fim de atestar a integridade do conjunto é possível
a realização de ensaios como líquido penetrante, raio X,
teste hidrostático, ultrasom; ou outros que atendam aos
requisitos previamente especificados.
Se ainda houver qualquer dúvida sobre a especifi-
cação ou construção dos poços termométricos, consulte
nosso Departamento Técnico (infotec@consistec.com.br).
CONSISTEC 51
poços termométricos

PROTEÇÕES (ASTM - MANUAL 12)

Tratamento Térmico Ferro e Aço

Recozimento Alto Forno

Até 540°C Ferro Preto Tubo Vertical Inconel 600, Aço Cromo 446, APM
Acima de 540°C Aço Cromo 446, Inconel 600, Nicrobell, APM Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado,
Regeneradores
Têmpera Inconel 600, Nicrobell, APM
Até 700°C Ferro Preto, Aço Cromo 446 Condutores de vento quente Inconel 600, Nicrobell, APM
Entre 700°C e 1000°C Aço Cromo 446, Inconel, Nicrobell, APM Forno Poço
Acima de 1000°C Tubo Cerâmico, APM Até 1100°C Inconel 600
Cementação Acima de 1100°C Carbeto de Silício, APM
Até 1000°C Aço Inox 310 Laminação e Lingotamento
Banhos de Sal Até 1100°C Aço Cromo 446, Inconel 600, Nicrobell, APM
Nitretação Aço Cromo 446 Forjaria Tubo Cerâmico, Nicrobell, APM
Cianureto Inconel 600
Neutro Aço Cromo 446, Inconel 600
Metais Não Ferrosos
Altas Temperaturas Tubo Cerâmico
Alumínio
Vidro Cozimento Anodos Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado, Nicrobell, APM
Fundição Ferro Fundido, Carbeto de Silício, Nitreto de Silício
Alimentadores e “Feeders” Tubete de Platina
Tratamento Térmico Ferro Preto
Forno Túnel para recozimento Ferro Preto, Aço Inox 304 (isolação mineral)
Cobre e Ligas de Cobre Aço Cromo 446, Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado
Tanques
Chumbo Aço Cromo 446, Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado, APM
Abóboda e Paredes Tubo Cerâmico tipo Alsint 799 (antigo 710)
Estanho Aço Cromo 446, Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado
Chaminé e Checkers Aço Cromo 446, Inconel 600, Nicrobell, APM
Ferro Preto, Ferro Fundido,
Magnésio
Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado, APM
Cimento
Zinco Ferro Preto, Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado, APM
Saída de Gases Inconel 600, Aço Cromo 446, APM
Cerâmica
Petróleo
Cerâmica Pythagoras 610/Alsint 799 (antigo 710),
Forno
Retirada de Cera Aço Inox 304, Aço Carbono Carbeto de Silício Recristalizado, APM
Torres Aço Inox 304, Aço Carbono Transportador de Secagem Aço Inox 310 (isolação mineral), APM
Linhas de Transferência Aço Inox 304, Aço Carbono Esmaltação Inconel 600, Aço Cromo 446, APM
Coluna de Fracionação Aço Inox 304, Aço Carbono
Separador, Refinador Aço Inox 304, Aço Carbono Papel

Geração de Energia Digestor Aço Inox 316, Aço Cromo 446, APM

Refrigerador-mistura de ar Aço Inox 304 Produção de Gases

Condutores de Gases Ferro Preto, Aço Cromo 446, APM
Pré-Aquecedor Ferro Preto, Aço Cromo 446, APM Produtor de Gás de Água Aço Cromo
Linhas de Vapor Aço Inox 316 Carburante Inconel 600, Aço Cromo 446, APM
Linhas de Água Aço Carbono Superaquecedor Inconel 600, Aço Cromo 446, APM
Tubos de Caldeira Aço Inox 304 Destilaria de Alcatrão Aço Cromo 446, APM

Incineradores Alimentos

Até 1090°C Inconel 600, Aço Cromo 446, HR Fornos de cozimento Inox 316
Dupla Proteção: Cerâmica (interna) Retorta para açúcar derretido Ferro Preto
Acima de 1090°C
e Carbeto de Silício (externa), HR Vegetais e frutas Aço Inox 304

52 CONSISTEC
 poços termométricos

PROTEÇÕES (ASTM - MANUAL 12)

Química

Acético Etilo Pentano Aço Inox 304

Ácido 10 a 15%, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Acetato Monel Pícrico
Ácido 50%, 100°C Aço Inox 316 Cloreto, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Ácido Aço Inox 304
Água do mar Monel Etil Sulfato, 21°C Monel Pirogálico
Fenol Aço Inox 304 Ácido Aço Inox 304
Águarras. Terebentina Aço Inox 304
Ferro Potássio
Alcool Etílico, Metílico 21 a 100°C Aço Inox 304
Sulfato, diluído, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Brometo, 21°C Aço Inox 316
Amônia Ferroso
Todas concentrações 21°C Aço Inox 304 Carbonato, 1%, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Sulfato, diluído, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Cloreto - Todas concentrações 21°C Aço Inox 304 Clorato, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Fluorídrico
Nitrato - Todas concentrações 21 a 100°C Aço Inox 304 Hidróxido 5%, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Ácido Hastelloy C
Hidróxido 25%, 100°C Aço Inox 304
Sulfato 10% a saturado, 100°C Aço Inox 316 Formaldeído Aço Inox 304
Fórmico Hidróxido 60%, 100°C Aço Inox 316
Bário
Ácido 5%, 21 a 65°C Aço Inox 316 Nitrato 5%, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Cloreto - Todas concentrações 21°C Monel
Fosfórico Nitrato 5%, 100°C Aço Inox 304
Hidróxido - Todas concentrações 21°C Aço Carbono
Ácido 1% a 5%, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Permanganato 5%, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Bromídico
Ácido 10%, 21°C Aço Inox 316 Sulfato 5%, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Ácido 98%, 100% Hastelloy B
Ácido 10%, 100°C Hastelloy C Sulfeto, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Butadieno Aço Inox 304 Propano Aço Inox 304
Ácido 30%, 21 a 100°C Hastelloy B
Butano Aço Inox 304 Ácido 85%, 21 a 100°C Hastelloy B Quinina
Butilo Gálico Bisulfato Aço Inox 304
Acetato Monel Ácido 5%, 21 a 65°C Monel Sulfato, seco Aço Inox 304
Alcool Cobre Gás Natural, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Salicílico
Carbólico Gasolina, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Ácido Níquel
Ácido, todos, 100°C Aço Inox 316 Glicerina, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Salmoura Monel
Carbono Glicerol Aço Inox 304 Sódio
Dióxido, seco ou úmido Monel Glucose, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Todas concentracões, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Hidrogênio
Cianogênio (gás) Aço Inox 304 5%, 65°C Aço Inox 304
Peróxido, 21 a 100°C Aço Inox 316
Cítrico Carbonato 5%, 21 a 65°C Aço Inox 304
Sulfeto, seco e úmido Aço Inox 316
Ácido 15%, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Cloreto 5%, 21 a 65°C Aço Inox 316
Láctico
Ácido 15%, 100°C Aço Inox 316 Ácido 5%, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Cloreto saturado, 21 a 100°C Aço Inox 316
Concentrado, 100°C Aço Inox 316 Ácido 5%, 100°C Aço Inox 316 Fluoreto 5%, 21°C Monel
Clorídrico Magnésio Hidróxido Aço Inox 304
Ácido 1% a 5%, 21°C Hastelloy C Cloreto 5%, 21°C Monel Hipoclorito 5% (destilaria) Aço Inox 316
Ácido 1% a 5%, 100°C Hastelloy B Cloreto 5%, 100°C Níquel Nitrato (fundido) Aço Inox 316
25%, 21 a 100°C Hastelloy B Sulfato, quente ou frio Monel Peróxido Aço Inox 304
Cloro Nafta, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Sulfato, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Gás, seco, 21°C Aço Inox 316 Níquel Sulfito, 21°C Aço Inox 316
Cloreto, 21°C Aço Inox 304 Sulfito, 65°C Aço Inox 304
Gás, úmido, -6 a 100°C Hastelloy C
Sulfato, quento ou frio Aço Inox 304 Sulfúrico
Cobre
Nítrico Ácido 5%, 21 a 100°C Hastelloy B
Nitrato Aço Inox 304, 316 Ácido 5%, 21°C Aço Inox 304, 316 Ácido 10%, 21 a 100°C Hastelloy B
Sulfato Aço Inox 304, 316 Ácido 20%, 21°C Aço Inox 304, 316 Ácido 50%, 21 a 100°C Hastelloy B
Creosol Aço Inox 304 Ácido 50%, 21°C Aço Inox 304, 316 Ácido 90%, 21°C Hastelloy B
Cálcio Ácido 50%, 100°C Aço Inox 304, 316 Tânico
Cromato diluído, 21 a 65°C Aço Inox 304 Ácido 65%, 100°C Aço Inox 316
Ácido, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Hidróxido 10 a 20%, 100°C Aço Inox 304 Ácido, concentrado, 21°C Aço Inox 304, 316
Tartárico
Hidróxido 50%, 100°C Aço Inox 316 Oléico
Ácido, 21°C Aço Inox 304
Crômico Ácido 21°C Aço Inox 316
Ácido , 65°C Aço Inox 316
Ácido 10 a 50%, 100°C Aço Inox 316 Oleun 21°C Aço Inox 316
Oxálico Uisque e Vinho Aço Inox 304
Enxofre Xileno Cobre
5%, quente e frio Aço Inox 304
Dióxido gás úmido, 21°C Aço Inox 316 Zinco
10%, 100°C Monel
Dióxido gás, 300°C Aço Inox 304 Oxigênio Cloreto Monel
Seco, fundido Aço Inox 304 21°C Aço Sulfato 5%, 21°C Aço Inox 304, 316
Úmido Aço Inox 316 Líquido Aço Inox Sulfato saturado, 21°C Aço Inox 304, 316
Éter Aço Inox 304 Temperaturas elevadas Aço Inox Sulfato 25%, 100°C Aço Inox 304, 316

CONSISTEC 53
poços termométricos

DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES
PRA PRP PRC

Poço reto, rosqueado. Poço cônico, rosqueado. Poço reto com rebaixo, rosqueado.

PSA PSB PSC

Poço reto, conexão para solda. Poço cônico, conexão para solda. Poço reto com rebaixo, conexão para solda.

PFA PFB PFC

Poço reto, flangeado. Poço cônico, flangeado. Poço reto com rebaixo, flangeado.

PRD PRE PRF

Poço reto, rosqueado e com niple. Poço cônico,rosqueado e com niple Poço reto com rebaixo, rosqueado e com niple

PSD PSE PSF

Poço reto com rebaixo,

Poço reto, conexão para solda e com niple Poço cônico, conexão para solda e com niple conexão para solda e com niple

54 CONSISTEC
 poços termométricos

DESENHOS E DESCRIÇÕES
PFD PFE PFF

Poço reto, flangeado e com niple. Poço cônico, flangeado e com niple. Poço reto com rebaixo, flangeado e com niple.

PRG PRH PRI

Poço reto com rebaixo,

Poço reto, rosqueado e com niple união. Poço cônico, rosqueado e com niple união. rosqueado e com niple união.

PSG PSH PSI

Poço reto, conexão Poço cônico, conexão Poço reto com rebaixo, conexão
para solda e com niple união. para solda e com niple união. para solda e com niple união.

PFG PFH PFI

Poço reto com rebaixo,

Poço reto, flangeado e com niple união. Poço cônico, flangeado e com niple união. flangeado e com niple união.

PTL PTR PTI

Tubo liso. Tubo com rosca ao cabeçote. Poço com conexão tri-clamp e rosca ao cabeçote.

CONSISTEC 55
 Instruções de codificação:

poços termométricos Após escolher a construção, é necessário o preenchimento dos campos 1 ao 41.
Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter.

TABELA DE ESPECIFICAÇÃO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

Consistec Poços de Proteção

CPP
1 - Construção
Selecione a construção correspondente na página de Desenhos e Descrições (páginas 54 e 55)
2 - Material Niple
304 (Aço Inox 304) 316 (Aço Inox 316) 505 (Aço Carbono)
3 - Dimensão do Niple
12 (1/2”) 13 (3/4”) 14 (1”)
4 - Extensão “N” em mm
Escreva a extensão em mm.
5 - Material de proteção
304 (Aço Inox 304) 34L (Aço Inox 304-L) 310 (Aço Inox 310) 31S (Aço Inox 310-S)
316 (Aço Inox 316) 36L (Aço Inox 316-L) 405 (Hastelloy B) 406 (Hastelloy C)
407 (Hastelloy D) 446 (Aço Cromo 446) 500 (Grafite) 505 (Aço Carbono)
510 (Ferro Perlítico) 515 (Ferro Armco) 600 (Inconel 600) 905 (Cobre)
908 (Monel) 909 (MFA) 910 (Titânio) APM (Thermalloys APM)
6 - Diâmetro externo
Escreva o diâmetro em mm.
7(a) - Rosca interna do poço usinado
12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT)
7(b) - Rosca ao cabeçote (em caso de tubo)
10N (1/8” NPT) 11N (1/4” NPT) 12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT)
8(a) - Rosca ao processo
12N (1/2” NPT) 13N (3/4” NPT) 14N (1” NPT) 16N (1.1/2” NPT)
12B (1/2” BSP) 13B (3/4” BSP) 14B (1” BSP) 16B (1.1/2” BSP)
8(b) - Medida do Flange
001 (3/4”) 002 (1”) 003 (1.1/4”) 004 (1.1/2”)
005 (2”) 006 (2.1/2”) 007 (3”)
8(c) - Medida do Tri-Clamp
002 (1”) 004 (1.1/2”) 005 (2”) 006 (2.1/2”)
9 - Tipo do Flange
1 - (FF - plano) 2 - (FF - ranhura espiral) 3 - (FF - ranhura concêntrica)
4 - (RF - plano) 5 - (RF - ranhura espiral) 6 - (RF - ranhura concêntrica)
7 (Tri-clamp) 8 (RTJ)
10 - Norma do Flange
A (ANSI) D (DIN) J (JIS)
11 - Pressão do Flange
A (150 lb/pol2) B (300 lb/pol2) C (600 lb/pol2)
D (900 lb/pol )
2
E (1500 lb/pol2)
12 - Comprimento “U”
Escreva o comprimento em mm.
13 - Diâmetro Interno
Escreva o diâmetro em mm.
14 - Extensão “T”
Escreva a extensão em mm.
15 - Revestimento
A (Cromo Duro)
S (Stellite) T (MFA)
G (Grafite) P (PVC)

C P P- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

56 CONSISTEC
 acessórios

Além de fornecer os sensores de temperatura

nas mais diversas montagens, obedecendo as
necessidades e especificidades de cada processo
produtivo, a Consistec também disponibiliza
os acessórios aplicáveis a seus sensores.

CONSISTEC 57
acessórios Instruções de codificação:
Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter.

CABEÇOTES DE LIGAÇÃO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CCL 810 (Alumínio) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
810 (alumínio com engate rápido)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

CCL 811 (Polipropileno) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
811 (polipropileno)
2 - Rosca de Processo
12N (1/2” NPT)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) P (plástico)

Obs.: Temperatura máxima de utilização 92 ˚C

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

58 CONSISTEC
 acessórios

CABEÇOTES DE LIGAÇÃO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CCL 818 (Polipropileno) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
818 (polipropileno)
2 - Rosca de Processo
12N (1/2” NPT)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) P (plástico)

Obs.: Temperatura máxima de utilização 92 ˚C

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

CCL 819 (alumínio) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
819 (alumínio com engate rápido)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT) 13B (3/4” BSP)
13N (3/4” NPT) 14B (1” BSP) 14N (1” NPT)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

CONSISTEC 59
acessórios

CABEÇOTES DE LIGAÇÃO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CCL 820 (alumínio) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
820 (alumínio)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT)
13B (3/4” BSP) 13N (3/4” NPT)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

CCL 821 (alumínio) e 81F (ferro) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
821 (alumínio à prova de explosão) 81F (ferro à prova de explosão)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT) 13B (3/4” BSP)
13N (3/4” NPT) 14B (1” BSP) 14N (1” NPT)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT) 13B (3/4” BSP) 13N (3/4” NPT)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

60 CONSISTEC
 acessórios

CABEÇOTES DE LIGAÇÃO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CCL 822 (alumínio) e 82F (ferro) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
822 (alumínio) 82F (ferro)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT) 13B (3/4” BSP) 13N (3/4” NPT)
14B (1” BSP) 14N (1” NPT) 22M (22 mm) 32M (32 mm)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

CCL 823 (alumínio) e 83F (ferro) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
823 (alumínio) 83F (ferro)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT) 08M (08 mm)
10M (10 mm) 15M (15 mm) 22M (22 mm)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

CONSISTEC 61
acessórios

CABEÇOTES DE LIGAÇÃO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CCL 824 (alumínio) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
824 (alumínio)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT) 13B (3/4” BSP) 13N (3/4” NPT) 14B (1” BSP)
14N (1” NPT) 15M (15 mm) 22M (22 mm) 27M (27 mm) 32M (32 mm)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

CCL 825 (alumínio) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
825 (alumínio)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
38B (3/8” BSP) 11B (1/4” BSP) 06M (1/2” UNF)
08M (08 mm) 10M (10 mm) 12M (12 mm)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12U (1/2” UNF)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L
Construção 1 2 3 4

62 CONSISTEC CONSISTEC 55
 acessórios

CABEÇOTES DE LIGAÇÃO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CCL KNC (alumínio) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
KNC (alumínio)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT)
13B (3/4” BSP) 13N (3/4” NPT)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP) 12N (1/2” NPT)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) L (latão)

C C L
Código 1 2 3 4

CCL KBS (baquelite) e KSC (alumínio) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
KBS (baquelite) KSC (alumínio)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
11B (1/4” BSP)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
38B (3/8” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) P (plástico)

C C L
Código 1 2 3 4

CONSISTEC 63
acessórios

CABEÇOTES DE LIGAÇÃO
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CCL KBG (baquelite) Consistec Cabeçotes de Ligação

CCL
1 - Modelo
KBG (baquelite)
2 - Rosca / Furação de Processo
12B (1/2” BSP)
3 - Rosca ao Conduíte
12B (1/2” BSP)
4 - Prensa Cabo
X (sem prensa cabo) N (Nylon) P (plástico)

C C L
Construção 1 2 3 4

64 CONSISTEC
 Instruções de codificação:
Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter. acessórios

BLOCOS DE LIGAÇÃO
CBL 710 (cerâmico) CBL 711 (cerâmico) CBL 712 (cerâmico) CBL 713 (cerâmico)

CBL 714 (cerâmico) CBL 715 (cerâmico) CBL 716 (cerâmico) CBL 726 (cerâmico) CBL BP3 (baquelite)

CBL BP4 (baquelite) CBL BG6 (baquelite) CBL CG2 (cerâmico) CBL CG4 (cerâmico) CBL CG6 (cerâmico)

Consistec Blocos de Ligação

CBL
1 - Modelos
710 (cerâmico) 711 (cerâmico) 712 (cerâmico) 713 (cerâmico) 714 (cerâmico)
715 (cerâmico) 716 (cerâmico) 726 (cerâmico) BP3 (baquelite) BG6 (baquelite)
CG2 (cerâmico) CG4 (cerâmico) CG6 (cerâmico)
2 - Número de Bornes
2 (dois bornes) 3 (três bornes) 4 (quatro bornes) 6 (seis bornes)
3 - Material dos Bornes
L (latão niquelado) I (inox)

C B L - - -
Construção 1 2 3

CONSISTEC 65
acessórios Instruções de codificação:
Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter.

CONECTORES PARA TERMOPARES

CGM (baquelite) CGF (baquelite)
CCM (cerâmico) CAF (cerâmico) CPM (baquelite) CPF (baquelite)
CAM (alta temperatura) CCF (alta temperatura)

Consistec Conectores para Termopares

CCN
1 - Modelos
CGM (Conector compensado baquelite grande macho)
CGD (Conector compensado baquelite grande macho e fêmea)
CPF (Conector compensado baquelite mini fêmea)
CCM (Conector compensado cerâmico grande macho)
CCD (Conector compensado cerâmico grande macho e fêmea)
CAF (Conector compensado para alta temperatura grande fêmea)
2 - Tipo de Termopar
J (tipo J)
T (tipo T)
3 - Quantidade de Pinos
CGF (Conector compensado baquelite grande fêmea)
CPM (Conector compensado baquelite mini macho)
CPD (Conector compensado baquelite mini macho e fêmea)
CCF (Conector compensado cerâmico grande fêmea)
CAM (Conector compensado para alta temperatura grande macho)
CAD (Conector compensado para alta temperatura grande macho e fêmea)
K (tipo K) N (tipo N)
S (tipo S/R) B (tipo B)
2 (dois pinos)

Obs.: Temperatura máxima de utilização:

Baquelite 130 0C
Alta Temperatura 218 0C
Cerâmico 650 0C

C C N- - -
Construção 1 2 3

66 CONSISTEC
 acessórios

CONECTORES PARA TERMORESISTÊNCIAS

PGM (baquelite) PGF (baquelite) PPM (baquelite) PPF (baquelite)

Consistec Conectores para Termoresistências

CCN
1 - Modelos
PGM (Conector para termoresistências baquelite grande macho) PGF (Conector para termoresistências baquelite grande fêmea)
PGD (Conector para termoresistências baquelite grande macho e fêmea) PPM (Conector para termoresistências baquelite mini macho)
PPF (Conector para termoresistências baquelite mini fêmea) PPD (Conector para termoresistências baquelite mini macho e fêmea)
2 - Material de Contato
C (cobre)
3 - Quantidade de Pinos
3 (3 pinos)

C C N- - -
Construção 1 2 3

CONSISTEC 67
acessórios

CONECTORES HERMÉTICOS
HMC HFC HFP HDC HDP
(alumínio anodizado) (alumínio anodizado) (alumínio anodizado) (alumínio anodizado) (alumínio anodizado)

Consistec Conectores Herméticos

CCN
1 - Modelos
HMC (Conector hermético alumínio anodizado macho - montagem para cabo)
HFC (Conector hermético alumínio anodizado fêmea - montagem para cabo)
HFP (Conector hermético alumínio anodizado fêmea - montagem para pote)
HDC (Conector hermético alumínio anodizado macho e fêmea - montagem para cabo)
HDP (Conector hermético alumínio anodizado macho e fêmea - montagem para pote)
2 - Material de Contato
C (cobre dourado)
3 - Quantidade de Pinos
2 (2 pinos) 3 (3 pinos) 4 (4 pinos) 6 (6 pinos)

C C N- - -
Construção 1 2 3

68 CONSISTEC
 Instruções de codificação:
Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter. acessórios

TUBOS CERÂMICOS
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CTC SL Consistec Tubos Cerâmicos

CTC
(tubo cerâmico)
1 - Modelos
SL (sem luva) LI (luva inox) LA (luva aço carbono)
RI (luva roscada inferior inox) RA (luva roscada inferior aço carbono)
PI (luva roscada superior inox) PA (luva roscada superior aço carbono)
2 - Materiais
61I (Pytagoras 610 importado Haldenwanger) 61N (tipo 610 nacional)
CTC LI e CCT LA 71I (Alsint 710/799 importado Haldenwanger) 71N (tipo 710 nacional)
(tubo cerâmico com luva lisa) 902 (Halsic carbeto de silício recristalizado Haldenwanger) 901 (carbeto de silício)
903 (nitreto de silício) 904 (syalon)
3 - Diâmetros (externo e interno)
06 (06 x 04 mm) 08 (08 x 05 mm) 10 (10 x 07 mm) 12 (12 x 08 mm)
13 (13 x 08 mm) 14 (14 x 08 mm) 15 (15 x 11 mm) 20 (20 x 10 mm)
21 (20 x 15 mm) 24 (24 x 19 mm) 30 (30 x 15 mm) 32 (32 x 12 mm)
40 (40 x 20 mm) 46 (26 x 26 mm)
CTC RI e CCT RA 4(a) - Comprimento (padrões em estoque para tubo liso)
(tubo cerâmico com luva roscada) 0530 (530 mm) 0650 (650 mm) 0740 (740 mm)
1030 (1030 mm) 1200 (1200 mm) 1300 ( 1300 mm)
1350 (1350 mm) 1430 (1430 mm) 1500 ( 1500 mm)
2030 (2030 mm) 2100 (2100 mm)
4(b) - Comprimento “U”
Escreva o comprimento em mm
5 - Conexão ao Processo
CTC PI e CCT PA 12N (1/2 “NPT) 13N (3/4 “NPT) 14N (1 “NPT)
16N (1.1/2 “NPT) 12B (1/2 “BSP) 13B (3/4 “BSP)
(tubo cerâmico com luva roscada) 14B (1 “BSP) 16B (1.1/2 “BSP)
6 - Conexão ao Cabeçote
12B (1/2 “BSP) 13B (3/4 “BSP) 14B (1 “BSP)
7 - Comprimento da Luva (extensão “E”)
Escreva a extensão “E” em mm.

C T C- - - - - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CAPILARES CERÂMICOS
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CCC Consistec Capilares Cerâmicos

CCC
1 - Materiais
61I (Pytagoras 610 importado Haldenwanger) 71I (Alsint 710/799 importado Haldenwanger)
2 - Diâmetros externo
28 (2,8 mm) 30 (3,0 mm) 40 (4,0 mm) 45 (4,5 mm)
47 (4,7 mm) 50 (5,0 mm) 55 (5,5 mm) 85 (8,5 mm)
3 - Quantidade de Furos
2 (dois furos) 4 (quatro furos) 6 (seis furos)
4(a) - Comprimento (padrões em estoque)
0530 (530 mm) 0740 (740 mm) 1030 (1030 mm)
1430 (1430 mm) 2030 (2030 mm)
4(b) - Comprimento (especificar)
Escreva o comprimento em mm

C C C- - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

CONSISTEC 69
acessórios Instruções de codificação:
Separar cada campo com um hífen (“-”).
No caso de algum campo não ser aplicável, preencher com um “X” para cada caracter.

ISOLADORES CERÂMICOS
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CIC Consistec Isoladores Cerâmicos

CIC
1 - Formatos
R (redondo) O (oval)
2 - Quantidade de Furos
1 (um furo) 2 (dois furos) 3 (três furos)
4 (quatro furos) 6 (seis furos) 9 (nove furos)
3 - Para Fio (AWG)
08 (08 AWG / 3,26 mm) 14 (14 AWG / 1,63 mm) 16 (16 AWG / 1,29 mm)
20 (20 AWG / 0,81 mm) 24 (24 AWG / 0,51 mm)
4 - Comprimentos
1 (1”) 2 (2”) 3 (3”)

C I C- - - -
Construção 1 2 3 4

MISSANGAS CERÂMICAS
Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

CMC Consistec Missangas Cerâmicas

CMC
1 - Diâmetros (externo e interno)
0805 (8 mm ext. x 5 mm int. x 9 mm comp.) 0604 (6 mm ext. x 4 mm int. x 6 mm comp.)
0502 (5 mm ext. x 2 mm int. x 5 mm comp.) 0402 (4 mm ext. x 2 mm int. x 4 mm comp.)
0301 (3 mm ext. x 1 mm int. x 3 mm comp.)

C M C-
Construção 1

70 CONSISTEC
 acessórios

FIOS NÚS PARA TERMOPARES

Importante: Se na tabela algum dos campos não incluir seus requisitos de aplicação, favor preencher o campo com “0”, indicá-lo e descrever a sua especificação ao final da codificação.

Consistec Fios Nús para Termopares

CFT
1 - Liga
JP (Ferro) JN (Constantan) KP (Cromel) KN (Alumel)
NP (Nicrosil) NN (Nisil) TP (Cobre) TN (Constantan)
SP (Platina - 10% Rhodio) SN (Platina) RP (Platina - 13% Rhodio) RN (Platina)
BP (Platina - 30% Rhodio) BN (Platina - 06% Rhodio) 11 (Liga 11)
2 - Bitolas
65 (6,35 mm) 08 (08 AWG / 3,26 mm) 10 (10 AWG / 2,59 mm) 14 (14 AWG / 1,63 mm)
16 (16 AWG / 1,29 mm) 20 (20 AWG / 0,81 mm) 24 (24 AWG / 0,50 mm) 27 (27 AWG / 0,35 mm)

C F T - -
Construção 1 2

CONSISTEC 71
serviços
CALIBRAÇÃO E AFERIÇÃO
Definições
Todos os sensores de temperatura são fabricados e
fornecidos com limites de erro permissíveis, denomina-
dos faixa de tolerância. Quando se faz necessário veri-
ficar se um sensor de temperatura apresenta valores
dentro da sua faixa de tolerância, ou ainda quando é
importante reduzir a incerteza de medição do sensor,
preocupação que ocorre em casos especiais, existem
dois procedimentos que podem ser realizados:
a) - Aferir o sensor de temperatura: Consiste no le-
vantamento da curva de resposta do sensor e na verifi-
cação se a mesma está dentro dos limites de tolerância
fornecidos pelo fabricante.
b) - Calibrar o sensor de temperatura: Consiste no le-
vantamento da curva de resposta do sensor. Este pro-
cedimento é usualmente feito quando se deseja ter um
sensor de temperatura que irá ser um padrão de tem-
peratura ou quando se necessita de uma medição com
precisão melhor do que a fornecida pelo fabricante.
Como os procedimentos para aferição e calibração
são essencialmente os mesmos, será utilizado daqui
por diante o termo calibração.
Serão apresentados dois tipos de calibração:
a) - Calibração Primária: Consiste na medição dos va-
lores das grandezas termométricas do sensor de tempe-
ratura utilizando-se os pontos fixos de temperatura que
constam na Escala Internacional de Temperatura de 1990,
ITS-90, cujos valores de temperatura são conhecidos
previamente. Esta calibração somente é feita para sen-
sores que serão padrões primários de temperatura.
b) - Calibração Secundária: Consiste na medição da
grandeza termométrica do sensor de temperatura onde
o valor da temperatura é dado utilizando-se um padrão
primário de temperatura, ambos imersos num meio termos-
tático homogêneo. Os sensores submetidos a uma calibra-
ção secundária são denominados padrões secundários
de temperatura. Este procedimento é o mais utilizado quan-
do se quer a calibração de um sensor de temperatura.
A calibração secundária é uma comparação, uma vez
que o valor da temperatura é dado por um outro sensor
de temperatura e não por um ponto fixo da ITS-90.
Se numa calibração por comparação utiliza-se como
padrão de referência um padrão de temperatura secun-
dário, a calibração é dita terciária e o sensor de tempe-
ratura, um padrão terciário de temperatura, e assim su-
cessivamente. É importante ressaltar que uma calibra-
ção primária é mais precisa do que uma secundária,
uma secundária mais precisa do que uma terciária,etc.
Todas as calibrações devem estar vinculadas a um pa-
drão primário de temperatura, e quando isto ocorre diz-
se que a medida é rastreada. A figura abaixo apresenta
a rastreabilidade para as várias classes de calibração:
72 CONSISTEC
PONTOS
FIXOS
PADRÃO PADRÃO
...
PRIMÁRIO (COMPARAÇÃO) SECUNDÁRIO (COMPARAÇÃO)
(ITS-90)
Incertezas
Todo processo de medição possui erros, por melhor
que seja a qualidade do equipamento utilizado na me-
dição. É claro que quanto maior a qualidade do sistema
de medição, menor é o erro da medição, ou seja, o re-
sultado obtido está mais próximo do valor verdadeiro da
grandeza.
O valor da incerteza de uma medição permite deter-
minar um intervalo dentro do qual o valor verdadeiro da
grandeza medida se encontra. Quando se realiza uma
calibração de temperatura, por exemplo, todos os equi-
pamentos utilizados têm uma incerteza, a saber: o pa-
drão de temperatura, o meio termostático, o instrumen-
to de medição da grandeza termométrica, a incerteza
de leitura na grandeza do sensor padrão e na do sensor
que está sendo calibrado, entre outros.
O método básico para se determinar cada uma das
incertezas acima consiste nos seguinte procedimento:
a) - A partir de uma temperatura de valor previamen-
te conhecido, é feito um grande número de medições
da grandeza termométrica;
b) - Com posse destes dados, calculam-se;
O valor médio da grandeza, que é a média aritmética
dos valores medidos, ou seja:
n
i=l
Gi
GMÉDIO =
n
onde Gi, são valores medidos.
O desvio padrão, definido como:

n
G =  (Gi - GMÉDIO)2
i=l
n-l
Desta forma pode-se estabelecer um intervalo dentro do
qual se encontra o valor verdadeiro da grandeza, ou seja:
GMÉDIO - U < GVERDADEIRO < GMÉDIO + U
Portanto "U" é um parâmetro que fornece a incerteza
da medição.
Conhecendo-se a incerteza de cada um dos compo-
nentes que entram na calibração de um sensor de tem-
peratura, a incerteza do ensaio para este sensor que
está sendo calibrado será dada resumidamente por:

U =  2. (u1)2 + (u2)2 + (u3)2 + (u4)2 + (u5)2
 serviços

onde: c - Calibração de termoresistência por comparação:

u1: Incerteza do padrão de temperatura; O Laboratório de Termometria realiza os serviços aci-
u2: Incerteza do instrumento de medição; ma utilizando como padrão termoresistências padrões
u3: Incerteza devido à não homogeneidade do meio primário (SPRT 25 Ohms) calibrados por ponto fixo ou
termostático; termoresistências padrões secundário (PRT) calibradas
u4: Incerteza na leitura do padrão de temperatura; por comparação dependendo do tipo de serviço solici-
u5: Incerteza na leitura do sensor que está sendo ca- tado, os valores das incertezas dos padrões encon-
librado; tram-se na tabela abaixo. Utilizando meios térmicos
U: Incerteza expandida para uma abrangência com com homogeneidade entre 0,001°C (para 0°C) e
um fator de segurança de 95% 0,004°C (para 420°C) e equipamentos de medição com
incerteza de 0,003°C.
Para cada tipo de ensaio existem outros fatores que
influenciam na incerteza de medição, os quais devem
Tabela de Incertezas dos Padrões
ser considerados.
Termoresistência Ponto de Calibração Incerteza
LABORATÓRIO DE TERMOMETRIA -38,8344°C 0,0020°C
0,01°C 0,0009°C
O Laboratório de Termometria da Consistec conta Padrão primário (SPRT 25 Ohms) 29,7646°C 0,0025°C
com equipamentos de alta tecnologia e metrologistas 231,928°C 0,0062°C
treinados para oferecer serviços de calibração com con- 419,527°C 0,0068°C
fiabilidade, possuindo as menores incertezas disponí- -38,8344°C 0,030°C
veis nos laboratórios brasileiros. 0,01°C 0,003°C
Certificado de acordo com a norma ISO 17025 e Padrão secundário (PRT 100 Ohms) 156,598°C 0,010°C
baseado na Escala Internacional de Temperatura de 1990 231,928°C 0,012°C
(ITS 90), atende aos clientes Consistec com serviço de 419,527°C 0,017°C
calibração para sensores adquiridos com certificado e a
serviços externos. Atende também internamente ao setor Tabela de Serviços
de Controle da Qualidade, na inspeção da matéria pri-
Serviço Faixa de Calibração Incerteza Típica
ma utilizada na confecção de sensores, fios e cabos,
-40°C a 0°C 0,030°C
classificando e autorizando o seu uso.
0°C a 156°C 0,010°C
termoresistência
156°C a 231°C 0,012°C
231°C a 420°C 0,017°C
1 - Serviços de calibração de sensores de
temperatura oferecidos pelo laboratório d - Calibração de termômetro de líquido em vidro
de termometria. por comparação:
a - Calibração de termopares, fios e cabos de Utilizando os mesmos equipamentos citados nas cali-
compensação ou extensão por comparação: brações de termoresistências a Consistec oferece os se-
O Laboratório de Termometria realiza os serviços guintes serviços para termômetros de líquido em vidro:
acima utilizando como padrão: para faixa de -40 a 400°C Tabela de Serviços
termoresistências calibradas com incerteza máxima de
Serviço Faixa de Calibração Incerteza Típica
0,02°C em meios termométricos de homogenidade me-
-40°C a -10°C 0,04°C
nor que 0,05°C; e para a faixa de 400 a 1100°C termo-
Termômetro de Líquido em Vidro -10°C a 110°C 0,05°C
pares de platina calibrados com incerteza máxima de
110°C a 410°C 0,1°C
0,3°C em meios termométricos com homogeneidade me-
lhor que 0,4°C; instrumentos de medição com incerteza Obs.: As incertezas apresentadas acima indicam a me-
máxima de 0,1°C. lhor capacidade do Laboratório de Termometria, porém
o resultado final da incerteza de uma determinada cali-
Tabela de Serviços bração depende também de características intrínsecas
Serviço Faixa de Calibração Incerteza Típica dos sensores submetidos à calibração.
-40°C a 400°C 0,2°C
Termopares 400°C a 600°C 0,5°C 2 - Outros Serviços
600°C a 1100°C 0,7°C
Fios e Cabos de Extensão ou Compensação -25°C a 200°C 0,2°C Além dos serviços acima relacionados o Laboratório
de Termometria executa também serviços de:
b - Calibração de termoresistência por ponto fixo: - Calibração de indicadores e controladores de tem-
O Laboratório de Termometria realiza os serviços acima peratura
utilizando como padrão a célula do ponto triplo da água, - Calibração e levantamento de homogeneidade de
para a temperatura de 0,01°C. meios termométricos.
- Calibração de transmissores de temperatura.
Tabela de Serviços
Outros serviços de calibração na área de temperatu-
Serviço Faixa de Calibração Incerteza Típica
ra podem ser solicitados e serão analisados em conjun-
Termoresistência 0,01°C 0,003°C
to com o cliente.

CONSISTEC 73
serviços
ENGENHARIA DE APLICAÇÃO
Objetivo: Fornecer soluções no pré e no pós-venda.
Grupo formado por técnicos e engenheiros com trei-
namento e larga experiência na especificação e acom-
panhamento na instalação de sensores de temperatura
e seus acessórios.
O objetivo deste serviço é fornecer aos nossos parceiros
o apoio necessário desde o projeto, orientando na especifi-
cação do produto com a melhor relação custo/durabilidade
e verificando "in loco" a aplicação para a adequação dos
nossos produtos de linha e, se necessário, no desenvolvi-
mento de novos produtos, contando para isto com o corpo
interno, que está constantemente em busca de novos ma-
teriais no Brasil e no exterior.
74 CONSISTEC
Periodicamente promovemos reuniões técnicas com
todos os nossos colaboradores objetivando a constante
evolução do conhecimento de novas técnicas de apli-
cação e na exposição de produtos e soluções que re-
presentam o "estado da arte" aplicado ao campo da ter-
mometria.
Além do fornecimento de produtos com tecnologia,
os esforços da Consistec em especificar o sensor mais
adequado a cada processo, é documentado em dese-
nhos descritivos que estarão à disposição do cliente,
proporcionando ao usuário a garantia de que o sucesso
deste desenvolvimento seja repetido em futuras aqui-
sições, permitindo que em todo o processo da cadeia
produtiva mantenham-se sempre os mesmos parâ-
metros.
 CONSISTEC
Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda.

tabelas de referência
termopar J NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-200 -7.890,5 -7.912,2 -7.933,7 -7.954,8 -7.975,7 -7.996,4 -8.016,7 -8.036,8 -8.056,6 -8.076,1 -8.095,4 -210
-190 -7.658,9 -7.683,2 -7.707,3 -7.731,1 -7.754,6 -7.777,9 -7.801,0 -7.823,7 -7.846,2 -7.868,5 -7.890,5 -200
-180 -7.402,5 -7.429,2 -7.455,7 -7.482,0 -7.508,0 -7.533,7 -7.559,3 -7.584,5 -7.609,6 -7.634,4 -7.658,9 -190
-170 -7.122,8 -7.151,8 -7.180,5 -7.209,1 -7.237,4 -7.265,5 -7.293,3 -7.321,0 -7.348,4 -7.375,6 -7.402,5 -180
-160 -6.821,4 -6.852,5 -6.883,4 -6.914,0 -6.944,5 -6.974,7 -7.004,8 -7.034,6 -7.064,2 -7.093,6 -7.122,8 -170
-150 -6.499,8 -6.532,8 -6.565,7 -6.598,3 -6.630,8 -6.663,0 -6.695,1 -6.727,0 -6.758,7 -6.790,2 -6.821,4 -160
-140 -6.159,2 -6.194,1 -6.228,8 -6.263,3 -6.297,6 -6.331,8 -6.365,8 -6.399,5 -6.433,1 -6.466,6 -6.499,8 -150
-130 -5.801,1 -5.837,6 -5.874,1 -5.910,3 -5.946,4 -5.982,3 -6.018,0 -6.053,6 -6.089,0 -6.124,2 -6.159,2 -140
-120 -5.426,5 -5.464,7 -5.502,7 -5.540,5 -5.578,2 -5.615,8 -5.653,1 -5.690,4 -5.727,4 -5.764,3 -5.801,1 -130
-110 -5.036,6 -5.076,3 -5.115,8 -5.155,1 -5.194,3 -5.233,4 -5.272,3 -5.311,1 -5.349,7 -5.388,2 -5.426,5 -120
-100 -4.632,5 -4.673,5 -4.714,4 -4.755,2 -4.795,8 -4.836,3 -4.876,6 -4.916,8 -4.956,9 -4.996,8 -5.036,6 -110
-90 -4.215,2 -4.257,5 -4.299,7 -4.341,7 -4.383,6 -4.425,5 -4.467,1 -4.508,7 -4.550,1 -4.591,4 -4.632,5 -100
-80 -3.785,5 -3.829,0 -3.872,4 -3.915,7 -3.958,8 -4.001,8 -4.044,8 -4.087,5 -4.130,2 -4.172,8 -4.215,2 -90
-70 -3.344,5 -3.389,1 -3.433,6 -3.477,9 -3.522,2 -3.566,4 -3.610,4 -3.654,4 -3.698,2 -3.741,9 -3.785,5 -80
-60 -2.892,8 -2.938,4 -2.983,9 -3.029,4 -3.074,7 -3.119,9 -3.165,0 -3.210,0 -3.255,0 -3.299,8 -3.344,5 -70
-50 -2.431,3 -2.477,8 -2.524,3 -2.570,7 -2.617,0 -2.663,2 -2.709,3 -2.755,3 -2.801,3 -2.847,1 -2.892,8 -60
-40 -1.960,6 -2.008,1 -2.055,5 -2.102,8 -2.149,9 -2.197,1 -2.244,1 -2.291,0 -2.337,9 -2.384,6 -2.431,3 -50
-30 -1.481,6 -1.529,8 -1578,0 -1.626,1 -1.674,2 -1.722,1 -1.770,0 -1.814,8 -1.865,5 -1.913,1 -1.960,6 -40
-20 -994,7 -1.043,7 -1.092,7 -1.141,6 -1.190,4 -1.239,1 -1.287,7 -1.336,3 -1.384,8 -1.433,2 -1.481,6 -30
-10 -500,7 -550,4 -600,0 -649,6 -699,1 -748,6 -797,9 -847,2 -896,5 -945,6 -994,7 -20
0 0,0 -50,4 -100,6 -150,9 -201,0 -251,1 -301,2 -351,1 -401,1 -450,9 -500,7 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 0,0 50,4 100,9 151,4 202,0 252,7 303,4 354,1 405,0 455,8 506,8 10
10 506,8 557,8 608,8 659,9 711,1 762,3 813,6 864,9 916,2 967,7 1.019,1 20
20 1.019,1 1.070,7 1.122,3 1.173,9 1.225,6 1.277,3 1.329,1 1.380,9 1.432,8 1.484,7 1.536,7 30
30 1.536,7 1.588,7 1.640,7 1.692,8 1.745,0 1.797,2 1.849,4 1.901,7 1.954,1 2.006,4 2.058,8 40
40 2.058,8 2.111,3 2.163,8 2.216,4 2.268,9 2.321,6 2.374,2 2.426,9 2.479,7 2.532,5 2.585,3 50
50 2.585,3 2.638,2 2.691,1 2.744,0 2.797,0 2.850,0 2.903,1 2.956,2 3.009,3 3.062,5 3.115,7 60
60 3.115,7 3.168,9 3.222,2 3.275,5 3.328,8 3.382,2 3.435,6 3.489,0 3.542,5 3.596,0 3.649,5 70
70 3.649,5 3.703,1 3.756,7 3.810,3 3.864,0 3.917,7 3.971,4 4.025,2 4.078,9 4.132,7 4.186,6 80
80 4.186,6 4.240,4 4.294,3 4.348,3 4.402,2 4.456,2 4.510,2 4.564,2 4.618,3 4.672,4 4.726,5 90
90 4.726,5 4.780,6 4.834,8 4.889,0 4.943,2 4.997,4 5.051,7 5.105,9 5.160,2 5.214,6 5.268,9 100
100 5.268,9 5.323,3 5.377,7 5.432,1 5.486,5 5.541,0 5.595,5 5.650,0 5.704,5 5.759,1 5.813,6 110
110 5.813,6 5.868,2 5.922,8 5.977,4 6.032,1 6.086,7 6.141,4 6.196,1 6.250,8 6.305,6 6.360,3 120
120 6.360,3 6.415,1 6.469,9 6.524,7 6.579,5 6.634,3 6.689,2 6.744,0 6.798,9 6.853,8 6.908,7 130
130 6.908,7 6.963,7 7.018,6 7.073,6 7.128,5 7.183,5 7.238,5 7.293,6 7.348,6 7.403,6 7.458,7 140
140 7.458,7 7.513,7 7.568,8 7.623,9 7.679,0 7.734,1 7.789,3 7.844,4 7.899,6 7.954,7 8.009,9 150
150 8.009,9 8.065,1 8.120,3 8.175,5 8.230,7 8.285,9 8.341,2 8.396,4 8.451,7 8.506,9 8.562,2 160
160 8.562,2 8.617,5 8.672,8 8.728,1 8.783,4 8.838,7 8.894,0 8.949,4 9.004,7 9.060,1 9.115,4 170
170 9.115,4 9.170,8 9.226,2 9.281,5 9.336,9 9.392,3 9.447,7 9.503,1 9.558,5 9.613,9 9.669,4 180
180 9.669,4 9.724,8 9.780,2 9.835,6 9.891,1 9.946,5 10.002,0 10.057,4 10.112,9 10.168,4 10.223,8 190
190 10.223,8 10.279,3 10.334,8 10.390,3 10.445,8 10.501,3 10.556,7 10.612,2 10.667,7 10.723,2 10.778,7 200
200 10.778,7 10.834,3 10.889,8 10.945,3 11.000,8 11.056,3 11.111,8 11.167,4 11.222,9 11.278,4 11.333,9 210
210 11.333,9 11.389,5 11.445,0 11.500,5 11.556,0 11.611,6 11.667,1 11.722,7 11.778,2 11.833,7 11.889,3 220
220 11.889,3 11.944,8 12.000,3 12.055,9 12.111,4 12.167,0 12.222,5 12.278,0 12.333,6 12.389,1 12.444,6 230
230 12.444,6 12.500,2 12.555,7 12.611,3 12.666,8 12.722,3 12.777,9 12.833,4 12.888,9 12.944,5 13.000,0 240
240 13.000,0 13.055,5 13.111,0 13.166,6 13.222,1 13.277,6 13.333,1 13.388,6 13.444,2 13.499,7 13.555,2 250
250 13.555,2 13.610,7 13.666,2 13.721,7 13.777,2 13.832,7 13.888,2 13.943,7 13.999,2 14.054,7 14.110,2 260
260 14.110,2 14.165,7 14.221,2 14.276,6 14.332,1 14.387,6 14.443,1 14.498,5 14.554,0 14.609,5 14.664,9 270
270 14.664,9 14.720,4 14.775,9 14.831,3 14.886,8 14.942,2 14.997,6 15.053,1 15.108,5 15.163,9 15.219,4 280
280 15.219,4 15.274,8 15.330,2 15.385,6 15.441,1 15.496,5 15.551,9 15.607,3 16.662,7 15.718,1 15.773,5 290
290 15.773,5 15.828,9 15.884,2 15.939,6 15.995,0 16.050,4 16.105,8 16.161,1 16.216,5 16.271,8 16.327,2 300
300 16.327,2 16.382,6 16.437,9 16.493,3 16.548,6 16.603,9 16.659,3 16.714,6 16.769,9 16.825,2 16.880,6 310
310 16.880,6 16.935,9 16.991,2 17.046,5 17.101,8 17.157,1 17.212,4 17.267,7 17.323,0 17.378,3 17.433,5 320
320 17.433,5 17.488,8 17.544,1 17.599,4 17.654,6 17.709,9 17.765,2 17.820,4 17.875,7 17.930,9 17.986,2 330
330 17.986,2 18.041,4 18.096,7 18.151,9 18.207,1 18.262,4 18.317,6 18.372,8 18.428,0 18.483,3 18.538,5 340
340 18.538,5 18.593,7 18.648,9 18.704,1 18.759,3 18.814,5 18.869,7 18.924,9 18.980,1 19.035,3 19.090,5 350
350 19.090,5 19.145,6 19.200,8 19.256,0 19.311,2 19.366,4 19.421,5 19.476,7 19.531,9 19.587,0 19.642,2 360
360 19.642,2 19.697,4 19.752,5 19.807,7 19.862,9 19.918,0 19.973,2 20.028,3 20.083,5 20.138,6 20.193,8 370
370 20.193,8 20.248,9 20.304,1 20.359,2 20.414,4 20.469,5 20.524,6 20.579,8 20.634,9 20.690,1 20.745,2 380
380 20.745,2 20.800,3 20.855,5 20.910,6 20.965,8 21.020,9 21.076,0 21.131,2 21.186,3 21.241,5 21.296,6 390
390 21.296,6 21.351,8 21.406,9 21.462,0 21.517,2 21.572,3 21.627,5 21.682,6 21.737,8 21.792,9 21.848,1 400
400 21.848,1 21.903,2 21.958,4 22.013,5 22.068,7 22.123,8 22.179,0 22.234,2 22.289,3 22.344,5 22.399,7 410
410 22.399,7 22.454,9 22.510,0 22.565,2 22.620,4 22.675,6 22.730,8 22.786,0 22.841,2 22.896,4 22.951,6 420
420 22.951,6 23.006,8 23.062,0 23.117,2 23.172,4 23.227,6 23.282,9 23.338,1 23.393,3 23.448,6 23.503,8 430
430 23.503,8 23.559,1 23.614,3 23.669,6 23.724,9 23.780,2 23.835,4 23.890,7 23.946,0 24.001,3 24.056,6 440
440 24.056,6 24.111,9 24.167,3 24.222,6 24.277,9 24.333,3 24.388,6 24.444,0 24.499,3 24.554,7 24.610,1 450
450 24.610,1 24.665,5 24.720,9 24.776,3 24.831,7 24.887,1 24.942,5 24.998,0 25.053,4 25.108,9 25.164,3 460
460 25.164,3 25.219,8 25.275,3 25.330,8 25.386,3 25.441,8 25.497,4 25.552,9 25.608,4 25.664,0 25.719,6 470
470 24.719,6 25.775,1 25.830,7 25.886,3 25.942,0 25.997,6 26.053,2 26.108,9 26.164,5 26.220,2 26.275,9 480
480 26.275,9 26.331,6 26.387,3 26.443,1 26.498,8 26.554,6 26.610,3 26.666,1 26.721,9 26.777,7 26.833,5 490
490 26.833,5 26.889,4 26.945,2 27.001,1 27.057,0 27.112,9 27.168,8 27.224,7 27.280,7 27.336,7 27.392,6 500
500 27.392,6 27.448,6 27.504,6 27.560,7 27.616,7 27.672,8 27.728,9 27.785,0 27.841,1 27.897,2 27.953,4 510
510 27.953,4 28.009,5 28.065,7 28.121,9 28.178,1 28.234,4 28.290,6 28.346,9 28.403,2 28.459,5 28.515,9 520
520 28.515,9 28.572,2 28.628,6 28.685,0 28.741,4 28.797,9 28.854,3 28.910,8 28.967,3 29.023,9 29.080,4 530
530 29.080,4 29.137,0 29.193,6 29.250,2 29.306,8 29.363,5 29.420,1 29.476,8 29.533,6 29.590,3 29.647,1 540

76 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar J
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
540 29.647,1 29.703,9 29.760,7 29.817,5 29.874,4 29.931,3 29.988,2 30.045,1 30.102,1 30.159,1 30.216,1 550
550 30.216,1 30.273,2 30.330,2 30.387,3 30.444,4 30.501,6 30.558,7 30.615,9 30.673,1 30.730,4 30.787,7 560
560 30.787,7 30.845,0 30.902,3 30.959,6 31.017,0 31.074,4 31.131,9 31.189,3 31.246,8 31.304,4 31.361,9 570
570 31.361,9 31.419,5 31.477,1 31.534,7 31.592,4 31.650,1 31.707,8 31.765,6 31.823,3 31.881,2 31.939,0 580
580 31.939,0 31.996,9 32.054,8 32.112,7 32.170,7 32.228,7 32.286,7 32.344,8 32.402,9 32.461,0 32.519,1 590
590 32.519,1 32.577,3 32.635,5 32.693,8 32.752,1 32.810,4 32.868,7 32.927,1 32.985,5 33.043,9 33.102,4 600
600 33.102,4 33.160,9 33.219,5 33.278,0 33.336,6 33.395,3 33.454,0 33.512,7 33.571,4 33.630,2 33.689,0 610
610 33.689,0 33.747,9 33.806,7 33.865,6 33.924,6 33.983,6 34.042,6 34.101,7 34.160,7 34.219,9 34.279,0 620
620 34.279,0 34.338,2 34.397,5 34.456,7 34.516,0 34.575,4 34.634,7 34.694,2 34.753,6 34.813,1 34.872,6 630
630 34.872,6 34.932,2 34.991,7 35.051,4 35.111,0 35.170,7 35.230,5 35.290,3 35.350,1 35.409,9 35.469,8 640
640 35.469,8 35.529,7 35.589,7 35.649,7 35.709,7 35.769,8 35.829,9 35.890,1 35.950,2 36.010,5 36.070,7 650
650 36.070,7 36.131,0 36.191,4 36.251,7 36.312,1 36.372,6 36.433,1 36.493,6 36.554,2 36.614,8 36.675,4 660
660 36.675,4 36.736,1 36.796,8 36.857,5 36.918,3 36.979,2 37.040,0 37.100,9 37.161,9 37.222,9 37.283,9 670
670 37.283,9 37.344,9 37.406,0 37.467,2 37.528,3 37.589,5 37.650,8 37.712,1 37.773,4 37.834,7 37.896,1 680
680 37.896,1 37.957,6 38.019,0 38.080,5 38.142,1 38.203,7 38.265,3 38.326,9 38.388,6 38.450,4 38.512,1 690
690 38.512,1 38.573,9 38.635,8 38.697,7 38.759,6 38.821,5 38.883,5 38.945,5 39.007,6 39.069,7 39.131,8 700
700 39.131,8 39.194,0 39.256,2 39.318,4 39.380,7 39.443,0 39.505,4 39.567,8 39.630,2 39.692,6 39.755,1 710
710 39.755,1 39.817,6 39.880,2 39.942,8 40.005,4 40.068,0 40.130,7 40.193,5 40.256,2 40.319,0 40.381,8 720
720 40.381,8 40.444,7 40.507,6 40.570,5 40.633,4 40.696,4 40.759,4 40.822,5 40.885,6 40.948,7 41.011,8 730
730 41.011,8 41.075,0 41.138,2 41.201,4 41.264,6 41.327,9 41.391,2 41.454,6 41.518,0 41.581,4 41.644,8 740
740 41.644,8 41.708,2 41.771,7 41.835,2 41.898,8 41.962,3 42.025,9 42.089,5 42.153,2 42.216,8 42.280,5 750
750 42.280,5 42.344,2 42.408,0 42.471,7 42.535,5 42.599,3 42.663,1 42.727,0 42.790,8 42.854,7 42.918,6 760
760 42.918,6 42.982,6 43.046,6 43.110,6 43.174,6 43.238,7 43.302,8 43.366,9 43.431,1 43.495,3 43.559,5 770
770 43.559,5 43.623,7 43.688,0 43.752,3 43.816,6 43.881,0 43.945,3 44.009,7 44.074,1 44.138,6 44.203,0 780
780 44.203,0 44.267,5 44.332,0 44.396,4 44.461,0 44.525,5 44.590,0 44.654,6 44.719,1 44.783,7 44.848,3 790
790 44.848,3 44.912,8 44.977,4 45.042,0 45.106,6 45.171,3 45.235,9 45.300,5 45.365,1 45.429,8 45.494,4 800
800 45.494,4 45.559,0 45.623,7 45.688,3 45.752,9 45.817,6 45.882,2 45.946,8 46.011,4 46.076,1 46.140,7 810
810 46.140,7 46.205,3 46.269,9 46.334,5 46.399,1 46.463,6 46.528,2 46.592,8 46.657,3 46.721,9 46.786,4 820
820 46.786,4 46.850,9 46.915,4 46.979,9 47.044,4 47.108,9 47.173,4 47.237,8 47.302,2 47.366,6 47.431,0 830
830 47.431,0 47.495,4 47.559,8 47.624,1 47.688,5 47.752,8 47.817,1 47.881,6 47.945,6 48.009,8 48.074,0 840
840 48.074,0 48.138,2 48.202,4 48.266,5 48.330,7 48.394,8 48.458,8 48.522,9 48.586,9 48.651,0 48.714,9 850
850 48.714,9 48.778,9 48.842,8 48.906,7 48.970,6 49.034,5 49.098,3 49.162,1 49.225,9 49.289,7 49.353,4 860
860 49.353,4 49.417,1 49.480,8 49.544,4 49.608,0 49.671,6 49.735,1 49.798,7 49.862,2 49.925,6 49.989,1 870
870 49.989,1 50.052,5 50.115,9 50.179,2 50.242,5 50.305,8 50.369,0 50.432,3 50.495,5 50.558,6 50.621,7 880
880 50.621,7 50.684,8 50.747,9 50.810,9 50.873,9 50.936,9 50.999,8 51.062,7 51.125,6 51.188,4 51.251,2 890
890 51.251,2 51.313,9 51.376,7 51.439,4 51.502,0 51.564,7 51.627,3 51.689,8 51.752,3 51.814,8 51.877,3 900
900 51.877,3 51.939,7 52.002,1 52.064,4 52.126,8 52.189,0 52.251,3 52.313,5 52.375,7 52.437,8 52.499,9 910
910 52.499,9 52.562,0 52.624,0 52.686,0 52.748,0 52.810,0 52.871,9 52.933,7 52.995,5 53.057,3 53.119,1 920
920 53.119,1 53.180,8 53.242,5 53.304,2 53.365,8 53.427,4 53.488,9 53.550,4 53.611,9 53.673,3 53.734,8 930
930 53.734,8 53.796,1 53.857,5 53.918,8 53.980,1 54.041,3 54.102,5 54.163,7 54.224,8 54.285,9 54.347,0 940
940 54.347,0 54.408,0 54.469,0 54.530,0 54.590,9 54.651,8 54.712,7 54.773,5 54.834,3 54.895,0 54.955,8 950
950 54.955,8 55.016,5 55.077,1 55.137,8 55.198,4 55.258,9 55.319,5 55.380,0 55.440,5 55.500,9 55.561,3 960
960 55.561,3 55.621,7 55.682,0 55.742,3 55.802,6 55.862,9 55.923,1 55.983,3 56.043,4 56.103,6 56.163,7 970
970 56.163,7 56.223,7 56.283,8 56.343,8 56.403,8 56.463,7 56.523,6 56.583,5 56.643,4 56.703,2 56.763,0 980
980 56.763,0 56.822,8 56.882,5 56.942,3 57.002,0 57.061,6 57.121,3 57.180,9 57.240,5 57.300,0 57.359,5 990
990 57.359,5 57.419,0 57.478,5 57.538,0 57.597,4 57.656,8 57.716,2 57.775,5 57.834,8 57.894,1 57.953,4 1000
1000 57.953,4 58.012,7 58.071,9 58.131,1 58.190,3 59.249,4 59.308,5 59.367,7 58.426,7 58.485,8 58.544,8 1010
1010 58.544,8 58.603,8 58.662,8 58.721,8 58.780,8 58.839,7 58.898,6 58.957,5 59.016,3 59.075,2 59.134,0 1020
1020 59.134,0 59.192,8 59.251,6 59.310,4 59.369,1 59.427,8 59.486,5 59.545,2 59.603,9 59.662,5 59.721,2 1030
1030 59.721,2 59.779,8 59.838,4 59.897,0 59.955,5 60.014,1 60.072,6 60.131,1 60.189,6 60.248,1 60.306,5 1040
1040 60.306,5 60.365,0 60.423,4 60.481,8 60.540,2 60.598,6 60.657,0 60.715,3 60.773,7 60.832,0 60.890,3 1050
1050 60.890,3 60.948,6 61.006,9 61.065,2 61.123,4 61.181,7 61.239,9 61.298,1 61.356,3 61.414,5 61.472,7 1060
1060 61.472,7 61.530,9 61.589,0 61.647,2 61.705,3 61.763,4 61.821,5 61.879,7 61.937,7 91.995,8 62.053,9 1070
1070 62.053,9 62.112,0 62.170,0 62.228,1 62.286,1 62.344,1 62.402,1 62.460,1 62.518,1 62.576,1 62.634,1 1080
1080 62.634,1 62.692,1 62.750,1 62.808,0 62.866,0 62.923,9 62.981,8 63.039,8 63.097,7 63.155,6 63.213,5 1090
1090 63.213,5 63.271,4 63.329,3 63.387,2 63.445,1 63.502,9 63.560,8 63.618,7 63.676,5 63.734,4 63.792,2 1100
1100 63.792,2 63.850,1 63.907,9 63.965,7 64.023,5 64.081,4 64.139,2 64.197,0 64.254,8 64.312,6 64.370,4 1110
1110 64.370,4 64.428,2 64.486,0 64.543,7 64.601,5 64.659,3 64.717,1 64.774,8 64.832,6 64.890,3 64.648,1 1120
1120 64.948,1 65.005,8 65.063,6 65.121,3 65.179,1 65.236,8 65.294,5 65.352,3 65.410,0 65.467,7 65.525,4 1130
1130 65.525,4 65.583,1 65.640,9 65.698,6 65.756,3 65.814,0 65.871,7 65.929,3 65.987,0 66.044,7 66.102,4 1140
1140 66.102,4 66.160,1 66.217,8 66.275,4 66.333,1 66.390,8 66.448,4 66.506,1 66.563,7 66.621,4 66.679,0 1150
1150 66.679,0 66.736,7 66.794,3 66.851,9 66.909,5 66.967,2 97.024,8 67.082,4 67.140,0 67.197,6 67.255,2 1160
1160 67.255,2 67.312,8 67.370,4 67.428,0 67.485,6 67.543,1 67.600,7 67.658,3 67.715,8 67.773,4 67.830,9 1170
1170 67.830,9 67.888,4 67.946,0 68.003,5 68.061,3 68.118,5 68.176,0 68.233,5 68.291,0 68.348,5 68.405,9 1180
1180 68.405,9 68.463,4 68.520,9 68.578,3 68.635,7 68.693,2 68.750,6 68.808,0 68.865,4 68.922,7 68.980,1 1190
1190 68.980,1 69.037,5 69.094,8 69.152,2 69.209,5 69.266,8 69.324,1 69.381,4 69.438,7 69.495,9 69.553,2 1200
1200 69.553,2

CONSISTEC 77
termopar E NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-260 -9.796,6 -9.802,3 -9.807,6 -9.812,6 -9.817,1 -9.821,2 -9.824,8 -9.828,1 -9.830,8 -9.833,1 -9.835,0 -270
-250 -9.718,4 -9.727,9 -9.737,0 -9.745,8 -9.754,1 -9.762,2 -9.769,8 -9.777,1 -9.784,0 -9.790,5 -9.796,6 -260
-240 -9.603,9 -9.617,0 -9.629,7 -9.642,0 -9.654,0 -9.665,6 -9.676,9 -9.687,8 -9.698,4 -9.708,6 -9.718,4 -250
-230 -9.455,0 -9.471,4 -9.487,4 -9.503,2 -9.518,6 -9.533,7 -9.548,4 -9.562,8 -9.576,8 -9.590,6 -9.603,9 -240
-220 -9.273,8 -9.293,3 -9.312,5 -9.331,4 -9.350,0 -9.368,3 -9.386,3 -9.403,9 -9.421,3 -9.438,3 -9.455,0 -230
-210 -9.062,9 -9.085,2 -9.107,3 -9.129,1 -9.150,6 -9.171,9 -9.192,9 -9.213,5 -9.233,9 -9.254,0 -9.273,8 -220
-200 -8.824,6 -8.849,6 -8.874,3 -8.898,8 -8.923,0 -8.947,0 -8.970,7 -8.994,2 -9.017,3 -9.040,2 -9.062,9 -210
-190 -8.560,9 -8.588,4 -8.615,6 -8.642,6 -8.669,3 -8.695,8 -8.722,1 -8.748,1 -8.773,8 -8.799,3 -8.824,6 -200
-180 -8.273,4 -8.303,2 -8.332,8 -8.362,1 -8.391,2 -8.420,1 -8.448,7 -8.477,1 -8.505,3 -8.533,2 -8.560,9 -190
-170 -7.963,3 -7.995,3 -8.027,1 -8.058,7 -8.090,0 -8.121,1 -8.152,0 -8.182,7 -8.213,2 -8.243,4 -8.273,4 -180
-160 -7.631,6 -7.665,7 -7.699,6 -7.733,3 -7.766,8 -7.800,1 -7.833,2 -7.866,0 -7.898,7 -7.931,1 -7.963,3 -170
-150 -7.279,3 -7.315,5 -7.351,4 -7.387,1 -7.422,7 -7.458,0 -7.493,1 -7.528,1 -7.562,8 -7.597,3 -7.631,6 -160
-140 -6.907,3 -6.945,4 -6.983,3 -7.020,9 -7.058,4 -7.095,7 -7.132,9 -7.169,8 -7.206,5 -7.243,0 -7.279,3 -150
-130 -6.516,4 -6.556,3 -6.596,1 -6.635,6 6.675,0 -6.714,2 -6.753,2 -6.792,0 -6.830,6 -6.869,1 -6.907,3 -140
-120 -6.107,3 -6.149,0 -6.190,5 -6.231,9 -6.273,1 -6.314,1 -6.354,9 -6.395,5 -6.436,0 -6.476,3 -6.516,4 -130
-110 -5.680,7 -5.724,1 -5.767,4 -5.810,5 -5.853,4 -5.896,1 -5.938,7 -5.981,1 -6.023,4 -6.065,4 -6.107,3 -120
-100 -5.237,2 -5.282,3 -5.327,2 -5.372,0 -5.416,6 -5.461,0 -5.505,3 -5.549,4 -5.593,3 -5.637,1 -5.680,7 -110
-90 -4.777,4 -4.824,1 -4.870,6 -4.917,0 -4.963,2 -5.009,3 -5.055,2 -5.100,9 -5.146,5 -5.191,9 -5.237,2 -100
-80 -4.301,9 -4.350,1 -4.398,2 -4.446,2 -4.493,9 -4.541,6 -4.589,0 -4.636,4 -4.683,5 -4.730,5 -4.777,4 -90
-70 -3.811,3 -3.861,0 -3.910,6 -3.960,0 -4.009,3 -4.058,5 -4.107,4 -4.156,3 -4.205,0 -4.253,5 -4.301,9 -80
-60 -3.306,2 -3.357,4 -3.408,4 -3.459,2 -3.510,0 -3.560,5 -3.611,0 -3.661,3 -3.711,4 -3.761,4 -3.811,3 -70
-50 -2.787,2 -2.839,7 -2.892,1 -2.944,3 -2.996,5 -3.048,4 -3.100,3 -3.152,0 -3.203,5 -3.254,9 -3.306,2 -60
-40 -2.254,8 -2.308,6 -2.362,3 -2.415,9 -2.469,3 -2.522,7 -2.575,8 -2.628,9 -2.681,8 -2.734,6 -2.787,2 -50
-30 -1.709,5 -1.764,6 -1.819,6 -1.874,4 -1.929,1 -1.983,7 -2.038,2 -2.092,5 -2.146,8 -2.200,9 -2.254,8 -40
-20 -1.151,6 -1.208,0 -1.264,2 -1.320,3 -1.376,2 -1.432,1 -1.487,8 -1.543,4 -1.598,9 -1.654,3 -1.709,5 -30
-10 -581,5 -639,1 -696,5 -753,8 -811,0 -868,1 -925,0 -981,9 -1.038,6 -1.095,2 -1.151,6 -20
0 0,0 -58,6 -117,1 -175,6 -233,9 -292,1 -350,2 -408,2 -466,1 -523,9 -581,5 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 0,0 58,7 117,5 176,4 235,4 294,5 353,6 412,9 472,2 531,7 591,2 10
10 591,2 650,8 710,5 770,3 830,2 890,2 950,3 1.010,4 1.070,7 1.131,1 1.191,5 20
20 1.191,5 1.252,0 1.312,7 1.373,4 1.434,2 1.495,1 1.556,1 1.617,2 1.678,4 1.739,7 1.801,0 30
30 1.801,0 1.862,5 1.924,0 1.985,7 2.047,4 2.109,2 2.171,2 2.233,2 2.295,3 2.357,5 2.419,7 40
40 2.419,7 2.482,1 2.544,6 2.607,1 2.669,8 2.732,5 2.795,4 2.858,3 2.921,3 2.984,4 3.047,6 50
50 3.047,6 3.110,9 3.174,3 3.237,7 3.301,3 3.364,9 3.428,7 3.492,5 3.556,4 3.620,4 3.694,5 60
60 3.684,5 3.748,7 3.813,0 3.877,3 3.941,8 4.006,3 4.070,9 4.135,6 4.200,4 4.265,3 4.330,3 70
70 4.330,3 4.395,3 4.460,5 4.525,7 4.591,0 4.656,5 4.721,9 4.787,5 4.853,2 4.918,9 4.984,8 80
80 4.984,8 5.050,7 5.116,7 5.182,8 5.248,9 5.315,2 5.381,5 5.448,0 5.514,5 5.581,1 5.647,7 90
90 5.647,7 5.714,5 5.781,3 5.848,2 5.915,2 5.982,3 6.049,5 6.116,7 6.184,0 6.251,4 6.318,9 100
100 6.318,9 6.386,5 6.454,1 6.521,9 6.589,7 6.657,5 6.725,5 6.793,5 6.861,6 6.929,8 6.998,1 110
110 6.998,1 7.066,5 7.134,9 7.203,4 7.271,9 7.340,6 7.409,3 7.478,1 7.547,0 7.616,0 7.685,0 120
120 7.685,0 7.754,1 7.823,2 7.892,5 7.961,8 8.031,2 8.100,7 8.170,2 8.239,8 8.309,5 8.379,2 130
130 8.379,2 8.449,1 8.519,0 8.588,9 8.659,0 8.729,1 8.799,2 8.869,5 8.939,8 9.010,2 9.080,6 140
140 9.080,6 9.151,1 9.221,7 9.292,4 9.363,1 9.433,9 9.504,7 9.575,7 9.646,6 9.717,7 9.788,8 150
150 9.788,8 9.860,0 9.931,2 10.002,6 10.073,9 10.145,4 10.216,9 10.288,4 10.360,1 10.431,7 10.503,5 160
160 10.503,5 10.575,3 10.647,2 10.719,1 10.791,1 10.863,2 10.935,3 11.007,5 11.079,7 11.152,0 11.224,4 170
170 11.224,4 11.296,8 11.369,3 11.441,8 11.514,4 11.587,1 11.659,8 11.732,5 11.805,4 11.878,2 11.951,2 180
180 11.951,2 12.024,2 12.097,2 12.170,3 12.243,5 12.316,7 12.390,0 12.463,3 12.536,7 12.610,1 12.683,6 190
190 12.683,6 12.757,1 12.830,7 12.904,3 12.978,0 13.051,8 13.125,6 13.199,4 13.273,3 13.347,3 13.421,3 200
200 13.421,3 13.495,4 13.569,5 13.643,6 13.717,8 13.792,1 13.866,4 13.940,7 14.015,1 14.089,6 14.164,1 210
210 14.164,1 14.238,6 14.313,2 14.387,9 14.462,5 14.537,3 14.612,1 14.686,9 14.761,8 14.836,7 14.911,6 220
220 14.911,6 14.986,6 15.061,7 15.136,8 15.211,9 15.287,1 15.362,4 15.437,6 15.513,0 15.588,3 15.663,7 230
230 15.663,7 15.739,2 15.814,7 15.890,2 15.965,8 16.041,4 16.117,1 16.192,8 16.268,5 16.344,3 16.420,1 240
240 16.420,1 16.496,0 16.571,9 16.647,8 16.723,8 16.799,9 16.875,9 16.952,0 17.028,2 17.104,3 17.180,6 250
250 17.180,6 17.256,8 17.333,1 17.409,5 17.485,8 17.562,2 17.638,7 17.715,2 17.791,7 17.868,2 17.944,8 260
260 17.944,8 18.021,5 18.098,1 18.174,8 18.251,6 18.328,4 18.405,2 18.482,0 18.558,9 18.635,8 18.712,7 270
270 18.712,7 18.789,7 18.866,7 18.943,8 19.020,9 19.098,0 19.175,1 19.252,3 19.329,5 19.406,8 19.484,1 280
280 19.484,1 19.561,4 19.638,7 19.716,1 19.793,5 19.871,0 19.948,4 20.025,9 20.103,5 20.181,0 20.258,6 290
290 20.258,6 20.336,3 20.413,9 20.491,6 20.569,3 20.647,1 20.724,8 20.802,6 20.880,5 20.958,3 21.036,2 300
300 21.036,2 21.114,2 21.192,1 21.270,1 21.348,1 21.426,1 21.504,2 21.582,3 21.660,4 21.738,6 21.816,7 310
310 21.816,7 21.894,9 21.973,2 22.051,4 22.129,7 22.208,0 22.286,3 22.364,7 22.443,1 22.521,5 22.599,9 320
320 22.599,9 22.678,4 22.756,9 22.835,4 22.914,0 22.992,5 23.071,1 23.149,7 23.228,4 23.307,0 23.385,7 330
330 23.385,7 23.464,4 23.543,2 23.621,9 23.700,7 23.779,5 23.858,4 23.937,2 24.016,1 24.095,0 24.173,9 340
340 24.173,9 24.252,9 24.331,8 24.410,8 24.489,8 24.568,9 24.647,9 24.727,0 24.806,1 24.885,2 24.964,4 350
350 24.964,4 25.043,5 25.122,7 25.201,9 25.281,2 25.360,4 25.439,7 25.519,0 25.598,3 25.677,6 25.757,0 360
360 25.757,0 25.836,3 25.915,7 25.995,1 26.074,6 26.154,0 26.233,5 26.313,0 26.392,5 26.472,0 26.551,5 370
370 26.551,5 26.631,1 26.710,7 26.790,3 26.869,9 26.949,5 27.029,2 27.108,9 27.188,6 27.268,3 27.348,0 380
380 27.348,0 27.427,7 27.507,5 27.587,3 27.667,1 27.746,9 27.826,7 27.906,5 27.986,4 28.066,3 28.146,2 390
390 28.146,2 28.226,1 28.306,0 28.385,9 28.465,9 28.545,9 28.625,9 28.705,9 28.785,9 28.865,9 28.946,0 400
400 28.946,0 29.026,0 29.106,1 29.186,2 29.266,3 29.346,4 29.426,6 29.506,7 29.586,9 29.667,1 29.747,2 410
410 29.747,2 29.827,4 29.907,7 29.987,9 30.068,1 30.148,4 30.228,7 30.309,0 30.389,3 30.469,6 30.549,9 420
420 30.549,9 30.630,2 30.710,6 30.790,9 30.871,3 30.951,7 31.032,1 31.112,5 31.192,9 31.273,3 31.353,8 430
430 31.353,8 31.434,2 31.514,7 31.595,1 31.675,6 31.756,1 31.836,6 31.917,1 31.997,7 32.078,2 32.158,8 440
440 32.158,8 32.239,3 32.319,9 32.400,5 32.481,0 32.561,6 32.642,2 32.722,9 32.803,5 32.884,1 32.964,7 450
450 32.964,7 33.045,4 33.126,1 33.206,7 33.287,4 33.368,1 33.448,8 33.529,5 33.610,2 33.690,9 33.771,6 460
460 33.771,6 33.852,3 33.933,1 34.013,8 34.094,6 34.175,3 34.256,1 34.336,9 34.417,6 34.498,4 34.579,2 470
470 34.579,2 34.660,0 34.740,8 34.821,6 34.902,4 34.983,3 35.064,1 35.144,9 35.225,8 35.306,6 35.387,5 480

78 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar E
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
480 35.387,5 35.468,3 35.549,2 35.630,0 35.710,9 35.791,8 35.872,7 35.953,5 36.034,4 36.115,3 36.196,2 490
490 36.196,2 36.277,1 36.358,0 36.438,9 36.519,8 36.600,7 36.681,7 36.762,6 36.843,5 36.924,4 37.005,4 500
500 37.005,4 37.086,3 37.167,2 37.248,2 37.329,1 37.410,0 37.491,0 37.571,9 37.652,9 37.733,8 37.814,8 510
510 37.814,8 37.895,7 37.976,7 38.057,6 38.138,6 38.219,5 38.300,5 38.381,5 38.462,4 38.543,4 38.624,3 520
520 38.624,3 38.705,3 38.786,3 38.867,2 38.948,2 39.029,1 39.110,1 39.191,1 39.272,0 39.353,0 39.433,9 530
530 39.433,9 39.514,9 39.595,9 39.676,8 39.757,8 39.838,7 39.919,7 40.000,6 40.081,6 40.162,5 40.243,5 540
540 40.243,5 40.324,4 40.405,4 40.486,3 40.567,3 40.648,2 40.729,1 40.810,1 40.891,0 40.971,9 41.052,8 550
550 41.052,8 41.133,8 41.214,7 41.295,6 41.376,5 41.457,4 41.538,3 41.619,2 41.700,1 41.781,0 41.861,9 560
560 41.861,9 41.942,8 42.023,7 42.104,6 42.185,4 42.266,3 42.347,2 42.428,0 42.508,9 42.589,7 42.670,6 570
570 42.670,6 42.751,4 42.832,3 42.913,1 42.993,9 43.074,7 43.155,6 43.236,4 43.317,2 43.398,0 43.478,8 580
580 43.478,8 43.559,6 43.640,4 43.721,1 43.801,9 43.882,7 43.963,4 44.044,2 44.124,9 44.205,7 44.286,4 590
590 44.286,4 44.367,1 44.447,8 44.528,6 44.609,3 44.690,0 44.770,7 44.851,3 44.932,0 45.012,7 45.093,4 600
600 45.093,4 45.174,0 45.254,7 45.335,3 45.415,9 45.496,6 45.577,2 45.657,8 45.738,4 45.819,0 45.899,6 610
610 45.899,6 45.980,2 46.060,7 46.141,3 46.221,8 46.302,4 46.382,9 46.463,4 46.544,0 46.624,5 46.705,0 620
620 46.705,0 46.785,5 46.866,0 46.946,4 47.026,9 47.107,4 47.187,8 47.268,2 47.348,7 47.429,1 47.509,5 630
630 47.509,5 47.589,9 47.670,3 47.750,7 47.831,0 47.911,4 47.991,8 48.072,1 48.152,4 48.232,8 48.313,1 640
640 48.313,1 48.393,4 48.473,7 48.554,0 48.634,2 48.714,5 48.794,8 48.875,0 48.955,2 49.035,5 49.115,7 650
650 49.115,7 49.195,9 49.276,1 49.356,2 49.436,4 49.516,6 49.596,7 49.676,9 49.757,0 49.837,1 49.917,2 660
660 49.917,2 49.997,3 50.077,4 50.157,5 50.237,5 50.317,6 50.397,6 50.477,7 50.557,7 50.637,7 50.717,7 670
670 50.717,7 50.797,7 50.877,7 50.957,6 51.037,6 51.117,5 51.197,5 51.277,4 51.357,3 51.437,2 51.517,1 680
680 51.517,1 51.596,9 51.676,8 51.756,7 51.836,5 51.916,3 51.996,2 52.076,0 52.155,8 52.235,5 52.315,3 690
690 52.315,3 52.395,1 52.474,8 52.554,6 52.634,3 52.714,0 52.793,7 52.873,4 52.953,1 53.032,7 53.112,4 700
700 53.112,4 53.192,0 53.271,7 53.351,3 53.430,9 53.510,5 53.590,1 53.669,7 53.749,2 53.828,8 53.908,3 710
710 53.908,3 53.987,8 54.067,3 54.146,8 54.226,3 54.305,8 54.385,3 54.464,7 54.544,2 54.623,6 54.703,0 720
720 54.703,0 54.782,4 54.861,8 54.941,2 55.020,6 55.100,0 55.179,3 55.258,6 55.338,0 55.417,3 55.496,6 730
730 55.496,6 55.575,9 55.655,1 55.734,4 55.813,7 55.892,9 55.972,1 56.051,3 56.130,6 56.209,7 56.288,9 740
740 56.288,9 56.368,1 56.447,2 56.526,4 56.605,5 56.684,6 56.763,8 56.842,8 56.921,9 57.001,0 57.080,1 750
750 57.080,1 57.159,1 57.238,1 57.317,2 57.396,2 57.475,2 57.554,2 57.633,1 57.712,1 57.791,1 57.870,0 760
760 57.870,0 57.948,9 58.027,8 58.106,7 58.185,6 58.264,5 58.343,4 58.422,2 58.501,1 58.579,9 58.658,7 770
770 58.658,7 58.737,5 58.816,3 58.895,1 58.973,8 59.052,6 59.131,3 59.210,1 59.288,8 59.367,5 59.446,2 780
780 59.446,2 59.524,9 59.603,5 59.682,2 59.760,8 59.839,5 59.918,1 59.996,7 60.075,3 60.153,8 60.232,4 790
790 60.232,4 60.311,0 60.389,5 60.468,0 60.546,6 60.625,1 60.703,5 60.782,0 60.860,5 60.938,9 61.017,4 800
800 61.017,4 61.095,8 61.174,2 61.252,6 61.331,0 61.409,4 61.487,7 61.566,1 61.644,4 61.722,7 61.801,0 810
810 61.801,0 61.879,3 61.957,6 62.035,9 62.114,1 62.192,4 62.270,6 62.348,8 62.427,0 62.505,2 62.583,4 820
820 62.583,4 62.661,5 62.739,7 62.817,8 62.895,9 62.974,0 63.052,1 63.130,2 63.208,2 63.286,3 63.364,3 830
830 63.364,3 63.442,3 63.520,3 63.598,3 63.676,3 63.754,2 63.832,2 63.910,1 63.988,0 64.065,9 64.143,8 840
840 64.143,8 64.221,7 64.299,5 64.377,3 64.455,2 64.533,0 64.610,8 64.688,5 64.766,3 64.844,1 64.921,8 850
850 64.921,8 64.999,5 65.077,2 65.154,9 65.232,6 65.310,2 65.387,8 65.465,5 65.543,1 65.620,6 65.698,2 860
860 65.698,2 65.775,8 65.853,3 65.930,8 66.008,3 66.085,8 66.163,3 66.240,7 66.318,2 66.395,6 66.473,0 870
870 66.473,0 66.550,4 66.627,7 66.705,1 66.782,4 66.859,7 66.937,0 67.014,3 67.091,6 67.168,8 67.246,0 880
880 67.246,0 67.323,2 67.400,4 67.477,6 67.554,8 67.631,9 67.709,0 67.786,1 67.863,2 67.940,2 68.017,3 890
890 68.017,3 68.094,3 68.171,3 68.248,3 68.325,2 68.402,2 68.479,1 68.556,0 68.632,9 68.709,7 68.786,6 900
900 68.786,6 68.863,4 68.940,2 69.017,0 69.093,8 69.170,5 69.247,2 69.323,9 69.400,6 69.477,3 69.553,9 910
910 69.553,9 69.630,6 69.707,2 69.783,7 69.860,3 69.936,9 70.013,4 70.089,9 70.166,4 70.242,8 70.319,2 920
920 70.319,2 70.395,7 70.472,1 70.548,4 70.624,8 70.701,1 70.777,4 70.853,7 70.930,0 71.006,2 71.082,5 930
930 71.082,5 71.158,7 71.234,9 71.311,0 71.387,2 71.463,3 71.539,4 71.615,5 71.691,5 71.767,6 71.843,6 940
940 71.843,6 71.919,6 71.995,6 72.071,5 72.147,5 72.223,4 72.299,3 72.375,2 72.451,0 72.526,8 72.602,7 950
950 72.602,7 72.678,5 72.754,2 72.830,0 72.905,7 72.981,4 73.057,1 73.132,8 73.208,5 73.284,1 73.359,7 960
960 73.359,7 73.435,3 73.510,9 73.586,5 73.662,0 73.737,6 73.813,1 73.888,6 73.964,1 74.039,5 74.115,0 970
970 74.115,0 74.190,4 74.265,8 74.341,2 74.416,6 74.492,0 74.567,4 74.642,7 74.718,0 74.793,4 74.868,7 980
980 74.868,7 74.944,0 75.019,2 75.094,5 75.169,8 75.245,0 75.320,2 75.395,5 75.470,7 75.545,9 75.621,1 990
990 75.621,1 75.696,3 75.771,5 75.846,7 75.921,8 75.997,0 76.072,2 76.147,4 76.222,5 76.297,7 76.372,8 1000
1000 76.372,8

CONSISTEC 79
termopar K NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-260 -6.441,1 -6.443,6 -6.446,0 -6.448,1 -6.450,1 -6.451,8 -6.453,4 -6.454,7 -6.455,9 -6.456,9 -6.457,7 -270
-250 -6.403,6 -6.408,3 -6.412,9 -6.417,2 -6.421,2 -6.425,1 -6.428,7 -6.432,1 -6.435,3 -6.438,3 -6.441,1 -260
-240 -6.343,8 -6.350,8 -6.357,6 -6.364,1 -6.370,4 -6.376,5 -6.382,4 -6.388,0 -6.393,4 -6.398,6 -6.403,6 -250
-230 -6.261,8 -6.271,0 -6.280,0 -6.288,7 -6.297,3 -6.305,6 -6.313,7 -6.321,5 -6.329,2 -6.336,6 -6.343,8 -240
-220 -6.158,4 -6.169,7 -6.180,8 -6.191,6 -6.202,3 -6.212,7 -6.223,0 -6.233,0 -6.242,8 -6.252,4 -6.261,8 -230
-210 -6.034,6 -6.047,9 -6.061,0 -6.073,8 -6.086,5 -6.099,0 -6.111,3 -6.123,4 -6.135,3 -6.146,9 -6.158,4 -220
-200 -5.891,4 -5.906,6 -5.921,6 -5.936,3 -5.951,0 -5.965,4 -5.979,6 -5.993,6 -6.007,5 -6.021,1 -6.034,6 -210
-190 -5.729,7 -5.746,7 -5.763,5 -5.780,1 -5.796,6 -5.812,8 -5.828,9 -5.844,8 -5.860,5 -5.876,1 -5.891,4 -200
-180 -5.550,3 -5.569,1 -5.587,6 -5.606,0 -5.624,2 -5.642,2 -5.660,1 -5.677,7 -5.695,2 -5.712,6 -5.729,7 -190
-170 -5.354,0 -5.374,4 -5.394,6 -5.414,6 -5.434,5 -5.454,2 -5.473,8 -5.493,2 -5.512,4 -5.531,5 -5.550,3 -180
-160 -5.141,2 -5.163,2 -5.185,1 -5.206,7 -5.228,3 -5.249,6 -5.270,8 -5.291,8 -5.312,7 -5.333,4 -5.354,0 -170
-150 -4.912,7 -4.936,3 -4.959,6 -4.982,9 -5.006,0 -5.028,9 -5.051,7 -5.074,3 -5.096,8 -5.119,1 -5.141,2 -160
-140 -4.669,0 -4.694,0 -4.718,9 -4.743,7 -4.768,3 -4.792,7 -4.817,0 -4.841,2 -4.865,2 -4.889,0 -4.912,7 -150
-130 -4.410,6 -4.437,1 -4.463,4 -4.489,6 -4.515,7 -4.541,6 -4.567,4 -4.593,0 -4.618,5 -4.643,8 -4.669,0 -140
-120 -4.138,2 -4.166,1 -4.193,8 -4.221,4 -4.248,8 -4.276,1 -4.303,3 -4.330,3 -4.357,2 -4.384,0 -4.410,6 -130
-110 -3.852,3 -3.881,5 -3.910,6 -3.939,5 -3.968,3 -3.996,9 -4.025,4 -4.053,8 -4.082,1 -4.110,2 -4.138,2 -120
-100 -3.553,6 -3.584,1 -3.614,4 -3.644,6 -3.674,6 -3.704,6 -3.734,4 -3.764,1 -3.793,6 -3.823,0 -3.852,3 -110
-90 -3.242,7 -3.274,3 -3.305,8 -3.337,2 -3.368,5 -3.399,6 -3.430,7 -3.461,6 -3.492,4 -3.523,1 -3.553,6 -100
-80 -2.920,1 -2.952,9 -2.985,5 -3.018,1 -3.050,5 -3.082,8 -3.115,0 -3.147,1 -3.179,1 -3.210,9 -3.242,7 -90
-70 -2.586,6 -2.620,4 -2.654,2 -2.687,8 -2.721,3 -2.754,7 -2.788,0 -2.821,2 -2.854,3 -2.887,3 -2.920,1 -80
-60 -2.242,8 -2.277,6 -2.312,4 -2.347,0 -2.381,5 -2.416,0 -2.450,3 -2.484,5 -2.518,7 -2.552,7 -2.586,6 -70
-50 -1.889,4 -1.925,1 -1.960,8 -1.996,4 -2.031,9 -2.067,3 -2.102,6 -2.137,8 -2.172,9 -2.207,9 -2.242,8 -60
-40 -1.526,9 -1.563,6 -1.600,1 -1.636,6 -1.673,0 -1.709,3 -1.745,5 -1.781,6 -1.817,6 -1.853,5 -1.889,4 -50
-30 -1.156,1 -1.193,6 -1.230,9 -1.268,2 -1.305,4 -1.342,5 -1.379,6 -1.416,6 -1.453,4 -1.490,2 -1.526,9 -40
-20 -777,5 -815,7 -853,8 -891,9 -929,9 -967,8 -1.005,6 -1.043,3 -1.081,0 -1.118,6 -1.156,1 -30
-10 -391,9 -430,7 -469,5 -508,3 -546,9 -585,5 -624,1 -662,5 -700,9 -739,3 -777,5 -20
0 0,0 -39,4 -78,8 -118,1 -157,4 -196,6 -235,8 -274,9 -313,9 -352,9 -391,9 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 0,0 39,5 79,0 118,6 158,2 197,9 237,6 277,3 317,1 357,0 396,9 10
10 396,9 436,8 476,8 516,8 556,9 597,0 637,1 677,3 717,5 757,8 798,1 20
20 798,1 838,5 878,9 919,3 959,7 1.000,2 1.040,8 1.081,3 1.122,0 1.162,6 1.203,3 30
30 1.203,3 1.244,0 1.284,7 1.325,5 1.366,3 1.407,1 1.448,0 1.488,9 1.529,8 1.570,8 1.611,8 40
40 1.611,8 1.652,8 1.693,8 1.734,9 1.776,0 1.817,1 1.858,3 1.899,4 1.940,6 1.981,8 2.023,1 50
50 2.023,1 2.064,3 2.105,6 2.146,9 2.188,2 2.229,6 2.270,9 2.312,3 2.353,7 2.395,1 2.436,5 60
60 2.436,5 2.477,9 2.519,3 2.560,8 2.602,3 2.643,7 2.685,2 2.726,7 2.768,2 2.809,7 2.851,2 70
70 2.851,2 2.892,8 2.934,3 2.975,8 3.017,4 3.058,9 3.100,5 3.142,0 3.183,6 3.225,1 3.266,6 80
80 3.266,6 3.308,2 3.349,7 3.391,3 3.432,8 3.474,3 3.515,9 3.557,4 3.598,9 3.640,4 3.681,9 90
90 3.681,9 3.723,4 3.764,8 3.806,3 3.847,8 3.889,2 3.930,6 3.972,1 4.013,5 4.054,9 4.096,2 100
100 4.096,2 4.137,6 4.178,9 4.220,3 4.261,6 4.302,9 4.344,1 4.385,4 4.426,6 4.467,9 4.509,1 110
110 4.509,1 4.550,2 4.591,4 4.632,5 4.673,7 4.714,7 4.755,8 4.796,9 4.837,9 4.878,9 4.919,9 120
120 4.919,9 4.960,8 5.001,8 5.042,7 5.083,6 5.124,4 5.165,3 5.206,1 5.246,9 5.287,7 5.328,4 130
130 5.328,4 5.369,1 5.409,8 5.450,5 5.491,1 5.531,7 5.572,3 5.612,9 5.653,5 5.694,0 5.734,5 140
140 5.734,5 5.775,0 5.815,4 5.855,9 5.896,3 5.936,7 5.977,1 6.017,4 6.057,7 6.098,1 6.138,3 150
150 6.138,3 6.178,6 6.218,9 6.259,1 6.299,3 6.339,5 6.379,7 6.419,8 6.460,0 6.500,1 6.540,2 160
160 6.540,2 6.580,3 6.620,4 6.660,5 6.700,5 6.740,6 6.780,6 6.820,6 6.860,6 6.900,6 6.940,6 170
170 6.940,6 6.980,6 7.020,5 7.060,5 7.100,4 7.140,4 7.180,3 7.220,3 7.260,2 7.300,1 7.340,0 180
180 7.340,0 7.379,9 7.419,9 7.459,8 7.499,7 7.539,6 7.579,5 7.619,4 7.659,3 7.699,2 7.739,1 190
190 7.739,1 7.779,0 7.819,0 7.858,9 7.898,8 7.938,7 7.978,7 8.018,6 8.058,6 8.098,5 8.138,5 200
200 8.138,5 8.178,4 8.218,4 8.258,4 8.298,4 8.338,4 8.378,4 8.418,4 8.458,5 8.498,5 8.538,6 210
210 8.538,6 8.578,7 8.618,7 8.658,8 8.698,9 8.739,1 8.779,2 8.819,4 8.859,5 8.899,7 8.939,9 220
220 8.939,9 8.980,1 9.020,3 9.060,6 9.100,8 9.141,1 9.181,4 9.221,7 9.262,0 9.302,3 9.342,7 230
230 9.342,7 9.383,1 9.423,4 9.463,8 9.504,3 9.544,7 9.585,2 9.625,6 9.666,1 9.706,6 9.747,2 240
240 9.747,2 9.787,7 9.828,3 9.868,8 9.909,4 9.950,0 9.990,7 10.031,3 10.072,0 10.112,7 10.153,4 250
250 10.153,4 10.194,1 10.234,8 10.275,6 10.316,3 10.357,1 10.397,9 10.438,8 10.479,6 10.520,5 10.561,3 260
260 10.561,3 10.602,2 10.643,1 10.684,0 10.725,0 10.765,9 10.806,9 10.847,9 10.888,9 10.929,9 10.970,9 270
270 10.970,9 11.012,0 11.053,1 11.094,1 11.135,2 11.176,3 11.217,5 11.258,6 11.299,8 11.340,9 11.382,1 280
280 11.382,1 11.423,3 11.464,5 11.505,8 11.547,0 11.588,2 11.629,5 11.670,8 11.712,1 11.753,4 11.794,7 290
290 11.794,7 11.836,0 11.877,4 11.918,7 11.960,1 12.001,5 12.042,9 12.084,3 12.125,7 12.167,1 12.208,6 300
300 12.208,6 12.250,0 12.291,5 12.333,0 12.374,4 12.415,9 12.457,4 12.499,0 12.540,5 12.582,0 12.623,6 310
310 12.623,6 12.665,1 12.706,7 12.748,3 12.789,9 12.831,5 12.873,1 12.914,7 12.956,3 12.998,0 13.039,6 320
320 13.039,6 13.081,3 13.123,0 13.164,6 13.206,3 13.248,0 13.289,7 13.331,4 13.373,1 13.414,9 13.456,6 330
330 13.456,6 13.498,4 13.540,1 13.581,9 13.623,7 13.665,4 13.707,2 13.749,0 13.790,8 13.832,7 13.874,5 340
340 13.874,5 13.916,3 13.958,2 14.000,0 14.041,9 14.083,7 14.125,6 14.167,5 14.209,4 14.251,2 14.293,1 350
350 14.293,1 14.335,1 14.377,0 14.418,9 14.460,8 14.502,8 14.544,7 14.586,7 14.628,6 14.670,6 14.712,6 360
360 14.712,6 14.754,6 14.796,5 14.838,5 14.880,6 14.922,6 14.964,6 15.006,6 15.048,6 15.090,7 15.132,7 370
370 15.132,7 15.174,8 15.216,8 15.258,9 15.301,0 15.343,1 15.385,1 15.427,2 15.469,3 15.511,4 15.553,6 380
380 15.553,6 15.595,7 15.637,8 15.679,9 15.722,1 15.764,2 15.806,4 15.848,5 15.890,7 15.932,9 15.975,0 390
390 15.975,0 16.017,2 16.059,4 16.101,6 16.143,8 16.186,0 16.228,2 16.270,4 16.312,7 16.354,9 16.397,1 400
400 16.397,1 16.439,4 16.481,6 16.523,9 16.566,2 16.608,4 16.650,7 16.693,0 16.735,3 16.777,5 16.819,8 410
410 16.819,8 16.862,1 16.904,4 16.946,8 16.989,1 17.031,4 17.073,7 17.116,1 17.158,4 17.200,7 17.243,1 420
420 17.243,1 17.285,4 17.327,8 17.370,2 17.412,5 17.454,9 17.497,3 17.539,7 17.582,1 17.624,5 17.666,9 430
430 17.666,9 17.709,3 17.751,7 17.794,1 17.836,5 17.878,9 17.921,4 17.963,8 18.006,2 18.048,7 18.091,1 440
440 18.091,1 18.133,6 18.176,0 18.218,5 18.260,9 18.303,4 18.345,9 18.388,4 18.430,8 18.473,3 18.515,8 450
450 18.515,8 18.558,3 18.600,8 18.643,3 18.685,8 18.728,3 18.770,8 18.813,3 18.855,9 18.898,4 18.940,9 460
460 18.940,9 18.983,4 19.026,0 19.068,5 19.111,0 19.153,6 19.196,1 19.238,7 19.281,2 19.323,8 19.366,3 470
470 19.366,3 19.408,9 19.451,5 19.494,0 19.536,6 19.579,2 19.621,8 19.664,3 19.706,9 19.749,5 19.792,1 480

80 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar K
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
480 19.792,1 19.834,7 19.877,3 19.919,9 19.962,5 20.005,1 20.047,7 20.090,3 20.132,9 20.175,5 20.218,1 490
490 20.218,1 20.260,7 20.303,3 20.345,9 20.388,5 20.431,2 20.473,8 20.516,4 20.559,0 20.601,7 20.644,3 500
500 20.644,3 20.686,9 20.729,5 20.772,2 20.814,8 20.857,4 20.900,1 20.942,7 20.985,4 21.028,0 21.070,6 510
510 21.070,6 21.113,3 21.155,9 21.198,6 21.241,2 21.283,8 21.326,5 21.369,1 21.411,8 21.454,4 21.497,1 520
520 21.497,1 21.539,7 21.582,4 21.625,0 21.667,7 21.710,3 21.753,0 21.795,6 21.838,3 21.880,9 21.923,6 530
530 21.923,6 21.966,2 22.008,9 22.051,5 22.094,2 22.136,8 22.179,4 22.222,1 22.264,7 22.307,4 22.350,0 540
540 22.350,0 22.392,7 22.435,3 22.478,0 22.520,6 22.563,2 22.605,9 22.648,5 22.691,2 22.733,8 22.776,4 550
550 22.776,4 22.819,1 22.861,7 22.904,3 22.947,0 22.989,6 23.032,2 23.074,8 23.117,5 23.160,1 23.202,7 560
560 23.202,7 23.245,3 23.287,9 23.330,6 23.373,2 23.415,8 23.458,4 23.501,0 23.543,6 23.586,2 23.628,8 570
570 23.628,8 23.671,4 23.714,0 23.756,6 23.799,2 23.841,8 23.884,3 23.926,9 23.969,5 24.012,1 24.054,7 580
580 24.054,7 24.097,2 24.139,8 24.182,4 24.224,9 24.267,5 24.310,0 24.352,6 24.395,1 24.437,7 24.480,2 590
590 24.480,2 24.522,8 24.565,3 24.607,8 24.650,4 24.692,9 24.735,4 24.777,9 24.820,4 24.863,0 24.905,5 600
600 24.905,5 24.948,0 24.990,5 25.033,0 25.075,5 25.117,9 25.160,4 25.202,9 25.245,4 25.287,8 25.330,3 610
610 25.330,3 25.372,8 25.415,2 25.457,7 25.500,1 25.542,6 25.585,0 25.627,5 25.669,9 25.712,3 25.754,7 620
620 25.754,7 25.797,1 25.839,5 25.882,0 25.924,4 25.966,8 26.009,1 26.051,5 26.093,9 26.136,3 26.178,6 630
630 26.178,6 26.221,0 26.263,4 26.305,7 26.348,1 26.390,4 26.432,8 26.475,1 26.517,4 26.559,7 26.602,0 640
640 26.602,0 26.644,4 26.686,7 26.729,0 26.771,2 26.813,5 26.855,8 26.898,1 26.940,3 26.982,6 27.024,9 650
650 27.024,9 27.067,1 27.109,4 27.151,6 27.193,8 27.236,0 27.278,3 27.320,5 27.362,7 27.404,9 27.447,1 660
660 27.447,1 27.489,3 27.531,4 27.573,6 27.615,8 27.657,9 27.700,1 27.742,2 27.784,4 27.826,5 27.868,6 670
670 27.868,6 27.910,7 27.952,8 27.994,9 28.037,0 28.079,1 28.121,2 28.163,3 28.205,4 28.247,4 28.289,5 680
680 28.289,5 28.331,5 28.373,6 28.415,6 28.457,6 28.499,6 28.541,6 28.583,6 28.625,6 28.667,6 28.709,6 690
690 28.709,6 28.751,6 28.793,5 28.835,5 28.877,4 28.919,4 28.961,3 29.003,2 29.045,2 29.087,1 29.129,0 700
700 29.129,0 29.170,9 29.212,8 29.254,6 29.296,5 29.338,4 29.380,2 29.422,1 29.463,9 29.505,7 29.547,6 710
710 29.547,6 29.589,4 29.631,2 29.673,0 29.714,8 29.756,5 29.798,3 29.840,1 29.881,8 29.923,6 29.965,3 720
720 29.965,3 30.007,0 30.048,8 30.090,5 30.132,2 30.173,9 30.215,6 30.257,3 30.298,9 30.340,6 30.382,2 730
730 30.382,2 30.423,9 30.465,5 30.507,1 30.548,8 30.590,4 30.632,0 30.673,6 30.715,1 30.756,7 30.798,3 740
740 30.798,3 30.839,8 30.881,4 30.922,9 30.964,5 31.006,0 31.047,5 31.089,0 31.130,5 31.172,0 31.213,5 750
750 31.213,5 31.254,9 31.296,4 31.337,8 31.379,3 31.420,7 31.462,1 31.503,5 31.544,9 31.586,3 31.627,7 760
760 31.627,7 31.669,1 31.710,5 31.751,8 31.793,2 31.834,5 31.875,8 31.917,1 31.958,5 31.999,8 32.041,0 770
770 32.041,0 32.082,3 32.123,6 32.164,9 32.206,1 32.247,4 32.288,6 32.329,8 32.371,0 32.412,2 32.453,4 780
780 32.453,4 32.494,6 32.535,8 32.557,0 32.618,1 32.659,3 32.700,4 32.741,6 32.782,7 32.823,8 32.864,9 790
790 32.864,9 32.906,0 32.947,1 32.988,1 33.029,2 33.070,3 33.111,3 33.152,3 33.193,4 33.234,4 33.275,4 800
800 33.275,4 33.316,4 33.357,4 33.398,3 33.439,3 33.480,3 33.521,2 33.562,1 33.603,1 33.644,0 33.684,9 810
810 33.684,9 33.752,8 33.766,7 33.807,6 33.848,4 33.889,3 33.930,1 33.971,0 34.011,8 34.052,6 34.093,4 820
820 34.093,4 34.134,2 34.175,0 34.215,8 34.256,6 34.297,3 34.338,1 34.378,8 34.419,6 34.460,3 34.501,0 830
830 34.501,0 34.541,7 34.582,4 34.623,1 34.663,7 34.704,4 34.745,0 34.785,7 34.826,3 34.866,9 34.907,5 840
840 34.907,5 34.948,1 34.988,7 35.029,3 35.069,9 35.110,4 35.151,0 35.191,5 35.232,1 35.272,6 35.313,1 850
850 35.313,1 35.353,6 35.394,1 35.434,6 35.475,1 35.515,5 35.556,0 35.596,4 35.636,8 35.677,3 35.717,7 860
860 35.717,7 35.758,1 35.798,5 35.838,8 35.879,2 35.919,6 35.959,9 36.000,3 36.040,6 36.080,9 36.121,2 870
870 36.121,2 36.161,5 36.201,8 36.242,1 36.282,4 36.322,6 36.362,9 36.403,1 36.443,4 36.483,6 36.523,8 880
880 36.523,8 36.564,0 36.604,2 36.644,4 36.684,5 36.724,7 36.764,9 36.805,0 36.845,1 36.885,3 36.925,4 890
890 36.925,4 36.965,5 37.005,6 37.045,6 37.085,7 37.125,8 37.165,8 37.205,9 37.245,9 37.285,9 37.325,9 900
900 37.325,9 37.365,9 37.405,9 37.445,9 37.485,9 37.525,8 37.565,8 37.605,7 37.645,6 37.685,6 37.725,5 910
910 37.725,5 37.765,4 37.805,2 37.845,1 37.885,0 37.924,9 37.964,7 38.004,5 38.044,4 38.084,2 38.124,0 920
920 38.124,0 38.163,8 38.203,6 38.243,4 38.283,1 38.322,9 38.362,6 38.402,4 38.442,1 38.481,8 38.521,5 930
930 38.521,5 38.561,2 38.600,9 38.640,6 38.680,3 38.719,9 38.759,6 38.799,2 38.838,8 38.878,4 38.918,0 940
940 38.918,0 38.957,6 38.997,2 39.036,8 39.076,4 39.115,9 39.155,5 39.195,0 39.234,5 39.274,0 39.313,5 950
950 39.313,5 39.353,0 39.392,5 39.432,0 39.471,4 39.510,9 39.550,3 39.589,8 39.629,2 39.668,6 39.708,0 960
960 39.708,0 39.747,4 39.786,8 39.826,2 39.865,5 39.904,9 39.944,2 39.983,5 40.022,9 40.062,2 40.101,5 970
970 40.101,5 40.140,7 40.180,0 40.219,3 40258,6 40.297,8 40.337,0 40.376,3 40.415,5 40.454,7 40.493,9 980
980 40.493,9 40.533,1 40.572,2 40.611,4 40.650,6 40.689,7 40.728,8 40.768,0 40.807,1 40.846,2 40.885,3 990
990 40.885,3 40.924,3 40.963,4 41.002,5 41.041,5 41.080,6 41.119,6 41.158,6 41.197,6 41.236,6 41.275,6 1000
1000 41.275,6 41.314,6 41.353,5 41.392,5 41.431,4 41.470,4 41.509,3 41.548,2 41.587,1 41.626,0 41.664,9 1010
1010 41.664,9 41.703,8 41.742,6 41.781,5 41.820,3 41.859,1 41.898,0 41.936,8 41.975,6 42.014,3 42.053,1 1020
1020 42.053,1 42.091,9 42.130,6 42.169,4 42.208,1 42.246,8 42.285,5 42.324,2 42.362,9 42.401,6 42.440,3 1030
1030 42.440,3 42.478,9 42.517,6 42.556,2 42.594,8 42.633,4 42.672,0 42.710,6 42.749,2 42.787,7 42.826,3 1040
1040 42.826,3 42.864,8 42.903,4 42.941,9 42.980,4 43.018,9 43.057,4 43.095,9 43.134,3 43.172,8 43.211,2 1050
1050 43.211,2 43.249,7 43.288,1 43.326,5 43.364,9 43.403,3 43.441,7 43.480,0 43.518,4 43.556,7 43.595,1 1060
1060 43.595,1 43.633,4 43.671,7 43.710,0 43.748,3 43.786,6 43.824,8 43.863,1 43.901,3 43.939,5 43.977,7 1070
1070 43.977,7 44.016,0 44.054,1 44.092,3 44.130,5 44.168,7 44.206,8 44.244,9 44.283,1 44.321,2 44.359,3 1080
1080 44.359,3 44.397,4 44.435,4 44.473,5 44.511,5 44.549,6 44.587,6 44.625,6 44.663,6 44.701,6 44.739,6 1090
1090 44.739,6 44.777,6 44.815,5 44.853,5 44.891,4 44.929,3 44.967,2 45.005,1 45.043,0 45.080,9 45.118,7 1100
1100 45.118,7 45.156,6 45.194,4 45.232,2 45.270,0 45.307,8 45.345,6 45.383,4 45.421,2 45.458,9 45.496,6 1110
1110 45.496,6 45.534,4 45.572,1 45.609,8 45.647,5 45.685,1 45.722,8 45.760,4 45.798,1 45.835,7 45.873,3 1120
1120 45.873,3 45.910,9 45.948,5 45.986,0 46.023,6 46.061,1 46.098,7 46.136,2 46.173,7 46.211,2 46.248,7 1130
1130 46.248,7 46.286,1 46.323,6 46.361,0 46.398,4 46.435,9 46.473,3 46.510,6 46.548,0 46.585,4 46.622,7 1140
1140 46.622,7 46.660,1 46.697,4 46.734,7 46.772,0 46.809,3 46.846,5 46.883,8 46.921,0 46.958,3 46.995,5 1150
1150 46.995,5 47.032,7 47.069,9 47.107,0 47.144,2 47.181,3 47.218,5 47.255,6 47.292,7 47.329,8 47.366,8 1160
1160 47.366,8 47.403,9 47.441,0 47.478,0 47.515,0 47.552,0 47.589,0 47.626,0 47.663,0 47.699,9 47.736,8 1170
1170 47.736,8 47.773,8 47.810,7 47.847,6 47.884,4 47.921,3 47.958,2 47.995,0 48.031,8 48.068,6 48.105,4 1180
1180 48.105,4 48.142,2 48.179,0 48.215,7 48.252,4 48.289,2 48.325,9 48.362,6 48.399,2 48.435,9 48.472,6 1190
1190 48.472,6 48.509,2 48.545,8 48.582,4 48.619,0 48.655,6 48.692,1 48.728,7 48.765,2 48.801,7 48.838,2 1200
1200 48.838,2 48.874,7 48.911,2 48.947,7 48.984,1 49.020,5 49.056,9 49.093,3 49.129,7 49.166,1 49.202,4 1210
1210 49.202,4 49.238,8 49.275,1 49.311,4 49.347,7 49.384,0 49.420,2 49.456,5 49.492,7 49.528,9 49.565,1 1220
1220 49.565,1 49.601,3 49.637,5 49.673,6 49.709,7 49.745,9 49.782,0 49.818,1 49.854,1 49.890,2 49.926,3 1230

CONSISTEC 81
termopar K NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
1230 49.926,3 49.962,3 49.998,3 50.034,3 50.070,3 50.106,2 50.142,2 50.178,1 50.214,1 50.250,0 50.285,8 1240
1240 50.285,8 50.321,7 50.357,6 50.393,4 50.429,2 50.465,1 50.500,9 50.536,6 50.572,4 50.608,1 50.643,9 1250
1250 50.643,9 50.679,6 50.715,3 50.751,0 50.786,7 50.822,3 50.857,9 50.893,6 50.929,2 50.964,8 51.000,3 1260
1260 51.000,3 51.035,9 51.071,4 51.107,0 51.142,5 51.178,0 51.213,4 51.248,9 51.284,4 51.319,8 51.355,2 1270
1270 51.355,2 51.390,6 51.426,0 51.461,4 51.496,7 51.532,0 51.567,4 51.602,7 51.638,0 51.673,2 51.708,5 1280
1280 51.708,5 51.743,7 51.778,9 51.814,2 51.849,3 51.884,5 51.919,7 51.954,8 51.990,0 52.025,1 52.060,2 1290
1290 52.060,2 52.095,3 52.130,3 52.165,4 52.200,4 52.235,4 52.270,4 52.305,4 52.340,4 52.375,3 52.410,3 1300
1300 52.410,3 52.445,2 52.480,1 52.515,0 52.549,9 52.584,7 52.619,6 52.654,4 52.689,2 52.724,0 52.758,8 1310
1310 52.758,8 52.793,6 52.828,3 52.863,1 52.897,8 52.932,5 52.967,2 53.001,9 53.036,5 53.071,2 53.105,8 1320
1320 53.105,8 53.140,4 53.175,0 53.209,6 53.244,2 53.278,7 53.313,2 53.347,8 53.382,3 53.416,8 53.451,2 1330
1330 53.451,2 53.485,7 53.520,2 53.554,6 53.589,0 53.623,4 53.657,8 53.692,2 53.726,5 53.760,9 53.795,2 1340
1340 53.795,2 53.829,5 53.863,8 53.898,1 53.932,4 53.966,6 54.000,9 54.035,1 54.069,3 54.103,5 54.137,7 1350
1350 54.137,7 54.171,9 54.206,0 54.240,2 54.274,3 54.308,4 54.342,5 54.376,6 54.410,7 54.444,8 54.478,8 1360
1360 54.478,8 54.512,8 54.546,9 54.580,9 54.614,9 54.648,9 54.682,8 54.716,8 54.750,7 54.784,7 54.818,6 1370
1370 54.818,6 54.852,5 54.886,4

82 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar N
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-260 -4.335,7 -4.337,2 -4.338,6 -4.339,8 -4.341,0 -4.342,0 -4.342,8 -4.343,6 -4.344,2 -4.344,7 -4.345,1 -270
-250 -4.313,2 -4.316,1 -4.318,8 -4.321,4 -4.323,9 -4.326,2 -4.328,3 -4.330,4 -4.332,3 -4.334,1 -4.335,7 -260
-240 -4.277,0 -4.281,2 -4.285,4 -4.289,3 -4.293,2 -4.296,9 -4.300,4 -4.303,8 -4.307,1 -4.310,3 -4.313,2 -250
-230 -4.226,5 -4.232,2 -4.237,7 -4.243,1 -4.248,4 -4.253,5 -4.258,5 -4.263,3 -4.268,0 -4.272,6 -4.277,0 -240
-220 -4.161,7 -4.168,9 -4.175,8 -4.182,6 -4.189,3 -4.195,9 -4.202,3 -4.208,5 -4.214,7 -4.220,6 -4.226,5 -230
-210 -4.082,9 -4.091,4 -4.099,8 -4.108,0 -4.116,1 -4.124,1 -4.131,9 -4.139,6 -4.147,1 -4.154,5 -4.161,7 -220
-200 -3.990,4 -4.000,2 -4.010,0 -4.019,6 -4.029,0 -4.038,4 -4.047,5 -4.056,6 -4.065,5 -4.074,3 -4.082,9 -210
-190 -3.884,5 -3.895,6 -3.906,7 -3.917,6 -3.928,4 -3.939,1 -3.949,6 -3.960,0 -3.970,2 -3.980,4 -3.990,4 -200
-180 -3.765,6 -3.778,1 -3.790,4 -3.802,6 -3.814,7 -3.826,6 -3.838,5 -3.850,2 -3.861,7 -3.873,2 -3.884,5 -190
-170 -3.634,4 -3.648,0 -3.661,6 -3.675,0 -3.688,3 -3.701,5 -3.714,6 -3.727,5 -3.740,4 -3.753,1 -3.765,6 -180
-160 -3.491,1 -3.506,0 -3.520,7 -3.535,3 -3.549,8 -3.564,2 -3.578,5 -3.592,6 -3.606,7 -3.620,6 -3.634,4 -170
-150 -3.336,3 -3.352,3 -3.368,2 -3.384,0 -3.399,6 -3.415,1 -3.430,6 -3.445,9 -3.461,1 -3.476,1 -3.491,1 -160
-140 -3.170,5 -3.187,6 -3.204,5 -3.221,4 -3.238,1 -3.254,8 -3.271,3 -3.287,7 -3.304,0 -3.320,2 -3.336,3 -150
-130 -2.994,1 -3.012,2 -3.030,2 -3.048,1 -3.065,9 -3.083,6 -3.101,2 -3.118,7 -3.136,1 -3.153,3 -3.170,5 -140
-120 -2.807,7 -2.826,8 -2.845,8 -2.864,7 -2.883,5 -2.902,2 -2.920,8 -2.939,2 -2.957,6 -2.975,9 -2.994,1 -130
-110 -2.611,8 -2.631,8 -2.651,7 -2.671,5 -2.691,2 -2.710,9 -2.730,4 -2.749,9 -2.769,3 -2.788,5 -2.807,7 -120
-100 -2.406,8 -2.427,7 -2.448,5 -2.469,2 -2.489,8 -2.510,4 -2.530,8 -2.551,2 -2.571,5 -2.591,7 -2.611,8 -110
-90 -2.193,5 -2.215,2 -2.236,8 -2.258,3 -2.279,8 -2.301,2 -2.322,4 -2.343,7 -2.364,8 -2.385,8 -2.406,8 -100
-80 -1.972,3 -1.994,8 -2.017,2 -2.039,5 -2.061,7 -2.083,8 -2.105,9 -2.127,9 -2.149,8 -2.171,7 -2.193,5 -90
-70 -1.744,0 -1.767,2 -1.790,2 -1.813,2 -1.836,2 -1.859,0 -1.881,8 -1.904,6 -1.927,2 -1.949,8 -1.972,3 -80
-60 -1.509,2 -1.533,0 -1.556,7 -1.580,3 -1.603,9 -1.627,4 -1.650,9 -1.674,3 -1.697,6 -1.720,8 -1.744,0 -70
-50 -1.268,6 -1.292,9 -1.317,2 -1.341,4 -1.365,5 -1.389,6 -1.413,7 -1.437,6 -1.461,6 -1.485,4 -1.509,2 -60
-40 -1.022,8 -1.047,6 -1.072,3 -1.097,0 -1.121,7 -1.146,3 -1.170,8 -1.195,4 -1.219,8 -1.244,2 -1.268,6 -50
-30 -772,4 -797,6 -822,8 -847,9 -873,0 -898,1 -923,1 -948,1 -973,0 -997,9 -1.022,8 -40
-20 -518,0 -543,6 -569,2 -594,7 -620,2 -645,7 -671,1 -696,5 -721,8 -747,1 -772,4 -30
-10 -260,4 -286,3 -312,2 -338,0 -363,8 -389,6 -415,4 -441,1 -466,8 -492,4 -518,0 -20
0 0,0 -26,1 -52,3 -78,4 -104,5 -130,5 -156,5 -182,5 -208,5 -234,5 -260,4 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 0,0 25,9 51,9 77,9 104,0 130,0 156,2 182,3 208,5 234,7 260,9 10
10 260,9 287,2 313,5 339,8 366,2 392,6 419,1 445,5 472,0 498,6 525,2 20
20 525,2 551,8 578,5 605,2 631,9 658,6 685,4 712,3 739,2 766,1 793,0 30
30 793,0 820,0 847,0 874,1 901,2 928,3 955,5 982,7 1.009,9 1.037,2 1.064,5 40
40 1.064,5 1.091,9 1.119,3 1.146,7 1.174,2 1.201,7 1.229,3 1.256,8 1.284,5 1.312,1 1.339,8 50
50 1.339,8 1.367,6 1.395,3 1.423,2 1.451,0 1.478,9 1.506,9 1.543,8 1.562,8 1.590,9 1.619,0 60
60 1.619,0 1.647,1 1.675,3 1.703,5 1.731,7 1.760,0 1.788,3 1.816,7 1.845,1 1.873,5 1.902,0 70
70 1.902,0 1.930,5 1.959,0 1.987,6 2.016,3 2.044,9 2.073,6 2.102,4 2.131,2 2.160,0 2.188,9 80
80 2.188,9 2.217,8 2.246,7 2.275,7 2.304,7 2.333,7 2.362,8 2.392,0 2.421,1 2.450,3 2.479,6 90
90 2.479,6 2.508,9 2.538,2 2.567,5 2.596,9 2.626,4 2.655,9 2.685,4 2.714,9 2.744,5 2.774,1 100
100 2.774,1 2.803,8 2.833,5 2.863,2 2.893,0 2.922,8 2.952,7 2.982,5 3.012,5 3.042,4 3.072,4 110
110 3.072,4 3.102,5 3.132,5 3.162,6 3.192,8 3.223,0 3.253,2 3.283,4 3.313,7 3.344,1 3.374,4 120
120 3.374,4 3.404,8 3.435,3 3.465,7 3.496,3 3.526,8 3.557,4 3.588,0 3.618,6 3.649,3 3.680,1 130
130 3.680,1 3.710,8 3.741,6 3.772,4 3.803,3 3.834,2 3.865,1 3.896,1 3.927,1 3.958,2 3.989,2 140
140 3.989,2 4.020,3 4.051,5 4.082,7 4.113,9 4.145,1 4.176,4 4.207,7 4.239,0 4.270,4 4.301,8 150
150 4.301,8 4.333,3 4.364,8 4.396,3 4.427,8 4.459,4 4.491,0 4.522,7 4.554,4 4.586,1 4.617,8 160
160 4.617,8 4.649,6 4.681,4 4.713,3 4.745,1 4.777,0 4.809,0 4.841,0 4.873,0 4.905,0 4.937,1 170
170 4.937,1 4.969,2 5.001,3 5.033,5 5.065,7 5.097,9 5.130,1 5.162,4 5.194,7 5.227,1 5.259,5 180
180 5.259,5 5.291,9 5.324,3 5.356,8 5.389,3 5.421,8 5.454,4 5.487,0 5.519,6 5.552,3 5.585,0 190
190 5.585,0 5.617,7 5.650,4 5.683,2 5.716,0 5.748,8 5.781,7 5.814,6 5.847,5 5.880,4 5.913,4 200
200 5.913,4 5.946,4 5.979,5 6.012,5 6.045,6 6.078,7 6.111,9 6.145,1 6.178,3 6.211,5 6.244,7 210
210 6.244,7 6.278,0 6.311,3 6.344,7 6.378,1 6.411,5 6.444,9 6.478,3 6.511,8 6.545,3 6.578,9 220
220 6.578,9 6.612,4 6.646,0 6.679,6 6.713,3 6.746,9 6.780,6 6.814,3 6.848,1 6.881,9 6.915,7 230
230 6.915,7 6.949,5 6.983,3 7.017,2 7.051,1 7.085,0 7.119,0 7.153,0 7.187,0 7.221,0 7.255,1 240
240 7.255,1 7.289,1 7.323,2 7.357,4 7.391,5 7.425,7 7.459,9 7.494,1 7.528,4 7.562,7 7.597,0 250
250 7.597,0 7.631,3 7.665,6 7.700,0 7.734,4 7.768,8 7.803,3 7.837,7 7.872,2 7.906,7 7.941,3 260
260 7.941,3 7.975,8 8.010,4 8.045,0 8.079,7 8.114,3 8.149,0 8.183,7 8.218,4 8.253,2 8.287,9 270
270 8.287,9 8.322,7 3.357,5 8.392,4 8.427,2 8.462,1 8.497,0 8.532,0 8.566,9 8.601,9 8.636,9 280
280 8.636,9 8.671,9 8.706,9 8.742,0 8.777,0 8.812,1 8.847,3 8.882,4 8.917,6 8.952,7 8.988,0 290
290 8.988,0 9.023,2 9.058,4 9.093,7 9.129,0 9.164,3 9.199,6 9.235,0 9.270,3 9.305,7 9.341,2 300
300 9.341,2 9.376,6 9.412,0 9.447,5 9.483,0 9.518,5 9.554,0 9.589,6 9.625,6 9.660,8 9.696,4 310
310 9.696,4 9.732,0 9.767,7 9.803,3 9.839,0 9.874,7 9.910,5 9.946,2 9.982,0 10.017,8 10.053,6 320
320 10.053,6 10.089,4 10.125,2 10.161,1 10.197,0 10.232,9 10.268,8 10.304,7 10.340,7 10.376,6 10.412,6 330
330 10.412,6 10.448,6 10.484,7 10.520,7 10.556,8 10.592,9 10.629,0 10.665,1 10.701,2 10.737,4 10.773,5 340
340 10.773,5 10.809,7 10.845,9 10.882,1 10.918,4 10.954,6 10.990,9 11.027,2 11.063,5 11.099,8 11.136,2 350
350 11.136,2 11.172,5 11.208,9 11.245,3 11.281,7 11.318,1 11.354,6 11.391,0 11.427,5 11.464,0 11.500,5 360
360 11.500,5 11.537,1 11.573,6 11.610,2 11.646,7 11.683,3 11.719,9 11.756,5 11.793,2 11.829,8 11.866,5 370
370 11.866,5 11.903,2 11.939,9 11.976,6 12.013,3 12.050,1 12.086,9 12.123,6 12.160,4 12.197,2 12.234,1 380
380 12.234,1 12.270,9 12.307,8 12.344,6 12.381,5 12.418,4 12.455,3 12.492,3 12.529,2 12.566,2 12.603,1 390
390 12.603,1 12.640,1 12.677,1 12.714,2 12.751,2 12.788,2 12.825,3 12.862,4 12.899,5 12.936,6 12.973,7 400
400 12.973,7 13.010,8 13.048,0 13.085,1 13.122,3 13.159,5 13.196,7 13.233,9 13.271,1 13.308,4 13.345,6 410
410 13.345,6 13.382,9 13.420,2 13.457,5 13.494,8 13.532,1 13.569,5 13.606,8 13.644,2 13.681,5 13.718,9 420
420 13.718,9 13.756,3 13.793,7 13.831,2 13.868,6 13.906,1 13.943,5 13.981,0 14.018,5 14.056,0 14.093,5 430
430 14.093,5 14.131,1 14.168,6 14.206,2 14.243,7 14.281,3 14.318,9 14.356,5 14.394,1 14.431,7 14.469,4 440
440 14.469,4 14.507,0 14.544,7 14.582,4 14.620,1 14.657,8 14.695,5 14.733,2 14.770,9 14.808,7 14.846,4 450
450 14.846,4 14.884,2 14.922,0 14.959,8 14.997,6 15.035,4 15.073,2 15.111,0 15.148,9 15.186,7 15.224,6 460
460 15.224,6 15.262,5 15.300,4 15.338,3 15.376,2 15.414,1 15.452,1 15.490,0 15.528,0 15.565,9 15.603,9 470
470 15.603,9 15.641,9 15.679,9 15.717,9 15.755,9 15.793,9 15.832,0 15.870,0 15.908,1 15.946,2 15.984,2 480

CONSISTEC 83
termopar N NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
480 15.984,2 16.022,3 16.060,4 16.098,5 16.136,7 16.174,8 16.212,9 16.251,1 16.289,2 16.327,4 16.365,6 490
490 16.365,6 16.403,8 16.442,0 16.480,2 16.518,4 16.556,6 16.594,8 16.633,1 16.671,3 16.709,6 16.747,9 500
500 16.747,9 16.786,1 16.824,4 16.862,7 16.901,0 16.939,3 16.977,7 17.016,0 17.054,3 17.092,7 17.131,0 510
510 17.131,0 17.169,4 17.207,8 17.246,2 17.284,6 17.323,0 17.361,4 17.399,8 17.438,2 17.361,4 17.515,1 520
520 17.515,1 17.553,6 17.592,0 17.630,5 17.669,0 17.707,4 17.745,9 17.784,4 17.822,9 17.861,4 17.900,0 530
530 17.900,0 17.938,5 17.977,0 18.015,6 18.054,1 18.092,7 18.131,3 18.169,8 18.208,4 18.247,0 18.285,6 540
540 18.285,6 18.324,2 18.362,8 18.401,4 18.440,1 18.478,7 18.517,3 18.556,0 18.594,6 18.633,3 18.672,0 550
550 18.672,0 18.710,6 18.749,3 18.788,0 18.826,7 18.865,4 18.904,1 18.942,8 18.981,5 19.020,3 19.059,0 560
560 19.059,0 19.097,7 19.136,5 19.175,2 19.214,0 19.252,8 19.291,5 19.330,3 19.369,1 19.407,9 19.446,7 570
570 19.446,7 19.485,5 19.524,3 19.563,1 19.601,9 19.640,7 19.679,6 19.718,4 19.757,2 19.796,1 19.834,9 580
580 19.834,9 19.873,8 19.912,7 19.951,5 19.990,4 20.029,3 20.068,2 20.107,1 20.146,0 20.184,9 20.223,8 590
590 20.223,8 20.262,7 20.301,6 20.340,5 20.379,4 20.418,4 20.457,3 20.496,3 20.535,2 20.574,2 20.613,1 600
600 20.613,1 20.652,1 20.691,0 20.730,0 20.769,0 20.808,0 20.846,9 20.885,9 20.924,9 20.963,9 21.002,9 610
610 21.002,9 21.041,9 21.080,9 21.120,0 21.159,0 21.198,0 21.237,0 21.276,1 21.315,1 21.354,1 21.393,2 620
620 21.393,2 21.432,2 21.471,3 21.510,3 21.549,4 21.588,5 21.627,5 21.666,6 21.705,7 21.744,7 21.783,8 630
630 21.783,8 21.822,9 21.862,0 21.901,1 21.940,2 21.979,3 22.018,4 22.057,5 22.096,6 22.135,7 22.174,8 640
640 22.174,8 22.214,0 22.253,1 22.292,2 22.331,3 22.370,5 22.409,6 22.448,8 22.487,9 22.527,0 22.566,2 650
650 22.566,2 22.605,3 22.644,5 22.683,7 22.722,8 22.762,0 22.801,1 22.840,3 22.879,5 22.918,7 22.957,8 660
660 22.957,8 22.997,0 23.036,2 23.075,4 23.114,6 23.153,7 23.192,9 23.232,1 23.271,3 23.310,5 23.349,7 670
670 23.349,7 23.388,9 23.428,1 23.467,3 23.506,5 23.545,8 23.585,0 23.624,2 23.663,4 23.702,6 23.741,8 680
680 23.741,8 23.781,1 23.820,3 23.859,5 23.898,8 23.938,0 23.977,2 24.016,5 24.055,7 24.094,9 24.134,2 690
690 24.134,2 24.173,4 24.212,7 24.251,9 24.291,1 24.330,4 24.369,6 24.408,9 24.448,1 24.487,4 24.526,7 700
700 24.526,7 24.565,9 24.605,2 24.644,4 24.683,7 24.722,9 24.762,2 24.801,5 24.840,7 24.880,0 24.919,3 710
710 24.919,3 24.958,5 24.997,8 25.037,1 25.076,4 25.115,6 25.154,9 25.194,2 25.233,4 25.272,7 25.312,0 720
720 25.312,0 25.351,3 25.390,6 25.429,8 25.469,1 25.508,4 25.547,7 25.587,0 25.626,2 25.665,5 25.704,8 730
730 25.704,8 25.744,1 25.783,4 25.822,7 25.861,9 25.901,2 25.940,5 25.979,8 26.019,1 26.058,4 26.097,7 740
740 26.097,7 26.137,0 26.176,2 26.215,5 26.254,8 26.294,1 26.333,4 26.372,7 26.412,0 26.451,3 26.490,5 750
750 26.490,5 26.529,8 26.569,1 26.608,4 26.647,7 26.687,0 26.726,3 26.765,6 26.804,9 26.844,1 26.883,4 760
760 26.883,4 26.922,7 26.962,0 27.001,3 27.040,6 27.079,9 27.119,2 27.158,4 27.197,7 27.237,0 27.276,3 770
770 27.276,3 27.315,6 27.354,9 27.394,2 27.433,4 27.472,7 27.512,0 27.551,3 27.590,6 27.629,8 27.669,1 780
780 27.669,1 27.708,4 27.747,7 27.786,9 27.826,2 27.865,5 27.904,8 27.944,0 27.983,3 28.022,6 28.061,9 790
790 28.061,9 28.101,1 28.140,4 28.179,7 28.218,9 28.258,2 28.297,5 28.336,7 28.376,0 28.415,3 25.454,5 800
800 28.454,5 28.493,8 28.533,0 28.572,3 28.611,6 28.650,8 28.690,1 28.729,3 28.768,6 28.807,8 28.847,1 810
810 28.847,1 28.886,3 28.925,6 28.964,8 29.004,0 29.043,3 29.082,5 29.121,8 29.161,0 29.200,2 29.239,5 820
820 29.239,5 29.278,7 29.317,9 29.357,2 29.396,4 29.345,6 29.474,8 29.514,1 29.553,3 29.592,5 29.631,7 830
830 29.631,7 29.670,9 29.710,1 29.749,3 29.788,6 29.827,8 29.867,0 29.906,2 29.945,4 29.984,6 30.023,8 840
840 30.023,8 30.063,0 30.102,2 30.141,4 30.180,5 30.219,7 30.258,9 30.298,1 30.337,3 30.376,5 30.415,6 850
850 30.415,6 30.454,8 30.494,0 30.533,2 30.572,3 30.611,5 30.650,7 30.689,8 30.729,0 30.768,1 30.807,3 860
860 30.807,3 30.846,4 30.885,6 30.924,7 30.963,9 31.003,0 31.042,2 31.081,3 31.120,4 31.159,6 31.198,7 870
870 31.198,7 31.237,8 31.276,9 31.316,1 31.355,2 31.394,3 31.433,4 31.472,5 31.511,6 31.550,7 31.589,8 880
880 31.589,8 31.628,9 31.668,0 31.707,1 31.746,2 31.785,3 31.824,4 31.863,5 31.902,6 31.941,6 31.980,7 890
890 31.980,7 32.019,8 32.058,8 32.097,9 32.137,0 32.176,0 32.215,1 32.254,1 32.293,2 32.332,2 32.371,3 900
900 32.371,3 32.410,3 32.449,3 32.488,4 32.527,4 32.566,4 32.605,4 32.644,5 32.683,5 32.722,5 32.761,5 910
910 32.761,5 32.800,5 32.839,5 32.878,5 32.917,5 32.956,5 32.995,5 33.034,4 33.073,4 33.112,4 33.151,4 920
920 33.151,4 33.190,3 33.229,3 33.268,3 33.307,2 33.346,2 33.385,1 33.424,1 33.463,0 33.502,0 33.540,9 930
930 33.540,9 33.579,8 33.618,8 33.657,7 33.696,6 33.735,5 33.774,4 33.813,3 33.852,2 33.891,1 33.930,0 940
940 33.930,0 33.968,9 34.007,8 34.046,7 34.085,6 34.124,5 34.163,3 34.202,2 34.241,1 34.279,9 34.318,8 950
950 34.318,8 34.357,6 34.396,5 34.435,3 34.474,1 34.513,0 35.551,8 34.590,6 34.629,4 34.668,3 34.707,1 960
960 34.707,1 34.745,9 34.784,7 34.823,5 34.862,3 34.901,0 34.939,8 34.978,6 35.017,4 35.056,1 35.094,9 970
970 35.094,9 35.133,7 35.172,4 35.211,2 35.249,9 35.288,7 35.327,4 35.366,1 35.404,8 35.443,6 35.482,3 980
980 35.482,3 35.521,0 35.559,7 35.598,4 35.637,1 35.675,8 35.714,5 35.753,2 35.791,8 35.830,5 35.869,2 990
990 35.869,2 35.907,8 35.946,5 35.985,1 36.023,8 36.062,4 36.101,1 36.139,7 36.178,3 36.216,9 36.255,5 1000
1000 36.255,5 36.294,1 36.332,7 36.371,3 36.409,9 36.448,5 36.487,1 36.525,7 36.564,3 36.602,8 36.641,4 1010
1010 36.641,4 36.679,9 36.718,5 36.757,0 36.795,6 36.834,1 36.872,6 36.911,1 36.949,6 36.988,2 37.026,7 1020
1020 37.026,7 37.065,2 37.103,6 37.142,1 37.180,6 37.219,1 37.257,5 37.296,0 37.334,5 37.372,9 37.411,4 1030
1030 37.411,4 37.449,8 37.488,2 37.526,7 37.565,1 37.603,5 37.641,9 37.680,3 37.718,7 37.757,1 37.795,5 1040
1040 37.795,5 37.833,8 37.872,2 37.910,6 37.948,9 37.987,3 38.025,6 38.064,0 38.102,3 38.140,6 38.179,0 1050
1050 38.179,0 38.217,3 38.255,6 38.293,9 38.332,2 38.370,5 38.408,8 38.447,0 38.485,3 38.523,6 38.561,8 1060
1060 38.561,8 38.600,1 38.638,3 38.676,6 38.714,8 38.753,0 38.791,2 38.829,4 38.867,7 38.905,9 38.944,0 1070
1070 38.944,0 38.982,2 39.020,4 39.058,6 39.096,7 39.134,9 39.173,0 39.211,2 39.249,3 39.287,5 39.325,6 1080
1080 39.325,6 39.363,7 39.401,8 39.439,9 39.478,0 39.516,1 39.554,2 39.592,3 39.630,3 39.668,4 39.406,4 1090
1090 39.706,4 39.744,5 39.782,5 39.820,6 39.858,6 39.896,6 39.934,6 39.972,6 40.010,6 40.048,6 40.086,6 1100
1100 40.086,6 40.124,6 40.162,6 40.200,5 40.238,5 40.276,4 40.314,4 40.352,3 40.390,2 40.428,1 40.466,0 1110
1110 40.466,0 40.504,0 40.541,8 40.579,7 40.617,6 40.655,5 40.693,4 40.731,2 40.769,1 40.806,9 40.844,8 1120
1120 40.844,8 40.882,6 40.920,4 40.958,2 40.996,0 41.033,8 41.071,6 41.109,4 41.147,2 41.185,0 41.222,7 1130
1130 41.222,7 41.260,5 41.298,2 41.336,0 41.373,7 41.411,4 41.449,1 41.486,9 41.524,6 41.562,2 41.599,9 1140
1140 41.599,9 41.637,6 41.675,3 41.712,9 41.750,6 41.788,2 41.825,9 41.863,5 41.901,1 41.938,8 41.976,4 1150
1150 41.976,4 42.014,0 42.051,6 42.089,1 42.126,7 42.164,3 42.201,8 42.239,4 42.276,9 42.314,5 42.352,0 1160
1160 42.352,0 42.389,5 42.427,0 42.464,5 42.502,0 42.539,5 42.577,0 42.614,5 42.651,9 42.689,4 42.726,8 1170
1170 42.726,8 42.764,3 42.801,7 42.839,1 42.876,6 42.914,0 42.951,4 42.988,7 43.026,1 43.063,5 43.100,9 1180
1180 43.100,9 43.138,2 43.175,6 43.212,9 43.250,2 43.287,6 43.324,9 43.362,2 43.399,5 43.436,8 43.474,0 1190
1190 43.474,0 43.511,3 43.548,6 43.585,8 43.623,1 43.660,3 43.697,5 43.734,8 43.772,0 43.809,2 43.846,4 1200
1200 43.846,4 43.883,5 43.920,7 43.957,9 43.995,0 44.032,2 44.069,3 44.106,5 44.143,6 44.180,7 44.217,8 1210
1210 44.217,8 44.253,9 44.292,0 44.329,0 44.366,1 44.403,2 44.440,2 44.477,2 44.514,3 44.551,3 44.588,3 1220
1220 44.588,3 44.625,3 44.662,3 44.699,3 44.736,2 44.773,2 44.810,1 44.847,1 44.884,0 44.920,9 44.957,9 1230

84 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar N
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
1230 44.957,9 44.994,8 45.031,6 45.068,5 45.105,4 45.142,3 45.179,1 45.216,0 45.252,8 45.289,6 45.326,4 1240
1240 45.326,4 45.363,2 45.400,0 45.436,8 45.473,5 45.510,3 45.547,0 45.583,8 45.620,5 45.657,2 45.693,9 1250
1250 45.693,9 45.730,6 45.767,3 45.803,9 45.840,6 45.877,2 45.913,9 45.950,5 45.987,1 46.023,7 46.060,3 1260
1260 46.060,3 46.096,9 46.133,4 46.170,0 46.206,5 46.243,0 46.279,6 46.316,1 46.352,5 46.389,0 46.425,5 1270
1270 46.425,5 46.461,9 46.498,4 46.534,8 46.571,2 46.607,6 46.644,0 46.680,3 46.716,7 46.753,0 46.789,4 1280
1280 46.789,4 46.825,7 46.862,0 46.898,3 46.934,5 46.970,8 47.007,0 47.043,3 47.079,5 47.115,7 47.151,8 1290
1290 47.151,8 47.188,0 47.224,2 47.260,3 47.296,4 47.332,5 47.368,6 47.404,7 47.440,7 47.476,8 47.512,8 1300
1300 47.512,8

CONSISTEC 85
termopar T NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-260 -6.231,8 -6.235,6 -6.239,1 -6.242,4 -6.245,4 -6.248,2 -6.250,7 -6.252,9 -6.254,8 -6.256,3 -6.257,5 -270
-250 -6.180,4 -6.186,7 -6.192,6 -6.198,4 -6.203,9 -6.209,1 -6.214,1 -6.218,9 -6.223,4 -6.227,7 -6.231,8 -260
-240 -6.105,0 -6.113,6 -6.122,0 -6.130,1 -6.138,0 -6.145,7 -6.153,1 -6.160,3 -6.167,3 -6.174,0 -6.180,4 -250
-230 -6.006,7 -6.017,5 -6.028,0 -6.038,4 -6.048,6 -6.058,5 -6.068,3 -6.077,8 -6.087,1 -6.096,1 -6.105,0 -240
-220 -5.888,5 -5.901,1 -5.913,6 -5.925,8 -5.938,0 -5.949,9 -5.961,6 -5.973,2 -5.984,5 -5.995,7 -6.006,7 -230
-210 -5.753,2 -5.767,5 -5.781,5 -5.795,5 -5.809,2 -5.822,8 -5.836,3 -5.849,6 -5.862,7 -5.875,7 -5.888,5 -220
-200 -5.603,0 -5.618,6 -5.634,2 -5.649,5 -5.664,8 -5.679,9 -5.694,9 -5.709,7 -5.724,3 -5.738,9 -5.753,2 -210
-190 -5.438,6 -5.455,7 -5.472,6 -5.489,4 -5.506,0 -5.522,5 -5.538,9 -5.555,1 -5.571,2 -5.587,2 -5.603,0 -200
-180 -5.260,8 -5.279,1 -5.297,4 -5.315,5 -5.333,5 -5.351,4 -5.369,1 -5.386,7 -5.404,1 -5.421,5 -5.438,6 -190
-170 -5.069,9 -5.089,3 -5.108,9 -5.128,3 -5.147,6 -5.166,8 -5.185,9 -5.204,8 -5.223,6 -5.242,2 -5.260,8 -180
-160 -4.865,4 -4.886,4 -4.907,3 4.928,0 -4.948,6 -4.969,1 -4.989,5 -5.009,7 -5.029,8 -5.049,7 -5.069,6 -170
-150 -4.648,5 -4.670,7 -4.692,9 -4.714,9 -4.736,8 -4.758,5 -4.780,1 -4.801,6 -4.823,0 -4.844,3 -4.865,4 -160
-140 -4.419,0 -4.442,5 -4.465,9 -4.489,1 -4.512,3 -4.535,3 -4.558,2 -4.580,9 -4.603,6 -4.626,1 -4.648,5 -150
-130 -4.177,1 -4.201,9 -4.226,5 -4.251,0 -4.275,3 -4.299,6 -4.323,7 -4.347,7 -4.371,6 -4.395,4 -4.419,0 -140
-120 -3.923,0 -3.948,9 -3.974,8 -4.000,5 -4.026,1 -4.051,6 -4.076,9 -4.102,1 -4.127,3 -4.152,2 -4.177,1 -130
-110 -3.656,7 -3.683,9 -3.710,9 -3.737,8 -3.764,6 -3.791,3 -3.817,9 -3.844,3 -3.870,7 -3.896,9 -3.923,0 -120
-100 -3.378,6 -3.406,9 -3.435,1 -3.463,2 -3.491,2 -3.519,1 -3.546,9 -3.574,5 -3.602,0 -3.629,4 -3.656,7 -110
-90 -3.088,9 -3.118,4 -3.147,7 -3.177,0 -3.206,1 -3.235,2 -3.264,1 -3.292,9 -3.321,6 -3.350,1 -3.378,6 -100
-80 -2.787,9 -2.818,5 -2.849,0 -2.879,4 -2.909,6 -2.939,8 -2.969,8 -2.999,8 -3.029,6 -3.059,3 -3.088,9 -90
-70 -2.475,8 -2.507,5 -2.539,1 -2.570,6 -2.601,9 -2.633,2 -2.664,4 -2.695,4 -2.726,3 -2.757,2 -2.787,9 -80
-60 -2.152,7 -2.185,5 -2.218,2 -2.250,8 -2.283,2 -2.315,6 -2.347,8 -2.380,0 -2.412,0 -2.443,9 -2.475,8 -70
-50 -1.819,0 -1.852,9 -1.886,6 -1.920,2 -1.953,8 -1.987,2 -2.020,5 -2.053,7 -2.086,8 -2.119,8 -2.152,7 -60
-40 -1.475,0 -1.509,9 -1.544,6 -1.579,3 -1.613,8 -1.648,3 -1.682,6 -1.716,9 -1.751,0 -1.785,1 -1.819,0 -50
-30 -1.120,9 -1.156,7 -1.192,5 -1.228,2 -1.263,7 -1.299,2 -1.334,5 -1.369,8 -1.405,0 -1.440,0 -1.475,0 -40
-20 -756,8 -793,7 -830,4 -867,1 -903,6 -940,1 -976,4 -1.012,7 -1.048,9 -1.084,9 -1.120,9 -30
-10 -383,1 -420,9 -458,6 -496,2 -533,7 -571,1 -608,5 -645,7 -682,9 -719,9 -756,8 -20
0 0,0 -38,7 -77,3 -115,8 -154,3 -192,6 -230,9 -269,1 -307,2 -345,2 -383,1 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 0,0 38,8 77,6 116,5 155,5 194,6 233,7 272,9 312,2 351,6 391,0 10
10 391,0 430,5 470,1 509,7 549,5 589,3 629,2 669,2 709,2 749,4 789,6 20
20 789,6 829,9 870,3 910,8 951,3 992,0 1.032,7 1.073,5 1.114,4 1.155,4 1.196,4 30
30 1.196,4 1.237,6 1.278,8 1.320,1 1.361,6 1.403,0 1.444,6 1.486,3 1.528,0 1.569,9 1.611,8 40
40 1.611,8 1.653,8 1.695,9 1.738,1 1.780,3 1.822,7 1.865,1 1.907,6 1.950,3 1.992,9 2.035,7 50
50 2.035,7 2.078,6 2.121,5 2.164,6 2.207,7 2.250,9 2.294,2 2.337,5 2.381,0 2.424,5 2.468,2 60
60 2.468,2 2.511,9 2.555,6 2.599,5 2.643,5 2.687,5 2.731,6 2.775,8 2.820,1 2.864,5 2.908,9 70
70 2.908,9 2.953,4 2.998,0 3.042,7 3.087,5 3.132,3 3.177,2 3.222,2 3.267,3 3.312,5 3.357,7 80
80 3.357,7 3.403,0 3.448,4 3.493,9 3.539,4 3.585,1 3.630,8 3.676,6 3.722,4 3.768,3 3.814,3 90
90 3.814,3 3.860,4 3.906,6 3.952,8 3.999,1 4.045,5 4.092,0 4.138,5 4.185,1 4.231,8 4.278,5 100
100 4.278,5 4.325,3 4.372,2 4.419,2 4.466,2 4.513,3 4.560,5 4.607,8 4.655,1 4.702,5 4.750,0 110
110 4.750,0 4.797,5 4.845,1 4.892,8 4.940,5 4.988,3 5.036,2 5.084,2 5.132,2 5.180,3 5.228,4 120
120 5.228,4 5.276,7 5.325,0 5.373,3 5.421,8 5.470,3 5.518,8 5.567,5 5.616,2 5.664,9 5.713,8 130
130 5.713,8 5.762,7 5.811,6 5.860,6 5.909,7 5.958,9 6.008,1 6.057,4 6.106,8 6.156,2 6.205,7 140
140 6.205,7 6.255,2 6.304,9 6.354,5 6.404,3 6.454,1 6.504,0 6.553,9 6.603,9 6.654,0 6.704,1 150
150 6.704,1 6.754,3 6.804,5 6.854,8 6.905,2 6.955,7 7.006,2 7.056,7 7.107,4 7.158,0 7.208,8 160
160 7.208,8 7.259,6 7.310,5 7.361,4 7.412,4 7.463,5 7.514,6 7.565,8 7.617,0 7.668,3 7.719,7 170
170 7.719,7 7.771,1 7.822,6 7.874,1 7.925,7 7.977,4 8.029,1 8.080,9 8.132,7 8.184,6 8.236,6 180
180 8.236,6 8.288,6 8.340,7 8.392,8 8.445,0 8.497,3 8.549,6 8.602,0 8.654,4 8.706,9 8.759,5 190
190 8.759,5 8.812,1 8.864,7 8.917,4 8.970,2 9.023,1 9.076,0 9.128,9 9.181,9 9.235,0 9.288,1 200
200 9.288,1 9.341,3 9.394,5 9.447,8 9.501,2 9.554,6 9.608,0 9.661,5 9.715,1 9.768,7 9.822,4 210
210 9.822,4 9.876,1 9.929,9 9.983,8 10.037,7 10.091,6 10.145,7 10.199,7 10.253,8 10.308,0 10.362,2 220
220 10.362,2 10.416,5 10.470,9 10.525,2 10.579,7 10.634,2 10.688,7 10.743,3 10.798,0 10.852,7 10.907,5 230
230 10.907,5 10.962,3 11.017,1 11.072,0 11.127,0 11.182,0 11.237,1 11.292,2 11.347,4 11.402,2 11.457,9 240
240 11.457,9 11.513,2 11.568,6 11.624,0 11.679,5 11.735,0 11.790,6 11.846,2 11.901,9 11.957,6 12.013,4 250
250 12.013,4 12.069,2 12.125,1 12.181,0 12.237,0 12.293,0 12.349,1 12.405,2 12.461,4 12.517,6 12.573,8 260
260 12.573,8 12.630,2 12.686,5 12.742,9 12.799,4 12.855,9 12.912,4 12.969,0 13.025,6 13.082,3 13.139,1 270
270 13.139,1 13.195,8 13.252,7 13.309,5 13.366,4 13.423,4 13.480,4 13.537,5 13.594,6 13.651,7 13.708,9 280
280 13.708,9 13.766,1 13.823,4 13.880,7 13.938,1 13.995,5 14.052,9 14.110,4 14.168,0 14.225,6 14.283,2 290
290 14.283,2 14.340,9 14.398,6 14.456,4 14.514,2 14.572,0 14.629,9 14.687,9 14.745,8 14.803,9 14.861,9 300
300 14.861,9 14.920,0 14.978,2 15.036,4 15.094,6 15.152,9 15.211,2 15.269,6 15.328,0 15.386,4 15.444,9 310
310 15.444,9 15.503,5 15.562,0 15.620,7 15.679,3 15.738,0 15.796,8 15.855,6 15.914,4 15.973,3 16.032,2 320
320 16.032,2 16.091,1 16.150,1 16.209,2 16.268,2 16.327,4 16.386,5 16.445,7 16.505,0 16.564,2 16.623,6 330
330 16.623,6 16.682,9 16.742,3 16.801,8 16.861,3 16.920,8 16.980,4 17.040,0 17.099,7 17.159,4 17.219,1 340
340 17.219,1 17.278,9 17.338,7 17.398,5 17.458,4 17.518,4 17.578,4 17.638,4 17.698,4 17.758,5 17.818,7 350
350 17.818,7 17.878,8 17.939,1 17.999,3 18.059,6 18.120,0 18.180,3 18.240,8 18.301,2 18.361,7 18.422,2 360
360 18.422,2 18.482,8 18.543,4 18.604,1 18.664,8 18.725,5 18.786,2 18.847,0 18.907,9 18.968,7 19.029,7 370
370 19.029,7 19.090,6 19.151,6 19.212,6 19.273,7 19.334,7 19.395,9 19.457,0 19.518,2 19.579,4 19.640,7 380
380 19.640,7 19.702,0 19.763,3 19.824,7 19.886,1 19.947,5 20.008,9 20.070,4 20.131,9 20.193,4 20.255,0 390
390 20.255,0 20.316,6 20.378,2 20.439,8 20.501,5 20.563,2 20.624,9 20.686,6 20.748,4 20.810,2 20.872,0 400
400 20.872,0

86 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar B
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 0,0 -0,2 -0,5 -0,7 -0,9 -1,1 -1,3 -1,4 -1,6 -1,7 -1,9 10
10 -1,9 -2,0 -2,1 -2,2 -2,3 -2,4 -2,4 -2,5 -2,5 -2,6 -2,6 20
20 -2,6 -2,6 -2,6 -2,6 -2,5 -2,5 -2,4 -2,4 -2,3 -2,2 -2,1 30
30 -2,1 -2,0 -1,9 -1,8 -1,6 -1,4 -1,3 -1,1 -0,9 -0,7 -0,5 40
40 -0,5 -0,3 0,0 0,2 0,5 0,7 1,0 1,3 1,6 1,9 2,3 50
50 2,3 2,6 3,0 3,3 3,7 4,1 4,5 4,9 5,3 5,8 6,2 60
60 6,2 6,7 7,1 7,6 8,1 8,6 9,1 9,6 10,2 10,7 11,3 70
70 11,3 11,8 12,4 13,0 13,6 14,2 14,8 15,5 16,1 16,8 17,4 80
80 17,4 18,1 18,8 19,5 20,2 21,0 21,7 22,5 23,2 24,0 24,8 90
90 24,8 25,6 26,4 27,2 28,0 28,8 29,7 30,6 31,4 32,3 33,2 100
100 33,2 34,1 35,0 36,0 36,9 37,8 38,8 39,8 40,8 41,8 42,8 110
110 42,8 43,8 44,8 45,8 46,9 48,0 49,0 50,1 51,2 52,3 53,4 120
120 53,4 54,6 55,7 56,8 58,0 59,2 60,4 61,6 62,8 64,0 65,2 130
130 65,2 66,4 67,7 69,0 70,2 71,5 72,8 74,1 75,4 76,7 78,1 140
140 78,1 79,4 80,8 82,2 83,5 84,9 86,3 87,8 89,2 90,6 92,1 150
150 92,1 93,5 95,0 96,5 98,0 99,5 101,0 102,5 104,0 105,6 107,1 160
160 107,1 108,7 110,3 111,9 113,5 115,1 116,7 118,3 120,0 121,6 123,3 170
170 123,3 125,0 126,7 128,3 130,1 131,8 133,5 135,2 137,0 138,8 140,5 180
180 140,5 142,3 144,1 145,9 147,7 149,6 151,4 153,2 155,1 157,0 158,9 190
190 158,9 160,7 162,7 164,6 166,5 168,4 170,4 172,3 174,3 176,3 178,3 200
200 178,3 180,3 182,3 184,3 186,3 188,4 190,4 192,5 194,6 196,6 198,7 210
210 198,7 200,8 203,0 205,1 207,2 209,4 211,5 213,7 215,9 218,1 220,3 220
220 220,3 222,5 224,7 226,9 229,2 231,4 233,7 236,0 238,3 240,6 242,9 230
230 242,9 245,2 247,5 249,9 252,2 254,6 257,0 259,3 261,7 264,1 266,6 240
240 266,6 269,0 271,4 273,9 276,3 278,8 281,3 283,8 286,2 288,8 291,3 250
250 291,3 293,8 296,4 298,9 301,5 304,0 306,6 309,2 311,8 314,4 317,1 260
260 317,1 319,7 322,3 325,0 327,7 330,3 333,0 335,7 338,4 341,2 343,9 270
270 343,9 346,6 349,4 352,1 354,9 357,7 360,5 363,3 366,1 368,9 371,8 280
280 371,8 374,6 377,5 380,3 383,2 386,1 389,0 391,9 394,8 397,8 400,7 290
290 400,7 403,6 406,6 409,6 412,5 415,5 418,5 421,6 424,6 427,6 430,6 300
300 430,6 433,7 436,8 439,8 442,9 446,0 449,1 452,2 455,4 458,5 461,6 310
310 461,6 464,8 468,0 471,1 474,3 477,5 480,7 484,0 487,2 490,4 493,7 320
320 493,7 496,9 500,2 503,5 506,8 510,1 513,4 516,7 520,0 523,4 526,7 330
330 526,7 530,1 533,5 536,8 540,2 543,6 547,0 550,5 553,9 557,3 560,8 340
340 560,8 564,3 567,7 571,2 574,7 578,2 581,7 585,3 588,8 592,3 595,9 350
350 595,9 599,5 603,0 606,6 610,2 613,8 617,4 621,1 624,7 628,4 632,0 360
360 632,0 635,7 639,4 643,0 646,7 650,4 654,2 657,9 661,6 665,4 669,1 370
370 669,1 672,9 676,7 680,5 684,3 688,1 691,9 695,7 699,6 703,4 707,3 380
380 707,3 711,1 715,0 718,9 722,8 726,7 730,6 734,6 738,5 742,4 746,4 390
390 746,4 750,4 754,3 758,3 762,3 766,3 770,4 774,4 778,4 782,5 786,5 400
400 786,5 790,6 794,7 798,8 802,9 807,0 811,1 815,2 819,4 823,5 827,7 410
410 827,7 831,8 836,0 840,2 844,4 848,6 852,8 857,0 861,3 865,5 869,8 420
420 869,8 874,0 878,3 882,6 886,9 891,2 895,5 899,9 904,2 908,5 912,9 430
430 912,9 917,3 921,6 926,0 930,4 934,8 939,2 943,6 948,1 952,5 957,0 440
440 957,0 961,4 965,9 970,4 974,9 979,4 983,9 988,4 992,9 997,5 1.002,0 450
450 1.002,0 1.006,6 1.011,2 1.015,7 1.020,3 1.024,9 1.029,5 1.034,2 1.038,8 1.043,4 1.048,1 460
460 1.048,1 1.052,7 1.057,4 1.062,1 1.066,8 1.071,5 1.076,2 1.080,9 1.085,6 1.090,3 1.095,1 470
470 1.095,1 1.099,8 1.104,6 1.109,4 1.114,2 1.118,9 1.123,7 1.128,6 1.133,4 1.138,2 1.143,0 480
480 1.143,0 1.147,9 1.152,8 1.157,6 1.162,5 1.167,4 1.172,3 1.177,2 1.182,1 1.187,0 1.192,0 490
490 1.192,0 1.196,9 1.201,9 1.206,8 1.211,8 1.216,8 1.211,8 1.226,8 1.231,8 1.236,8 1.241,8 500
500 1.241,8 1.246,9 1.251,9 1.257,0 1.262,1 1.267,1 1.272,2 1.277,3 1.282,4 1.287,5 1.292,7 510
510 1.292,7 1.297,8 1.303,0 1.308,1 1.313,3 1.318,4 1.323,6 1.328,8 1.334,0 1.323,6 1.344,4 520
520 1.344,4 1.349,7 1.354,9 1.360,2 1.365,4 1.370,7 1.376,0 1.381,2 1.386,5 1.391,8 1.397,1 530
530 1.397,1 1.402,5 1.407,8 1.413,1 1.418,5 1.423,8 1.429,2 1.434,6 1.440,0 1.445,4 1.450,8 540
540 1.450,8 1.456,2 1.461,6 1.467,1 1.472,5 1.477,9 1.483,4 1.488,9 1.494,4 1.499,8 1.505,3 550
550 1.505,3 1.510,9 1.516,4 1.521,9 1.527,4 1.533,0 1.538,5 1.544,1 1.549,7 1.555,2 1.560,8 560
560 1.560,8 1.566,4 1.572,0 1.577,7 1.583,3 1.588,9 1.594,6 1.600,2 1.605,9 1.611,5 1.617,2 570
570 1.617,2 1.622,9 1.628,6 1.634,3 1.640,0 1.645,8 1.651,5 1.657,3 1.663,0 1.668,8 1.674,5 580
580 1.674,5 1.680,3 1.686,1 1.691,9 1.697,7 1.703,5 1.709,4 1.715,2 1.721,0 1.726,9 1.732,8 590
590 1.732,8 1.738,6 1.744,5 1.750,4 1.756,3 1.762,2 1.768,1 1.774,0 1.780,0 1.785,9 1.791,9 600
600 1.791,9 1.797,8 1.803,8 1.809,8 1.815,8 1.821,8 1.827,8 1.833,8 1.839,8 1.845,8 1.851,9 610
610 1.851,9 1.857,9 1.864,0 1.870,1 1.876,1 1.822,2 1.888,3 1.894,4 1.900,5 1.906,6 1.912,8 620
620 1.912,8 1.918,9 1.925,1 1.931,2 1.937,4 1.943,5 1.949,7 1.955,9 1.962,1 1.968,3 1.974,5 630
630 1.974,5 1.980,8 1.987,0 1.993,2 1.999,5 2.005,8 2.012,0 2.018,3 2.024,6 2.030,9 2.037,2 640
640 2.037,2 2.043,5 2.049,8 2.056,1 2.062,5 2.068,8 2.075,2 2.081,5 2.087,9 2.094,3 2.100,6 650
650 2.100,6 2.107,0 2.113,4 2.119,8 2.126,3 2.132,7 2.139,1 2.145,6 2.152,0 2.158,5 2.165,0 660
660 2.165,0 2.171,4 2.177,9 2.184,4 2.190,9 2.197,4 2.203,9 2.210,5 2.217,0 2.223,5 2.230,1 670
670 2.230,1 2.236,7 2.243,2 2.249,8 2.256,4 2.263,0 2.269,9 2.276,2 2.282,8 2.289,5 2.296,1 680
680 2.296,1 2.302,7 2.309,4 2.316,1 2.322,7 2.329,4 2.336,1 2.342,8 2.349,5 2.356,2 2.362,9 690
690 2.362,9 2.369,7 2.376,4 2.383,2 2.389,9 2.396,7 2.403,4 2.410,2 2.417,0 2.423,8 2.430,6 700
700 2.430,6 2.437,4 2.444,3 2.451,1 2.457,9 2.464,8 2.471,6 2.478,5 2.485,4 2.492,3 2.499,2 710
710 2.499,2 2.506,1 2.513,0 2.519,9 2.526,8 2.533,7 2.540,7 2.547,6 2.554,6 2.561,6 2.568,5 720
720 2.568,5 2.575,5 2.582,5 2.589,5 2.596,5 2.603,5 2.610,6 2.617,6 2.624,7 2.631,7 2.638,8 730
730 2.638,8 2.645,8 2.652,9 2.660,0 2.667,1 2.674,2 2.681,3 2.688,4 2.695,5 2.702,7 2.709,8 740
740 2.709,8 2.717,0 2.724,1 2.731,3 2.738,5 2.745,7 2.752,9 2.760,1 2.767,3 2.774,5 2.781,7 750

CONSISTEC 87
termopar B NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
750 2.781,7 2.789,0 2.796,2 2.803,5 2.810,7 2.818,0 2.825,3 2.832,6 2.839,8 2.847,2 2.854,5 760
760 2.854,5 2.861,8 2.869,1 2.876,4 2.883,8 2.891,1 2.898,5 2.905,9 2.913,2 2.920,6 2.928,0 770
770 2.928,0 2.935,4 2.942,8 2.950,2 2.957,7 2.965,1 2.972,6 2.980,0 2.987,5 2.994,9 3.002,4 780
780 3.002,4 3.009,9 3.017,4 30024,9 3.032,4 3.039,9 3.047,4 3.055,0 3.062,5 3.070,0 3.077,6 790
790 3.077,6 3.085,2 3.092,7 3.100,3 3.107,9 3.155,5 3.123,1 3.130,7 3.138,3 3.146,0 3.153,6 800
800 3.153,6 3.161,3 3.168,9 3.176,6 3.184,2 3.191,9 3.199,6 3.207,3 3.215,0 3.222,7 3.230,4 810
810 3.230,4 3.238,2 3.245,9 3.253,6 3.261,4 3.269,1 3.276,9 3.284,7 3.292,5 3.300,2 3.308,0 820
820 3.308,0 3.315,8 3.323,7 3.331,5 3.339,3 3.347,1 3.355,0 3.362,8 3.370,7 3.378,6 3.386,4 830
830 3.386,4 3.394,3 3.402,2 3.410,1 3.418,0 3.425,9 3.433,9 3.441,8 3.449,7 3.457,7 3.465,6 840
840 3.465,6 3.473,6 3.481,6 3.489,5 3.497,5 3.505,5 3.513,5 3.521,5 3.529,6 3.537,6 3.545,6 850
850 3.545,6 3.553,7 3.561,7 3.569,8 3.577,8 3.585,9 3.594,0 3.602,1 3.610,1 3.618,2 3.626,4 860
860 3.626,4 3.634,5 3.642,6 3.650,7 3.658,9 3.667,0 3.675,2 3.683,3 3.691,5 3.699,7 3.707,9 870
870 3.707,9 3.716,1 3.724,3 3.732,5 3.740,7 3.748,9 3.757,1 3.765,4 3.773,6 3.781,9 3.790,1 880
880 3.790,1 3.798,4 3.806,7 3.815,0 3.823,3 3.831,6 3.839,9 3.848,2 3.856,5 3.864,8 3.873,2 890
890 3.873,2 3.881,5 3.889,9 3.898,2 3.906,6 3.915,0 3.923,3 3.931,7 3.940,1 3.948,5 3.956,9 900
900 3.956,9 3.965,4 3.973,8 3.982,2 3.990,7 3.999,1 4.007,6 4.016,0 4.024,5 4.033,0 4.041,5 910
910 4.041,5 4.050,0 4.058,5 4.067,0 4.075,5 4.084,0 4.092,5 4.101,1 4.109,6 4.118,2 4.126,7 920
920 4.126,7 4.135,3 4.143,8 4.152,4 4.161,0 4.169,6 4.178,2 4.186,8 4.195,4 4.204,1 4.212,7 930
930 4.212,7 4.221,3 4.230,0 4.238,6 4.247,3 4.255,9 4.264,6 4.273,3 4.282,0 4.290,7 4.299,4 940
940 4.299,4 4.308,1 4.316,8 4.325,5 4.334,3 4.343,0 4.351,7 4.360,5 4.369,3 4.378,0 4.386,8 950
950 4.386,8 4.395,6 4.404,4 4.413,2 4.422,0 4.430,8 4.439,6 4.448,4 4.457,2 4.466,1 4.474,9 960
960 4.474,9 4.483,8 4.492,6 4.501,5 4.510,4 4.519,2 4.528,1 4.537,0 4.545,9 4.554,8 4.563,7 970
970 4.563,7 4.572,6 4.581,6 4.590,5 4.599,5 4.608,4 4.617,4 4.626,3 4.635,3 4.644,3 4.653,2 980
980 4.653,2 4.662,2 4.671,2 4.680,2 4.689,2 4.698,3 4.707,3 4.716,3 4.725,4 4.734,4 4.743,4 990
990 4.743,4 4.752,5 4.761,6 4.770,6 4.779,7 4.788,8 4.797,9 4.807,0 4.816,1 4.825,2 4.834,3 1000
1000 4.834,3 4.843,5 4.852,6 4.861,7 4.870,9 4.880,0 4.889,2 4.898,4 4.907,5 4.916,7 4.925,9 1010
1010 4.925,9 4.935,1 4.944,3 4.953,5 4.962,7 4.971,9 4.981,2 4.990,4 4.999,6 5.008,9 5.018,1 1020
1020 5.018,1 5.027,4 5.036,7 5.045,9 5.055,2 5.064,5 5.073,8 5.083,1 5.092,4 5.101,7 5.111,0 1030
1030 5.111,0 5.120,4 5.129,7 5.139,0 5.148,4 5.157,7 5.167,1 5.176,5 5.185,8 5.195,2 5.204,6 1040
1040 5.204,6 5.214,0 5.223,4 5.232,8 5.242,2 5.251,6 5.261,1 5.270,5 5.279,9 5.289,4 5.298,8 1050
1050 5.298,8 5.308,3 5.317,8 5.327,2 5.336,7 5.346,2 5.355,7 5.365,2 5.374,7 5.384,2 5.393,7 1060
1060 5.393,7 5.403,2 5.412,7 5.422,3 5.431,8 5.441,4 5.450,9 5.460,5 5.470,0 5.479,6 5.489,2 1070
1070 5.489,2 5.498,8 5.508,4 5.518,0 5.527,6 5.537,2 5.546,8 5.556,4 5.566,1 5.575,7 5.585,3 1080
1080 5.585,3 5.595,0 5.604,7 5.614,3 5.624,0 5.633,7 5.643,3 5.653,0 5.662,7 5.672,4 5.682,1 1090
1090 5.682,1 5.691,8 5.701,5 5.711,3 5.721,0 5.730,7 5.740,5 5.750,2 5.760,0 5.769,7 5.779,5 1100
1100 5.779,5 5.789,3 5.799,1 5.808,9 5.818,6 5.828,4 5.838,3 5.848,1 5.857,9 5.867,7 5.877,5 1110
1110 5.877,5 5.887,4 5.897,2 5.907,1 5.916,9 5.926,8 5.936,6 5.946,5 5.956,4 5.966,3 5.976,2 1120
1120 5.976,2 5.986,1 5.996,0 6.005,9 6.015,8 6.025,7 6.035,6 6.045,6 6.055,5 6.065,4 6.075,4 1130
1130 6.075,4 6.085,3 6.095,3 6.105,3 6.115,3 6.125,2 6.135,2 6.145,2 6.155,2 6.165,2 6.175,2 1140
1140 6.175,2 6.185,2 6.195,3 6.205,3 6.215,3 6.225,4 6.235,4 6.245,5 6.255,5 6.265,6 6.275,6 1150
1150 6.275,6 6.285,7 6.295,8 6.305,9 6.316,0 6.326,1 6.336,2 6.346,3 6.356,4 6.366,5 6.376,7 1160
1160 6.376,7 6.386,8 6.396,9 6.407,1 6.417,2 6.427,4 6.437,5 6.447,7 6.457,9 6.468,1 6.478,3 1170
1170 6.478,3 6.488,4 6.498,6 6.508,8 6.519,0 6.529,3 6.539,5 6.549,7 6.559,9 6.570,2 6.580,4 1180
1180 6.580,4 6.590,7 6.600,9 6.611,2 6.621,4 6.631,7 6.642,0 6.652,3 6.662,6 6.672,8 6.683,1 1190
1190 6.683,1 6.693,4 6.703,8 6.714,1 6.724,4 6.734,7 6.745,0 6.755,4 6.765,7 6.776,1 6.786,4 1200
1200 6.786,4 6.796,8 6.807,2 6.817,5 6.827,9 6.838,3 6.848,7 6.859,1 6.869,5 6.879,9 6.890,3 1210
1210 6.890,3 6.900,7 6.911,1 6.921,5 6.932,0 6.942,4 6.952,8 6.963,3 6.973,7 6.984,2 6.994,6 1220
1220 6.994,6 7.005,1 7.015,6 7.026,1 7.036,5 7.047,0 7.057,5 7.068.0 7.078,5 7.089,0 7.099,6 1230
1230 7.099,6 7.110,1 7.120,6 7.131,1 7.141,7 7.152,2 7.162,8 7.173,3 7.183,9 7.194,4 7.205,0 1240
1240 7.205,0 7.215,6 7.226,2 7.236,7 7.247,3 7.257,9 7.268,5 7.279,1 7.289,7 7.300,3 7.311,0 1250
1250 7.311,0 7.321,6 7.332,2 7.342,8 7.353,5 7.364,1 7.374,8 7.385,4 7.396,1 7.406,8 7.417,4 1260
1260 7.417,4 7.428,1 7.438,8 7.449,5 7.460,2 7.470,9 7.481,6 7.492,3 7.503,0 7.513,7 7.524,4 1270
1270 7.524,4 7.535,1 7.545,9 7.556,6 7.567,3 7.578,1 7.588,8 7.599,6 7.610,3 7.621,1 7.631,9 1280
1280 7.631,9 7.642,6 7.653,4 7.664,2 7.675,0 7.685,8 7.696,6 7.707,4 7.718,2 7.729,0 7.739,8 1290
1290 7.739,8 7.750,6 7.761,5 7.772,3 7.783,1 7.794,0 7.804,8 7.815,7 7.826,5 7.837,4 7.848,2 1300
1300 7.848,2 7.859,1 7.870,0 7.880,9 7.891,7 7.902,6 7.913,5 7.924,4 7.935,3 7.946,2 7.957,1 1310
1310 7.957,1 7.968,0 7.979,0 7.989,9 8.000,8 8.011,7 8.022,7 8.033,6 8.044,6 8.055,5 8.066,5 1320
1320 8.066,5 8.077,4 8.088,4 8.099,4 8.110,3 8.121,3 8.132,3 8.143,3 8.154,3 8.165,3 8.176,2 1330
1330 8.176,2 8.187,3 8.198,3 8.209,3 8.220,3 8.231,3 8.242,3 8.253,4 8.264,4 8.275,4 8.286,5 1340
1340 8.286,5 8.297,5 8.308,6 8.349,6 8.330,7 8.341,7 8.352,8 8.363,9 8.374,9 8.386,0 8.397,1 1350
1350 8.397,1 8.408,2 8.419,3 8.430,4 8.441,5 8.452,6 8.463,7 8.474,8 8.485,9 8.497,0 8.508,2 1360
1360 8.508,2 8.519,3 8.530,4 8.541,5 8.552,7 8.563,8 8.575,0 8.586,1 8.597,3 8.608,4 8.619,6 1370
1370 8.619,6 8.630,8 8.641,9 8.653,1 8.664,3 8.675,5 8.686,7 8.697,8 8.709,0 8.720,2 8.731,4 1380
1380 8.731,4 8.742,6 8.753,8 8.765,1 8.776,3 8.787,5 8.798,7 8.809,9 8.821,2 8.832,4 8.843,6 1390
1390 8.843,6 8.854,9 8.866,1 8.877,4 8.888,6 8.899,9 8.911,1 8.922,4 8.933,7 8.944,9 8.956,2 1400
1400 8.956,2 8.967,5 8.978,8 8.990,1 9.001,3 9.012,6 9.023,9 9.035,2 9.046,5 9.057,8 9.069,1 1410
1410 9.069,1 9.080,5 9.091,8 9.103,1 9.114,4 9.125,7 9.137,1 9.148,4 9.159,7 9.171,1 9.182,4 1420
1420 9.182,4 9.193,7 9.205,1 9.216,4 9.227,8 9.239,2 9.250,5 9.261,9 9.273,3 9.284,6 9.296,0 1430
1430 9.296,0 9.307,4 9.318,7 9.330,1 9.341,5 9.352,9 9.364,3 9.375,7 9.387,1 9.398,5 9.409,9 1440
1440 9.409,9 9.421,3 9.432,7 9.444,1 9.455,5 9.467,0 9.478,4 9.489,8 9.501,2 9.512,7 9.524,1 1450
1450 9.524,1 9.535,5 9.547,0 9.558,4 9.569,8 9.581,3 9.592,7 9.604,2 9.615,7 9.627,1 9.638,6 1460
1460 9.638,6 9.650,0 9.661,5 9.673,0 9.684,4 9.695,9 9.707,4 9.718,9 9.730,4 9.741,8 9.753,3 1470
1470 9.753,3 9.764,8 9.776,3 9.787,8 9.799,3 9.810,8 9.822,3 9.833,8 9.845,3 9.856,8 9.868,3 1480
1480 9.868,3 9.879,8 9.891,4 9.902,9 9.914,4 9.925,9 9.937,5 9.949,0 9.960,5 9.972,0 9.983,6 1490
1490 9.983,6 9.995,1 10.006,7 10.018,2 10.029,7 10.041,3 10.052,8 10.064,4 10.075,9 10.087,5 10.099,1 1500

88 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar B
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
1500 10.099,1 10.110,6 10.122,2 10.133,7 10.145,3 10.156,9 10.168,5 10.180,0 10.191,6 10.203,2 10.214,8 1510
1510 10.214,8 10.226,3 10.237,9 10.249,5 10.261,1 10.272,7 10.284,3 10.295,9 10.307,4 10.319,0 10.330,6 1520
1520 10.330,6 10.342,2 10.353,8 10.365,4 10.377,0 10.388,7 10.400,3 10.411,9 10.423,5 10.435,1 10.446,7 1530
1530 10.446,7 10.458,3 10.469,9 10.481,6 10.493,2 10.504,8 10.516,4 10.528,1 10.539,7 10.551,3 10.562,9 1540
1540 10.562,9 10.574,6 10.586,2 10.597,8 10.609,5 10.621,1 10.632,8 10.644,4 10.656,0 10.667,7 10.679,3 1550
1550 10.679,3 10.691,0 10.702,6 10.714,3 10.725,9 10.737,6 10.749,2 10.760,9 10.772,5 10.784,2 10.795,9 1560
1560 10.795,9 10.807,5 10.819,2 10.830,8 10.842,5 10.854,2 10.865,8 10.877,5 10.889,2 10.900,8 10.912,5 1570
1570 10.912,5 10.924,2 10.935,8 10.947,5 10.959,2 10.970,9 10.982,5 10.994,2 11.005,9 11.017,6 11.029,3 1580
1580 11.029,3 11.040,9 11.052,6 11.064,3 11.076,0 11.087,7 11.099,3 11.111,0 11.122,7 11.134,4 11.146,1 1590
1590 11.146,1 11.157,8 11.169,5 11.181,2 11.192,8 11.204,5 11.216,2 11.227,9 11.239,6 11.251,3 11.263,0 1600
1600 11.263,0 11.274,7 11.286,4 11.298,1 11.309,8 11.321,5 11.333,2 11.344,9 11.356,6 11.368,3 11.380,0 1610
1610 11.380,0 11.391,7 11.403,4 11.415,1 11.426,8 11.438,5 11.450,2 11.461,9 11.473,6 11.485,3 11.497,0 1620
1620 11.497,0 11.508,7 11.520,4 11.532,1 11.543,8 11.555,5 11.567,2 11.578,9 11.590,6 11.602,3 11.619,0 1630
1630 11.614,0 11.625,7 11.637,4 11.649,1 11.660,8 11.672,5 11.684,2 11.695,9 11.707,6 11.719,3 11.731,1 1640
1640 11.731,1 11.742,8 11.754,5 11.766,2 11.777,9 11.789,6 11.801,3 11.813,0 11.824,7 11.836,4 11.848,1 1650
1650 11.848,1 11.859,8 11.871,5 11.883,2 11.894,9 11.906,6 11.918,3 11.930,0 11.941,7 11.953,4 11.965,1 1660
1660 11.965,1 11.976,8 11.988,5 12.000,2 12.011,9 12.023,6 12.035,3 12.047,0 12.058,7 12.070,4 12.082,1 1670
1670 12.082,1 12.093,8 12.105,4 12.117,1 12.128,8 12.140,5 12.152,2 12.163,9 12.175,6 12.187,3 12.199,0 1680
1680 12.199,0 12.210,7 12.222,3 12.234,0 12.245,7 12.257,4 12.269,1 12.280,8 12.292,4 12.304,1 12.315,8 1690
1690 12.315,8 12.327,5 12.339,2 12.350,8 12.362,5 12.374,2 12.385,9 12.397,5 12.409,2 12.420,9 12.432,5 1700
1700 12.432,5 12.444,2 12.455,9 12.467,5 12.479,2 12.490,9 12.502,5 12.514,2 12.525,9 12.537,5 12.549,2 1710
1710 12.549,2 12.560,8 12.572,5 12.584,1 12.595,8 12.607,5 12.619,1 12.630,8 12.642,4 12.654,0 12.665,7 1720
1720 12.665,7 12.677,3 12.689,0 12.700,6 12.712,3 12.723,9 12.735,5 12.747,2 12.758,8 12.770,4 12.782,1 1730
1730 12.782,1 12.793,7 12.805,3 12.816,9 12.828,6 12.840,2 12.851,8 12.863,4 12.875,0 12.886,7 12.898,3 1740
1740 12.898,3 12.909,9 12.921,5 12.933,1 12.944,7 12.956,3 12.967,9 12.979,5 12.991,1 13.002,7 13.014,3 1750
1750 13.014,3 13.025,9 13.037,5 13.049,1 13.060,7 13.072,3 13.083,8 13.095,4 13.107,0 13.118,6 13.130,2 1760
1760 13.130,2 13.141,7 13.153,3 13.164,9 13.176,4 13.188,0 13.199,6 13.211,1 13.222,7 13.234,2 13.245,8 1770
1770 13.245,8 13.257,4 13.268,9 13.280,5 13.292,0 13.303,5 13.315,1 13.326,6 13.338,2 13.349,7 13.361,2 1780
1780 13.361,2 13.372,7 13.384,3 13.395,8 13.407,3 13.418,8 13.430,4 13.441,9 13.453,4 13.464,9 13.476,4 1790
1790 13.476,4 13.487,9 13.499,4 13.510,9 13.522,4 13.533,9 13.545,4 13.556,9 13.568,3 13.579,8 13.591,3 1800
1800 13.591,3 13.602,8 13.614,3 13.625,7 13.637,2 13.648,7 13.660,1 13.671,6 13.683,0 13.694,5 13.705,9 1810
1810 13.705,9 13.717,4 13.728,8 13.740,3 13.751,7 13.763,1 13.774,6 13.786,0 13.797,4 13.808,9 13.820,3 1820
1820 13.820,3

CONSISTEC 89
termopar S NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-40 -194,4 -198,7 -202,9 -207,1 -211,3 -215,4 -219,5 -223,5 -227,6 -231,6 -235,6 -50
-30 -150,1 -154,7 -159,2 -163,7 -168,2 -172,6 -177,1 -181,4 -185,8 -190,1 -194,4 -40
-20 -102,8 -107,7 -112,5 -117,3 -122,1 -126,8 -131,5 -136,2 -140,9 -145,5 -150,1 -30
-10 -52,7 -57,9 -63,0 -68,1 -73,1 -78,1 -83,1 -88,1 -93,0 -97,9 -102,8 -20
0 0,0 -5,4 -10,8 -16,1 -21,4 -26,7 -32,0 -37,2 -42,4 -47,6 -52,7 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 0,0 5,4 10,9 16,3 21,8 27,3 32,9 38,4 44,0 49,6 55,3 10
10 55,3 60,9 66,6 72,3 78,0 83,8 89.6 95,4 101,2 107,1 112,9 20
20 112,9 118,8 124,7 130,7 136,6 142,6 148,6 154,6 160,7 166,7 172,8 30
30 172,8 178,9 185,1 191,2 197,4 203,6 209,8 216,0 222,3 228,6 234,9 40
40 234,9 241,2 247,5 253,9 260,3 266,7 273,1 279,5 286,0 292,4 298,9 50
50 298,9 305,9 312,0 318,5 325,1 331,7 338,3 344,9 351,6 358,2 364,9 60
60 364,9 371,6 378,3 385,0 391,8 398,6 405,4 412,2 419,0 425,8 432,7 70
70 432,7 439,5 446,4 453,3 460,3 467,2 474,2 481,1 488,1 495,1 502,2 80
80 502,2 509,2 516,3 523,3 530,4 537,5 544,6 551,8 558,9 566,1 573,3 90
90 573,3 580,5 587,7 594,9 602,1 609,4 616,7 624,0 631,3 638,6 645,9 100
100 645,9 653,3 660,6 668,0 675,4 682,8 690,2 697,6 705,1 712,5 720,0 110
110 720,0 727,5 735,0 742,5 750,0 757,6 765,1 772,7 780,3 787,9 795,5 120
120 795,5 803,1 810,7 818,4 826,0 833,7 841,4 849,1 856,8 864,5 872,2 130
130 872,2 880,0 887,7 895,5 903,3 911,1 918,9 926,7 934,6 942,4 950,2 140
140 950,2 958,1 966,0 973,9 981,8 989,7 997,6 1.005,5 1.013,5 1.021,4 1.029,4 150
150 1.029,4 1.037,4 1.045,4 1.053,4 1.061,4 1.069,4 1.077,5 1.085,5 1.093,6 1.101,6 1.109,7 160
160 1.109,7 1.117,8 1.125,9 1.134,0 1.142,1 1.150,2 1.158,4 1.166,5 1.174,7 1.182,8 1.191,0 170
170 1.191,0 1.199,2 1.207,4 1.215,6 1.223,8 1.232,1 1.240,3 1.248,5 1.256,8 1.265,1 1.273,3 180
180 1.273,3 1.281,6 1.289,9 1.298,2 1.306,5 1.314,9 1.323,2 1.331,5 1.339,9 1.348,2 1.356,6 190
190 1.356,6 1.365,0 1.373,4 1.381,8 1.390,2 1.398,6 1.407,0 1.415,4 1.423,9 1.432,3 1.440,8 200
200 1.440,8 1.449,2 1.457,7 1.466,2 1.474,7 1.483,2 1.491,7 1.500,2 1.508,7 1.517,3 1.525,8 210
210 1.525,8 1.534,3 1.542,9 1.551,5 1.560,0 1.568,6 1.577,2 1.585,8 1.594,4 1.603,0 1.611,6 220
220 1.611,6 1.620,3 1.628,9 1.637,5 1.646,2 1.654,8 1.663,5 1.672,2 1.680,8 1.689,5 1.698,2 230
230 1.698,2 1.706,9 1.715,6 1.724,3 1.733,1 1.741,8 1.750,5 1.759,3 1.768,0 1.776,8 1.785,5 240
240 1.785,5 1.794,3 1.803,1 1.811,9 1.820,7 1.829,5 1.838,3 1.847,1 1.855,9 1.864,7 1.873,6 250
250 1.873,6 1.882,4 1.891,3 1.900,1 1.909,0 1.917,8 1.926,7 1.935,6 1.944,5 1.953,4 1.962,3 260
260 1.962,3 1.971,2 1.980,1 1.989,0 1.997,9 2.006,8 2.015,8 2.024,7 2.033,7 2.042,6 2.051,6 270
270 2.051,6 2.060,5 2.069,5 2.078,5 2.087,5 2.096,5 2.105,5 2.114,5 2.123,5 2.132,5 2.141,5 280
280 2.141,5 2.150,5 2.159,6 2.168,6 2.177,6 2.186,7 2.195,7 2.204,8 2.213,8 2.222,9 2.232,0 290
290 2.232,0 2.241,1 2.250,2 2.259,3 2.268,3 2.277,5 2.286,6 2.295,7 2.304,8 2.313,9 2.323,0 300
300 2.323,0 2.332,2 2.341,3 2.350,5 2.359,6 2.368,8 2.377,9 2.387,1 2.396,3 2.405,4 2.414,6 310
310 2.414,6 2.423,8 2.433,0 2.442,2 2.451,4 2.460,6 2.469,8 2.479,0 2.488,2 2.497,5 2.506,7 320
320 2.506,7 2.515,9 2.525,2 2.534,4 2.543,7 2.552,9 2.562,2 2.571,4 2.580,7 2.590,0 2.599,3 330
330 2.599,3 2.608,5 2.617,8 2.627,1 2.636,4 2.645,7 2.655,0 2.664,3 2.673,7 2.683,0 2.692,3 340
340 2.692,3 2.701,6 2.711,0 2.720,3 2.729,6 2.739,0 2.748,3 2.757,7 2.767,0 2.776,4 2.785,8 350
350 2.785,8 2.795,1 2.804,5 2.813,9 2.823,3 2.832,7 2.842,1 2.851,5 2.860,9 2.870,3 2.879,7 360
360 2.879,7 2.889,1 2.898,5 2.907,9 2.917,4 2.926,8 2.936,2 2.945,7 2.955,1 2.964,6 2.974,0 370
370 2.974,0 2.983,5 2.992,9 3.002,4 3.011,9 3.021,3 3.030,8 3.040,3 3.049,8 3.059,2 3.068,7 380
380 3.068,7 3.078,2 3.087,7 3.097,2 3.106,7 3.116,3 3.125,8 3.135,3 3.144,8 3.154,3 3.163,9 390
390 3.163,9 3.173,4 3.182,9 3.192,5 3.202,0 3.211,6 3.221,1 3.230,7 3.240,2 3.249,8 3.259,4 400
400 3.259,4 3.268,9 3.278,5 3.288,1 3.297,7 3.307,2 3.316,8 3.326,4 3.336,0 3.345,6 3.355,2 410
410 3.355,2 3.364,8 3.374,4 3.384,1 3.393,7 3.403,3 3.412,9 3.422,5 3.432,2 3.441,8 3.451,4 420
420 3.451,4 3.461,1 3.470,7 3.480,4 3.490,0 3.499,7 3.509,4 3.519,0 3.528,7 3.538,3 3.548,0 430
430 3.548,0 3.557,7 3.567,4 3.577,1 3.586,7 3.596,4 3.606,1 3.615,8 3.625,5 3.635,2 3.644,9 440
440 3.644,9 3.654,6 3.664,4 3.674,1 3.683,8 3.693,5 3.703,3 3.713,0 3.722,7 3.732,5 3.742,2 450
450 3.742,2 3.751,9 3.761,7 3.771,4 3.781,2 3.790,9 3.800,7 3.810,5 3.820,2 3.830,0 3.839,8 460
460 3.839,8 3.849,5 3.859,3 3.869,1 3.878,9 3.888,7 3.898,5 3.908,3 3.918,1 3.927,9 3.937,7 470
470 3.937,7 3.947,5 3.957,3 3.967,1 3.976,9 3.986,7 3.996,6 4.006,4 4.016,2 4.026,1 4.035,9 480
480 4.035,9 4.045,7 4.055,6 4.065,4 4.075,3 4.085,1 4.095,0 4.104,8 4.114,7 4.124,6 4.134,4 490
490 4.134,4 4.144,3 4.154,2 4.164,1 4.173,9 4.183,8 4.193,7 4.203,6 4.213,5 4.223,4 4.233,3 500
500 4.233,3 4.243,2 4.253,1 4.263,0 4.272,9 4.282,8 4.292,8 4.302,7 4.312,6 4.322,5 4.332,5 510
510 4.332,5 4.342,4 4.352,3 4.362,3 4.372,2 4.382,2 4.392,1 4.402,1 4.412,0 4.422,0 4.431,9 520
520 4.431,9 4.441,9 4.451,9 4.461,8 4.471,8 4.481,8 4.491,8 4.501,7 4.511,7 4.521,7 4.531,7 530
530 4.531,7 4.541,7 4.551,7 4.561,7 4.571,7 4.581,7 4.591,7 4.601,7 4.611,7 4.621,8 4.631,8 540
540 4.631,8 4.641,8 4.651,8 4.661,9 4.671,9 4.681,9 4.692,0 4.702,0 4.712,1 4.722,1 4.732,2 550
550 4.732,2 4.742,2 4.752,3 4.762,3 4.772,4 4.782,5 4.792,6 4.802,6 4.812,7 4.822,8 4.832,9 560
560 4.832,9 4.842,9 4.853,0 4.863,1 4.873,2 4.883,3 4.893,4 4.903,5 4.913,6 4.923,7 4.933,9 570
570 4.933,9 4.944,0 4.954,1 4.964,2 4.974,3 4.984,5 4.994,6 5.004,7 5.014,9 5.025,0 5.035,2 580
580 5.035,2 5.045,3 5.055,5 5.065,6 5.075,8 5.085,9 5.096,1 5.106,3 5.116,4 5.126,6 5.136,8 590
590 5.136,8 5.147,0 5.157,1 5.167,3 5.177,5 5.187,7 5.197,9 5.208,1 5.218,3 5.228,5 5.238,7 600
600 5.238,7 5.248,9 5.259,1 5.269,3 5.279,5 5.289,8 5.300,0 5.310,2 5.320,4 5.330,7 5.340,9 610
610 5.340,9 5.351,2 5.361,4 5.371,6 5.381,9 5.392,1 5.402,4 5.412,7 5.422,9 5.433,2 5.443,5 620
620 5.443,5 5.453,7 5.464,0 5.474,3 5.484,6 5.494,8 5.505,1 5.515,4 5.525,7 5.536,0 5.546,3 630
630 5.546,3 5.556,6 5.566,9 5.577,2 5.587,5 5.597,9 5.608,2 5.618,5 5.628,8 5.639,1 5.649,5 640
640 5.649,5 5.659,8 5.670,1 5.680,5 5.690,8 5.701,2 5.711,5 5.721,9 5.732,2 5.742,6 5.753,0 650
650 5.753,0 5.763,3 5.773,7 5.784,1 5.794,4 5.804,8 5.815,2 5.825,6 5.836,0 5.846,4 5.856,8 660
660 5.856,8 5.867,2 5.877,6 5.888,0 5.898,4 5.908,8 5.919,2 5.929,6 5.940,0 5.950,5 5.960,9 670
670 5.960,9 5.971,3 5.981,8 5.992,2 6.002,6 6.013,1 6.023,5 6.034,0 6.044,4 6.054,9 6.065,4 680
680 6.065,4 6.075,8 6.086,3 6.096,8 6.107,2 6.117,7 6.128,2 6.138,7 6.149,2 6.159,6 6.170,1 690
690 6.170,1 6.180,6 6.191,1 6.201,6 6.212,1 6.222,6 6.233,2 6.243,7 6.254,2 6.264,7 6.275,2 700

90 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar S
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
700 6.275,2 6.285,8 6.296,3 6.306,8 6.317,4 6.327,9 6.338,5 6.349,0 6.359,6 6.370,1 6.380,7 710
710 6.380,7 6.391,3 6.401,8 6.412,4 6.423,0 6.433,5 6.444,1 6.454,7 6.465,3 6.475,9 6.486,5 720
720 6.486,5 6.497,1 6.507,7 6.518,3 6.528,9 6.539,5 6.550,1 6.560,7 6.571,3 6.582,0 6.592,6 730
730 6.592,6 6.603,2 6.613,9 6.624,5 6.635,1 6.645,8 6.656,4 6.667,1 6.677,7 6.688,4 6.699,0 740
740 6.699,0 6.709,7 6.720,4 6.731,0 6.741,7 6.752,4 6.763,1 6.773,8 6.784,5 6.795,1 6.805,8 750
750 6.805,8 6.816,5 6.827,2 6.837,9 6.848,7 6.859,4 6.870,1 6.880,8 6.891,5 6.902,2 6.913,0 760
760 6.913,0 6.923,7 6.934,4 6.945,2 6.955,9 6.966,7 6.977,4 6.988,2 6.998,9 7.009,7 7.020,5 770
770 7.020,5 7.031,2 7.042,0 7.052,8 7.063,5 7.074,3 7.085,1 7.095,9 7.106,7 7.117,5 7.128,3 780
780 7.128,3 7.139,1 7.149,9 7.160,7 7.171,5 7.182,3 7.193,1 7.204,0 7.214,8 7.225,6 7.236,5 790
790 7.236,5 7.247,3 7.258,1 7.269,0 7.279,8 7.290,7 7.301,5 7.312,4 7.323,2 7.334,1 7.345,0 800
800 7.345,0 7.355,9 7.366,7 7.377,6 7.388,5 7.399,4 7.410,3 7.421,2 7.432,0 7.442,9 7.453,9 810
810 7.453,9 7.464,8 7.475,7 7.486,6 7.497,5 7.508,4 7.519,3 7.530,3 7.541,2 7.552,1 7.563,1 820
820 7.563,1 7.574,0 7.585,0 7.595,9 7.606,9 7.617,8 7.628,8 7.639,7 7.650,7 7.661,7 7.672,6 830
830 7.672,6 7.683,6 7.694,6 7.705,6 7.716,6 7.727,5 7.738,5 7.749,5 7.760,5 7.771,5 7.782,5 840
840 7.782,5 7.793,6 7.804,6 7.815,6 7.826,6 7.837,6 7.848,7 7.859,7 7.870,7 7.881,8 7.892,8 850
850 7.892,8 7.903,8 7.914,9 7.925,9 7.937,0 7.948,1 7.959,1 7.970,2 7.981,3 7.992,3 8.003,4 860
860 8.003,4 8.014,5 8.025,6 8.036,7 8.047,7 8.058,8 8.069,9 8.081,0 8.092,1 8.103,2 8.114,3 870
870 8.114,3 8.125,5 8.136,6 8.147,7 8.158,8 8.170,0 8.181,1 8.192,2 8.203,4 8.214,5 8.225,6 880
880 8.225,6 8.236,8 8.247,9 8.259,1 8.270,3 8.281,4 8.292,6 8.303,7 8.314,9 8.326,1 8.337,3 890
890 8.337,3 8.348,5 8.359,6 8.370,8 8.382,0 8.393,2 8.404,4 8.415,6 8.426,8 8.438,0 8.449,2 900
900 8.449,2 8.460,5 8.471,7 8.482,9 8.494,1 8.505,4 8.516,6 8.527,8 8.539,1 8.550,3 8.561,6 910
910 8.561,6 8.572,8 8.584,1 8.595,3 8.606,6 8.617,8 8.629,1 8.640,4 8.651,6 8.662,9 8.674,2 920
920 8.674,2 8.685,5 8.696,8 8.708,1 8.719,3 8.730,6 8.741,9 8.753,2 8.764,5 8.775,9 8.787,2 930
930 8.787,2 8.798,5 8.809,8 8.821,1 8.832,5 8.843,8 8.855,1 8.866,4 8.877,8 8.889,1 8.900,5 940
940 8.900,5 8.911,8 8.923,2 8.934,5 8.945,9 8.957,2 8.968,6 8.980,0 8.991,4 9.002,7 9.014,1 950
950 9.014,1 9.025,5 9.036,9 9.048,3 9.059,7 9.071,0 9.082,4 9.093,8 9.105,2 9.116,7 9.128,1 960
960 9.128,1 9.139,5 9.150,9 9.162,3 9.173,7 9.185,2 9.196,6 9.208,0 9.219,5 9.230,9 9.242,3 970
970 9.242,3 9.253,8 9.265,2 9.276,7 9.288,1 9.299,6 9.311,1 9.322,5 9.334,0 9.345,5 9.356,9 980
980 9.356,9 9.368,4 9.379,9 9.391,4 9.402,9 9.414,4 9.425,9 9.437,4 9.448,9 9.460,4 9.471,9 990
990 9.471,9 9.483,4 9.494,9 9.506,4 9.517,9 9.529,4 9.541,0 9.552,5 9.564,0 9.575,6 9.587,1 1000
1000 9.587,1 9.598,6 9.610,2 9.621,7 9.633,3 9.644,8 9.656,4 9.668,0 9.679,5 9.691,1 9.702,6 1010
1010 9.702,6 9.714,2 9.725,8 9.737,4 9.749,0 9.760,5 9.772,1 9.783,7 9.795,3 9.806,9 9.818,5 1020
1020 9.818,5 9.830,1 9.841,7 9.853,3 9.864,9 9.876,6 9.888,2 9.899,8 9.911,4 9.923,1 9.934,7 1030
1030 9.934,7 9.946,3 9.958,0 9.969,6 9.981,3 9.992,9 10.004,6 10.016,2 10.027,9 10.039,5 10.051,2 1040
1040 10.051,2 10.062,9 10.074,5 10.086,2 10.097,9 10109,6 10.121,2 10.132,9 10.144,6 10.156,3 10.168,0 1050
1050 10.168,0 10.179,7 10.191,4 10.203,1 10.214,8 10.226,5 10.238,3 10.250,0 10.261,7 10.273,4 10.285,1 1060
1060 10.285,1 10.296,9 10.308,6 10.320,3 10.332,1 10.343,8 10.355,6 10.367,3 10.379,1 10.390,8 10.402,6 1070
1070 10.402,6 10.414,4 10.426,1 10.437,9 10.449,7 10.461,4 10.473,2 10.485,0 10.496,8 10.508,5 10.520,3 1080
1080 10.520,3 10.532,1 10.543,9 10.555,7 10.567,5 10.579,3 10.591,1 10.602,9 10.614,7 10.626,5 10.638,3 1090
1090 10.638,3 10.650,1 10.661,9 10.673,8 10.685,6 10.697,4 10.709,2 10.721,0 10.732,9 10.744,7 10.756,5 1100
1100 10.756,5 10.768,4 10.780,2 10.792,1 10.803,9 10.815,8 10.827,6 10.839,5 10.851,3 10.863,2 10.875,0 1110
1110 10.875,0 10.886,9 10.898,7 10.910,6 10.922,5 10.934,3 10.946,2 10.958,1 10.970,0 10.981,8 10.993,7 1120
1120 10.993,7 11.005,6 11.017,5 11.029,4 11.041,3 11.053,2 11.065,1 11.077,0 11.088,9 11.100,8 11.112,7 1130
1130 11.112,7 11.124,6 11.136,5 11.148,4 11.160,3 11.172,2 11.184,1 11.196,0 11.208,0 11.219,9 11.231,8 1140
1140 11.231,8 11.243,7 11.255,6 11.267,6 11.279,5 11.291,4 11.303,4 11.315,3 11.327,3 11.339,2 11.351,1 1150
1150 11.351,1 11.363,1 11.375,0 11.387,0 11.398,9 11.410,9 11.422,8 11.434,8 11.446,8 11.458,7 11.470,7 1160
1160 11.470,7 11.482,6 11.494,6 11.506,6 11.518,5 11.530,5 11.542,5 11.554,5 11.566,4 11.578,4 11.590,4 1170
1170 11.590,4 11.602,4 11.614,4 11.626,3 11.638,3 11.650,3 11.662,3 11.674,3 11.686,3 11.698,3 11.710,3 1180
1180 11.710,3 11.722,3 11.734,3 11.746,3 11.758,3 11.770,3 11.782,3 11.794,3 11.806,3 11.818,3 11.830,3 1190
1190 11.830,3 11.842,4 11.854,4 11.866,4 11.878,4 11.890,4 11.902,4 11.914,5 11.926,5 11.938,5 11.950,5 1200
1200 11.950,5 11.962,6 11.974,6 11.986,6 11.998,7 12.010,7 12.022,7 12.034,8 12.046,8 12.058,9 12.070,9 1210
1210 12.070,9 12.082,9 12.095,0 12.107,0 12.119,1 12.131,1 12.143,2 12.155,2 12.167,3 12.179,3 12.191,4 1220
1220 12.191,4 12.203,5 12.215,5 12.227,6 12.239,6 12.251,7 12.263,8 12.275,8 12.287,9 12.299,9 12.312,0 1230
1230 12.312,0 12.324,1 12.336,2 12.348,2 12.360,3 12.372,4 12.384,4 12.396,5 12.408,6 12.420,7 12.432,7 1240
1240 12.432,7 12.444,8 12.456,9 12.469,0 12.481,1 12.493,2 12.505,2 12.517,3 12.529,4 12.541,5 12.553,6 1250
1250 12.553,6 12.565,7 12.577,8 12.589,9 12.602,0 12.614,0 12.626,1 12.638,2 12.650,3 12.662,4 12.674,5 1260
1260 12.674,5 12.686,6 12.698,7 12.710,8 12.722,9 12.735,0 12.747,1 12.759,2 12.771,3 12.783,4 12.795,6 1270
1270 12.795,6 12.807,7 12.819,8 12.831,9 12.844,0 12.856,1 12.868,2 12.880,3 12.892,4 12.904,5 12.916,7 1280
1280 12.916,7 12.928,8 12.940,9 12.953,0 12.965,1 12.977,2 12.989,4 13.001,5 13.013,6 13.025,7 13.037,8 1290
1290 13.037,8 13.050,0 13.062,1 13.074,2 13.086,3 13.098,4 13.110,6 13.122,7 13.134,8 13.146,9 13.159,1 1300
1300 13.159,1 13.171,2 13.183,3 13.195,4 13.207,6 13.219,7 13.231,8 13.244,0 13.256,1 13.268,2 13.280,4 1310
1310 13.280,4 13.292,5 13.204,6 13.316,7 13.328,9 13.341,0 13.353,1 13.365,3 13.377,4 13.389,5 13.401,7 1320
1320 13.401,7 13.413,8 13.425,9 13.438,1 13.450,2 13.462,3 13.474,5 13.486,6 13.498,8 13.510,9 13.523,0 1330
1330 13.523,0 13.535,2 13.547,3 13.559,4 13.571,6 13.583,7 13.595,9 13.608,0 13.620,1 13.632,3 13.644,4 1340
1340 13.644,4 13.656,5 13.668,7 13.680,8 13.693,0 13.705,1 13.717,2 13.729,4 13.741,5 13.753,7 13.765,8 1350
1350 13.765,8 13.777,9 13.790,1 13.802,2 13.814,4 13.826,5 13.838,6 13.850,8 13.862,9 13.875,1 13.887,2 1360
1360 13.887,2 13.899,3 13.911,5 13.923,6 13.935,7 13.947,9 13.960,0 13.972,2 13.984,3 13.996,4 14.008,6 1370
1370 14.008,6 14.020,7 14.032,9 14.045,0 14.057,1 14.069,3 14.081,4 14.093,5 14.105,7 14.117,8 14.129,9 1380
1380 14.129,9 14.142,1 14.154,2 14.166,4 14.178,5 14.190,6 14.202,8 14.214,9 14.227,0 14.239,2 14.251,3 1390
1390 14.251,3 14.263,4 14.275,6 14.287,7 14.299,8 14.311,9 14.324,1 14.336,2 14.348,3 14.360,5 14.372,6 1400
1400 14.372,6 14.384,7 14.396,9 14.409,0 14.421,1 14.433,2 14.445,4 14.457,5 14.469,6 14.481,7 14.493,9 1410
1410 14.493,9 14.506,0 14.518,1 14.530,2 14.542,4 14.554,5 14.566,6 14.578,7 14.590,8 14.603,0 14.615,1 1420
1420 14.615,1 14.627,2 14.639,3 14.651,4 14.663,5 14.675,7 14.687,8 14.699,9 14.712,0 14.724,1 14.736,2 1430
1430 14.736,2 14.748,3 14.760,4 14.772,5 14.784,7 14.796,8 14.808,9 14.821,0 14.833,1 14.845,2 14.857,3 1440
1440 14.857,3 14.869,4 14.881,5 14.893,6 14.905,7 14.917,8 14.929,9 14.942,0 14.954,1 14.966,2 14.978,3 1450

CONSISTEC 91
termopar S NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
1450 14.978,3 14.990,4 15.002,5 15.014,6 15.026,7 15.038,7 15.050,8 15.062,9 15.075,0 15.087,1 15.099,2 1460
1460 15.099,2 15.111,3 15.123,3 15.135,4 15.147,5 15.159,6 15.171,7 15.183,7 15.195,8 15.207,9 15.220,0 1470
1470 15.220,0 15.232,1 15.244,1 15.256,2 15.268,3 15.280,3 15.292,4 15.304,5 15.316,5 15.328,6 15.340,7 1480
1480 15.340,7 15.352,7 15.364,8 15.376,8 15.388,9 15.401,0 15.413,0 15.425,1 15.437,1 15.449,2 15.461,2 1490
1490 15.461,2 15.473,3 15.485,3 15.497,4 15.509,4 15.521,5 15.533,5 15.545,6 15.557,6 15.569,6 15.581,7 1500
1500 15.581,7 15.593,7 15.605,7 15.617,8 15.629,8 15.641,8 15.653,9 15.665,9 15.677,9 15.689,9 15.702,0 1510
1510 15.702,0 15.714,0 15.726,0 15.738,0 15.750,0 15.762,1 15.774,1 15.786,1 15.798,1 15.810,1 15.822,1 1520
1520 15.822,1 15.834,1 15.846,1 15.858,1 15.870,1 15.882,1 15.894,1 15.906,1 15.918,1 15.930,1 15.942,1 1530
1530 15.942,1 15.954,1 15.966,1 15.978,1 15.990,1 16.002,0 16.014,0 16.026,0 16.038,0 16.050,0 16.061,9 1540
1540 16.061,9 16.073,9 16.085,9 16.097,8 16.109,8 16.121,8 16.133,7 16.145,7 16.157,7 16.169,6 16.181,6 1550
1550 16.181,6 16.193,5 16.205,5 16.217,4 16.229,4 16.241,3 16.253,3 16.265,2 16.277,2 16.289,1 16.301,0 1560
1560 16.301,0 16.313,0 16.324,9 16.336,8 16.348,8 16.360,7 16.372,6 16.384,6 16.396,5 16.408,4 16.420,3 1570
1570 16.420,3 16.432,2 16.444,1 16.456,0 16.468,0 16.479,9 16.491,8 16.503,7 16.515,6 16.527,5 16.539,4 1580
1580 16.539,4 16.551,3 16.563,2 16.575,0 16.586,9 16.598,8 16.610,7 16.622,6 16.634,5 16.646,3 16.658,2 1590
1590 16.658,2 16.670,1 16.682,0 16.693,8 16.705,7 16.717,6 16.729,4 16.741,3 16.753,1 16.765,0 16.776,8 1600
1600 16.776,8 16.788,7 16.800,5 16.812,4 16.824,2 16.836,1 16.847,9 16.859,7 16.871,6 16.883,4 16.895,2 1610
1610 16.895,2 16.907,1 16.918,9 16.930,7 16.942,5 16.954,3 16.966,2 16.978,0 16.989,8 17.001,6 17.013,4 1620
1620 17.013,4 17.025,2 17.037,0 17.048,8 17.060,6 17.072,4 17.084,1 17.095,9 17.107,7 17.119,5 17.131,3 1630
1630 17.131,3 17.143,1 17.154,8 17.166,6 17.178,4 17.190,1 17.201,9 17.213,6 17.225,4 17.237,2 17.248,9 1640
1640 17.248,9 17.260,7 17.272,4 17.284,2 17.295,9 17.307,6 17.319,4 17.331,1 17.342,8 17.354,6 17.366,3 1650
1650 17.366,3 17.378,0 17.389,7 17.401,4 17.413,1 17.424,9 17.436,6 17.448,3 17.460,0 17.471,7 17.483,4 1660
1660 17.483,4 17.495,1 17.506,7 17.518,4 17.530,1 17.541,8 17.553,5 17.565,2 17.576,8 17.588,5 17.600,2 1670
1670 17.600,2 17.611,8 17.623,5 17.635,1 17.646,8 17.658,4 17.670,0 17.681,7 17.693,3 17.704,9 17.716,5 1680
1680 17.716,5 17.728,1 17.739,7 17.751,3 17.762,9 17.774,5 17.786,1 17.797,7 17.809,2 17.820,8 17.832,3 1690
1690 17.832,3 17.843,9 17.855,4 17.866,9 17.878,4 17.889,9 17.901,4 17.912,9 17.924,4 17.935,8 17.947,3 1700
1700 17.947,3 17.958,7 17.970,2 17.981,6 17.993,0 18.004,4 18.015,8 18.027,2 18.038,6 18.049,9 18.061,3 1710
1710 18.061,3 18.072,6 18.083,9 18.095,3 18.106,6 18.117,8 18.129,1 18.140,4 18.151,6 18.162,9 18.174,1 1720
1720 18.174,1 18.185,3 18.196,5 18.207,6 18.218,8 18.230,0 18.241,1 18.252,2 18.263,3 18.274,4 18.285,5 1730
1730 18.285,5 18.296,5 18.307,6 18.318,6 18.329,6 18.340,6 18.351,5 18.362,5 18.373,4 18.384,4 18.395,3 1740
1740 18.395,3 18.406,1 18.417,0 18.427,9 18.438,7 18.449,5 18.460,3 18.471,1 18.481,8 18.492,5 18.503,3 1750
1750 18.503,3 18.514,0 18.524,6 18.535,3 18.545,9 18.556,5 18.567,1 18.577,7 18.588,2 18.598,8 18.609,3 1760
1760 18.609,3 18.619,8 18.630,2 18.640,7 18.651,1 18.661,5 18.671,8 18.682,2 18.692,5 1770

92 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar R
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-40 -187,7 -191,7 -195,7 -199,7 -203,6 -207,5 -211,4 -215,2 -219,0 -222,7 -226,5 -50
-30 -145,5 -149,9 -154,2 -158,5 -162,8 -167,0 -171,2 -175,4 -179,5 -183,6 -187,7 -40
-20 -100,0 -104,7 -109,4 -114,0 -118,6 -123,2 -127,7 -132,2 -136,7 -141,1 -145,5 -30
-10 -51,5 -56,5 -61,4 -66,4 -71,3 -76,1 -81,0 -85,8 -90,6 -95,3 -100,0 -20
0 0,0 -5,3 -10,5 -15,7 -20,9 -26,1 -31,2 -36,3 -41,4 -46,5 -51,5 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 0,0 5,3 10,6 16,0 21,4 26,8 32,2 37,7 43,2 48,7 54,3 10
10 54,3 59,8 65,4 71,1 76,7 82,4 88,1 93,8 99,6 105,4 111,2 20
20 111,2 117,0 122,9 128,7 134,6 140,6 146,5 152,5 158,5 164,5 170,6 30
30 170,6 176,7 182,8 188,9 195,0 201,2 207,4 213,6 219,9 226,1 232,4 40
40 232,4 238,7 245,0 251,4 257,8 264,2 270,6 277,0 283,5 290,0 296,5 50
50 296,5 303,0 309,6 316,1 322,7 329,4 336,0 342,7 349,3 356,0 362,7 60
60 362,7 369,5 376,2 383,0 389,8 396,7 403,5 410,4 417,2 424,1 431,1 70
70 431,1 438,0 445,0 451,9 458,9 466,0 473,0 480,0 487,1 494,2 501,3 80
80 501,3 508,5 515,6 522,8 530,0 537,2 544,4 551,6 558,9 566,2 573,5 90
90 573,5 580,8 588,1 595,5 602,8 610,2 617,6 625,0 632,5 639,9 647,4 100
100 647,4 654,9 662,4 669,9 667,4 685,0 692,6 700,2 707,8 715,4 723,0 110
110 723,0 730,7 738,3 746,0 753,7 761,4 769,2 776,9 784,7 792,5 800,3 120
120 800,3 808,1 815,9 823,7 831,6 839,5 847,4 855,3 863,2 871,1 879,1 130
130 879,1 887,0 895,0 903,0 911,0 919,0 927,1 935,1 943,2 951,2 959,3 140
140 959,3 967,4 975,5 983,7 991,8 1.000,0 1.008,2 1.016,4 1.024,6 1.032,8 1.041,0 150
150 1.041,0 1.049,3 1.057,5 1.065,8 1.074,1 1.082,4 1.090,7 1.099,0 1.107,3 1.115,7 1.124,1 160
160 1.124,1 1.132,4 1.140,8 1.149,2 1.157,6 1.166,1 1.174,5 1.183,0 1.191,4 1.199,9 1.208,4 170
170 1.208,4 1.216,9 1.225,4 1.233,9 1.242,5 1.251,0 1.259,6 1.268,2 1.276,7 1.285,3 1.294,0 180
180 1.294,0 1.302,6 1.311,2 1.319,9 1.328,5 1.337,2 1.345,9 1.354,6 1.363,3 1.372,0 1.380,7 190
190 1.380,7 1.389,4 1.398,2 1.406,9 1.415,7 1.424,5 1.433,3 1.442,1 1.450,9 1.459,7 1.468,6 200
200 1.468,6 1.477,4 1.486,3 1.495,2 1.504,0 1.512,9 1.421,8 1.530,7 1.539,7 1.548,6 1.557,6 210
210 1.557,6 1.566,5 1.575,5 1.584,4 1.593,4 1.602,4 1.611,4 1.620,5 1.629,5 1.638,5 1.647,6 220
220 1.647,6 1.656,6 1.665,7 1.674,8 1.683,8 1.692,9 1.702,0 1.711,2 1.720,3 1.729,4 1.738,6 230
230 1.738,6 1.747,7 1.756,9 1.766,1 1.775,2 1.784,4 1.793,6 1.802,9 1.812,1 1.821,3 1.830,5 240
240 1.830,5 1.839,8 1.849,0 1.858,3 1.867,6 1.876,9 1.886,2 1.895,5 1.904,8 1.914,1 1.923,4 250
250 1.923,4 1.932,8 1.942,1 1.951,5 1.960,8 1.970,2 1.979,6 1.989,0 1.998,4 2.007,8 2.017,2 260
260 2.017,2 2.026,6 2.036,1 2.045,5 2.055,0 2.064,4 2.073,9 2.083,4 2.092,8 2.102,3 2.111,8 270
270 2.111,8 2.121,4 2.130,9 2.140,4 2.149,9 2.159,5 2.169,0 2.178,6 2.188,1 2.197,7 2.207,3 280
280 2.207,3 2.216,9 2.226,5 2.236,1 2.245,7 2.255,3 2.264,9 2.274,6 2.284,2 2.293,9 2.303,5 290
290 2.303,5 2.313,2 2.322,9 2.332,6 2.342,3 2.352,0 2.361,7 2.371,4 2.381,1 2.390,8 2.400,6 300
300 2.400,6 2.410,3 2.420,0 2.429,8 2.439,6 2.449,3 2.459,1 2.468,9 2.478,7 2.488,5 2.498,3 310
310 2.498,3 2.508,1 2.517,9 2.527,8 2.537,6 2.547,4 2.557,3 2.567,2 2.557,0 2.586,9 2.596,8 320
320 2.596,8 2.606,6 2.616,5 2.626,4 2.636,3 2.646,3 2.656,2 2.666,1 2.676,0 2.686,0 2.695,9 330
330 2.695,9 2.705,9 2.715,8 2.725,8 2.735,8 2.745,7 2.755,7 2.765,7 2.775,7 2.785,7 2.795,7 340
340 2.795,7 2.805,8 2.815,8 2.825,9 2.835,8 2.845,9 2.855,9 2.866,0 2.876,1 2.886,1 2.896,2 350
350 2.896,2 2.906,3 2.916,4 2.926,5 2.936,6 2.946,7 2.956,8 2.966,9 2.977,0 2.987,2 2.997,3 360
360 2.997,3 3.007,5 3.017,6 3.027,8 3.037,9 3.048,1 3.058,3 3.068,4 3.078,6 3.088,8 3.099,0 370
370 3.099,0 3.109,2 3.119,4 3.129,7 3.139,9 3.150,1 3.160,3 3.170,6 3.180,8 3.191,1 3.201,3 380
380 3.201,3 3.211,6 3.221,9 3.232,1 3.242,4 3.252,7 3.263,0 3.273,3 3.283,6 3.293,9 3.304,2 390
390 3.304,2 3.314,5 3.324,9 3.335,2 3.345,5 3.355,9 3.366,2 3.376,6 3.386,9 3.397,3 3.407,7 400
400 3.407,7 3.418,1 3.428,4 3.438,8 3.449,2 3.459,6 3.470,0 3.480,4 3.490,9 3.501,3 3.511,7 410
410 3.511,7 3.522,1 3.532,6 3.543,0 3.553,5 3.563,9 3.574,4 3.584,8 3.595,3 3.605,8 3.616,3 420
420 3.616,3 3.626,7 3.637,2 3.647,7 3.658,2 3.668,7 3.679,3 3.689,8 3.700,3 3.710,8 3.721,4 430
430 3.721,4 3.731,9 3.742,4 3.753,0 3.763,5 3.774,1 3.784,7 3.795,2 3.805,8 3.816,4 3.827,0 440
440 3.827,0 3.837,6 3.848,2 3.858,8 3.869,4 3.880,0 3.890,6 3.901,2 3.911,8 3.922,5 3.933,1 450
450 3.933,1 3.943,7 3.954,4 3.965,0 3.975,7 3.986,4 3.997,0 4.007,7 4.018,4 4.029,1 4.039,7 460
460 4.039,7 4.050,4 4.061,1 4.071,8 4.082,5 4.093,3 4.104,0 4.114,7 4.125,4 4.136,2 4.146,9 470
470 4.146,9 4.157,6 4.168,4 4.179,1 4.189,9 4.200,6 4.211,4 4.222,2 4.233,0 4.243,7 4.254,5 480
480 4.254,5 4.265,3 4.276,1 4.286,9 4.297,7 4.308,5 4.319,3 4.330,2 4.341,0 4.351,8 4.362,6 490
490 4.362,6 4.373,5 3.384,3 4.395,2 4.406,0 4.416,9 4.427,8 4.438,6 4.449,5 4.460,4 4.471,3 500
500 4.471,3 4.482,1 4.493,0 4.503,9 4.514,8 4.525,7 4.536,7 4.547,6 4.558,5 4.569,4 4.580,4 510
510 4.580,4 4.591,3 4.602,2 4.613,2 4.624,1 4.635,1 4.646,0 4.657,0 4.668,0 4.646,0 4.689,9 520
520 4.689,9 4.700,9 4.711,9 4.722,9 4.733,9 4.744,9 4.755,9 4.766,9 4.777,9 4.788,9 4.800,0 530
530 4.800,0 4.811,0 4.822,0 4.833,1 4.844,1 4.855,2 4.866,2 4.877,3 4.888,3 4.899,4 4.910,5 540
540 4.910,5 4.921,6 4.932,6 4.943,7 4.954,8 4.965,9 4.977,0 4.988,1 4.999,2 5.010,4 5.021,5 550
550 5.021,5 5.032,6 5.043,7 5.054,9 5.066,0 5.077,1 5.088,3 5.099,4 5.110,6 5.121,8 5.132,9 560
560 5.132,9 5.144,1 5.155,3 5.166,5 5.177,6 5.188,8 5.200,0 5.211,2 5.222,4 5.233,6 5.244,9 570
570 5.244,9 5.256,1 5.267,3 5.278,5 5.289,8 5.301,0 5.312,2 5.323,5 5.334,7 5.346,0 5.357,3 580
580 5.357,3 5.368,5 5.379,8 5.391,1 5.402,3 5.413,6 5.424,9 5.436,2 5.447,5 5.458,8 5.470,1 590
590 5.470,1 5.481,4 5.492,7 5.504,1 5.515,4 5.526,7 5.538,1 5.549,4 5.560,7 5.572,1 5.583,5 600
600 5.583,5 5.594,8 5.606,2 5.617,5 5.628,9 5.640,3 5.651,7 5.663,1 5.674,5 5.685,9 5.697,3 610
610 5.697,3 5.708,7 5.720,1 5.731,5 5.742,9 5.754,3 5.765,8 5.777,2 5.788,6 5.800,1 5.811,5 620
620 5.811,5 5.823,0 5.834,4 5.845,9 5.857,4 5.868,8 5.880,3 5.891,8 5.903,3 5.914,8 5.926,3 630
630 5.926,3 5.937,8 5.949,3 5.960,8 5.972,3 5.983,8 5.995,3 6.006,9 6.018,4 6.029,9 6.041,5 640
640 6.041,5 6.053,0 6.064,6 6.076,1 6.087,7 6.099,3 6.110,8 6.122,4 6.134,0 6.145,6 6.157,2 650
650 6.157,2 6.168,8 6.180,4 6.192,0 6.203,6 6.215,2 6.226,8 6.238,4 6.250,1 6.261,7 6.273,3 660
660 6.273,3 6.285,0 6.296,6 6.308,3 6.319,9 6.331,6 6.343,3 6.354,9 6.366,6 6.378,3 6.390,0 670
670 6.390,0 6.401,7 6.413,3 6.425,0 6.436,7 6.448,5 6.460,2 6.471,9 6.483,6 6.495,3 6.507,1 680
680 6.507,1 6.518,8 6.530,6 6.542,3 6.554,0 6.565,8 6.577,6 6.589,3 6.601,1 6.612,9 6.624,7 690
690 6.624,7 6.636,4 6.648,2 6.660,0 6.671,8 6.683,6 6.695,4 6.707,3 6.719,1 6.730,9 6.742,7 700

CONSISTEC 93
termopar R NBR 12771:1999

Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
700 6.742,7 6.754,6 6.766,4 6.778,2 6.790,1 6.801,9 6.813,8 6.825,7 6.837,5 6.849,4 6.861,3 710
710 6.861,3 6.873,2 6.885,0 6.896,9 6.908,8 6.920,7 6.932,6 6.944,5 6.956,5 6.968,4 6.980,3 720
720 6.980,3 6.992,2 7.004,2 7.016,1 7.028,0 7.040,0 7.051,9 7.063,9 7.075,9 7.087,8 7.099,8 730
730 7.099,8 7.111,8 7.123,8 7.135,7 7.147,7 7.159,7 7.171,7 7.183,7 7.195,8 7.207,8 7.219,8 740
740 7.219,8 7.231,8 7.243,8 7.255,9 7.267,9 7.280,0 7.292,0 7.304,1 7.316,1 7.328,2 7.340,3 750
750 7.340,3 7.352,3 7.364,4 7.376,5 7.388,6 7.400,7 7.412,8 7.424,9 7.437,0 7.449,1 7.461,2 760
760 7.461,2 7.473,3 7.485,5 7.497,6 7.509,7 7.521,9 7.534,0 7.546,2 7.558,3 7.570,5 7.582,6 770
770 7.582,6 7.594,8 7.607,0 7.619,2 7.631,4 7.643,5 7.655,7 7.667,9 7.680,1 7.692,3 7.704,6 780
780 7.704,6 7.716,8 7.729,0 7.741,2 7.753,5 7.765,7 7.777,9 7.790,2 7.802,4 7.814,7 7.827,0 790
790 7.827,0 7.839,2 7.851,5 7.863,8 7.876,1 7.888,3 7.900,6 7.912,9 7.925,2 7.937,5 7.949,8 800
800 7.949,8 7.962,2 7.974,5 7.986,8 7.999,1 8.011,5 8.023,8 8.036,1 8.048,5 8.060,8 8.073,2 810
810 8.073,2 8.085,6 8.097,9 8.110,3 8.122,7 8.135,1 8.147,4 8.159,8 8.172,2 8.184,6 8.197,0 820
820 8.197,0 8.209,5 8.221,9 8.234,3 8.246,7 8.259,1 8.271,6 8.284,0 8.296,5 8.308,9 8.321,4 830
830 8.321,4 8.333,8 8.346,3 8.358,7 8.371,2 8.383,7 8.396,2 8.408,7 8.421,2 8.433,7 8.446,2 840
840 8.446,2 8.458,7 8.471,2 8.483,7 8.496,2 8.508,7 8.521,3 8.533,8 8.546,3 8.558,9 8.571,4 850
850 8.571,4 8.584,0 8.596,5 8.609,1 8.621,7 8.634,2 8.646,8 8.659,4 8.672,0 8.684,6 8.697,2 860
860 8.697,2 8.709,8 8.722,4 8.735,0 8.747,6 8.760,2 8.772,9 8.785,5 8.798,1 8.810,8 8.823,4 870
870 8.823,4 8.836,0 8.848,7 8.861,4 8.874,0 8.886,7 8.899,4 8.912,0 8.924,7 8.937,4 8.950,1 880
880 8.950,1 8.962,8 8.975,5 8.988,2 9.000,9 9.013,6 9.026,3 9.039,0 9.051,8 9.064,5 9.077,2 890
890 9.077,2 9.090,0 9.102,7 9.115,5 9.128,2 9.141,0 9.153,8 9.166,5 9.179,3 9.192,1 9.204,9 900
900 9.204,9 9.217,7 9.230,4 9.243,2 9.256,0 9.268,8 9.281,7 9.294,5 9.307,3 9.320,1 9.332,9 910
910 9.332,9 9.345,8 9.358,6 9.371,5 9.384,3 9.397,2 9.410,0 9.422,9 9.435,7 9.448,6 9.461,5 920
920 9.461,5 9.474,4 9.487,3 9.500,1 9.513,0 9.525,9 9.538,8 9.551,7 9.564,7 9.577,6 9.590,5 930
930 9.590,5 9.603,4 9.616,3 9.629,3 9.642,2 9.655,2 9.668,1 9.681,1 9.694,0 9.707,0 9.719,9 940
940 9.719,9 9.732,9 9.745,9 9.758,9 9.771,8 9.784,8 9.797,8 9.810,8 9.823,8 9.836,8 9.849,8 950
950 9.849,8 9.862,9 9.875,9 9.888,9 9.901,9 9.915,0 9.928,0 9.941,0 9.954,1 9.967,1 9.980,2 960
960 9.980,2 9.993,2 10.006,3 10.019,4 10.032,4 10.045,5 10.058,6 10.071,7 10.084,8 10.097,9 10.111,0 970
970 10.111,0 10.124,1 10.137,2 10.150,3 10.163,4 10.176,5 10.189,7 10.202,8 10.215,9 10.229,1 10.242,2 980
980 10.242,2 10.255,3 10.268,5 10.281,7 10.294,8 10.308,0 10.321,1 10.334,3 10.347,5 10.360,7 10.373,9 990
990 10.373,9 10.387,1 10.400,2 10.413,4 10.426,6 10.439,9 10.453,1 10.466,3 10.479,5 10.492,7 10.506,0 1000
1000 10.506,0 10.519,2 10.532,4 10.545,7 10.558,9 10.572,2 10.585,4 10.598,7 10.611,9 10.625,2 10.638,5 1010
1010 10.638,5 10.651,8 10.665,0 10.678,3 10.691,6 10.704,9 10.718,2 10.731,5 10.744,8 10.758,1 10.771,4 1020
1020 10.771,4 10.784,7 10.798,1 10.811,4 10.824,7 10.838,1 10.851,4 10.864,7 10.878,1 10.891,4 10.904,8 1030
1030 10.904,8 10.918,1 10.931,5 10.944,9 10.958,3 10.971,6 10.985,0 10.998,4 11.011,8 11.025,2 11.038,6 1040
1040 11.038,6 11.052,0 11.065,4 11.078,8 11.092,2 11.105,6 11.119,0 11.132,5 11.145,9 11.159,3 11.172,8 1050
1050 11.172,8 11.186,2 11.199,7 11.213,1 11.226,6 11.240,0 11.253,5 11.266,9 11.280,4 11.293,9 11.307,4 1060
1060 11.307,4 11.320,8 11.334,3 11.347,8 11.361,3 11.374,8 11.388,3 11.401,8 11.415,3 11.428,8 11.442,4 1070
1070 11.442,4 11.455,9 11.469,4 11.482,9 11.496,5 11.510,0 11.523,6 11.537,1 11.550,6 11.564,2 11.577,8 1080
1080 11.577,8 11.591,3 11.604,9 11.618,4 11.632,0 11.645,6 11.659,2 11.672,7 11.686,3 11.699,9 11.713,5 1090
1090 11.713,5 11.727,1 11.740,7 11.754,3 11.767,9 11.781,5 11.795,1 11.808,8 11.822,4 11.836,0 11.849,6 1100
1100 11.849,6 11.863,3 11.876,9 11.890,5 11.904,2 11.917,8 11.931,5 11.945,2 11.958,8 11.972,5 11.986,1 1110
1110 11.986,1 11.999,8 12.013,5 12.027,1 12.040,8 12.054,5 12.068,2 12.081,8 12.095,5 12.109,2 12.122,9 1120
1120 12.122,9 12.136,6 12.150,3 12.164,0 12.177,7 12.191,5 12.205,2 12.218,9 12.232,6 12.246,3 12.260,1 1130
1130 12.260,1 12.273,8 12.287,5 12.301,3 12.315,0 12.328,7 12.342,5 12.356,2 12.370,0 12.383,7 12.397,5 1140
1140 12.397,5 12.411,3 12.425,0 12.438,8 12.452,6 12.466,3 12.480,1 12.493,9 12.507,7 12.521,5 12.535,2 1150
1150 12.535,2 12.549,0 12.562,8 12.576,6 12.590,4 12.604,2 12.618,0 12.631,8 12.645,6 12.659,4 12.673,3 1160
1160 12.673,3 12.687,1 12.700,9 12.714,7 12.728,6 12.742,4 12.756,2 12.770,0 12.783,9 12.797,7 12.811,6 1170
1170 12.811,6 12.825,4 12.839,3 12.853,1 12.867,0 12.880,8 12.894,7 12.908,5 12.922,4 12.936,3 12.950,1 1180
1180 12.950,1 12.964,0 12.977,9 12.991,7 13.005,6 13.019,5 13.033,4 13.047,3 13.061,1 13.075,0 13.088,9 1190
1190 13.088,9 13.102,8 13.116,7 13.130,6 13.144,5 13.158,4 13.172,3 13.186,2 13.200,1 13.214,1 13.228,0 1200
1200 13.228,0 13.241,9 13.255,8 13.269,7 13.283,6 13.297,6 13.311,5 13.325,4 13.339,4 13.353,3 13.367,2 1210
1210 13.367,2 13.381,2 13.395,1 13.409,1 13.423,0 13.436,9 13.450,9 13.464,8 13.478,8 13.492,7 13.506,7 1220
1220 13.506,7 13.520,7 13.534,6 13.548,6 13.562,6 13.576,5 13.590,5 13.604,5 13.618,4 13.632,4 13.646,4 1230
1230 13.646,4 13.660,4 13.674,3 13.688,3 13.702,3 13.716,3 13.730,3 13.744,3 13.758,3 13.772,3 13.786,2 1240
1240 13.786,2 13.800,2 13.814,2 13.828,2 13.842,2 13.856,2 13.870,3 13.884,3 13.898,3 13.912,3 13.926,3 1250
1250 13.926,3 13.940,3 13.954,3 13.968,3 13.982,3 13.996,4 14.010,4 14.024,4 14.038,4 14.052,5 14.066,5 1260
1260 14.066,5 14.080,5 14.094,6 14.108,6 14.122,6 14.136,7 14.150,7 14.164,7 14.178,8 14.192,8 14.206,8 1270
1270 14.206,8 14.220,9 14.234,9 14.249,0 14.263,0 14.277,1 14.291,1 14.305,2 14.319,2 14.333,3 14.347,3 1280
1280 14.347,3 14.361,4 14.375,5 14.389,5 14.403,6 14.417,6 14.431,7 14.445,8 14.459,8 14.473,9 14.488,0 1290
1290 14.488,0 14.502,0 14.516,1 14.530,2 14.544,3 14.558,3 14.572,4 14.586,5 14.600,6 14.614,6 14.628,7 1300
1300 14.628,7 16.642,8 16.656,9 16.671,0 14.685,0 14.699,1 14.713,2 14.727,3 14.741,4 14.755,5 14.769,6 1310
1310 14.769,6 14.783,7 14.797,7 14.811,8 14.825,9 14.840,0 14.854,1 14.868,2 14.882,3 14.896,4 14.910,5 1320
1320 14.910,5 14.924,6 14.938,7 14.952,8 14.966,9 14.981,0 14.995,1 15.009,2 15.023,3 15.037,4 15.051,5 1330
1330 15.051,5 15.065,6 15.079,8 15.093,9 15.108,0 15.122,1 15.136,2 15.150,3 15.164,4 15.178,5 15.192,6 1340
1340 15.192,6 15.206,8 15.220,9 15.235,0 15.249,1 15.263,2 15.277,3 15.291,4 15.305,6 15.319,7 15.333,8 1350
1350 15.333,8 15.347,8 15.362,0 15.376,2 15.390,3 15.404,4 15.418,5 15.432,6 15.446,8 15.460,9 15.475,0 1360
1360 15.475,0 15.489,1 15.503,3 15.517,4 15.531,5 15.545,6 15.559,7 15.573,9 15.588,0 15.602,1 15.616,2 1370
1370 15.616,2 15.630,4 15.644,5 15.658,6 16.672,8 15.686,9 15.701,0 15.715,1 15.729,3 15.743,4 15.757,5 1380
1380 15.757,5 15.771,6 15.785,8 15.799,9 15.814,0 15.828,2 15.842,3 15.856,4 15.870,5 15.884,7 15.898,8 1390
1390 15.898,8 15.912,9 15.927,1 15.941,2 15.955,3 15.969,5 15.983,6 15.997,7 16.011,8 16.026,0 16.040,1 1400
1400 16.040,1 16.054,2 16.068,4 16.082,5 16.096,6 16.110,7 16.124,9 16.139,0 16.153,1 16.167,2 16.181,4 1410
1410 16.181,4 16.195,5 16.209,6 16.223,8 16.237,9 16.252,0 16.266,1 16.280,3 16.294,4 16.308,5 16.322,6 1420
1420 16.322,6 16.336,8 16.350,9 16.365,0 16.379,1 16.393,3 16.407,4 16.421,5 16.435,6 16.449,7 16.463,9 1430
1430 16.463,9 16.478,0 16.492,1 16.506,2 16.520,3 16.534,5 16.548,6 15.562,7 16.576,8 16.590,9 16.605,1 1440
1440 16.605,1 16.619,2 16.633,3 16.647,4 16.661,5 16.675,6 16.689,7 16.703,9 16.718,0 16.732,1 16.746,2 1450

94 CONSISTEC
NBR 12771:1999 termopar R
Valores da força eletromotriz ( V ), em função da temperatura. Junção de referência a 0˚C

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
1450 16.746,2 16.760,3 16.774,4 16.788,5 16.802,6 16.816,7 16.830,8 16.844,9 16.859,0 16.873,2 16.887,3 1460
1460 16.887,3 16.901,4 16.915,5 16.929,6 16.943,7 16.957,8 16.971,9 16.986,0 17.000,1 17.014,2 17.028,2 1470
1470 17.028,2 17.042,3 17.056,4 17.070,5 17.084,6 17.098,7 17.112,8 17.126,9 17.141,0 17.155,1 17.169,2 1480
1480 17.169,2 17.183,2 17.197,3 17.211,4 17.225,5 17.239,6 17.253,6 17.267,7 17.281,8 17.295,9 17.310,0 1490
1490 17.310,0 17.324,0 17.338,1 17.352,2 17.366,3 17.380,3 17.394,4 17.408,5 17.422,5 17.436,6 17.450,7 1500
1500 17.450,7 17.464,7 17.478,8 17.492,8 17.506,9 17.521,0 17.535,0 17.549,1 17.563,1 17.577,2 17.591,2 1510
1510 17.591,2 17.605,3 17.619,3 17.633,4 17.647,4 17.661,5 17.675,5 17.689,5 17.703,6 17.717,6 17.731,7 1520
1520 17.731,7 17.745,7 17.759,7 17.773,8 17.787,8 17.801,8 17.815,9 17.829,9 17.843,9 17.857,9 17.872,0 1530
1530 17.872,0 17.886,0 17.900,0 17.914,0 17.928,0 17.942,0 17.956,1 17.970,1 17.984,1 17.998,1 18.012,1 1540
1540 18.012,1 18.026,1 18.040,1 18.054,1 18.068,1 18.082,1 18.096,1 18.110,1 18.124,1 18.138,1 18.152,1 1550
1550 18.152,1 18.166,0 18.180,0 18.194,0 18.208,0 18.222,0 18.235,9 18.249,9 18.263,9 18.277,9 18.291,8 1560
1560 18.291,8 18.305,8 18.319,8 18.333,7 18.347,7 18.361,7 18.375,6 18.389,6 18.403,5 18.417,5 18.431,4 1570
1570 18.431,4 18.445,4 18.459,3 18.473,3 18.487,2 18.501,2 18.515,1 18.529,0 15.543,0 18.556,9 18.570,8 1580
1580 18.570,8 18.584,7 18.598,7 18.612,6 18.626,5 18.640,4 18.654,4 18.668,3 18.682,2 18.696,1 18.710,0 1590
1590 18.710,0 18.723,9 18.737,8 18.751,7 18.765,6 18.779,5 18.793,4 18.807,3 18.821,2 18.835,1 18.848,9 1600
1600 18.848,9 18.862,8 18.876,7 18.890,6 18.904,5 18.918,3 18.932,2 18.946,1 18.959,9 18.973,8 18.987,6 1610
1610 18.987,6 19.001,5 19.015,4 19.029,2 19.043,1 19.056,9 19.070,7 19.084,6 19.098,4 19.112,3 19.126,1 1620
1620 19.126,1 19.139,9 19.153,8 19.167,6 19.181,4 19.195,2 19.209,0 19.222,9 19.236,7 19.250,5 19.264,3 1630
1630 19.264,3 19.278,1 19.291,9 19.305,7 19.319,5 19.333,3 19.347,1 19.360,9 19.374,6 19.388,4 19.402,2 1640
1640 19.402,2 19.416,0 19.429,7 19.443,5 19.457,3 19.471,0 19.484,8 19.498,6 19.512,3 19.526,1 19.539,8 1650
1650 19.539,8 19.553,6 19.567,3 19.581,0 19.594,8 19.608,5 19.622,2 19.636,0 19.649,7 19.663,4 19.677,1 1660
1660 19.677,1 19.690,9 19.704,6 19.718,3 19.732,0 17.745,7 19.759,4 19.773,1 19.786,8 19.800,5 19.814,1 1670
1670 19.814,1 19.827,8 19.841,5 19.855,2 19.868,8 19.882,5 19.896,1 19.909,8 19.923,4 19.937,1 19.950,7 1680
1680 19.950,7 19.964,3 19.977,9 19.991,6 20.005,2 20.018,8 20.032,3 20.045,9 20.059,5 20.073,1 20.086,6 1690
1690 20.086,6 20.100,2 20.113,7 20.127,2 20.140,8 20.154,3 20.167,8 20.181,3 20.194,8 20.208,2 20.221,7 1700
1700 20.221,7 20.235,1 20.248,6 20.262,0 20.275,4 20.288,8 20.302,2 20.315,6 20.329,0 20.342,4 20.355,7 1710
1710 20.355,7 20.369,0 20.382,4 20.395,7 20.409,0 20.422,3 20.435,5 20.448,8 20.462,0 20.475,2 20.488,5 1720
1720 20.488,5 20.501,7 20.514,8 20.528,0 20.541,2 20.554,3 20.567,4 20.580,5 20.593,6 20.606,7 20.619,7 1730
1730 20.619,7 20.632,8 20.645,8 20.658,8 20.671,8 20.684,8 20.697,7 20.710,6 20.723,6 20.736,5 20.749,3 1740
1740 20.749,3 20.762,2 20.775,0 20.787,8 20.800,6 20.813,4 20.826,2 20.838,9 20.851,7 20.864,4 20.877,0 1750
1750 20.877,0 20.889,7 20.902,3 20.914,9 20.927,5 20.940,1 20.952,7 20.965,2 20.977,7 20.990,2 21.002,6 1760
1760 21.002,6 21.015,1 21.027,5 21.039,9 21.052,2 21.064,6 21.076,9 21.089,2 21.101,5 1770

CONSISTEC 95
termoresistência PT-100 Ohms a 0 ˚C IEC 751

ITS-90

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-190 22,83 22,40 21,97 21,54 21,11 20,68 20,25 19,82 19,38 18,95 18,52 -200
-180 27,10 26,67 26,24 25,82 25,39 24,97 24,54 24,11 23,68 23,25 22,83 -190
-170 31,34 30,91 30,49 30,07 29,64 29,22 28,80 28,37 27,95 27,52 27,10 -180
-160 35,54 35,12 34,70 34,28 33,86 33,44 33,02 32,60 31,18 31,76 31,34 -170
-150 39,72 39,31 38,89 38,47 38,05 37,64 37,22 36,80 36,38 35,96 35,54 -160
-140 43,88 43,46 43,05 42,63 42,22 41,80 41,80 40,97 40,56 40,14 39,72 -150
-130 48,00 47,59 47,18 46,77 46,36 45,94 45,53 45,12 44,70 44,29 43,88 -140
-120 52,11 51,70 51,29 50,88 50,47 50,06 49,65 49,24 48,83 48,42 48,00 -130
-110 56,19 55,79 55,38 54,97 54,56 51,15 53,75 53,34 52,93 52,52 52,11 -120
-100 60,26 59,85 59,44 59,04 58,63 52,23 57,82 57,41 57,01 56,60 56,19 -110
-90 64,30 63,90 63,49 63,09 62,68 62,28 61,88 61,47 61,07 60,66 60,26 -100
-80 68,33 67,92 67,52 67,12 66,72 66,31 65,91 65,51 65,11 64,70 64,30 -90
-70 73,33 71,93 71,53 71,13 70,73 70,33 69,93 69,53 69,13 68,73 68,33 -80
-60 76,33 75,93 75,53 75,13 74,73 74,33 73,93 73,53 73,13 72,73 72,33 -70
-50 80,31 79,91 79,51 79,11 78,72 78,32 77,92 77,52 77,12 76,73 76,33 -60
-40 84,27 83,87 83,48 83,08 82,69 82,29 81,89 81,50 81,10 80,70 80,31 -50
-30 88,22 87,83 87,43 87,04 86,64 86,25 85,85 85,46 85,06 84,67 84,27 -40
-20 92,16 91,77 91,37 90,98 90,59 90,19 89,80 89,40 89,01 88,62 88,22 -30
-10 96,09 95,69 95,30 94,91 94,52 94,12 93,73 93,34 92,95 92,55 92,16 -20
0 100,00 99,61 99,22 98,83 98,44 98,04 97,65 97,26 96,87 96,48 96,09 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 100,00 100,39 100,78 101,17 101,56 101,95 102,34 102,73 103,12 103,51 103,90 10
10 103,90 104,29 104,68 105,07 105,46 105,85 106,24 106,63 107,02 107,40 107,79 20
20 107,79 108,18 108,57 108,96 109,35 109,73 110,12 110,51 110,90 111,29 111,67 30
30 111,67 112,06 112,45 112,83 113,22 113,61 114,00 114,38 114,77 115,15 115,54 40
40 115,54 115,93 116,31 116,70 117,08 117,47 117,86 118,24 118,63 119,01 119,40 50
50 119,40 119,78 120,17 120,55 120,94 121,32 121,71 122,09 122,47 122,86 123,24 60
60 123,24 123,63 124,01 124,39 124,78 125,16 125,54 125,93 126,31 126,69 127,08 70
70 127,08 127,46 127,84 128,22 128,61 128,99 129,37 129,75 130,13 130,52 130,90 80
80 130,90 131,28 131,66 132,04 132,42 132,80 133,18 133,57 133,95 134,33 134,71 90
90 134,71 135,09 135,47 135,85 136,23 136,61 136,99 137,37 137,75 138,13 138,51 100
100 138,51 138,88 139,26 139,64 140,02 140,40 140,78 141,16 141,54 141,91 142,29 110
110 142,29 142,67 143,05 143,43 143,80 144,18 144,56 144,94 145,31 145,69 146,07 120
120 146,07 146,44 146,82 147,20 147,57 147,95 148,33 148,70 149,08 149,46 149,83 130
130 149,83 150,21 150,58 150,96 151,33 151,71 152,08 152,46 152,83 153,21 153,58 140
140 153,58 153,96 154,33 154,71 155,08 155,46 155,83 156,20 156,58 156,95 157,33 150
150 157,33 157,70 158,07 158,45 158,82 159,19 159,56 159,94 160,31 160,68 161,05 160
160 161,05 161,43 161,80 162,17 162,54 162,91 163,29 163,66 164,03 164,40 164,77 170
170 164,77 165,14 165,51 165,89 166,26 166,63 167,00 167,37 167,74 168,11 168,48 180
180 168,48 168,85 169,22 169,59 169,96 170,33 170,70 171,07 171,43 171,80 172,17 190
190 172,17 172,54 172,91 173,28 173,65 174,02 174,38 174,75 175,12 175,49 175,86 200
200 175,86 176,22 176,59 176,96 177,33 177,69 178,06 178,43 178,79 179,16 179,53 210
210 179,53 179,89 180,26 180,63 180,99 181,36 181,72 182,09 182,46 182,82 183,19 220
220 183,19 183,55 183,92 184,28 184,65 185,01 185,38 185,74 186,11 186,47 186,84 230
230 186,84 187,20 187,56 187,93 188,29 188,66 189,02 189,38 189,75 190,11 190,47 240
240 190,47 190,84 191,20 191,56 191,92 192,29 192,65 193,01 193,37 193,74 194,10 250
250 194,10 194,46 194,82 195,18 195,55 195,91 196,27 196,63 196,99 197,35 197,71 260
260 197,71 198,07 198,43 198,79 199,15 199,51 199,87 200,23 200,59 200,95 201,31 270
270 201,31 201,67 202,03 202,39 202,75 203,11 203,47 203,83 204,19 204,55 204,90 280
280 204,90 205,26 205,62 205,98 206,34 206,70 207,05 207,41 207,77 208,13 208,48 290
290 208,48 208,84 209,20 209,56 209,91 210,27 210,63 210,98 211,34 211,70 212,05 300
300 212,05 212,41 212,76 213,12 213,48 213,83 214,19 214,54 214,90 215,25 215,61 310
310 215,61 215,96 216,32 216,67 217,03 217,38 217,74 218,09 218,44 218,80 219,15 320
320 219,15 219,51 219,86 220,21 220,57 220,92 221,27 221,63 221,98 222,33 222,68 330
330 222,68 223,04 223,39 223,74 224,09 224,45 224,80 225,15 225,50 225,85 226,21 340
340 226,21 226,56 226,91 227,26 227,61 227,96 228,31 228,66 229,02 229,37 229,72 350
350 229,72 230,07 230,42 230,77 231,12 231,47 231,82 232,17 232,52 232,87 233,21 360
360 233,21 233,56 233,91 234,26 234,61 234,96 235,31 235,66 236,00 236,35 236,70 370
370 236,70 237,05 237,40 237,74 238,09 238,44 238,79 239,13 239,48 239,83 240,18 380
380 240,18 240,52 240,87 241,22 241,56 241,91 242,26 242,60 242,95 243,29 243,64 390
390 243,64 243,99 244,33 244,68 245,02 245,37 245,71 246,06 246,40 246,75 247,09 400
400 247,09 247,44 247,78 248,13 248,47 248,81 249,16 249,50 249,85 250,19 250,53 410
410 250,53 250,88 251,22 251,56 251,91 252,25 252,59 252,93 253,28 253,62 253,96 420
420 253,96 254,30 254,65 254,99 255,33 255,67 256,01 256,35 256,70 257,04 257,38 430
430 257,38 257,72 258,06 258,40 258,74 259,08 259,42 259,76 260,10 260,44 260,78 440
440 260,78 261,12 261,46 261,80 262,14 262,48 262,82 263,16 263,50 263,84 264,18 450
450 264,18 264,52 264,86 265,20 265,53 265,87 266,21 266,55 266,89 267,22 267,56 460
460 267,56 267,90 268,24 268,57 268,91 269,25 269,59 269,92 270,26 270,60 270,93 470
470 270,93 271,27 271,61 271,94 272,28 272,61 272,95 273,29 273,62 273,96 274,29 480
480 274,29 274,63 274,96 275,30 275,63 275,97 276,30 276,64 276,97 277,31 277,64 490
490 277,64 277,98 278,31 278,64 278,98 279,31 279,64 279,98 280,31 280,64 280,98 500
500 280,98 281,31 281,64 281,98 282,31 282,64 282,97 283,31 283,64 283,97 284,30 510
510 284,30 284,63 284,97 285,30 285,63 285,96 286,29 286,62 286,95 287,29 287,62 520
520 287,62 287,95 288,28 288,61 288,94 289,27 289,60 289,93 290,26 290,59 290,92 530
530 290,92 291,25 291,25 291,58 291,91 292,24 292,56 292,89 293,22 293,55 294,21 540
540 294,21 294,54 294,86 295,19 295,52 295,85 296,18 296,50 296,83 297,16 297,49 550

96 CONSISTEC
IEC 751 termoresistência PT 100

ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
550 297,49 297,81 298,14 298,47 298,80 299,12 299,45 299,78 300,10 300,43 300,75 560
560 300,75 301,08 301,41 301,73 302,06 302,38 302,71 303,03 303,36 303,69 304,01 570
570 304,01 304,34 304,66 304,98 305,31 305,63 305,96 306,28 306,61 306,93 307,25 580
580 307,25 307,58 307,90 308,23 308,55 308,87 309,20 309,52 309,84 310,16 310,49 590
590 310,49 310,81 311,13 311,45 311,78 312,10 312,42 312,74 313,06 313,39 313,71 600
600 313,71 314,03 314,35 314,67 314,99 315,31 315,64 315,96 315,28 316,60 316,92 610
610 316,92 317,24 317,56 317,88 318,20 318,52 318,84 319,16 319,48 319,80 320,12 620
620 320,12 320,43 320,75 321,07 321,39 321,71 322,03 322,35 322,67 322,98 323,30 630
630 323,30 323,62 323,94 324,26 324,57 324,89 325,21 325,53 325,84 326,16 326,48 640
640 326,48 326,79 327,11 327,43 327,74 328,06 328,38 328,69 329,01 329,32 329,64 650
650 329,64 329,96 330,27 330,59 330,90 331,22 331,53 331,85 332,16 332,48 332,79 660
660 332,79 333,11 333,42 333,74 334,05 334,36 334,68 334,99 335,31 335,62 335,93 670
670 335,93 336,25 336,56 336,87 337,18 337,50 337,81 338,12 338,44 338,75 339,06 680
680 339,06 339,37 339,69 340,00 340,31 340,62 340,93 341,24 341,56 341,87 342,18 690
690 342,18 342,49 342,80 343,11 343,42 343,73 344,04 344,35 344,66 344,97 345,28 700
700 345,28 345,59 345,90 346,21 346,52 346,83 347,14 347,45 347,76 348,07 348,38 710
710 348,38 348,69 348,99 349,30 349,61 349,92 350,23 350,54 350,84 351,15 351,46 720
720 351,46 351,77 352,08 352,38 352,69 353,00 353,30 353,61 353,92 354,22 354,53 730
730 354,53 354,84 355,14 355,45 355,76 356,06 356,37 356,67 356,98 357,28 357,59 740
740 357,59 357,90 358,20 358,51 358,81 359,12 359,42 359,72 360,03 360,33 360,64 750
750 360,64 360,94 361,25 361,55 361,85 362,16 362,46 362,76 363,07 363,37 363,67 760
760 363,67 363,98 364,28 364,58 364,89 365,19 365,49 365,79 366,10 366,40 366,70 770
770 366,70 367,00 367,30 367,60 367,91 368,21 368,51 368,81 369,11 369,41 369,71 780
780 369,71 370,01 370,31 370,61 370,91 371,21 371,51 371,81 372,11 372,41 372,71 790
790 372,71 373,01 373,31 373,61 373,91 374,21 374,51 374,81 375,11 375,41 375,70 800
800 375,70 376,00 376,30 376,60 376,90 377,19 377,49 377,79 378,09 378,39 378,68 810
810 378,68 378,98 379,28 379,57 379,87 380,17 380,46 380,76 381,06 381,35 381,65 820
820 381,65 381,95 382,24 382,54 382,83 383,13 383,42 383,72 384,01 384,31 384,60 830
830 384,60 384,90 385,19 385,49 385,78 386,03 386,37 386,67 386,96 387,25 387,55 840
840 387,55 387,84 388,14 388,43 388,72 389,02 389,31 389,60 389,90 390,19 390,48 850
850 390,48 860

CONSISTEC 97
termoresistência Cu-10 Ohms a 25 ˚C SAMA

ºC 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 ºC
-190 1,471 1,430 1,389 1,348 1,306 1,265 1,223 1,182 1,140 1,099 -200
-180 1,884 1,843 1,802 1,761 1,719 1,678 1,637 1,596 1,554 1,513 1,471 -190
-170 2,295 2,254 2,213 2,172 2,131 2,090 2,049 2,008 1,967 1,925 1,884 -180
-160 2,705 2,664 2,623 2,582 2,541 2,500 2,459 2,418 2,377 2,336 2,295 -170
-150 3,112 3,072 3,031 2,990 2,949 2,909 2,868 2,827 2,786 2,745 2,705 -160
-140 3,519 3,478 3,437 3,397 3,356 3,316 3,275 3,234 3,194 3,153 3,112 -150
-130 3,923 3,883 3,842 3,802 3,762 3,721 3,681 3,640 3,600 3,559 3,519 -140
-120 4,326 4,286 4,246 4,206 4,165 4,125 4,085 4,044 4,004 3,964 3,923 -130
-110 4,728 4,688 4,648 4,608 4,567 4,527 4,487 4,447 4,407 4,366 4,326 -120
-100 5,128 5,088 5,048 5,008 4,968 4,928 4,888 4,848 4,808 4,768 4,728 -110
-90 5,526 5,486 5,446 5,407 5,367 5,327 5,287 5,247 5,208 5,168 5,128 -100
-80 5,923 5,883 5,844 5,804 5,764 5,725 5,685 5,645 5,606 5,566 5,526 -90
-70 6,318 6,279 6,239 6,200 6,160 6,121 6,081 6,042 6,002 5,962 5,923 -80
-60 6,712 6,672 6,633 6,594 6,554 6,515 6,476 6,436 6,397 6,358 6,318 -70
-50 7,104 7,064 7,025 6,986 6,947 6,908 6,869 6,830 6,790 6,751 6,712 -60
-40 7,490 7,451 7,413 7,374 7,335 7,296 7,258 7,220 7,181 7,142 7,104 -50
-30 7,876 7,838 7,799 7,761 7,722 7,683 7,645 7,606 7,568 7,529 7,490 -40
-20 8,263 8,224 8,185 8,147 8,108 8,070 8,031 7,992 7,954 7,915 7,876 -30
-10 8,649 8,610 8,572 8,533 8,494 8,456 8,417 8,378 8,340 8,301 8,263 -20
0 9,035 8,996 8,958 8,919 8,881 8,842 8,805 8,765 8,726 8,687 8,649 -10
ºC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ºC
0 9,035 9,074 9,112 9,151 9,189 9,228 9,267 9,305 9,344 9,383 9,421 10
10 9,421 9,460 9,498 9,537 9,576 9,614 9,653 9,692 9,730 9,769 9,807 20
20 9,807 9,846 9,885 9,923 9,962 10,000 10,039 10,078 10,116 10,155 10,194 30
30 10,194 10,232 10,271 10,309 10,348 10,387 10,425 10,464 10,502 10,541 10,580 40
40 10,580 10,618 10,657 10,696 10,734 10,773 10,811 10,850 10,889 10,927 10,966 50
50 10,966 11,005 11,043 11,082 11,120 11,159 11,198 11,236 11,275 11,313 11,352 60
60 11,352 11,391 11,429 11,468 11,507 11,545 11,584 11,622 11,661 11,700 11,738 70
70 11,738 11,777 11,816 11,854 11,893 11,931 11,970 12,009 12,047 12,086 12,124 80
80 12,124 12,163 12,202 12,240 12,279 12,318 12,356 12,395 12,433 12,472 12,511 90
90 12,511 12,549 12,588 12,627 12,665 12,704 12,742 12,781 12,820 12,858 12,897 100
100 12,897 12,935 12,974 13,013 13,051 13,090 13,129 13,167 13,206 13,244 13,283 110
110 13,283 13,322 13,360 13,399 13,437 13,476 13,515 13,553 13,592 13,631 13,669 120
120 13,669 13,708 13,746 13,785 13,824 13,862 13,901 13,940 13,978 14,017 14,055 130
130 14,055 14,094 14,133 14,171 14,210 14,248 14,287 14,326 14,364 14,403 14,442 140
140 14,442 14,480 14,519 14,557 14,596 14,635 14,673 14,712 14,751 14,789 14,828 150
150 14,828 14,867 14,906 14,945 14,984 15,022 15,061 15,100 15,139 15,178 15,217 160
160 15,217 15,256 15,295 15,334 15,373 15,412 15,451 15,490 15,529 15,568 15,607 170
170 15,607 15,646 15,685 15,724 15,763 15,802 15,840 15,879 15,918 15,957 15,996 180
180 15,996 16,035 16,074 16,113 16,152 16,191 16,230 16,269 16,308 16,347 16,386 190
190 16,386 16,425 16,464 16,503 16,542 16,581 16,620 16,659 16,698 16,737 16,776 200
200 16,776 16,815 16,854 16,893 16,932 16,971 17,010 17,049 17,088 17,127 17,166 210
210 17,166 17,205 17,244 17,283 17,321 17,360 17,399 17,438 17,477 17,516 17,555 220
220 17,555 17,594 17,633 17,672 17,711 17,750 17,789 17,828 17,867 17,906 17,945 230
230 17,945 17,984 18,023 18,062 18,101 18,140 18,179 18,218 18,257 18,296 18,335 240
240 18,335 18,374 18,413 18,452 18,491 18,530 18,569 18,608 18,648 18,687 18,726 250
250 18,726 18,765 18,804 18,843 18,882 18,921 18,960 18,999 19,038 19,077 19,116 260
260 19,116

98 CONSISTEC
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-007-02

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) Connect the well thread in to the process manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the
well.
b) Disconnected the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union..
c) Connect the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union to the protection well manually and later on with appropriate
tool coupled to the hexagonal of the inferior part of the union.
d) Connect the goup (superior union + superior niple + sensor) to the group (inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union)
manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the union.
e) To open the cover of the head.
f) Connect the conduit to the head.
g) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
h) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the polarity.
i) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 900ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-009-02

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) Connect the well thread in to the process manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the
well.
b) Disconnected the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union..
c) Connect the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union to the protection well manually and later on with appropriate
tool coupled to the hexagonal of the inferior part of the union.
d) Connect the goup (superior union + superior niple + sensor) to the group (inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union)
manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the union.
e) To open the cover of the head.
f) Connect the conduit to the head.
g) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
h) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the polarity.
i) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 900ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-011-04

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) Disconnected the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union..

b) Connect the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union to the protection well manually and later on with appropriate
tool coupled to the hexagonal of the inferior part of the union.
c) Connect the goup (superior union + superior niple + sensor) to the group (inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union)
manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the union.
d) To open the cover of the head.
e) Connect the conduit to the head.
f) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
g) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the diagram.

h) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 400ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-012-02

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) Connect the well thread in to the process manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the
well.
b) Disconnected the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union..
c) Connect the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union to the protection well manually and later on with appropriate
tool coupled to the hexagonal of the inferior part of the union.
d) Connect the goup (superior union + superior niple + sensor) to the group (inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union)
manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the union.
e) To open the cover of the head.
f) Connect the conduit to the head.
g) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
h) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the diagram.

i) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 400ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-013-03

1- Installation of the cable.

a) Disconnected the cover of the connector.
b) To weld the cable in the terminals, respecting the diagram.

c) To fill the cover with silicon in paste.

d) To apply anaerobic restraint of thread (medium torque) in the thread of the connector the cover.
e) Connected the cover to the connector.

2- Installation the sensor of the process.

a) To define the immersion depth, to adjust and to join the bucim for the superior hexagonal.
b) To connect the group to the process using the inferior hexagonal of the mounting thread.
c) Connected the male connector to the sensor.

3- Date of the sensor:

Temperature of the work: -100 à 200ºC.
Current recommended to the sensor: 1mA.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-014-03

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) To Insert the sensor element to the process.

b) Connect the mounting thread to the process manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the largest hexagonal
of the mounting thread.
c) Connect the cover of the mounting thread (to fasten the sensor with the wanted insert or necessary) manually and later
on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the cover.
d) To open the cover of the head.
e) Connect the conduit to the head.
f) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
g) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the digram.

h) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 400ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-009-02

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) Connect the well thread in to the process manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the
well.
b) Disconnected the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union..
c) Connect the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union to the protection well manually and later on with appropriate
tool coupled to the hexagonal of the inferior part of the union.
d) Connect the goup (superior union + superior niple + sensor) to the group (inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union)
manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the union.
e) To open the cover of the head.
f) Connect the conduit to the head.
g) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
h) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the polarity.
i) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 900ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-014-03

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) To Insert the sensor element to the process.

b) Connect the mounting thread to the process manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the largest hexagonal
of the mounting thread.
c) Connect the cover of the mounting thread (to fasten the sensor with the wanted insert or necessary) manually and later
on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the cover.
d) To open the cover of the head.
e) Connect the conduit to the head.
f) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
g) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the digram.

h) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 400ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-013-03

1- Installation of the cable.

a) Disconnected the cover of the connector.
b) To weld the cable in the terminals, respecting the diagram.

c) To fill the cover with silicon in paste.

d) To apply anaerobic restraint of thread (medium torque) in the thread of the connector the cover.
e) Connected the cover to the connector.

2- Installation the sensor of the process.

a) To define the immersion depth, to adjust and to join the bucim for the superior hexagonal.
b) To connect the group to the process using the inferior hexagonal of the mounting thread.
c) Connected the male connector to the sensor.

3- Date of the sensor:

Temperature of the work: -100 à 200ºC.
Current recommended to the sensor: 1mA.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-012-02

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) Connect the well thread in to the process manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the
well.
b) Disconnected the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union..
c) Connect the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union to the protection well manually and later on with appropriate
tool coupled to the hexagonal of the inferior part of the union.
d) Connect the goup (superior union + superior niple + sensor) to the group (inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union)
manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the union.
e) To open the cover of the head.
f) Connect the conduit to the head.
g) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
h) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the diagram.

i) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 400ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
 Controles e Sistemas de Automação Ltda

MANUAL OF INSTALLATION
Drawing 006803-011-04

1- Installation of the sensor to the process.

a) Disconnected the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union..

b) Connect the inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union to the protection well manually and later on with appropriate
tool coupled to the hexagonal of the inferior part of the union.
c) Connect the goup (superior union + superior niple + sensor) to the group (inferior niple + it leaves inferior of the union)
manually and later on with appropriate tool coupled to the hexagonal of the union.
d) To open the cover of the head.
e) Connect the conduit to the head.
f) To the insert the extension cable in the head.
g) To connect the extension cable to the terminals, respecting the diagram.

h) To closed the cover of the head.

3- Data of the sensor:

Working temperature: 0 to 400ºC.

____________________________________
Samuel Rodrigues
Technical Department

Rua Jurupari no 434 - B.Jabaquara - São Paulo - SP - Brasil - CEP 04348-070

Tel.: (0xx11) 5031-6200 - Fax: (0xx11) 5031-6262 - C.N.P.J. 50.392.117/0001-36 - Inscr.Est.110.860.909.110
HOME PAGE: www.consistec.com.br E-MAIL : consis@uol.com.br
Página 1 de 1
Sistema da Qualidade com
(FI-C0593-01)
Certificação Inglesa Norma
Edição 1-Rev.2
Qualidade ISO - Série 9000

TBE 41/43, TBL 41/43 e TBF 41/43

Válvulas de Controle em Aço Carbono Balanceada

Descrição do Produto
Válvula de controle balanceada de duas vias tipo globo, com
obturador de característica de vazão igual porcentagem (TE 41/43),
linear (TL41/43) ou abertura rápida (TF 41/43), para ser ultilizada com
os atuadores atuadores pneumático tipodiafragma ou pistão.

Atuadores
Modelos Tipo Folheto técnico
ANM-104/106/107 Diafragma FI-C0590-01
ACP-5025/5050/5100 Pistão FI-C0591-01
ADM-108 Diafragma FI-C0592-01

Condições de Operação
Pressão Máxima: 40 bar
Temperatura Máxima: 2500C

Diâmetros e Conexões
Diâmetro: 1" a 8"
Conexões: TB 43 - Flangeada RF 150# , 300# e 600# , RTJ
TB 41 - Roscada NPT ou BSP
Obs: Outros diâmetros sob consulta.

18
Dados Técnicos
Vedação 0,01% do CV 17 15
Igual Porcentagem(TE)
Característica de Vazão Linear(TL) 16
. Abertura Rápida ( TF ) 14
Range de Temperatura -10 até 450°C
11
Rangeabilidade 50:1 13
Composição
Item Especificação Material 12
10
1 Flange do Corpo Aço Carbono ASTM A 216 CWB
2 Anel Bi-partido Aço Carbono ASTM A 216 CWB 9
3 Corpo Aço Carbono ASTM A 216 WCB
8
.. 4 Sede Aço Inox- AISI 316 7
5 Junta da Sede Junta Espirotálica 6
6 Gaiola Aço Inox - AISI 316
7 Junta da Gaiola Aço Inox- AISI 316
8 Bucha do Castelo Bronze
9 Castelo Aço carbono ASTM A 216 CWB
10 Porca (Castelo) ASTM A 194 GR 2H
11 Prisioneiro (Castelo) ASTM A 193 GR B7
12 Disco Retentor Aço Inox- AISI 304
5
13 Gaxeta Teflon
14 Prensa Gaxeta Aço Inox - AISI 304
15 Flange ( P. Gaxeta) Ferro Fundido Nodular
16 Porca (P. Gaxeta) ASTM A 194 GR 2H 4
17 Prisioneiro(P. Gaxeta) ASTM A 193 GR B7
18 Obturador Aço Inox- AISI 316 3
19 Porca (Obturador) ASTM A 194 GR 2H
2
1
20 Paraf. (Flange P.G.) ASTM A 193 GR B7
Obs.: O Itens 19 e 20 não aparecem no desenho
 TBE 41/43, TBL 41/43 e TBF 41/43 - Válvulas de Controle em Aço Carbono

Dimensões do Corpo
Diâmetro A
B
Nominal ANSI B16.10 ISA 75.03
(pol.) 150# a 300# 150# 300# 600# CN CL CS
2” 292 254 267 286 142 252 86

B
3” 356 298 318 337 177 312 119
4” 432 353 368 394 214 354 142
6” - 450 473 508 256 400 142
8” - 542 568 610 318 460 142

A
Instalação
A Válvula deve ser instalada na horizontal com o sentido de fluxo de acordo com
a seta no corpo da válvula.
A posição do atuador dependerá do tipo de montagem da válvula. CN - Castelo Normal ( standart )
Todas as intruções são fornecidas com o produto. CL - Castelo Alongado
CS - Castelo com Selagem

TABELA DE C.V. CARACTERISTICAS DE VAZÃO

FLUXO POR FLUXO POR 1 0 0o
PA R A B Ó L IC A
DIÂMETRO M O D IF IC A D A
ORIFICIO BAIXO CIMA 90o
VÁLVULA CURSO IG U A L
P O R C E N TA G E M
=% LINEAR AB. RÁP. =% LINEAR AB. RÁP. 80o
1,62” 34 35 - 35 37 - 1.1/2” 70o
ÂN G ULO D E ABE R TUR A

2”
1,25” 28 31 - 29 32 - 1” 60o

2,62” 98 98 - 103 103 - 2” 50o

3”
1,62” 57 65 - 60 68 - 1.1/2” 40o
L IN E A R
o
3,50” 160 160 - 167 167 - 30
4” 2”
2,25” 112 109 - 116 113 - 20o
A B E RT U R A
5,00” 324 339 - 422 443 - 2.1/2” R Á P ID A
6” 10 o
3,00” 223 217 - 231 225 - 2”
6,25” 514 514 - 525 525 - 3” 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
8”
3,50” 306 309 - 317 320 - 2” PO RC EN TAG E M (% ) D A VAZ ÃO

Acessório
Válvula solenóide
Piloto regulador de pressão ( PCS )
Filtro Regulador (MFR)
Transmissor de Posição
Chave de fim de curso
Volante manual de topo

Como Pedir:
1 - Válvula de controle em aço carbono Spirax Sarco modelo
TBE 43 DN 50, flange ANSI 150#.

ASSISTÊNCIA AO
AO CLIENTE
A Spirax Sarco está preparada para dar assistência ao
ASSISTÊNCIA
cliente, utilize nossos serviços: TÉCNICA
AUTORIZADA

- Assistência Técnica
- Engenharia de Aplicação
- Projetos Externos
- Treinamento Ligue! 0800-110123 ( grátis )

Spirax Sarco Ind. e Com. Ltda. - Rod.Raposo Tavares Km 31 - Cotia - SP - Fone - ( 011 ) 7925 - 9000 - Fax ( 011 ) 7925 - 9007
Sistema da Qualidade com
(FI-C0560-01)
Certificação Inglesa Norma
Edição 1-Rev.1
Qualidade ISO - Série 9000

TE 41/43, TL 41/43 e TF 41/43

Válvulas de Controle em Aço Carbono

Descrição do Produto
Válvula de controle não balanceada de duas vias tipo globo, com
obturador de característica de vazão igual porcentagem (TE 41/43),
linear (TL41/43) ou abertura rápida (TF 41/43), para ser ultilizada com
os atuadores pneumático tipo diafragma ou pistão.

Atuadores
Modelos Tipo Folheto técnico
ANM-104/106/107 Diafragma FI-C0590-01
ACP-5025/5050/5100 Pistão FI-C0591-01
ADM-108 Diafragma FI-C0592-01

Condições de Operação
Pressão Máxima: 100 bar
Temperatura Máxima: 5500C

Diâmetros e Conexões
Diâmetro: 1" a 10"
Conexões: TE / TL / TF 43 - Flangeada RF 150# , 300# , 600# , 900# e 1500 RTJ
TE / TL / TF 41- Roscada e soldadas: NPT, BSP, SW e BW
Obs: Outros diâmetros sob consulta.

18
Dados Técnicos
Vedação Classe IV, V ou VI 17 15
Igual Porcentagem(TE)
Característica de Vazão Linear(TL) - Parabólica Modificada(MV) 16
. Abertura Rápida ( TF ) 14
Range de Temperatura -10 até 550°C
11
Rangeabilidade 50:1 13
Composição
Item Especificação Material 12
10
1 Flange do Corpo A. Carbono ASTM A 216 WCB e A. Inox
2 Anel Bi-partido A. Carbono ASTM A 216 WCB e A. Inox 9
3 Corpo A. Carbono ASTM A 216 WCB e A. Inox
8
4 Sede Aço Inox- AI 316- AI 420 END 7
5 Junta da Sede Junta Espirotálica 6
6 Gaiola Aço Inox- AI 316- AI 420 END
7 Junta da Gaiola Aço Inox - AISI 316
8 Bucha do Castelo Bronze ou AI 420 END
9 Castelo Aço Carbono ou Aço Inox - AI 316
10 Porca (Castelo) ASTM A 194 GR 2H
11 Prisioneiro (Castelo) ASTM A 193 GR B7
12 Disco Retentor Aço Inox- AISI 304
5
13 Gaxeta Teflon
14 Prensa Gaxeta Aço Inox-304
15 Flange ( P. Gaxeta) Ferro Fundido Nodular
16 Porca (P. Gaxeta) ASTM A 194 GR 2H 4
17 Prisioneiro(P. Gaxeta) ASTM A 193 GR B7
18 Obturador Aço Inox- AI 316- AI 420 END 3
19 Porca (Obturador) ASTM A 194 GR 2H
2
1
20 Paraf. (Flange P.G.) ASTM A 193 GR B7
Obs.: O Itens 19 e 20 não aparecem no desenho
 TE 41/43, TL 41/43 e TF 41/43 - Válvulas de Controle em Aço Carbono

Dimensões do Corpo
Diâmetro A
B
Nominal ANSI B16.10 ISA 75.03
(pol.) 150# a 300# 150# 300# 600# CN CL CS
3/4" e 1” 216 184/187 194/197 206/210 103 212 64

B
1.1/2” 241 222 235 251 136 246 84

2” 292 254 267 286 142 252 86

3” 356 298 318 337 177 312 119
4” 432 353 368 394 214 354 142
-
6” - 450 473 508 256 400 142
8” - 542 568 610 318 460 142
10” 673 708 787 359 500 142 A

Instalação
A Válvula deve ser instalada na horizontal com o sentido de fluxo de acordo com CN - Castelo Normal ( standart )
a seta no corpo da válvula. CL - Castelo Alongado
A posição do atuador dependerá do tipo de montagem da válvula.
Todas as intruções são fornecidas com o produto. CS - Castelo com Selagem

TABELA DE C.V.
FLUXO POR FLUXO POR CARACTERISTICAS DE VAZÃO
DIÂMETRO
ORIFICIO BAIXO CIMA 1 0 0o
VÁLVULA CURSO PA R A B Ó L IC A
M O D IF IC A D A
=% LINEAR MV =% LINEAR AB. RÁP. 90o
IG U A L
P O R C E N TA G E M
0,81” 11 12 11 11 12 12 80o
1” 0,62” 8,5 8,7 - 8,6 9,0 - 3/4” 70o
ÂN G ULO D E ABE R TUR A

0,375” 2,0 2,0 1,4-2,0 6,4 6,6 - 60o

1,25” 30 32 32 32 33 33 1” 50o
1.1/2” 1,00” 23 24 - 24 25 - 40o
3/4” L IN E A R
0,375" 2,0 2,0 1,4-2,0 18 18 - 30
o

1,62” 52 54 54 54 55 55 1.1/2”
20o
2” 1,25” 34 38 - 35 40 - 1” A B E RT U R A
R Á P ID A
10 o
1,00” 24 27 - 25 28 - 3/4”
2,62” 122 124 124 125 127 127 2” 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
3” 2,00” 78 81 - 93 96 - PO RC EN TAG E M (% ) D A VAZ ÃO
1.1/2”
1,62” 60 62 - 68 70 -
3,5” 200 205 215 210 215 220 Acessório
4” 2,82” 131 158 - 135 162 - 2” Válvula solenóide
2,25” 103 126 - 106 130 - Piloto regulador de pressão ( PCS )
5” 412 433 446 422 443 453 2.1/2” Filtro Regulador (MFR)
6” Transmissor de Posição
3” 223 217 - 231 225 - 2” Chave de fim de curso
6,25” 652 681 694 683 693 705 3” Volante manual de topo
8” 5,00” - 496 563 - 2.1/2”
485 552

Como Pedir:
1 - Válvula de controle em aço carbono Spirax Sarco modelo
TE 43 DN 50, flange ANSI 150#.

ASSISTÊNCIA AO
AO CLIENTE
A Spirax Sarco está preparada para dar assistência ao
ASSISTÊNCIA
cliente, utilize nossos serviços: TÉCNICA
AUTORIZADA

- Assistência Técnica
- Engenharia de Aplicação
- Projetos Externos
- Treinamento Ligue! 0800-110123 ( grátis )

Spirax Sarco Ind. e Com. Ltda. - Rod.Raposo Tavares Km 31 - Cotia - SP - Fone - ( 011 ) 7925 - 9000 - Fax ( 011 ) 7925 - 9007
 FI - C0509-01

ISO 9001 :2000

OCS-0006

ANM / ADM
Atuador Pneumático tipo Diafragma
Descrição 23
Os atuadores de mola ou atuadores diafragma são utilizados 22
para acionar válvulas de controle de duas e três vias de 21
deslocamento linear tipo globo. 20
Os atuadores diafragma além de possuirem uma excelente 19
linearidade entre o sinal de controle e o curso, podem ser 24 18
convertidos de atuadores de ação direta para ação inversa sem 25
17
precisar de peças especiais. 26
16
27 15
28 14

Tipos disponíveis e Aplicações 13

12
ANM 102 - válvulas miniaturas Ø 1/2” a 1” s/ volante
ANM 122 - válvulas miniaturas Ø 1/2” a 1” c/ volante 11

ANM 104 - válvulas globo Ø 1” e três vias Ø 1.1/2” s/ volante 10

ANM 124 - válvulas globo Ø 1” e três vias Ø 1.1/2” c/ volante 9

ANM 106 - válvulas globo de Ø 1.1/2” a Ø 2” s/ volante 8

ANM 126 - válvulas globo de Ø 1.1/2” a Ø 2” c/ volante 7

ANM 107 - válvulas globo de Ø 3” a Ø 4” s/ volante 6

ANM 127 - válvulas globo de Ø 3” a Ø 4” c/ volante 5

ADM 108 - válvulas globo de Ø 3” a Ø 10” s/ volante 4
ADM 128 - válvulas globo de Ø 3” a Ø 10” c/ volante 3

Materiais da Composição
Item Descrição Material
01 Torre Aço Carbono
02 Rebite Alumínio Faixas de Molas
03 Placa de Identificação Aço Inox
04 Disco Identificador de curso Aço Inox Atuador Range da Mola (psig)
05 Haste Aço Inox ANM 102/122 3~15 e 03~30
06 Parafuso do regulador Aço Carbono Zincado
07 Regulador da mola Ao Inox ANM 104/124 3~15 e 12~30
08 Anel raspador Buna N. ANM 106/126 3~15 e 12~30
09 Anel de vedação da haste Buna N. ANM 107/127 3~15 e 12~30
10 Guia da haste PTFE + Bronze ADM 108/128 3~15 e 12~30
11 Parafuso de fixação do tampo Aço Carbono Zincado
12 Anel de vedação da torre Buna N.
13 Tampo inferior Aço Carbono
14 Mola Aço Mola
Dados dos Atuadores Diafragma
15 Prato do diafragma Aço carbono
Especificações 102 104 106 107 108
16 Porca do tampo Aço Carbono Zincado
17 Diafragma Buna N. Área efetiva do
22 47,4 70,58 106,62 160,4
18 Parafuso do tampo Aço Carbono Zincado atuadores (pol2)
19 Tampo superior Aço Carbono Curso máximo (pol) 7/16 3/4 1.1/8 2.1/2 2
20 Limitador de curso Aço Carbono
21 Prato limitador de curso Aço Carbono
22 Arruela do prato limitador Aço Inox
23 Parafuso do prato limitador Aço Carbono Zincado
24 Parafuso tensor Aço carbono Zincado
25 Placa de advertência Aço Inox
26 Porca tensora Aço Inox
27 Placa de identificação de curso Aço Inox
28 Parafuso da placa Aço carbono Zincado
Os itens 01.7, 23 e 24 não aparecem no desenho
Os itens 01, 02 e 03 não se aplicam ao ANM-102/122
O item 25 é aplicável p/ o ANM-102/122

ANM / ADM - Atuador Pneumático tipo Diafragma FI - C0509-01

Dimensões do Atuador ØB
Atuador A ØB ØC ØD ØE
ANM 102/122 325 285 180 335 335
ANM 104/124 325 285 278 418 423
ANM 106/126 350 350 278 506 476
ANM 107/127 448 410 340 590 680
ADM 108/128 448 410 340 590 680

A
Auadores Pneumáticos de Molas com Volante

ØC ØC
D
D

Atuador Normal Fechado Atuador Normal Aberto

As aplicações mais comuns do manual de topo são:

• Acionamento manual da válvula independente do sistema automático;
• Limitação do curso inicial até 10% sem perda do acionamento pneumático.

Acessórios
Posicionador, PCS, válvula solenóide, chaves fim de curso e
Filtro.

ANM / ADM - Atuador Pneumático tipo Diafragma FI - C0509-01

DESMONTAGEM

1 - Soltar a porca (19) da haste do obturador (18);

2 - Soltar as porcas do prensa-gaxeta (16);
3 - Retirar o flange (15) e o prensa-gaxeta (14);
VÁLVULA DE CONTROLE
4 - Soltar as porcas do castelo (10); SÉRIES T / TB
5 - Retirar o castelo (9), sacar as gaxetas velhas (13);
6 - Retirar o conjunto haste/obturador (18);
7 - Retirar o anel do obturador (8);
8 - Retirar a junta da gaiola (7);
9 – Retirar a junta do corpo (20);
10 - Retirar a gaiola (6);
11 - Retirar a sede (4);
12 - Retirar a junta da sede (5)

MONTAGEM

Use somente, juntas novas e limpe todas as superfícies que entrarão em contato
com as mesmas.

1 - Instalar a junta da sede (5);

2 - Instalar a sede (4);
3 - Instalar a gaiola (6);
4 - Instalar a junta da gaiola (7);
5 - Instalar o anel de vedação (8), no obturador (18); Obs.: Usar anel novo
6 – Introduzir o obturador na gaiola (06);
7 - Instalar o castelo (9);
8 - Apertar (cruzada) as porcas do castelo (10);
9 - Instalar as gaxetas (13); Obs.: Utilizar material de acordo com as condições
de operação da válvula;
10 - Instalar o prensa-gaxetas (14); e o flange (15);
11- Rosquear as porcas (16), apertar o suficiente para evitar vazamento;
12- Instalar a porca (19) na haste do obturador (19).

Spirax Sarco Ind.e Com.Ltda.

Av. Manuel Lages do Chão, 268
Bairro Portão - Cotia - SP
CEP 06709-050
F. (11) 4615-9000

MI-A0302-01 BR MI-A0302-01 BR
INSTALAÇÃO

PASSOS PRELIMINARES
1 – As válvulas são inspecionadas e expedidas em embalagens apropriadas com
tampos de proteção nas aberturas do corpo. Ainda assim, faça uma inspeção
cuidadosa para se certificar de que nenhum dano foi causado e nenhum material
estranho penetrou na válvula durante o transporte.

2 – Faça a limpeza interna completa da linha do sistema, para remover depósitos

de ferrugem, poeira, restos de solda e outros detritos. Dentre os métodos de limpeza
usados em tubulações, aplique aqueles mais adequados, como limpeza com água,
vapor, ar comprimido, limpeza mecânica, limpeza química, etc.. Instalação da válvula Mod.115 na tubulação.
3 – Certifique-se de que os flanges da tubulação adjacente estão perfeitamente
alinhados entre si.
O desalinhamento pode causar problemas de instalação e comprometer
seriamente o desempenho posterior do equipamento, devido ao aparecimento de
tensões anormais. Portanto, obedeça rigorosamente às recomendações corretas
sobre alinhamento de flanges e tubulações.
Figura 1 Figura 2
Seqüência de aperto das porcas em um flange.
OUTRAS RECOMENDAÇÕES
1 – O comprimento de tubo reto, a montante e a jusante à válvula, deve estar de acordo
com as normas ou recomendações para instalação de válvulas de controle.
2 – Nas unidades de operação contínua, a instalação deve incluir um sistema de
bloqueio e desvio (by-pass), constituído de três válvulas manuais.

4 – Certifique-se de que as faces dos flanges estão isentas de imperfeição, cantos 3 – Tenha o cuidado de não instalar uma válvula de controle em um sistema, cujos
vivos ou rebarbas. valores de pressão e temperatura não sejam condizentes com os gravados na placa
de identificação.
INSTALAÇÃO DA VÁLVULA NA TUBULAÇÃO
4 – As válvulas de controle devem ser instaladas em locais acessíveis à manutenção,
1 – A posição de instalação deve ser tal que o atuador fique sobre a válvula e na posição com espaços suficientes acima e abaixo, para remoção do atuador e do obturador.
vertical. Caso isto seja impossível, deve-se utilizar a posição mais próxima da vertical.
A posição horizontal não é aconselhável. 5 – Consulte o Manual de Instrução dos Atuadores para fazer a sua instalação e
respectivos ajustes.
2 – Instale a válvula obedecendo à direção de fluxo indicada pela seta existente em seu
corpo.
Item Especificação
01 Flange do Corpo
02 Anel-Bipartido
3 – Posicione a válvula entre os flanges da tubulação. Interponha as juntas adequadas 03 Corpo
entre os flanges de conexão da válvula e os da tubulação (figura 1). 04 Sede
05 Junta (Sede/Corpo)
06 Gaiola
4 – Introduza os prisioneiros e inicie o aperto das porcas. A figura 2 mostra a seqüência 07 Junta (Gaiola/Castelo)
de aperto das porcas em um flange com 12 prisioneiros. Os torques definitivos não 08 Anel de Vedação
09 Castelo
devem ser aplicados de uma só vez. A seqüência da figura 2 deve ser repetida várias 10 Porca do Prisioneiro do Castelo
vezes, aumentando-se gradual e uniformemente o torque nos prisioneiros até que seja 11 Prisioneiro do Castelo
atingido o valor recomendado. Enfatizamos que os flanges devem estar perfeitamente 12 Disco Retentor
13 Gaxeta
alinhados entre si. Não tente corrigir desalinhamento entre flanges forçando a tubulação 14 Prensa Gaxeta
ou apertando excessivamente as porcas. 15 Flange do Prensa Gaxeta
16 Porca do Prensa Gaxeta
17 Prisioneiro do Prensa Gaxeta
5 – No caso de válvulas com conexão por solda e providas de assento composto, 18 S.C. do Obturador
devem-se retirar previamente os internos para evitar danos aos elastômeros, causados 19 Porca da Haste do Obturador
pelo calor da soldagem. 20 Junta (Corpo / Castelo)

MI-A0302-01 BR MI-A0302-01 BR
 MIC-0511

Posicionador Eletro-Pneumático YT-1000L / 1000R

Manual de Instalação e Manutenção

1. Geral

2. Características

3. Especificações

4. Estrutura

5. Princípios de Operação

6. Instalação

7. Conexão dos Tubos de Ar

8. Ajuste

9. Interruptor Auto / Manual

10. Ajustador do Assento

11. Precauções

12. Problemas

13. Opção

Spirax Sarco Ind. e Com. Ltda.

Rua Manuel Lages do Chão, 268
CEP 06705-050 - Cotia - SP Brasil
Fone (5511) 4615-9000 - Fax (5511) 4615-9007
1. Geral 4. Estrutura
O posicionador elétro-penumático YT- 1000L / 1000R é utilizado para a operação
linear / rotativa de atuadores pneumáticos de válvulas lineares / rotativas, por meio
de um controlador elétrico ou de sistemas de controle com sinal de saída análogo de
4 a 20mA ou parâmetros divididos.
• A estabilidade do sistema é incrementada pelo sinal de saída do posicionador.
• Não é necessário nenhum outro suporte para o Transmissor de Posição.
• A troca da atividade de Ação Direta e Ação Reversa é conveniente, aplicável tanto
a atuadores de ação simples como de ação dupla. Econômico, devido a consumo
baixo.

2. Características
• Não existe ressonância na falta de 5~200 hz.
• Executa ½ splite control sem nenhum substituto.
• Ajuste do zero e span (parâmetro) simples.
• Fácil conexão com feedback.
• Resposta fácil e simples. 5. Princípios de Operação
• Baixo consumo de ar.
• Orifício de saída, previne efeitos prejudiciais. Aumente o sinal da corrente de entrada para alterar a altura do posicionamento da
• Projetado em bloco único para facilitar manutenção e reparos. válvula. A força exercida pelo Motor de Torque (1) reduz a pressão de retorno do bocal
com aumento de espaço entre o Separador (2) e o Bocal (3). A partir disto, o Spool (5)
sobe e o Assento (7) se abre, simultaneamente. Pressão do tubo OUT 1 é liberada em
direção ao Atuador (10). À medida que aumenta a pressão no Atuador, este
3. Especificações começa a se mover. O
Sinal de entrada 4-20 mA DC movimento da raiz do
Impedância 250 +/- 15 Ohm Atuador exerce força sobre
2
Pressão de alimentação 1.4~7 Kgf/cm (20~1000 psi)
Curso 10-150 mm / 0~90 graus a Mola de Retorno (8) por
Conexão de Ar PT (NPT) ¼ meio da Conexão de
Conexão de Calibre PT (NPT) 1/8
Retorno. Neste momento,
Conduit PF ½
Prova de Explosão ExdmIIBT6 / ExdmIICT6 / ExiaIIBT6 o Atuador pára, no balance
Grau de Proteção IP66 entre o ponto de força
Temperatura Ambiente 20~70 ºC
Linearidade +/- 1% F.S. / +/- 2% F.S exercido pelo sinal de
Histerese 1% F.S entrada de corrente e a
Sensibilidade +/- 0.2% F.S. / +/- 0.5% F.S
+/- 0.5% F.S
mola de retorno.
Repetibilidade
2
Consumo de Ar 3 LPM (Sup. = 1.4 Kgf/cm , 20 psi)
Capacidade de Fluxo 80 LPM (sup. = 1.4 Kgf/cm2, 20 psi)
Material Alumínio Fundido
Peso Aprox. 2.7 Kg com caixa de junção
6. Instalação 6.4 Ação Direta e Ação Reversa
6.1 Exemplo de Instalação de montagem do posicionador em válvula de
deslocamento linear.

Ação direta Ação reversa

(3) Conecte o cam no procedimento de afrouxamento da porca hexagonal com o

Ex 1. Caso de conectar diretamente a
válvula de atuador diafragma.
flange primeiro usando o atuador para o início e então acertando a linha de
referencia do cam e o ponto de contato do suporte da unidade de apoio do span
para a posição de ajuste.
(4) Não faça pressão na fonte ao conectar o cam, ou será muito perigoso.
Ex 2. Caso de usar um suporte

6.2 Conexão com Alavanca de Retorno 7. Conexão dos Tubos de Ar

(1) Conecte a posição em que o suporte da válvula e a alavanca forme um ângulo de
entrada de 50%.
(2) Conecte a posição em que o ângulo runout esteja entre 10º ~ 30º.

6.3 Confirme a especificação do atuador e defina o ponto de Partida

Confirme se o atuador está colocado no ponto de partida.

No caso de ação simples, a força da mola cria o ponto de partida e não há fluxo de
ar no atuador.
No caso de ação dupla, é preciso tomar cuidado, pois o ponto de partida é criado de
acordo com a ação DA ou RA.
 Remova totalmente qualquer objeto do tubo.
Remova totalmente qualquer óleo ou umidade do fluxo de ar.
No caso de ação simples, feche a porta OUT 2.
A porta do tubo se modifica de acordo com o movimento DA/RA, portanto, observe o
mesmo.
Fluxo de ar deve ser proporcionado por um filtro regulador ao posicionador.
7.1 Conexão de Fonte de Energia
Padrão do fio e parafuso: PF 1/2 ou G ½.
Quando o fio está conectado, a energia é cortada e a periferia se livra de gás
explosivo.
7.1.2 Fiação do Transmissor e Posicionador
Parafuse a tampa da caixa do terminal em sentido anti-horário e abra. Conecte o
terminal no + e -, como indicado. Vermelho é + e preto é -. Aperte o parafuso do
挀 terminal após a conexão. O tamanho do parafuso do tubo de canalização é PF1/2 ou
G1/2.
Parafuse a tampa da caixa do terminal no sentido horário após conexão á fonte de
energia e aperte o parafuso.
ExdmIIBT6, ExdmIICT6 ExiaIIBT6
7.2 Procedimento de anexação da placa de indicação do grau de abertura
Trave o cam e então ajuste o ponto zero e o span. Então fixe a placa de indicação de
abertura ao eixo usando o (os) parafuso (os) M3bfornecido (os).
Após isso configure a placa de indicação do grau de abertura para o estado de
anexar a linha de referência.
8. Ajuste
Cheque a seguinte lista para começar o ajuste.
1 - Cheque se a tubulação está corretamente vedada com a porta de pressão de
fonte e OUT 1 e as portas OUT 1 e OUT 2.
2 - Cheque se a fiação está corretamente conectada com +,- e terra 3
3 - Cheque se o atuador e o posicionador estão fortemente conectados.
4 - Cheque o travamento do parafuso de transição automático e manual da válvula
piloto. (apertar completamente no sentido horário)
Cheque se a alavanca de ajuste da span, da alavanca de feedback interno esta na
posição correta (direto ou retorno).
8.1 Ajuste Zero
Fluxo de ar de entrada do atuador.
Conecte a fonte de energia de entrada ao terminal.
do posicionador e coloque sinal de entrada de 4mA.
Se o atuador se mover, parafuse o ponteiro zero como no desenho e o ajuste
novamente.
8.2 Ajuste do Span
1 - Ajuste o range de forma que o atuador pare na posição zero do curso aplicado
0% do sinal de entrada respectivamente
2 - Cheque o ponto zero e repita o ajuste zero do Span
3 - Meio Split range pode ser usado por 0 e ajuste de Span
Depois de configurar ajuste o Lock Screw para o ajuste Span.

9. Interruptor Auto / Manual

1 - Este é o interruptor para modificar entre Auto e Manual.
2 - O produto sai de fábrica preparado para Auto. Para uso Manual, move o
interruptor A/M no sentido anti-horário.
3 - Em operação manual, a pressão do Regulador se conecta ao Atuador. Após uso,
retorne o interruptor para “A”.
Não disponível para Ação Simples- OUT 2 e Ação Dupla.
10. Ajustador do Assento
1 - Desnecessário ajustar em campo pois o Ajustador de Assento
deve ser ajustado antes de saída de fábrica para o ponto de pressão balanceada da
pressão de saída.
2 - Ajustador de Assento é sempre usado para Ação Dupla.
Se existe necessidade de modificar o ponto de pressão balanceado da pressão de
saída use o Ajustador de Assento.
3 - Se a sensibilidade for baixa devido à condição do tipo de carga no atuador, vire o
parafuso do ajustador de assento no sentido horário. Se ocorrer excesso de
vibração, vire o parafuso do ajustador de assento no sentido anti-horário.
4 - Se a vibração ocorrer devido ao uso de um atuador de capacidade baixa, refira-
se à descrição “OPÇÃO”.
11. Precauções
1 - Não exerça grande vibração ou impacto ao posicionador, isto causa problemas. O
posicionador precisa ser cuidadosamente manuseado durante o transporte e a
operação.
2 - Se o posicionador está sendo usado numa temperatura menor que a
especificada, certos materiais podem rapidamente deteriorar e até mesmo o
posicionador pode não operar normalmente.
3 - Use suprimento limpo de ar completamente removido de umidade e poeira.
4 - Não remova a cobertura terminal em uma posição perigosa durante a condução
de força.
5 - Certifique-se se a cobertura terminal e a cobertura de corpo foram inseridos
durante a operação.
6 - Se você deixar o posicionador em um local de operação durante muito tempo
sem usá-lo, coloque a cobertura sobre ele para que não entre água no posicionador.
7 - Se o clima for quente ou de alta umidade tome medidas para evita condensação
interna. As medidas de controle de condensação precisam ser tomadas
cuidadosamente para exportação.
12. Problemas 3. Depois de Alterar O´ ring da porta OUT 1 para OUT 4. pressione o orifício correto
e então monte O’ ring para OUT e OUT 2 novamente. Ao montar o orifício de saída
Condição Causa Solução tem a tensão em não deixar a poeira adentrar o buraco da porta.
Não opera quando o sinal de entrada é 1. Fonte de ar baixa ou inexistente; 1. Verifique o fluxo de ar; 4. Se o excesso de vibração não parar mesmo depois de remover o orifício de saída.
aplicado. 2. Conexão frouxa; 2. Aperte o parafuso do terminal; Entre em contato conosco.
3. Fiação incorreta nos pontos(+) 3. Ajuste a fiação;
e (-); 4. Troque a unidade do motor;
4. Bocal entupido; 5. Confira e/ou aperte a alavanca.
6. Alavanca de ajuste de retorno solta
ou incorreta.

Pressão Out 1 aumenta e permanece 1. Vazamento no interruptor A/M 1. Aperte ou troque o interruptor A/M.
alta, não baixa. 2. Contato errado ou busca do flapper. 2. Troque a unidade do motor.
3. Orifício fixo entupido. 3. Limpe ou troque o orifício.
Pressão de saída só pode ser operada Bocal entupido Limpe o bocal ou troque a unidade de
pelo interruptor A/M motor.

Presença de desgaste 1. Mola estabilizadora mal posicionada 1. Insira mola estabilizadora

2. Volume do atuador muito baixo 2. Insira orifício
3. Orifício fixo entupido 3. Limpe ou troque orifício fixo
Atuador somente opera pelo Conexão errada ao tubo OUT 1 e OUT Corrija a posição do tubo
interruptor on/off 2

Linearidade não é boa 1. Ajuste errado da alavanca de 1. Reajuste posição da alavanca de

retorno de Assento
2. Ajuste errado do Zero ou Span
3. Pressão da fonte é instável
1. Posição errada do Ajustador de
Assento
Histerese não é boa 2. Conexão frouxa do atuador e
posicionador
3. Eixo do came está gasto
retorno
2. Reajuste o Zero e/ou Span
3. Troque o regulador
1. Reposicione o Ajustador de Assento
2. Aperte a conexão
3. Troqu o eixo do cam

13. Opção
13.1 Válvula Piloto com orifício de saída
1. Vibração pode ocorrer quando o posicionador está anexado a um atuador de
baixa capacidade.
Neste caso, use uma válvula piloto tendo um orifício de saída para OUT 1 e para
OUT 2. O orifício de saída removível.
2. Tipos de orifício de saída (refereÀse a descrição de saída)

Volume do atuador Diâmetro do orifício de saída Ordem

Abaixo de 90 cm 0.7 1
90~180 cm 1.0 2
Acima de 180 cm nenhum 3